Skip to main content

Full text of "New Orleans medical and surgical journal"

See other formats


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 
in  2016  with  funding  from 

The  National  Endowment  for  the  Humanities  and  the  Arcadia  Fund 


https://archive.org/details/neworleansmedica71unse 


NEW  ORLEANS 


Medical  and  Surgical 
Journal 

INDEX  TO  VOLUME  SEVENTY-ONE 

* 

JULY,  1918, 

TO 

JUNE,  1919. 

NEW  ORLEANS. 

L.  Graham  Co..  Ltd..  430-432  Common  street 


Index  to  Volume  Seventy-One 

FROM  JULY,  1918,  TO  JUNE,  1919. 


A. 

A Corps  of  Pharmacists  for  the  Army — Editorial . 491 

Acute  Nephritis  in  Childhood,  by  Solon  G.  Wilson,  M.  D..  ..............  . 100 

Address  of  Incoming  President  of  Orleans  Parish  Medical  Society,  by  H.  E. 

Bernaclas,  M.  D.  . . . 403 

American  Society  of  Tropical  Medicine 521 

Antityphoid  Serotherapy;  Preparation  and  Application  of  the  Serum,  by  Prof. 

A.  Rodet.  Translation  by  Lodilla  Ambrose,  Ph.  M. 388 

Army  School  of  Nursing — Editorial 57 

B. 

Bass-Watkins  Agglutination  Test  for  Typhoid,  by  Foster  M.  Johns,  M.  D 22 

Biological  Research  on  the  Wounds  of  War:  Phenomena  of  Proteolysis  in 

the  Wounds  of  War,  by  A.  Policard,  M.  D.  Translation  by  Lodilla 

Ambrose,  Ph.  M 154 

Blood  Chemical  Methods  in  Diagnosis  and  Prognosis,  by  R.  B.  Gradwohl,  M.  D.  456 

Board  of  Health  at  New  Orleans — Editorial 5 

Broncho-Pneumonia  Following  Measules,  by  Sidney  F.  Braud,  M.  D 512 

c. 

Control  of  Venereal  Disease,  The — Editorial.  381 

Correspondence 518 

Cross-Eyed  Child  Neglected,  The,  by  J.  Hume,  M.  D. ...................  . 206 

D. 

Delusion  and  Dream,  A Comment  on  the  “Freud  Theory,”  by  S.  T.  Tucker, 

M.  D.  . . . . . 467 

Dermal  Myiasis  Caused  by  Lucilia  Seratica,  Memorandum  on  a Case  of,  by 

W.  V.  King,  M.  D 106 

Dermal  Myiasis,  Clinical  Phase  of  a Case  of,  by  Isadore  Dyer,  Ph.  B.,  M.  D..  . 105 
Diagnostic  Method,  Treatment  and  Prophylaxis  of  Malaria  as  Conducted  in  the 
Sanitation  of  Brioni,  Istrie  (Austria),  in  1899  to  1902,  by  D.  Rivas, 

Ph.  D.,  M.  D 322 

Dietetic  Treatment  of  Liver  Diseases,  The,  by  Allan  C.  Eustis,  B.  S.,  Ph.  B., 

M.  D.  . . 59 

E. 

Early  Diagnosis  and  Treatment  of  Middle-Ear  Diseases  of  Children,  The 

Importance  of  an,  by  M.  P.  Boebinger,  M.  D..  36 

Eclampsia,  Treatment  of,  by  Hilliard  E.  Miller,  M.  D 28 

End  of  Influenza — Editorial  v .....  . 263 

Epidemic  Meningitis — With  Special  Reference  to  Types  of  Meningococcus  and 

the  Transmission  of  the  Disease,  by  Charles  W.  Duval,  M.  D 312 

F. 

Function  of  the  Gall-Bladder,  The,  An  Experimental  Study,  by  F.  C.  Mann, 

M.  D.  80 

G. 

Gall-Stone  Disease  Complicating  Pregnancy,  by  A.  P.  Heineck,  M.  D.......  348 


Index. 


iii 

H. 

Happy  New  Year — Editorial 304 

Histological  and  Bacteriological  Investigation  of  a Juxta- Articular  Nodule  in  a 

Leper,  The,  by  Donald  H.  Currie  and  Harry  T.  Hollman 384 

I. 

Increase  in  the  Army  Medical  Department — Editorial 123 

Inguinal  Approach  in  the  Cure  of  Femoral  Hernia,  The,  by  Lucian  H.  Landry, 

M.  D.,  F.  A.  C.  S 235 

Is  Argyrol  Uuseless?  by  Henry  Dickson  Bruns,  M.  D 426 

L. 

Laboratory  as  an  Aid  in  the  Diagnosis  of  the  Pneumococcal  Complications  of 

Influenza,  The,  by  Foster  M.  Johns,  M.  D..  .......  421 

League  of  Nations,  The  Proposed,  by  G.  H.  Theard,  Esq 393 

Lemon  Juice  in  Pellagra,  Effect  of,  by  J.  N.  Roussel,  M.  D 283 

Local  Anesthesia  for  Operations  for  Goiter,  by  A.  A.  Keller,  M.  D..  ......  . 305 

Louisiana  Leper  Home,  The — Editorial 1 

Louisiana  State  Medical  Society  Notes 406 

M. 

“Medical  Experiences  Overseas:” 

By  John  B.  Elliott,  Jr.,  M.  D 470 

By  John  T.  Halsey,  M.  D 473 

By  John  W.  Morris,  M.  D 474 

By  I.  I.  Lemann,  M.  D 476 

Medical  Profession  and  the  Great  War,  The,  by  Col.  Henry  Page,  M.  C 11 

Medical  Reserve  Corps,  The,  by  Isadore  Dyer,  M.  D 11 

Medical  Reserve  Corps  and  Medical  Military  Activities,  by  Major  Frank 

Simpson,  M.  R.  C 19 

Meeeting  of  the  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society — Editorial 119 

Meeting  of  the  State  Society — Editorial 455 

Mobilization  of  Physicians — Editorial  . 58 

Mortuary  Report 56,  122,  176,  218,  260,  300,  344,  380,  416,  452,  488,  530 

N. 

New  Technic  for  Suspension  of  the  Kidney,  A,  by  Rawley  M.  Penick,  M.  D„ 


News  and  Comment. ..  .49,  116,  165,  209,  257,  294,  335,  372,  409,  447,  479,  522 
Notes  on  Tropical  Diseases,  by  Lodilla  Ambrose,  Ph.  M 272 

o. 

Obituary — Dr.  deRoaldes — Editorial 5 

On  Some  Minor  Matters,  by  H.  D.  Bruns,  M.  D 145 

Our  Diamond  Anniversary — Editorial  453 

P. 

Peace — Editorial 261 

Popliteal  Aneurysm — Matas  Operation — Recovery,  Report  of  a Case  of,  by 

George  T.  Tyler,  Jr.,  A.  M.,  M.  D.. 281 

Postgraduate  Study  of  Medicine — Editorial 345 

Practical  Congenital  Syphilis,  by  Charles  James  Bloom,  S.  Sc.,  M.  D..  .....  . 436 

Presentation  of  an  Obturator,  by  A.  G.  Friedrichs,  M.  D 367 

Procain  and  Novocain  Identical 48 

Proceedings  of  the  American  Society  of  Tropical  Medicine 322 

Publications  Received 54,  121,  174,  217,  298,  343,  378,  414,  451,  487,  528 


IV 


Index. 


R. 

Radium  Treatment  of  Fibroid  of  the  Uterus,  by  E.  C.  Samuel,  M.  D..  ......  . 69 

Recollections  of  the  War  in  Europe,  by  Capt.  L.  J.  Genella 493 

Report  of  President  of  Orleans  Parish  Medical  Society  for  1918,  by  Paul 

J.  Gelpi,  M.  D 399 

Resistance  of  the  Ova  of  Toxascaris  Limbata,  Some  Studies  on  the,  by  Meyer 

Wigdor,  M.  D.......... 264 

Retro-Pharyngeal  Abscess,  by  M.  P.  Boebinger,  M.  D..  . . 249 

Return  of  the  Tulane  Unit  (Base  Hospital  24) — Editorial.  419 

Review  of  the  Sessions  of  the  Section  on  Surgery,  General  and  Abdominal, 

Meeting  of  the  A.  M.  A.,  Chicago,  by  H.  B.  Gessner,  M.  D..  108 

Running  Ear,  A,  by  George  J.  Taquino,  M.  D 203 

Ruptured  Gastric  and  Intestinal  Ulcers,  by  H.  K.  Kostmayer,  A.  B.,  M.  D. . . 125 

S. 

Shell-Shock — Psychoneurosis  of  War,  by  C.  S.  Holbrook,  M.  D 191 

Simple  Surgical  After-Treatment,  A,  by  E.  L.  Sanderson,  M.  D,.  . . . . 74 

Society  Largely  Responsible  for  Some  of  the  Most  Potent  Factors  of  Nervous 

and  Mental  Diseases,  by  J.  C.  King,  M.  D..  ...........  132 

Sodium  Citrate  in  the  Treatment  of  Pneumonia,  With  Report  of  Cases,  by 

W.  H.  Weaver,  M.  D..  181 

Some  Psychology  of  Syphilis — Editorial 454 

Some  Spanish  Views  on  Spanish  Influenza.  Translation  by  Lodilla  Ambrose, 

Ph.  M 222 

Spanish  Influenza — Editorial 219 

Special  Notice — Editorial 221 

Spinal  Analgesia,  With  a New  Local  Anestheic,  by  P.  Jorda  Kahle,  M.  D..  . . 366 

Stabilization  of  American  Medicine,  The — Editorial 301 

Standardization  of  Hospitals,  The — Editorial 418 

Students’  Army  Training  Corps,  The — Editorial.  220 

Surgical  Treatment  of  Potts’  Disease,  by  Paul  A.  Mcllhenny,  M.  D. .......  . 287 

T. 

Tenth  Meeting  of  the  Congress  of  American  Physicians  and  Surgeons — Editorial  490 

The  Control  of  Venereal  Diseases — Editorial 489 

The  Physician,  The  Army,  and  The  Civil  Population — Editorial 177 

Thrift  and  War-Savings  Stamps  and  Liberty  Bonds,  by  Mr.  Charles  Janvier.  . 6 

Thyroidectomy  Under  Local  Anesthesia,  by  Carroll  W.  Allen,  M.  D. .......  . 242 

Tuberculosis  in  Army  and  Civil  Practice,  Important  Factors  Relative  to,  by 

Wallace  J.  Durel,  M.  D..  . . 92 

V. 

Venereal  Diseases  An  Active  Public  Health  Question — Editorial 3 

Vomiting  in  Infancy,  by  L.  R.  DeBuys,  B.  S.,  M.  D.,  F.  A.  C.  P 141 

W. 

War  Necessity — Editorial 180 

^iVounds  of  War  From  the  Biologist’s  Point  of  Observation,  The,  by  Ernesto 

Bertarelli.  Translation  by  Lodilla  Ambrose,  Ph.  M 368 


Index. 


y 


Books  Reviewed  in  Volume  Seventy-One 


American  Illustrated  Medical  Dictionary,  The — Dorland.  .................  53 

Anatomy  of  the  Human  Body — Gray 413 

Animal  Parasites  and  Human  Disease — CHANDLER.  339 

Antiseptics,  A Handbook  of — Dakin-Dunham  . ... 120 

Autobiography  of  an  Androgyne — Lind 527 

Blood  Transfusion,  Hemorrhage  and  the  Anemias — BERNSTEIN 171 

Case  Histories  in  Obstetrics — De  Normandie 298 

Clinical  Cardiology — Neuhof.  . . . . . . 53 

Clinical  Disorders  of  the  Heart-Beat — Lewis 526 

Clinical  Diagnosis — Todd 376 

Clinical  Medicine,  A Treatise  On — Thomson 376 

Clinical  Medicine  for  Nurses — RlNGER 485 

Cystoscopy  and  Urethroscopy,  Treatise  Of — Luys 216 

Diseases  of  the  Heart  and  Blood  Vessels — SatTERTHWAITE  . . . . . 377 

Diseases  of  the  Male  Urethra — Koll 341 

Diseases  of  the  Skin — HartzELL.  . 53 

Diseases  of  the  Skin — SuTTON 53 

Emergencies  of  a General  Practice — Morse. 413 

Essentials  of  Volumetric  Analysis — ScHIMPF 174 

Genito-Urinary  Diseases  and  Syphilis — Morton 341 

Genito-Urinary  Diseases  and  Syphilis,  Compend  of — Hirsch  ...............  485 

History  of  Medicine,  An  Introduction  to  the — Garrison.. 119 

Hygiene  for  Nurses — Mumey . 528 

Information  for  the  Tuberculous — WlTTICH 485 

Interpretation  of  Dental  and  Maxillary  Roentgenograms — Ivy.  ......  172 

Johnson’s  Standard  First-Aid  Manual — KlLMER 377 

Long  Heads  and  Round  Heads — Sadler.  120 

Manual  of  Physiology — STEWART  526 

Massage  and  the  Original  Swedish  Movements — OsTROM.... 528 

Materia  Medica,  Pharmacology,  Therapeutics  and  Prescription- Writing — Bethea  173 

Medical  Clinics  of  North  America,  The 485 

Medical  Record  Visiting  List 298 

Medical  War  Manual,  No.  3 and  No.  4 ....................  120 

Naval  Hygiene — Pryor 340 

Newer  Knowledge  of  Nutrition,  The;  The  Use  of  Foods  for  the  Preservation 

of  Vitality  and  Health — McCollum.  484 

Oral  Sepsis  in  Its  Relationship  to  Systemic  Disease — Duke . . 172 

Paper  Work  of  the  Medical  Department  of  the  United  States  Army — Webster  527 

Physical  Diagnosis — Rose 120 

Practical  Medical  Dictionary,  A — Stedman 486 

Practical  Medicine  Series 173,  340,  528 

Practical  Treatment,  A Handbook  of — Musser-Kelly 173 

Prescription- Writing,  A Manual  of — Mann 486 

Principles  of  Bacteriology — Eisenberg 339 

Principles  of  Hygiene,  The — Bergey 376 

Quarterly  Medical  Clinics — Smithies 486 

Recollections  of  a New  York  Surgeon — Gerster 54 

Roentgen  Diagnosis  of  the  Diseases  of  the  Alimentary  Canal,  The — Carman- 

Miller 413 


VI 


Index. 


Seriousness  of  Venereal  Disease,  The — Carleton 341 

Studies  in  the  Anatomy  and  Surgery  of  the  Nose  and  Ear — Smith 172 

Surgery  and  Diseases  of  the  Mouth  and  Jaws — Blair.  215 

Syphilis  and  Public  Health — Vedder.  . 216 

Textbook  of  Physiology  for  Nurses — CHRISTIAN 526 

The  Physician’s  Visiting  List.  341 

The  Ungeared  Mind — Chase  526 

Tropical  Diseases.  A Manual  of  the  Diseases  of  Warm  Climates— M ANSON . . 340 
Tropical  Surgery  and  Diseases  of  the  Far  East — McDlLL 486 


Contributors  of  Original  Articles 
in  Volume  Seventy-One 


Allen,  Carroll  W.,  M.  D. 

Ambrose,  Lodilla,  Ph.  M. 

Bernadas,  H.  E„  M.  D. 

Bertarelli,  Ernesto,  M.  D. 

Bloom,  Charles  James,  B.  Sc.,  M.  D. 
Boebinger,  M.  P.,  M«  D. 

Braud,  Sidney  F.,  M.  D. 

Bruns,  Henry  Dickson,  M.  D. 
Currie,  Donald  H.,  M.  D. 

DeBuys,  L.  R.,  B.  S.,  M.  D.,  F.  A.  C.  P. 
Durel,  Wallace  J.,  M.  D. 

Duval,  Charles  W.,  M.  D.,  M.  A. 
Dyer,  Isadore,  Ph.  B.,  M.  D. 

Elliott,  John  B.,  Jr.,  Lieut.  Col.,  M.  C. 
Eustis,  Allan  C.,  B.  S.,  Ph.  B.,  M.  D. 
Friedrichs,  A.  G.,  M.  D. 

Gelpi,  Paul  J.,  A.  B.,  A.  M.,  M.  D. 
Genella,  L.  J.,  M.  D. 

Gessner,  H.  B.,  M.  D.,  F.  A.  C.  S. 
Gradwohl,  R.  B.  H.,  M.  C,  U.  S.  N.  R.  F. 
Halsey,  John  T.,  Major,  M.  C. 
Heinick,  Aime  Paul,  M.  D. 

Holbrook,  C.  S.,  M,  D. 

Hollman,  Harry  T.,  M.  D. 

Hume,  J.,  M.  D. 

Janvier,  Charles,  Esq. 

Johns,  Foster  M.,  M.  D. 


Kahle,  P.  Jorda,  M.  D. 

Keller,  A.  A.,  M.  D. 

King,  J.  Chester,  M.  D. 

King,  W.  V.,  Ph.  D. 

Kostmayer,  H.  W.,  A.  B.,  M.  D. 
Landry,  Lucian  H.,  M.D.,F.  A.C.S. 
Lemann,  Isaac  Ivan,  Major,  M.  C. 
Mann,  F.  C.,  M.  D. 

McIlhenny,  Paul  A.,  M.D..F.  A.C.S. 
Miller,  Hilliard  E.,  M.  D. 

Morris,  John  W.,  Capt.,  M.  C. 

Page,  Henry,  Col.,  M.  C.,  U.  S.  A. 
Penick,  Rawley  M.,  M.  D.,  F.  A.  C.  S. 
P OLICARD,  A.,  M.  D. 

Rivas,  D.,  Ph.  D.,  M.  D. 

Rodet,  A.,  M.  D. 

Roussel,  J.  N.,  M.  D. 

Rucker,  S.  T.,  M.  D. 

Samuel,  Ernest  Charles,  M.  D. 
Sanderson,  E.  L.,  M.  D. 

Simpson,  Frank,  Major,  M.  C. 
Taquino,  George  J.,  M.  D. 

Theard,  Delvaille  H.,  Esq. 

Tyler,  George  T.,  Jr.,  A.  M.,  M.  D. 
Weaver,  W.  H„  M.  D. 

Wigdor,  Meyer,  A.  M. 

Wilson,  Solon  G„  M.  D. 


W&& 

WaR  SAVINGS  STAMPS 

ISSUED  BY  THE 

UNITED  STATES 
GOVERNMENT 


NEW  ORLEANS  MEDICAL 
AND  SURGICAL  JOURNAL 


E D I T O R S • 

CHARLES  CHASSAIGNAC,  M.  D.  ’ ISADORE  DYER,  M.  D. 

COLLABORATORS: 

C.  C.  BASS,  M.  D.,  Prest.,  Amer.  Soc.  of  Tropical  Medicine \ . 

JOHN  M.  SWAN,  M.  D.,  Secty.  American  Soc.  of  Tropical  Medicine j Ex 

P.  T,  TALBOT,  M.  D.,  Secretary  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society .Ex-Officio. 

RUPERT  BLUE,  M.  D.,  Surgeon  General,  United  States  Public  Health  Service. 

H.  D.  BRUNS,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

C.  F.  CRAIG,  M.  D.,  Col.,  U.  S.  A. 

S.  T.  DARLING,  M.  D.,  Sao  Paulo,  Brazil. 

W.  H.  DEADERICK,  M.  D.,  Hot  Springs,  Arkansas. 

E.  M.  DUPAQUIER,  M.  D.  (Paris),  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

A.  G.  FRIEDRICHS,  M.  D.,  New  Orleans,  La. 

J.  T.  HALSEY,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

JOS.  HOLT,  M.  D.,  New  Orleans,  La. 

F.  A.  LARUE,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

E.  S.  LEWIS,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

R.  C.  LYNCH,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

E.  D.  MARTIN,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

R.  MATAS,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

AUGUSTUS  McSHANE,  M.  D.,  Greenwood,  Miss. 

PAUL  MICHINARD,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

C.  J.  MILLER,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

F.  W.  PARHAM,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

E.  A.  ROBIN,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

W.  H.  SEEMANN,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

ALLEN  J.  SMITH,  M.  D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

EDMOND  SOUCHON,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University*  of  Louisiana. 

E.  R.  STITT,  M.  D.,  Rear  Admiral,  U.  S.  N. 

J.  A.  STORCK,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

R.  P.  STRONG,  M.  D.,  Harvard  University. 

ROY  M.  VAN  WART,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 


Vol.  LXXI 


JULY,  1918 


No.  ? 


EDITORIAL 


THE  LOUISIANA  LEPER  HOME. 

During  the  month  of  May  the  Commission  from  the  United  States 
Public  Health  Service  visited  the  Louisiana  Leper  Home,  among 
other  places,  in  the  survey  of  favorable  sites  for  the  National  Lepro- 
sarinm  authorized  by  Congress  in  1916. 

The  Louisiana  Leper  Home  began  operation  on  December  1,  1894„ 
when  ten  lepers  were  transferred  from  the  pesthouse  in  New  Or- 
leans to  the  present  site  of  the  home.  The  old  cabins  at  first  occupied 
were  habitable,  though  crude. 

In  twenty-four  years  a colony  of  modern  cottages,  well  con- 
structed, with  conveniences  of  steam  heat,  running  hot  water,  with 
modern  facilities  for  bathing  and  other  comforts,  has  come  into* 


2 


Editorial. 


existence.  Of  nearly  three  hundred  inmates,  almost  all  have  volun- 
tarily sought  the  asylum  of  the  institution,  which  has.  been  diligently 
and  faithfully  administered  by  the  Sisters  of  Charity  of  the  order 
of  St.  Vincent  de  Paul.  From  1896  until  1902  the  Board  of  Control 
in  charge  of  the  home  had  little  interest  in  the  treatment  of  the 
disease ; hut  in  the  past  sixteen  years  treatment  has  been  offered  and 
accepted,  with  the  result  that  twenty  cases  have  been  discharged  as 
cured  and  a large  number  have  been  ameliorated. 

The  average  admissions  for  the  period  of  existence  have  been 
about  one  a month.  In  some  years  the  number  has  been  larger  than 
in  others. 

The  point  of  striking  importance  in  the  biennial  reports  of  re- 
cent years  has  been  the  types  of  recent  admissions,  in  which  the 
tubercular  form  is  by  far  the  largest  number.  The  conclusion  must 
be  drawn  that  old  cases  of  leprosy  outside  the  home  are  no  longer 
found  and  that  the  recent  admissions  are  of  recent  occurrence. 

Leprosy  has  been  known  in  Louisiana  and  along  the  Gulf  of 
Mexico  as  far  as  Florida  since  the  last  quarter  of  the  eighteenth 
century.  The  proximity  to  the  West  Indies  and  its  peoples,  known 
to  have  lepers  among  them,  and  the  more  frequent  contact  with  the 
colonies  of  Latin  countries,  probably  will  explain  the  importation 
of  leprosy  to  Louisiana  so  early  in  the  history  of  this  country.  The 
Atlantic  seaboard  has  less  occasion  for  such  and,  except  in  the 
French  colonies  of  Vova  Scotia,  no  like  history  of  leprosy  obtains. 
The  surviving  lepers  at  Tracadie,  New  Brunswick,  would  argue  this. 

The  opportunity  of  studying  leprosy  in  Louisiana  and  the  need 
of  segregating  the  victims  of  this  disease  together  claimed  early 
attention.  The  incidence  of  leprosy  in  the  United  States  is  not 
known;  it  is  known,  however,  that  the  majority  of  the  States  have 
had  one  or  more  lepers  in  the  past  ten  years  and  that  the  disease 
has  been  reported  with  much  more  frequency  in  recent  years.  The 
need  of  national  care  of  leprosy  has  been  recognized  because  it  is  so 
widespread. 

The  Louisiana  Leper  Home  has  succeeded  in  segregating  lepers 
so  far  as  is  known.  More  than  this,  it  has  demonstrated  that  this 
may  be  done  without  publicity  and  with  the  willing  consent  of  the 
leper  in  most  cases.  The  segregation  of  lepers  has  permitted  their 
treatment  in  some  cases  to  the  point  of  success. 

A National  Leprosarium  could  do  even  more,  for  it  would  add  the 
scientific  laboratory  and  the  intensive  method  of  application  of  ex- 
isting treatments. 


Editorial. 


3 


The  location  of  a National  Leprosarium  is  momentous,  because 
it  must  consider  provisions  for  many  years  to  come,  for  leprosy  has 
been  let  loose  over  most  of  the  United  States  and  the  disease  is 
slow  in  developing. 

The  majority  of  cases  in  the  United  States  to-day  are  found  in 
New  York,  Massachusetts,  Florida,  Mississippi,  Texas  and  Lou- 
isiana on  the  Atlantic  and  Gulf  seaboards,  and  in  California  on  the 
Pacific  side.  The  Middle  States  have  shown  less  of  the  disease, 
excepting  Minnesota. 

The  conclusion  that  the  disease  develops  more  along  the  seacoast 
might  he  drawn,  and  would  argue  that  any  site  chosen  for  a national 
hospital  should  be  as  remote  as  possible  from  the  places  of  ready 
spread  of  the  disease.  An  equable  climate  would  seem  to  be  the 
ideal  in  choosing  a site. 

It  might  be  added,  finally,  that  in  Louisiana  the  objective  in 
establishing  a Leper  Home  was  to  eradicate  the  disease  in  the  State ; 
if  the  Federal  Government  takes  over  the  Louisiana  Leper  Home 
no  such  objective  can  be  attained  for  another  generation. 


VENEREAL  DISEASES  AN  ACTIVE  PUBLIC  HEALTH 
QUESTION. 

The  Louisiana  State  Board  of  Health  has  undertaken  the  attack 
on  venereal  diseases.  A report  on  the  activity  of  the  Board  has 
recently  been  issued  and  its  purposes  are  comprehensive.  Provision 
is  made  for  the  careful  record  of  each  patient  and  disease,  to  be 
reported  by  name  or  number  to  the  Board  of  Health,  together  with 
data  as  to  the  degree  of  infection  and  probable  source.  The  migra- 
tory patient  is  required  to  give  the  record  of  prior  treatment  and 
the  name  and  address  of  physician.  While  the  name  of  the  patient 
is  not  required  on  first  report,  neglect  of  treatment,  or  failure  to 
give  the  information  as  to  prior  treatment,  makes  it  mandatory  that 
the  name  of  the  patient  should  be  recorded. 

Hospital  patients  are  to  be  recorded  and  reported,  and  the  super- 
intendents of  hospitals  are  to  be  held  liable  for  the  notification  to 
the  Board  of  Health  of  any  violation  on  the  part  of  the  patient. 
The  law  covers  also  the  cases  of  criminals  and  prisoners  who  may  be 
venereally  diseased. 

There  is  a provision  for  the  marriage  license  which  must  require 
a form  of  certificate  showing  freedom  from  venereal  disease  on  the 


4 


Editorial. 


part  of  the  male  contracting  party  within  seven  days  prior  to 
issuance  of  the  license.  The  laboratory  tests  are  to  be  made  by  the 
State  Board  of  Health  or  by  laboratories  recognized  by  the  State 
Board  of  Health.  Infraction  of  the  law  by  a clerk-  issuing  license 
is  liable  to  imprisonment  of  one  to  five  years,  and  disclosure  of  in- 
formation so  legally  obtained  is  liable  to  punishment  by  imprison- 
ment. A physician  making  false  statement  in  the  certificate  will 
be.  guilty  of  perjury  and  will  lose  his  license.  Ministers  or  others 
empowered  to  conduct  the  marriage  ceremony  who  celebrate  such 
marriage  except  under  a license  properly  dated  within  seven  days 
are  liable  to  imprisonment  of  one  to  six  months. 

Hospitals  for  venereal  diseases,  or  arrangement  in  existing  hos- 
pitals for  their  care,  is  contemplated.  Special  medical  officers, 
qualified  by  previous  instruction  in  venereal  disease,  are  to  be  as- 
signed to  care  for  such  cases. 

The  report  emanating  from  the  State  Board  of  Health  is  much 
more  comprehensive  than  our  digest  can  convey,  but  it  may  be 
summed  up  as  a most  pretentious  program  and  promiseful  of  many 
difficulties  in  administration. 

The  whole  question  not  only  invites,  but  demands,  solution,  and 
probably  is  more  integrally  vital  in  the  economic  salvation  of  the 
human  race  than  any  other;  it  always  has  been,  and  must  be  for  a 
long  time  to  come.  Morals  and  venereal  disease  are  concomitant, 
and  the  elasticity  of  the  first  will  gauge  the  degree  of  the  second. 
The  prohibition  of  prostitution  will  not  stop  venery  and  law  will 
not  make  morals.  The  enactment  of  laws  will  surely  be  educative, 
and  their  enforcement  will  tend  to  restrict  immorality,  and  perhaps 
may  in  time  induce  better  habits. 

The  medical  profession  is  supremely  interested,  and  Louisiana 
has  just  the  same  problem  that  faces  all  other  States  and  all  other 
countries  in  trying  to  meet  a world-wide  disorder  and  to  overcome  it. 

We  shall  watch  the  efforts  of  the  State  Board  of  Health  with 
much  interest  and  with  the  hope  of  success.  We  believe,  however, 
that  any  provision  leading  to  the  violation  of  the  professional  secret 
and  disturbing  the  close  and  confidential  relation  between  patient 
and  physician  should  be  eliminated.  Hot  only  is  such  a provision 
a violation  of  a sacred  principle,  but  we  fear  that  it  would  work 
against  the  very,  end  sought  to  be  attained  by  the  law.  A great  deal 
has  been  accomplished  by  propaganda  already,  and  more  is  to  be 
gained  by  urging  and  teaching  than  by  treating  the  careless  or  un- 
fortunate as  criminals. 


DR.  ARTHUR  W.  de  ROALDES. 


Obituary.  5 

BOARD  OF  HEALTH  OF  NEW  ORLEANS. 

We  have  before  ns  the  biennial  report  of  the  Board  of  Health 
for  the  Parish  of  Orleans  for  1916  and  1917.  It  makes  interesting 
reading,  and  one  experiences  a sense  of  gratification  after  looking 
it  over.  The  Board  claims  three  conspicuous  achievements  for  the 
two  years— a new  low  death  rate;  diminution  of  communicable  dis- 
eases ; the  eradication  of  plague  in  rodents. 

It  might  well  have  added  one  step  forward,  the  opening  of  the 
Isolation  Hospital  in  December,  1916,  equipped  with  the  best  safe- 
guards and  conveniences  -of  the  day.  Only  smallpox  cases  were 
received  during  1917,  but  quite  a number  were  treated,  with  the 
percentage  of  recoveries  given  as  100.  This  perfect  mark  entitles 
the  Board,  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Health,  Dr.  AY.  H.  Eobin, 
and  the  attending  physician  of  the  hospital,  Dr.  J.  G.  Stulb,  to  the 
warmest  commendation. 


OBITUARY 


DR.  DE  ROALDES. 

Arthur  Washington  de  Roaldes,  an  esteemed  collaborator  of  the 
Journal  for  many  years,  a much -loved  friend,  died  on  June  12, 
1918,  aged  over  69  years. 

Born  in  Opelousas,  La.,  he  lived  most  of  his  life  in  Hew  Orleans, 
though  he  studied  in  Europe  and  had  traveled  extensively  and 
frequently.  From  the  time  of  his  graduation  in  medicine,  his  was 
a most  active  and  useful  career.  As  early  as  during  the  Franco- 
Prussian  War  of  1870  to  ?71  he  distinguished  himself  for  bravery 
under  fire  while  serving  with  the  Eed  Cross,  receiving  later  the  Cross 
of  the  Legion  d’Honneur  as  a token  thereof.  In  after  years  he  was 
promoted  to  a high  rank  in  the  order. 

To  enumerate  all  of  the  achievements  of  De  Roaldes  would  be 
a lengthy  task  and  beyond  our  purpose.  Yet,  as  his  blindness  during 
the  last  twenty  years  of  his  existence  gradually  removed  him  from 
the  prominent  position  he  occupied  amid  professional  activities,  it 
is  not  amiss  to  recall  some  of  the  most  notable. 

As  House  Surgeon  of  the  Charity  Hospital  in  the  days  when  that 
officer  had  most  of  the  surgical  as  well  as  executive  duties  on  his 
shoulders,  with  a comparatively  small  staff  to  assist  him,  he  estab- 
lished many  improvements,  and  two,  which  did  not  bear  fruit  during 


6 


Original  Articles . 


his  incumbency,  were  clue  to  his  initiative — the  inauguration  of  the 
ambulance  service  and  the  introduction  of  trained  nurses*  in  the 
hospital. 

After  his  connection  with  the  Charity  Hospital,  he  was  the  first 
in  the  South  to  limit  his  practice  to  the  ear,  nose  and  throat,  and 
he  soon  founded  the  Eye,  Ear,  Nose  and  Throat  Hospital,  which 
from  the  most  modest  beginnings  became  one  of  the  most  important 
institutions  of  its  kind  in  the  world.  This  hospital  was  his  creation ; 
he  watched  over  it,  nurtured  it,  worked  for  it  like  for  a beloved  child. 
It  hears  his  impress,  and  he  needs  no  other  monument. 

Why  say  more  ? The  above  would  be  plenty  for  any  life.  He  was 
a good  friend,  an  affectionate  teacher,  a real  doctor,  a useful  citizen. 

He  had  honors  enough:  valued  member  of  special  and  general 
medical  societies,  here  and  abroad,  national  and  local;  emeritus 
professor  of  diseases  of  the  eye,  ear,  nose  and  throat  in  the  Graduate 
School  of  Medicine  of  Tulane  University ; chief  surgeon  of  the  Eye, 
Ear,  Nose  and  Throat  Hospital. 

To  his  beloved  and  loving  wife,  whose  devoted  care  made  it  pos- 
sible for  him  to  continue  a fruitful  existence  long  after  the  loss  of 
his  sight,  we  must  express  our  most  deep  and  sincere  sympathy. 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


(No  paper  published  or  to  be  published  in  any  other  medical  joumil  will  be  accepted 
for  this  department.  All  papers  must  be  in  the  hands  of  the  Editors  on  the  tenth  day  of 
the  month  preceding  that  in  which  they  are  expected  to  appear.  Reprints  may  be  had  at 
reasonable  rates  if  a WRITTEN  order  for  the  same  accompany  the  paper.) 


THRIFT  AND  WAR-SAVINGS  STAMPS  AND  LIBERTY 

BONDS.* 

By  MR.  CHARLES  JANVIER,  New  Orleans. 

In  the  absence  of  Hon.  P.  H.  Saunders,  of  New  Orleans,  who  was  to 
have  addressed  the  Society  on  this  subject,  Mr.  Charles  Janvier,  of  New 
Orleans,  was  introduced  and  spoke  as  follows: 

Mr.  President , Members  of  the  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society , 
Ladies  and  Gentlemen: 

Shall  we  continue  to  own  ourselves,  or  shall  we  permit  the  German 
Kaiser  to  own  us  ? There  is  no  exaggeration  in  that  question,  and 
the  answer  which  must  be  returned  must  not  be  expressed  in  bom- 
bastic phrase  or  in  high-swelling  periods.  It  must  be  returned  in 

^Delivered  at  the  39th  Annual  Meeting,  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society,  New  Orleans, 
April  16,  17,  18,  1918. 


Janvier — Thrift  and  War-Savings  Stamps  and  Liberty  Bonds.  7 

deeds  which  shall  speak  for  themselves  with  an  eloquence  far  greater 
than  language  can  possess,  and  with  a force  which  shall  cause  the 
soul  of  the  nation  to  be  stirred  to  its  profoundest  depths  and  cross- 
ing across  the  broad  Atlantic  shall  strike  terror  into  the  craven  soul 
of  the  German  despot  as  he  crouches,  monstrous  and  murderous, 
upon  his  dishonored  throne.  (Applause.) 

We  know,  ladies  and  gentlemen,  the  boys  in  khaki,  and  those  in 
blue,  are  going  to  do  their  duty  unflinchingly  and  heroically,  but 
they  must  have  behind  them  the  united  and  determined  people 
which  will  cause  them  to  hold  their  heads  up  higher,  if  they  know 
and  feel  that  every  fiber  of  American  manhood  tingles  with  the  same 
love  of  country  and  with  the  same  resolution  as  nerves  their  courage 
and  animates  their  spirit. 

The  war  in  which  we  are  engaged  is  not  alone  a war  of  nations ; 
it  is  a life-and-death  struggle  between  two  great  principles  of  gov- 
ernment— autocracy  on  the  one  hand,  with  its  imperious  and  bar- 
baric maxim  that  “might  makes  right,”  and  democracy  on  the  other, 
with  its  guarantee  of  peace  and  good-will  to  all  men,  of  freedom  to 
the  individual  and  of  independence  to  the  State.  Between  these 
two  contending  principles  there  can  be  no  compromise.  It  must  be 
a fight  to  a finish,  and  in  that  fight  must  be  enlisted  not  only  the 
heroism  of  those  whom  we  have  sent  to  the  front,  but  the  stern  de- 
termination of  those  who  remain  behind. 

We  are  accustomed  to  say  the  boys  at  the  front  will  do  their  bit. 
Ladies  and  gentlemen,  in  what  does  that  bit  consist?  It  consists 
in  leaving  home,  in  leaving  their  mothers  and  wives  and  sweethearts 
and  children  and  their  jobs.  It  means  leaving  everything  to  take 
part  in  the  greatest  game  of  chance  the  world  has  ever  known : on 
one  side,  life ; on  the  other,  victory.  When  victory  is  earned,  what 
do  they  get,  those  who  survive?  The  right  and  privilege  to  return 
home  and  to  begin  life  over  again,  while  we  who  have  been  staying 
at  home  all  the  time  and  enjoying  the  comforts  of  life  have  for- 
gotten in  a large  measure  the  sacrifices  that  were  made  for  us  on 
the  other  side. 

I need  not  tell  such  an  intelligent  audience  as  this  that  there  are 
three  things  essential  to  the  successful  prosecution  of  the  war — 
men,  money  and  material.  Men  we  will  have  from  the  loins  of  the 
people ; money  must  come  from  us,  and,  with  this  money,  material 
will  be  purchased.  But  bear  in  mind,  ladies  and  gentlemen,  the 
government  does  not  want  money  only  for  money;  it  wants  money 


8 


Original  Articles. 


for  what  money  will  get,  and  we  onght  to  be  careful  not  only  to 
save  onr  money,  but  not  to  become  competitors  with  the  government 
in  using  labor  and  material  for  our  own  selfish  purpose  that  might 
better  be  employed  in  furnishing  equipment  to  the  soldier  at  the 
front.  If  this  suit  of  clothes  I have  on  strikes  me  as  being  a little 
shabby,  I ought  to  wear  it  longer  and  not  get  another  suit,  which  I 
do  not  urgently  need,  because  in  buying  another  suit  I might  de- 
prive some  soldier  of  the  material  that  goes  into  it  and  deprive  the 
government  of  the  labor  necessary- to  make  it.  (Applause.) 

The  United  States  Government  has  devised  two  ways  through 
which  to  raise  money  to  prosecute  this  war.  One  is  by  taxation,  and 
the  other  by  bond  issue.  Economists  have  not  yet  decided  what 
proportion  of  the  expenditures  should  be  borne  by  bond  issues, 
which  transfers  a portion  of  the  debt  to  posterity  and  makes 
posterity  pay  a part  of  the  price  we  pay  for  liberty,  the  same 
liberty  they  will  have,  and  what  proportion  taxation  should  pay. 
Some  contend  that  it  is  50-50,  and  others  40-60.  But  there  is  one 
thing  absolutely  certain,  on  which  both  political  economists  and 
business  men  will  agree,  and  that  is  the  United  States  Government 
is  going  to  get  the  money  in  one  way  or  the  other.  If  the  people 
will  loan  their  money  to  the  government,  the  government  promises 
to  return  the  money  at  a stated  period,  and  the  United  States  Gov- 
ernment has  never  failed  to  carry  out  a promise  of  that  character. 
"While  the  government  is  using  that  money  the  government  promises 
and  will  pay  the  highest  rate  of  interest  ever  paid  by  the  United 
States  Government  since  the  Civil  War.  Kow,  if  we  do  not  want 
to  lend  money  to  the  government,  the  government  will  take  it  from 
us  in  the  shape  of  taxation,  and  I do  not  suppose  any  man  has  ever 
heard  of  any  interest  being  paid  upon  taxes,  or  any  government 
returning  taxes  once  paid  to  the  government.  Therefore,  the 
proposition  is  simple — if  you  do  not  voluntarily  lend  money  to  the 
government,  the  government  is  going  to  get  it,  for  we  are  going  to 
win  this  war.  (Applause.)  If  it  takes  an  army  of  five  million  or 
ten  million  men,  every  resource  this  country  possesses  will  be 
used,  and  money  will  be  spent  in  order  that  Old  Glory  be  victorious 
in  the  end.  (Applause.)  Hot  only  will  we  be  victorious  because 
the  heroism  of  pur  soldiers  and  of  the  determination  of  our 
people,  but  there  is  another  reason,  stronger,  perhaps,  than  those 
'.two,  and  that  is,  we  have  right  upon  our  side,  and  right,  liberty  and 
must  eventually  triumph,  for  upon  the  triumph  of  these 


. 


Janvier — Thrift  and  War-Savings  Stamps  and  Liberty  Bonds.  9 

three  great  principles  onr  safety,  onr  happiness,  our  prosperity 
absolutely  depend. 

Some  one  once  said  that  it  was  not  the  genius  of  Wellington,  nor 
the  gallantry  of  the  allied  armies,  nor  the  timely  arrival  of  Blucher 
which  made  impossible  the  victory  of  Napoleon  at  Waterloo,  but 
the  irrepressible  operations  of  the  unconquerable  laws  of  justice 
and  liberty;  and  those  same  laws  operate  with  more  inherent  force 
to-day  than  in  the  time  of  Napoleon,  and  their  operation  may  hasten 
or  delay  victory  according  to  the  way  in  which  the  people  do  their 
duty. 

I have  been  asked  to  say  something  specifically  to  you  on  the 
question  of  War  Stamps  and  Thrift  Stamps.  I had  supposed  by 
this,  time  this  subject  was  very  familiar  to  every  man,  woman  and 
child  here.  It  is  the  most  ingenious,  the  most  generous  proposition 
ever  submitted  to  a people  in  the  way  of  investment  by  any  govern- 
ment. 

There  are  three  purposes  to  be  borne  in  mind  in  connection  with 
Thrift  Stamps.  First,  raising  money  for  the  government;  second, 
inculcating  a spirit  of  thrift  and  the  habit  of  saving  among  the 
people ; and  the  third  purpose  is  to  bring  every  man,  woman  and 
child  into  closer  relationship  with  Uncle  Sam  or  with  the  United 
States  Government.  As  for  the  second  of  these  three  purposes,  our 
great  President  said,  when  the  campaign  was  launched,  if  this 
country  derived  nothing  more  from  this  great  war  than  the  habit 
of  saving,  it  would  be  worth  to  the  country  more  than  all  the  money 
and  material  expended  in  the  war ; and  I take  it  he  is  a good  judge, 
for  he  is  sound,  in  my  opinion,  in  pretty  nearly  everything  he  has 
touched  thus  far.  (Applause.) 

These  War  Savings  Stamps  and  Thrift  Stamps  can  be  purchased 
almost  everywhere.  When  I say  we  ought  to  lend  our  money  to  the 
Government  I do  not  mean  that  you  should  lend  your  loose  change ; 
I do  not  mean  that  you  should  lend  that  part  of  your  surplus  that 
you  have  in  a savings  bank.  You  can  easily  do  that.  But  I mean 
that  you  must  put  that  money  in  Savings  Stamps  and  Liberty 
Bonds.  In  addition  to  that,  you  should  put  money  in  it  that  you 
have  gathered  through  self-denial,  because  self-denial  is  the  door 
through  which  sacrifice  enters,  and  until  we  have  made  sacrifices 
we  have  not  associated  ourselves  with  this  war  in  the  way  we  should. 
The  men  on  the  other  side  are  making  sacrifices,  and  I care  not 
what  sacrifices  any  of  us  may  make  on  this  side  of  the  water  they 


10 


Oi'iginal  Articles. 


will  in  no  way  compare  with  the  sacrifices  that  are  being  made  by 
the  boys  in  the  trenches  and  on  the  sea. 

The  War  Stamps,  the  Thrift  Stamps,  yonr  Liberty  Bond  was  not 
invented  for  any  of  ns  to  take  refuge  behind  it.  As  Mr.  McAdoo  said 
the  other  day,  we  do  not  want  25  cents  from  people  that  ought  to 
be  $5  patriots,  and  $5  from  people  who  can  well  afford  $50.  Ladies 
and  gentlemen,  who  shall  be  the  arbiter  ? I say  conscience.  Con- 
science never  makes  a mistake.  The  man  who  follows  his  conscience 
will  never  make  a mistake.  Let  him  invest  in  a Liberty  Bond  and 
in  War  Savings  Stamps;  if  he  follows  his  conscience,  and  it  tells 
him  to  invest,  he  will  have  done  his  duty.  Duty  is  the  sublimest 
word  in  the  language.  A sense  of  duty,  said  Daniel  Webster, 
pursues  us  ever.  It  is  omnipresent,  like  the  Deity. 

When  that  illustrious  American,  whose  character  enriches  the 
annals  of  humanity  and  sheds  imperishable  luster  upon  the  pages 
of  American  history,  Robert  E.  Lee,  dismissed  his  half -starved  and 
tattered  veterans  who  suffered  every  form  of  privation  in  upholding 
the  cause  which  they  believed  to  be  right,  he  told  them  that  they 
carried  to  their  homes  the  satisfaction  which  proceeds  from  a con- 
sciousness of  duty  well  performed;  that,  in  the  eyes  of  the  world, 
they  had  covered  themselves  with  glory  which  shall  remain  un- 
dimmed and  undiminished  as  long  as  human  virtue  and  human 
patriotism  remain  the  basis  of  admiration  and  esteem;  that  their 
greatest  glory  consisted  in  the  fact  that  their  able  and  venerated 
commander  had  told  them  they  had  done  their  duty,  and  had  done 
it  well.  When  conscience  tells  you  that  you  have  done  your  duty, 
and  have  done  it  well,  you  are  all  right. 

General  Pershing,  when  he  reached  Paris,  visited  the  grave  of 
Lafayette,  it  is  said,  and  when  he  stood  at  that  sainted  spot  he 
bowed  his  head  and  whispered,  “Lafayette,  we  are  here.”  It  seems 
to  me,  ladies  and  gentlemen,  that  the  great  American  people  should 
stand  in  spirit  beside  the  grave  of  George  Washington,  the  great 
father  of  this  splendid  Republic,  and  with  bowed  heads  should  send 
to  his  illustrious  shades  this  thrilling  message,  “George  Washing- 
ton, we  are  here.  We  are  here  in  unity  of  spirit,  with  unflinching 
determination  of  purpose  to  preserve  this  Republic  which  you  and 
your  illustrious  associates  established  for  us.  We  are  here  to  de- 
fend and  protect  that  legacy  of  freedom  you  bequeathed  to  us.  We 
are  here  to  carry  out  the  trusts  committed  to  our  hands.  We 
are  here,  George  Washington,  in  the  accomplishment  of  that  great 
and  splendid  purpose.  We  are  here  to  pledge  our  lives  and  our 


Dyer — The  Medical  Reserve  Corps . 


11 


sacred  honor.”  And  if  the  American  people  will  stand  at  that 
hallowed  spot  and  in  spirit  make  that  pledge  and  live  np  to  it, 
liberty  and  justice  will  rnle  the  world.  With  onr  spirits  and  with 
the  spirit  of  this  great  nation  glorified  by  the  lofty  idealism  of  the 
issues  for  which  we  are  contending,  and  which  have  been  so 
eloquently  expressed  by  onr  great  President  in  his  vivid  messages 
to  the  American  people,  can  it  he  possible  that  the  least  one  among 
ns  who  will  prove  recreant  to  his  humblest  duty  and  forfeit 
his  share  in  that  glory  which  will  come  to  all  of  us  when  our  boys 
come  marching  home,  bearing  triumphantly  Old  Glory  crowned 
with  the  laurel  wreath  of  victory?  (Applause.)  I,  for  one,  don’t 
believe  it.  I have  an  abiding  faith  in  the  patriotism  of  my  people, 
which  grows  stronger  and  greater  day  by  day,  and  becomes  more 
gripping  as  each  eventful  day  passes  along  to  take  its  eternal  place 
in  the  expanding  landscape  of  the  past. 

Will  you  permit  me  to  express  a sentiment  which  I saw  printed 
in  a newspaper  the  other  day,  and  which  I think  ought  to  be  the 
feeling  in  every  American  breast  ? : 

“Here’s  to  the  Blue  of  the  wind-swept  North, 

When  we  meet  on  the  fields  of  Prance. 

May  the  spirit  of  Grant  be  with  you  all 
As  the  Sons  of  the  North  advance! 

“Here’s  to  the  Gray  of  the  sun-kissed  South, 

When  we  meet  on  the  fields  of  France. 

May  the  spirit  of  Lee  be  with  you  all 
As  the  Sons  of  the  South  advance! 

“Here’s  to  the  Blue  and  the  Gray  as  One, 

When  we  meet  on  the  fields  of  France. 

May  the  spirit  of  God  be  with  us  all 
As  the  Sons  of  the  Flag  advance!” 


THE  MEDICAL  RESERVE  CORPS* 

By  MAJOR  ISADORE  DYER,  M.  R.  C.,  New  Orleans. 

Mr.  President , Ladies  and  Gentlemen: 

You  have  heard  a most  interesting  and  illuminating  address  from 
the  President.  You  have  heard  a most  eloquent  and  inspiring  ad- 
dress by  a gentleman  (Mr.  Janvier)  whom  I have  heard  a great 
many  times  speak  eloquently  and  well,  but  I have  never  heard  him 
speak  in  terms  which  have  been  more  inspiring  than  in  the  message 

* Read  at  the  39th  Annual  Meeting,  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society,  New  Orleans. 
April  16,  17,  18,  1918. 


12 


Original  Articles. 


he  has  brought  to  us  to-night.  I refer  to  the  two  previous  speakers 
because  I have  no  formal  address.  It  was  not  intended  that  I should 
have;  I am  merely  to  talk  for  a few  minutes  about  the  Medical 
Reserve  Corps. 

To  many  of  you  there  is  no  necessity  for  referring  to  the  Medical 
Reserve  Corps,  because  you  are  familiar  with  what  it  means.  To 
some,  the  Medical  Reserve  Corps  is  not  yet  an  open  hook.  This  is 
the  first  time  that  it  has  been  my  privilege  to  speak  on  this  subject 
to  so  many  men  of  the  Louisiana  medical  profession  at  one  time. 
I have  had  the  opportunity  of  speaking  to  a few  at  a time ; I have 
had  the  opportunity  of  speaking  to  most  of  those  who  have  gone 
from  Louisiana  to  the  front. 

It  is  the  desire  of  the  Medical  Reserve  Corps  Examining  Board 
to  have  a personal  conversation  with  more  men  in  Louisiana,  to 
invite  them  into  the  Corps,  to  recommend  them  for  commissions. 
An  appeal  has  gone  out  from  Washington  in  such  a way  that  it  has 
been,  in  a large  measure,  the  occasion  for  the  visit  of  our  distin- 
guished guests  this  evening  to  bring  to  you  the  message  of  the  need 
for  Medical  Reserve  Corps  officers  at  this  time  and  now. 

Within  the  last  forty-eight  hours  I have  had  a man  say  to  me, 
“When  you  need  me,  let  me  know.”  We  need  you  now ! The  same 
message  goes  to  you  who  are  not  in  the  Medical  Reserve  Corps.  We 
ask  that  you  get  an  application  blank  at  the  office:,  or,  if  you  live 
out  of  town,  we  will  send  it  to  you,  with  instructions  as  to  how  you 
may  make  your  examination  papers  complete.  We  will  fix  the  day 
for  examination  that  is  convenient  for  both  of  us.  These  examina- 
tions may  be  taken  in  the  morning  between  half-past  nine  and  eleven 
o’clock  in  this  building. 

Prom  the  Surgeon  General’s  office,  and  from  those  of  us  who 
represent  the  Medical  Reserve  Corps  examining  forces,  the  message 
goes  out  that  we  need  you  now.  Five  thousand  medical  officers  are 
called  for,  and  the  State  of  Louisiana  is  expected  to  furnish  nearly 
200  more  than  she  has  already  supplied,  and  she  has  supplied 
already  over  300.  The  message  should  be  taken  back  by  those  of 
you  who  go  to  the  smaller  country  places.  The  bulletins  sent  out 
by  the  Medical  Section  are  sometimes  read,  sometimes  not.  The 
message  should  go  out  that  the  Medical  Reserve  Corps  needs  re- 
inforcements. The  army  has  estimated  that  for  every  1,000  recruits 
there  should  be  ten  medical  officers,  and  of  these,  seven  should  be 
of  the  Reserve  Corps.  The  regular  Army  Corps  has  now  about  700 
officers,  with  many  vacancies  to  make  up  the  2,000  personnel.  The 


Dyer — The  Medical  Reserve  Corps. 


13 


Medical  Reserve  Corps  now  has  in  actually  commissioned  officers 
over  22,000;  and  in  the  service  over  14,000.  If  we  are  to  have  a 
Medical  Reserve  Corps,  it  should  be  a real  Reserve  Corps.  In  other 
words,  if  the  medical  profession  is  to  constitute  itself  a Reserve 
Corps  for  service,  there  should  he  at  least  one  man  at  home  ready 
for  service  for  every  one  who  goes  into  active  service.  If  we  have 
now  22,000  men,  we  should  have  twice  that  number  available. 
There  will  be,  at  the  end  of  this  year,  2,000,000  soldiers;  there 
should  be  20,000  doctors.  If  20,000  doctors  are  needed,  it  will  take 
most  of  the  Reserve  Corps  now  commissioned.  If  we  need  2,000,000 
men  more  before  another  year,  it  will  need  20,000  doctors  more,  who 
should  be  in  training,  ready  for  service,  hut  who  may  go  on  with 
their  usual  professional  work  at  home  until  they  are  called. 

The  time  has  passed  when  there  should  be  much  distinction 
between  medical  services  of  the  government.  I heard  and  read  with 
interest  and  pleasure  the  address  delivered  in  Memphis,  before  the 
Southern  Medical  Association,  by  Col.  Noble,  Executive  Officer  of 
the  Surgeon  Generates  office,  in  which  he  made  the  remark  that 
this  war  has  put  the  burden  of  the  Medical  Department  of  the  Army 
upon  the  profession  of  the  United  States.  That  statement  means  a 
great  deal.  A little  body  of  men,  of  some  700,  in  the  Regular  Army, 
is  now  a part  of  the  medical  service  in  which  there  are  more  than 
20,000  men  of  the  Medical  Reserve  Corps.  Those  700  men,  so  far 
as  they  could,  have  devoted  a large  amount  of  their  time  to  the 
training  of  the  Medical  Reserve  Corps  to  make  them  efficient  medical 
officers.  If  any  one  has  the  privilege  of  visiting  the  training  camps 
to  see  what  kind  of  men  are  made  of  the  ordinary  doctor,  who 
usually  follows  the  routine  of  every-day  life,  adjusting  his  own  en- 
gagements, keeping  them  as  he  pleases,  who  is  forced  into  the  mili- 
tary regime,  where  he  eats  and  drills  and  goes  to  school  at  regular 
hours,  it  is  an  inspiration.  All  that  is  comprised  in  the  text  which 
has  been  given  me  to-night. 

I have  been  asked  to  present  a message  to  you,  and  do  it  in  as 
strong  terms  as  I possibly  can.  Medical  men  who  answer  the  call 
of  their  conscience,  who  have  not  yet  come  into  the  Medical  Reserve 
Corps,  should  do  so  now,  and  not  wait  until  somebody  goes  after 
them  with  a pressing  invitation. 

When  at  the  beginning,  nearly  a year  ago,  it  was  agitated  that 
conscription  should  be  made  a provision  in  order  to  swell  the 
Medical  Reserve  Corps  to  the  proper  proportions,  your  Medical 


14 


Original  Articles. 


Section  went  on  record,  in  representing  the  policy  of  this  State, 
that  conscription  in  Louisiana  was  not  necessary.  I believe  that 
the  call  which  has  been  made  to  the  profession  has  been  well 
answered.  Lp  to  the  present  time  we  have  gotten  14  per  cent  of 
the  profession  of  this  State.  Many  members  of  the  medical  pro- 
fession of  this  State  have  come  in  voluntarily,  and  I am  optimistic 
enough  to  believe  that  the  additional  quota  required  from  Louisiana 
can  be  readily  accomplished. 


THE  MEDICAL  PROFESSION  AND  THE  GREAT  WAR* 

By  COL.  HENRY  PAGE,  M.  C., 

Commanding  Officer,  Medical  Officers’  Training  Camp,  Camp  Greenleaf,  Fort  Oglethorpe,  Ga. 

In  this  great  city,  where  the  traditions  of  glorious  France  and 
her  sister,  America,  are  united,  one  need  not  speak  of  liberty,  nor 
is  it  necessary  to  stimulate  a patriotic  flame  that  already  burns  so 
fiercely. 

For  six  months  it  has  been  my  good  fortune  to  have  your  Tulane 
Unit,  Base  Hospital  24,  under  my  command  at  Camp  Greenleaf, 
and  it  was  from  this  privileged  association,  with  splendid,  noble 
fellows,  that  I learned  much  of  Hew  Orleans,  and  had  born  within 
me  a desire  to  see  this  queen  of  cities  which  can  send  forth  to  war 
such  men.  I am,  therefore,  happy  to  be  with  you,  and  to  profit  by 
my  association  with  you. 

My  address  to-night  is  upon  the  medical  profession  and  the  great 
war.  It  is  intended  to  be  an  inventory,  or  stock-taking  of  the  assets 
and  liabilities  of  the  medical  profession,  so  that  we  may,  all  of  us, 
better  balance  the  ledger  of  our  lives  and  know  where,  as  a profes- 
sion, we  stand. 

In  a brief  address  it  is  not  possible  to  deal  with  statistics,  and  I 
shall  not  attempt  to  do  so.  On  the  other  hand,  I do  not  wish  to 
generalize  too  broadly,  and  I do  not  think  I am  doing  so  when  I 
express  the  belief  that  at  this  moment  Germany  would  be  master 
of  the  world  had  not  American  food,  ammunition  and  doctors  been 
sent  to  aid  the  Allies. 

Comparison  of  vital  necessities  are  futile,  and  one  cannot  state 
that  of  all  the  gifts  we  made  to  the  Allies  the  gift  of  our  doctors  is 
the  most  valuable,  but  we  can  say  that  up  to  the  beginning  of  1918 

. ..  AeaA  39th  Annual  Meeting,  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society,  New  Orleans, 

April  lo,  17,  18,  1918. 


Page— The  Medical  Profession  and  the  Great  War.  15 

the  value  of  America’s  contribution  of  man-power  was  95  per  cent 
medical. 

In  the  months  to  come,  American  fighting  troops  in  France  will 
be  vastly  increased,  but  the  value  of  the  doctor  will  be  only  relatively 
diminished.  Like  the  battle  plane  and  the  16-inch  cannon,  the 
doctor  is  a necessity,  and  the  country,  that  fails  to  provide  its  army 
with  necessities  shall  perish.  This  fact  has  at  last  begun  to  be 
realized  in  America,  but  we  are  almost  criminally  slow  in  recogniz- 
ing the  fact  that  the  trained  doctor — the  doctor  trained  along  mili- 
tary lines — is  a necessity.  Some  of  you  even  yet  fail  to  understand 
that  unless  we  give  our  doctors  military  training  we  will  certainly 
lose  this  war. 

Fortunately  for  my  argument,  I have  facts  to  present  that  will 
prevent  you  from  laughing  at  this  statement  and  utterly  repudiating 
the  proposition  which,  prior  to  1914,  I so  many  times  advanced 
with  humiliating  consequences^  TJhe  British  Medical  Journal , 
quoting  figures  of  the  French  Statistical  Bureau  (M.  Bertillion  in 
charge),  and  from  such  German  sources  of  information  as  were 
obtainable,  states  that  in  August,  1914,  the  Germans  were  sending 
back  to  the  firing  line  about  90  per  cent  of  the  wounded  that  reached 
hospitals.  Now,  if  salvage  of  the  wounded  is  a purely  medical 
proposition,  the  French,  English  and  American  doctors  should  have 
been  returning  to  the  firing  line  about  90%  per  cent  of  their 
wounded,  because  you  will  agree  with  me  that  English,  French 
and  American  doctors  are  vastly  better  surgeons  than  are  the  Ger- 
man surgeons.  I cannot  tell  you  what  the  Ally  statistics  on  this 
subject  were  in  August,  1914,  but  in  November  of  that  year,  when 
railroads  were  built  to  connect  the  firing  lines  with  all  the  hospitals 
in  France  and  England,  when  America  had  sent  its  Criles,  Brewers 
and  Hartes  to  give  them  aid,  and  when  every  condition  conspired 
to  give  the  doctor  his  opportunity  to  make  a brilliant  record,  the 
French  and  English  returned  to  their  front  only  23  per  cent  of 
those  who  had  reached  their  hospitals.  In  April,  1915,  this  figure 
had  jumped  to  65  per  cent,  and  it  has  been  only  within  a short 
period  that  our  Allies  have  nearly  approached  the  excellent  record 
that  has  given  Germany  a very  decided  advantage  expressed  in 
terms  of  companies,  battalions  and  divisions. 

We  can,  therefore,  count  ignorance  of  the  fact  that  a military 
surgeon  must  be  a soldier,  as  our  first  great  liability  ; but,  on  the 
opposite  side  of  the  ledger,  you  can  enter  Camp  Greenleaf  as  an 
asset  to  military  medicine,  which  makes  the  balance  no  longer 


16 


Original  Articles. 


formidable.  At  this  camp  the  knowledge  has  taken  root  that  even 
the  ward  snrgeon  in  a base  hospital  mnst  receive  a military  train- 
ing; that,  unless  the  least  military  of  onr  organizations  are  manned 
by  soldiers,  we  shall  fail  to  get  the  team-work  that  results  in 
efficiency.-  To  paraphrase  Lincoln’s  famous  epigram,  “You  cannot 
have  an  army  half  military  and  half  civilian,”  and  my  message  to 
all  of  you  is  that  to  serve  in  any  capacity  in  the  army  at  100  per 
cent  efficiency  you  must  have  military  training. 

The  second  liability  of  the  medical  profession  has  been  expressed 
in  terms  of  personal  losses  and  the  disruption  of  medical  schools. 
The  former  we  can  dismiss  in  a few  words.  We  are  all  in  the 
market  to  buy  happiness — physical  happiness,  which  is  short-lived 
and  largely  imaginary  after  the  bread-line  has  been  passed;  and 
contentment,  which  comes  of  knowledge  of  duty  well  done,  which 
is  real  and  permanent.  Like  any  other  commodity,  happiness  must 
be  paid  for  to  be  appreciated.  The  boy  who  works  and  saves  his 
pennies  gets  more  happiness  out  of  his  Ingersoll  than  the  rich  boy 
gets  out  of  his  $100  gold  watch;  and  for  the  same  reason  what  you 
get  out  of  this  war  will  be  exactly  what  you  put  into  it.  It  is  a 
glorious  chance  to  make  a good  bargain,  to  purchase  happiness 
cheaply,  and  I hope  every  doctor  in  America  will  be  pinched  with 
sacrifices,  and  more  sacrifices,  until  he  has  laid  up  treasures  that 
all  of  the  gold  of  Croesus  could  not  buy.  The  liabilities  in  this  war 
will  rest  only  with  that  rare  bird  of  our  profession  who  seeks  in 
this  hour  to  feather  his  nest.  “What  profiteth  a man  to  gain  the 
whole  world  if  he  loseth  his  own  soul?”  The  medical  pirate  will 
not  only  lose  his  own  soul,  his  only  chance  for  everlasting  happiness, 
but  he  will  lose  the  world  as  well;  for,  with  all  the  assurance  of 
positive  conviction,  I tell  you  that  the  men  who  sacrifice  self  in  this 
war  shall  be  the  owners  of  the  earth  and  all  that  it  contains. 

The  disruption  of  medical  schools,  at  first  sight,  looks  serious, 
but  the  legislation  now  in  force  will  preserve  the  output  that  will 
be  necessary  to  supply  wastage  in  the  army  if  the  war  continues 
for  several  years.  Temporarily  the  civilian  population  will  not  be 
served  as  well  as  in  times  of  peace,  but  this  will  be  more  than  com- 
pensated for  by  the  fact  that  if  this  war  lasts  long  enough  the 
medical  profession  will  be  of  so  much  higher  quality  that  the  tem- 
porary hardships  will  soon  be  forgotten. 

Our  Assets  in  This  War. 

This  brings  us  to  the  end  of  our  recital  of  liabilities,  which  are 
in  fact  simply  assets  in  disguise.  Of  our  apparent  assets  we  have 


Page — The  Medical  Profession  and  the  Great  War. 


17 


too  long  a list  to  mention  them  all,  bnt  we  can  emphasize  first  the 
fact  that  onr  profession  is  the  great  volunteer  profession  of  America. 
It  was  the  first  to  have  a Reserve  Corps,  it  filled  np  this  Reserve 
Corps  without  the  pressure  of  the  draft,  and  it  is  the  most  efficient 
part  of  the  United  States  Army.  It  promises  to  remain  the  most 
efficient.  With  less  to  gain,  with  more  to  lose,  with  less  thought 
of  self  and  with  more  regard  for  duty  than  any  other  profession, 
this  profession  of  ours  has  heard  the  call  and  it  has  responded.  Is 
this  our  asset  for  the  profession  ? I should  say  that  for  all  time  we 
have  gained  happiness  and  honor. 

The  second  great  visible  asset  is  the  good,  just  referred  to,  that 
will  come  to  all  who  serve.  I mean  the  professional  advancement. 
You  do  not  yet  realize  that  the  Army  Medical  Service  is  a vast  train- 
ing school,  where  opportunity  to  become  skilled  in  medicine  knocks 
at  the  door  of  every  doctor.  To  many  young  men  this  is  the  only 
chance  they  have  ever  had;  to  all  others  it  is  the  best  chance  they 
have  ever  had  to  learn  their  art.  While  this  is  true  in  every  part 
of  the  army,  it  is  chiefly  true  of  Camp  Greenleaf,  where  not  only 
military  art,  but  medical  art  as  well,  claims  the  best  efforts  of  the 
best  teachers  the  country  can  afford.  I refer  to  the  Camp  Greenleaf 
schools. 

It  was  my  good  fortune  to  start  these  schools  at  the  camp — schools 
of  hygiene,  internal  medicine,  surgery,  orthopedics,  laboratory  and 
X-ray  schools — and  it  has  been  a revelation  to  me  to  see  what  can 
be  accomplished  under  intensive  study  conditions  now  in  oper- 
ation. What  the  future  of  these  schools  shall  be  is  now  in  other 
hands,  but  it  is  safe  to  say  that  the  plan  shall  not  fail,  and  all  of  us 
must  use  our  best  efforts  to  see  that  such  a force  for  good  shall 
receive  our  backing  and  our  most  loyal  support.  The  plan  con- 
templates a great  medical  university  at  Camp  Greenleaf — a unique 
institution  that  shall  serve  during  and  after  the  war  to  give  the 
best  post-graduate  courses  the  world  has  ever  known  to  an  un- 
limited number  of  our  profession.  Is  this  an  asset?  The  most 
confirmed  pessimist  must  shout  for  joy  when  these  facts  become 
known. 

But  all  of  these  assets  are  but  minor  matters  compared  to  the 
great  idea  which  is  the  logical  sequence  of  all  of  these  happenings. 
Xeed  I show  you  the  goal  toward  which  we  tend? 

Let  us  approach  the  idea  from  another  angle : The  medical  pro- 

fession is  the  most  learned  of  all  professions,  and  yet  in  the  councils 
of  the  nation  it  has  no  force — nay,  it  has  barely  a hearing.  Labor  is 


18 


Original  Articles. 


presumably  the  least  learned  of  all  classes,  and  yet  it  has  a cabinet 
minister  and  is  the  mightiest  force  of  the  nation — yes,  even  more 
mighty  than  capital. 

Why  this  difference?  The  answer  is  not  that  labor  combines 
criminally  to  force  its  wishes  upon  the  rest  of  the  world,  while 
medicine,  in  altruistic  lethargy,  is  willing  to  let  others  work  their 
will.  The  true  answer  is  that  labor  is  exercising  the  sovereignty 
vested  in  it  when  we  abolished  thrones  from  our  midst,  while  medi- 
cine has  shirked  its  obligations  and  has  allowed  its  sovereignty  to 
go  by  default.  A doctor  once  said  to  me  that  he  deemed  it  a strange 
thing  that  a cabinet  minister  existed  to  see  that  hogs  did  not  catch 
cholera,  while  the  diseases  of  mankind  were  handled  by  a subordi- 
nate bureau.  I asked  him  if  he  had  voted  at  the  last  election,  if  he 
belonged  to  the  A.  M.  A.,  if  he  was  an  advocate  of  a National  Board 
of  Medical  Examiners,  and  to  each  question  he  answered  “No.” 
I told  him  to  go  his  way  and  to  marvel  not  henceforth. 

In  a democracy,  sovereignty  is  vested  in  the  individual.-  Each 
individual,  according  to  his  brains  and  his  personality,  is  the  center 
of  a sphere  of  influence.  The  sphere  is  large  when  the  individual,  by 
study  and  industry,  makes  it  large,  and  it  is  small  when  he  is  ignorant 
and  non-social.  As  the  government  supplies  education,  it  likewise 
demands  service  in  return.  Each  educated  man,  therefore,  has  an 
added  responsibility  thrust  upon  him  to  maintain — i.  e.,  he  not  only 
has  his  individual  obligation  to  exercise  sovereignty,  but  also  he 
assumes  an  obligation  to  exercise  an  influence  upon  others  in  their 
individual  exercise  of  sovereign  rights.  In  other  words,  sovereignty 
is  vested  in  every  man,  but  democracy  depends  upon  the  educated 
man  to  guide  those  who  look  to  him  for  precept  and  example. 

With  groups,  as  with  individuals,  democracy  likewise  demands 
the  assumption  of  sovereign  acts.  Groups  are  collections  of  special- 
ized individuals,  and  thus  it  is  that  unless  medicine  unites  to  de- 
mand statutes  that  it  in  its  wisdom  deems  necessary  for  the  public 
good  it  is  in  the  position  of  a cabinet  minister  that  sits  silent  and 
draws  his  pay  without  rendering  a quid  pro  quo.  Democracy  in 
America  will  be  a farce  unless  the  profession  of  medicine  and  all 
other  classes  unite,  as  labor  has  rightly  and  democratically  done,  in 
the  exercise  of  their  sovereignty.  In  a democracy,  the  guardian  of 
the  public  health  is  the  medical  profession,  and  if  the  medical  pro- 
fession has  no  representative  to  speak  for  it,  or  if  it  does  not  speak 
for  itself,,  it  is  but  right  and  proper  that  special  laws  relating  to  the 
public  health,  and  even  to  the  profession  itself,  should  be  made  by 


Simpson — M.  R.  C.  and  Medical  Military  Activities. 


19 


other  classes  who  have  exercised  their  sovereignty  and  have  earned 
the  right  to  speak  for  those  that  have  not. 

If  all  classes  did  as  medicine  has  done,  democracy  would  be  dead 
and  imperialism  wonld  triumph.  If  all  do  as  labor  has  done,  de- 
mocracy will  triumph,  and  all  kings  will  perish  from  the  face  of 
the  earth. 

We  can  now  answer  our  question  and  cry  aloud  that,  actuated  by 
the  sight  of  the  horrible  crimes  of  imperialism,  united  in  service 
as  we  could  never  before  unite  upon  any  common  ground,  we,  the 
profession  of  medicine  in  America,  have  found  ourselves,  have  found 
a new  meaning  in  the  word  liberty,  are  at  last  about  to  take  up  our 
sovereign  rights  to  serve  America  and  humanity. 

Gentlemen,  I believe  that  the  big  asset  of  this  war  is  that  medi- 
cine shall  unite,  and  thus  convert  its  potentiality  for  good  into  a 
reality,  and  I believe  it  is  through  the  Medical  Reserve  Corps  and 
the  Volunteer  Service  Corps  that  this  shall  he  accomplished.  Our 
motto  will  be  “I  served  and,  as  our  opportunity  to  serve  is  infinite, 
so  will  our  results  he  infinite.  Being  the  greatest  learned  profession, 
we  ought  to  have  the  greatest  influence  in  America.  Being  the  great 
humane  profession,  this  influence  should  be  the  best  influence  in 
America.  I ask  you  to  take  these  ideas  home  with  you  and  ponder 
deeply  upon  them.  If  we  earnestly  desire  to  do  this  great  work  we 
must  make  the  Regular  Medical  Corps,  the  Reserve  Corps  and  the 
profession  at  large  one  and  the  same  thing.  All  who  are  eligible 
must  join  the  Reserve  and  place  themselves  in  the  hands  of  the 
Medical  Department ; and  this  medical  profession,  united  on  the  one 
common  ground  of  “service,”  will  then  enjoy  its  birthright. 

Optimist  that  I am,  I therefore  see  no  liabilities.  Assets  we  have 
in  plenty,  and  let  us  see  to  it  that  we  shall  not  hide  our  talents  in 
a napkin. 

MEDICAL  RESERVE  CORPS  AND  MEDICAL  MILITARY 
ACTIVITIES.* 

By  MAJOR  FRANK  SIMPSON,  M.  R.  C., 

Chief  Medical  Section,  Council  of  National  Defense,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Mr.  President , Ladies  and  Gentlemen: 

My  message  is  brief.  I call  upon  all  who  hear  it  to  carry  it  to 
the  remotest  corner  of  this  State.  At  present  Louisiana  has  con- 
tributed liberally  to  the  service  of  the  nation  in  its  medical  activity. 
Existing  conditions  require  that  in  the  next  few  weeks  this  State 

* Read  at  the  39th  Annual  Meeting,  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society,  New  Orleans, 

April  16,  17,  18,  1918. 


20 


Original  Articles. 


must  make  another  liberal  contribution — about  175  medical  officers 
to  the  army  and  about  twenty -five  to  the  navy. 

You  have  followed  current  events  with  the  keenest  of  interest. 
You  know  of  the  shameless  deception  of  the  Germans  in  trying  to 
destroy  the  morale  of  the  Italian  Army.  You  know  of  the  repeated 
rumors  of  peace,  designed  for  the  purpose  of  preventing  the  speedy 
transformation  of  this  nation,  and  especially  of  its  industries,  from 
a peace  to  a war  footing.  You  know  of  the  rumors  of  dissension  in 
the  German  Army,  of  mutiny  in  her  navy,  of  starvation  riots  and 
of  dissension  among  her  people,  all  circulated  for  the  express  pur- 
pose of  causing  us  to  underestimate  the  strength  of  the  enemy.  The 
lie  has  been  given  to  those  rumors  by  the  hordes  of  Huns  that  have 
been  thrown  against  the  Western  front.  You  have  seen  the  master- 
ful effort  that  is  being  made  by  our  war-weary  Allies ; you  have 
heard  and  have  not  doubted  the  words  of  Premier  Lloyd  George,  of 
England.  It  is  impossible  to  exaggerate  the  importance  of  getting 
reinforcements  from  across  the  Atlantic  in  the  shortest  possible  space 
of  time.  Your  hearts  have  been  gladdened  by  the  statement  that 
the  President  himself  gave  orders  to  the  effect  that  all  else  must  he 
subordinated  to  the  one  task  of  getting  American  soldiers  to  France. 
With  bated  breath  we  are  now  watching  the  wavering  lines  in 
France.  Your  hearts  are  filled  with  admiration  and  with  gratitude 
for  those  brave  men  who  for  four  years  have  checked  the  mad  onrush 
of  the  Huns ; but  many  of  us  have  not  realized  our  full  significance 
or  individual  responsibility  in  this  crisis  until  the  terrible  drive  now 
in  progress  forced  from  the  lips  of  Sir  Douglas  Haig  that  tragic 
appeal : 

“Words  fail  me  to  express  the  admiration  which  I feel  for  the 
splendid  assistance  offered  by  all  countries  to  our  army  in  the  midst 
of  these  trying  circumstances.  Many  of  us  now  are  tired  after  four 
years.  To  those  I would  say  that  victory  will  belong  to  the  side 
which  holds  out  the  longest.  The  French  Army  is  moving  rapidly 
and  in  great  force  to  our  support.  Again,  with  our  backs  to  the 
wall  and  believing  in  the  justice  of  our  cause,  each  one  of  us  must 
fight  to  the  end.  The  safety  of  our  homes  and  the  freedom  of  man- 
kind depend  alike  upon  the  conduct  of  each  one  of  us  at  this  critical 
moment.” 

What  does  that  mean  to  the  medical  profession  of  Louisiana? 
It  means  that  if  you  do  your  part  in  this  terrible  crisis  your 
State  will  in  the  next  few  weeks  send  200  additional  officers 


Simpson — M.  R.  C.  and  Medical  Military  Activities.  21 


to  the  army  and  to  the  navy  of  the  nation — 175  to  the  army 
and  twenty-five  to  the  navy.  You  naturally  ask,  what  is  to 
be  done  with  so  many  doctors?  You  recall  that  a few  months 
ago,  before  a committee  of  the  Senate,  the  Secretary  of  War 
. made  the  statement  that  before  the  close  of  this  year  1,500,000 
would  be  in  Europe.  Prudence  of  the  most  primitive  type  dictates 
that  in  this  crisis  for  every  soldier  that  is  sent  to  the  front  at  least 
one,  certainly  two,  probably  three  or  more  men  must  enter  training 
if  we  are  to  have  adequate  protection  for  this  nation.  Who  among 
you  can  bring  himself  to  believe  that  this  great  nation,  in  the 
greatest  struggle  of  the  world’s  history,  could  be  so  short-sighted  as 
to  make  such  meager  protection  ? and  yet  that  means,  if  we  replace 
one  soldier  by  a new  recruit,  three  million  under  arms  before  the 
first  of  next  January.  The  lowest  possible  estimate  of  medical  men 
requires  7,000  doctors  to  a million  of  men,  so  that  it  would  mean 
21,000  doctors  for  our  army.  Of  the  22,000  who  have  volunteered, 
there  are  available  to-day  approximately  18,000,  net  deficit  of  3,000 
existing  at  this  time.  But  that  is  not  all.  Our  Allies  need  medical 
officers.  We  must  come  to  their  support.  That  is  not  all.  In  order 
to  be  sure  that  we  may  find  the  right  man  for  all  emergencies,  and 
put  him  in  the  right  place  at  the  right  time,  it  is  essential  that  the 
Surgeon  General  should  have  a good  margin,  a good  surplus,  from 
which  to  select  those  men.  It  is  just  as  necessary  for  the  Medical 
Department  of  an  army  to  have  a reserve  surplus  as  it  is  for  a bank 
to  have  a surplus  of  dollars.  You  all  know  what  would  happen  to 
-the  banks  of  New  Orleans  if  at  the  close  of  business  to-morrow  the 
.cash  reserve  were  perilously  low  or  if  the  vaults  were  empty.  The 
Surgeon  General’s  vaults  of  precious  men  must  never  be  empty. 
The  Surgeon  General  has  called  for  5,000  men  to  meet  immediate 
needs.  It  is  clear  to  men  of  vision  that,  before  the  close  of  this 
year,  we  must  have  at  least  10,000  more  doctors.  The  navy  to-day 
needs  1,000.  Your  task  is,  therefore,  to  help  us  raise  that  number 
within  the  next  few  months.  So  you  see,  you  have  a real  task,  one 
that  is  to  tax  your,,  ingenuity — the  strength  of  not  one  member  of 
the  medical  profession,  not  of  two  members,  but  of  all  loyal,  patriotic 
men,  and  to  that  kind  of  men  I know  I am  now  speaking. 

In  closing,  I would  ask  that  each  one  of  you  take  this  brief 
message  to  heart,  always  remembering  that  when  in  the  future  your 
wives,  your  children,  your  friends,  your  neighbors,  your  patients 
ask  what  part  you  have  played  in  this  great  crisis  of  the  world,  the 


22 


Original  Articles. 


accusing  conscience  will  always  place  the  burden  of  responsibility 
upon  the  man  who  stays  at  home.  I feel  very  sure  that  this  State 
will  do  what  it  has  always  done— meet  its  full  responsibility,  and 
that  within  a brief  period  we  shall  have  the  full  quota  from  Lou- 
isiana. (Applause.) 


THE  BASS-WATKINS  AGGLUTINATION  TEST  FOR 
TYPHOID* 

By  FOSTER  M.  JOHNS,  M.  D., 

Assistant  Professor,  Laboratory  of  Clinical  Medicine,  Tulane  University, 

New  Orleans,  La. 

In  an  article  entitled  “A  Quick  Macroscopic  Typhoid  Agglutin- 
ation Test,”  by  Drs.  C.  C.  Bass  and  John  A.  Watkins,  in  the 
Archives  of  Internal  Medicine  for  September,  1910,  an  agglutin- 
ation test  for  typhoid  was  brought  forward  as  a practical  method 
of  securing  the  information  furnished  by  the  classical  Widal  re- 
action, a test  that ' requires  a knowledge  and  the  equipment  of  a 
laboratory. 

This  reaction  was  simply  a development  of  the  observation  that, 
within  certain  wide  limits,  the  more  concentrated  the  suspension 
of  bacteria,  the  more  rapidly  agglutination  takes  place  in  the  pres- 
ence of  a given  amount  of  agglutinin.  In  the  finished  test  not  only 
was  the  time  factor  greatly  reduced,  but  with  the  heavy  suspensions 
of  bacteria  used  the  resulting  agglutination  was  rendered  easily 
visible  to  the  naked  eye,  which  at  once  obviated  the  microscope  and 
considerably  improved  upon  the  more  or  less  dilute  contemporaneous 
macroscopic  tests  then  in  use,  which,  in  addition,  required  many 
hours  in  their  performance. 

In  the  eight  years  that  have  elapsed  since  the  publication  of  this 
article  this  reaction  has  constantly  grown  in  favor  among  the 
clinicians  of  the  South,  in  spite  of  many  improper  lots  of  reagent 
supplied  by  private  laboratories,  my  own  included,  as  well  as  the 
various  biological  houses.  During  this  time  the  test  has  been  in 
constant  use  in  the  laboratories  of  clinical  medicine  with  which  I 
am  connected,  and  it  is  with  the  belief  that  this  reaction  offers  an 
easier,  quicker  and  even  more  accurate  reaction  to  not  only  the 
clinicians,  but  the  trained  laboratory  worker  as  well,  that  I have 
prepared  this  discussion  of  a now  well-known  test.  During  this 

* Read  at  the  39th  Annual  Meeting,  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society,  New  Orleans, 
April  16,  17,  18,  1918. 


Johns — The  Bass-Watkins  Agglutination  Test  for  Typhoid.  23 

time  the  few  faults  in  technic  and  production  brought  out  by  con- 
tinual use  have  been  met  and  overcome,  with  'the  exception  of  a 
technic  that  will  insure  the  uniform  production  of  a stock  suspen- 
sion of  typhoid  bacilli  that  will  keep  well  under  the  ordinary  con- 
ditions of  usage;  With  the  aid  and  cooperation  of  Dr.  Bass,  I have 
been  able  to  evolve  a formula  that  has  answered  every  requirement 
for  over  a year,  and  I will  take  this  opportunity  to  briefly  outline 
the  reason  and  manner  of  the  change  in  method  of  preparing  the 
stock  Bass-Watkins  suspension. 

As  described  in  detail  in  the  original  article,  the  technic  is  de- 
signed to  meet  the  exact  requirements  of  the  classical  Widal  in  a 
serum  dilution  of  1 to  100,  with  the  exception  that  the  organisms 
are  definitely  spaced  to  where  they  are  immediately  sensitive  to  the 
collective  forces  of  surface  tension,  when  these  are  initiated  by  the 
addition  of  the  agglutinating  serum  instead  of  depending  on  the 
many  varied  factors  of  motility,  reaction,  strain  and  concentration 
of  the  broth  culture  in  the  classical  test. 

That  the  reaction  is  founded  on  correct  principles  and,  when 
properly  performed,  will  check  to  the  last  detail  with  the  classical 
test  when  it  is  properly  performed,  is  a definitely  established  fact 
and  needs  no  further  attention  here,  beyond  the  statement  that  in 
student  and  private  work  in  our  laboratories  are  the  records  of  now 
many  thousands  of  parallel  reactions  using  both  the  Bass-Watkins 
and  the  original  Widal  methods. 

The  material  required  in  the  test  are  a few  microscope  slides, 
blood  sticker,  medicine  dropper,  toothpick  and  a stock  of  suspen- 
sion of  typhoid  bacilli,  this  latter  consisting  of  10,000  million 
typhoid  bacilli  per  c.  c.  in  1.7  per  cent  salt  solution  and  preserved 
with  1 per  cent  formalin. 

In  making  the  reaction  we  add  one  drop  of  water  to  a smear  con- 
sisting of  one-quarter  drop  of  blood;  dissolve  the  blood  by  stirring 
with  a match  or  toothpick.  Add  one  drop  of  Bass-Watkins  suspen- 
sion and  then  gently  agitate  the  slide  for  one  minute,  watching  for 
the  appearance  of  a meal-like  sediment  of  agglutinated  organisms 
in  the  positive  reaction.  In  the  case  of  a negative  reaction  the 
suspension  on  the  slide  remains  uniformly  turbid. 

As  simple  as  the  technic  sounds,  there  is  often  considerable 
difficulty  in  doing  a simple  thing.  Taking  up  the  test  step  by  step, 
I will  endeavor  to  point  out  the  places  where  error  may  creep  in. 
To  begin  with,  an  absolutely  clean  slide,  freshly  washed  with  soap 
and  water  to  remove  the  grease  and  dust,  must  be  used.  Now,  we 


24 


Original  Articles. 


require  one-quarter  of  a drop  of  blood  on  the  center  of  the  slide. 
This  is  a quantity  almost  impossible  to  describe  to  one  not  ac- 
customed to  the  routine  making  of  proper  blood  smears,  but  prac- 
tically it  is  easily  approximated.  Squeeze  a quantity  of  blood  out 
of  a puncture  on  the  finger  or  ear  lobe  that  will  not  quite  drop  off, 
and  then  barely  touch  the  slide  to  it.  The  quantity  adhering  to  the 
slide  will  vary  from  one-quarter  up  to  one-half  of  one  drop.  In 
either  instance,  for  practical  purposes,  the  end  result  will  not  be 
influenced,  as  it  is  commonly  estimated  that  in  the  presence  of  the 
usual  positive  Widal  there  are  several  hundred  more  units  of 
agglutinin  present  than  is  needed  in  the  actual  agglutination  of  the 
organisms.  The  actual  dilution  of  the  organisms  will  not  be  dis- 
turbed by  either  of  the  quantities  of  blood,  as  the  blood  is  then 
spread  roughly  over  the  middle  third  of  the  slide  and  allowed  to  dry. 

Now,  one  drop  of  plain  water  is  added.  Drops  can  vary  enor- 
mously in  size,  and  while,  if  the  proportions  in  the  test  were  carried 
out  to  suit,  no  harm  would  ensue,  still,  for  working  purposes,  we 
need  a full-sized  drop.  In  this  instance  the  standard  drop  is  meas- 
ured by  preferably  using  the  ordinary  medicine  dropper  held  almost 
parallel  to  the  table,  so  that  the  drop  collects  on  the  side  of  the 
elongated  glass  tip  of  the  dropper. 

In  dissolving  the  blood  the  water  should  be  carefully  spread, 
taking  care  not  to  scrape  up  the  blood-cell  stroma  that  will  adhere 
to  the  slide  if  the  specimen  is  over  a few  hours  old. 

Now,  shake  the  bottle  of  suspension  well  and  add  one  full-size 
drop  of  suspension  to  the  diluted  blood.  The  slide  is  now  slowly 
tilted  (so  as  not  to  break  up  the  clumps  as  they  form)  backward 
and  forward  and  from  side  to  side  for  a few  seconds  to  thoroughly 
mix  the  suspension  and  water  on  the  slide,  and  then  is  viewed  by 
indirect  light — i,  e.,  toward  the  window,  with  the  window  sill  or 
crown  as  the  background.  Continue  rocking  the  slide  and  observe 
the  gradual  formation  of  the  small  white  granules  of  agglutinated 
bacilli  as  they  now  begin  to  form.  The  earliest  agglutination  is  seen 
around  the  edge  of  the  dilution,  and  are  seen  best  as  they  are  gath- 
ered up  on  an  advancing  wave  as  the  angle  of  the  slide  is  varied. 
Agglutination  is  always  complete  in  one  minute,  and  no  attention 
should  be  paid  to  the  formation  of  clumps  after  drying  of  the  edges 
has  begun,  as  this  is  simple  conglomeration  and  not  specific  aggluti- 
nation. Varying  degrees  of  agglutination  will  be  noted— depend- 
ing on  the  concentration  of  agglutinin  in  the  blood  of  the  patient. 
The  formation  and  collection  of  these  protective  substances  in  the 


Johns — The  Bass-Watkins  Agglutination  Test  for  Typhoid.  25 

blood  only  begins  with  the  onset  of  symptoms  in  the  patient — and 
is  only  present  in  demonstrable  quantities  in  the  usual  case  by  the 
end  of  the  second  week.  A negative  reaction  counts  for  very  little 
early  in  the  case,  but  gradually  assumes  importance  as  the  days 
pass.  Weakly  positive  (or  doubtful  negative)  reactions  should  be 
repeated  from  day  to  day.  A positive  reaction  must  be  interpreted 
in  the  light  of  the  present  symptoms,  discounting  the  history  of 
antityphoid  vaccination  or  previous  typhoid.  The  agglutinins 
are  usually  lost  several  months  after  an  attack  of  typhoid  (or  vac- 
cination), but  may  persist  in  a few  individuals  for  many  years. 

Make  it  a fixed  rule  to  make  a known  negative  control  reaction 
at  the  time  each  test  is  made.  This  is  a requisite  in  all  laboratory 
reactions,  and  is  the  only  way  an  error  in  technic  or  suspension  can 
be  kept  constantly  checked  up. 

As  mentioned  previously,  in  the  past  we  have  occasionally  noted 
a variation  in  the  keeping  quality  of  the  suspension  prepared  as 
closely  to  the  original  formula  as  possible.  Many  of  the  suspensions 
on  the  market,  as  prepared  by  the  various  biological  houses,  were 
found  to  have  deteriorated.  Some  vials  react  perfectly,  after  now 
eight  years  of  preservation,  while  other  would  not  keep  more  than 
several  weeks.  All  of  the  suspensions  made  up  in  our  laboratory, 
when  not  reacting  properly,  always  gave  the  error  on  the  positive 
side  of  the  reaction.  In  other  words,  non-specific  positive  agglutin- 
ation. It  has  long  been  known  that  suspensions  of  bacteria  would 
be  agglutinated  by  acids  or  alkalies,  and  that  this  action  was  ex- 
erted in  varying  degree  on  different  strains  of  the  same  variety  of 
organisms.  Indeed,  strains  of  typhoid  bacilli  may  be  found,  or  even 
produced,  that  do  not  yield  specific  agglutinations  as  well  as  others, 
such  as  the  famous  Russell  strain  for  vaccine  use,  that  agglutinates 
to  a considerable  extent  non-specifically  with  the  sera  of  many 
normal  individuals. 

After  considerable  experimentation,  which  embraced  the  or- 
ganism, culture  media,  diluent  and  preservative,  I have  found  that 
a suspension  that  is  made  up  practically  neutral  in  reaction  will 
keep  perfectly.  This  includes  the  elimination  of  the  sodium  chloride, 
which  becomes  dissociated  in  solution,  and  even  though  present  in 
minute  quantities,  exerts  a deleterious  effect  on  some  strains  of 
organisms  when  acting  over  a long  period  of  time. 

Briefly,  a fairly  recent  strain  of  B.  typhosus  suitable  for  Widal 
purposes,  and  that  gives  a good  heavy  growth,  is  selected.  This  is 


26 


Original  Articles. 


inoculated  by  broth  cultures  on  to  Roux  flasks  containing  a surface 
of  ordinary  laboratory  agar-agar,  with  the  sole  requirement  that  it 
be  fairly  dry.  After  several  minutes  the  broth  is  poured  off,  the 
flasks  inverted  and  incubated  for  forty-eight  to  seventy-two  hours 
at  37°  C.  The  organisms  are  then  washed  off  with  a minimum  of 
1 per  cent  formalin  (Merck)  in  water. 

The  washings  containing  the  organisms  are  then  poured  through 
a thin  layer  of  cotton  to  separate  any  course  sediment,  and  are  then 
placed  in  large,  wide  jars,  not  over  six  inches  deep.  (Small  quan- 
tities may  be  centrifuged.)  In  about  a week  the  organisms  have 
settled  to  a layer  approximately  one  inch  deep— the  supernatant 
fluid  is  then  carefully  decanted,  the  bacterial  sediment  counted, 
and  made  up  of  10,000  million  per  c.  c.  with  1 per  cent  formalin.  ' 

This  amounts  to  the  preparation  of  washed  typhoid  bacilli  in  1 
per  cent  formalin.  The  absence  of  the  salt  in  no  way  has  interfered 
Witi  the  proper  reacting  of  the  organisms,  whereas  17  per  cent 
sodium  chloride  will  cause  the  iso-agglutination  of  many  strains  of 
typhoid  bacilli. 


Discussion  on  the  Paper  of  Dr.  Johns. 

vantage  because  of thl fait  Th  OTganiSm  ^ haS  a decided  ad 

nating^ue’s  “irwith  te  :igaJs,:re  “ "°  P°SSibl<J  Ch“Ce  °f  C°“tami- 

“creso1  or 

rsrss1  r.s  srs 

was^sf b?ou“ut’  “f™  beea  this  test  since  it 

bility  and  simplLty  T T appealed  me  on  account  of  its  practiea- 
a very  small  lfttle  Lv  T ! Camed  to  the  Patient’s  bedside.  It  is 

= sir  iSr-xr  rz  3 ;s 

» “Swiij.TS.'tr1'  *»  “> »» 

- - ss?  ssir:  ssss 


Johns — The  Bass-Watkins  Agglutination  Test  for  Typhoid.  27 

solution,  and  I have  used  it  many  times,  and  it  is  a great  help  in  diagnosing 
cases  of  typhoid  fever. 

I wish  to  express  my  thanks,  and  believe  it  is  a very  simple  and  prac- 
tical method  by  which  we  can  get  at  the  true  nature  of  the  disease. 

Dr.  Frank  H.  Walke,  Shreveport:  I would  like  to  ask  Dr.  Johns  what 
part  the  paratyphoid  stain  played  in  this  particular  test?  I might  say, 
in  listening  to  Dr.  Johns7  paper,  the  test  has  appealed  to  me  on  account 
of  its  simplicity,  and  also  on  account  of  the  fact  there  is  much  less  of 
the  culture  of  typhoid  on  hand,  transferring  the  live  cultures,  and  the 
method  appeals  to  me  very  much.  I would  like  to  know,  however,  what 
part  the  paratyphoid  stain  has  played  in  this  particular  test. 

Dr.  Foster  M.  Johns,  New  Orleans  (closing) : In  line  with  what  Dr. 

Duval  has  said,  I will  say  that  six  or  eight  months  ago  a ruling  came  out 
from  the  War  Department  requesting  each  laboratory  to  keep  cultures 
under  lock  and  key.  The  demand  for  the  Bass-Watkins  test  has  been  so 
great  that  the  laboratories  have  been  swamped  to  fill  the  orders.  We 
have  not  been  able  to  keep  up  the  cultures.  The  test  fills  a want  during 
war-time. 

As  regards  tricresol  as  a preservative,  we  have  not  tried  it,  for  the 
simple  reason  that  formalin  has  answered  all  purposes,  and,  as  the  blood 
is  kept  in  this  bottle  and  allowed  to  stay,  it  can  be  kept  perfectly  for 
any  length  of  time.  It  is  a question  of  how  well  the  bottle  is  stoppered 
and  how  to  keep  from  contaminating  the  growth.  If  the  stopper  is  left 
out,  there  is  evaporation,  and  the  contamination  destroys  and  autolyses 
the  organism. 

We  have  not  tried  tricresol.  It  is  much  better  in  vaccine  work  than 
anything  else,  and  possibly  it  would  be  worth  while. 

I think  Dr.  Hamner  has  the  right  idea,  only  I believe  in  the  last  few 
years  the  Widal  or  any  of  the  agglutination  tests  are  simply  confirmatory 
reactions — they  are  not  diagnostic.  Typhoid  fever  should  be  diagnosed 
within  the  first  three  or  four  days  with  a blood  count.  That  is  scientific 
medicine,  and  we  can  practice  scientific  medicine.  The  next  thing  is  to 
rule  out  malaria  with  . a low  leukocyte  count  and  call  it  typhoid  fever. 
Along  about  the  third  week  you  get  anxious  and  want  a confirmatory 
test,  and  that  is  the  time  when  the  Widal  or  the  Bass-Watkins  test  can 
be  used. 

As  regards  paratyphoid  cultures,  they  constitute  organisms  whose 
pathogenicity  varies  from  the  typhoid  bacilli  on  down  to  an  enteritis  or 
organisms  of  the  colon  group.  We  isolate  and  keep  on  tap  two  different 
strains — one  paratyphoid  A and  another  paratyphoid  B — and  the  agglutin- 
ation is  specific  for  paratyphoid  A and  B types.  My  experience  with 
paratyphoid  is  that  it  constitutes  less  than  3 or  4 per  cent  of  the  cases, 
and  for  practical  purposes  I keep  a suspension  of  paratyphoid  A and 
paratyphoid  B for  my  own  use,  so  that  we  rule  out  typhoid,  and  that  is 
sufficient. 


28 


Original  Articles. 


TREATMENT  OF  ECLAMPSIA.* 

By  HILLIARD  E.  MILLER,  M.  D.,  New  Orleans,  La. 

There  have  been  few  problems  in  the  medical  category  which  have 
caused  as  much  speculation  and  been  the  stimulus  for  a more  earnest 
campaign  of  research  than  the  toxemias  of  pregnancy,  or  the  so- 
called  preeclamptic  state.  Yet,  from  the  time  of  Hippocrates,  all 
of  the  theorizing,  laboratory  and  experimental  data  haye  amounted 
to  practically  nil,  so  far  as  elucidating  the  underlying  factors  of 
causation  or  furnishing  any  clue  as  to  what  would  be  the  most 
promising  method  of  treatment  to  he  adopted. 

As  a result  of  confusing  and  conflicting  statistical  reports  from 
the  various  large  maternity  hospitals,  there  has  naturally  been  a 
division  of  thought  among  members  of  the  profession,  which  division 
has  evolved  two  opposing  factions,  namely:  the  advocates  of  radical 
treatment  and  those  who  still  claim  good  results  from  palliative 
measures.  The  advocates  of  each  method  have  waged  a campaign 
pro  and  con,  with  no  other  results  than  that  at  the  cessation  of 
hostilities  each  one  was  still  impassioned  with  his  own  prejudiced 
ideas  and  unable  to  see  any  reason  why  they  should  be  different. 

One  will  see  from  the  beginning  that  he  must  ally  himself  either 
with  the  radicals  or  conservatives,  for  there  can  be  no  individualiza- 
tion of  cases,  nor  is  there  any  particular  feature  in  a given  case 
which  will  designate  whether  the  uterus  is  to  he  hurriedly  emptied 
or  whether  one  can  afford  to  procrastinate  with  symptomatic  treat- 
ment and  allow  nature  to  free  the  mother  of  this  vicious  poison. 

Whatever  method  we  choose,  it  must  be  directed  toward  conserv- 
ing the  vitality  of  the  mother  in  eliminating,  as  far  as  possible,  the 
development  of  shock.  The  child  should  not  incur  a great  deal  of 
consideration,  as  many  of  them  are  as  much  as  a month  or  month 
and  a half  premature,  and  live  only  a few  hours  after  delivery. 
Some  die  during  the  initial  convulsion,  while  only  a few  survive  the 
storm,  and  a large  percentage  of  them  succumb  during  the  first  few 
days  as  a result  of  trauma  sustained  through  the  method  of  delivery, 
or  from  remote  effects  of  the  profound  toxemia. 

The  essential  factor,  and  the  one  which  offers  the  most  effective 
means  of  dealing  with  this  dreaded  condition,  is  the  early  recognition 
and  proper  interpretation  of  the  initial  symptoms  and  the  institu- 
tion of  a vigorous  treatment  to  abort  the  dire  consequences  which 

April*  16^1 7 ai8th1918th  Annual  Meeting’  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society,  New  Orleans, 


Miller — Treatment  of  Eclampsia. 


29 


result  through  neglect.  The  fully  developed  case  of  eclampsia  is 
either  due  to  gross  negligence  or  ignorance  on  the  part  of  the  at- 
tending obstetrician,  or  else  a failure  of  the  patient  to  appreciate 
the  significance  of  signs  and  symptoms  which  her  doctor  has  warned 
her  of  as  portending  trouble. 

The  history  of  all  preeclamptics  is  essentially  the  same,  namely: 
headaches,  spots  before  the  eyes,  epigastric  pain,  muscular  twitch- 
ings,  occasional  slight  mental  unbalance,  dizziness,  ringing  in  the 
ears,  etc.,  also  a rise  in  blood  pressure  from  140  to  250  m.  m.,  find- 
ing of  albumen  and  hyaline  and  granular  casts,  low  urea  percentage 
and  diminished  output.  These  prodromata  may  be  present  from  a 
few  days  to  four  or  five  weeks  before  the  actual  occurrence  of  con- 
vulsions, and  all  serve  to  point  to  a kidney  or  liver  involvement  of 
varying  intensity.  Of  all  the  signs  of  impending  trouble,  the  blood 
pressure  recordings  are  probably  the  most  reliable  and  constant,  for 
many  cases  develop  convulsions  where  the  urinary  findings  have 
been  repeatedly  negative  even  for  a few  hours  prior  to  onset  of 
attack. 

These  symptoms  should  be  seriously  heeded,  and  at  once  a vigorous 
eliminative  treatment  instituted  as  a prophylaxis.  This,  however, 
is  only  empyric,' since  we  do  not  know  the  real  causal  factors;  yet  in 
a large  percentage  of  cases  the  symptoms  subside  and  the  patient 
goes  to  full  term  without  a great  deal  of  discomfort. 

The  object  of  the  eliminative  treatment  is  to  relieve  as  far  as 
possible  the  extra  burden  thrown  on  the  kidneys,  and  consists  of  hot 
packs  every  twelve  hours,  colon  irrigations,  three  to  four  gallons  of 
a 2 per  cent  sodium  bicarbonate  and  glucose  solution  every  eight 
hours.  The  diet  should  be  limited  to  milk  entirely,  two  to  four 
quarts  daily. 

If  the  patient  is  restless  and  irritable,  morphia,  gr.  to  be  re- 
peated as  often  as  is  necessary,  or  chloral,  gr.  30,  sodium  bromide, 
gr.  40,  by  bowel,  will  usually  quiet  the  patient  and  procure  a few 
hours’  restful  sleep. 

The  old  practice  of  bleeding  to  lower  blood  pressure  is,  I believe, 
a pernicious  one,  and  should  be  practiced  only  in  cases  developing 
postpartum  convulsions.  A few  minutes  after  a sufficient  quantity 
of  blood  is  withdrawn  to  lower  the  blood  pressure  appreciably,  con- 
ditions may  arise  necessitating  a rapid  emptying  of  the  uterus,  with 
a consequent  loss  of  a great  deal  of  blood ; the  two  combined  may  be 
quite  enough  to  precipitate  a pronounced  state  of  shock  or  immediate 
death. 


30 


Original  Articles. 


If  the  eliminative  form  of  treatment  is  to  b.e  effective,  improve- 
ment will  manifest  itself  within  the  first  forty-eight  or  seventy-two 
hours  by  an  abatement  in  symptoms,  rise  in  urea,  percentage,  lower- 
ing of  blood  pressure,  etc. 

Should  these  symptoms  persist  over  a period  of  four  or  five  days, 
however,  we  have  trusted  the  palilative  measures  as  far  as  we  should 
dare,  and  immediate  measures  should  be  made  to  evacuate  the  uterus 
as  rapidly  as  possible. 


Many  authorities,  however,  continue  to  treat  the  patient  symp- 
tomatically, even  after  convulsions  appear,  attempting  to  abate  and 
lessen  the  immediate  and  remote  effects  of  the  convulsive  seizures 
with  large  doses  of  morphia.  The  morphia,  to  be  effective,  must  be 
given  in  very  large  and  oft-repeated  doses — enough,  according  to  its 
advocates,  to  bring  the  respirations  down  to  eight  or  ten  per  minute. 
This,  to  my  mind,  is  not  only  adding  an  extra  toxin,  but  borders  on 
to  fatal  morphin  poisoning. 

We  know  only  one  thing  certain  about  eclampsia,  and  that  is  that 
only  the  products  of  conception  are  capable  of  producing  such  a state 
of  toxemia,  hence  it  would  seem  logical  to  remove  this  cause  by  the 
quickest  possible  route  as  soon  as  conditions  arise  which  place  the 
mother’s  life  in  jeopardy.  The  mode  of  rapid  delivery,  however 
depends  on  several  conditions— first,  the  period  of  pregnancy’ 
second,  the  state  of  the  cervix;  third,  complications,  as  contracted 
pelvis,  placenta  previa,  etc. 


As  to  the  first  mentioned,  if  the  convulsions  appear  before  viabil- 
i .y  o the  child  is  established,  it  is  only  necessary  to  procure  suf- 
ficient dilatation  of  cervix  to  do  craniotomy  and  extraction 

It  the  cervix  is  fully  dilated,  and  the  head  is  engaged,  apply 
forceps  and  deliver.  If  the  head  is  still  floating  above  the  brim, 
version  and  breech  extraction  is  the  best  maneuver.  If  the  cervix 
is  only  partially  effaced,  manual  dilatation  with  fingers  or  Diihrs- 
sen  s incisions,  followed  by  forceps  delivery  or  version,  depending 
on  conditions  aforementioned.  F 8 


If  the  cervix  is  large  and  hard,  with  no  dilation,  and  the  pelvis 

ai  tonur of  deliveryj  ™ginai  °esarean  se°- 

’ If  there  should  be  a contracted  pelvis,  or  a placenta 

33SSS* the  1>ic‘ure-  » f. 


una  ely  with  the  onset  of  convulsions,  labor  usually  begins 
and  in  a small  percentage  of  cases  the  severe  convulsive  seizures 
apidly  dilate  and  efface  the  cervix  and  effect  a precipitate  labor. 


Discussion. 


31 


Ether  is  to  be  the  choice  of  an  anesthetic,  bnt  as  little  as  is  pos- 
sible is  to  be  given. 

The  post-partial  care  of  these  patients  demands  as  much  con- 
sideration as  any  stage  of  the  treatment,  as  it  is  not  uncommon  for 
them  to  be  so  saturated  with  the  offending  toxin  as  to  develop 
eclampsia  after  the  nterns  is  emptied.  Hence,  the  same  drastic 
eliminative  methods  outlined  before  should  be  carried  out  until  the 
symptoms  subside,  blood  pressure  drops  and  urine  is  negative  for 
albumen. 

It  is  the  duty  also  of  the  obstetrician  to  ascertain  subsequently 
the  amount  of  damage  done  to  the  kidneys  and  to  advise  strongly 
against  any  future  pregnancy  in  case  a true  state  of  chronic  nephritis 
exists. 

Discussion  on  the  Paper  of  Dr.  Miller. 

Dr.  T.  B.  Sellers,  New  Orleans:  I have  listened  to  the  careful  and 

instructive  paper  on  eclampsia,  which  is  a subject  of.  vital  importance  to 
every  practitioner.  The  point  we  are  most  interested  in  is  prevention. 

I had  the  privilege  three  years  ago  of  serving  on  Dr.  Allan  Eustis’ 
staff,  who  is  a strong  believer  in  not  only  testing  the  urine  for  albumen 
and  sugar,  but  also  for  indican  and  urobilinogen.  I feel  that  if  you  find 
indican  and  urobilinogen,  as  he  stated  yesterday  in  his  paper,  in  the  urine, 
it  is  an  index  that  the  liver  is  not  functioning.  We  know  that  the  primary 
cause  of  eclampsia  is  a central  necrosis  of  the  liver,  and  the  albuminuria 
is  only  a secondary  manifestation  late  in  the  development  of  the  disease. 
If  this  is  true,  and  it  is  needless  to  say  that  I believe  in  it,  thanks  to  Dr. 
Eustis  for  impressing  this  on  me,  we  have  to  solve  the  great  problem  in 
preventing  eclampsia.  In  my  limited  experience  we  cannot  foretell  the 
outcome  of  eclampsia,  and  it  is  well  to  put  these  cases  on  a strict  carbo- 
hydrate diet,  forced  liquids,  purgation,  and  so  on.  In  many  of  these 
cases  the  eclampsia  comes  on  like  a bolt  out  of  a clear  sky,  with  convul- 
sion as  a first  instance.  Another  class  of  cases  are  those  that  come  on 
with  albuminuria  several  days  ahead.  You  test  the  urine  and  find  al- 
buminuria. Those  cases  you  put  on  a carbohydrate  diet.  In  those  cases 
that  come  to  us  like  a bolt  out  of  a clear  sky,  if  we  can  obviate  the  de- 
velopment of  the  convulsions  it  is  a point  worthy  of  consideration. 

As  to  the  mode  of  delivery,  I feel  that  depends  a great  deal  upon  the 
locality.  If  you  are  in  the  country,  Cesarean  section  is  almost  impossible. 
If  you  are  in  a city,  where  you  have  the  advantage  of  hospitals  and 
nurses,  no  doubt  the  surgeon  prefers  to  do  Cesarean  section,  the  vaginal 
route  being  preferable  in  cases  where  the  pelvic  measurements  will 
permit;  but  you  have  another  class  of  cases  in  the  country  in  which  it  is 
almost  impossible  to  do  anything  but  delivery  in  the  natural  way.  In 
those  cases  where  you  are  handicapped,  obstetricians  throughout  the  East, 
most  of  them,  are  heartily'  in  favor  of  large  doses  of  morphia  and  of 
resorting  to  conservative  treatment  almost  exclusively.  While  I was  in 
the  East  I found  most  of  them  recommending  conservative  treatment. 
When  a case  began  to  do  badly,  they  took  the  woman  and  delivered  her 
and  used  morphia  in  combination. 


32 


Original  Articles. 


Another  point  is  this:  There  are  a large  number  of  cases  of  eclampsia 
that  come  into  the  hospitals  just  after  a large  meal,  and  the  thing  we  do 
not  want  to  forget  is  to  eliminate  the  meal  from  the  stomach  as  quickly 
as  possible  and  get  in  our  diuretics  and  purgation  and  so  on. 

Dr.  P.  B.  Salatich,  New  Orleans:  Eclampsia  can  come  on  as  early  as 

the  third  month  (Zweifel),  but  it  is  generally  met  with  during  the  second 
half  of  pregnancy,  and  most  frequently  nearer  the  end.  It  occurs  about 
once  in  one  hundred  pregnancies.  It  occurs  about  55  per  cent  during  the 
later  months  of  pregnancy,  30  per  cent  during  labor  and  least  frequently 
after  delivery,  about  15  per  cent. 

Convulsions  may  come  on  without  symptom-s,  but  usually  the  following 
symptoms  are  noted:  vertigo,  persistent  headache,  precordial  distress, 
epigastric  pains,  disturbed  vision  or  total  blindness;  sometimes  only  spots 
before  the  eyes,  and  general  edema. 

Systematic  examination  of  the  urine  not  only  for  albumin  and  casts, 
but  also  for  urea,  and  the  amount  of  urine  passed  in  twenty-four  hours, 
and  the  total  amount  of  urea.  This  is  more  important  than  casts  or 
albumin,  for  they  may  be  present  or  absent.  High  blood  pressure  persist- 
ing, should  always  be  regarded  as  a dangerous  sign. 

The  treatment  may  be  considered  under  three  heads:  1,  Prophylactic; 

2,  medicinal,  and  (3)  surgical. 

1.  Prophylactic. — The  preventive  measures  during  pregnancy  are  of 
paramount  importance.  Strict  attention  must  be  given  to  the  various 
hygienic  measures,  such  as  the  free  use  of  water.  Every  pregnant  woman 
should  be  watched  by  a physician  or,  if  unable,  at  a hospital  dispensary. 
They  should  bathe  regularly  in  tepid  water.  Regular  exercise  in  the  open 
air,  preferably  walking  and  riding.  The  diet  should  be  principally  fruit 
and  vegetables,  with  restriction  of  the  nitrogenous  food,  especially  during 
the  later  months.  Take  especially  milk  if  albumin  appears  in  the  urine. 
Laxative  mineral  water  should  be  taken  to  keep  the  bowels  regulated. 
Be  sure  to  make  the  total  estimation  of  urea  in  a twenty-four-hour 
specimen.  Alkaline  drinks,  such  as  sodium  bicarbonate  in  hyperacidity, 
are  very  beneficial. 

2.  — Medicinal. — Large  amounts  of  water  and  the  intravenous  injection 
of  normal  saline  are  highly  recommended.  Venesection  and  the  introduc- 
tion of  saline  into  the  skin  can  be  used  not  only  in  the  plethoric,  but  also 
in  weak  patients.  The  salt  solution  is  quickly  absorbed  and  takes  the 
place  of  the  blood  removed.  If  venesection  is  performed  before  the  child 
is  delivered  the  saline  should  be  introduced  simultaneously,  or  the  slow- 
ing of  the  circulation  of  the  uterine  sinuses  will  kill  the  fetus.  When  the 
convulsions  come  on,  calomel  in  two  or  three-grain  doses  or  two  minims 
of  croton  oil  in  half-ounce  olive  oil  should  be  given.  High  enema,  consist- 
ing of  glycerin  one-half  ounce,  Epsom  salts  three  ounces  to  six  ounces, 
saline.  When  the  bowels  are  opened  give  forty  grains  of  sodii  bromide 
and  fifteen  grains  chloral  hydrate  in  six  ounces  of  saline  by  rectum.  The 
bromide  without  the  chloral  may  be  repeated  in  three  hours.  Hot  pack 
should  be  prescribed  for  twenty  minutes;  ice  cap  to  the  head  and  water 
by  mouth  freely  during  pack,  if  patient  can  swallow,  otherwise  Murphy 
drip  of  saline.  Fifteen  minims  of  Norwood’s  tincture  of  veratrum  viride 
by  hypo  should  be  given,  and  repeated  every  hour  in  decreasing  doses 
until  the  blood  pressure  and  pulse  fall.  Morphin,  one-third  grain,  should 
be  given  at  the  onset  of  the  convulsion,  and  repeated  in  one  hour  if  the 
convulsions  continue. 

3.  Surgical. — When  the  above  measures  have  been  used  and  failed,  and 
the  convulsions  continue  to  recur  at  more  frequent  intervals,  the  uterus 


Discussion. 


33 


should  be  emptied.  This  can  be  done  in  several  ways.  If  the  case  is  not 
urgent  or  surgical  means  not  possible,  the  introduction  of  a rubber 
catheter  into  the  uterus  and  packing  the  cervical  and  vaginal  canals  are 
indicated.  A hydrostatic  bag  can  be  introduced  into  the  uterus  and 
cervix  dilated  with  water.  This  is  a quicker  means  than  the  catheter. 
The  cervix  will  generally  have  to  be  dilated  before.  The  cervix  is  soft 
and  yields,  as  a rule.  If  the  blood  pressure  is  high,  rupturing  the  mem- 
brane often  relieves  it,  and  the  case  can  continue  on.  If  the  cervix  is 
rigid  or  unyielding,  as  in  primipara — and  five  out  of  six  eclampsias  occur 
in  primipara — then  we  resort  to  multiple  incisions  in  the  cervix  or  do 
vaginal  hysterotomy.  Williams  prefers  vaginal  hysterotomy  where  there 
is  no  disproportion  or  pelvic  contractions.  In  an  institution,  abdominal 
Cesarean  section  is  the  least  injurious,  especially  in  a primipara.  I 
always  prefer  it,  for  I do  not  know  of  anything  in  surgery  that  is  harder 
than  a vaginal  Cesarean  section  and  high  forceps  in  a primipara.  After 
delivery  the  course  outlined  under  the  medicinal  treatment  should  be 
followed  if  convulsions  continue.  Basham’s  mixture,  3i  to  3iv,  to  clear 
up  the  remaining  kidney  involvement,  acts  very  well. 

Dr.  J.  A.  Hendrick,  Shreveport:  We  must  use  local  anesthesia  in  these 
conditions.  I have  had  cases  that  have  done  beautifully  under  local 
anesthesia.  I find  that  under  ether  anesthesia  you  have  a greater  increase 
of  toxemia  than  from  local  anesthesia.  In  these  cases  I am  in  favor  of 
abdominal  Cesarean  section  instead  of  vaginal  Cecarean  section  on  ac- 
count of  traumatism. 

Dr.  I.  J.  Newton,  Monroe:  I do  not  care  to  discuss  but  one  phase  of 

this  most  excellent  paper,  and  that  is,  after  the  obstetrician  has  reached 
that  stage  of  attendance  upon  the  case  where  he  feels  that  immediate 
emptying  of  the  uterus  is  necessary,  his  judgment  should  obtain,  and  I 
would  advocate  abdominal  Cesarean  section  as  preferable  to  all  other 
methods  of  emptying  the  uterus,  when  necessary,  after  the  eliminative 
and  dietetic  and  other  measures  have  ceased  to  be  of  avail.  The  Cesarean 
operation  is  more  spectacular  and  difficult  and  dangerous.  It  can  be  per- 
formed in  from  twenty  to  thirty  minutes,  and,  on  account  of  its  surround- 
ings, is  easier  for  the  physician  who  is  handicapped  by  want  of  hospital 
or  other  facilities,  and  it  is  more  cleanly  to  enter  the  abdomen  than  to 
resort  to  manipulations  through  the  vagina.  I have  had  quite  an  exten- 
sive experience  in  these  cases  in  my  town,  and  it  is  the  experience  of 
myself  and  that  of  others  that  the  abdominal  Cesarean  section  is  by  far 
the  better  plan  for  emptying  the  uterus  under  such  conditions.  I do  not 
think  I am  making  any  mistake  in  advocating  the  complete  removal  of 
the  contents  of  the  uterus  by  abdominal  Cesarean  section. 

Dr.  S.  M.  D.  Clark,  New  Orleans:  I do  not  know  of  any  subject  that 

is  prone  to  bring  out  a more  liberal  discussion  than  eclampsia,  except  it 
be  quinin  in  malarial  hematuria;  therefore,  in  this  particular  subject,  I 
want  to  touch  on  two  or  three  more  points.  First,  the  importance  of 
prohylaxis.  There  is  no  denying  the  fact  that  the  obstetrical  woman  is  not 
getting  a square  deal.  You  know,  and  I know,  that  the  only  time  in 
many  of  your  cases  that  you  see  your  patient  is  when  a fellow  comes  in 
town,  starts  to  do  some  shopping,  drops  into  your  office  and  says,  1 1 Doctor, 
I may  need  you  next  week  or  a few  weeks  afterwards.”  You  know 
absolutely  nothing  about  the  woman’s  pelvis;  you  do  not  know  the 
position  of  the  child  or  anything  about  her  blood  pressure  or  elimination. 
To  me,  that  condition  has  to  be  changed  in /time.  I think  the  obstetrical 
woman  is  an  extremely  lucky  individual,  judging  from  the  results  of  the 


34 


Original  Articles. 


usual  methods  and  according  to  the  treatment  they  get.  Why  is  that? 
1 believe  it  is  because  the  good,  conscientious  man  who  wants  to  protect 
his  wife  is  not  properly  educated.  He  does  not  know  the  dangers  of 
obstetrical  procedures.  He  does  not  know  the  many  pitfalls.  He  has 
been  raised  in  accordance  with  the  idea  of  the  old  school  that  the  midwife 
will  do,  and  he  feels  that  the  routine  fee  of  $15  or  $25  is  all  that  it  is 
worth  to  have  his  wife  delivered,  and  really  I believe  in  many  instances 
that  is  all  it  is  worth,  judging  from  the  amount  of  time  given  to  his  wife 
If  such  a man  were  acquainted  with  the  hazards  and  the  dangers  of  this’ 
obvious  procedure  he  would  only  be  too,  willing  for  his  wife  to  receive 
proper  treatment. 


There  is  a great  field  for  propaganda  in  a community  in  this  regard 
I feel  very  forcibly  that  if  any  fellow  will  go  into  a community*  and 
take  a group  of  these  people  and  tell  them  that  he  is  prepared  to  do  that 
kind  of  work  and  is  going  to  charge  more  for  it  and  is  going  to  give 
these  women  a square  deal  and  look  after  them  properly  the  people  or 
husbands  will  be  only  too  glad  to  pay  the  extra  fee.  The  way  to  avoid 
eclampsia  is  to  keep  hands  off  the  patient  and  watch  her  during  the 
entire  time,  and,  so  far  as  possible,  educate  the  people  not  to  look  upon 
present-day  obstetrics  as  a physiological  process,  but  as  a pathological 


The  second  point  I want  to  mention  is  with  reference  to  vaginal 
Cesarean  section.  I hear  men  speak  of  it  lightly.  I believe,  with  Dr 
Salatich  absolutely  that  it  is  a very  difficult  procedure  in  certain  cases. 

euben  Peterson  tried  to  make  us  believe  it  was  a simple  procedure  and 
he  almost  convinced  me,  until  I got  into  a few  of  these  cases.  With  a 
child  at  full  term,  with  an  unprepared  cervix,  splitting  the  lower  segment 
of  the  uterus  and  putting  on  high  forceps  is  anything  but  easy,  and  the 
man  to  do  it  wants  the  best  surroundings  and  should  be  thoroughly 
familiar  with  the  anatomy  of  the  pelvis  or  he  will  get  into  deep  water. 

The  third  point  is  the  danger  of  post-operative  hemorrhage  in  all  toxic 
cases  I do  not  believe  any  man  should  leave  an  eclamptic  patient  under 
two  hours  after  delivery.  I remember  one  case  in  which  I was  on  the  eve 
of  leaving  after  an  hour- and  a half.  I had  my  hand  on  the  uterus.  Labor 
was  precipitated,  and  she  had  an  eight  months  > baby.  Her  uterus  welled 
up  and  I had  a hard  time  to  overcome  it.  If  I had  not  been  there  she 
would  have  died.  Therefore,  my  caution  is  to  always  stay  with  these 
women  at  least  two  hours  after  delivery. 

Dr.  J.  W.  Newman,  New  Orleans:  There  are  three  points  I would  like 

c10nnectl0n  with  eclampsia.  One  point,  I am  sorry  to  say, 
that  Dr.  Miller  has  overlooked,  and  which  is  a most  important  point  from 
the  standpoint  of  selection  of  time  for  interference  in  eclamptic  cases, 
is  the  renal  function.  I mean  by  that  we  should  not  be  guided  solely  by 
the  amount  of  albumin.  The  amount  of  albumin  is  only  of  relative  value 
and  not  of  absolute  value.  We  can  be  guided  as  to  the  progress  of  our 
patients  by  an  increase  m the  amount  of  albumin  that  will  assist  us,  but 
the  renal  function  test,  the  phthalein  test,  is  the  only  reliable  one.  A 
ailing  off  m the  renal  function  and  an  increase,  in  the  blood  pressure 

„the  rapiaity  °f  the  puise> with  “i0n  °f 

temperature,  should  be  our  guides. 

Another  point  in  regard  to  the  treatment:  Unfortunately  the  profes- 

sion  has  been  very  slow  to  grasp  the  suggestion  made  by  Freund,  of 
r in,  in  . , and  that  was  the  use  of  serum  in  eclamptic  cases.  In 

fact,  m all  toxemias  of  pregnancy,  we  all  know  that  in  eclamptic  patients 


Discussion. 


35 


the  nitrogenous  waste  products,  the  purin  bodies  are  present  in  normal 
quantity.  We  also  know  in  eclamptic  patients  that  urea  is  not  present 
in  normal  quantities;  that  urea  is  the  final  product  of  oxidation  of  these 
nitrogenous  waste  products;  therefore,  says,  Freund,  there  must  be  some- 
thing in  the  blood  that  interferes  with  the  proper  oxidation  of  the  purin 
bodies.  In  working  along  the  line  suggested  by  veterinary  surgeons  who, 
in  the  case  of  convulsions  in  animals,  inject  ether  with  oxygen  gas  and 
the  convulsions  cease,  Freund  thought  possibly  there  was  something  in 
the  blood  that  prevented  the  combining  of  the  oxygen  and  giving  oft'  of 
the  oxygen  to  oxidize  the  purin  bodies  in  the  urea.  On  the  basis  that 
every  woman  who  is  delivered  normally  generates  within  her  body  the 
product  that  was  necessary  to  oxidize  these  products,  he  withdrew  the 
blood  from  one  woman  just  delivered  and  injected  serum  into  the  woman 
in  20  c.  c.  doses,  who  was  having  an  eclamptic  convulsion,  with  good 
results.  He  then  went  a step  further,  on  account  of  difficulty  in  getting 
material  from  time  to  time,  and  used  defibrinated  blood  with  just  as  good 
results.  I came  across  a short  article  some  time  ago,  but  have  not  been 
able  to  put  my  hands  on  it  since,  so  that  I cannot  say  where  it  was 
published,  in  which  the  use  of  normal  horse  serum  was  suggested.  I have 
used  it  in  twenty-five  cases  of  toxemia  of  pregnancy  with  splendid  results 
at  that  period  when  we  want  to  tide  the  woman  over  to  have  a viable 
child. 

What  is  there  in  the  normal  horse  serum  which  brings  about  such  a 
change?  It  cannot  be  the  amount  of  fluid,  because  we  have  injected 
2,000  glucose  and  saline  solution;  it  cannot  be  the  amount  of  inorganic 
salts;  there  must  be  something  contained  in  the  serum  that  allows  the 
oxygen  to  combine  with  these  purin  bodies  and  to  oxidize  to  the  stage 
of  urea  to  the  final  waste  products.  I have  had  splendid  results  from  the 
use  of  normal  horse  serum,  especially  in  the  toxemia  manifested  in  the 
vomiting  of  pregnancy,  and  in  about  ten  cases  we  have  tided  the  woman 
over  from  six  to  seven  months. 

Another  point  I wish  to  speak  of  is  with  reference  to  the  selection  of 
the  operation.  From  my  viewpoint,  the  Frank  extraperitoneal  operation 
has  not  been  accepted  by  the  profession,  and  why,  I cannot  understand. 
When  we  see  these  cases  with  ruptured  membranes  that  are  naturally  in- 
fected, that  are  handled  possibly  by  the  midwife,  and  then  again  handled 
by  the  doctor  and  brought  into  the  institution,  and  then  a classical 
Cesarean  operation  performed,  I cannot  understand  why  the  extra- 
peritoneal  Cesarean  section  as  advocated  by  Frank  is  not  .performed.  It 
is  not  as  difficult  as  one  would  imagine.  We  have  had  ten  cases  that 
have  made  uninterrupted  recoveries,  and,  in  fact,  there  has  been  no 
difference  between  the  recoveries  following  such  an  opration  than  in  the 
average  normal  obstetrical  case.  It  is  the  operation  to  be  preferred.  It 
does  away  with  the  mutilation  following  high  forceps,  especially  if  we 
do  episiotomy  either  unilateral  or  bilateral,  and  if  we  want  to  do  a vaginal 
Cesarean  section  there  is  certainly  everything  in  favor  of  the  extra- 
peritoneal  operation. 

Dr.  H.  E.  Miller,  New  Orleans  (closing) : I want  to  bring  out  one 

point  that  I did  not  lay  enough  stress  on  in  the  paper,  and  that  is  the 
blood  pressure  in  these  cases.  I believe  a blood  pressure  record  should 
be  made  as  frequently  as  a urine  examination.  After  the  sixth  month  it 
should  be  made  every  two  weeks.  In  a good  many  cases  you  can  have 
pre-eclamptic  symptoms,  the  woman  will  go  on  into  convulsions  without 
a great  deal  of  kidney  disturbances  in  one-sixth  of  the  cases,  you  won’t 


36 


Original  Articles. 


find  any  albumin  in  the  urine,  a low  percentage  of  urea,  and  in  these 
cases  it  is  the  liver  behind  it.  The  liver  suffers  the  most  in  the  cases 
where  you  do  not  find  severe  kidney  disturbanace.  In  five-sixths  of  the 
cases  you  will  find  urinary  findings. 

About  dilatation  of  the  cervix,  my  contention  is  that  we  should  not 
be  in  too  much  of  a hurry  about  it.  Dilatation  of  the  cervix  is  nature’s 
method  of  hastening  delivery,  but  if  a practitioner  goes  in  and  roughly 
handles  the  ease  in  bringing  about  dilatation  of  the  cervix,  if  he  makes  a 
section  of  that  cervix  and  examines  it  with  a microscope,  he  will  find 
that  his  operation  was  not  a dilatation,  but  a laceration  or  tearing,  and 
the  man  who  does  the  accouchement  force  in  an  obstetrical  case  should 
prepare  himself  for  so  doing.  As  a rule,  it  ought  to  take  twenty  minutes 
to  effect  dilatation  of  the  cervix,  and  nature  does  it  by  thinning  or  draw- 
ing back  the  fibers  towards  the  fundus,  and  if  you  dilate  manually  you 
tear  the  muscle  fibers,  which  complicates  the  subsequent  pregnancy. 


THE  IMPORTANCE  OF  AN  EARLY  DIAGNOSIS  AND 
TREATMENT  OF  MIDDLE  EAR  DISEASES 
OF  CHILDREN.* 

By  M.  P.  BOEBINGER,  M.  D.,  New  Orleans,  La. 

Since  only  fifteen  minntes  is  allowed  me  to  discnss  so  broad  and 
deep  a subject  as  middle  ear  diseases  of  children,  the  author  shall 
go  straight  to  the  most  important  points  of  this  paper. 

Examination-  of  External  Meatus. — In  order  to  obtain  an 
otoscopic  picture  it  is  necessary  to  have  a clear  field.  Should  the 
drum  be  hidden,  we  must  remove  the  obstruction  by  means  of  the 
forceps,  suction,  washings,  applicators,  etc. 

In  the  normal  otoscopic  picture  the  entire  drum  and  external 
canal  can  be  surveyed.  The  division  of  the  tympanic  membrane 
into  quadrants  will  facilitate  the  description  of  the  pathological 
findings.  Again,  we  note  the  condition  of  the  handle  of  the  malleus, 
umbo,  cone  of  light,  Shrapnelhs  membrane,  whether  drum  is 
reddened,  thickened,  bulging,  ruptured,  mobility,  etc.  The  Valsalva 
test  is  important  for  demonstration  of  drum  perforations.  Crepi- 
tant rales  point  to  accumulation  of  secretion  in  the  middle  ear. 
Politzer’s  and  compressed  air  are  important  aids,  when  available 
and  practical. 

The  author  now  has  an  infant  under  treatment,  in  which  he  used 
the  Valsalva  method  as  an  adjunct  with  most  excellent  results, 
obtaining  a, cure.  Never  use  Politzer’s  bag,  air  nor  Valsalva’s 

* Read  at  the  39th  Annual  Meeting,  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society,  New  Orleans, 
April  16,  17,  18,  1918. 


Boebinger — Treatment  of  Middle  Ear  Diseases  of  Children.  37 

method  when  you  are  dealing  with  a recent  or  active  inflammation 
along  the  nasopharyngeal  tract  if  possible. 

Anesthesia  of  the  Ear—  Susceptibility  to  pain  differs  with 
various  parts  of  the  ear,  according  to  whether  any  particular  part  is 
normal,  acutely  inflamed  or  recovering  from  some  affection.  Para- 
centesis can  be  almost  painlessly  carried  out  with  a non-inflam- 
matory  drum  membrane — for  instance,  in  suppurative  otitis  media ; 
while  paracentesis  with  an  inflamed  tympanic  membrane  is  very 
painful  without  local  anesthesia.  Susceptibility  to  pain  in  the 
membranous  part  of  the  external  meatus  does  not  differ  from  the 
rest  of  the  skin,  while  the  osseous  part  of  the  canal  is  even  normally 
very  sensitive. 

Generally  speaking,  it  is  easier  to  induce  anesthesia  when  the 
epithelial  layer  of  the  mucous  membrane  has  been  destroyed;  also 
in  the  presence  of  granulations,  in  chronic  as  compared  to  acute 
cases  of  inflammation.  Local  anesthesia  may  be  induced  in  three 
different  ways:  (a)  Instillation  of  fluid  media;  (b)  insufflation  of 
powders;  (c)  injections;  (d)  fluid  media  applied  on  cotton  plug. 

Anesthesia  of  the  middle  ear  can  only  be  accomplished  by  injec- 
tion of  1 per  cent  sol.  novocain  or  Schleich’s  solution.  The  solution 
is  warmed  and  injected  subperiosteally  at  the  union  of  the  carti- 
laginous and  osseous  parts  of  the  external  canal.  Many  operators 
prefer  to  use  ethyl  chloride;  a few  drops  of  chloroform  or  ether  is 
also  recommended  in  extensive  ear  work.  In  infants,  in  Dr.  Dupuy’s 
clinic  and  the  author’s  clinic,  we  seldom  resort  to  the  use  of  an 
anesthetic — simply  roll  up  patient  in  sheet  and  have  an  assistant 
hold  him. 

Preparation  for  Paracentesis. — Cleanse  auricle  ; the  external 
meatus  is  cleansed  with  H202,  alcohol,  boric  acid  irrigation,  etc. 
If  the  patient  is  an  infant,  no  anesthesia  is  necessary,  but  in  older 
children  equal  parts  of  cocain,  menthol,  phenol  as  ear  drops,  usually 
suffice  as  an  anodyne.  Ethyl  chloride  is  most  excellent  and  is  com- 
paratively safe;  ether  is  sometimes  used. 

Some  authors  recommend  the  injection  of  a Schleich  and  adren- 
alin mixture  into  the  tympanic  cavity.  The  operation  should  be 
done  under  aseptic  precautions,  to  avoid  the  danger  of  secondary 
infection.  If  paracentesis  is  done  at  the  proper  time  it  will  be  fol- 
lowed immediately  by  a sero-hemorrhagic  or  a hemorrhagico 
purulent  exudate.  Immediate  evacuation  of  pus  shows  that  the 
operation  was  done  too  late,  that  the  inflammatory  exudate  has 


38 


Original  Articles. 


been  completely  transformed  into  pus,  and  that  all  middle  ear 
spaces  are  replete  with  pus. 

Acute  Empyema  of  the  Middle  Ear. — Never  dry  or  syringe, 
but  place  sterile  gauze  strips  into  canal,  plug  up  outer  canal  with 
cotton  and  change  often.  In  favorable  cases  there  is  profuse 
purulent  discharge  in  the  course  of  the  next  few  hours.  The  fever 
gradually  recedes  to  normal;  the  pain  disappears  completely  a few 
hours  after  paracentesis.  If  the  above  fails  to  give  relief,  it  is  pos- 
sible we  are  having  faulty  drainage  or  complication. 

Almost  any  kind  of  a knife  will  suffice  in  the  hands  of  an  ex- 
perienced surgeon.  The  curved  one  is  perhaps  better,  in  order  to 
have  a clear  view.  The  style  of  incision  is  from  above  downward, 
from  below  upward,  following  the  posterior  curve  of  the  drum  mem- 
brane. The  author  recommends  the  incision  along  the  floor  of  the 
middle  ear,  as  this  is  the  most  dependent  portion  of  the  tympanic 
cavity,  also  being  nearer  the  trouble-maker  (eustachian  tube)  and 
avoiding  the  severing  of  the  chorda  tympani  nerve.  Of  course,  when 
we  have  a typical  bulging  to  deal  with  we  cannot  select  our  spot. 

Acute  Catarrhal  Otitis  Media  (Simple,)  . — The  otoscopic  find- 
ings show  no  changes  save  a retraction  of  the  drum ; hearing  is  not 
materially  reduced,  feeling  of  fullness  in  the  ear,  subjective  noises. 
As  the  inflammatory  changes  abate  in  the  nasopharyngeal  tract  the 
tubo-tympanic  catarrh  will  heal  within  a few  days  or  else  the  con- 
ditions will  grow  worse  and  call  for  some  form  of  treatment,  probably 
constitutional  and  local. 

Acute  Catarrhal  Otitis  Media  With  Effusion. — Pain,  red- 
dened drum,  more  or  less  pronounced  reduction  of  hearing,  pressure, 
slight  elevation  of  temperature,  thickened  drum  and  perhaps 
bulging. 

Treatment.— Keep  patient  in  bed,  give  hot  bath,  hot  drinks, 
purgation,  aspirin,  etc.  Treat  nasopharyngeal  tract  at  home ; when 
patient  is  able  to  visit  office,  use  compressed  air  three  times  weekly; 
post-nasal  applications  of  solution  A g.  N03,  % per  cent,  and  order 
patient  to  use  solution  Ag.  N03,  % to  y2  per  cent  into  nose  t.  i.  d. 
with  head  lower  than  body  and  turned  to  diseased  side.  The  hear- 
ing rapidly  improves  and  a complete  cure  usually  takes  place  in 
about  two  weeks.  Should  the  above  treatment  fail,  and  we  still 
find  our  patient  growing  steadily  worse,  the  only  remaining  remedy 
is  paracentesis.  Chronic  catarrh  of  the  middle  ear  in  early  child- 
hood is  primarily  traceable  to  chronic  changes  in  the  nasopharyngeal 


Boebingek — Treatment  of  Middle  Ear  Diseases  of  Children.  39 

space,  and  particularly  to  adenoids.  The  disturbed  physiological 
function  of  the  tube  gradually  leads  to  grave  manifestations  of  the 
tympanic  membrane  and  mucosa  of  the  middle  ear,  the  result  being 
circumscribed  or  diffuse  atrophy,  with  considerable  retraction  of 
the  drum  membrane.  The  treatment  should  be  energetic  and  com- 
mence with  the  nasopharyngeal  tract.  The  air  passages  should 
always  he  made  permeable  by  operative  interference,  removing  all 
obstacles.  Catheterization  and  massage  are  carried  out  three  times 
weekly,  but  normal  hearing  will  result  only  in  the  rarest  of  cases. 
Valsalva’s  method  should  be  forbidden,  as  it  conduces  to  extend  the 
atrophy.  The  prognosis  depends  upon  functional  findings.  It  is 
favorable  if  at  the  first  examination  the  passage  of  air  and  bougie 
(Yaukauer)  materially  improves  the  hearing;  otherwise  it  will  be 
a waste  of  time  for  further  treatment. 

In  some  cases,  indeed,  the  gradual  transition  of  simple  chronic 
middle  ear  catarrh  into  the  more  unfavorable  chronic  adhesive 
process  cannot  he  arrested. 

Subacute  recurrent  middle  ear  catarrh  is  principally  observed  in 
children  suffering  from  adenoid  vegetation,  etc.  Acute  inflam- 
matory swelling  of  the  enlarged  faucial  tonsils  occurring  in  the 
course  of  a common  cold  or  coryza  will  in  these  children  imme- 
diately lead  to  all  the  symptoms  of  middle  ear  catarrh.  Without 
proper  treatment  by  skilled  and  experienced  physicians  these  re- 
lapses will  increase  in  frequency  and  obstinacy.  If  these  children 
contract  an  acute  infectious  disease,  there  is  considerable  danger 
of  grave  middle  ear  infections  resulting. 

Simple;  Acute  Inflammation  of  the  Middle  Eak — Etiology: 
In  simple  acute  inflammation  of  the  middle  ear  we  have  hyperemia 
edema  of  the  mucosa,  followed  by  secretion  of  a serous  or  sero- 
hemorrhagic exudate  of  the  middle  ear.  Injection  and  swelling 
of  the  mucosa  decrease  in  a few  days,  with  subsequent  complete 
cure.  It  is  an  infectious  disease  caused  by  microorganisms  which, 
however,  are  of  slight  virility  or  quite  degenerated. 

The  staphylococcus  pyogenes  aureus,  the  various  forms  of  strepto- 
coccus and  the  influenza  bacillus  predominate.  Mechanical,  thermic 
and  chemical  irritation  may  likewise  give  rise  to  simple  otitis 
media.  Infection  through  the  tube  may  also  take  place  from  sneez- 
ing, violently  blowing  the  nose,  retching,  vomiting,  etc. 

Symptoms  and  Course— A sudden  pain  in  ear,  impaired  hear- 
ing, fever,  continued  severe  pain,  causing  sleepless  night,  point  to 
purulent  middle  ear  disease. 


40 


Original  Articles. 


Course. — The  entire  illness  usually  lasts  from  eight  to  ten  days. 
Temperature  reduced  to  normal ; hearing  increases,  and  pain  occurs 
only  periodically.  Later  the  drum  membrane  becomes  paler,  when, 
the  inflammation  has  run  its  course ; the  drum  may  resume  its 
normal  condition,  or  else  run  a dragging  course. 

Treatment  of  the  nasopharyngeal  tract  is  absolutely  necessary  if 
the  inflammation  was  caused  by  chronic  changes  of  that  tract.  In- 
stillation into  the  affected  ear  of  anodyne  remedies,  applications  of 
solution  cocain  hydrochlorate  5 per  cent  and  solution  adrenalin 
chloride  to  the  eustachian  cushion,  solution  argyrol  10  per  cent 
applied  to  the  post-nasal  space,  or  solution  Ag.  NO3,  % per  cent, 
applied  to  post-nasal  space  daily  for  a few  days,  and  Ag.  N03,  % 
to  % per  cent,  as  nasal  drops,  t.  i.  d.,  with  head  lower  than  body 
and  extended  to  diseased  side.  The  latter  treatment  has  afforded  the 
author  most  excellent  results  in  acute  middle  ear  catarrhs. 

Atrop.  sulph.,  coc.  hydrochl.,  phenol  and  glycerin  as  ear  drops  are 
also  highly  efficacious.  As  an  adjunct,  heat,  irrigations  of  warm 
boric  acid  solutions,  normal  saline  solutions  applied  several  times 
daily,  have  a favorable  effect.  Thorough  purgation,  rest  in  bed, 
hot  bath,  etc.,  are  the  methods  of  choice  in  simple  catarrhal  otitis 
media.  Gentle  use  of  compressed  air  daily  has  favorable  results. 
Do  paracentesis  if  above  methods  fail  to  offer  relief.  We  can  never 
open  drum  too  soon,  when  in  doubt,  but  to  neglect  this  operation 
may  lead  to  serious  results.  After  the  inflammatory  manifestations 
have  abated,  treatment  of  the  nasopharyngeal  tract  must  be  in- 
stituted. Special  attention  must  be  given  to  adenoids  and  faucial 
tonsils. 

Acute  Purulent  Inflammation  of  the  Middle:  Ear. — This 
disease  is  very  common  in  children  and  is  caused  by  bacterial  in- 
fection . In  most  cases  the  infection  occurs  through  the  auditory 
or  eustachian  tube  from  the  nasopharyngeal  tract.  The  author  be- 
lieves that  fully  90  per  cent  of  all  middle  ear  disease  in  children 
springs  from  the  epipharynx,  the  external  meatus  being  responsible 
for  conveying  infection  to  the  middle  ear  in  traumatic  suppuration. 
Acute  suppuration  of  the  tympanic  cavity  in  children  is  frequently 
observed  in  the  course  of  many  acute  affections  of  the  nasopharyn- 
geal tract  and  general  infectious  diseases,  such  as  measles  and 
scarlet  fever.  In  all  cases  in  which  infection  of  the  middle  ear 
occurs  through  the  tube  there  will  be  swelling  of  the  tubal  mucosa, 
which  rapidly  spreads  to  the  mucosa  of  the  middle  ear  ( attic, 


Boebingeor — Treatment  of  Middle  Ear  Diseases  of  Children.  41 

antrum  and  often  the  mastoid  process),  are  filled  with  an  infections 
exudate.  Ulceration  sets  in  shortly,  leading  to  copious  exudation 
into  the  middle  ear  spaces,  the  pus  eventually  perforating  the 
tympanic  membrane.  The  secretion  is  often  blood-tinged  at  first, 
but  will  become  purulent  only  at  a later  stage,  the  secretion  still 
later  becoming  stringy,  pus  diminishes  from  day  to  day,  and  is 
gradually  replaced  by  mucus.  When  the  secretion  has  been  arrested 
the  perforation  closes  in  normal  cases  and  there  will  he  anatomical 
and  functional  restoration  to  normal. 

Symptoms.— The  prominent  symptom  is  violent  pain  in  ear, 
which  sets  in  suddenly;  loss  of  rest  and  sleep,  loss  of  hearing,  but 
later  returns  toward  end  of  disease;  high  temperature.  A sudden 
drop  of  temperature  to  normal  or  subnormal  in  the  first  days  of  the 
inflammation  is  an  unfavorable  symptom,  unless  it  is  accompanied 
by  an  abatement  of  all  other  pathological  manifestations  (often 
seen  in  early  intracranial  involvement). 

The  second  stage  is  characterized  by  suppuration.  There  is  no 
pain ; temperature  is  normal  or  slightly  elevated ; profuse  secretion 
of  pus  during  first  few  days,  which  decreases  in  about  seven  days. 
Later  the  pus  becomes  stringy,  and  still  later  consist  of  almost  pure 
mucus ; the  secretion  lasts  two  to  three  weeks.  The  final  stage  sets 
in  with  the  arrest  of  the  discharge  and  with  the  gradual  filling  of 
the  perforation.  Extensive  perforations  require  more  time  to  heal. 

It  may  be  difficult  to  decide  at  first  examination  whether  there 
is  simply  an  inflammation  of  the  external  meatus  or  a middle  ear 
suppuration  besides,  especially  if  there  is  a multiple  furunculosis 
of  the  external  auditory  canal  with  considerable  pus.  A tugging 
or  pulling  of  the  auricle  will  elicit  pain,  if  the  seat  of  the  trouble  is 
in  the  external  meatus ; no  pain  if  disease  is  in  the  middle  ear.  The 
otoscopic  picture,  pus,  history,  etc.,  will  assist  in  arriving  at 
diagnosis  by  exclusion.  Treatment  is  about  the  same  as  for  acute 
catarrhal  otitis  media  with  effusion,  unless  we  are  dealing  with 
perforation,  then  we  should  employ  cleansing  agents,  ear  irrigations, 
and  strive  to  assist  drainage  and  ventilation.  Locate  seat  of  trouble 
and  correct. 

Large  perforations  are  usually  the  result  of  neglected  treatment, 
badly  managed  or  chronic  suppurative  otitis  media,  and  the 
prognosis  is  usually  bad,  while  small  perforations  hold  out  better 
prospects,  and  by  energetic  and  heroic  treatment  may  close  spon- 
taneously or  else  interfere  with  the  proper  drainage  and  call  for  a 
counter  opening.  This  can  easily  be  recognized  by  failure  to  re- 


42 


Original  Articles. 


lieve  pain— small  amount  of  secretion,  and  perhaps  damming  back 
of  pns  through  antrum  with  mastoid  symptoms. 

Exploratory  Paracentesis. — When  in  doubt  as  to  whether  a 
patient  has  middle  ear  disease  in  obscure  cases,  running  a high  tem- 
perature, pain,  etc.,  an  exploratory  paracentesis  is  justifiable,  if 
done  under  aseptic  precautions,  as  we  can  do  very  little  harm,  and 
often  it  is  better  to  open  the  drum  membrane  too  soon  rather  than 
too  late.  Bleeding  following  paracentesis  usually  denotes  middle 
ear  disease. 

Symptomatic  Peculiarities  in  Infantile  Otitis. — The  gen- 
eral practitioner  should  examine  the  ears  of  infants  and  young 
children  in  all  febrile  affections,  even  in  the  absence  of  symptoms. 
The  possibility  of  overlooking  an  inflammation,  or  even  suppuration 
of  the  middle  ear,  is  increased  by  the  helplessness  of  the  infant.  It 
is  not  before  the  fourth  month  that  infants  direct  attention  to  the 
possibility  of  an  auricular  affection  by  rubbing  the  ear,  putting 
hand  to  head,  crying  whenever  the  ear  or  its  vicinity  is  touched, 
and  even  avoiding  to  lie  on  the  affected  side.  Pus  from  the  tympanic 
cavity  may  escape  through  the  eustachian  tube,  which  is  short  and 
wide. 

Suppuration  of  the  middle  ear  occurs  less  frequently  in  the 
breast-fed  than  bottle-fed  infants.  Owing  to  congenital  cracks  of 
the  osseous  facial  canal  there  is  greater  danger  in  infantile  otitis 
than  in  otitis  media  of  the  adult,  of  peripheral  paralysis  of  the 
facial  nerve,  due  to  spreading  of  the  inflammation  to  the  connec- 
tive tissue  enveloping  the  nerve,  but  any  such  paralysis  is  only 
slight  and  will  disappear  in  a few  days  or  at  the  most  two  or  three 
weeks. 

An  extremely  characteristic  symptom  of  acute  infantile  otitis  is 
the  sudden  onset  of  fever,  in  which  the  temperature  reaches  the 
highest  possible  degrees  in  the  first  few  days.  The  fever  is  up  to 
104°.  The  temperature  is  of  the  continuous  type  and  returns  to 
normal,  or  abnormal  temperature  is  usually  a sign  of  complications. 
A peculiarity  of  infantile  otitis  consists  in  the  great  danger  of 
abscess  formation  in  the  mastoid,  which  is  favored  by  the  large 
antrum  being  loosely  connected  with  the  middle  ear.  These  abscesses 
very  rapidly  perforate  outward,  forming  a subperiosteal  mastoid 
abscess,  the  lateral  wall  of  the  antrum  being  a very  thin  osseous 
layer,  which  often  contains  cartilaginous  remnants  in  rachitic 
children.  This  cartilage  rapidly  ulcerates,  a fistula  and  subperiosteal 


Discussion. 


43 


abscess  resulting.  After  complete  development  of  an  empyema  of 
the  middle  ear,  the  fever  may  abate  or  entirely  disappear  without 
perforation  of  the  membrane,  but  spontaneous  perforation  may  still 
later  occur. 

Discussion  of  the  Paper  of  Dr.  Boebinger. 

Dr.  C.  A.  Weiss,  Baton  Rouge:  The  essayist  has  covered  the  subject 

so  fully  that  there  is  very  little  to  say  on  it.  Any  one  who  has  witnessed 
the  dire  results  of  what  started  to  be  a simple  earache  cannot  help  but 
be  impressed  with  the  importance  of  this  subject,  and  I desire  to  em- 
phasize a few  points  the  essayist  has  brought  out.  A very  important 
point  in  the  examination  of  children  is  the  way  you  hold  the  auricle.  If 
you  pull  the  auricle  downward  and  backward  you  get  a better  view  of 
the  tympanum  than  if  you  pull  it  in  any  other  direction. 

In  regard  to  the  examination  again,  we  do  not  want  to  be  deceived 
by  the  white  appearance  we  see  at  the  external  auditory  canal.  That 
may  be  an  exfoliation  of  the  dead  epithelium  in  front  of  the  drum.  If 
this  subject  is  to  appeal  to  the  general  practitioner,  I think  our  appeal 
is  more  in  the  capacity  of  preventing  middle  ear  disease  rather  than 
curing  it  after  the  disease  has  been  established.  Just  the  mere  applica- 
tion of  a hot-water  bag  and  Pollitzer  inflation  does  not  end  the  picture 
at  all.  I think  the  exudates  that  have  been  formed  there  and  have  be- 
come plastic  and  have  caused  adhesions  produce  more  after-effects,  which 
are  deleterious  to  the  hearing  of  the  patient,  than  the  primary  disease 
itself.  All  of  our  cases  with  either  partial  or  complete  deafness  in  after- 
life are  started  with  one  or  two  attacks  of  earache  in  childhood. 

As  regards  education,  we  ought  to  educate  the  parents  as  to  the  pre- 
vention of  the  disease,  as  there  are  so  many  fallacies  connected  with 
this.  So  many  parents  bring  their  children  to  the  physician  whose  ears 
have  been  running  for  three  or  four  weeks,  and  when  the  doctor  says, 
“Why  didn’t  you  have  the  child’s  ears  treated  before?”  they  say  that 
every  teething  child  is  expected  to  have  a running  ear,  and  that  is  one 
of  the  fallacies  we  ought  to  eradicate. 

As  far  as  anesthesia  is  concerned,  up  to  the  age  where  the  child  can 
offer  active  resistance,  we  do  not  require  anesthesia.  If  any  one  has 
seen  a child  suffering  with  acute  earache,  with  nervous  symptoms,  with 
beads  of  perspiration  on  its  forehead,  tossing  around  the  bed,  the  mere 
opening  of  the  drum  will  transform  the  picture  almost  immediately.  The 
child  becomes  quiet,  falls  off  into  a peaceful  slumber,  and  the  next  day 
the  child  suffers  no  more.  If  that  does  not  relieve  the  condition  there  is 
another  picture  presented,  when  we  have  to  introduce  more  active 
measures. 

In  talking  to  the  parents  about  the  prevention  of  this  trouble,  the 
mother  should  be  instructed  against  having  the  child  blow  its  nose 
forcibly.  After  the  child  is  old  enough  to  blow  its  own  nose,  forcible 
atomization  of  the  nose,  with  fluids  under  pressure  should  be  cautioned 
against. 

In  the  closure  of  the  drum,  as  long  as  the  ear  is  suppurating,  I think 
it  is  a bad  idea  to  allow  the  drum  to  close,  and,  as  a rule,  it  will  not 
close  as  long  as  the  ear  is  suppurating;  but  if  we  have  a sero-sanguinolent 
discharge  there  is  a tendency  for  the  drum  to  close,  and  under  such 
circumstances  it  is  best  to  keep  it  open. 


44 


Original  Articles. 


The  keynote  of  the  treatment  is  depletion,  both  constitutional  and 
local,  therapeutic  and  surgical,  and,  if  constitutional,  local  and  thera- 
peutic measures  do  not  do  the  work,  in  this  affection  more  than  anything 
else  we  make  use  of  the  lancet  because  it  does  relieve  when  nothing  else 
will  an  acute  condition. 

-So  far  as  the  after-treatment  is  concerned,  if  we  inculcate  into  our 
teaching  of  parents  the  importance  of  taking  care  of  the  naso-pharyngeal 
space  with  the  same  degree  of  interest  that  they  do  the  eyes  of  the  new- 
born, and  feeding  of  children,  we  will  have  advanced  to  the  consummation 
of  the  happy  end  of  this  very  important  subject. 

Dr.  Homer  Dupuy,  New  Orleans:  This  most  excellent  paper  specifically 
states  that  it  deals  with  the  early  diagnosis  and  treatment,  and  therefore 
I shall  try,  as  far  as  possible,  to  hew  to  the  line  and  base  my  remarks 
principally  on  the  early  diagnosis  and  treatment  of  middle  ear  infection 
in  infants. 

The  essayist  has  laid  stress  on  some  points,  and  I desire  to  re-em- 
phasize what  he  has  already  said.  First,  as  regards  the  symptoms  of 
middle  ear  infection  in  infancy  before  perforation  of  the  drum:  If  there 

is  no  discharge  from  the  ear,  what  are  the  symptoms?  Only  two  are 
possible,  namely:  pain  and  temperature.  The  infant  unfortunately  does 
not  specifically  by  his  actions  give  you  an  absolute  idea  that  his  trouble 
lies  in  the  ear,  or,  if  it  does  lie  in  the  ear,  he  may  shake  his  head  from 
side  to  side;  but  which  is  the  ear?  You  cannot  rely  on  the  pain  symptom 
alone.  The  temperature  is  more  reliable,  provided  you  can  be  broad 
enough  to  institute  other  things.  In  other  words,  probably  with  a tem- 
perature running  from  99°  to  104°,  with  the  child  tossing  its  head  around, 
you  may  suspect  ear  trouble,  and  you  may  not  look  for  other  things  first. 
We  have  three  vulnerable  areas  in  the  infant’s  life — the  lower  respira- 
tory tract,  the  gastrointestinal  tract,  and  the  middle  ear.  If  you  exclude 
the  lower  respiratory  tract  and  the  intestinal  tract,  then  certainly  you 
must  look  to  the  middle  ear  as  the  possible  cause  for  the  temperature.  I 
said  before  perforation  of  the  drum,  but  even  so,  supposing  the  infant 
has  otorrhea  or  a discharge  from  one  ear,  and  still  goes  on  screaming 
and  has  a temperature,  what  then?  Even  then  the  perforation  on  the 
side  which  is  discharging  may  be  too  small;  it  may  be  a pinhole  perfora- 
tion, allowing  only  a small  escape  of  pus,  and  the  pain  still  continues, 
and  so  does  the  temperature.  Again,  the  child  has  two  ears — right  and 
left.  The  right  one  is  discharging,  possibly,  and  you  have  directed  all 
of  your  attention  to  one  side,  forgetting  the  other  side.  The  pain  is  con- 
tinuous; the  temperature  keeps  up  because  the  child  has  trouble  in  the 
other  ear. 

As  to  the  symptoms  without  perforation,  in  spite  of  the  discharge 
from  both  ears,  or  a profuse  otorrhea  on  both  sides,  the  temperature  may 
keep  up,  it  being  99°  in  the  morning  and  104°  in  the  afternoon.  Again, 
you  must  be  sure  about  excluding  the  condition  of  the  lungs.  If  you 
have  done  so,  in  spite  of  profuse  otorrhea  in  both  ears,  you  can  get  help 
from  a blood  count.  With  profuse  otorrhea  from  both  sides  and  a high 
blood  count,  you  may  suspect  a baby,  although  only  three  months  of  age, 
may  have  a mastoid  antrum  infection. 

As  to  treatment  before  perforation,  the  baby  has  pain,  the  baby  has 
temperature,  and  you  have  proven  by  the  examination  that  you  wish  to 
do  something  for  him.  Dr.  Boebinger  lays  stress  on  cocain,  adrenalin 
and  so  forth.  If  you  remember  the  drum  membrane  is  composed  of 
epithelial  cells,  it  makes  simply  mechanically  impossible  for  the  solution 


Discussion. 


45 


to  gain  access  to  the  middle  ear  to  relieve  the  pain,  still  less  infection. 
What  does  the  work?  The  heat.  All  your  drops  composed  of  cocain, 
adrenalin  and  so  forth  do  not  do  the  work,  but  it  is  the  heat  that  does 
the  work  per  se;  therefore,  I cannot  lay  stress  on  any  special  solution. 
In  fact,  if  any  one  solution  can  be  used  with  safety  I would  lay  stress 
on  adrenalin;  and  why?  Because  the  first  picture  in  a middle  ear  in- 
fection, so  far  as  we  can  see  it  from  the  outside,  is  a highly  hyperemic 
drum  membrane,  and  adrenalin  solutions,  1 to  1,000  or  1 to  3,000,  heated, 
of  course,  applied  to  the  canal,  may,  by  producing  ischemia,  reduce  or 
relieve  the  pain.  I admit  that.  Oils  ought  to  be  condemned,  not  because 
they  do  not  give  relief;  they  do,  but  not  per  se.  But  you  heat  the  oils, 
and  it  is  the  heat  that  the  oil  transmits  to  the  drum  membrane  which 
affords  relief  of  pain.  But  the  oil  cakes  up  in  the  canal,  and  when  you 
attempt  to  get  other  information  of  what  is  going  on  behind  the  drum 
membrane  the  canal  has  to  be  cleansed;  it  is  a hard  job  sometimes,  and 
therefore  oil  solutions  interfere  very  much  with  future  observations  and 
ought  to  be  condemned  on  principle.  Before  perforation,  heat  applied 
with  the  hot-water  bag  is  possible,  but  not  to  the  infant.  I shall  limit 
myself  to  adrenalin  solutions,  because  they  can  produce  ischemia  and 
the  adrenalin  can  address  itself  to  the  primary  stage  of  infection  of  the 
middle  ear  hyperemia.  If  the  temperature  and  pain  keep  on  for  twenty- 
four  hours  our  next  step,  as  already  described  by  the  essayist,  is  in- 
cision of  the  drum — not  a paracentesis,  but  a free  incision  of  the  ear- 
drum. * Now,  in  the  infant,  oftentimes  it  is  so  small  that  you  can  hardly 
see  your  wgy  through  it.  You  can  hardly  see  absolutely  within  the 
affected  ear  the  right  side;  it  looks  off  color.  The  left  may  be  com- 
paratively normal  and  still  be  on  the  safe  side.  I say  this  because  we 
know  that  tympanotomy  is,  per  se,  innocuous.  You  may  not  do  any  harm 
whatever.  There  is  no  danger  of  injuring  a blood  vessel  of  any  size; 
you  can  hardly  injure  the  facial  nerve  or  brain.  Tympanotomy  is  in- 
nocuous per  se.  Therefore,  in  the  incision  of  the  drum  in  infants  around 
the  first  six  months  of  life,  I would  never  be  satisfied  personally  by  in- 
cising the  drum;  I am  not  prepared,  because  I would  not  be  absolutely  sure 
I could  put  my  finger  on  the  right  side  only.  The  baby  has  two  ears,  and 
both  are  liable  to  be  affected.  You  open  the  right  side;  the  temperature 
rises  to  99°  to  104°,  and  unfortunately  you  devote  your  attention  to  that 
same  side  without  thinking  about  the  mastoid  condition.  Tympanotomy 
is  justifiable  in  infants  and  should  always  be  done  on  both  sides  for  fear 
you  may  neglect  to  open  the  right  or  both  sides. 

Dr.  William  T.  Patton,  New  Orleans:  There  is  one  point  that  strikes 

me  as  being  of  considerable  importance  in  addressing  an  audience  of 
general  practitioners.  We  cannot  all  expect  to  be  specialists.  The  most 
important  thing  in  doing  ear  work  is  to  see.  We  may  tell  you  what  to 
do,  how  to  do  it,  but  can  you  do  it?  The  opening  of  the  ear-drum  is  not 
a simple  matter.  I have  opened  many  ear-drums,  and  there  are  some  ear- 
drums that  I find  very  hard  to  open.  Take  a child,  and  it  is  a compara- 
tively simple  matter  to  open  the  drum.  On  the  other  hand,  if  you  take 
a baby  six  months  old,  even  the  specialist  will  have  a hard  time  in  find- 
ing the  ear-drum,  and  you  do  more  damage  in  trying  to  open  the  ear- 
drum unless  you  can  see,  and  I venture  to  say  in  80  per  cent  of  such 
cases  you  will  not  open  the  drum.  If  you  consider  the  anatomy  of  the 
child  you  will  find  that  the  posterior  canal  goes  straight  in,  and  the  ear- 
drum is  a continuation  of  the  posterior  canal.  If  you  stick  a knife  in 
the  infant’s  ear  you  should  be  able  to  see  the  opening  with  the  head 


46 


Original  Articles. 


mirror,  but  if  you  have  not  a head  mirror  you  must  see  that  the  rays  of 
light  are  focusing  on  that  ear-drum,  or  you  cannot  see  it  at  all,  and  you 
will  not  be  able  to  treat  the  ear-drum  unless  you  can  see  it.  With  the 
knife,  the  opening  is  made  in  the  posterior  canal,  you  get  bleeding,  the 
temperature  does  not  drop,  and  the  patient  gets  no  relief.  This  is  not 
infrequently  done  by  specialists. 

In  regard  to  anesthesia:  In  patients  up  to  one  or  two  years  of  age 

I hardly  ever  use  a local  or  general  anesthetic;  but  take  a child  two  years 
of  age,  that  is  obstreperous,  and  it  is  a different  proposition.  Five  people 
can  hardly  hold  a two-year-old  child  from  moving  and  wiggling,  and  on 
two  separate  occasions  I have  seen  local  anesthesia  used  in  such  cases. 
In  one  case  in  which  no  anesthesia  was  used  an  attempt  was  made  to 
open  the  ear-drum  and  the  child  jumped  and  wiggled  to  such  an  extent 
that  the  external  canal  was  slit  right  open.  Eemember  how  close  you 
are  to  the  brain  and  jugular  and  carotid  when  you  are  opening  a baby’s 
ear-drum.  With  the  least  slip  inside  you  will  get  into  the  labyrinth,  the 
jugular  or  carotid.  In  very  young  children  that  are  obstreperous  I think 
it  is  very  essential  to  use  an  anesthetic.  Gas  is  preferable,  but  it  is 
expensive.  Ethyl  chlorid  is  a safe  anesthetic  for  these  cases.  If  you 
use  cocain,  menthol  and  carbolic  solution,  you  are  using  about  32  per 
cent  carbolic  acid.  If  you  leave  the  solution  two  minutes  you  will  get 
very  little  or  no  anesthetic  effect.  That  solution  put  on  a cotton  probe 
and  pressed  against  the  ear-drum  should  stay  there  ten  or  fifteen  minutes, 
to  get  the  full  anesthetic  effect.  When  you  take  that  out  you  have  got 
a blanching  of  the  ear  canal  from  the  carbolic  acid,  and  the  safe  thing 
to  do  is  to  immediately  apply  alcohol  to  neutralize  the  carbolic  solution, 
you  get  very  little  trouble  from  it. 

In  opening  the  ear-drum  the  incision  should  be  made  high  up  and 
down  low.  In  the  upper  part  of  the  ear-drum  you  meet  with  a flaccid 
membrane,  and  there  are  a lot  of  ligaments  which  separate  the  middle 
ear  from  the  attic,  and  there  may  be  secretion  coming  from  up  in  the 
attic,  which  is  thrown  back  into  the  aditus  and  antrum.  If  you  do  not 
make  the  incision  high  up,  the  ligaments  will' block  or  interfere  with 
drainage,  and  you  do  not  drain  the  most  dependent  part.  You  are  drain- 
ing the  aditus  through  the  antrum.  The  incision  should  be  made  low 
down  and  high  up  in  order,  to  establish  good  drainage.  Perforation  in 
the  center  of  the  ear-drum  will  not  do  much  good. 

With  reference  to  the  use  of  oils,  which  was  spoken  of  by  Dr.  Dupuy, 

I want  to  emphasize  the  point  that  we  should  hesitate  to  use  oil  of  any 
kind  in  the  ear.  It  is  true  it  does  good  by  its  heat,  but  it  soon  cakes  up 
and  it  takes  as  long  a time  to  remove  it  as  it  does  impacted  cerumen  or 
wax  out  of  the  ear.  Druggists  always  advise  green  oil.  I do  not  know 
what  it  is  exactly,  but  it  has  some  opium  in  it.  It  does  not  do  any  good 
except  by  the  heat  it  generates;  it  cakes  up  and  you  get  difficulty  in 
removing  it.  Ten  grains  of  carbolic  to  half  an  ounce  of  glycerin  can  be 
used,  and  the  carbolic  acid  and  glycerin,  with  heat,  will  relieve  the  ear- 
ache. Dr.  Dupuy  said  that  cocain  had  no  effect  on  the  skin.  Menthol 
and  carbolic  acid  both  act  on  the  skin.  If  you  rub  it  on  your  hand  or 
anywhere  you  get  numbness.  The  same  thing  happens  in  the  ear.  Ten 
per  cent  carbolic  acid  in  glycerin  acts  on  the  ear  and  relieves  pain.  The 
glycerin  is  hygroscopic;  it  does  not  cake,  and  it  is  an  ideal  agent  for 
pain  in  the  ear.  If  the  ear-drum  continues  to  pain,  it  should  be  opened. 
If  you  cannot  get  a specialist  to  assist  you,  and  you  are  not  accustomed 
to  using  a head  mirror  in  the  country,  then  I would  advise  that  you 


Discussion. 


47 


spend  a week  or  ten  days  in  one  of  onr  clinics,  where  yon  can  be  shown 
how  to  use  the  head  mirror,  and  do  it  as  well  as  we  can,  seeing  is  the 
main  thing  in  opening  the  ear-drum. 

Dr.  Boebinger,  New  Orleans  (closing):  My  chief  laid  stress  on 

anodyne  preparations.  Fully  90  per  cent  of  all  middle  ear  troubles  begin 
in  the  epipharynx,  and  I still  maintain  that  it  is  the  experience  of  the 
majority  of  men  doing  ear,  nose  and  throat  work.  Therefore,  if  that  is 
so,  why  monkey  with  anodyne  preparations,  or  drops  of  any  kind,  with 
the  external  auditory  meatus  when  the  discharge  is  coming  from  the 
epipharynx?  Why  not  go  to  the  seat  of  the  trouble?  The  outer  layer 
of  the  drum  membrane  is  cutaneous;  it  will  not  take  up  oils  and  probably 
lots  of  other  things. 

I am  not  going  to  answer  Dr.  Patton,  because  he  did  not  answer  me. 
My  chief  said  that  there  is  very  little  danger  in  opening  the  ear-drum. 
You  will  find  the  roof  of  the  jugular  fossa  often  extending  up  into  the 
middle  ear,  and  very  often  the  roof  of  the  jugular  fossa  is  either  missing 
or  is  detached,  and  the  jugular  vein  or  bulb  extends  up  into  the  middle 
ear;  therefore,  if  you  are  unskilled,  if  you  lack  experience,  you  can  posi- 
tively cause  serious  and  grave  hemorrhage  in  puncturing  the  jugular  bulb. 

Dr.  Homer  Dupuy:  I would  like  to  ask  Dr.  Boebinger  how  often  he 

has  seen  injury  done  to  the  jugular  vein  from  tympanotomy,  or  has  he 
ever  seen  a case? 

Dr.  Boebinger:  I have  heard  of  two  such  cases.  In  answer  to  Dr. 

Patton,  who  says  that  you  cannot  see  to  open  the  ear-drum,  I want  to 
call  attention  of  the  general  practitioners  to  the  point  that  when  you  are 
doing  a mastoid  operation  in-  a young  child  after  the  second  or  fourth 
year,  where  the  mastoid  process  is  developed,  or  where  there  is  no 
mastoid  developed,  and  a very  simple  antrum,  I have  seen  time  and  again 
where  you  could  not  see  what  you  were  doing,  but  you  can  positively 
puncture  the  ear-drum  and  will  hear  a crackling  sound  like  driving  a 
knife  through  a piece  of  tissue  paper. 

With  reference  to  the  use  of  ethyl  chlorid  as  an  anesthetic,  when  I 
was  resident  at  the  Eye,  Ear,  Nose  and  Throat  Hospital — and  I left  there 
in  1912— we  had  a record  of  20,0.00  cases  anesthetized  with  ethyl  chlorid 
without  a death.  Therefore  it  is  a very  safe  and  simple  method  of 
anesthesia  to  use  in  young  children  who  are  kicking  up  in  opening  the 
ear-drum.  As  far  as  opening  the  ear-drum  high  up  is  concerned,  I called 
attention  to  the  fact  that  the  most  dependent  portion  of  the  middle  ear 
was  along  the  floor,  remembering  that  the  floor  of  the  middle  ear  is 
lower  than  the  floor  of  the  external  auditory  canal,  and  you  need  as  much 
drainage  as  you  can  possibly  get.  We  must  not  forget  what  the  text- 
books say  about  the  eustachian  tube  being  a trouble  maker.  If  that  is 
so,  why  not  go  as  near  to  the  trouble-maker  as  you  can  get?  If  I have 
bulging  in  the  anterior  quadrant  I must  go  there.  Other  things  being 
equal,  I would  take  the  floor  in  preference  to  the  posterior  incision.  While 
the  antrum  is  a big  field,  I would  take  the  closed  eustachian  tube,  because 
that  is  the  trouble-maker. 


48 


Communication. 


COMMUNICATION 


PROCAIN  AND  NOVOCAIN  IDENTICAL. 

To  the  Editors: 

It  appears  that  in  certain  quarters  the  attitude  is  taken  that  the 
local  anesthetic  sold  as  procain  is  not  identical  with  that  marketed 
as  novocain.  The  Subcommittee  on  Synthetic  Drugs  of  the  National 
Research  Council  believes  it  important  that  this  misunderstanding 
should  be  corrected,  and  hence  offers  the  following  explanation : 

The  monohydrochloride  of  para-amino-benzoyldiethyl-amino- 
ethanol,  which  was  formerly  made  in  Germany  by  the  Farbwarke 
vorm.  Meister,  Lucius  and  Bruening  ,Hoechst  A.  M.,  and  sold  under 
the  trade-marked  name  of  novocain,  is  now  manufactured  in  the 
United  States.  Under  the  provisions  of  the  Trading-With  the- 
Enemy-Act,  the  Federal  Trade  Commission  has  taken  over  the 
patent  that  gave  monopoly  for  the  manufacture  and  sale  of  the  local 
anesthetic  to  the  German  corporation,  and  has  issued  licenses  to 
American  concerns  for  the  manufacture  of  the  product.  This  license 
makes  it  a condition  that  the  product  first  introduced  under  the 
proprietary  name  “novocain”  shall  be  called  procain,  and  that  it  shall 
in  every  way  be  the  same  as  the  article  formerly  obtained  from 
Germany.  To  insure  this  identity  with  the  German  novocain,  the 
Federal  Trade  Commission  has  submitted  the  product  of  each  firm 
licensed  to  the  A.  M.  A.  Chemical  Laboratory  to  establish  its 
chemical  identity  and  purity,  and  to  the  Cornell  pharmacologist, 
Dr.  R.  A.  Hatcher,  to  determine  that  it  was  not  unduly  toxic. 

So  far,  the  following  firms  have  been  licensed  to  manufacture 
and  sell  procain : 

The  Abbott  Laboratories,  Ravenwood,  Chicago. 

Farbwerke-Hoechst  Company,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Rector  Chemical  Company,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Calco  Chemical  Company,  Bound  Brook,  N.  J. 

Of  these,  the  first  three  firms  are  offering  their  products  for  sale 
at  this  time,  and  have  secured  their  admission  to  new  and  non- 
official remedies  as  brands  of  procain  which  comply  with  the  new 
and  non-official  remedies  standards. 

While  all  firms  are  required  to  sell  their  product  under  the  official 
name  “Procain,”  the  Farbwerke-Hoechst  Company  is  permitted  to 
use  the  trade  designation  “Novocain”  in  addition,  since  it  holds  the 
right  to  this  designation  by  virtue  of  trade-mark  registration. 


News  and  Comment. 


49 


In  conclusion,  procain  is  identical  with  the  substance  first  intro- 
duced as  novocain.  In  the  interest  of  rational  nomenclature,  the 
first  term  should  be  used  in  prescriptions  and  scientific  contribu- 
tions. If  it  is  deemed  necessary  to  designate  the  product  of  a par- 
ticular firm,  this  may  be  done  by  writing  “Procain — Abbott/5  “Pro- 
cain— Rector/5  or  “Procain — Farbwerke55  or  “Procain  (Novocain 
brand).55 

Julius  Stieglitz,  Chairman , 

Subcommittee  on  Synthetic  Drugs,  National  Research  Council. 

The  official  names  so  far  adopted  by  the  Federal  Trade  Commis- 
sion are : 

Arsphenamin  for  the  drug  marketed  as  salvarsan,  diarsenol  and  arseno- 
benzol,  etc. 

Neorsphenamin  for  the  drug  marketed  as  ,neosalvarsan4  neodiarsenol 
and  novarsenabenzol,  etc. 

Barbital  for  the  drug  marketed  as  veronal. 

Barbital-sodium  for  the  drug  marketed  as  medinal  and  veronal-sodium.  . 

• Procain  for  the  drug  marketed  as  novocain. 

Procain  nitrate  for  the  drug  marketed  as  novocain  nitrate. 

Phenylcinehoninic  acid  for  the  drug  marketed  as  atophan. 


NEWS  AND  COMMENT 


The  Commencement  of  the  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana 
was  held  at  the  French  Opera  House  on  June  5 at  11  a.  m.  At  this, 
the  eighty-ninth  graduation  exercises,  degrees  were  conferred  on  a 
total  of  172  candidates,  of  whom  sixty-one  were  in  medicine  and 
four  in  pharmacy.  The  dean  of  the  graduate  school  of  medicine 
reported  a total  attendance  during  the  term  of  205  physicans.  The 
orchestration  was  under  the  direction  of  the  Newcomb  School  of 
Music,  the  selections  being  excellent  and  well  executed.  The  first 
stanza  of  “America55  and  of  the  “Star-Spangled  Banner55  was  sung 
by  the  entire  audience  at  the  beginning  and  the  end  of  the  program, 
respectively.  The  alumni  address,  delivered  by  Edward  H.  Ran- 
dolph, of  Shreveport,  was  both  eloquent  and  timely.  The  con- 
ferring of  degrees  by  the  president,  Hr.  Robert  Sharp,  was  made 
more  than,  usually  impressive,  owing  to  the  approaching  voluntary 
retirement  of  that  much-loved  and  esteemed  official. 

The  American  Academy  of  Ophthalmology  and  Oto-Laryn- 
gology  will  hold  its  twenty-third  meeting  in  Denver,  August  5,  6 


50 


News  and  Comment. 


and  7.  Dr.  Lee  Masten  Francis,  636  Delaware  avenue,  Buffalo,  is 
the  secretary. 

Association  of  American  Physicians  Elects  Officers. — At 
the  meeting  of  the  Association  of  American  Physicians,  May  7 to 
11,  the  following  officers  were  elected : President,  Dr.  Alexander 
McPherdran,  Toronto;  vice-president,  Dr.  Herman  M.  Biggs,  Hew 
York;  secretary,  Dr.  Thos.  McCrae,  Philadelphia;  recorder,  Dr. 
William  W.  Ford,  Baltimore;  treasurer,  D.  Joseph  A.  Capps,  Chi- 
cago; councilors,  Dr.  Theobald  Smith,  Princeton,  H.  J.,  and  Dr. 
Chas.  F.  Martin,  Montreal,  Canada.  The  1919  meeting  will  be  held 
in  Atlantic  City  during  May. 

Pediatric  Society  Elects  Officers. — At  its  thirtieth  annual 
meeting,  held  in  Lennox,  Mass.,  May  27,  28  and  29,  the  American 
Pediatric  Society  elected  the  following  officers : President,  Dr. 

Edwin  E.  Graham,  Philadelphia;  vice-president,  Dr.  Henry 
Heiman,  Hew  York  City;  secretary,  Dr.  Howard  C.  Carpenter, 
Philadelphia;  treasurer,  Dr.  Chas.  Hunter  Dunn,  Boston,  and 
recorder,  Dr.  Oscar  M.  Schloss,  Hew  York  City.  The  next  meeting 
will  be  held  at  Atlantic  City. 

Legacy  to  Johns  Hopkins.— The  Johns  Hopkins  University 
and  the  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital  have  received  a legacy  valued  at 
$700,000,  which  is  to  be  divided  equally  between  the  university  and 
the  hospital,  without  any  restrictions  as  to  its  use. 

Louisiana  Hurses'  Board  of  Examiners. — The  semi-annual 
examination  of  the  Louisiana  Hurses?  Board  of  Examiners  was  held 
in  Hew  Orleans  and  Shreveport,  May  20-22.  One  hundred  ap- 
plicants qualified  as  registered  nurses,  many  of  whom  will  enter  the 
Red  Cross  service  and  will  soon  be  doing  duty  “Somewhere  in 
France.”  The  board  is  composed  of  the  following:  Dr.  J.  T. 

Crebbin,  Hew  Orleans,  president;  Dr.  J.  S.  Hebert,  Hew  Orleans, 
acting  secretary;  Dr.  C.  A.  Bahn,  Base  Hospital  Ho.  24;  Dr.  G.  S. 
Brown,  Hew  Orleans,  and  Dr.  F.  J.  Frater,  Shreveport. 

To  Speed  Training  of  Public  Health  Hurses.-— -The  Amer- 
ican Red  Cross  has  allotted  $25,000  to  the  Henry  Street  Settlement, 
Hew  York  City,  for  the  purpose  of  speeding  up  the  training  of  public 
health  nurses  needed  here  and  for  reconstruction  work  in  France. 
The  course  will  be  open  to  three-year  undergraduate  nurses  and  the 
term  will  be  from  June  1 to  September  30. 

Death  Rate  From  Tuberculosis  in  the  Principal  Cities  of 


News  and  Comment. 


51 


the  United  States. — According  to  a bulletin  published  by  the 
Health  Department  of  Chicago,  among  the  ten  principal  cities  of 
the  United' States  Pittsburgh  has  the  lowest  death  rate  from  tuber- 
culosis, for  the  year  1917,  the  rate  being  147.05  per  100,000  popula- 
tion. Chicago  is  a close  second,  with  a rate  of  148.67.  The  rates  of 
other  cities  in  this  group  are:  Detroit,  160.66;  Boston,  170.87; 
Cleyelanad,  174.7;  Hew  York,  176.75;  Philadelphia,  194.81;  Los 
Angeles,  199.42;  St.  Louis,  202.95,  and  Baltimore,  236.61. 

Medical  Schools  Holding  Summer  Sessions.- — In  compliance 
with  a request  from  the  War  Department,  a number  of  medical 
schools  throughout  the  country  are  continuing  the  school  session 
through  the  summer  months.  By  a continuous  school  session,  the 
junior  students  will  graduate  four  or  five  months  earlier  than  other- 
wise, thereby  releasing  them  for  government  service. 

Paris  Anti-Cancer  Institute. — An  anti-cancer  institute,  sim- 
ilar to  those  working  in  London,  Hew  York,  Chicago,  and  the  one 
established  by  Czerny  at  Heidelberg,  is  soon  to  be  founded  in  Paris. 
All  patients,  rich  or  poor,  suffering  from  tumors  will  receive  the 
care  required  for  each  particular  case.  There  will  be  laboratories 
for  the  use  of  students,  regardless  of  their  nationality,  who  are  in- 
terested in  the  study  and  treatment  of  cancer. 

Souvenirs  From  France. — The  Harvard  Medical  School  has 
received  from  Dr.  Harvey  Cushing,  head  of  the  Harvard  medical 
unit  in  France,  a collection  of  souvenirs,  including  several  patho- 
logical specimens  from  the  cases  of  cranial  injury.  The  Warren 
Museum  will  receive  these  gifts. 

Dental  Clinic  Destroyed.— The  dental  clinic  at  Tuft’s  Med- 
ical School,  Boston,  was  recently  destroyed  by  fire,  with  a damage 
amounting  to  $25,000.  The  students  aided  in  saving  the  fittings  of 
the  dental  room  and  the  property  used  for  research  purposes.  The 
work  of  the  clinic  will  be  carried  on  in  another  building. 

Hospital  Facilities  in  the  United  States. — The  Medical 
Section  of  the  Council  of  National  Defense',  Washington,  D.  C.,  has 
established  a central  bureau  of  information  concerning  the  hospital 
facilities  of  the  United  States  in  war-time.  Information  regarding 
over  1,000  active  hospitals  has  been  collated  and  indexed,  and  the 
data  will  be  kept  up  to  date  from  month  to  month.  Full  data  will 
also  be  collected  concerning  nearly  8,000  other  institutions.  A 
record  will  be  kept  of  the  number  of  doctors,  interns  and  nurses 
contributed  by  each  hospital  to  the  service. 


52 


News  and  Comment. 


Army  Medical  Department  Moves  Into  New  Building. — 
The  offices  of  the  Surgeon  General  of  the  Army  and  the  Medical 
Corps  of  the  Army  have  been  moved  into  one  of  the  new  war  build- 
ings recently  constructed  at  Sixth  and  B streets,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Dr.  Carrel's  Hospital  Destroyed. — In  spite,  of  the  fact  of  a 
constantly  flown  flag  hearing  a large  red  cross  and  an  immense 
white  flag  on  its  lawn  as  a further  mark  of  identification,  the  hos- 
pital established  near  the  front  by  Dr.  Alexis  Carrel,  of  the  Rocke- 
feller Institute,  has  been  petsistently  bombed  by  German  aviators 
and  almost  destroyed.  Dr.  Carrel  will  install  his  hospital  in  Paris 
or  the  suburbs. 

State  Board  Examinations,  1917. — There  were  2,605  gradu- 
ates of  1917  and  4,253,  altogether,  examined,  96  colleges  being  repre- 
sented. The  failures  were  7 per  cent  for  Class  A colleges;  18.4  per 
cent  for  B;  35.4  per  cent  for  C;  41.7  per  cent  for  foreign  schools; 
46.8  per  cent  for  undergraduates.  The  maximum  number  of  licenses 
was  granted  in  1906,  the  minimum  in  1917,  numbering  7,865  and 
4,061,  respectively.  Thirty-eight  States  required  one  year  of  col- 
legiate study;  thirty,  two  or  more. 

Iowa  Medical  Society  Bans  German  Instruments.— At  its 
annual  meeting  on  May  1,  the  Iowa  State  Medical  Society  passed 
resolutions  declaring  that  it  should  be  considered  an  evidence  of 
pro-Germanism  for  any  members  of  the  Society  for  the  next  fifty 
years  to  purchase  instruments  or  appliances  or  other  articles  made 
in  Germany. 

Health  oe  the  United  States-  Army.— Surgeon  General 
Gorgas,  in  an  address  recently  delivered  in  Chicago,  is  quoted  as 
saying  that  the  United  States  Army  has  surpassed  the  record  of  the 
Japanese  Army,  heretofore  considered  the  model  of  the  world,  in 
holding  down  the  percentage  of  disease  among  its  forces. 

Personals. — Dr.  Edward  J.  DeBergue  was  named  assistant  city 
coroner  to  succeed  the  late  Dr.  C.  W.  Groetsch.  Dr.  DeBergue 
served  two  years  as  private  assistant  to  Dr.  Joseph  O’Hara,  chy 
coroner. 

Word  has  been  received  from  “over  * there”  that  Dr.  J.  G. 
Dempsey  has  been  placed  in  charge  of  one  of  the  large  tuberculosis 
hospitals  in  France. 

Removals.— Archives  of  Pediatrics , from  241-43  West  Twenty- 
third  street,  to  45  East  Seventeenth  street,  New  York  City. 

Died.— On  June  12,  1918,  Dr.  Arthur  W.  de  Roaldes,  aged  69 
years,  a native  of  Opelousas,  La. 


Bool-  Reviews  and  Notices. 


53 


BOOK  REVIEWS  AND  NOTICES 


The  American  Illustrated  Medical  Dictionary,  by  W.  A.  Dorland  A.  M., 
M.  D.,  P.  A.  C.  S.  Ninth  edition,  revised  and  enlarged.  W.  B. 
Saunders  Company,  Philadelphia  and  London. 

Besides  the  enlargement  necessary  to  the  growing  terminology  of 
medicine,  this  edition  of  one  of  the  standard  American  dictionaries  has 
aimed  at  an  additional  service  in  putting  the  name  of  the  individual  who 
has  been  identified  with  the  word  defined.  This  will  mean  that  the  name 
refers  either  to  the  discoverer  or  the  originator  of  the  term,  disease  or 
thing  named.  Babinski’s  reflex,  Argyll-Robertson  pupil,  Du h ring’s  dis- 
ease, the  Widal  reaction,  are  instances  where  the  identity  of  the  indi- 
vidual, with  data  of  birth,  nationality,  etc.,  are  given.  Such  an  innovation 
will  be  much  appreciated,  as  to  many  medical  men  just  such  information 
has  been  long  wanted,  and  biographical  references  are  not  found  every- 
where. The  general  make-up  and  detail  in  arrangement  conforms  to  pre- 
vious editions  of  this  book,  and  the  demand  for  a ninth  edition  should 
speak  for  its  continued  popularity.  DYER. 

Diseases  of  the  Skin,  by  Richard  L.  Sutton,  M.  D.  Second  edition.  C.  Y. 
Mosby  Company,  St.  Louis. 

Among  the  several  standard  texts  on  skin  diseases,  Sutton’s  work 
holds  a firm  place.  A second  edition  in  so  short  a time  indicates  its  popu- 
larity. More  than  a hundred  new  illustrations  have  been  added  and  sev- 
eral new  articles  are  noted.  DYER. 

Diseases  of  the  Skin.  Their  Pathology  and  Treatment,  by  Milton  B. 
Hartzell,  A.  M.,  M.  D.,  LL.  D.  J.  B.  Lippincott  Company,  Phila- 
delphia and  London. 

The  author’s  long  service  in  this  special  field  has  encouraged  the 
publication  of  the  work  in  review.  It  commends  itself  as  an  expression 
of  its  author’s  views  and  observations,  with  such  references  as  so  large 
a work  must  demand  in  according  credit  to  others.  The  illustrations  are 
numerous.  The  articles  on  Eczema,  Pemphigus  and  Syphilis  are  especially 
noteworthy  for  their  scope  and  original  handling.  The  classification  of 
the  diseases  discussed  is  a departure  from  that  usually  followed,  and  this 
may  be  open  to  criticism,  if  the  work  is  to  be  used  as  a textbook.  Tinea 
versicolor,  for  example,  finds  place  among  the  anomalies  of  pigmentation, 
while  pinta  is  classed  with  the  vegetable  parasitic  diseases,  in  a general 
group  of  inflammations.  The  dermatologist  will  appreciate  and  under- 
stand the  individual  vagary  of  such  procedure,  but  the  medical  student 
or  practitioner  might  be  confused. 

Throughout,  the  author  has  left  the  imprint  of  his  keen  sense  of  the 
importance  of  the  pathology  of  skin  diseases,  and,  where  this  has  been  of 
diagnostic  value,  due  emphasis  has  been  laid. 

Altogether,  Dr.  Hartzell  has  added  materially  to  American  derma- 
tology by  this  work.  DYER. 

Clinical  Cardiology,  by  Selian  Neuhof,  B.  S.,  M.  D.  The  MacMillan  Com- 
pany, New  York. 

By  means  of  many  illustrations,  careful  text  and  systematic  detail, 
the  subject  of  cardiology  is  excellently  presented.  The  mechanism  of 
apparatus  is  fully  explained  and  then  applied  to  all  phases  of  irregular 


54 


Publications  Received . 


cardiac  conditions.  Diagnostic  methods,  differential  points  and  associated 
findings  are  given.  Blood  pressure  and  its  occasion,  with  concomitant 
symptoms,  are  discussed  fully.  Therapeutic  suggestions  also  find  place. 
In  small  space,  a comprehensive  guide  has  been  afforded,  which  is  timely 
and  should  render  large  service.  DYER. 

Recollections  of  a New  York  Surgeon,  by  Arpad  G.  Gerster,  M.  D.  Paul 

B.  Hoeber,  New  York. 

At  the  edge  of  his  threescore  and  ten  years,  Dr.  Arpad  G.  Gerster,  over 
forty  years  resident  in  New  York,  writes  of  his  life.  It  is  interesting 
throughout.  Of  Swiss  origin,  the  early  life  and  growth  of  this  well-known 
surgeon  cast  excellent  sidelights  on  the  political,  economic  and  social  life 
in  Europe  during  the  mid-period  of  the  last  century.  Among  the  many 
who  emigrated  from  Europe  to  America,  both  Gerster  and  his  sister, 
the  prima  donna,  have  made  mark  in  the  country  of  their  adoption. 

Necessarily  such  a book  must  be  saturated  with  the  personality  of  its 
chief  topic,  but  the  names  of  many  contemporaries  appear,  of  whom  in- 
timate glimpses  are  given. 

His  long  active  service  with  the  New  York  Polyclinic  affords  the 
author  excellent  opportunity  of  connoting  some  of  its  faculty.  Lange, 
Stimson,  Markoe,  Bull,  McBurney,  Wyeth,  all  are  sketched  in  the  nar- 
rative. 

At  sixty-three,  “then  still  vigorous, ” the  author  joined  the  Medical 
Reserve  Corps,  firm  in  his  belief  of  universal  military  service.  Says  the 
author:  “The  tonic  and  wholesome  asperities  of  military  discipline  are 
needed  in  this  our  commonwealth  to  limit  the  egotistic  excesses  of  an 
unchecked  individualism;  they  alone  can  correct  the  trend  of  prevalent 
selfishly  utilitarian  views  of  life  towards  luxurious  effeminacy  and  law- 
lessness.’’ 

Much  of  a wise  philosophy  is  spread  through  this  biographic  nar- 
rative— natural  enough  for  one  who  has  lived  such  a life. 

The  story  of  a successful  carrier  is  always  a stimulus  to  those  coming 
on,  and  it  is  therefore  worth  while  to  sit  apart  in  these  days  of  turmoil 
and  stress  and  read  the  story  of  one  who  puts  his  mantle  aside — with  the 
thought  that — 

‘ ‘ Serenely  will  he  wait  the  final  call,  and  bowing  his  head  in 
meekness  will  say,  'Nunc  dimittis,  Domine. ’ ” DYER, 


PUBLICATIONS  RECEIVED 


W.  B.  SAUNDERS  COMPANY,  Philadelphia  and  London,  1918. 

A Text-Book  of  Obstetrics,  by  Barton  Cooke  Hirst,  A.  B.,  M.  D.,  LL.  D., 
F.  A.  C.  S,  Eighth  edition,  revised  and  reset. 

Text-Book  of  Embryology,  by  Charles  William  Prentiss,  A.  M.,  Ph.  D. 
Revised  and  extensively  rewritten,  by  Leslie  Brainard  Arey,  Ph.  D. 
Second  edition,  enlarged. 

Chemical  Pathology,  by  H.  Gideon  Wells,  Ph.  D.,  M.  D.  Third  edition, 
revised  and  reset. 

The  Practice  of  Pediatrics,  by  Charles  Gilmore  Kerley.  Second  edition, 
revised  and  reset. 

The  Elements  of  the  Science  of  Nutrition,  by  Graham  Luck,  Ph.  D., 
Sc.  D.,  P.  R.  S. 


Publications  Received. 


55 


Differential  Diagnosis.  Volume  11.  Presented  through  an  analysis 
of  317  cases.  By  Richard  C.  Cabot,  M.  D. 

The  Principles  of  Hygiene,  by  D.  H.  Bergey,  A.  M.,  M.  D.,  D.  P.  H. 
Sixth  edition,  thoroughly  revised. 

A Treatise  on  Clinical  Medicine,  by  Wm.  Hanna  Thomson,  M.  D.,  LL.  D. 
The  Nervous  System  and  Its  Conservation,  by  Percy  Goldthwait  Stiles. 
Second  edition,  revised. 

The  Medical  Clinics  of  North  America.  March,  1918.  Vol.  1,  No.  5. 
Principles  of  Surgical  Nursing,  by  Frederick  C.  Warnshuis,  M.  D., 
F.  A.  C.  S. 

C.  V.  MOSBY  COMPANY,  St.  Louis',  1918. 

The  Treatment  of  Cavernous  and  Plexiform  Angiomata  by  the  Injec- 
tion of  Boiling  Water  (Wyeth  Method),  by  Francis  Reder,  M.D., F.A.C.S. 

Emergencies  of  a General  Practice,  by  Nathan  Clark  Morse,  A.  B., 
M.  D.,  F.  A.  C.  S. 

Oral  Sepsis  in  Its  Relationship  to  Systemic  Disease,  by  William  W. 
Duke,  M.  D.,  Ph.  B. 

Interpretation  of  Dental  and  Maxillary  Roentgenograms,  by  Robert  H. 
Ivy,  M.  D.,  D.  D.  S. 

WASHINGTON  GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Public  Health  Reports.  Vol.  33,  Nos.  20  and  21. 

Field  Identification  of  Malaria-Carrying  Mosquitoes,  by  Ernest  A. 
Sweet. 

MISCELLANEOUS: 

Sickness  Insurance  or  Sickness  Prevention?  (National  Industrial  Con- 
ference Board,  15  “Beacon  street,.  Boston.) 

Report  of  the  Board  of  Administrators  of  the  Louisiana  Hospital  for 
the  Insane  of  the  State  of  Louisiana.  Biennial  period  ending  March 
31,  1918. 

Shall  Disease  Triumph  in  Our  Army?  by  Major  Louis  Livingston  Sea- 
man. (Published  by  American  Defense  Society,  Inc.,  44  East  Thirty- third 
street,  New  York.) 

Monthly  Bulletin  of  the  Louisiana  State  Board  of  Health.  Vol.  7, 

No.  8,  New  Orleans. 

REPRINTS. 

Some  of  the  More  Important  Advances  in  the  Diagnosis  and  Treatment 
of  Tuberculosis,  by  Francis  M.  Pottenger,  A.  M.,  M.  D.,  LL,  D. 

Infections  With  Coccidium  and  Isospora  in  Animals  in  the  Philippine 
Islands  and  Their  Possible  Clinical  Significance,  by  Frank  G.  Haughwout. 


56 


Mortuary  Report. 

MORTUARY  REPORT  OF  NEW  ORLEANS. 

Computed  from  the  Monthly  Report  of  the  Board  of  Health  of  the  City 
of  New  Orleans,  for  May,  1918. 


CA  USE. 

s 

'e 

S’ 

5 

6 

e 

£ 

Typhoid  Fever _ __  _ . ... 

9 

g 

12 

Intermittent  Fever  (Malarial  Cachexia)  __  

1 

2 

3 

Smallpox _ 

Measles  _ 

7 

7 

Scarlet  Fever.  _ _ _ __ 

Whooping  Cough  _ 

3 

2 

5 

Diphtheria  and  Croup.  

1 

1 

Influenza  _ __  __  __  

6 

13 

19 

Cholera  Nostras  _ ....  __  _ 

Pyemia  and  Septicemia  __  ..  

l 

1 

Tuberculosis  

42 

60 

102 

Cancer. _ 

31 

7 

38 

1 

Rheumatism  and  Gout 

1 

Diabetes  _ _ _ 

6 

2 

8 

Alcoholism 

1 

1 

Encephalitis  and  Meningitis  

2 

3 

5 

Locomotor  Ataxia  _ 

1 

l 

2 

Congestion,  Hemorrhage  and  Softening  of  Brain 

25 

14 

39 

Paralysis _ _ 

3 

3 

Convulsions  of  Infancy  _ 

1 

1 

Other  Diseases  of  Infancy 

11 

12 

23 

Tetanus.. 

1 

1 

Other  Nervous  Diseases 

4 

4 

Heart  Diseases  _ 

54 

52 

106 

Bronchitis 

1 

2 

3 

Pneumonia  and  Broncho-Pneumonia  __ 

23 

29 

52 

Other  Respiratory  Diseases  ... 

2 

2 

Ulcer  of  Stomach  _ 

2 

2 

Other  Diseases  of  the  Stomach 

3 

1 

4 

Diarrhea,  Dysentery  and  Enteritis 

31 

16 

47 

Hernia,  Intestinal  Obstruction 

4 

6 

10 

Cirrhosis  of  Liver. 

3 

3 

6 

Other  Diseases  of  the  Liver 

5 

1 

6 

Simple  Peritonitis  ... 

Appendicitis  _ 

2 

2 

4 

Bright’s  Disease ... 

29 

19 

48 

Other  Genito-Urinary  Diseases 

10 

7 

17 

Puerperal  Diseases  __ 

7 

2 

9 

Senile  Debility  __ 

2 

2- 

Suicide 

4 

4 

Injuries _ 

21 

7 

28 

All  Other  Causes  _ 

30 

28 

58 

Total..  _ 

387 

297 

684 

Still-born  Children— White,  18;  colored,  18;  total,  36. 

Population  of  City  (estimated)— White,  276,000;  colored,  102,000; 
_ total,  378,000. 

Jleath  Rate  per  1,000  per  Annum  for  Month — White,  16.58;  colored, 
34.27;  total,  21.38.  Non-residents  excluded,  18.15. 

METEOROLOGIC  SUMMARY  (U.  S.  Weather  Bureau). 

Mean  atmospheric  pressure.  30.07 

Mean  temperature.  7 q 

Total  precipitation.  ....  2.79  inches 

Prevailing  direction  of  wind,  southeast. 


ws.s. 

TO*  SAVINGS  STAMPS 

ISSUED  BV  THE 

UNITED  STATES 
GOVERNMENT 


NEW  ORLEANS  MEDICAL 
AND  SURGICAL  JOURNAL 


EDITORS  s 

CHARLES  CHASSAIGNAC,  M.  D.  ISADORE  DYER,  M.  D. 

COLLABORATORS : 

C.  C.  BASS,  M.  D.,  Prest.,  Amer.  Soc.  Tropical  Medicine | . 

S.  K.  SIMON,  M.  D.,  Acting  Secty,  American  Soc.  of  Tropical  Medicine ..... . 

P.  T.  TALBOT,  M.  D.,  Secretary  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society... Ex-Officio. 

RUPERT  BLUE,  M.  D.,  Surgeon  General,  United  States  Public  Health  Service. 

H.  D.  BRUNS,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

C.  F.  CRAIG,  M.  D.,  Col.,  U.  S.  A. 

S.  T.  DARLING,  M.  D„  Sao  Paulo,  Brazil. 

W.  H.  DEADERICK,  M.  D.,  Hot  Springs,  Arkansas. 

E.  M.  DUPAQUIER,  M.  D.  (Paris),  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

A.  G.  FRIEDRICHS,  M.  D.,  New  Orleans,  La. 

J.  T.  HALSEY,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

JOS.  HOLT,  M.  D.,  New  Orleans,  La. 

F.  A.  LARUE,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

E.  S.  LEWIS,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

R.  C.  LYNCH,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

E.  D.  MARTIN,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

R.  MATAS,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

AUGUSTUS  McSHANE,  M.  D.,  Greenwood,  Miss. 

PAUL  MICHINARD,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

C.  J.  MILLER,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

F.  W.  PARHAM,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana, 

E.  A.  ROBIN,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

W.  H.  SEEMANN,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

ALLEN  J.  SMITH,  M.  D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

EDMOND  SOUCHON,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University1  of  Louisiana. 

E.  R.  STITT,  M.  D.,  Rear  Admiral,  U.  S.  N. 

J.  A.  STORCK,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

R.  P.  STRONG,  M.  D.,  Harvard  University. 

ROY  M.  VAN  WART,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 


Vol.  LXXI  AUGUST,  1918  No.  2 

EDITORIAL 


ARMY  SCHOOL  OF  NURSING. 

The  large  demand  for  medical  officers  for  the  army  has  had  a 
certain  corollary  in  the  need  of  trained  nurses,  and  the  loyal  response 
of  the  patriotic  women  in  this  calling  has  been  significant.  Various 
suggestions  have  been  made  for  meeting  the  civil  need,  such  as  the 
resumption  of  nursing  by  those  who  have  married,  and  by  providing 
partially  trained  nurses  in  the  emergency. 

With  the  same  foresight  which  has  characterized  so  much  of  the 
activities  of  the  Medical  Department  of  the  Army,  a regular  plan 
for  training  nurses  for  military  needs  has  been  put  in  operation. 
The  Army  School  of  Nursing  has  been  established  by  the  Surgeon 
General,  under  the  Medical  Department  of  the  Army,  and  it  offers 


-58 


Editorial 


a thorough  course  in  nursing  to  women  desiring  to  care  for  the  sick 
and  wounded  soldiers.  The  course  will  he  systematic,  and  a diploma 
will  be  awarded  at  the  completion  of  the  course.  The  training  is  to 
be  given  at  the  military  hospitals,  and  a three  years’  course  of  in- 
struction is  outlined.  Credit  of  three  to  nine  months  will  be  given 
applicants  with  college  education.  Each  hospital  employed  for  train- 
ing will  have  its  corps  of  teachers. 

The  outline  of  work  provides  a probationary  period  of  four 
months,  eight  months  of  junior  work  and  twelve  months  each  in 
intermediate  and  senior  classes.  An  allowance  of  $15  a month  is 
allowed  for  necessary  expenses,  covering  uniforms,  etc. 

The  published  outline  of  the  school  invites  a large  response  from 
young  women  between  21  and  35  years  of  age,  and  especially  from 
those  who  are  inspired  to  engage  in  this  patriotic  service. 

Direct  information  may  be  had  by  addressing  the  Army  School  of 
Nursing,  through  the  Surgeon  General  of  the  Army,  Washington, 
D.  C.,  or,  for  this  vicinity,  the  Gulf  Division  of  the  Bureau  of  Nurs- 
ing of  the  American  Bed  Cross,  Postoffice  Building,  New  Orleans. 


MOBILIZATION  OF  PHYSICIANS. 

From  time  to  time  unofficial  or  semi-official  statements  are  pub- 
lished regarding  a forthcoming  mobilization  of  the  members  of  the 
medical  profession.  If  the  term  “mobilization”  is  used  in  the 
figurative  sense,  well  and  good,  as  we  are  firmly  of  the  opinion  that 
the  medical  profession  should  be  utilized  to  the  utmost.  Dsed  in 
any  other  sense,  these  annoouncements  are  both  useless  and  of  ques- 
tionable taste. 

The  physicians  of  this  country,  all  in  all,  have  responded  nobly 
and  are  as  patriotic  as  any  other  body  of  men.  They  have  not 
waited  to  be  drafted,  nor  have  they  drawn  the  line  at  age;  many 
Volunteers  have  been  refused  for  being  over  the  age  limit.  That  a 
few,  here  and  there,  have  dodged  their  responsibility  is  bound  to  be 
and  is  admitted,  but  those  are  exceptions  that  prove  the  rule. 

Movements  already  inaugurated  will  no  doubt  further  stimulate 
-recruiting  among  the  physicians  left,  but  it  must  not  be  lost  sight 
of  that  already  some  communities  and  institutions  are  suffering  for 
the  lack  of  medical  services. 

Any  really  compulsory  measures  would  be  of  doubtful  legality. 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


(No  paper  published  or  to  be  published  in  any  other  medical  journal  will  be  accepted 
for  this  department.  All  papers  must  be  in  the  hands  of  the  Editors  on  the  tenth  day  of 
the  month  preceding  that  in  which  they  are  expected  to  appear.  Reprints  may  be  had  at 
reasonable  rates  if  a WRITTEN  order  for  the  same  accompany  the  paper.) 


THE  DIETETIC  TREATMENT  OF  LIVER  DISEASES." 

By  ALLAN  EUSTIS,  B.  S.,  Ph.  B.,  M.  D.,  New  Orleans,  La. 

The  importance  of  a proper  diet  in  such  conditions  as  present  de- 
ficient liver  function  is  manifest  when  one  considers  the  frequency 
with  which  the  latter  is  found  in  diseases  beside  cirrhosis  and  other 
primary  hepatic  disease. 

A consideration  of  a few  will  be  of  interest. 

Gall-Bladder  Disease. — In  this  condition  there  is  an  associated 
cholangitis,  varying  in  intensity  with  the  virulence  of  the  infection, 
and  certainly  dependent,  in  part,  on  injudicious  dieting.  Further, 
after  operations  upon  the  gall-bladder  there  is  always  more  or  less 
cholangitis,  and  the  importance  of  a proper  diet  in  the  post-oper- 
ative treatment  of  gall-bladder  cases  has  been  urged  by  me  for 
several  years. 

Eclampsia.- — The  trained  obstetrician  regards  this  condition  as 
primarily  hepatic,  due  to  central  necroses  in  the  liver  lobules,  and 
the  albuminuria  as  only  a secondary  manifestation  of  the  toxemia. 
However,  I have  found  that  even  they  make  little  attempt  to  spare 
the  liver  in  their  dietetic  measures,  while  the  average  practitioner 
waits  until  large  amounts  of  albumin  appear,  or  even  for  convul- 
sions, before  any  attempt  is  made  to  regulate  the  diet.  I believe 
firmly  that  it  is  possible  to  avoid  'eclampsia  by  proper  dietetic 
measures,  and  that  the  time  will  come  when  a case  of  eclampsia  will 
undermine  an  obstetrician’s  reputation  as  much  as  one  of  puerperal 
sepsis.  The  day  has  passed  when  the  obstetrician  has  done  his  full 
duty  when  he  examines  the  urine  once  a week  for  albumin  and 
sugar;  for,  by  more  frequent  tests  for  indican  and  urobilinogen,  he 
is  in  a position  to  determine  the  liver  function  of  any  case.  This 
opinion  is  based  upon  the  experience  gained  during  my  four  years 
of  rural  practice  in  a locality  where  eclampsia  is  very  prevalent. 
While  there  I was  able  to  guide  women,  who  had  had  eclampsia  in 
previous  labors,  through  normal  parturition,  without  even  an  al- 

* Read  at  the  39th  Annual  Meeting,  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society,  New  Orleans, 
April  16,  17,  18,  1918. 


60 


Original  Articles. 


buminuria.  Other  observers  have  reported  some  interesting  experi- 
mental work,  which  will  be  referred  to  later,  in  its  relation  to 
eclampsia. 

Malarial  Fever. — We  all  recognize  the  liver  as  being  damaged 
in  malaria,  and  calomel  is  as  frequently  administered  as  quinin ; and 
yet,  how  many  practitioners  consider  the  diet  in  the  treatment  of 
malarial  fever? 

This  same  question  can  justly  be  made  to  include  loss  of  cardiac 
compensation  with  secondary  passive  congestion  of  the  liver ; typhoid 
fever,  in  which  there  is  always  more  or  less  hepatic  degeneration, 
and  especially  the  common  term  “biliousness,”  in  which  there  is  a 
passive  congestion  of  the  liver  from  overwork  in  detoxicating  the 
poisons  coming  from  the  intestinal  canal. 

Yellow  fever  should  also  be  considered  a disease  in  which  the  liver 
should  be  spared  on  account  of  its-  fatty  degeneration.  A rational 
diet  for  liver  diseases  can  be  prescribed  only  after  a thorough  knowl- 
edge of  the  physiology  of  the  liver  and  of  the  chemical  pathology 
in  diseased  conditions  of  the  organ. 

Physiology  of  the  Liver. 

Besides  the  secretion  of  bile  and  the  storing  of  glycogen  in  its 
cells,  we  have  known  for  a long  time  that  a large  proportion  of  the 
amino  acids  in  the  portal  blood  are  deaminized  by  the  liver  cells 
and  that  the  liver  is  the  principal  site  of  urea  formation.  It  has 
also  been  known  for  years  that  dogs  with  an  Eck  fistula  (an  anas- 
tomosis between  the  portal  vein  and  vena  cava),  if  fed  on  meat, 
develop  a toxemia  and  die  in  a few  days  in  coma  or  convul- 
sions. Examination  of  the  blood  shows  a relative  decrease  in 
the  urea  content  and  a relative  increase  in  the  ammonia  content, 
which  has  led  certain  observers1  to  believe  that  the  intoxication 
is  due  to  an  alkalosis,  probably  from  ammonia  salts.  However, 
on  the  other  hand,  experimental  and  clinical  data  all  point  to 
a tendency  to  acidosis  in  liver  insufficiency.  It  is  more  probable 
that,  by  our  present  methods  of  estimating  ammonia  in  blood,  many 
volatile  amins  are  estimated  as  ammonia,  and  that  the  relative  in- 
crease in  ammonia  in  the  portal  blood  and  in  the  blood  of  dogs  with 
Eck  fistulse  is  really  due  to  the  presence  of  putrefactive  amins 
absorbed  from  the  intestinal  canal,  these  being  broken  up  into  urea 
by  the  normal  liver.  In  experiments,  which  have  never  been  pub- 
lished, I have  demonstrated  that  the  two  diamins,  putrescin  and 


Eustis — The  Dietetic  Treatment  of  Liver  Diseases. 


61 


cadaverin,  pass  over  with  ammonia  and  cannot  be  detected  from  the 
latter  by  the  Folin  method  of  determining  ammonia  in  blood.  As 
this  method,  or  some  modification  of  it,  is  usually  employed,  one 
can  readily  understand  that  with  such  volatile  amins  as  methylamin, 
dimethylamin  and  trimethylamin  arising  from  protein  putrefaction 
the  apparent  ammonia  content  will  be  still  further  increased.  I 
have  endeavored  for  seven  years  to  find  or  perfect  a method  for  the 
separation  of  these  volatile  amins  from  ammonia,  hut  without  suc- 
cess, and  therefore  evidence,  as  yet,  is  not  conclusive  on  this  point. 

These  volatile  amins,  arising  from  protein  putrefaction,  are  but 
slightly  toxic,  although  capable  of  causing  local  necrosis  when  in- 
jected subcutaneously,  according  to  such  a well-known  authority  as 
H.  Gideon  Wells.2  The  higher,  non-volatile  amins,  however,  are 
-extremely  toxic,  and  the  only  explanation  of  their  failure  to  mani- 
fest themselves  in  the  normal  dog  or  individual  is  that  in  passing 
through  the  liver  they  are  in  some  way  detoxicated.  Certain  of 
these  detoxication  processes  are  well  known.  Indol,  which  Herter3 
has  shown  to  produce  in  man  headache,  irritability,  insomnia  and 
confusion,  is  detoxicated  by  the  liver  by  oxidation  to  potassium  in- 
•doxyl  sulfate  or  indican.  Richards  and  Howland4  have  claimed 
that  this  toxicity  is  markedly  increased  when  conditions  favoring 
lo wiped  oxidation  obtain.  Ewins  and  Laidlaw5  have  further  shown 
that  paraoxyphenylethylamin,  a toxic  amin  from  the  putrefaction 
of  tyrosin,  is  broken  up  by  the  liver  into  paraoxyphenylacetic  acid 
and  urea,  while  I have  reported  elsewhere6  experiments  to  prove 
that  the  liver  of  the  turkey-buzzard,  at  least,  contains  an  enzyme 
which  is  capable  of  detoxicating  solutions  of  betaimidazolylethyl- 
amin,  a highly  toxic  amin  derived  from  the  putrefaction  of  histidin. 
This  detoxicating  function  of  the  liver,  therefore,  is  its  most  im- 
portant function,  and  failure  thereof  soon  results  in  death,  and  yet 
we  find  barely  a paragraph  devoted  to  it  in  our  text-books  on 
physiology.  Ho  further  argument  is  necessary  to  convince  me  that 
any  efforts  tending  to  relieve  the  liver  of  work  should  be  exerted 
towards  overcoming  any  tendency  to  absorption  of  protein  putre- 
factive products. 

In  a paper  before  this  Society,  in  1912,  I reported  the  results  of 
363  tests  of  urine  for  the  presence  of  urobilinogen  in  various  cases, 
using  Ehrlich’s  aldehyde  reagent,  and  at  that  time  I stated  that  in 
each  case  in  which  urobilinogen  was  present  the  liver  was  clinically 
deficient  in  function. 


62 


Original  Articles. 


During  the  past  three  years,  in  my  office  alone,  5,042  examina- 
tions of  urine  have  been  made,  in  which  this  reagent  was  used,  and 
in  each  instance  where  a positive  test  was  obtained  the  liver  was 
found  diseased.  Further,  by  means  of  this  test,  it  has  been  possible 
to  accurately  note  the  effect  of  intestinal  poisons  upon  the  liver. 
Patients  giving  a positive  urobilinogen  test,  after  purgation  and 
being  kept  on  a low  protein  diet,  have  shown  a negative  test  for  as 
long  as  two  months,  the  urobilinogen  reappearing  in  a few  days 
after  they  are  allowed  to  run  a heavy  indicanuria,  the  urobilinogen 
again  disappearing,  but  slowly,  after  the  intestinal  toxemia  is  over- 
come. 

Certain  experimental  data  support  this  theory.  Whipple  and 
Sperry,7  in  their  experiments  on  dogs  in  which  liver  necrosis  was 
produced  by  chloroform,  while  not  claiming  their  evidence  as  con- 
clusive, reported  failure  to  obtain  the  typical  chloroform  necrosis  of 
the  liver  cells  in  dogs  with  Eck  fistulas — i.  e.,  in  which  the  liver  was 
not  subjected  directly  to  the  influence  of  blood  coming  from  the 
intestinal  canal.  In  conclusion,  they  state : 

‘ 1 There  are  many  points  in  favor  of  the  view  that  accumulation  of 
waste  products  in  the  blood  as  it  flows  from  the  edge  to  the  center  of  the 
lobule  renders  the  central  cells  more  prone  to  injury.  ’ ’ 

Later,  Opie  and  Alfords  produced  liver  necrosis  in  rats  by  sub- 
cutaneous injections  of  chloroform  mixed  with  two  parts  of  paraffin 
oil.  One  set  of  rats  was  fed  on  oatmeal  and  cane  sugar,  one  set  on 
suet,  and  one  set  on  meat.  The  animals  which  received  carbo- 
hydrates survived,  whereas  those  which  received  meat  and  fat  died 
in  from  one  to  four  days.  They  state,  in  closing : 

‘ ‘ Since  necrosis  of  the  liver  from  chloroform  in  animals  coincides  so 
closely  with  a variety  of  conditions  in  man,  namely:  toxemia  of  preg- 
nancy, acute  yellow  atrophy  of  the  liver,  etc.,  the  foregoing-  experiments 
suggest  that  a carbohydrate  diet  may  be  found  to  influence  favorably 
the  course  of  these  diseases,  whereas  fat  may  have  grave  danger/7 

Quite  recently  Lavake9  repeated  the  experiments  of  Opie  and 
Alford  and  advocates  a high  carbohydrate  in  pre-eclamptic  toxemia, 
as  he  considers  that  the  carbohydrates  have  a distinctly  protective 
influence  on  the  liver  cells.  In  line  with  this,  it  is  interesting  to 
note  that  in  a recent  issue  of  the  Journal  of  the  American  Medical 
Association 10  it  is  stated  that  the  incidence  of  eclampsia  has  mark- 
edly decreased  in  Berlin  since  the  war  began,  a 75  per  cent  reduc- 
tion at  the  Charite  and  a 66  per  cent  reduction  at  the  Frauen 
Ivlinik,  the  reduction  being  ascribed  to  the  scarcity  of  meat. 


Eustis — The  Dietetic  Treatment  of  Liver  Diseases. 


63 


Diet. — The  diet  should  consist  essentially  of  an  abundance  of 
carbohydrates,  and,  while  a transient  glycosuria  may  be  produced, 
this  soon  disappears  as  the  liver  cells  regenerate.  This  must  be 
selected  according  to  the  gastric  function  of  the  patient,  and,  if 
vomiting  exists,  glucose  by  drip  proctoclysis  or  by  hypodermoclysis 
must  be  resorted  to.  Where  there  is  little  disturbance  with  gastric 
function  the  following  diet  list  should  be  selected  from,  and  the 
patient  maintained  on  this  diet  as  long  as  a positive  aldehyde  re- 
action is  obtained,  or  as  long  as  there  is  an  intestinal  toxemia. 

DIET  LIST  FOR  PATIENTS  WITH  DEFECTIVE  LIVER  FUNCTION. 

May  Take. 

Soups:  All  clear  soups,  vegetable  broths,  puree  of  corn,  beans,  peas, 

asparagus,  spinach,  celery,  onions,  potatoes  and  tomatoes. 

Eggs:  None. 

Fish:  None. 

Meat,  Game  or  Poultry:  None. 

Farinaceous:  Oatmeal,  rice,  sago,  hominy,  grits,  cracked  wheat,  whole 

wheat  bread  or  biscuits,  corn,  rye  and  Graham  bread,  rolls,  dry  and  but- 
tered toast,  crackers,  muffins,  waffles,  batter  cakes,  wafers,  grape  nuts, 
macaroni,  noodles  and  spaghetti. 

Vegetables:  Potatoes  (sweet  and  Irish),  green  peas,  string  beans, 

beets,  carrots,  celery,  spinach,  artichokes,  alligator  pears,  eggplants, 
lettuce  and  onions.  All  vegetables  except  cabbage,  cauliflower  and 
turnips. 

Desserts:  Rice  and  sago  with  a little  cream  and  sugar,  figs,  raisins, 

nuts  and  syrup,  stewed  fruit,  preserves,  jellies,  jams,  marmalades  and 
gelatin;  prunes,  apples  and  pears,  either  raw  or  cooked. 

Drinks:  Tea  and  coffee  (with  cream,  but  not  milk),  grape  juice, 

orangeade,  lemonade,  limeade  and  Vichy,  cocoa.  An  abundance  of  pure 
water,  cold  or  hot. 

Must  Not  Take. 

Veal,  pork,  goose,  duck;  salted,  dry,  potted  or  preserved  fish  or  meat 
(except  crisp  bacon) ; oysters,  crabs,  salmon,  lobster,  shrimp,  mackerel, 
eggs,  turtle  and  ox-tail  soup,  gumbo,  patties,  mushrooms,  mince  pie, 
cabbage,  cauliflower,  turnips  and  cheese;  alcohol. 

Negative  tests  for  urobilinogen  and  indican  extending  over  a week, 
indicate  that  either  eggs,  fish  or  easily  digestible  meats  may  be  taken 
in  moderation,  in  my  practice  this  being  limited  to  not  oftener  than 
once  a day.  It  will  be  fonnd  that  buttermilk  to  which  lactose  has 
been  added  is  the  best  animal  protein  on  which  to  start,  bnt  I can- 
not too  strongly  urge  a constant  control  of  the  diet  by  frequent 
examinations  of  the  nrine. 

A detailed  record  of  cases  in  which  the  diet  was  observed  to  in- 
fluence the  liver  function  will  simply  prolong  this  paper  unnecessarily 
and  will  be  dispensed  with.  I will  state  again,  in  closing,  however. 


64 


Original  Articles. 


that  careful  observation  of  patients  with  defective  liver  function,  in 
whom  liver  function  has  apparently  regained  its  normal  capacity, 
have  invariably  shown  evidences  of  decreased  hepatic  function  when 
allowed  much  animal  protein,  with  resulting  intestinal  putrefaction 
of  same,  as  evidenced  not  only  by  a return  of  a positive  aldehyde 
test,  but  in  a return  of  headaches,  vertigo,  nausea  and  occasional 
vomiting. 

Summary. 

Experimental  and  clinical  data  indicate  that  in  all  conditions  in 
which  the  liver  is  diseased  a high  carbohydrate  diet  is  indicated. 

In  conjunction  with  the  dietetic  regime,  efforts  should  be 
directed  towards  overcoming  any  tendency  to  the  production  of  in- 
testinal toxemia. 

BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

1.  Fischler.  Deutsch.  Arch.  Klin.  Med.,  1911,  CIV,  p.  300. 

2.  Wells,  H.  G.  Chemical  Pathology,  1918,  3rd  Ed.,  p.  123. 

3.  Herter,  C.  N.  Y.  Med.  Jl.,  1898,  LXVIII,  p.  89. 

4.  Richards  and  Howland.  Jl.  Exp.  Med.,  1909,  II,  p.  344. 

5.  Ewins  and  Laidlaw.  Jl.  of  Physiol.,  XLI,  p.  78. 

6.  Eustis.  Biochem.  Bull.,  March,  1915,  Vol.  IV,  pp.  97-99. 

7.  Whipple  and  Sperry.  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital  Bull.,  1909,  XX,  p.  278. 

8.  Opie  and  Alford.  Jl.  A.  M.  A.,  1914,  LXII,  p.  895. 

9.  Lavake.  Am.  Jl.  Obst.,  1916,  LXXIV,  p.  401. 

10.  Editorial,  Jl.  A.  M.  A.,  1917,  LXVIII,  p.  732. 

Discussion  on  the  Paper  of  Dr.  Eustis.  • 

Dr.  J.  E.  Knighton,  Shreveport:  I think  Dr.  Eustis’  paper  serves  to 

emphasize  what  our  chairman  said  at  the  opening  of  this  section  this 
morning,  namely:  the  importance  of  paying  more  attention  to  and  having 
a better  knowledge  of  internal  medicine.  As  a matter  of  fact,  I think 
we  all  recognize  the  situation  that  the  majority  of  the  profession  do  not 
give  that  attention  to  internal  medicine  that  they  should.  A young  man 
comes  out  of  school  with  a diploma  and  looks  forward  to  the  time  when 
he  can  do  major  surgical  operation.  The  spectacular  side  of  medicine 
appeals  to  him  more  than  tedious,  painstaking  scientific  work  that  is 
brought  out  and  developed  by  internal  medicine. 

I think  the  Society  is  indebted  to  Dr.  Eustis  for  bringing  this  phase 
of  internal  medicine  to  our  attention  this  morning.  We  do  not  give  the 
attention  to  internal  medicine  that  we  should,  and  especially  we  do  not 
give  attention  to  dietetics  as  we  should.  We  should  recognize  the  fact 
that  dietetics  is  one  of  the  most  important  parts  of  therapeutics  with 
reference  to  any  of  the  diseases.  We  should  ever  keep  this  in  mind. 

I can  add  nothing  of  value  to  what  the  doctor  has  said  in  his  paper. 
I simply  want  to  emphasize  the  importance  of  the  medical  profession 
paying  more  attention  to  internal  medicine,  and  especially  to  dietetics. 

There  is  one  point  he  brought  out  that  I want  to  emphasize,  and  it  is 
a point  that  has  been  pointed  out  for  some  years  past — thati  in  gall- 
bladder diseases  we  have  an  associated  cholangitis,  and  especially  after 
operation,  and  in  these  cases,  surgical  as  they  are,  very  little  attention 
is  paid  to  the  dietetic  management  of  them  afterwards.  Dr.  Eustis  him- 


Discussion. 


65 


self,  as  I remember,  called  attention  to  this  point  before  the  Surgical 
Section  of  the  Southern  Medical  Association  at  Memphis  last  fall.  He 
did  not  mention  it  in  his  paper,  but  I would  emphasize  it,  and  I hope  he 
will  mention  it  in  closing  the  discussion.  Every  case  of  gall-bladder 
operation  should  have  special  attention  with  reference  to  dietetic  manage- 
ment after  operation.  If  these  cases  do  not  receive  such  attention  after 
operation,  your  results  will  not  be  what  you  think  they  should  be. 

Again,  I wish  to  thank  Dr.  Eustis  for  bringing  this  subject  so  forcibly 
to  our  attention  this  morning. 

Dr.  R-.  B.  Wallace,  Alexandria:  Dr.  Eustis  has  brought  a very  im- 

portant subject  before  us,  and  it  should  be  of  interest  to  all  of  us  who 
are  engaged  in  medical  and  surgical  work.  He  goes  into  the  subject  much 
more  broadly  and  minutely  than  we  can  appreciate,  but  what  he  has  said 
sets  us  thinking.  That  is  one  of  the  great  advantages  of  coming  to  these 
meetings.  It  gives  us  the  opportunity  to  be  free  in  the  expression  of  our 
opinions  and  to  derive  knowledge  from  others. 

I would  like  to  ask  Dr.  Eustis  how  he  makes  that  particular  test  and 
whether  it  is  to  be  brought  out  in  connection  with  the  publication  of  his 
paper? 

Dr.  F.  W.  Parham,  New  Orleans:  I did  not  expect  to  be  called  upon 

to  participate  in  this  discussion.  I devote  myself  almost  entirely  to 
surgical  work,  and  have  been  frequently  associated  with  Dr.  Eustis  and 
have  derived  helpful  assistance  from  his  suggestions  along  the  line  he 
has  brought  out  to-day.  I believe  that  we,  as  surgeons,  neglect  too  much 
the  assistance  of  the  internist.  I often  feel  like  saying  this — that  the 
surgeon  works  with  his  hands,  while  the  internist  works  with  his  head, 
although  the  surgeon  shows  the  internist  something  by  making  a hole,  and 
sometimes  correcting  his  diagnosis.  That  leads  me  to  say  that  we  ought 
to  have  cooperation  between  the  surgeon  and  internist  in  our  most  im- 
portant surgical  work.  Frequently  the  surgeon  is  misled  by  the  failure 
to  consider  the  medical  treatment  of  his  cases  particularly,  and  there  is 
where  the  sensible,  common-sense  internist,  one  who  is  scientific  in  his 
attainments,  will  give  greater  assistance  to  the  surgeon. 

In  connection  with  gall-bladder  trouble,  our  cases  do  not  always  im- 
prove as  we  think  they  should.  We  have  done  a satisfactory  operation, 
according  to  the  rules  of  our  art,  and  yet  the  patient  does  not  continue 
to  improve  as  we  think,  following  our  general  experience,  such  a patient 
should  improve.  There  is  an  instance  where  the  internist  frequently  will 
help  to  turn  the  scales  in  the  right  direction. 

I believe  Dr.  Eustis  has  worked  out  a very  important  line  of  sugges- 
tions by  these  methods  of  examination  to  which  he  subjects  such  patients. 
After  a gall-bladder  operation  it  is  important  to  follow  some  sort  of 
dietary.  Not  all  people  are  able  to  take  eggs  as  soon  as  the  stomach  is, 
ready  for  them.  I have  seen  people  poisoned  by  eggs  after  operation.  I 
have  seen  considerable  trouble  caused  by  the  use  of  eggs  frequently.  I 
remember  one  patient  who  had  a most  intense  intractable  nausea,  and 
I was  unable  to  do  anything  for  that  case  until  I stopped  eggs.  They 
were  hunting  the  country  for  fresh  eggs  to  give  to  this  patient.  As  soon 
as  we  stopped  the  eggs  the  patient  did  better,  and  finally  got  well.  I 
have  made  it  a rule,  after  all  operative  procedures,  not  to  give  proteins 
or  fatty  foods,  but  to  rely  chiefly  upon  starches,  and  I have  been  in- 
fluenced by  Dr.  Eustis  in  following  this  plan,  after  a serious  operation, 
until  all  nausea  has  completely  disappeared  and  the  patient  seems  to  be 
incapable  of  retaining  anything.  I never  depart  from  the  rule  of  being 
careful  about  the  condition  of  such  articles  of  diet  as  Dr.  Eustis  has 


66  Original  Articles. 

pointed  out  that  may  give  rise  to  undesirable  changes  and  turn  the  scales 
in  the  wrong  way. 

Dr.  Joseph  J.  Frater,  Shreveport:  It  seems  to  me  some  of  the  things 

brought  out  in  this  paper  we  have  all  more  or  less  realized.  Medicine, 
with  some  of  us  who  are  here,  is  divided  into  surgeons  and  general  prac- 
titioners, and  a whole  lot  of  us  are  simple  general  practitioners.  Some 
of  the  surgeons  who  operate  frequently  and  are  so  well  versed  in  internal 
medicine  are  just  general  practitioners.  I would  like  to  ask  Dr.  Eustis 
if  he  can  suggest  some  good  work  on  dietetics  that  will  help  us  surgeons 
and  general  practitioners?  We  need  to  study  more  thoroughly  some  of 
these  problems.  Some  of  us  have  good  men  to  refer  to,  like  Dr.  Eustis 
and  Dr.  Knighton,  who  are  ever  ready  and  willing  to  help  us  out  of  any 
trouble.  If  we  had  more  knowledge  of  these  cases  and  of  this  subject 
we  might  save  our  patients  and  ourselves  some  anxious  rest.  When  we 
try  to  put  our  patients  on  a restricted  diet — that  is,  leaving  off  meats — 
they  complain.  They  do  not  like  it,  and  yet  we  know,  from  many  tests 
that  have  been  made,  that  some  men  have  been  rendered  physically  very 
capable  by  following  a strictly  vegetable  diet.  Many  of  you  doubtless 
recall  the  tests  that  were  made  at  Battle  Creek,  Mich.  As  you  recall,  they 
took  a number  of  college  boys  and  fed  them  on  strong  meats  where  they 
were  engaged  in  athletics.  They  also  took  another  bunch  from  Battle 
Creek  and  fed  them  on  a strictly  vegetable  diet;  and  you  remember  that 
the  men  who  won  out  in  these  tests  were  those  who  were  put  on  a strictly 
vegetable  diet  and  not  the  strong-meat  men. 

Dr.  John  M.  Barrier,  Delhi:  I cannot  add  to  this  discussion  from  a 

scientific  standpoint,  but  I was  reminded  of  what  the  last  gentleman  said 
in  reference  to  the  general  practitioner.  I find  that  the  question  of 
dietetics  has  been  very  helpful  to  me  in  my  practice.  When  I have  been 
unable  to  make  a diagnosis  of  any  particular  trouble  with  the  stomach, 
liver  or  what  not,  I have  usually  prescribed  a mild  placebo  and  put  the 
patient  on  a restricted  diet,  lessening  the  amount  and  cutting  out  the 
strong  meats,  and  so  on. 

Dr.  J.  L.  Adams,  Monroe:  I am  sure  that  we  are  all  of  one  accord  in 

appreciating  the  value  of  Dr.  Eustis’  paper,  and  I can  assure  him  that 
he  has  our  support  from  beginning  to  end.  It  is  a very  important  subject, 
that  is  passed  up  usually  by  physicians  and  largely  passed  up  by  the  text- 
books. 

The  average  physician,  in  prescribing  a diet,  tells  the  mother  to  keep 
the  patient  on  a soft  diet,  and  the  mother  or  the  attendant  is  made  re- 
sponsible for  what  constitutes  a soft  diet.  It  is  like  our  judgment — it 
depends  where  we  are  as  to  what  a soft  diet  is. 

I would  like  to  emphasize  the  point  brought  out  relative  to  having 
cooperation  of  the  internist  in  surgical  work.  I do  a little  surgery 
myself,  and  I see  a little  surgery  done  by  others  in  New  Orleans  and 
elsewhere,  and  I never  attempt  to  do  an  operation  without  feeling  thaf 
I need  the  hearty  cooperation  of  an  experienced  internist.  It  does  not 
make  much  difference  about  the  magnitude  of  the  operation,  you  need 
some  man  to  steer  you  safely  on  the  internal  side  of  the  proposition.  You 
can  get  into  serious  trouble  unless  the  internal  side  of  the  case  is  well 
cared  for.  That  brings  out,  as  Dr.  Knighton  said  a while  ago,  renewed 
insistence  on  the  fact  that  we  should  encourage  internal  medicine  more. 
Usually  those  fellows  in  the  medical  centers  do  the  operative  work  and 
we  general  practitioners  are  simply  shipping  clerks.  We  send  the  cases 
to  the  medical  centers  to  be  operated  on,  and  the  surgeons  fail  to  give 
us  value  received  for  our  shipments.  We  send  them  our  cases  and  they 


Discussion. 


67 


should  help  us  in  part  by  encouraging  and  assisting  us  to  study  our  cases 
more  carefully  and  closely  and  help  them  make  a diagnosis.  The  surgeon 
is  put  to  his  wit’s  end,  for  the  reason  that  he  has  not  the  time  or  oppor- 
tunity to  study  the  case  as  carefully  as  he  should  do,  and  the  practitioner 
who  has  brought  the  case  to  him  for  some  reason  or  other  has  not  given 
the  patient  the  proper  amount  of  attention  and  study,  so  that  both  the 
surgeon  and  practitioner  are  in  the  dark. 

Dr.  Allan  A.  Eustis,  New  Orleans  (closing) : I wish  to  thank  the  sev- 

eral speakers  for  the  very  kind  reception  of  my  paper.  It  is  a subject  I 
have  been  much  interested  in  for  a good  many  years,  and  it  is  a great 
relief  to  get  up  before  this  Society  now  and  not  find  a dozen  or  four  dozen 
broad  grins  on  the  faces  of  the  men.  I believe  that  there  is  a lot  in  this, 
and  I have  attempted  in  some  individual  work  that  I have  done  on  this 
question  to  set  it  on  a sound,  scientific  basis. 

Regarding  the  post-operative  treatment  of  gall-bladder  disease,  I 
would  like  to  mention,  in  passing,  that  phase  of  the  subject,  because  I 
called  attention  to  the  relationship  that  is  always  associated.  I say  that 
because  I have  followed  numerous  cases  in  which  you  will  find  positive 
aldehyde  appearing  after  operation  on  the  gall-bladder,  which  will  not 
obtain  in  an  operation  on  other  parts  of  the  body,  so  that  it  cannot  be 
the  effect  of  the  anesthetic. 

Regarding  the  aldehyde  test  which  I use  in  this  work,  and  which  has 
not  met  with  universal  use  in  this  country,  I will  say  that  an  article  re- 
cently appeared  in  the  American  Journal  of  the  Medical  Sciences,  in 
which  the  author  stated  that  the  purol  derivative  would  give  a positive 
aldehyde  test.  The  only  purol  derivative  is  urobilinogen,  and  if  you  do 
get  the  purol  derivative  it  will  not  get  in  there  unless  the  liver  cells  are 
defective.  While  I do  not  like  to  quote  from  our  enemies,  we  have  a lot 
to  learn  from  Germany  and  Austria.  I have  been  using  this  test  for  the 
past  eight  years.  Of  the  last  lot,  I bought  four  ounces,  realizing  it  is 
a German  product  which  would  enhance  in  vglue.  I paid  $9.30  an  ounce 
for  that  salt,  and  unless  I was  getting  results  .1  would  not  be  so  idiotic 
as  to  pay  that  amount  for  it.  This  salt  is  selling  to-day  for  $20  an  ounce. 


It  does  not  take  a great  deal. 

The  formula  for  Ehrlich’s  aldehyde  reagent  is: 

Paradimethylamidobenz-aldehyde 2 grams 

Hydrochloric  acid  (chemically  pure) 20  c.  c. 

Wfiter 80  c.  c. 


Two  grams  of  it,  or  one  gram,  is  enough  for  three  or  four  hundred 
determinations;  so  that  it  does  not  take  a great  deal.  You  can  buy  a 
certain  amount  wholesale  in  dram  vials.  You  do  not  have  to  invest  $20 
in  it.  The  test  is  made  by  simply  adding  two  or  three  drops  of  this  re- 
agent to  a small  amount  of  urine  in  a test  tube,  and,  in  the  presence  of 
urobilinogen,  a bright  cherry-red  color  is  obtained.  I believe  it  will  be 
generally  adopted  in  this  country  now,  because  I noticed  in  a recent 
article  in  the  American  Journal  of  the  Medical  Sciences  that  it  is 
being  used  as  a uniform  procedure  in  the  Mayo  Clinic,  and  it  will  be 
obtained  in  this  country  on  a cheaper  basis. 

I wish  to  thank  Dr.  Parham  for  his  kind  remarks  and  to  bring  forward 
the  importance  of  cooperation  between  the  surgeon  and  internist,  not 
that  I am  trying  to  increase  my  practice,  but  from  the  patient’s  stand- 
point, because  I have  had  more  than  one  disagreeable  experience  with 
surgeons  who  have  operated  on  cases  that  I have  referred  to  them.  They 
are  not  all  so  broad-minded  as  Dr.  Parham.  I recall  one  patient  in  whom 


68 


Original  Ai'ticles. 


I was  very  much  interested,  a relative  of  mine,  who  had  a laparotomy 
performed  for  an  extensive  pelvic  condition,  with  appendectomy.  She 
was  vomiting  for  three  or  four  days.  I found  that  the  nurse  was  giving 
soft-boiled  eggs.  I told  her  to  stop  it.  The  surgeon  came  along  and  dis- 
agreed with  me.  I went  back  the  next  day  and  found  that  the  patient 
was  still  gettings  eggs.  I told  the  surgeon  that  I would  not  give  the 
patient  eggs,  as  her  urine  was  loaded  with  indican,  and  the  surgeon  said 
to  me,  "You  are  a damn  crank  on  indican. ” Here  was  an  instance  where 
the  surgeon  overstepped  the  bounds.  Some  surgeons  do  not  hesitate  to 
cooperate  with  the  internist  in  these  cases,  while  others  do  not. 

I cannot  stress  too  much  the  importance  of  the  surgeon  cooperating 
with  the  internist  as  regards  post-operative  treatment.  I have  seen 
patients  poisoned  by  improper  dietetic  measures,  and  I cannot  urge  too 
strongly  the  importance  of  dieting  after  post-operative  procedures  and 
more  especially  after  gall-bladder  cases. 

In  reply  to  Dr.  Frater,  I dislike  to  say  it,  but  there  is  not  any  good 
book  on  dietetics,  for  the  simple  reason  that  every  book  on  the  market 
has  been  written  by  a physiological  chemist,  or  a laboratory  man  without 
clinical  experience,  or  these  books  have  been  written  by  a clinician,  a 
gastroenterologist,  with  a limited  knowledge  of  physiological  chemistry. 
In  most  of  the  books  on  the  market,  if  you  read  the  chapters  on  the 
dietetics  of  liver  diseases  you  will  find  that  they  say  that  the  liver  should 
be  conserved  and  carbohydrates  should  be  restricted  as  much  as  possible 
and  an  abundance  of  fats  given,  absolutely  contraindicated.  The  best 
book  I have  seen  is  one  by  Tibbies  on  1 1 Diet  in  Health  and  Disease.  ’ ’ 

There  is  another  good  book,  written  by  Smith,  of  Boston.  It  is  read- 
able, but  I do  not  coincide  with  all  that  he  says.  However,  he  gives  some 
good  points,  and  the  title  of  this  book  is  “What  to  Eat,  and  Why. ” 

I believe  and  feel  that  we  will  get  better  results  if  there  is  greater 
cooperation  between  the  surgeon  and  internist,  because  there  is  no  doubt, 
in  my  experience,  that  90  per  cent  of  the  cases  that  we  see  are  suffering 
from  overindulgence  in  proteins  and  from  subsequent  protein  poisoning. 

Dr.  Leckert:  I would  like  to  say  that  Dr.  Eustis  is  altogether  too 

modest  to  say  that  he  has  written  a book  himself  on  dietetics,  but  he  has 
done  so,  and  I would  like  to  ask  him  when  that  book  is  going  to  be  pub- 
lished? 

Dr.  Eustis:  If  any  of  you  have  attempted  to  write  a book  in  the 

midst  of  an  actual  busy  practice  you  realize  how  difficult  it  is.  The 
manuscript  is  ready  for  publication,  but  every  time  I thought  of  sending 
it  to  the  publisher  something  new  came  out  and  I delayed  it.  The  prin- 
cipal reason  for  the  delay  of  two  years  is  on  account  of  the  recent  work 
of  Allen  on  the  treatment  of  diabetes,  to  which  I do  not  wholly  sub- 
scribe, and  I have  been  waiting  for  a sufficient  number  of  cases  to  bolster 
up  my  side  and  to  give  some  reasons  for  advocating  that  generally  ac- 
cepted method. 


Samuel — Radium  Treatment  of  Fibroid  of  the  Uterus . 69 

RADIUM  TREATMENT  OF  FIBROID  OF  THE  UTERUS.* 

By  ERNEST  CHARLES  SAMUEL,  M.  D., 

Radium  Institute,  Touro  Infirmary,  New  Orleans,  La. 

Dr.  Robert  Abbe  made  the  statement  some  few  years  ago  that  he 
had  successfully  treated  with  radium  a large  fibroid  of  the  uterus. 
His  statement  was  received  with  a great  deal  of  skepticism  by  a 
large  majority  of  the  medical  profession,  but  as  time  has  gone  on 
and  radium  therapy  has  been  placed  on  a more  rational  basis  we 
must  realize  that  we  have  a very  potent  instrument  in  the  posses- 
sion of  the  radium  salts. 

When  Dr.  Abbe  started  his  work  the  only  place  where  radium  was 
obtainable  was  from  the  Curie  Laboratory,  of  Paris.  There  was  no 
standard  of  measurement,  such  as  the  Curie  unit,  which  we  accept 
to-day;  no  definite  screening  measures  provided.  The  physics  of 
radium  at  that  time  were  very  well  understood,  but  the  physiology 
was  an  unknown  quantity,  and  it  is  such  men  as  Beequerell  we  must 
thank  for  blazing  the  way  to  a more  rational  therapy  than  was  first 
instituted.  Radium,  like  the  X-ray,  before  it  was  well  understood, 
produced  some  very  mean  burns,  and,  of  course,  was  condemned, 
only  because  there  was  insufficient  evidence  as  to  what  we  were  able 
to  accomplish  with  the  radio  salts. 

A great  deal  of  discussion  has  been  raised  in  this  country  and 
abroad  as  to  how  much  radium  (or  what  is  the  smallest  amount  of 
radium)  we  should  use  in  these  conditions.  The  concensus  of 
opinion  among  the  radium  workers  at  the  present  is  that  fifty  milli- 
grams of  the  element  should  be  the  minimum  amount  of  salts  that 
should  be  used.  The  average  fibroid  generally  requires  at  least  fifty 
milligrams  inserted  in  the  uterus  to  have  the  desired  effect,  and  re- 
peated by  the  method  that  will  be  described  later. 

I would  first  take  up  the  indications  for  radiation  of  the  non- 
malignant  tumors  of  the  uterus.  These  are  found  in  cases  where 
the  hemoglobin  is  under  50  per  cent  on  the  Talquest  scale,  due,  as 
you  know,  to  the  terrible  bleeding  that  usually  accompanies  these 
cases,  and  where  operative  interference  cannot  even  be  considered. 
For  patients  with  cardiac  or  renal  complications,  or  where  the  blood 
pressure  of  patients  is  over  200  millimeters  of  mercury,  or  for 
patients  not  willing  to  submit  to  any  operative  interference  whatso- 
ever, or  in  cases  where  you  wish  to  preserve  the  pelvic  organs,  and 

* Read  at  the  39th  Annual  Meeting,  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society,  New  Orleans, 
April  16,  17,  18,  1918. 


70  Original  Articles. 

where  a myomectomy  is  not  indicated,  treatment  with  radium  is  the 
best  possible  method. 

I am  still  of  the  opinion  that  purely  uncomplicated  cases  of 
fibroid,  where  a woman  has  passed  the  child-bearing  period,  surgery 
is  still  the  best  procedure,  but  in  my  last  statement  I wish  more 
than  ever  to  emphasize  the  fact  that  the  treatment  can  be  carried 
just  so  far,  and  not  produce  a menopause,  and  the  woman  still  re- 
tains her  function  that  she  was  intended  for — that  is,  to  produce 
children,  which  we  all  know  is  the  desire  of  most  of  these  patients 
suffering  from  this  pathological  condition. 

Patients  showing  the  counter-indications  for  radiation,  as  I have 
said  before,  the  uncomplicated  cases  after  having  passed  beyond 
thirty-five  or  forty  years  of  age,  should  be  operated  upon.  All 
sloughing  fibroids,  pedunculated  tumors,  cases  where  there  is  sus- 
picion of  malignancy,  are  in  this  class.  I wish  to  emphasize  my 
last  statement,  as  I believe  that  the  tumor  that  is  left  alone,  such 
as  the  usual  fibroid,  does  not  undergo  malignant  changes.  It  is 
either  malignant  from  the  beginning  or  is  benign.  In  cases  with 
serious  pelvic  complications,  such  as  a great  amount  of  adhesions 
or  with  large  pus  tubes,  a preliminary  curetment  for  diagnosis  is 
always  advisable. 

I would  like  to  say  a few  words  about  technic.  In  the  intra- 
uterine applications  of  radium  we  have  to  observe  the  same  strict 
rules  of  asepsis  that  we  do  in  any  vaginal  operative  interference,  as 
the  tubes  that  contain  the  radium  come  in  contact  with  the  endo- 
metrium, and,  as  we  know,  no  infectious  material  should  be  carried 
in.  Patients  should  be  given  a light  cathartic  the  night  before,  and 
report  for  treatment  early  in  the  morning.  An  enema,  followed  by 
a lysol  douche,  is  given.  If  the  patient  is  nervous,  a hypodermic  of 
one-quarter  grain  of  morphia  is  given;  this  usually  controls  pain 
and  nervousness  after  the  tube  has  been  inserted.  The  celluloid 
tube  which  contains  your  radium  dosages  is  sealed  with  paraffin 
and  put  in  40  per  cent  formalin  for  at  least  twenty  minutes  before 
it  is  used.  A string  attached  to  the  tube  by  an  eye,  after  the  tube 
is  inserted  into  the  uterus,  acts  as  an  anchor,  which  is  attached  to 
the  skin  by  a small  strip  of  adhesive,  also  facilitating  the  with- 
drawal when  the  treatment  is  finished.  It  generally  requires  some 
little  dilatation,  which  is  easily  accomplished  with  the  Hagar  gradu- 
ated dilator,  producing  very  little  discomfort  to  the  patient.  Some 
patients  complain  most  pitifully,  and  others  do  not,  and  in  over  one 
thousand  applications  given  we  have  only  required  an  anesthetic 


Samuel — Radium  Treatment  of  Fibroid  of  the  Uterus.  71 

twice.  The  vagina  is  next  packed  with  sterile  gauze,  to  prevent  the 
expelling  of  the  tube  if  the  patient  is  put  to  bed  and  not  allowed 
to  get  up,  and  must  use  the  bed-pan.  Some  patients  complain  a 
great  deal  of  nausea,  and  others  do  not,  so  that  you  can  never  say 
exactly  what  is  going  to  take  place. 

The  usual  exposure  should  last  for  twelve  hours,  using  50  milli- 
grams 6f  the  element,  which  gives  600  milligram  hours  as  a dose. 
The  patient  is  requested  to  return  in  seven  days  for  another  ex- 
posure. This  is  repeated  for  three  successive  weeks,  when  a 
menstrual  period  is  allowed  to  come  in  before  resuming  the  treat- 
ment, and  if  the  first  treatment  is  given  early  after  the  last 
menstrual  period,  and  the  patient  is  over  thirty-five  years  of  age, 
we  sometimes  do  not  find  a recurrence  of  the  flow,  and,  if  it  does 
appear,  it  is  usually  diminished  in  amount. 

After  thorough  examination  by  the  referring  physician  the  patient 
is  allowed  to  rest  for  three  or  four  weeks,  and  at  the  end  of  this 
time  is  examined  again,  when  considerable  reduction  in  the  size  of 
the  tumor  is  generally  noticed.  Another  series  of  treatments  is 
given,  of  shorter  duration — from  six  to  eight  hours — and  at  the 
end  of  this  time  usually  suffices.  It  takes  from  six  to  seven  months 
for  the  tumor  to  entirely  disappear,  in  some  cases  even  longer,  and  in 
some  instances  menstruation  has  been  stopped,  with  no  appreciable 
effect  on  the  tumor,  but  it  does  not  seem  to  worry  the  patient  very 
much. 

Some  patients  complain,  after  radiation,  of  a thin,  watery  dis- 
charge. This  is  due  to  the  action  of  the  radium  on  the  glands  of 
the  cervix  and  endometrium.  This  disagreeable  symptom  rapidly 
passes  off,  especially  if  the  patient  takes  the  saline  douches  that  are 
prescribed  twice  daily,  as  warm  as  she  can  stand  it.  We  have  not 
observed  any  other  unpleasant  symptoms  in  the  large  number  of 
cases  that  have  been  treated  up  to  The  present  time. 

Radium  is  preferable  to  the  X-ray,  for  the  reason  that  radium 
destroys  the  endometrium,  and  the  Roentgen  ray  causes  cessation  of 
the  ovarian  activity,  and  the  symptoms  of  the  change  of  life  are, 
therefore,  very  mild  after  radium  treatment,  whereas  they  are  very 
much  more  pronounced  after  the  Roentgen  treatment,  due,  as  you 
know,  to  its  action  on  the  ovary.  Another  reason:  the  Roentgen 
ray  requires  more  of  the  patients’  time,  for  the  reason  that  they  have 
to  come  to  the  radiologist  for  repeated  radiation,  this  not  being  the 
case  with  radium ; it  only  requires  the  desired  number  of  hours,  as 
mentioned  previously. 


72 


Original  Articles. 


The  time  has  been  too  short  since  radium  has  been  more  gener- 
ally used  for  these  conditions  to  draw  any  absolute  conclusions.  If 
we  can  observe  these  patients  at  the  end  of  from  seven  to  ten  years 
and  still  find  them  free  of  a tumor  and  no  return  of  the  hemorrhage 
we  could  say  that  we  have  accomplished  a great  deal  and  have  not 
subjected  the  patient  to  the  dangers  of  operative  interference. 

The  tables  of  a summary  of  onr  work  up  to  the  present  time  will 
be  attached  to  this  paper  and  will  he  for  your  consideration. 

Discussion  on  the  Paper  of  Dr.  Samuel. 

Dr.  W.  D.  Phillips,  New  Orleans:  I came  in  a little  late  and  did  not 
hear  all  of  Dr.  Samuel’s  paper,  but  I agree  with  him  in  reference  to  the 
use  of  radium  in  gynecological  cases.  In  one  type  of  case  particularly — 
that  is,  the  hyperplastic  endometritis  cases — radium  works  wonderfully 
in  some  of  them.  I am  sure  we  have  all  had  an  opportunity  of  curetting 
such  cases  two  or  three  times  without  any  results.  The  bleeding  would 
let  up  for  a while,  and  then  recur.  I have  used  radium  in  such  cases  and 
have  obtained  excellent  results  with  one  dose,  but  in  a few  cases  I have 
had  we  used  one  dose,  extending  over  twenty-four  hours,  and  it  stopped 
bleeding  entirely.  I had  a case  recently  in  which  I used  it  in  a recurrent 
malignancy  in  the  vault  of  the  vagina.  The  woman  had  been  operated 
on  some  time  before,  and  the  condition  recurred.  This  patient  came  in 
because  of  foul-smelling  discharge  and  also  bleeding.  For  a little  while 
we  could  control  the  hemorrhage,  but  there  was  practically  nothing  to 
do  for  her  except  to  give  two  doses,  twelve  hours  apart,  of  radium  and 
have  her  come  to  the  office  every  day.  It  is  given  at  intervals  of  three 
or  four  days,  and  the  foul-smelling  discharge  has  stopped,  and  the  bleed 
ing  surface  has  practically  disappeared.  Of  course,  I do  not  think  we 
can  say  that  case  is  absolutely  cured,  but  by  repeating  the  doses  of 
radium  we  may  be  able  to  tide  the  woman  over  for  several  months  with 
a comfortable  existence. 

As  to  the  treatment  of  cases  of  large  fibroid,  I had  a case  recently 
that  I was  ready  to  operate  on,  but  some  one  suggested  the  use  of  radium. 
The  patient  consulted  another  physician.  He  agreed  to  the  use  of  radium 
if  I would  permit  it.  In  large  fibroid  tumor  cases  I have  been  afraid  of 
radium,  particularly  large  fibroids  of  long  standing,  because  of  the  danger 
of  changes  taking  place.  We  have  seen  fibroids  that  have  existed  for  a 
long  time  and  then  have  operated  on  them.  In  some  cases  we  have  done 
supravaginal  amputation,  and  there  has  been  a recurrence  of  the  disease 
in  the  stump.  We  know  that  in  large  fibroid  cases  these  changes  take 
place,  and  I hesitated  in  this  particular  case  because  the  fibroid  had 
existed  for  quite  a while.  I gave  in,  and  was  surprised,  after  one  dose  of 
radium,  to  see  the  change  that  had  taken  place  in  the  tumor  of  the  sub- 
serous  type  pressing  on  the  anterior  wall  of  the  vagina  and  bladder. 
After  one  dose  of  radium,  extending  over  twenty-four  hours,  that  tumor 
had  practically  disappeared.  The  patient  has  had  a second  dose,  and  I 
have  not  seen,  thus  far,  the  effects  of  the  second  dose. 

Dr.  Samuel  mentioned  leucorrheal  discharge.  I have  observed  that 
in  the  few  cases  I have  had,  and  as  my  experience  has  been  limited  in 
radium  I do  not  want  to  be  too  optimistic;  nevertheless  I have  been  very 


Discussion. 


73 


well  pleased  in  the  hyperplastic  form  of  endometritis  with  its  use.  We 
have  all  curetted  such  cases,  and,  as  I have  previously  remarked,  they 
have  done  well  for  a while,  and  then  the  bleeding  would  recur.  The  use 
of  radium  is  particularly  indicated  in  this  class  of  cases.  Without  it  there 
is  nothing  else  but  to  sacrifice  the  uterus,  and  in  a young  woman  we 
hesitate  to  do  that.  I do  believe  that  we  have  a golden  era  ahead  of  us 
in  the  use  of  radium. 

Dr.  E.  Denegre  Martin,  New  Orleans:  I would  like  to  ask  Dr.  Samuel 

as  to  the  indications  for  radium  in  carcinoma  of  the  cervix.  I think  we 
have  a most  valuable  aid  in  the  use  of  radium  in  these  inoperable  cases. 
T recall  the  case  of  a woman  who  had  a cauliflower  growth  appearing  at 
the  vagina.  When  she  was  discharged  I had  no  idea  there  was  anything 
that  would  benefit  her.  This  was  about  eighteen  months  ago.  Radium 
was  used  in  her  case,  and  since  then  there  has  been  absolutely  no  sign  of 
trouble.  The  growth  has  disappeared.  She  has  no  pain  and  is  able  to 
perform  the  duties  of  a housekeeper.  She  may  have  a recurrence. 

Dr.  E.  C.  Samuel,  New  Orleans  (closing):  I purposely  did  not  touch 

on  the  subject  of  malignancy,  but  I must  agree  with  Dr.  Phillips  in  every- 
thing he  has  said  in  so  far  as  the  radium  treatment  of  malignancy  is 
concerned.  In  one  statement,  where  he  brings  up  the  question  of  the 
tumor  undergoing  carcinomatous  degeneration,  it  was  one  of  the  things 
I called  especial  attention  to.  There  is  no  absolute  evidence  that  we 
have  at  hand  to-day  wherein  a tumor  that  is  not  malignant  at  the  start 
becomes  malignant  later  on.  When  it  does  become  malignant  later  you 
can  say  that  there  have  been  cells  that  have  been  existing  from  the  time 
the  tumor  just  started.  That  is  the  opinion  of  some  pathologists,  and  it 
is  still  a debatable  question. 

If  the  president  will  permit,  I will  try  to  answer  Dr.  Martin  with 
reference  to  the  question  of  malignancy  and  radium.  We  have,  up  to 
date,  over  700  exposures  that  we  have  given  for  malignant  disease  of  the 
cervix,  the  vaginal  vault  and  the  pelvic  organs.  There  is  no  question  in 
the  world  but  that  radium  offers  the  greatest  possible  advantage  in 
malignancy  of  the  female  genital  organs,  especially  the  uterus,  that  we 
have  at  our  command  to-day.  Of  course,  as  radiologists  and  radium 
therapeutists  we  do  not  say  that  radium  or  anything  else  is  to  supersede 
surgery.  Surgery  comes  first.  In  early  cases  of  malignancy  of  the  uterus 
within  the  operable  stage  they  should  be  treated  with  radium.  It  is  a 
surgical  condition  from  the  time  it  is  first  found,  if  it  has  not  passed 
beyond  the  stage  of  operative  intervention.  In  cases  thaf;  come  to  you 
far  advanced,  with  a large  crater,  with  a foul  discharge,  anemic,  and 
practically  ready  for  your  signature  on  the  death  certificate,  radium  offers 
the  most  wonderful  hope  that  you  have  to  give  these  patients  to-day.  We 
have  some  eases  that  have  gone  on  for  nearly  three  years  that  are  re- 
markably well,  but  how  long  they  will  continue  I do  not  know.  In  the 
majority  of  cases,  we  have  seen  them  go  along  for  fifteen  to  eighteen 
months  or  two  years  without  evidences  of  recurrence,  but  the  majority 
of  them  show  some  evidence  later  on,  say  at  the  end  of  two  years  or  at 
the  end  of  two  and  a half  years.  If  you  have  recurrence  after  radium 
therapy,  there  is  nothing  in  the  world  that  will  stop  it.  Radium  is  of 
no  value  in  such  cases.  It  is  like  putting  a match  to  gasoline — these 
patients  go  right  straight  on  and  go  down.  What  the  explanation  of  this 
is  nobody  knows.  These  patients  come  to  you,  and  when  you  place  75  to 
100  milligrams  of  radium,  with  proper  screening  to  prevent  any  effect  on 
the  neighboring  organ,  the  patient  will  tell  you  that  the  discharge  has 


74 


Original  Articles. 


stopped,  there  is  no  more  odor  and  she  feels  that  she  is  well.  When  you 
examine  her  you  see  the  typical  appearance  on  the  cervix  of  the  radium 
application,  namely:  a thin,  whitish  film,  which  you  find  in  these  cases, 
and  oftentimes  physicians  think  they  are  sloughs.  They  are  not  sloughs; 
it  is  the  effect  of  the  radium  on  the  crater-like  substance,  and  they  go  on, 
and  after  you  have  finished  your  series  of  treatments,  which  last  gener- 
ally from  two  to  three  months,  they  are  allowed  to  rest  for  six  months, 
when  they  return  for  re-examination.  The  effect  is  almost  phenomenal 
from  radium  in  the  majority  of  cases.  There  may  be  no  evidence  of  the 
disease  left,  but  they  go  like  that  for  eighteen  months  or  two  years,  and 
in  the  majority  of  cases  there  is  recurrence  taking  place  in  the  vaginal 
vault  or  deep  in  the  pelvic  structures.  If  there  has  been  a pan-hyster- 
ectomy done  it  is  practically  useless  to  treat  them  with  radium,  because 
it  does  not  do  them  any  good.  Th6  majority  of  them  die  from  urinary 
complications  due  to  the  growth  encroaching  on  the  ureters  and  gradually 
occluding  them,  ana  urinary  sepsis  is  generally  the  cause  of  death. 


A SIMPLE  SURGICAL  AFTER-TREATMENT.* 


By  E.  L.  SANDERSON’,  M.  D.,  Shreveport,  La. 

A large  part  of  the  literature  on  surgical  after-treatment  deals 
with  details  suited  to  special  cases.  I wish  to  draw  some  general 
conclusions  applicable  to  all  cases,  and  suggest  a few  simple  pro- 
cedures which,  theoretically,  meet  these  requirements,  and  which,  in 
pracetice,  have  given  very  satisfactory  results. 

To  discuss  any  phase  of  operative  surgery,  and  especially  that 
pertaining  to  the  time  of  operation  * and  tlje  days  immediately  fol- 
lowing, one  must  keep  before  him,  as  a background,  man’s  biology. 

The  patient  you  are  about  to  operate  upon  is  a wonderful  machine, 
every  part  of  which  is  automatic  and  interdependent  to  such  a de- 
gree that  its  achievements  are  almost  Godlike. 

To  contemplate  the  vast  complexity  of  actions  and  the  perfect 
coordination  necessary  even  in  the  simpler  acts  of  life,  you  would 
suppose  that  many  forces  were  employed. 

The  wonder  of  it  all  is  its  simplicity.  Every  act,  whether  it  be 
the  drawing  of  a breath  or  the  taking  of  a city,  requires  only  the 
simple  processes  of  osmosis  and  chemical  reaction. 

Environment,  which  we  now  recognize  as  the  prime  factor  in  our 
development,  accomplishes  her  work  by  interfering  with  or  in- 
fluencing osmosis  and  chemical  reaction.  Continued,  like  interfer- 
ence or  influence  produces  a change  of  function  and  leaves  its  im- 
print on  the  race.  But,  after  all,  the  one-celled  protozoon  who  takes 

* Read  at  the  39th  Annual  Meeting,  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society,  New  Orleans, 
April  16,' 17,  18,  1918. 


Sanderson — A Simple  Surgical  After-Treatment.  75 

his  food  by  endosmosis  from  fluid  surroundings  and  excretes  by 
exosmosis  through  the  same  membrane,  is  exactly  like  ourselves,  ex- 
cept that  we  represent  a large  collection  of  such  protozoa,  become 
interdependent  by  long  association,  and  finally,  very  sensitive  to 
influences  suggesting  past  experiences  to  themselves  or  to  their  pro- 
genitors in  ages  past. 

It  is  this  last  element  that  besets  the  surgeon  on  every  hand;  for, 
be  as  kind  and  gentle  as  you  may,  your  operative  procedure  still 
remains  very  like  the  onslaught  with  tooth  and  claw  upon  our  an- 
cestors in  the  forests  of  antiquity. 

Here  lies  the  secret  of  shock : Abdominal  distention  and  its  at- 
tendant nausea,  and  of  that  long  train  of  nervous  phenomena  so 
often  lasting  for  months  after  operative  procedures. 

The  many  chapters  written  about  the  vasodilators  and  con- 
strictors, the  excitors  and  inhibitors,  and  the  intricate  maze  of 
actions  and  reactions  involved  in  shock  and  post-operative  neuras- 
thenia, which  might  well  be  called  chronic  shock,  may  be  summed 
up  in  the  word  “fright,”  or  the  phrase  “recollections  of  injured 
posterity.” 

Throughout  our  development  as  a species  we  have  been  attacked 
by  our  fellows  and  other  species.  The  attack,  especially  when  un- 
able to  defend  ourselves,  has  always  meant  loss  of  blood,  prostration, 
great  pain  and  infection.  If  the  abdomen  was  opened  it  meant  torn 
viscera;  the  stomach  was  emptied  to  minimize  escape  of  contents. 
Distention  and  cessation  of  peristalsis  followed  to  facilitate  ad- 
hesions and  limit  peritonitis. 

An  aseptic  surgical  attack  arouses  these  recollections,  and  the 
same  phenomena  are  prone  to  follow.  Therefore,  we  feel  justified 
in  stating  that  one-half  of  surgical  after-treatment  should  consist 
in  combating  the  evil  effects  of  man’s  wonderful  power  of  associa- 
tion of  present  experiences  with  the  perils  that  beset  his  ancestors 
since  the  beginning  of  time. 

The  remedy  is  simple  and  efficient:  Protect  your  patient  before 
and  after  operation  from  all  influences  suggesting  danger  or  pain, 
as  far  as  possible.  Give  morphin  before  operation  and  continue 
afterward  until  the  period  of  severe  pain  is  past — not  just  enough 
to  cause  nausea  and  wakefulness,  but  to  relieve  almost,  if  not  com- 
pletely. Don’t  instruct  the  nurse  to  give  as  little  as  possible,  but 
instead  all  that  is  necessary.  After  forty-eight  hours,  in  ordinary 


76 


Original  Articles. 


cases,  it  may  be  decreased  rapidly  and  discontinued  in  a few  more 
hours. 

However,  if  for  any  reason  its  effects  are  allowed  to  wear  off  and 
the  patient  begins  to  suffer  greatly,  don’t  return  to  it,  or  a condition 
resembling  acidosis  will  develop,  which  I cannot  explain.  This 
very  action  is  the  underlying  factor  that  carries  near  to  death’s  door 
so  many  patients  who  are  really  in  the  hands  of  skillful  operators. 
Morphin  is  given  before  operation  because  the  patient  takes  the 
anesthetic  easier;  after  operation  the  nurse  is  instructed  to  give  a 
hypo  if  very  necessary.  The  previous  morphin  dies  out  completely, 
the  patient  becomes  wild  with  pain;  at  last  morphin  is  given  and 
all  the  symptoms  of  acidosis  appear.  This  one  point  is  of  extreme 
importance. 

Yet  the  rule  to  fight  the  use  of  morphin  is  so  universal  that  many 
of  us  forget  that  fire  has  any  other  purpose  than  to  burn  houses. 
The  nurses  have  to  be  constantly  reminded  to  not  let  the  patient 
suffer,  else  you  will  come  back  in  the  afternoon  following  the  oper- 
ation and  find  the  nurse  doing  her  best  to  ease  and  quiet  your 
patient — holding  the  morphin'  back  as  a last  resort. 

Of  course,  it  should  not  be  continued  longer  than  necessary; 
common  sense  suggests  this.  I have  written  less  than  a dozen  pre- 
scriptions for  morphin  to  be  used  Ipy  the  patient  himself  since  the 
Harrison  law  was  enacted.  I have  not  had  a single  operative  patient 
to  show  the  slightest  sign  that  the  two  or  three  days’  relief  from 
pain  had  given  them  any  desire  whatever  to  continue  to  take  mor- 
phin. And  when  I say  relief  I mean  complete  relief.  A sixth  or 
eighth  of  morphin  given  following  an  abdominal  section  should  not 
thus  be  wasted  on  an  adult. 

How,  there  is  only  one  other  factor  of  note  in  surgical  after-treat- 
ment; that  is  osmosis. 

The  vomiting  is  due  to  deranged  osmosis  either  in  the  stomach, 
where  irritating  substances  are  being  secreted  or  excreted,  or  in  the 
brain  cells,  where  membranous  coverings  are  not  functioning  prop- 
erly, thereby  admitting  irritating  elements  to  the  cells  or  retaining 
combustion  products  that  should  be  expelled  by  exosmosis.  The 
surgical  fever  is  a disturbance  of  the  osmotic  power  of  the  skin  or 
tissue  cell  coverings  which  are  admitting  toxic  substances  or  retain- 
ing the  products  of  tissue  change.  Stoppage  of  excretion  and  secre- 
tion are  simple  matters  of  osmotic  disturbance.  The  absorption 
from  infectious  surfaces  depends  solely  on  the  osmotic  action  of  the 
cell  coverings. 


Sanderson — A Simple  Surgical  After-Treatment. 


77 


Water  is  the  osmotic  fluid  of  our  bodies.  Without  it  life  cannot 
exist.  A lack  of  it  makes  of  our  organism  a hungry  sponge,  ready 
to  take  into  itself  any  fluid  which  may  be  in  contact  with  it,  whether 
it  be  water  or  the  vilest  pus. 

The  law  of  osmosis  is  simple — two  liquids,  separated  by  an  or- 
ganic membrane,  tend  to  pass  through  and  mingle.  The  tendency 
to  flow  is  from  the  rare  to  dense  and  in  the  direction  of  greatest 
pressure.  In  health,  our  osmotic  functions  are  perfectly  balanced.  A 
certain  dilution  of  body  fluids  must  be  maintained  for  this  balance, 
of  function.  When  this  dilution  varies  from  lack  of  water  there  is 
retained  in  the  cells  certain  substances  which  act  upon  the  nerve 
centers  and  is  manifested  by  thirst.  This  unquenchable  thirst  fol- 
lowing operation  is' not  a morbid  desire,  but  an  eloquent  appeal  that 
you  reestablish  the  osmotic  equilibrium.  The  restlessness  and  sleep- 
lessness are  due  to  the  retention  in  the  nerve  cells  by  defective  ex- 
osmosis of  substances  which  should  be  excreted. 

Absorption  of  toxins  from  the  bowel  or  wound  surfaces  is  en- 
couraged by  lowered  tension  in  the  tissues  and  increased  density  of 
tissue  fluids.  Secretion  and  excretion  are  disturbed,  because  they 
are  purely  osmotic  processes. 

But  the  stomach  will  not  retain  water,  you  say,  and  that  is  evi- 
dence that  the  thirst  is  morbid.  The  stomach  rejects  it  because  it 
has  learned  in  ages  past  that  opening  the  abdomen  meant  opened 
viscera,  and  that  anything  taken  into  the  stomach  increased  the 
escape  of  contents.  The  stomach  does  not  discriminate  between 
your  laparotomy  and  the  attack  of  the  wild  boar.  But  they  did  not 
drink  water  per  rectum  in  ancient  times,  fortunately ; therefore  you 
have  this  unguarded  portal  through  which  you  may  transport  the 
life-saving  water  to  the  starving  tissues. 

Of  course,  you  may  think  I have  not  covered  the  subject  because 
I have  not  referred  to  position,  drainage,  heart  stimulants,  etc. 
Drainage  and  position  of  patients  is  a matter  of  favoring  osmosis. 
And  as  to  strychnin,  camphorated  oil  and  digitalis,  I have  not  given 
either  of  them  in  a single  case  for  five  years,  and,  of  course,  have 
about  forgotten  the  little  I knew  of  their  action. 

I have  used  the  term  water  instead  of  saline  purposely.  There  is 
no  more  reason  for  drinking  saline  by  rectum  than  by  mouth. 

In  short,  a simple  and  efficient  surgical  after-treatment  will  be 
found  in  morphin  to  control  man's  inborn  tendency  to  violent  re- 
action to  injury,  and  water  to  maintain  or  restore  osmotic  equi- 
librium. 


78 


Original  Articles. 

Discussion  on  the  Paper  of  Dr.  Sanderson. 


Dr.  O.  W.  Cosby,  Monroe:  If  I am  permitted  to  discuss  a paper  that 
I have  not  heard  in  its  entirety,  I will  apologize  by  saying  that  I knew 
something  of  it  beforehand.  I cannot  discuss  it  in  its  entirety  because 
it  is  a new  idea.  So  far  as  my  judgment  goes,  it  is  a splendid  idea.  I 
want  to  say  that,  entirely  apart  from  any  infectious  trouble,  one  of  the 
greatest  factors  in  these  cases  is  metabolic  derangement;  that  primarily 
our  first  fault  is  a metabolic  derangement.  Incidentally  infection  creeps 
in,  and  whereas  a few  years  ago  focal  infection  was  the  most  important 
thing  for  consideration,  so  far  as  we  could  see,  I believe  now  that  the 
most  important  thing  in  medicine  is  metabolism.  The  reason  that  this 
man  is  infected,  and  that  man  is  not  infected,  is  by  reason  of  his  natural 
resistance,  and  if  we  could  understand  the  enigma  of  metabolism  and  the 
surehargization  of  the  system,  if  I may  use  that  term,  with  waste 
products,  we  will  solve  the  problem  of  infections  and  other  diseases.  We 
have  been  taught  by  a number  of  men  that  the  body  chemistry  is  the 
most  important  thing  of  all,  and  that  infections  are  a secondary  matter. 
A patient  may  die  from  invasion  of  the  pneumococcus  or  streptococcus 
or  other  kind  of  coccus.  The  individual  who  is  infected  has  previously 
laid  the  ground  or  foundation  for  it.  I believe  what  Dr.  Sanderson  has 
said  in  regard  to  water  and  dilution  is  the  most  important  factor  that 
there  is  in  connection  with  metabolism. 

Dr.  E.  M.  Ellis,  Crowley:  I think  the  essayist  has  laid  the  ground  for 

considerable  thought  in  the  matter  of  after-treatment  in  certain  cases. 
I believe,  however,  from  a surgical  standpoint,  that  if  a patient  is  pri- 
marily prepared  for  an  operation,  the  after-treatment  does  not  amount 
to  much.  I am  a strong  believer  in  having  a man’s  bowel  chemistry  in 
the  proper  state  before  subjecting  him  to  the  terrorizing  elements  of  an 
operation.  I believe  that  when  you  have  a surgical  case  that  that  case 
should  be  taken  a few  days  before  the  time  of  operation  is  contemplated 
and  subjected  to  a thorough  preliminary  course  of  treatment;  tha’-  his 
alimentary  tract  should  be  thoroughly  cleansed;  that  you  want  to  be  sure 
you  have  no  acidosis  in  that  patient  before  beginning  the  operation,  and 
that  his  bowel  chemistry  is  absolutely  normal.  You  want  to  see  that 
there  is  no  abnormality  in  the  urine,  if  possible.  If  the  urine  is  loaded 
with  indican,  you  want  to  eliminate  that,  if  possible,  before  subjecting 
the  patient  to  a severe  operation.  After  this  is  done,  in  the  meantime, 
you  will  have  obtained  the  thorough  confidence  of  the  patient,  which,  of 
course,  is  a very  prime  factor  in  surgery,  and  lead  him  up  to  the  idea 
that  the  operation  does  not  amount  to  much,  and  after  operation  there 
will  be  very  little  suffering.  Get  rid  of  the  idea  of  fright  and  fear  of 
the  operation,  and  you  will  have  accomplished  a great  deal  with  your 
patient. 

Then  comes  the  day  of  the  operation.  I believe,  as  the  doctor  has 
said  in  his  paper,  that  a preliminary  hypodermic  of  morphin  is  very 
essential.  I am  in  the  habit  of  following  Crile’s  method  of  giving  scopo- 
lamin  with  it  unless  contraindicated.  I know  it  has  been  abandoned  by 
most  surgeons,  but  I believe  by  doing  it  the  patient  has  no  fear  whatever 
of  the  anesthetic  and  will  take  the  anesthetic  absolutely  unconsciously. 
After  the  anesthetic  is  administered — and  I believe  a combination  of  gas 
and  ether  is  the  best  of  all— your  patient  will  come  out  of  the  operation 
with  absolutely  no  shock,  especially  if  you  combine  a local  anesthetic 
with  your  general  anesthetic  after  the  method  of  Crile.  I believe  if  you 


Discussion. 


79 


will  adopt  that  method  you  can  operate  on  a patient  for  two  hours  and 
he  will  have  very  little  shock  after  the  operation.  It  has  been  my  plan, 
if  the  operation  is  at  all  severe,  to  subject  the  patient  during  the  hour 
of  operation  to  what  is  known  as  the  axillary  stab — that  is,  I introduce 
a pint  of  normal  salt  solution  during  the  hour  of  operation,  which  will 
take  care  of  the  thirst  following  the  operation  for  twenty-four  hours.  If 
the  operation  is  at  all  severe,  in  order  to  combat  any  acidosis  that  may 
appear  ur  lack  of  fluid  in  the  body,  I usually  subject  the  patient  to  the 
Murphy  drip,  with  2 per  cent  bicarbonate  of  soda.  It  takes  very  little 
morphin  to  control  the  patient  after  that,  and  you  do  not  find  that  the 
pulse  goes  up  much.  There  is  very  little  reaction  from  the  operation, 
and  I have  had  no  occasion  to  give  a heart  stimulant  for  two  years  iq. 
surgical  shock. 

Dr.  E.  Denegre  Martin,  New  Orleans:  So  far  as  the  after-treatment 

is  concerned,  Dr.  Sanderson  gave  the  gist  of  it  in  the  last  two  lines  of 
his  paper,  only  it  took  him  a long  time  to  come  to  that  conclusion. 

In  the  past  there  has  been  a great  lack  of  preliminary  preparation  of 
these  cases  for  operation.  They  are  taken  right  off  the  street  in  some 
instances  and  operated  the  same  day,  and  I believe  many  of  the  unfavor- 
able results  are  due  to  the  fact  that  the  surgeons  did  not  have  an  oppor- 
tunity in  preparing  them  for  operation.  Again,  I am  convinced  that  we 
have  been  over-preparing  our  patients,  and  for  years  we  have  been  over- 
treating  them  after  operation.  The  old  method  of  purging  patients  the 
third  day  after  operation  is  the.  most  damnable  practice  ever  instituted, 
and  some  surgeons  are  still  doing  it.  My  personal  experience  is  this:  to 
give  a patient  a purgative  a night  or  two  before  operation.  I operated 
on  a patient  a few  days  ago;  that  patient  had  no  purgative,  and  did  not 
have  a particle  of  trouble.  A purgative  given  the  night  before  operation 
upsets  the  patient,  and  I believe  the  nausea  and  after-trouble  are  due  to 
that  fact.  I am  convinced  that  it  is  the  heart  stimulant  and  treatment, 
and  especially  the  liquids  we  give  by  stomach,  such  as  orangeade  and 
lemonade,  that  upset  these  patients.  If  you  operate  on  them  with  instru- 
ments and  not  with  fingers,  and  not  get  them  upset  before  you  start,  and 
give  morphin  to  control  pain  after  the  Murphy  drip,  and  let  them  alone, 
the  bowels  will  act  normaly  and  you  will  have  no  complications. 

Dr.  E.  L.  Sanderson,  Shreveport  (closing) : I wish  to  thank  the  gen- 

tlemen for  their  very  kind  remarks  in  discussing  my  paper.  While  my 
paper  did  not  cover  many  points,  in  giving  it  the  name,  ‘ 1 A Simple  Surgical 
Af  tey-Treatment,  ’ ’ I meant  to  present  that  one  thought — to  control  the 
associated  ideas,  associating  with  present  injury  something  that  happened 
to  the  ancestors.  That  is  half  of  it,  and  the  other  half  is  to  keep  the 
fluids  so  diluted  that  the  equilibrium  will  remain  as  it  was  before  and 
the  osmosis  not  interfered  with. 


80 


Original  Articles. 


THE  FUNCTION  OF  THE  GALL-BLADDER.  AN 
EXPERIMENTAL  STUDY.* 

By  F.  C.  MANN,  M.  D.,  Rochester,  Minn. 

A few  years  ago,  at  tlie  suggestion  of  Dr.  E.  S.  Judd,  and  in  col- 
laboration with  him,  I removed  the  gall-bladder  from  various  species 
of  animals  and  studied  the  effect  of  such  procedure  on  the  remaining 
portion  of  the  biliary  tract.  Certain  definite  facts  were  ascertained 
by  this  study.8’ 9 I shall  now  make  a preliminary  report  of  other 
researches  on  the  problems  suggested  by  the  former  investigation. 
The  purpose  of  this  work  has  been  to  obtain  some  facts  in  regard  to 
the  functional  significance  of  the  gall-bladder. 

The  anatomic  region  occupied  by  the  biliary  tract  is  one  of  the 
most  important  in  the  body,  from  the  physiologic,  and  especially 
from  the  pathologic  point  of  view.  A large  percentage  of  operations 
on  man  have  for  their  purpose  a correction  of  pathologic  conditions 
found  in  this  area,  and  for  this  reason  any  increase  in  our  knowledge 
of  the  function  of  the  gall-bladder  is  of  value. 

There  are  very  few  structures  in  comparative  anatomy  which 
show  a wider  range  of  variation  than  are  shown  by  the  different 
component  parts  of  the  biliary  tract  from  each  other.  The  exact 
anatomic  arrangement  in  one  species  is  rarely  duplicated  in  another 
species.  The  gall-bladder  may  or  may  not  be  present.  This 
anatomic  difference  is  observed  even  in  very  closely  related  species. 
In  some  species  two  ducts  may  be  present.  In  one  species,  small 
hepatic  ducts  enter  the  gall-bladder  directly.  In  at  least  one  species 
the  gall-bladder  is  present  in  some  individual  animals  and  absent 
in  others.  The  formation  of  the  common  duct  is  rarely  the  same 
in  different  species.  The  cause  or  significance  of  these  marked 
variations  in  the  comparative  anatomy  of  the  biliary  tract  never  has 
been  determined.7  The  problem  has  not  been  solved  by  embryologic 
studies.155 

Many  theories  concerning  the  function  of  the  gall-bladder  have 
been  developed,  varying  in  the  functional  importance  which  they 
„ attach  to  the  gall-bladder  from  the  one  which  implies  that  the  organ 
is  perfectly  useless17  to  that  which  attributes  to  it  the  production 
of  something  necessa^  for  the  well-being  of  the  organism.  In  gen- 
eral, each  theory  may  be  grouped  into  one  of  three  divisions : ( 1 ) 
The  gall-bladder  may  functionate  as  a reservoir  for  the  storage  of 

* Read  at  the  39th  Annual  Meeting,  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society,  New  Orleans, 
April  16,  17,  18,  1918. 


Mann — The  Function  of  the  Gall-Bladder. 


81 


bile,  (2)  as  a secretory  organ,  elaborating  and  adding  something 
which  is  of  importance  either  to  the  general  body  economy  or  to  the 
mechanism  of  bile  expulsion  or  its  chemical  action,  and  (3)  as  a 
regulator  to  the  flow  of  bile. 

The  positive  statements  which  may  be  made  in  regard  to  the  func- 
tion of  the  gall-bladder  are  very  meager.  It  is  known  that  the  small 
amount  of  smooth  muscle  contained  in  its  walls  is  under  the  usual 
double  nervous  control  observed  in  the  other  viscera.  It  receives 
fibers  from  both  the  vagus  and  sympathetic  nerves.  The  splanchnic 
nerve  seems  to  be  predominantly  inhibitory  in  action,  while  the 
vagus  is  mainly  motor.2’ 11  The  gall-bladder  undergoes  rhythmic 
contractions  which  increase  during  the  height  of  digestion.16  These 
contractions  usually  exert  but  slight  pressure  within  the  viscus, 
although  they  are  capable  of  exerting  considerable  pressure  when 
the  walls  are  thrown  into  a spasmodic  contraction.  The  bile  which 
has  entered  the  gall-bladder  differs  from  that  which  comes  directly 
from  the  liver.17  This  difference,  however,  is  mainly,  and  may  be 
wholly,  due  to  the  increased  mucous  content  which  the  mucosa  of 
the  gall-bladder  adds  to  it. 

The  results  of  our  own  experiments  and  of  those  of  other  investi- 
gators prove4  that  usually  all  the  (ducts  outside  the  liver  dilate  after 
the  removal  of  the  gall-bladder.  This  is  the  most  conclusive  proof 
obtained,  showing  that  at  least  in  some  of  certain  species  the  gall- 
bladder has  a definite  function.  These  results  probably  give  the 
clew  to  the  major  function  of  the  gall-bladder,  because  an  explana- 
tion of  one  will  include  the  other. 

We  have  attempted  to  determine  the  practical  significance  of  the 
gall-bladder  by  a comparative  study.  If  the  gall-bladder  is  of  any 
functional  importance,  it  is  reasonable  to  suppose  that  animals 
which  do  not  possess  the  organ  must  have  developed  some  means  of 
compensation  for  the  lack  of  it.  This  study  includes  the  obtaining 
of  critical  data  concerning  the  biliary  tract  in  species  of  animals 
with,  and  other  species  without,  a gall-bladder,  together  with  an  at- 
tempt to  compare  and  correlate  these  data,  assuming  that  one  or 
more  points  of  difference  might  be  found  between  the  two  groups  of 
animals  which  would  add  to  our  knowledge  concerning  the  function 
of  the  gall-bladder.  While  some  comparative  work  has  been  done  on 
these  structures,  it  consists,  for  the  most  part,  of  a study  of  the 
grosser  relationships.  As  our  study  involves  many  different  investi- 
gations, only  brief,  general  deductions  can  be  made  at  present.  We 
have  attempted  to  collate  the  data  from  the  comparative  standpoint 


82 


Original  Articles. 


and  in  relation  to  the  three  possible  functions  of  the  gall-bladder,  j 
One  of  the  most  striking  things  noted  in  a review  of  onr  material 
is  the  marked  individual  variation  in  the  anatomy  of  the  biliary  ! 
tract  and,  in  a lesser  degree,  the  same  is  true  of  the  physiologic  re- 
actions studied.  These  variations  make  it  difficult  to  draw  con- 
clusions. 

While  we  are  securing  data  in  regard  to  the  biliary  tract  of  all  the 
common  laboratory  and  domestic  animals,  only  that  will  be  pre- 
sented which  concerns  comparable  species,  some  of  which  do  not 
possess  a gall-bladder. 

Dilation  of  all  the  extra-hepatic  ducts  following  the  removal  of 
the  gall-bladder  does  not  take  place  if  all  the  muscle-fibers  are  dis- 
sected free  from  the  intramural  portion  of  the  duct.9  From  these 
results  great  importance  is  attached  to  the  interrelation  of  the  action 
of  the  gall-bladder  and  the  sphincter  of  Oddi.  Accordingly,  it  was 
anticipated  that  either  an  anatomic  or  physiologic  difference  would 
be  found  in  regard  to  the  sphincter  in  animals  with  a gall-bladder 
as  compared  with  those  which  do  not  possess  one.  The  sphincter  of 
Oddi  has  been  studied  anatomically  and  physiologically.  This 
sphincter  had  been  studied  anatomically  by  Oddi15  and  by  Hen- 
drickson.5 Archibald1  seems  to  have  been  the  only  investigator  of 
its  physiologic  action.  Species  which  do  not  possess  a gall-bladder 
were  not  included  in  the  series  studied  by  any  of  these  investigators. 

The  material  for  the  anatomic  study  of  the  sphincter  was  secured 
immediately  after  death  and  fixed  in  formalin.  The  specimen  was 
trimmed  to  the  smallest  size  which  would  give  the  complete  course 
of  the  duct  and  paraffin  serial  sections  made. 

A histologic  study  of  the  sphincter  was  made  in  the  following 
species  of  animals  which  have  a gall-bladder : Guinea-pigs,  rabbit, 
cat,  dog,  goat,  ox  and  striped  gopher  (C.  tridecemlineatus ) . A com- 
parative study  of  the  sphincter  in  the  deer,  horse,  pocket  gopher  ( G 
bursarius)  and  rat,  species  which  do  not  possess  a gall-bladder,  was 
also  made. 

In  each  species  the  bile-duct  was  found  to  be  surrounded  by 
definite  bundles  of  smooth  muscle,  contraction  of  which  closed  the 
lumen  of  the  duct.  The  amount  of  muscle  tissue  and  the  arrange- 
ment of  it  differed  slightly  in  the  various  species,  depending  prob- 
ably on  the  difference  in  the  thickness  of  the  wall  of  the  duodenum 
and  the  course  of  the  duct.  However,  no  constant  difference  was 
observed  in  the  histology  of  the  sphincter  in  animals  with  a gall- 
bladder as  compared  to  those  not  having  this  organ.  It  was  not 


Mann — The  Function  of  the  Gall-Bladder. 


83 


possible  to  make  any  specific  anatomic  differentiation  in  the  sphincter 
of  Oddi  in  the  two  groups  of  animals. 

The  physiologic  data  consist  of  the  estimation  of  the  tone  of  the 
sphincter  in  anesthetize!  animals.  The  animal  was  lightly  etherized 
and  a cannula  was  placed  in  the  common  bile-duct,  with  its  point 
directed  towards  the  duodenum.  To  this  cannula  was  attached  an 
upright  glass  tube  having  an  internal  diameter  of  about  2.5  m.  m. 
and  being  about  30  c.  m.  in  length.  An  aqueous  eosin  solution,  having 
a specific  gravity  but  slightly  greater  than  distilled  water,  was  allowed 
to  run  slowly  into  this  tube  until  the  pressure  was  great  enough  to 
force  some  of  the  solution  into  the  duodenum.  The  length  of  the 
column  of  water  after  the  fluid  became  stationar}q  expressed  in  mili- 
meters,  was  taken  as  a measure  of  the  tone  of  the  sphincter. 

It  is  obvious  that  this  is  not  absolutely  the  correct  measure  of  the 
tone  of  the  sphincter,  as  other  factors,  such  as  friction,  especially  in 
animals  possessing  a very  small  duct,  and  anesthesia,  etc.,  compli- 
cate the  results.  However,  control  experiments,  in  which  the  tone 
of  the  sphincter  was  decreased  or  abolished  by  deep  etherization, 
bleeding  or  formalin  injections,  proved  that  this  method  was  fairly 
correct. 

The  pressure  withstood  by  the  sphincter  was  measured  in  the 
following  species  of  animals  which  have  gall-bladders,  namely:  the 
cat,  dog,  goat,  rabbit,  guinea-pig  and  striped  gopher. 

The  pressure  was  found  to  vary  considerably  in  the  different 
species  and  the  different  animals,  making  it  difficult  to  draw  con- 
clusions. However,  the  data  show  that,  under  light  ether  anesthesia, 
the  tone  of  the  sphincter  in  each  species  of  animal  possessing  a gall- 
bladder which  was  tested,  except  the  guinea-pig,  would  withstand 
a pressure  of  100  m.  m.  of  water.  Sometimes  the  pressure  withstood 
was  much  greater,  and  very  rarely  slightly  less  than  100  m.  m. 

In  the  guinea-pig  the  pressure  withstood  was  rarely  over  75  m.  m., 
and  frequently  considerably  lower.  This  was  partially  due  to  the 
trauma  incident  to  the  technical  difficulties  encountered  in  inserting 
the  cannula. 

The  pocket  gopher  and  rat  were  the  only  species  obtainable  with- 
out a gall-bladder  which  were  suitable  for  the  investigation  of  the 
tone  of  the  sphincter.  The  results  of  a large  number  of  experiments 
are  the  same;  in  no  instance  was  any  pressure  or,  at  most,  only  a 
very  slight,  usually  not  over  30  m.  m.,  maintained  by  the  sphincter. 
In  most  cases  all  the  fluid  would  pass  into  the  duodenum.  This 
would  seem  to  show  that  the  sphincter  is  not  physiologically  active 


84 


Original  Articles. 


in  species  of  animals  without  a gall-bladder,  or,  at  least,  not  active 
to  the  same  degree  as  in  species  possessing  a gall-bladder. 

The  anatomic  variations  in  the  dimensions  of  the  common  bile- 
duct  has  been  considered  as  a possible  means  whereby  an  animal 
without  a gall-bladder  compensates  for  the  lack  of  it.  Data  have  been 
obtained  in  regard  to  both  the  diameter  and  length  of  the  common 
duct  in  animals  with  and  without  a gall-bladder.  The  data  secured, 
which  is  not  yet  completed,  are  quite  variable,  and  it  is  obvious  that 
it  is  difficult  to  make  comparisons.  However,  after  considering  the 
variations  both  as  regards  the  animal  and  the  species,  the  results  do 
not  seem  to  warrant  the  belief  that  there  is  any  relation  between  the 
dimensions  of  the  common  duct  and  the  presence  or  absence  of  the 
gall-bladder. 

The  comparison  of  a few  species  illustrates  this  point.  The  horse, 
which  does  not  possess  a gall-bladder,  has  a relatively  short  duct 
with  a large  diameter,  while  the  ox,  which  possesses  a gall-bladder, 
has  a duct  of  very  nearly  the  same  dimensions.  The  same  is  true  in 
comparing  the  deer  and  goat.  However,  the  rat  and  pocket  gopher, 
both  being  species  without  a.  gall-badder,  have  both  comparatively 
and  usually  actually  longer  ducts,  with  a narrower  lumen,  as  com- 
pared with  such  species  as  the  guinea-pig,  rabbit  and  striped  gopher, 
all  of  which  possess  a gall-bladder  (Table  2). 

A comparison  of  the  thickness  of  the  walls  of  the  common  bile- 
duct  in  the  species  of  animals  compared  herein  does,  however,  reveal 
a difference.  In  general,  the  walls  of  the  ducts  in  species  of  animals 
which  do  not  possess  a gall-bladder  are  thicker  and  contain  more 
muscle  than  the  duct  walls  of  those  species  having  a gall-bladder 
(Figs,  7,  8 and  9). 

One  of  the  points  at  which  the  biliary  tract  differs  greatly  in 
various  species  is  the  distance  from  the  pylorus  at  which  the  common 
bile-duct  enters  the  duodenum.  As  there  might  be  a relationship 
between  bile  escapes  and  acid  escape  into  the  intestine  with  regard 
to  alkali  control  in  the  duodenum,  some  comparative  data  upon  this 
point  were  obtained.  However,  no  differentiation  between  groups 
of  animals  having  a gall-bladder  and  those  without  one  can  be  made 
in  this  regard.  Examples  are  cited  as  follows : The  common  duct 
of  the  horse,  which  does  not  have  a gall-bladder,  enters  the 
duodenum  between  10  to  20  centimeters  from  the  pylorus,  while 
that  of  the  ox,  which  has  a gall-bladder,  enters  between  50  and  70 
c.  m.  from  the  pylorus.  On  the  other  hand,  the  duct  enters  the 
duodenum  about  0.5  to  1.5  c.  m.  from  the  pylorus  in  the  rabbit  and 


Mann — The  Function  of  the  Gall-Bladder. 


85 


0.4  to  0.8  in  the  guinea-pig,  both  of  which  have  a gall-hlaclder,  and 
1.5  to  2.5  c.  m.  in  the  rat  and  4 to  5 c.  m.  in  the  pocket  gopher,  both 
species  of  which  do  not  possess  a gall-bladder  (Table  2). 

The  same  is  true  in  regard  to  the  relationship  of  the  pancreatic 
duct  to  the  common  bile-duct.  This  relationship  varies  greatly  in 
the  different  species  of  animals,  but  there  is  no  constant  difference 
in  this  respect  in  species  possessing  a gall-bladder  as  compared  with 
those  without  one. 

The  secretory  pressure  of  the  liver  has  been  investigated  by  sev- 
eral observers,6’ 14  but  it  appears  never  to  have  been  measured  in 
species  I of  animals  without  a gall-bladder.  The  method  employed 
by  us  consisted  in  placing  a cannula  in  the  common  duct  of  an 
etherized  animal;  an  upright  glass  tube  was  then  attached  to  this 
cannula  and  the  lower  end  of  the  tube  was  placed  in  approximately 
the  same  plane  as  passed  through  the  center  of  the  liver.  The 
height  to  which  the  bile  rose  in  this  tube,  expressed  in  milimeters, 
was  taken  as  the  secretory  pressure  of  the  liver.  Our  results  show 
that  there  is  no  difference  in  the  secretory  pressure  of  the  liver  in 
animals  with  a gall-bladder  from  that  of  those  without  one  (Table 
3).  Any  one  who  has  measured  the  pressure  in  the  common  bile- 
duct  appreciates  the  great  influence  of  respiration  on  intra-duct 
pressure.  This,  has  formed  the  basis  for  one  of  the  recent  theories 
of  the  function  of  the  gall-bladder.19  A comparison  of  animals 
using  the  diaphragm  to  a great  extent,  however,  does  not  reveal  a 
difference  such  as  to  show  whether  or  not  they  have  a gall-bladder. 
It  is  impossible  to  compare  the  horse  and  deer  with  the  rat  and 
pocket  gopher  in  regard  to  their  life  activities,  excepting  by  con- 
trast. On  the  other  hand,  several  species,  as  the  dog  and  rabbit, 
compare  quite  closely  to  the  horse  and  deer  so  far  as  the  need  for  a 
powerful  diaphragm  is  concerned. 

Many  observers  have  stated  that  the  gall-bladder  could  not  func- 
tionate as  a reservoir.  Dr.  W.  J.  Mayo12  gives  two  reasons  for 
this — first,  that  the  relative  capacity  of  the  gall-bladder  to  the 
amount  of  bile  secreted  is  too  small,  being  about  1 to  40  or  50  in 
man;  and,  second,  the  propulsive  power  of  the  gall-bladder  is  not 
sufficient  to  empty  it  quickly.  We  obtained  some  comparative  data 
on  this  point  by  measuring  the  rate  of  bile  flow  for  about  two  hours 
in  different  species,  after  obtaining  the  capacity  in  relation  to  the 
rate  of  flow. 

The  method  consisted  in  etherizing  an  animal,  placing  a cannula 
in  the  common  duct  and  measuring  the  amount  of  bile  secreted  for 


86 


Original  Articles. 


a definite  length  of  time.  After  the  collection  of  bile  was  taken  the 
gall-bladder  was  removed  and  its  capacity,  when  it  was  completely 
filled,  not  distended,  was  measured.  Naturally,  the  rate  of  bile 
flow  was  complicated  by  the  anesthetic,  as  was  shown  by  the  fact 
that  usually  the  amount  of  bile  collected  during  the  first  half-hour 
period  was  the  greater,  but  this  was  the  only  practical  method  to 
' employ  in  small  animals  like  the  guinea-pig,  the  rat,  etc.,  and  the 
results,  while  individual  variations  are  very  great,  are  certainly 
comparable.  The  readings,  however,  are  probably  much  too  low  in 
each  instance. 

In  general,  our  results  show  that  in  each  species  of  animals  tested 
the  gall-bladder  could  hold  less  than  the  amount  of  bile  secreted  in 
one-half  hour,  even  when  the  animal  is  etherized  (Table  4) . 

The  bile  which  has  entered  the  gall-bladder  normally  has  a much 
higher  content  of  solids  than  the  bile  which  comes  directly  from  the 
liver.  This  is  shown  by  a comparison  of  the  specific  gravity  of  the 
two  fluids.  In  the  few  instances  in  which  this  has  been  done,  the 
specific  gravity  of  the  bile  contained  in  the  gall-bladder  was  much 
greater  than  that  of  the  bile  collected  directly  from  the  liver. 

Another  structure  in  the  biliary  tract,  the  function  of  which  is 
imknown,  is  the  system  of  folds  of  mucosa  called  the  valves  of 
Heister.3  Logically  they  would  be  considered  as  mechanically 
adapted  to  prevent  the  bile  from  entering  the  gall-bladder.  We  have 
measured  the  resistance  which  they  offer  and  found  that  it.  never 
exceeded  30  m.  m.  of  water  in  the  individual  animals  studied. 

It  should  be  emphasized  that  the  gall-bladder,  in  so  far  as  it  is 
possible  to  determine,  is  not  essential  to  the  maintenance  of  health. 
Human  beings  have  lived  for  many  years  in  perfect  health  after  its 
removal.10  One  of  our  dogs  lived  for  three  and  a half  years  after 
removal  of  the  gall-bladder  and  was  always  in  excellent  condition. 
We  cannot  say  whether  or  not  there  are  changes  in  the  gastric  and 
pancreatic  secretions,  as  Rost  asserts,  because  our  experiments  up 
to  the  present  time  on  this  point  are  too  few  from  which  to  draw 
conclusions.  The  results  of  our  comparative  studies  which,  it  must 
be  emphasized,  have  not  yet  been  completed,  allow  the  following 
tentative  statement  to  be  made : 

Negative  Findings. 

1.  There  is  no  specific  demonstrable  difference  in  the  anatomy  of 
*the  sphincter  of  Oddi  in  species  of  animals  with  a gall-bladder  as 
compared  to  those  without  one.  ' 


Mann — The  Function  of  the  Gall-Bladder. 


87 


2.  The  adhesions  of  the  biliary  tract  are  no  different  in  species 
of  animals  without  a gall-bladder,  when  considered  as  a group,  from 
those  species  possessing  a gall-bladder. 

3.  No  differentation  between  groups  of  animals  having  a gall- 
bladder and  those  without  one  can  be  made  in  regard  to  (a)  the 
relationship  of  the  pylorus  to  the  point  of  entrance  of  the  common 
bile-duct  and  (b ) the  relationship  of  the  pancreatic  duct  to  the 
common  bile-duct. 

4.  There  is  no  special  difference  in  the  secretory  pressure  of  the 
liver  in  species  of  animals  with  a gall-bladder  as  compared  to  those 
without  one. 

Positive  Findings. 

While  the  following  statements  are  substantiated  by  the  data 
obtained,  it  is  emphasized  that  the  species  of  animals  without  a gall- 
bladder studied,  so  far,  are  few. 

1.  The  sphincter  of  Oddi  appears  to  be  more  or  less  physio- 
logically inactive  in  species  of  animals  without  a gall-bladder. 

2.  The  walls  of  the  common  bile-duct  seem  to  be  relatively 
thicker  in  species  of  animals  without  a gall-bladder  as  compared 
to  those  possessing  this  origin. 

The  results  of  these  studies  show  that  there  are  some  facts  which 
support  two  of  the  major  theories  concerning  the  function  of  the 
gall-bladder.  A consideration  of  the  full  functional  significance  of 
the  gall-bladder  must  include  the  recognition  that  (a)  it  does  add 
something  to  the  bile,  and  (b ) it  does  influence  the  flow  of  bile. 

Probably  in  no  species  of  animal  is  the  gall-bladder  capable  of 
holding  more  than  5 per  cent  of  the  total  amount  of  bile  secreted 
in  twenty-four  hours,  and  in  most  cases  it  may  contain  little  more 
than  1 per  cent.  It  is,  therefore,  impossible  for  the  gall-bladder  to 
functionate  as  a true  reservoir  in  the  same  sense  that  the  urinary 
bladder  does. 

There  is  no  doubt  that  the  mucosa  of  the  gall-bladder  adds  some- 
filing  to  the  bile.  The  character  of  the  secretion  and  its  functional 
significance  has  been  contradicted  by  other  investigators,  and  our 
own  data  are  too  few  at  present  to  draw  conclusions.  It  may  be 
that  this  secretion  aids  the  action  of  bile  or  has  other  functions,  but 
the  only  definitely  known  addition  the  gall-bladder  makes  to  the 
bile  is  mucus. 


88 


Original  Articles. 


The  functional  significance  of  the  gall-bladder  seems  to  he  in- 
timately connected  with  the  fact  that  it  is  mechanically  adapted  to 
change  the  escape  of  bile  into  the  intestine  from  a more  or  less  con- 
tinuous flow  into  an  intermittent  one.  Studies  on  animals,  prac- 
tically always  dogs,  with  biliary  fistula,  show  that  the  liver  secretes 
bile  continuously,  although  the  rate  varies  considerably.  In  most 
instances,  however,  in  which  duodenal  fistulas  have  been  formed,  the 
escape  of  bile  into  the  intestine  has  been  intermittent.  No  studies 
seem  to  have  been  made  on  animals  without  a gall-bladder  in  regard 
to  the  flow  of  bile  into  the  intestine,  but  it  seems  that,  in  all  proba- 
bility, it  would  be  continuous  with  liver  secretion.  We  have  observed 
this  in  the  rat  and  pocket  gopher,  but  the  experiments  were  com- 
plicated by  the  necessary  anesthetic.  Under  such  experimental  con- 
ditions, the  entrance  of  bile  into  the  intestine  in  these  two  species 
was  continuous,  except  for  the  slight  changes  produced  by  respira- 
tion. The  fact  that  the  sphincter  seems  to  be  inactive  in  species 
without  a gall-bladder  would  imply  that  this  was  quite  the  normal 
condition.  A study  of  some  species  of  animal  without  a gall- 
bladder, in  which  it  is  possible  to  make  a permanent  duodenal 
fistula,  will  be  necessary  to  definitely  prove  this  point. 

The  action  of  the  gall-bladder  seems  to  be  as  follows : The  liver 
secretes  bile  more  or  less  continuously.  Under  normal  conditions 
this  is  secreted  under  very  low  pressure.  The  sphincter  at  the  open- 
ing of  the  common  bile-duct  is  normally  under  tone,  which  is  great- 
enough  to  increase  the  intra-duct  pressure  above  the  resistance' 
offered  to  the  entrance  of  bile  into  the  gall-bladder.  At  intervals 
the  sphincter  relaxes,  allowing  bile  to  flow  into  the  intestine.  The 
mechanism  controlling  the  action  of  the  sphincter  is  not  known,  but 
is  reported  to  be  under  nervous  control.13  The  gall-bladder  not  only 
acts  as  an  expansile  chamber  for  the  accommodation  of  the  differ- 
ence in  rate  of  bile  secretion  and  bile  discharge,  but  it  also  prevents-, 
some  of  the  fluctuations  in  intra-duct  pressure  which  would  occur- 
during  respiration  in  all  instances  in  which  the  duodenal  sphincter 
is  active.  It  should  be  appreciated  that  in  all  species  in  which  the 
sphincter  is  constantly  active  some  mechanism  like  the  gall-bladder- 
is  necessary. 

A description  of  the  action  of  the  gall-bladder  does  not  explain 
its  function.  Why  it  should  be  desirable  in  some  species  of  animals- 
to  allow  the  bile  to  enter  the  duodenum  at  the  same  rate  as  the  liver- 
secretion,  and  in  other  species,  closely  related  and  having  practically 


Mann — The  Function  of  the  Gall-Bladder. 


89 


the  same  physiologic  environment,  to  have  developed  a mechanism 
whereby  it  pours  intermittently  into  the  intestine,  is  not  clear.  More 
investigation  will  be  necessary  to  eliminate  this  question.  These 
future  researches  should  include  (1)  a study  of  the  sphincter  in 
larger  series  of  animals  without  a gall-bladder  and  (2)  a determina- 
tion of  the  mechanism  controlling  the  sphincter  in  species  of  animals 
with  a gall-bladder. 

REFERENCES. 

1.  Archibald,  E.  A New  Factor  in  the  Causation  of  Pancreatitis.  Tr.  Internat.  Cong. 

Med.,  1913,  Lond.,  1914,  Sect.  VIII,  Surg.  pt.  2,  21-27. 

2.  Bainbridge,  F.  A.,  and  Dale,  H.  H.  The  Contractile  Mechanism  of  the  Gall-Bladder 

and  Its  Extrinsic  Nervous  Control.  Jour.  Physiol.,  1905-06,  XXXIII,  138-155. 

3.  Barker,  M.  R.  What  is  the  Function  of  the  Gall-Bladder?  And  Why  the  Folds  of 

Heister  in  the  Cystic  Duct?  Med  Record,  1907,  LXXII,  555-558. 

4.  Eisendrath,  D.  N.,  and  Dunlavy,  H.  C.  The  Fate  of  the  Cystic  Duct  After  Chole- 

cystectomy. An  Experimental  Study.  Surg.,  Gynec.  and  Obst.,  1918,  XXVI,  110-112. 

5.  Hendrickson,  W.  F.  A Study  of  the  Entire  Extra-Hepatic  Biliary  System,  Including 

that  of  the  Duodenal  Portion  of  the  Common  Bile  Duct  and  of  the  Sphincter.  Johns 
Hopkins,  Hosp.  Bull.,  1898, IX,  221-232,  4 pi. 

6.  Herring,  P.  T.,  and  Simpson,  S.  The  Pressure  of  Bile  Secretion  and  the  Mechanism 

of  Bile  Absorption  Obstruction  of  the  Bile  Duct.  Proc.  Roy.  Soc.,  Lond.,  1907, 
LXXIX,  Series  B.,  517-532. 

7.  Hutchinson,  W.  Is  the  Gall-Bladder  as  Useless  as  It  Is  Dangerous?  Med.  Record, 

1903,  LXIII,  770-773. 

8.  Judd,  E.  S.  Cholecystitis;  Changes  Produced  by  the  Removal  of  the  Gall-Bladder. 

Bo st.  Med.  and  Surg.  Jour.,  1916,  CLXXIV,  815-825. 

9.  Judd,  E.  S.,  and  Mann,  F.  C.  The  Effect  of  the  Removal  of  the  Gall-Bladder.  An 

Experimental  Study.  Surg.,  Gynec.  and  Obst.,  1917,  XXIV,  437-442. 

10.  Judd,  E.  S.  The  Recurrence  of  Symptoms  Following  Operations  on  the  Biliary  Tract. 

In  press.  Ann.  Surg.,  1918. 

11.  Lieb,  C.  C.,  and  McWhorter,  J.  E.  Action  of  Drugs  on  the  Isolated  Gall-Bladder., 

Jour.  Pharm.  and  Exper.  Therap.,  1915,  VII,  83-98. 

12.  Mayo,  W.  J.  “Innocent”  Gall-Stones  a Myth.  Jour.  Am.  Med.  Assn.,  1911,  LVI, 

1021-1024. 

13.  Meltzer,  S.  J.  The  Disturbance  of  the  Law  of  Contrary  Innervation  as  a Pathogenetic 

Factor  in  the  Diseases  of  the  Bile  Ducts  and  the  Gall-Bladder.  Am.  Jour.  Med.  Sc., 
1917,  CLIII,  469-477. 

14.  Mitchell,  W.  T.,  Jr.,  and  Stifel,  R.  E.  The  Pressure  of  Bile  Secretion  During  Chronic 

Obstruction  of  the  Common  Bile-Duct.  Johns  Hopkins  Hosp.  Bull,  1916,  XXVII,  78-79. 

15.  Oddi,  R.,  and  Rosciano,  G.  D.  Sulla  Esistenza  di  Speciali  <3angli  Nfervosi  in  Prossimita 

Dello  Sfintere  del  Coledoco.  Mqnitore  Zool.  Ital.,  Firenze,  1894,  V,  2161-219,  1 pi. 

16.  Okada,  S.  On  the  Contractile  Movement  of  the  Gall-Bladder.  Jour.  Physiol.,  1915-16, 

L,  42-46. 

17.  Rost,  F.  Die  Funktionelle  Bedeutung  der  Gallenblase.  Experimentelle  und  Anatomische 

Unter  suchungen  nach  C’holecystektomie.  Mitt.  a.  d.  Grenzgeb,  d.  Med.  u.  Chir.,  1913, 
XXVI,  710-770. 

18.  Scammon,  R.  E.  On  the  Development  of  the  Biliary  System  in  Animals  Lacking  a 

Gall-Bladder  in  Postnatal  Life.  Anat.  Record,  1916,  X,  543-558. 

19.  Werelius,  Axel.  Suction-bulb  Action  of  the  Gall-Bladder.  Surg.,  Gynec.,  and  Obst., 

1917,  XXV,  520-521. 


90 


Original  Articles . 


TABLE  1. 


This  table  shows  the  great  variation  in  the  dimensions  of  the  different  component  parts  of  the  biliary- 
tract  in  different  species  and  individuals. 

A.  Showing  the  average  of  the  dimensions  in  various  species. 


Dogs — Average  weights  and  measurements  of  29  j 

animals 8 

'Monkeys — Average  weights  and  measurements  of  Qm. 

14  animals 1722 

Rabbits — Average  weights  and  measurements  of  Qm. 

30  animals 1752 

"Guinea-pigs — Average  weights  and  measurements  Gm. 
of  16  animals j 437 


mm. 

2.9 

mm. 

57.6 

mm. 

2.2 

mm. 

18.6 

cc. 

16.6 

mm. *  1 2 3 4 5 
38 

3 

23.5 

2.2 

12.2 

2.3 

20 

2.2 

35 

1.4 

18.7 

1.6 

7.3 

1.8 

12.6 

1.1 

11.2 

.8 

5.6 

TABLE  2. 

This  table  shows  the  comparative  length  and  diameter  of  the  common  duct  in  adults  of 
species  with  a gall-bladder  (ex.  rabbit  and  guinea-pig)  and  species  without  a gall-bladder 
(horse,  rat,  pocket  gopher).  Note  that  the  dimensions  of  the  common  duct  vary  in 
different  species,  regardless  of  whether  a gall-bladder  is  present  or  not.  


Distance  of  pylorus  to>  point 
Length  of  Diameter  of  Common  of  entrance  of  common 
Species.  Common  Duct.  Duct.  duct  into  duodenum. 


Ox 4-7  cm.  7-8  mm.  50-70  cm. 

Rabbit 2-5  cm.  1.5-3. 5 mm.  0.5-1. 5 cm. 

Guinea-pig.  1-2  cm.  1. 5-2.5  mm.  0.4-08  cm. 

Hofse 4-6  cm.  10-20  mm.  10-20  cm. 

Rat 2-3  cm.  0. 6-1.0  mm.  1.5-2. 5 cm. 

Pocket  gopher  6-7  cm.  0.6-1. 0 mm.  4-5  cm. 


TABLE  3. 

Table  showing  the  maximum  secretory  pressure  of  the  liver  in  three  species  of  animals, 


one  of  which  does  not  possess  a gall-bladder  (rat). 

Rabbit.  Guinea-pig.  Rat. 

Secretory  Secretory  Secretory 

No. Wt. Pressure. Wt.-  Pressure. Wt. Pressure. 

1  •••  2000  308 775 200  . 190  225  y 

2  2275  245 707 210 160 200 

3  2155 250 755 218 180 215 

4  1765 240  480 190 190 225 

5  2440 225 540 195 165 230 

2127 253.6 651.5 202.6 177 219 


Mann — The  Function  of  the  Gall-Bladder. 


91 


TABLE  4. 


This  table  shows  the  relationship  between  rate  of  bile-flow  and  capacity  of  the  gall-bladder 
in  two  species.  The  collections  of  bile  were  made  while  the  animal  was  under  anesthetic 
and  the  rate  of  bile  secretion  probably  much  decreased.  Even  under  these  conditions  the 
gall-bladder  never  had  a capacity  for  more  than  2 per  cent  of  the  amount  of  bile  secreted, 
in  twenty-four  hours. 


Animal.  Weight. 


■a5; 


p 

.2  S3  o 
-2,o,p 


£3 

be 


u 


£3 

o 


X'V'G  & 

o>  & "S 

our  « 
u u 


Rabbit 

. .2440 

2 hrs. 

10.0 

120.0 

2.4 

2.0 

75 

Rabbit 

. .2275 

2 hrs. 

12.8 

153.6 

2.0 

2.0 

75 

Rabbit 

. .2155 

2 hrs. 

16.6 

199.2 

2.0 

1.0 

95 

Rabbit 

. .1765 

2 hrs. 

9.0 

108.0 

1.4 

1.3 

65 

Average 

. .2158.8 

122.7 

1.95 

1.4 

71.25 

Guinea-pig. . 

. ..  707 

2 hrs. 

5.0 

60.0 

0.8 

1.3 

32 

Guinea-pig.  . 

, 560 

2 hrs. 

6.5 

78.0 

0.8 

1.0 

40 

Guinea-pig.  . 

. ..  652 

2 hrs. 

8.5 

102.0 

1.2 

1.0 

32 

Guinea-pig.  . 

. ..  390 

2 hrs. 

4.4 

52.8 

0.6 

1.1 

20 

Average 

. . 561.8 

73.2 

8.85 

1.1 

31 

TABLE  1 — Continued. 


B.  Showing  individual  weights  and  measurements  of  five  animals  of  each  species  selected' 
from  the  preceding  subdivision  “A”  on  account  of  their  being  the  nearest  in  size  in 
each  group. 


S3 

-g 

I 

0 

O 

*s 

u 

a 

O 

V> 

^ . 

Q* 

> 

d 

.2 

bi) 

.X 

o . 

° a 
* a 

QJ 

1" 

m 

o S 
q 

Sh  S 

<D 

o 

xn 

P 

73  o 

be 

o 

o £ 
o 

o 

.bX) 

. * 

g O 

b 0 

be  p 

gtf 
S 0 

Si 

11 

s ^ 

o . 

Mg' 

x 

q 

"o> 

c -o 

a a 

T*  V - 

' 'qj  be. 

03 

TJ1 

o 

Q 

£ 

s 

0 J 

s 

Qj 

o 

Dogs. 

M 

Thin 

.14 

3 

57 

2.5 

27 

20 

43 

420 

M 

Thin 

.13.2 

2.5 

70 

2 

22 

17 

55 

440 

F 

Good 

. 9.8 

3 

57 

2.5 

15 

9 

42 

340 

F 

Good 

. 9.1 

3 

60 

2 

17 

14 

45 

470 

M 

Good 

. 8.1 

2.5 

65 

2 

11 

12 

40 

350 

Average. 

,10. 8 

2.8 

61.8 

2 . 2 

18.4 

14.4 

45 

404 

Monkeys. 

F 

Thin 

Gm. 

.2050 

3.5 

26 

3 

18 

2 

20 

95 

F 

Thin 

.2040 

3 

37 

2.5 

14 

2.6 

25 

80 

F 

Thin 

.1890 

3 

16 

3 

11 

1.5 

21 

80 

F 

Thin 

.1650 

3 

35 

2 

12 

3 

10 

70 

F 

Thin 

.,1575 

3 

28 

2 

8 

4 

24 

50 

Average . 

.1841 

3.1 

28.4 

2.5 

12.6 

2.6 

20 

71 

Rabbits. 

M 

Good 

Gm. 

.2385 

2 . 5 

37 

1.5 

25 

3.6 

8 

83 

F 

Good . . . . . 

.2335 

2 

47 

1.5 

21 

2.2 

10 

85 

F 

Good 

.2280 

2.5 

40 

2 

16 

3 ! 2 

6 

105 

M 

Good 

.2275 

2 

40 

1.5 

12 

2 

8 

60 

M 

Good 

.2150 

2.5 

45 

2 

24 

2.5 

6 

110 

Average. 

.2705 

2.3 

41.8 

1.7 

19.6 

2.7 

8 

88.6 

Guinea-pigs. 

M 

Good 

Gm. 

2.5 

15 

1.5 

12 

1.2 

. 8 

44 

M 

Good 

2 

20 

1 

11 

1 

6 

33 

M 

Good 

. 707 

2 

20 

1.5 

10 

.8 

6 

32 

M 

Good 

. 652 

2 

18 

1 

10 

1.2 

5 

32 

M 

Good 

. 560 

2 

12 

1.5 

12 

.8 

5 

40 

1 

Average. 

. 689.8 

2.1 

17 

1.3 

11 

1 

6 

36.2 

92 


Original  Articles. 

Discussion  on  the  Paper  of  Dr.  Mann. 


3)r.  William  H.  Harris,  New  Orleans:  I would  like  to  ask  Dr.  Mann 

if  the  question  of  supply  and  demand  in  the  incidence  of  physiology  plays 
some  part  in  herbivora  or  carnivora,  and  whether  they  have  a gall-bladder 
or  not?  Also,  whether  the  question  of  a constant  feeder  or  intermittent 
feeder  there  has  any  relationship  to  the  presence  of  the  gall-bladder  or  to 
the  actions  of  the  gall-bladder? 

Dr.  F.  C.  Mann,  Rochester,  Minn,  (closing) : In  answer  to  the  question 
of  Dr.  Harris,  it  is  not  absolutely  true,  but  in  general  all  carnivora,  both 
animals  and  birds,  possess  a gall-bladder,  and  that  species  of  animals 
which  do  not  possess  a gall-bladder  mainly  belong  to  the  herbivora  group. 
There  are  a few  species  that  I do  not  recall  at  present,  namely:  carnivora, 
which  do  not  have  a gall-bladder,  but  in  general  it  is  true. 

In  regard  to  constant  and  intermittent  feeders,  there  is  no  definite 
differentiation  between  the  two.  It  may  be  that  if  we  could  trace  each 
species  back  far  enough,  we  would  find  that  intermittent  feeders  do  not  pos- 
sess gall-bladders.  However,  I am  not  able  to  state  definitely  in  regard 
to  that,  but  just  in  reviewing  them  as  species  we  cannot  differentiate 
them  now. 


IMPORTANT  FACTORS  RELATIVE  TO  TUBERCULOSIS 
IN  ARMY  AND  CIVIL  PRACTICE.* 

By  WALLACE  J.  DUREL,  M.  D.,  New  Orleans,  La. 

In  order  to  arrive  at  some  definite  conclusion  in  the  prevention, 
diagnosis  and  treatment  of  pulmonary  tuberculosis  it  is  of  primary 
importance  to  remember  that  the  stage  and  course  of  the  disease 
depends  upon  the  relation  between  the  virulency  of  the  invading 
tubercle  bacilli  and  the  resistance  of  the  body’s  humoral  and  cellular 
tissues. 

The  efficacy  of  the  body’s  resistant  forces  in  the  phagocytic  and 
antibody  action  of  The  leucocytes  will  prove  the  decisive  factor  in 
the  outcome  of  a tuberculous  infection;  in  limiting  the  disease  to 
small  areas  of  infiltration,  exudation  and  tubercles,  or  in  permitting 
a greater  involvement  of  lung  areas,  with  rapid  disintegration  and 
cavitation. 

The  individual  with  a low  tissue  resistance  will  show  more  con- 
fluent lesions  and  rapid  disintegration,  with  marked  constitutional 
disturbance,  if  the  invading  tubercle  bacilli  are  of  a virulent  type, 
while  one  with  a good  tissue  resistance  will  show  benign  lesions,  not 
tending  to  activity  and  disintegration,  if  the  invading  tubercle 
bacilli  are  of  a lesser  virulent  type. 

* Read  at  the  39th  Annual  Meeting,  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society,  New  Orleans 
April  16,  17,  18,  1918. 


Durel — Important  Factors  Relative  to  Tuberculosis.  93 

Variations  between  these  two  conditions  of  infection  will  account 
for  the  different  courses  of  the  disease  manifested  by  localized  foci, 
with  no  clinical  symptoms  (inactive  tuberculosis)  or  by  more  dis- 
seminated lesions  with  evident  clinical  symptoms  (active  tuber- 
culosis). 

This  leads  us  to  the  prevention  of  tuberculosis  by  the  strict  ad- 
herence and  enforcement  of  our  sanitary  laws  and  by  the  education 
of  our  people  as  to  a proper  “mode  of  living”  in  order  to  prevent 
infection  from  man  to  man  and  to  increase  the  individual’s  resist- 
ance to  suppress  the  multiplication  of  the  tubercle  bacilli. 

The  individual  who  can  live  a proper  anti-tuberculosis  life,  in  the 
right  environment,  runs  very  little  chances  of  ever  developing  tuber- 
culosis. In  civil  life  this  is  a hard  task  with  many,  but  in  army  life 
it  becomes  almost  impracticable,  with  the  underground  method  of 
the  present  warfare. 

Thus,  depending  upon  the  tissues’,  local  and  general,  resistance, 
we  find  tuberculous  exudates,  infiltrations  and  tubercles  localized  in 
the  peri-bronchial  and  bronchial  glands,  or  extending  into  the  bron- 
chial tree,  or  still  further  extending  into  the  bronchioles  and  al- 
veolar surface  of  the  lungs. 

These  limited  and  more  extensive  lesions  may  remain  statu  quo 
for  years,  without  revealing  the  least  sign  of  activity  or  disintegra- 
tion. 

Still,  after  many  years,  and  in  a great  number  of  cases  after 
having  been  thus  encapsulated  since  early  childhood,  inactive  tuber- 
culosis, following  a defective  “mode  of  living,”  bad  environment, 
disease,  dissipation,  overwork,  worry,  etc.,  flares  up  into  the  most 
active  forms  of  the  disease — pneumonic  phthisis  and  miliary  tuber- 
culosis. 

The  opinion  of  many  phthisiologists,  “that  tuberculosis  is  a dis- 
ease, in  a great  number  of  cases,  contracted  during  childhood,”  has 
been  repeatedly  corroborated  by  numerous  observers  from  our  best 
tuberculosis  clinics. 

That  tubercles,  caseous  and  calcareous,  quiescent  and  not  healed, 
may  remain  encapsulated  for  many  years  in  the  lung  without  re- 
vealing any  constitutional  symptoms  of  disease,  though  showing 
evidence  of  their  presence  in  the  lung  by  physical  and  X-ray  find- 
ings and  the  tuberculin  tests,  we  know  to  be  an  established  fact. 
And  we  further  know  that  there  are  no  measures  by  which  we  can 
positively  assert  that  such  lesions  will  remain  indefinitely  encap- 


94  Original  Articles. 

sulated  in  this  inactive  state  and  will  not  finally  impair  the  indi- 
viduals health. 

Inactive  foci  may  become  active  at  any  period  of  a man’s  life,  and 
death  will  often  be  the  final  ending  of  what  was  thought  to  be  an 
inert  condition.  Therefore,  it  is  the  opinion  of  most  phthisiologists 
that  tuberculous  individuals  should  be  more  cautious  in  their  “mode 
of  living”  and  should  not  be  subjected  to  the  exposure  and  hardships 
of  a strenuous  civil  or  army  life.  Such  individuals  should  not  be 
forced  into  a very  active  military  service. 

In  making  a diagnosis  of  pulmonary  tuberculosis  it  is  not  suf- 
ficient to  locate  the  presence  and  extent  of  lesions,  but  we  must  first 
determine  the  tuberculous  nature  of  these  lesions,  especially  relative 
to  their  “activity”  or  “latency.” 

The  diagnosis  of  incipient  or  advanced  tuberculosis  cannot  be 
made  upon  the  physical  lung-findings  alone.  Any  one  claiming  to 
do  this  is  a medical  phenomenon.  The  presence  of  rales  alone  is 
not  the  sole  criterion  of  the  presence  of  tuberculosis  or  of  active 
lesions.  Therefore,  we  are  better  able  to  arrive  at  some  conclusion 
in  the  diagnosis  of  pulmonary  tuberculosis  by  obtaining  a chain 
evidence  of  the  following  factors : 

1.  The  physical  findings. 

2.  The  family,  personal  and  clinical  histories. 

3.  The  sputum  findings. 

4.  If  tubercle  bacilli  are  not  found  in  the  sputum,  positive  tuber- 
culin tests  and  X-ray  findings  will  be  valuable  corroborative  factors. 

Always  inquire  into  the  family  history  as  to  direct  and  constant 
exposure  to  infection;  into  the  personal  history  as  to  dissipation, 
overwork,  infectious  diseases,  environment,  habits,  etc.  Into  the 
clinical  history  as  to : 

1.  Range  of  temperature  (97°  F.  to  99.6°  F or  100°  F.)  de- 
termined by  a two-hour  temperature  record  of  at  least  five  days. 

2.  Acceleration  and  instability  of  the  pulse — 92  to  120. 

3.  Disturbed  digestion  and  loss  of  weight. 

4.  Malaise  and  languor,  with  aching  and  lassitude. 

5.  Cough  and  hemoptysis. 

6.  Low  blood  pressure. 

Activity  of  the  disease  is  chiefly  determined  by  the  above  factors. 

As  for  the  physical  lung-findings:  Lack  of  expansion  of  the 

upper  lobe  of  the  lung,  slight  dullness  or  tympany,  increase  of  voice 
sounds,  feeble  breathing,  harsh  and  granular  breathing,  rumbling 
and  prolonged  expiration;  dry,  whistling,  localized  rales,  etc.,  may 


Dukel — Important  Factors  Relative  to  Tuberculosis. 


95 


only  indicate  a “quiescent/*  partly  fibrous  and  inactive  lesion,  but 
when  associated  with  the  above-mentioned  clinical  symptoms  they 
can  well  be  interpreted  as  indicating  “active”  tuberculosis. 

This  is  especially  true  if  the  subcutaneous  tuberculin  test  causes 
a positive  constitutional  and  focal  lung  reaction,  and  if  the  X-ray 
shovjs  any  feathering  extending  well  into  the  cortex  of  the  lung. 

The  tuberculous  nature  of  a lung  lesion  cannot  be  disclosed  by 
even  the  closest  and  most  careful  lung  examination  alone.  The 
physical  findings  detected  by  a percussion  and  auscultation  may  be 
caused  by  an  absolutely  non-tuberculous  lesion.  Ho  physical  lung- 
findings,  including  moist  rales,  are  a specific  indication  of  “active” 
tuberculosis. 

If  the  sputum  is  negative — a fact  which  does  not  exclude  tuber- 
culosis even  after  repeated  examinations  of  twenty-four-hours 
specimens — it  is  essential  to  have  such  corroborative  evidence  as  the 
tuberculin  tests  and  the  X-ray  before  a positive  diagnosis  of  tuber- 
culosis can  be  made.  The  X-ray  will  give  the  location  and  the  topo- 
graphical distribution  of  the  lesions,  also  the  degree  of  infiltration 
and  calcification  of  the  tuberculous  foci.  However,  it  is  impossible 
to  determine  by  plate  and  skiagraphic  readings  the  tuberculous 
nature  of  the  lesions,  and  especially  whether  they  are  “active”  or 
“latent.” 

The  “positive”  tuberculin  skin  tests  will  show  whether  the  sub- 
ject harbors  in  his  body  any  tuberculous  foci.  It  does  not,  however, 
express  the  “activity”  of  the  infection. 

The  “positive”  subcutaneous  tuberculin  test  will  denote  Vhether 
the  tuberculin  antigen  and  antibodies  are  easily  accessible  to  the 
tuberculous  foci — i.  e.,  to  lesions  not  properly  walled  in  by  a suf- 
ficient protective  barrier  of  fibrous  tissue. 

A “focal”  lung  reaction,  accompanying  the  “positive”  constitu- 
tional tuberculin  reaction,  gives  a fairly  good  evidence  of  the 
“activity”  of  the  disease. 

A twice  or  thrice  “negative5  tuberculin  skin  test  gives  absolute 
proof  of  the  complete  absence  of  any  tuberculous  foci,  whether 
“active55  or  “latent,55  excepting  in  subjects  suffering  with  some 
acute  toxemia  or  infection,  as  measles,  etc.,  or  with  far-advanced 
or  miliary  tuberculosis  and  pneumonic  phthisis. 

The  few  who  contend  that  10  per  cent  of  the  cases  admitted  in 
tuberculosis  sanatoria  are  non-tuberculous  because  the  examiner,  in 
the  absence  of  moist  rales,  has  exaggerated  the  importance  of  the 
harsh  and  granular  breathing  and  prolonged  expiration  found  in 


96 


Original  Articles. 


the  upper  lobe  of  the  lung,  do  not  realize  that  it  might  he  better 
understood  to  mean  a lack  of  application  of  the  proper  methods  in 
the  diagnosis  of  pulmonary  tuberculosis.  Certainly  we  should  not 
conclude  our  diagnosis  upon  the  above  physical  findings  alone,  but 
we  should,  however,  never  overlook  their  significance.  This  seems 
more  plausible,  as  shown  by  the  reports  of  tuberculosis  sanitoria, 
stating  that  70  to  85  per  cent  of  cases  referred  to  such  institutions 
are  in  the  advanced  stages  of  the  disease. 

It  is  far  better,  after  all,  to  admit  a few  borderline  cases  without 
rales  and  extensive  consolidation — i.  e.,  those  giving  physical  findings 
which  are  recognized  by  the  highest  authorities  on  the  subject  as 
that  of  incipient  tuberculosis — than  to  run  chances  of  the  few  cases 
becoming  advanced.  By  so  doing,  we  do  not  injure  any  one,  but  will 
reduce  the  morbidity  of  tuberculosis  in  our  State  and  nation. 

If  we  have  the  high  prevalence  and  mortality  of  tuberculosis  it 
is  because,  unfortunately,  we  overlook  these  “signs”  of  incipiency 
and  often  wait  too  long  for  the  appearance  of  the  mor£  advanced 
physical  findings : moist  rales  and  tubercle  bacilli  in  the  sputum. 
The  same  applies  to  tuberculosis  in  civil  life  as  to  tuberculosis  in 
army  life.  The  man  wearing  a uniform  is  no  less  susceptible  to 
tuberculosis  than  a civilian. 

If  we  are  not  careful,  and  we  send  to  the  trenches  men  with 
definite  lesions  of  incipient  tuberculosis  (lesions  without  moist 
rales,  but  corroborated  by  clinical,  X-ray  or  tuberculin  findings) 
it  will  mean  disaster  and  countless  expense  to  our  national  and  civil 
governments.  What  greater  injustice  can  we  do  to  our  young  men 
than  to  send  “in  line  of  duty”  a tuberculous  individual  who,  with 
all  chances  against  him,  is  inevitably  doomed  to  succumb  to  the 
strenuous  life  and  exposure  of  the  damp  and  muddy  life  of  trench 
and  underground  warfare?  Reports  from  abroad  show  that  strong 
and  healthy  men  return  from  such  exposure  and  environment  de- 
pleted and  exhausted.  What,  then,  can  we  expect  of  the  poor  tuber- 
culous soldier,  coming  from  this  dungeon,  breeding  the  very  essen- 
tials for  the  making  of  the  consumptive?  Let  us  be  very  careful 
in  our  examinations  for  the  detection  of  tuberculosis  in  our  army. 

There  is  no  rule  by  which  we  can  say  that  one  with  an  apparently 
“healed”  lesion  is  fit  for  service  in  our  present  army.  Xothing  tells 
us  when  such  an  individual  will  fail  in  health  and  become  a menace 
and  a charge  to  our  government. 

Tuberculous  lesions  are  not  “healed”  as  long  as  they  encapsulate 
caseous  material  containing  tubercle  bacilli.  Only  lesions  “healed” 


Dukel — Important  Factors  Relative  to  Tuberculosis.  97 

by  complete  fibrosis,  with  no  caseation,  can  we  consider  well  and 
cured. 

In  my  opinion,  most  cases  of  far-advanced  tuberculosis  and  of 
pneumonic  and  miliary  phthisis  are  nothing  more  than  an  acute 
exacerbation  and  extension  of  long-standing  and  apparently 
“healed”  foci. 

Are  we  going  to  run  the  chances  of  having  our  young  men  develop 
the  more  rapid  forms  of  the  disease  by  sending  them  to  a bad  en- 
vironment and  dangerous  “mode  of  living”  ? Oh,  no ! There  are 
enough  healthy  and  non-tuberculous  men  in  our  great  United  States, 
who  are  better  able  to  stand  the  physical  exertions  and  privations 
of  trench  warfare  and  who  can  better  fill  all  the  ranks  in  both  civil 
and  army  exigencies. 

In  civil  practice  we  must  pay  more  attention  to  our  younger  and 
growing  generation,  to  our  working,  factory  and  tenement  popula- 
tion, and,  in  fact,  to  all  classes,  thus  educating  them  to  a proper 
anti-tuberculosis  “mode  of  living,”  and  also  providing  them  with 
sanitary  factory,  shops,  school  houses,  dwelling  houses,  better  food 
and  rest  hours,  farms  and  open-air  life,  etc.,  all  these  factors  tend- 
ing toward  the  suppression  of  infection  by  the  tubercle  bacilli  and 
the  increase  of  the  body’s  immunity  against  the  virulency  of  the 
tubercle  bacilli. 

What  are  we  to  do  with  the  “latent”  and  “active”  tuberculous? 
Should. they  both  be  treated  alike?  No  ! The  “inactive”  or  “latent” 
tuberculous  can  safely  keep  his  usual  work  or  occupation,  and  need 
not  be  restricted  to  any  severe  or  sacrificial  home  or  sanatorium 
treatment.  However,  he  must  be  made  to  fully  realize  that  he  is 
not  a sound  man  and  that  he  will  fail  in  health  if  he  attempts  to 
follow  the  career  of  one  who  is  absolutely  free  from  any  tuberculous 
focus  or  infection.  He  must  be  instructed  to  carry  out  a proper 
anti-tuberculous  life  by  modifying  his  way  of  living  and  by  correct- 
ing his  faulty  habits,  by  insisting  upon  an  open-air  life  in  a favor- 
able environment,  by  taking  a well-regulated  and  balanced  diet,  by 
■carefully  avoiding  excessive  exercise  and  exertion,  and  by  observing 
'Certain  periods  of  rest.  “Early  to  bed”  should  be  his  motto.  Any 
secondary  disease  condition  should  be  corrected,  and,  with  the 
above,  will  be  found  sufficient,  in  the  majority  of  such  cases,  to  com- 
pletely eradicate  the  “latent”  tuberculosis  and  thus  prevent  further 
“activity”  of  the  disease. 

Let  us  bear  in  mind  that  the  “latent”  or  “inactive”  tuberculous 
is  not  a sound  man,  though  he  does  not  show  symptoms  of  disease. 


98 


Original  Articles. 


The  “active”  tuberculous,  contrary  to  the  “latent,”  requires  very 
aggressive  methods  of  treatment,  such  as  absolute  rest  in  bed,  care- 
ful dieting,  abundant  open-air  life,  and  such  accessories  as  creosote, 
iodin,  tuberculin,  artificial  pneumothorax,  etc.  He  cannot  work 
and  follow  his  usual  occupation,  but  he  must  submit  to  a strict  and 
disciplinary  form  of  treatment,  at  home  or  in  a sanatorium. 

I will  ask  this  question : If  what  we  said  is  true  of  the  “active” 
and  “latent”  case  of  tuberculosis  in  civil  life,  is  it  not  the  same  with 
the  individual  in  army  life  ? Both  are  susceptible  to  the  same  favor- 
able and  unfavorable  environment  and  “mode”  of  living,  according 
to  their  station  and  the  exigencies  of  duty  and  necessities  of  life. 

I cannot  feel  that  the  “latent”  tuberculous  soldier  is  fit  for  line 
of  duty.  He  can,  however,  be  well  utilized  in  the  army  in  some 
capacity  where  he  will  not  be  exposed  to  the  hardships  and  fatigue 
of  the  strenuous  army  life.  This  way  he  will  not  become  a charge 
to  himself,  the  government  or  the  public. 

The  “active”  incipient  tuberculous,  without  rales  and  tubercle 
bacilli  in  the  sputum,  as  well  as  the  more  advanced  tuberculous, 
should  be  entirely  rejected  or  discharged  from  the  army. 

Discussion  on  the  Paper  of  Dr.  Durel. 

Dr.  C.  P.  Gray,  Monroe:  There  are  four  points  I would  like  to  discuss 

briefly.  The  first  point  is  the  timeliness  of  this  paper  of  Dr.  Durel’s 
and  the  manner  in  which  he  has  covered  it  in  the  length  of  time  at  his 
disposal.  I do  that,  for  the  reason,  as  he  mentioned,  of  the  army  and 
draft  examinations,  especially  at  this  time,  not  that  it  will  not  be  im- 
portant in  the  future,  but  at  this  time  we  should  all  consider  the  im- 
portance of  this  paper  and  the  message  which  Dr.  Durel  has  tried  to  give 
ns  in  the  length  of  time  at  his  command. 

The  next  point  which  I would  like  to  call  attention  to,  and  Dr.  Durel 
mentioned  it,  but  did  not  emphasize  it  sufficiently,  is  the  diagnosis.  It 
is  surprising  and  astonishing  to  know  the  large  number  of  physicians  who 
wait,  not  only  for  moist  rales,  but  all  kinds  of  rales,  to  appear  in  the 
lungs  before  they  consider  a diagnosis  of  tuberculosis.  Dr.  Durel  has 
stated  that  40  or  60  per  cent  of  the  cases  he  examined  of  supposed  tuber- 
culosis proved  not  to  be  such,  but  the  majority  of  those  cases  developed 
tuberculosis  and  might  have  it  in  the  active  form.  I have  been  quite  as 
guilty  as  others,  because  at  the  time  I accepted  the  creosote  and  forced 
egg  feeding  of  tuberculosis  I did  the  same  thing.  I would  wait  for  all 
manner  of  symptoms  to  develop  in  the  lungs  before  I would  entertain 
the  idea  of  tuberculosis. 

Why  is  it  that  so  many  beginning  active  cases  of  tuberculosis  are 
passed  over,  and  how  many  cases  are  we  passing  over  as  heart  disease, 
as  stomach  disease,  as  malaria,  and  so  on?  Why?  Because  we  do  not 
find  the  rales  in  the  lungs,  because  the  patient  has  a rapid  heart  action, 
because  he  has  gastric  symptoms,  and  because  he  has  a slight  rise  of 
temperature  in  the  afternoon,  and  you  generally  know  that  that  is  true. 


Discussion. 


99 


In  the  majority  of  cases  in  the  beginning,  unless  we  avail  ourselves  of 
the  other  methods  of  diagnosis,  hundreds  of  these  cases  are  passed  over 
and  given  a general  diagnosis  of  malaria,  heart  disease  or  indigestion. 

A third  point  I want  to  mention  is  with  reference  to  army  examina- 
tions. In  cities  the  size  of  New  Orleans  it  is  much  easier  to  make  these 
examinations  and  be  more  safe  about  the  men  going  into  the  trenches 
who  have  active  tuberculosis.  But  what  are  we  going  to  do  in  our  smaller 
cities,  like  Alexandria,  Baton  Rouge,  Shreveport,  Monroe,  etc.?  The 
doctors  in  these  smaller  cities  are  literally  swamped  with  work,  and  how 
are  we  going  to  detect  these  cases  that  Dr.  Durel  mentioned  to  you.  Un- 
less these  men  have  these  active  signs  and  a stethoscopic  examination  is 
made  we  are  bound  to  accept  them.  I do  not  think  the  Surgeon  General’s 
office  has  placed  sufficient  stress  upon  that  one  point,  and  I do  not  say  it 
in  a spirit  of  criticism.  I believe  that  a larger  and  a wider  provision  should 
have  been  made  for  the  tubercular  examinations,  or  rather  for  test  ex- 
aminations. As  it  stands  at  present,  we  have  to  do  just  as  Dr.  Durel 
mentioned. 

My  fourth  point  is  in  the  form  of  a question  I would  like  to  ask  Dr. 
Durel  to  answer  in  closing  the  discussion,  namely:  what  he  said  about 
the  three  negative  skin  tests.  I did  not  quite  catch  what  he  said  regard- 
ing that  matter. 

Dr.  Wallace  J.  Durel,  New  Orleans  (closing) : I am  sorry  if  I did  not 

voice  the  feeling  and  sentiment  of  the  general  practitioners  in  regard  to 
this  subject,  because  they  are  the  ones  that  have  got  to  solve  the  problem. 
Tuberculosis  must  be  solved  by  the  general  practitioner.  Unfortunately, 
however,  tuberculosis  gets  the  least  thought  from  the  general  practitioner. 
The  tuberculous  patient  is  the  last  to  be  thought  of. 

Relative  to  Dr.  Gray’s  question  ^concerning  moist  rales  in  the  lungs,  I 
assure  you  that  we  were  greatly  embarrassed  in  our  army  examinations. 
You  will  see  a complete  report  in  the  “Southern  Medical  Journal,”  where 
I stated  the  exact  facts  and  the  conditions  under  which  we  were  placed 
in  our  army  examinations.  In  our  army  examinations  we  were  given 
three  minutes  to  make  a diagnosis  of  tuberculosis,  and  also  three  minutes 
in  which  to  make  a diagnosis  of  cardio-vascular  conditions.  Gentlemen, 
I could  not  do  it.  Army  experts  may  make  diagnoses  in  that  length  of 
time,  but  I cannot  do  it. 

In  an  individual  not  suffering  from  any  toxemia  or  an  acute  infection, 
acute  miliary  tuberculosis  or  pneumococcus  phthisis,  excluding  the  factors 
I have  mentioned,  it  means  the  complete  absence  of  any  tuberculous  focus, 
whether  active  or  latent,  in  that  individual.  In  fifteen  years’  practice 
in  this  line  of  work  exclusively  I have  not  yet  seen  an  individual  who  had 
symptoms  of  tuberculosis,  with  perhaps  no  bacilli  in  the  sputum,  with 
negative  tuberculin  test,  with  repeated  negative  skin  tests,  who  did  not 
have,  sooner  or  later,  active  tuberculosis.  I would  not  pass  on  any  indi- 
vidual unless  I had  this  chain  of  evidence.  I must  have  the  physical  find- 
ings; I must  have  by  clinical  findings;  I must  have  my  clinical  history, 
personal  and  family  history;  I must  have  my  X-ray  findings;  I must  have 
my  tuberculin  findings.  You  may  have  the  physical  findings,  you  may 
have  the  clinical  and  X-ray  findings,  which  simulate  tuberculosis  due  to 
other  conditions  than  tuberculosis,  and  your  tuberculin  test  may  be  nega- 
tive. If  that  happens,  regardless  of  what  is  said  against  it,  I have  never 
regretted  telling  such  an  individual  he  had  not  tuberculosis,  but  I have 
had  cases  where  I was  in  doubt  whether  I could  tell  the  individual  he 
had  tuberculosis  or  not  unless  I got  a positive  tuberculin  reaction.  Then, 
if  I get  a positive  tuberculin  reaction  and  positive  “Subcutaneous  test, 


100 


Original  Articles. 


and  if  there  was  a constitutional  reaction  plus  a focal  lung  reaction,  I 
would  advise  that  patient  to  keep  on  with  his  work  and  mode  of  living. 
The  active  cases  must  be  put  under  strict  treatment. 

At  one  of  the  army  camps  we  were  given  greater  liberty  in  using  the 
X-ray.  We  were  limited  to  the  X-ray.  We  were  in  the  beginning  not 
allowed  to  take  any  history. 

As  to  sputum  examinations,  the  applicant  might  deceive  the  patholo- 
gist. This  is  what  was  done:  The  applicant  was  furnished  a cup  and 
asked  to  spit  into  it  and  the  sputum  was  examined.  Unless  you  get  a 
twelve-  or  twenty-four-hour  specimen  of  sputum  in  a doubtful  case  your 
sputum  examination  is  worth  nothing. 

As  far  as  the  tuberculin  test  was  concerned,  it  was  prohibited.  What 
has  been  the  result?  I have  seen  in  the  last  two  months  a case  in  which 
a diagnosis  of  tuberculosis  was  made  and  the  man  was  discharged  as 
absolutely  non-tuberculous.  I have  seen  other  cases  that  were  accepted 
for  duty  where,  after  a few  weeks  or  months,  they  developed  hemorrhage 
and  active  tuberculosis,  f am  glad  to  say,  however,  that  some  improve- 
ment has  been  made.  Major  Bruns,  who  has  charge  of  the  work,  has 
made  wonderful  changes  for  the  future  examination  of  men  for  the  army, 
and  I am  sure  in  the  next  examinations  such  difficulties  as  I have  men- 
tioned are  not  going  to  be  met  with. 

I repeat  again,  before  making  a diagnosis  of  tuberculosis,  do  not  de- 
pend upon  the  lung-findings  alone.  Any  one  with  a stethoscope  can  make 
a diagnosis  of  tuberculosis.  You  must  have  other  clinical  findings,  tuber- 
culin findings,  X-ray  findings,  and  so  on.  It  is  as  much  an  injustice  to 
tell  an  individual  he  has  tuberculosis  when  he  has  not  as  it  is  to  tell  an- 
other individual  he  has  not  tuberculosis  when  he  really  has  it. 


ACUTE  NEPHRITIS  IN  CHILDHOOD.* 

By  SOLON  G.  WILSON,  M.  D.,  New  Orleans. 

The  picture  of  acute  nephritis  is  indeed  familiar  to  us  all.  It  is 
a subject  that  has  never  lost  its  interest  to  the  medical  profession; 
consequently  in  presenting  this  paper  the  writer  expects  it  to  he 
discussed  from  every  angle. 

We  have  come  to  know  in  recent  years  that  nephritis  in  childhood 
does  not  carry  with  it  the  same  grave  outlook  that  it  did  formerly, 
but  instead  of  feeling  that  we  are  dealing  with  a hopeless  situation, 
as  was  the  case  in  the  past,  it  is  the  usual  thing  to-day  to  expect 
most  of  our  cases  to  get  well.  It  is  largely  due  to  Fisher’s  Treatise 
on  Acidosis  that  this  change  of  opinion  has  come  about. 

In  the  condition  of  acidosis  where  there  is  a diminution  of  the 
alkali  reserve  of  the  body  fluids,  especially  of  the  blood,  usually  at- 

* Read  at  the  39th  Annual  Meeting,  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society,  New  Orleans, 
April  16,  .1^,  «18,  19]  G,  ‘ ' A ' " ' ° ‘ ' 


Wilson — Acute  Nephritis  in  Children.  10i 

tended  by  an  excessive  formation  of  acids  with  its  resulting  clinical 
symptoms. 

In  other  words,  an  alteration  of  the  equilibrium  and  normal  re- 
lationship of  the  alkalies  and  acids  in  the  body.  The  blood,  in  order 
for  life  to  exist,  must  be  maintained  at  a very  constant  reaction, 
which  is  slightly  alkaline,  and  there  must  be  within  narrow  limits 
a certain  amount  of  bases  over  acids.  Any  change  from  the  normal 
towards  the  side  of  acidity  tends  to  inhibit  numerous  sensitive  meta- 
bolic processes  in  the  organism  and  acidosis  results. 

Acute  nephritis  as  a primary  disease  is  nearly  an  unheard-of  con- 
dition, but  is  dependent  upon  either  chemical  or  bacterial  irritants. 
In  the  immense  majority  of  cases  it  occurs  as  a complication  of  in- 
fectious diseases,  and  during  the  diseases  a condition  of  acidosis 
exists. 

It  is  indeed  a question  whether  it  is  the  bacterial  irritant  in 
scarlet  fever,  diphtheria,  tonsilitis,  parotiditis,  measles,  malaria, 
influenza,  varicella,  general  sepsis,  acute  intestinal  infection,  or  the 
resulting  acidosis,  which  is  ever  present  in  the  diseases  that  are 
responsible  for  the  damage  to  the  kidneys. 

There  isn’t  any  doubt  that  a great  many  cases  are  overlooked  on 
account  of  mildness,  and  ultimately  become  serious  cases.  Usually 
the  first  symptoms  noted  are  a slight  puffiness  about  the  eyes, 
nausea;  mild  frontal  headaches  is  a frequent  symptom.  Elevation 
of  temperature  exists  in  all  cases,  but  the  most  striking  early  symp- 
tom is  scantiness  of  the  excretion  of  urine.  The  urine  voided  will 
be  reduced  from  a total  quantity  of  thirty  ounces  to  six  or  seven 
ounces.  Later  a few  ounces  only  may  be  excreted,  or  the  urine  may 
be  completely  suppressed.  Associated  with  this  is  the  odor  of  acetone 
on  the  breath. 

There  is  not  in  the  entire  field  of  medicine  a place  where  the 
laboratory  is  a greater  source  of  satisfaction.  The  finding  in  these 
cases  are  albumen,  granular  (finely  granular)  casts,  blood  acetone, 
indican,  pus,  and  it  is  your  laboratory  that  will  assist  you  to  in- 
telligently know  the  progress  of  your  patient’s  case. 

Test  for  Indican. — A few  e.  c.  of  urine  are  treated  with  an  equal 
volume  of  concentrated  hydrochloric  acid,  to  which  is  added  two  or  three 
drops  of  hydrogen  peroxide  and  the  contents  mixed.  Two  c.  c.  of  chloro- 
form are  then  added  and  the  tube  inverted  several  times.  In  this  process 
the  indican  is  oxidized  to  indigo-blue,  which  is  taken  up  by  the  chloro- 
form. The  depth  of  the  blue  coloration  of  the  chloroform  will  serve  as 
an  approximate  estimate  of  the  amount  of  indican  present. 

In  absolutely  normal  urine  no  blue  coloration  or,  at  most,  a faint  bluish 


102  Original  Articles. 

tinge  is  observed.  Care  must  be  taken  not  to  add  too  much  hydrogeii 
peroxide  to  the  test. 

Test  for  Acetone. — To  a few  c.  c.  of  urine  are  added  a few  drops  of 
fairly  concentrated  solution  of  sodium  nitroprussid,  or  potassium  hydrate, 
until  the  mixture  is  strongly  alkaline.  A ruby-red  color  appears  in-  the 
presence  of  acetone.  If  the  ruby-red  solution  be  treated  with  a few  drops, 
say  one  c.  c.  of  glacial  acetic  acid,  the  first  red  color  will  change  into  a 
crimson  or  reddish-purple  color  in  the  presence  of  acetone. 

Treatment. — The  treatment  of  acute  nephritis  might  be  divided 
into  the  following  subdivisions  : 

1,  Drugs;  2,  water;  3,  diet;  4,  heat;  5,  baths;  6,  clothing;  7, 
hygiene — constantly  bearing  in  mind  the  acidosis. 

Sodium  citrates,  with  me,  have  been  accorded  first  place,  given 
in  ten-grain  doses  every  three  hours.  Sodium  bicarbonate,  in  ten- 
grain  doses,  has  served  nearly  as  well.  A patient  with  nephritis, 
it  matters  not  how  mild,  should  have  two  bowel  evacuations  a day, 
as  we  are  trying  to  relieve  the  overworked  kidneys.  Milk  of  mag- 
nesia or  citrate  of  magnesia  answers  admirably. 

Water — The  question  of  wTater  always  provokes  discussion,  one 
class  urging  indiscriminate  water-drinking  and  more  or  less  indis- 
criminate use  of  diuretics,  and  the  other  class  withholding  water 
altogether.  Too  great  emphasis  has  been  placed  upon  forcing  kid- 
neys to  act  and  too  little  upon  the  necessity  of  relieving  them  of  the 
work  for  which  they  are  temporarily  incapacitated.  The  advocacy 
of  drinking  large  amounts  of  water  when  the  blood-vessels  of  the 
kidneys  are  distended  and  the  tubules  are  obstructed  does  nothing 
but  harm.  My  course  has  been  a moderate  amount  of  Yichy  or 
Stafford  water,  not  attempting  in  any  way  to  force  the  kidneys. 

5 Diet. — In  selecting  a diet  two  factors  are  to  be  considered : First, 
a food  to  maintain  your  patient,  providing  his  caloric  needs ; second, 
to  provide  a food  that  will  not  add  to  the  existing  trouble.  In  these 
cases  there  exists  a tendency  to  an  indicanuria,  which  serves  as  a 
direct  irritant  to  the  kidneys.  Even  milk  contains  4 per  cent  pro- 
teid,  and  we  know  nitrogneous  foods,  such  as  meats  and  eggs, 
should  be  avoided,  in  order  to  relieve  the  kidneys  of  the  work  of 
excretion  of  urine  and  creatin.  So  we  have  to  reduce  the  proteid 
of  milk  by  giving  half  milk  and  half  cereal  water,  never  giving  over 
twenty-four  ounces  of  milk  a day. 

Carbohydrates—  Cereals,  bread  and  butter,  baked  potatoes,  plain 
gelatins,  malted  milk,  racahout,  zweiback,  fruit  juices  are  to  be 
avoided,  because  of  breaking  up  into  hippuric  acid,  acting  as  a direct 
renal  irritant.  The  value  of  salt-free  diet  has  been  generally  recog- 


Discussion. 


103 


nized.  The  rationale  was  set  forth  by  Widal,  Javal  and  others.  In 
cases  of  edema  it  is  interesting  to  see  the  swelling  disappear  by 
exclusion  of  sodium  chloride. 

It  is  interesting  to  see  the  role  that  heat  plays  in  assisting  in 
relieving  the  kidneys  of  their  work  by  producing  diaphoresis.  The 
best  method  to  employ  is  to  improvise  an  electric  light  cabinet  cov- 
ered with  blankets  or,  instead,  hot- water  bottles.  A temperature  of 
110°  F.  may  be  maintained  an  hour  if  necessary,  repeated  in  eight 
hours.  In  severe  cases  of  general  edema  sulphate  of  magnesia  baths 
at  a temperature  of  100°  for  fifteen  minutes,  followed  by  bandaging 
patient  in  a solution  of  Epsom  salts,  act  most  satisfactorily  in  re- 
ducing the  swelling. 

The  clothing  of  a nephritic  is  most  important;  he  should  be  pro- 
tected from  drafts.  Silk  or  mixture  of  silk  and  wool  or  flannel 
should  be  worn  next  to  the  skin.  While  it  is  necessary  to  maintain 
an  equal  heat  of  about  70°  F.,  frequent  airing  of  the  sick-room  adds 
to  the  comfort  of  the  patient. 

This  plan  of  management  covers  eight  years,  and  a great  many 
cases  treated  in  this  way  are  submitted  for  what  they  are  worth. 

Discussion  on  the  Paper  of  Dr,  Wilson. 

Dr.  L.  It.  DeBuys,  New  Orleans:  There  are  only  a few  words  I want 

to  say  in  connection  with  acute  nephritis  in  childhood,  and  that  is,  I do 
not  think  we  should  wait  for  the  first  symptoms  of  swelling,  edema,  head- 
ache, and  so  on.  I know  of  no  disease  where  prophylaxis  is  more  im- 
portant, and  in  that  connection  we  should  always  bear  in  mind  that  when- 
ever a child  has  a disease  which  predisposes  to  nephritis  we  should  care- 
fully watch  the  urine  during  the  entire  convalescence. 

Dr.  C.  H.  Pardue,  Vivian:  I would  like  to  ask  as  to  the  general  prog- 

nosis in  these  cases  of  acute  nephritis  in  children? 

Dr.  Joseph  O.  Weilbacher,  New  Orleans:  Corroborative  of  what  Dr. 

DeBuys  has  said,  we  ought  to  go  still  further  and  be  very  careful  about 
the  kidneys  of  all  sick  children.  It  is  peculiar  how  often  we  find  that  a 
child  will  develop  nephritis  from  seemingly  almost  no  cause,  whether  it 
be  an  infectious  condition  or  not.  I have  particularly  in  mind  a child  of 
my  own,  who  happens  to  be  sick  now,  one  year  of  age,  who  had  a sup- 
posedly idiopathic  temperature.  The  child  would  have  high  temperature 
for  three  or  four  hours,  and  then  the  temperature  would  be  perfectly 
normal  for  about  six  or  eight  or  ten  hours.  This  condition  kept  up  for 
several  days.  The  usual  routine  was  gone  through,  in  the  beginning,  of 
good  purgation,  and  pyelitis  was  suspected.  The  urine  was  thoroughly 
examined  and  proved  to  be  absolutely  negative.  All  conditions  were 
negative  for  pyelitis,  for  indican,  bile,  or  anything  else.  Forty-eight 
hours  afterwards  the  urine  was  again  examined  and  found  negative  for 
acetone,  indican,  pyelitis  or  pus,  but  it  contained  bile,  and  this  latter 
specimen  was  filled  with  hyalin,  granular  casts,  which  brings  out  the 
point  that  we  can  never  tell  when  a child’s  kidneys  are  going  to  be  in- 


104 


Original  Articles. 


volved.  In  this  respect  I would  like  to  ask  Dr.  Wilson  his  opinion  as  to 
whether  he  thinks  bile  could  produce  a large  number  of  casts  in  the  urine. 
Remember,  there  was  not  found  present  any  albumen — nothing  but  bile 
and  casts. 

Dr.  J.  L.  Adams,  Monroe:  I want  to  relate  one  case  in  order  to  bring 
out  more  discussion.  It  is  an  interesting  case  because  it  came  close  home. 
We  had  a little  girl  in  my  town,  about  six  or  seven  years  of  age,  who,  in 
attending  school,  developed  some  tonsillar  trouble,  and  I,  being  the 
family  physician,  was  called  in  to  attend  the  child.  I promptly  reported 
her  condition  to  a specialist.  He  came  and  looked  at  the  child  and  said 
it  would  be  necessary  to  remove  the  tonsils.  Before  the  time  arrived 
for  the  removal  of  the  tonsils  the  child  gave  evidences  of  some  nephritic 
complications,  some  cardiac  condition,  which  rather  contraindicated 
surgical  interference  at  the  time.  With  the  assistance  and  advice  of  the 
specialist  we  postponed  the  operation  from  time  to  time,  until  the  child 
was  taken  from  school  and  confined  to  bed.  She  was  kept  in  bed  for 
quite  a long  time,  with  all  the  symptoms  of  an  acute  nephritis,  both 
clinical  and  microscopical.  Finally,  we  abandoned  the  idea  of  removal 
of  the  child’s  tonsils,  for  fear  the  child  would  die  after  the  operation. 
The  family  became  impatient,  went  to  see  .another  doctor,  who  not  only 
advised,  but  removed  the  tonsils  In  two  weeks’  time  there  was  a marked 
improvement  in  the  child’s  condition,  and  in  four  weeks’  time  the  child 
was  back  in  the  country  again  attending  school.  This  physician  was  a 
little  different  from  some  we  have  had  to  contend  with,  in  that  he  was  on 
the  square  and  did  not  do  us  any  damage. 

I report  this  case  so  that  you  may  be  on  your  guard  in  regard  to  focal 
infection.  If  you  have  any  focal  infection  in  the  case  of  a child,  look 
out  for  a nephritic  condition  to  follow  and  give  you  trouble. 

Dr.  Charles  J.  Bloom,  New  Orleans:  After  hearing  the  question  asked 
by  Dr.  Weilbacher,  and  after  having  followed  myself  for  several  months 
the  question  of  what  effect  bile  has  on  the  urine,  I have  been  watching 
particularly  those  cases  where  a diagnosis  of  chronic  intestinal  indiges- 
tion has  been  made,  and  where,  sooner  or  later,  there  is  present  in  the 
urine  a large  quantity  of  bile,  with  evident  symptoms  of  jaundice.  It  is 
true,  but  it  is  only  true  where  the  bile  has  persisted  indefinitely  to  cause 
renal  irritation,  such  as  would  be  expressed  by  the  presence  of  casts. 
Bile  m the  urine  and  bile  in  the  blood  increases  the  blood  pressure,  slows 
the  pulse,  and  after  a time  it  acts  as  a renal  irritant. 

Dr.  Solon  G-.  Wilson,  New  Orleans  (closing):  I appreciate  this  dis- 

cussion very  much.  I do  not  know  that  I brought  out  anything  especially 
new  in  the  paper,  but  I do  know  that  when  a doctor  has  a case  of  acute 
nephritis  he  has  got  a big  job  on  his  hands.  I think  it  is  his  duty  to  bring 
into  play  every  means  at  his  command  to  assist  him  in  watching  over  his 
patients  and  arriving  at  a conclusion. 

I am  thoroughly  in  accord  with  Dr.  DeBuys’  remarks  with  reference 
o being  early  in  your  investigation,  probably  going  further  than  wait- 
ing for  symptoms  by  anticipating  your  case.  That  method  would  save  us 
a great  deal  of  trouble  and  would  keep  mild  cases  mild.  As  I stated,  lots 
of  mild  cases  become  severe  because  of  not  having  been  recognized. 

Dr.  Pardue  asked  with  reference  to  the  prognosis.  I think  the  prog- 
nosis depends  upon  the  early  recognition  of  the  disease.  I believe  if 
these  conditions  are  recognized  early  there  is  no  reason  why  all  of  them 
should  not  get  well.  We  have  come  to  feel  to-day  that  a case  of  acute 
nephritis  should  get  well,  and  when  they  do  not  get  well  we  wonder  the 


Dyer — Clinical  Phases  of  a Case  of  Dermal  Myiasis.  105 

reason  why,  and  the  answer  is  probably  because  they  are  not  recognized 
early  enough. 

Dr.  Weilbacher  asked  a question  which  I am  not  prepared  to  answer, 
with  reference  to  bile.  I should  say  bile  probably  produces  irritation  of 
the  kidney.  I know  that  urobilinogen  has  that  effect  upon  the  renal 
organs,  and  I have  no  doubt  that  the  case  he  has  recited  was  traceable 
to  irritation  of  the  bile. 

With  reference  to  the  question  of  diagnosis  again,  it  is  a measure 
that  is  valuable  and  hard  to  apply  to  children,  namely:  the  phenosulpho- 
nephthalein  test.  It  is  a satisfactory  test  to  determine  the  possible  out- 
look of  the  case.  The  trouble  about  the  phenosulphonephthalein  test  is 
that  its  application  makes  the  child  nervous,  and  they  won’t  void  urine 
for  one  or  two  hours,  and  the  test  is  dependent  upon  the  excretion  of  the 
phenosulphonephthalein.  Because  of  that  it  is  not  employed  as  in  adults, 
but  it  is  certainly  worthy  of  consideration. 


CLINICAL  PHASES  OF  A CASE  OF  DERMAL  MYIASIS. 

By  ISADORE  DYER,  Ph.  B.,  M.  D.,  New  Orleans,  La. 

From  notes  taken  over  a period  of  two  years  (1914-1916),  the 
case  here  reported  presents  several  interesting  and  novel  features. 

The  patient  was  a man  of  about  fifty-four  years  of  age,  several 
years  bed-ridden  with  asthma,  rheumatism,  and  an  associated 
cardiac  deficiency.  In  the  early  part  of  1914  Dr.  Henry  Bayon,  of 
New  Orleans,  asked  me  to  look  after  the  legs  of  the  patient.  An 
acute  dermatitis  of  both  legs  had  rather  rapidly  given  place  to 
fungating  ulcers  which  covered  the  lower  two-thirds  of  each  leg 
and  the  upper  half  of  the  dorsum  of  each  foot.  The  mass  of  ulcer- 
ation was  peculiar,  in  that  it  was  not  uniform.  In  places  there  were 
rather  thin  crusts  of  honeycombed  tissue,  while  in  others  there  were 
varying  sized  cauliflower  growths,  some  as  large  as  a hen’s  egg. 
There  were  interstices  of  necrosis,  with  foul  exudate,  often  cover- 
ing all  of  the  diseased  area.  Any  part  of  the  leg  would  bleed  easily. 
There  was  none  of  the  consistency  of  a syphilis  vegetans,  no  re- 
semblance to  a verrucose  tuberculosis  cutis.  The  masses  were  too 
dense  and  aggregated  for  a frambesiform  eruption,  and  there  were 
too  many  irregularities  in  the  contour  and  make-up  of  the  eruption 
to  suggest  blastomycosis.  Diabetic  ulceration  was  negatived  by  the 
urinary  findings. 

The  case  was,  in  fact,  unique,  and  treatment  aimed  at  cleanliness 
and  astringents  to  reduce  the  growth. 

After  several  months  of  observation  the  patient  called  attention 
to  several  necrotic  areas  in  which  worms  were  present  and  a number 
of  maggots  were  actually  recovered  from  the  tissue.  In  order  that 


106 


Original  Articles. 


these  might  be  identified,  Dr.  W.  V.  King,  qualified  as  an  ento- 
mologist, visited  the  patient  with  the  writer  and  his  report  is  at- 
tached. 

The  case  at  no  time  was  under  complete  control,  and  finally  died 
of  the  associated  maladies  The  chief  interest  lies  in  the  entomo- 
logical findings,  which  undoubtedly  provoked  the  exaggerated 
lesions  and  maintained  the  disease,  after  the  original  infestation  of 
the  skin,  denuded  from  an  acute  dermatitis. 

MEMORANDUM  ON  A CASE  OF  DERMAL  MYIASIS  CAUSED  BY 
LUC  ILIA  SERATICA. 

By  W.  V.  KING,  Ph.  D.,  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Entomology. 

In  the  fall  of  1914  a white  male  patient  of  Dr.  Isadore  Dyer,  residing 
in  the  City  of  New  Orleans  and  affected  with  peculiar  lesions  on  the  lower 
limbs,  reported  that  on  several  occasions  at  intervals  of  about  two  weeks 
he  had  noticed  fly  maggots  in  the  dressings  as  they  were  removed  from 
the  legs  and  emerging  from  lesions  themselves.  At.  Dr.  Dyer’s  request 
a number  of  the  maggots  were  saved  in  a bottle  of  alcohol,  and  upon 
subsequent  examination  proved  to  be  muscid  fly  larvae  in  two  stages  of 
development — a few  fully  developed  and  many  very  young  ones.  These 
were  later  determined  by  Mr.  Nathan  Banks,  of  the  U.  S.  Bureau  of 
Entomology,  as  a species  of  the  genus  Lucilia. 

In  December,  1914,  in  company  with  Dr.  Dyer,  I visited  the  residence 
of  the  patient  and  examined  the  lesions.  No  larvae  were  present  at  this 
time,  but  it  happened  that,  upon  searching  the  premises,  numerous 
“ green  bottle”  flies  were  noticed  about  the  yard  and  around  the  outside 
of  the  house.  Several  specimens  of  the  flies  were  collected  and  later 
submitted  to  Dr.  C.  H.  T.  Townsend,  who  determined  them  as  Lucilia 
caesar,  L.  pilatei  and  L.  sericata. 

At  this  time  the  patient  was  requested  to  save  any  larvae  that  might 
subsequently  appear  in  the  lesions,  in  order  that  the  exact  species  re- 
sponsible for  the  infestation  might  be  determined.  In  May,  1915,  a few 
fully-developed  larvae  emerged,  which,  upon  being  placed  in  bottles  of 
moist  sand,  soon  pupated  and  some  time  later  emerged  as  adult  flies.  These 
were  determined  by  Dr.  Townsend  as  Lucilia  sericata. 

The  blue  and  green  bottle  flies  of  the  genus  Lucilia  are  of  common 
occurrence  in  the  United  States,  but  are  ordinarily  outdoor  flies  and  enter 
houses  only  when  weather  conditions  are  unfavorable  to  them.  The 
larvae  are  found  usually  on  fresh  or  decayed  meats  and  carrion,  also  in 
decomposing  vegetables  and  in  excrement,  and,  in  fact,  have  habits 
almost  identical  with  those  of  the  common  blow-flies,  Calliphora. 

The  species  L.  sericata  and  caesar  are  widely  distributed  throughout 
the ' world,  and  in  England  and  parts  of  Europe  are  known  as  the  sheep- 
maggot  flies.  With  their  acquired  habits  of  infesting,  under  certain  con- 
ditions, the  wool  and  flesh  of  sheep,  they,  particularly  sericata,  are  re- 
sponsible for  great  losses  in  the  sheep  industry. 

Exact  records  of  the  occurrence  of  Lucilia  larvae  in  human  cases  of 
dermal  myiasis  are  not  common  in  the  literature,  although  general  state- 
ments to  the  effect  that  they  are  responsible  for  this  form  of  infestation 
are  frequent. 


King — Memorandum  on  a Case  of  Dermal  Myiasis.  107 


Meinert  recorded  the  rearing  of  Lucilia  nobilis  from  larvae  taken  from 
the  ears  of  a sailor  (Banks,  1912). 

Austen  (1912)  recorded  the  history  of  a case,  as  described  by  Dr. 
F.  W.  Andrews,  in  which  hundreds  of  maggots  were  found  in  a chronic 
ulcer  on  the  lower  part  of  the  leg  of  a patient  who  has  suffering  from 
chronic  Bright’s  disease  and  dropsy.  The  larvae,  according  to  the  report, 
had  made  a pretty  clean  dissection  of  the  tibialis  anticus  and  other 
muscles  over  the  floor  of  the  ulcer,  which  was  some  three  or  four  inches 
in  diameter.  Austen  was  of  the  opinion  that  the  larvae  were  either  Calli- 
phora  or  Lucilia. 

MacDougall  (1909)  found  that  in  cases  of  sheep  infestation  the  cycle 
of  development  of  Lucilia  sericata  occupied  about  four  weeks.  The  eggs 
hatched  in  twenty-four  hours;  the  larval  period  lasted  about  fourteen 


(AFTER  HOWARD.) 


108 


Society  Proceedings. 


days,  after  which  they  dropped  to  the  ground,  and  in  about  fourteen  days 
more  emerged  as  adult  flies. 

Bishop  (1915),  from  observations  made  in  Texas,  found  that  the  de- 
velopmental period  from  the  egg  to  the  emergence  of  the  adult  Lucilia 
sericata  ranged  from  nine  to  twenty-one  days  and  of  L.  caesar  from 
eleven  to  twenty-four  days: 

The  case  of  infestation  with  L.  sericata  coming  under  our  notice 
differs  in  several  points  from  any  I have  found  described  in  the  literature. 
The  peculiar  nature  of  the  lesions,  unfeatured,  as  they  were,  by  ulcer- 
ation, which  is  the  usual  condition  accompanying  or  inducing  fly  infesta- 
tion; the  extended  period  over  which  the  larvae  recurred  in  the  lesions, 
although  during  all  this  time  the  affected  parts  were  kept  in  dressings 
and  bathed  daily  with  antiseptics;  the  fact  that  the  repeated  infestations 
did  not  cause  destruction  or  the  tissues,  were  all  important  features  of 
the  case. 


REFERENCES. 

Austen,  Ernest  E.,  1912.  British  flies  Which  Cause  Myiasis  in  Man.  Repts.  Local  Gov. 
Board  on  Pub.  Health  and  Med.  Subjs.,  N.  Ser.  No.  66. 

Banks,  Nathan,  1912.  The  Structure  of  Certain  Dipterous  Larvae,  with  Particular  Reference 
to  Those  in  Human  Foods.  Bull.  U.  S.  Dept,  of  Agri.,  Tech.  Ser.  No.  22. 

Graham-Smith,  G.  S.,  1914.  Flies  in  Relation  to  Disease — Non-bloodsucking  Flies.  Cam- 
bridge, Univ.  Press. 

Hewitt,  C.  Gordon,  1914.  The  House-Fly.  Cambridge,  Univ.  Press. 

Howard,  L.  O.,  1900.  A Contribution  to  the  Study  of  the  Insect  Fauna  of  Human  Excre- 
ment. Proc.  Wash.  Acad,  of  Sci.,  II,  541-604. 

MacDougall,  R.  S.,  1909.  Sheep  Maggot  and  Related  Flies.  Their  Classification,  Life- 
History  and  Habits.  Trans.  Highland  Agric.  Soc.,  Scot.,  pp.  135-174. 


SOCIETY  PROCEEDINGS 


REVIEW  OF  THE  SESSIONS  OF  THE  SECTION  ON 
SURGERY,  GENERAL  AND  ABDOMINAL, 
MEETING  OF  THE  A.  M.  A., 

CHICAGO. 

Reported  by  DR.  H.  B.  GESSNER,  New  Orleans. 

The  sessions  were  held  in  the  Auditorium  Theater,  Congress  street. 
Dr.  E.  Starr  Judd,  Rochester,  Minn.,  presided  in  the  uniform  of  a 
major  in  the  Medical  Reserve  Corps;  he  is  director  of  the  special 
schools  for  military  surgeons.  The  acting  secretary,  Dr.  Geo.  P. 
Muller,  of  Philadelphia,  was  unusually  efficient  in  the  performance 
of  his  duties. 

The  first  session,  Wednesday,  June  12,  Dr.  Truman  W.  Brophy, 
of  Chicago,  the  dean  of  oral  surgeons  in  this  country,  read  a paper 
on  “Congenital  Cleft  Palate  and  Harelip.”  He  made  mention  of  an 
artificial  velum  of  rubber  to  be  used  in  nourishing  cleft-palate  babies, 
whether  with  the  breast  or  with  a feeding-bottle.  Early  operation, 


Gessner — The  Section  on  Surgery. 


109 


within  one  month,  was  urged  by  him.  Dr.  Brophy  believes  that  there 
is  nearly  always  enough  bone  in  these  cases.  He  advocates  (1)  union 
of  the  bony  palate  and  normalization  of  the  nose;  (2)  union  of  the 
lips  six  weeks  later;  (3)  union  of  the  soft  palate  subsequently,  be- 
fore the  fourteenth  month — i.  e.,  before  speech  develops.  Removing 
protruding  pre-maxillary  bones  he  condemns  strongly.  Under  technic 
he  referred  to  a small,  straight  needle  with  eye  in  point,  as  a new 
development  used  for  carrying  silver  sutures  through  the  bone. 

Dr.  A.  J.  Ochsner  (Chicago)  paid  a tribute  to  Dr.  Brophy’s  valu- 
able work  in  the  development  of  palate  plastics.  He  emphasized 
the  consideration  of  function,  saying  a palate  after  operation  may 
look  well  and  be  useless  for  speech.  Often  an  artificial  palate  per- 
mits better  speech  than  an  operated  one.  Uniting  the  bones  lowers 
them,  makes  the  soft  parts  more  ample.  In  the  after-treatment 
these  patients  must  be  trained  to  speak,  a new  language  often  serv- 
ing as  an  excellent  means  for  this  purpose.  He  stressed  the  value 
of  acclimatizing  babies  brought  from  a distance  before  operating  on 
them  and  the  need  of  patience. 

Sir  Arbuthnot  Lane  (England)  made  the  interesting  statement 
that  his  youngest  patient  had  been  a seven  months5  baby,  within  one 
or  two  hours  after  its  removal  from  the  uterus ; there  was  no  shock  at 
this  early  period.  He  referred  to  the  method  practiced  by  him — over- 
lapping muco-periosteal  flaps — as  affording  opportunity  for  the  pro- 
duction of  new  bone.  In  war  injuries  by  projectiles,  the  same  prin- 
ciple had  been  employed. 

Dr.  Charles  Mayo  (Rochester,  Minn.)  brought  out  the  fact  that 
all  human  anomalies  of  development  are  normal  to  a lower  type  of 
life.  He  also  referred  to  changes  in  the  chemistry  of  the  amniotic 
fluid  as  influencing  in  an  important  degree  the  development  of  the 
fetus. 

Dr.  John  B.  Roberts  (Philadelphia)  expressed  the  opinion  that 
selective  work  must  be  done,  no  one  method  being  suited  to  the  fifteen 
varieties  of  cleft-palate. 

Dr.  Brophy,  closing  the  discussion,  said  there  was  one  phase  of 
the  Lane  operation  he  had  never  been  able  to  understand — i.  e.,  how, 
when  the  tissues  were  turned  over,  the  mucous  membrane  upward, 
there  could  be  bone  production.  He  admitted  that  rarely  there 
might  be  lack  of  tissue,  but  insisted  that  usually  it  was  sufficient. 

Dr.  Charles  H.  Mayo  (Rochester,  Minn.)  presented  a paper  on 
“The  Principles  of  Thyroid  Surgery.55  He  referred  to  the  active 
circulation  of  this  gland,  which — only  one  ounce  in  weight — has  all 


110 


Society  Proceedings. 


the  blood  in  the  body  pass  through  it  in  one  hour.  He  dwelt  at  some 
length  on  the  chemical  substance  isolated  as  the  essential  thyroid 
product,  thyroxin,  for  which  we  have  to  thank  Plummer  and  Ken- 
dall. It  governs  the  speed  of  energy  production  in  the  body.  The 
importance  of  laryngoscopic  examination  to  determine  the  degree 
of  interference  with  the  recurrent  laryngeal  nerve  of  either  side  was 
brought  out.  Reference  was  made  to  the  fact  that  the  parathyroids 
control  the  elimination  of  nitrogen  from  the  body.  The  essayist  con- 
cluded with  the  statement  that  70  per  cent  of  goiters  are  cured  by 
operation. 

Hr.  Donald  Guthrie,  of  Sayre,  Pa.,  read  a paper  on  “Temporary 
Loss  of  Voice  Following  Thyroidectomy.”  He  enumerated,  as  causes 
of  this  condition,  trauma  to  the  recurrent  nerve  (pinching,  tying, 
stretching,  pressure  by  blood-clot) , trauma  to  the  larynx  and  trachea, 
lues  and  hysteria.  The  statement  was  made  that,  after  ligation  of 
the  nerve,  function  never  returns.  He  emphasized  the  importance  of 
laryngoscopy  for  diagnosis  and  prognosis  in  these  cases. 

Dr.  Edward  G.  Jones  (Atlanta,  Ga.),  in  his  paper,  “Goiter  in  the 
Southeast  ; A Systematic  Study  of  400  Cases,”  stated  that  there  is 
less  goiter  in  the  South  than  elsewhere.  He  spoke  favorably  of  the 
Goetsch  test  for  hyperthyroidism  by  the  injection  of  adrenalin. 

Sir  Arbuthnot  Lane  protested  against  the  treatment  of  end  con- 
ditions in  the  thyroid,  the  spleen  and  the  adrenals,  suffering  from 
the  strain  of  poison  conditions,  while  the  primary  cause  of  trouble — 
the  large  intestine — was  neglected.  He  said  the  removal  of  this  idle 
effluent  would  cause  enlarged  thyroids  to  disappear.  Raynaud’s  dis- 
ease was  referred  to  as  a disease  caused  by  the  absorption  of  filth 
through  the  intestines,  improved  within  twenty-four  hours  by  the 
removal  of  the  colon.  He  expressed  the  fear  that  surgeons  are  apt 
to  treat  end  results  because  they  lose  general  sense  of  things  sur- 
gical in  developing  special  sense  exclusively. 

Dr.  W.  0.  Porter  expressed  the  opinion  that  there  is  as  much 
reason  to  remove  a large  non-toxic  goiter  to  prevent  injurious  patho- 
logic changes  as  there  is  to  remove  a mole  to  prevent  cancerous  ' 
change. 

Dr.  Sloan  called  attention  to  the  fact  that  some  anatomists  de- 
scribe the  left  recurrent  laryngeal  nerve  as  lying  deeper  than  the 
right. 

Dr.  C.  H.  Mayo,  closing  the  discussion  on  his  paper,  brought  out 
the  fact  that  nature  has  given  man  an  oversupply  of  gland  tissue, 
citing  the  hypophysis,  the  thyroid,  the  parathyroids,  adrenals  and 


Gessner — The  Section  on  Surgery. 


Ill 


pancreas  as  instances  of  this  oversupply.  He  said  that  the  loss  of 
50  per  cent  of  the  thyroid — in  an  adult — is  insignificant,  though  in 
children  it  is  not  the  case. 

Dr.  Edward  G.  Jones,  closing,  answered  a question  by  stating  that, 
in  the  Goetsch  test,  fifteen  minims  of  adrenalin  are  administered 
hypodermatically.  If  the  patient  is  hyperthyroid,  there  is  a marked 
elevation  of  the  blood  pressure,  with  tremor;  patients  complain  of 
lack  of  support  in  the  lower  limbs. 

Dr.  Willy  Meyer,  of  Hew  York  City,  presented,  under  the  title, 
Glycophilia,”  the  disease  named  by  Leo  Burger  thrombo-angiitis 
obliterans.  The  study  of  the  blood  in  these  cases  shows  no  evidence 
of  retention  of  nitrogen,  no  decrease  in  the  alkaline  reserve,  but  100 
grams  of  glucose  produce  a hyperglycemia.  These  cases,  according 
to  Meyer’s  views,  are  near-diabetics.  He  objects  to  the  name  thrombo- 
angiitis, on  the  ground  that  there  are  really  no  thrombi  in  the 
arteries,  while  those  in  the  veins  are  secondary,  and  there  is  no  true 
inflammatory  process.  These  patients  are  dehydrated.  Treatment 
is  by  a duodenal  flush  (ten  quarts  a day),  according  to  the  plan  of 
McArthur,  plus  hypodermoclysis  with  Ringer’s,  Locke’s  and  bi- 
carbonate solutions.  The  result  is  after-restoration  of  pulsation 
where  it  has  ceased.  These  cases  sometimes  present  as  many  as 
7,200,000  erythrocytes,  720,000  platelets.  In  cases  of  gangrene,  the 
actual  cautery  is  valuable ; associated  with  plenty  of  water  in- 
ternally, it  permits  lower  amputation  than  could  otherwise  he  done. 

Dr.  Ralph  E.  Morter  (Milwaukee)  showed  the  “End-Results  in 
Cases  of  Hodgkin’s  Disease”  treated  by  Yates  and  Bunting  before 
1917.  Mnety-one  cases  were  reported;  fourteen  clinically  recovered, 
five  well  in  fourteen  months,  four  under  treatment,  while  sixty-eight 
patients  dead  (all  late)  showed  the  possibility  of  prolongation  of 
life  and  comfort.  Treatment  was  by  elimination  of  portal  of  entry, 
radical  surgery  to  reduee  the  amount  of  pathological  tissue  and 
raise  resistance,  X-ray'  immune  serum,  and  rest. 

At  the  afternoon  session,  June  12,  Dr.  E.  Starr  Judd  delivered 
the  chairman’s  address  on  “Surgery  of  the  Gall-Bladder  and  Bile 
Ducts.”  This  was  a most  interesting  review  of  the  best  practice  in 
the  diseased  conditions  of  these  organs.  A noteworthy  feature  of 
the  address  was  the  reference  to  the  oozing  that  takes  place  after 
some  operations  on  the  bile  passages,  up  to  eight  or  ten  days  after 
operation.  The  coagulation  time  of  some  cases  is  over  ten  minutes. 
Calcium  is  not  distinctly  useful.  Transfusion,  done  before  the 
oozing  begins,  is  useful.  After  oozing  begins,  the  best  plan  is  to 


112 


Society  Proceedings. 


aspirate  the  liver  with  a trocar.  After  a time  bile  drains  out  and 
this  affects  the  bleeding  favorably. 

Dr.  J.  Shelton  Horsley  (Richmond,  Ya.)  presented  a paper  on 
“The  Reconstruction  of  the  Common  Duct  from  the  Experimental 
Standpoint.”  This  excellent  paper  showed  the  difficulty  of  such 
reconstruction,  owing  to  the  contraction  of  the  tissues.  The  reader 
discussed  at  length  the  advisability  of  using,  for  such  work,  tissues 
of  the  immediate  vicinity,  on  the  ground  of  their  having  an  im- 
munity to  the  action  of  the  irritating  discharges  in  their  neighbor- 
hood. 

Dr.  Le  Grand  Guerry  (Columbia,  S.  C.)  followed  with  a “Clinical 
Report  on  Reconstruction  of  the  Common  and  Hepatic  Ducts.”  The 
fundamental  idea  presented  was  that  of  mobilizing  the  mucosa  of 
the  duodenum  so  that  it  may  be  united  directly  to  the  mucosa  of  the 
hepatic  duct. 

In  the  discussion  that  followed,  Dr.  Arthur  McArthur  (Chicago) 
gave  the  details  of  a case  in  which  he  had  joined  the  common  duct 
to  the*  duodenum  with  a rubber  tube.  The  duct  end  had  to  be  everted 
so  as  to  make  a cuff,  then  he  everted  this  cuff  in  turn  so  as  to  make 
quite  a flange;  the  duodenal  end  he  had  made  quite  long  (several 
inches),  so  that  its  weight  could  ultimately  carry  it  into  the  bowel. 
The  operation  was  successful.  He  believed  that  the  tube  had  re- 
mained in  situ  long  enough  to  permit  epithelium  from  the  duct  and 
duodenum  to  line  the  passage  in  which  it  lay. 

At  the  morning  session  of  Friday,  June  14,  the  first  paper  was 
that  of  Dr.  Hermann  B.  Gessner  (Hew  Orleans),  entitled  “The 
Therapeutics  of  Tetanus.”  Basing  his  statements  on  a study  of  427 
case  reports  from  the  Charity  Hospital  of  Hew  Orleans  for  the 
years  1906-1917,  he  eliminated  fifty-nine  cases  for  various  causes 
leaving  368  authentic  cases  on  'which  to  base  his  conclusions.  It  was 
shown  that  the  mortality  was  least  in  children  receiving  serum  in 
large  doses  by  the  intravenous,  subarachnoid,  intramuscular  and 
intraneural  methods.  The  final  conclusions  were  these : 

1.  All  cases  of  accidental  injury  of  a punctured,  lacerated, 
crushed  or  gunshot  character,  especially  when  associated  with  for- 
eign bodies  or  with  exposure  to  street,  garden  or  stable  contamina- 
tion, should  receive  1,500  units  of  antitetanic  serum  at  the  first 
treatment. 

2.  All  cases  of  this  kind  coming  secondarily  under  observation 
should  receive  the  serum,  though  several  days  have  elapsed. 


Gessner—  The  Section  on  Surgery. 


113 


3.  If,  in  this  class  of,  cases,  suppuration  continues,  the  serum 
should  be  repeated  at  intervals  of  ten  days,  as  we  have  reason  to 
believe  that  its  protective  influence  does  not  last  beyond  this  time. 

4.  Cases  coming  under  treatment  for  tetanus  should  be  isolated 
in  quiet,  comfortable  rooms,  under  the  care  of  surgeons  and  nurses 
interested  in  their  treatment  and  confident  of  improving  on  past 
results  by  devoted  attention. 

5.  Treatment  should  be  by  large  doses  of  serum,  not  less  than 
10,000  units.  Administration  by  the  intravenous,  intraneural,  intra- 
muscular and  subarachnoid  methods  should  be  more  extensively 
employed  for  the  purpose  of  bringing  out  more  thoroughly  their 
value. 

6.  Food  and  water,  skin  cleaning,  the  care  of  the  bowels,  the  use 
of  sedatives  to  calm  anxiety  and  relieve  pain,  must  all  receive  the 
closest  attention. 

Dr.  S.  J.  Meltzer  (New  York),  speaking  of  a case  report  on  the 
subarachnoid  use  of  magnesium  sulfate,  said  death  had  been  at- 
tributed to  pulmonary  edema.  Yet,  a report  of  thirty-two  autopsies 
of  cases  that  died  of  tetanus  under  no  treatment,  showed  that  twenty- 
six  of  the  patients  presented  pulmonary  edema.  He  stated  that 
bacteriologists  have  reported  the  finding  of  several  different  strains 
of  bacillus  tetani,  while  the  antitoxin  being  prepared  is  from  still 
another  strain,  therefore  of  questionable  utility.  He  stressed  the 
fact  that  magnesium  sulfate  not  alone  gives  a relatively  low  mor- 
tality from  tetanus,  but  also  gives  greater  relief  from  the  pains  of 
the  disease  than  any  other  remedy. 

Dr.  A.  J.  Ochsner  (Chicago)  quoted  Huntington  as  saying  that 
in  the  Italian  army  the  use  of  a prophylactic  dose  of  ten  times  the 
supposed  normal  had  reduced  the  mortality  to  one-tenth  its  pre- 
vious figures.  In  his  clinic,  the  use  of  large  doses  was  the  rule. 

Dr.  W.  Estell  Lee  (Philadelphia)  stressed  the  value  of  the  serum 
for  prophylaxis,  quoting  figures  from  the  French  army  to  show  its 
very  great  usefulness. 

Dr.  Brooks  recommended  the  giving  of  a prophylactic  dose  pro- 
portionate to  the  time  elapsed  since  exposure  to  infection. 

Dr.  W.  Estell  Lee  (Philadelphia)  read  a paper  on  “The  Use  of 
DichloramimT  and  Other  Antiseptics  in  War  Surgery”  (lantern 
demonstration).  He  said  all  surgeons  had  agreed  that  in  war 
wounds  the  indications  are : ( 1 ) Surgical  treatment  at  the  earliest 
moment;  (2)  removal  of  foreign  bodies;  (3)  removal  of  devitalized 


114 


Society  Proceedings. 


tissue;  (4)  the  use  of  a germicide  that  will  not  delay  closure;  (5) 
earliest  possible  closure. 

Chlorine  compounds  have  shown  themselves  superior  to  all  others. 
Of  these,  he  believed  dichloramin-T  to  be  the  best,  used  as  strong  as 
10  per  cent  strength  in  oil. 

Slides  were  shown,  illustrating  by  graphic  curves  the  speed  and 
duration  of  bacterial  control  by  dichloramin-T. 

Dr.  Edward  Ochsner  (Chicago)  said  the  error  committed  by  sur- 
geons was  that  of  overlooking  the  fact  that  no  one  antiseptic  is  good 
against  all  bacteria;  we  must  look  for  specifics  in  the  case  of  in- 
dividual organisms.  He  cited  the  specificity  of  phenol  for  staphy- 
lococcus pyogenes  aurens,  relating  instances  of  its  rapid  curative 
effect  in  carbuncle.  He  deprecated  the  harm  done  useful  measures 
by  the  overenthusiastic,  mentioning  Wright’s  vaccin  method  as  an 
instance.  In  his  opinion,,  the  hypochlorone  compounds  are  useful 
in  saprophytic  conditions  only;  of  very  little  value  in  acute  septic 
infections. 

Dr.  Frank  G-.  Mfong  (Columbia,  Mo.)  presented  a paper  on  “The 
Hodgen  Extension  Suspension  Splint  and  Its  Exemplification  in 
Both  Civil  and  War  Surgery.”  The  essayist  stressed  the  fact  that 
the  Hodgen  splint  affords  the  immobilization,  extension,  suspen- 
sion, flexion  and  easy  approach  desirable  in  fractures  of  the  long 
bones. 

Dr.  H.  D.  Wood  (Arkansas)  advocated  the  use  of  the  word  ortho- 
melic  (melos,  a limb)  instead  of  orthopedic. 

“The  Fall  of  the  Alkaline  Reserve  Under  Surgical  Conditions  ; 
Its  Effects  and  Prevention,”  was  the  title  of  a paper  by  Dr.-  H.  W. 
Haggard,  Hew  Haven,  Conn. 

This  paper  followed  the  line  of  thought  of  Dr.  Yandell  Hender- 
son, of  Yale,  who  has  presented  the  concept  of  shock  as  due  to  a 
diminished  C02  content  of  the  blood,  brought  about  by  rapid  breath- 
ing (acapnia).  The  administration  of  C02,  with  the  anesthetic  to 
keep  up  its  proper  proportion  in  the  blood,  was  among  the  preventive 
means  suggested  for  shock. 

In  the  afternoon  and  final  session  Dr.  Geo.  H.  Kreider,  of  Spring- 
field,  111.,  read  a paper  on  “Gastroptosis ; Its  Cause,  Prevention  and 
Cure,  with  Special  Reference  to  the  Duhet-Rovsing  Operation.” 
The  writer  enumerated  bad  habits  of  eating  and  drinking,  deficient 
exercise,  improper  clothing,  improper  footwear,  infections  of  teeth 
or  air-passages  as  the  cause.  A large  number  of  cases  are  cured  by 
posture,  proper  eating,  hygienic  measures  in  general,  and  bandages. 


Gessner — The  Section  on  Surgery. 


115 


In  the  small  number  not  so  relieved,  the  Rovsing  technic  of  gastric 
fixation  has  given  good  results. 

In  the  discussion  that  followed,  the  fact  was  brought  out  that, 
while  in  some  cases  raising  the  stomach  level  did  good,  in  others  this 
change  might  interfere  with  stomach-emptying  by  raising  the 
pylorus  too  high. 

Next  followed  a payer  by  Dr.  Arthur  C.  Strachauer  (Minneap- 
olis), entitled  “ A New  Principle  in  the  Surgical  Treatment  of 
Brain  Tumors.”  In  this  paper  the  fact  was  brought  out  that  de- 
compression may  release  the  tumor,  so  that  it  will  “point,”  coming 
to  the  surface,  where  it  may  be  removed  by  reoperation. 

The  final  paper  of  the  section  meeting  was  one  on  “Kondoleon’s 
Operation,”  by  Dr.  Walter  E.  Sistrunk,  Jr.,  of  Rochester,  Minn., 
formerly  a Louisiana  surgeon.  Dr.  Sistrunk’s  paper  was  well  illus- 
trated by  slides  of  patients  before  and  after  treatment,  as  well  as 
by  others  showing  the  technic  of  the  operation  and  the  pathology 
of  the  condition  indicating  it.  He  referred  to  the  first  paper  on 
the  subject  in  this  country,  that  in  which  Dr.  Rudolph  Matas,  of 
New  Orleans,  presented  the  subject  to  the  Louisiana  State  Medical 
Society  in  1913,  quoting  the  latter  as  giving  infection  (often,  re- 
peated attacks  of  erysipelas)  as  the  cause  of  the  elephantiasis  for 
which  the  operation  is  done.  The  author  had  modified  the  technic 
of  Kondoleon — the  excision  of  a deep  fascia,  through  long  in- 
cisions, in  the  limbs — by  excising  a correspondingly  long  strip  of 
skin  and  superficial  fascia,  not  so  wide  as  the  deep  layer  strip.  This 
removes  the  excess  of  skin,  that  would  otherwise  lessen  the  cosmetic 
result.  Seven  cases  have  been  operated  on,  with  lasting  improvement. 

Dr.  H.  A.  Royster,  of  North  Carolina,  gave  the  details  of  a case 
operated  on  by  himself,  previously  reported. 

Dr.  Herman  B.  Gessner  (New  Orleans)  referred  to  a case  of  his 
own,  reported  by  Dr.  Matas  in  the  original  American  paper  on  this 
subject.  This  case,  with  two  others,  had  all  shown  marked  improve- 
ment ; one  involved  the  leg  only ; one,  both  legs  and  thigh ; a third, 
the  forearm.  All  had  clear  histories  of  infection,  though  not  one 
had  had  erysipelas.  In  a recent  conversation,  Dr.  Matas  had  told 
him  of  a total  of  six  cases  all  bettered  by  interference,  including  the 
mother  of  a local  hospital  intern,  whose  close  and  continuous  observa- 
tion for  a long  time  showed  greatly  relieved. 


116 


News  and  Comment. 


NEWS  AND  COMMENT 


At  a Recent  Meeting  of  the  Board  of  the  Eye,  Ear,  Nose  and 
Throat  Hospital,  Dr.  Henry  Dickson  Brnns  was  elected  chief  sur- 
geon to  succeed  the  lamented  de  Roaldes,  who  occupied  that  position 
in  the  hospital  since  its  inception.  Dr.  Bruns’  long  service  and 
deep  interest  in  the  hospital,  as  surgeon  in  charge  of  the  eye  de- 
partment, entitled  him  to  the  honor. 

Dr.  Jerome  Landry  has  been  appointed  a house  surgeon  of 
Charity  Hospital,  to  succeed  Dr.  W.  H.  Kostmayer,  who  resigned 
in  order  to  assume  charge  of  the  Illinois  Central  Hospital. 

National  Tuberculosis  Association  Meeting. — The  four- 
teenth annual  meeting  of  the  National  Tuberculosis  Association  was 
held  in  Boston  from  June  6 to  8,  under  the  presidency  of  Dr.  Chas. 
L.  Minor,  Asheville,  N.  C.  The  following  officers  were  elected: 
President,  Dr.  David  R.  Lyman,  Wallingford,  Conn.;  honorary  vice- 
president,  Col.  Geo.  E.  Bushnell,  M.  C.,  IJ.  S.  A.;  vice-presidents, 
Dr.  Lawrason  Brown,  Saranac  Lake,  N.  Y.,  and  Lee  K.  Erankel, 
New  York  City;  secretary,  Dr.  Henry  Barton  Jacobs,  Baltimore; 
treasurer,  Dr.  Wm.  H.  Baldwin,  Washington,  D.  C.  The  association 
adopted  resolutions  deploring  the  retirement  of  Surgeon  General 
Gorgas  and  requested  that  he  be  continued  in  active  service  in  his 
present  position,  so  that  neither  his  work  nor  his  plans  may  be  in- 
terrupted. 

American  Medical  Association  Election  oe  Officers. — At 
the  sixty-ninth  annual  meeting  of  the  American  Medical  Associa- 
tion, held  in  Chicago,  June  10  to  14,  the  following  officers  were 
elected:  President,  Dr.  Alexander  Lambert,  New  York;  first  vice- 
president,  Dr.  Wm.  N.  Wishard,  Indianapolis;  second  vice-presi- 
dent, Dr.  E.  Starr  Judd,  Rochester,  Minn.;  third  vice-president, 
Dr.  C.  W.  Richardson,  Washington,  D.  C.;  fourth  vice-president, 
Dr.  John  M.  Baldy,  Philadelphia;  secretary.  Dr.  Alexander  R. 
Craig,  Chicago;  treasurer,  Dr.  Wm.  Allen  Pusey,  Chicago;  speaker 
of  the  House  of  Delegates,  Dr.  Hubert  Work,  Pueblo,  Colo.;  vice- 
speaker, Dr.  Dwight  H.  Murray,  Syracuse,  N.  Y. ; members  of  the 
Board  of  Trustees,  Drs.  Frank  H.  Billings,  Chicago;  Wendell  C. 
Phillips,  New  York;  Thos.  McDavitt,  St.  Paul,  and  Chester  Brown, 
Danbury,  Conn.;  members  of  the  Judicial  Council,  Drs.  W.  S. 
Thayer,  Baltimore,  and  M.  L.  Harris,  Chicago;  members  of  the 


News  and  Comment. 


117 


Council  on  Health  and  Public  Instruction,  Drs.  W.  S.  Rankin, 
Raleigh,  N.  C.,  and  Ludvig  Hektoen,  Chicago. 

Training  School  for  Mental  Hygiene  Workers. — A war 
emergency  course  is  being  given  at  Smith  College,  Northampton, 
Mass.,  under  the  auspices  of  the  National  Committee  for  Mental 
Hygiene,  to  prepare  workers  to  assist  in  reclaiming  soldiers  suffering 
from  nervous  and  mental  diseases.  This  course  also  will  be  given 
at  the  Boston  Psycopathic  Hospital.  The  work  is  under  the  direc- 
tion of  Miss  Mary  C.  Jarrett,  chief  of  social  service  at  the  hospital. 
The  course  will  continue  for  more  than  eight  months  and  will  be  open 
to  college  graduates  and  other  young  women  who  have  had  an  equiv- 
alent of  technical  training.  The  academic  portion  of  the  instruction 
will  be  given  at  Smith  College1,  to  be  followed  by  six  months’  prac- 
tice work  at  various  centers.  Many  eminent  psychiatrists,  psychol- 
ogists and  sociologists  will  be  among  the  lecturers  in  the  course. 

New  York's  Lowest  Infant  Heath  Rate. — A survey  of  the 
infant  death  rate  for  1917,  showing  a decline  in  infant  mortality 
from  135.8  per  thousand  in  1907  to  88.8  in  1917,  has  been  made  by 
the  New  York  Milk  Committee.  The  improvement  is  attributed  in 
part  to  the  medical  and  educational  campaigns,  and  partly  to  the 
efforts  of  the  Milk  Committee  to  improve  the  sanitary  surroundings 
of  infants. 

Move  to  Militarize  State  Health  Boards. — According  to 
reports,  the  Surgeon  General  of  the  Army  and  his  staff  have  given 
their  approval  to  a plan  for  the  federalization  of  all  State  and,  per- 
haps, all  municipal  health  organizations.  A conference  on  the  plans, 
all  the  details  of  which  have  not  yet  been  worked  out,  was  held  in 
Washington  on  June  21. 

Gastro-Enterologists  Elect  New  Officers. — At  the  twenty- 
first  annual  meeting  of  the  American  Gastro-Enterological  Associa- 
tion, held  in  Atlantic  City,  May  6 and  7,  the  following  officers  were1 
elected:  President,  Hr.  Walter  A.  Bastedo,  New  York  City;  vice- 
presidents,  Hrs.  Thomas  R.  Brown,  Baltimore,  and  Franklin  W. 
White,  Boston;  secretary-treasurer,  Hr.  Frank  Smithies,  Chicago; 
recorder,  Hr.  Horace  W.  Soper,  St.  Louis. 

Green  Band  for  Whooping  Cough. — The  Health  Hepartment 
of  Richmond,  Va.,  has  authorized  the  wearing  of  green  arm-bands 
by  children  with  whopping  cough,  with  a view  to  preventing  the 
spread  of  the  disease.  This  will  permit  the  children  with  the  dis- 
ease to  get  the  fresh  air.  Rigid  quarantine  will  be  instituted  in 
cases  of  refusal  to  use  the  green  ribbons.  Forty-four  babies  died  in 


118 


News  and  Comment. 


Richmond  last  year  from  this  one  disease,  and  forty-six  the  pre- 
vious year. 

Free  Antityphoid  Inoculation. — The  United  States  Public 
Health  Service  has  been  directed  by  Secretary  McAdoo  to  give  anti- 
typhoid inoculation  without  charge  to  all  who  apply  to  any  of  its 
hospitals  or  field  offices.  Applications  may  be  made  to  any  United 
States  Marine  Hospital,  to  any  field  office  of  the  Public  Health 
Service  or  to  the  United  States  Hygienic  Laboratory,  Washington, 
D.  C.  The  United  States  Public  Health  Service,  Washington,  D.  C., 
will  furnish  on  application  information  as  to  the  nearest  place  where 
an  inoculation  can  be  obtained. 

Shortage  oe  Labor  in  Hew  York  Hospitals.— The  labor 
shortage,  according  to  report,  is  so  serious  that  many  hospitals  in 
Hew  York  are  being  obliged  to  curtail  their  work  and  some  are  look- 
ing forward  to  the  possibility  of  being  compelled  to  suspend  work 
entirely.  Appeal  to  the  Federal  authorities  to  institute  measures 
of  relief  is  under,  consideration  by  the  Hospital  Conference  of  the 
City  of  Hew  \rork. 

Wheat  Obtained 'by  Doctor's  Prescription. — Texas  having 
foregone  the  use  of  wheat  flour,  the  Food  Administration  at  Dallas, 
Texas,  on  the  prescription  of  a physician,  issued  to  him  twelve 
pounds  of  wheat  flour  for  a patient  suffering  from  pernicious 
anemia. 

Deaths  From  Dental  Disorders. — The  Metropolitan  Life  In- 
surance Company  states  that  fifty-two  deaths  of  policyholders  in 
1917  were  traceable  to  infections  of  the  teeth. 

Badges  eor  Medical  Students. — Medical  students  who  have  been 
enrolled  in  the  Medical  Reserve  Corps,  subject  to  call  at  any  time, 
have  been  given  a badge  to  keep  them  from  being  looked  upon  -as 
slackers.  The  badge  is  the  same  as  the  collar  ornament  worn  by 
privates  of  the  Medical  Corps — a large,  dark  brass  button  bearing 
only  the  Medical  Corps  insignia,  the  Esculapian  rod,  and  are  worn 
at  the  button  hole.  Medical  students  in  the  Reserve  Corps  are  sub- 
ject to  immediate  call  to  the  army  if  they  fail  in  any  studies. 

The  American  Public  Health  Association  Mil  hold  its  next 
meeting  in  Chicago  from  October  11  to  17.  The  principal  topic 
during  the  meeting  will  be  “The  Health  of  the  Civil  Population  in 
War  Time.” 

The  American  Laryngological  Association,  at  its  meeting 
in  Atlantic  City,  May  29,  elected  the  following  officers : President 
Cornelius  Gf.  Coakley,  Hew  York;  vice-presidents,  Geo.  E.  Sham- 


Booh  Reviews  and  Notices. 


119 


baugh,  Chicago,  and  John  E.  Winslow,  Baltimore;  secretary,  D. 
Bryson  Delavam  New  York;  treasurer,  J.  Payson  Clark,  Boston; 
Councilors,  Alexander  W.  McCoy,  Philadelphia;  Thos.  E.  French, 
Brooklyn;  Jos.  Goodale,  Boston;  Thos.  H.  Halstead,  Syracuse. 

Homes  Offered  as  First-Aid  Hospitals.  H.  C.  Frick,  George 
J.  Gould  and  S.  Lewisohn  have  offered  their  New  York  City  homes 
to  the  police  department  as  first-aid  hospitals  in  the  event  of  air 
raids  or  other  emergencies.  This  announcement  came  at  a com- 
mittee meeting  of  the  emergency  unit  of  Harlem,  New  York  City, 
on  June  25,  which  unit  is  composed  of  physicians  who  are  training 
to  be  prepared  to  give  aid  in  case  of  emergency  and  are  instructing 
those  desiring  to  take  lessons  in  first-aid  treatment. 

Yale  Medical  School  Meets  Requirements.— Yale  Univer- 
sity Medical  School  has  met  the  requirements  of  the  General  Educa- 
tion Board  and  the  $2,500,000  endowment  for  the  medical  school  is 
complete.  As  a part  of  its  yearly  income,  the  medical  school  will 
receive  interest  on  the  board’s  subscription  of  $582,900. 

Removals. — Dr.  J.  W.  Kirby,  from  Charenton,  La.,  to  721  St. 

Charles  street,  New  Orleans,  La. 

Dr.  T.  J.  Dimitry,  from  Maison  Blanche  Building  to  3601  Pry- 
tania  street,  corner  Foucher  street,  New  Orleans,  La. 

Personals. — Dr.  Edward  S,  Hatch  has  returned  from  service  in 
the  army  and  has  resumed  his  practice  in  the  Maison  Blanche  Build- 
ing. 

Dr.  Marcus  Feingold  is  spending  his  vacation  at  Clifton  Springs, 
New  York,  and  will  not  return  until  September. 

On  June  30,  1918,  Dr.  Samuel  Logan,  aged  41  years,  one  of  New 
Orleans’  most  prominent  young  practitioners. 

P)IED. On  July  1,  1918,  Dr.  A.  B.  Gaudet,  prominent  aurist  of 

New  Orleans,  aged  44  years. 

On  July  2,  1918,  Dr.  Frank  Kerr,  of  Jackson,  Miss.,  aged  80 
years. 


BOOK  REVIEWS  AND  NOTICES 


An  Introduction  to  the  History  of  Medicine,  by  Fielding  H.  Garrison, 
A.  B.,  M.  D.  Second  edition.  W.  B.  Saunders  Company,  Phila- 
delphia and  London. 

The  student  of  medicine  constantly  meets  with  references  to  men  and 
times  associated  with  the  advancement  of  medical  science.  To  find  a 
ready  reference,  giving  more  or  less  definite  information  regarding  both 
men  and  their  periods,  should  be  welcome.  It  has  given  us  the  same  pleas- 


120 


Booh  Reviews  and  Notices. 


ant  task  to  scan  the  pages  of  this  new  edition  as  was  afforded  when  the 
first  edition  came  before  us.  The  painstaking  care  in  the  arrangement  and  !' 
in  the  compilation  of  material  should  earn  the  praise  and  support  or  all 
students  of  medicine.  As  a foundaton  for  more  complete  records  of  modern 
medicine,  this  work  is  sure  to  serve  a valued  purpose.  DYER. 

Physical  Diagnosis,  by  W.  D.  Rose,  M.  D.  C.  V.  Mosby  Company,  St.  Louis, 

The  author  has  prepared  a most  excellent  guide  to  physical  diagnosis,  j 
carefully  planned  and  especially  clear  in  detail.  After  establishing  proper  ! 
anatomical  characteristics,  each  of  the  usual  and  unusual  procedures  in 
diagnosis  are  practically  given,  and  with  well-selected  illustrations,  eluci-  j 
dating  a clear  text.  Topographic  diagnosis  is  given,  including  even  the  con-  i 
ditions  of  the  oral  cavity,  particular  diseases  and  their  special  features,  ; 
are  given,  with  emphasis  upon  special  characteristics  of  each.  Altogether  j 
fulfilling  the  purpose  for  which  the  author  has  intended  it — a compre-  j 
hensive  guide  to  physical  diagnosis,  with  the  practical  demonstration  of 
all  methods  and  practices.  DYER. 

Medical  War  Manual  No.  3.  Military  Ophthalmic  Surgery,  by  G.  E.  De- 

Schweinitz,  M.  D.,  and  Walter  R.  Parker,  M.  D. 

Medical  War  Manual  No.  4.  Orthopedic  Surgery,  prepared  by  the  Ortho- 
pedic Council.  Lea  & Febiger,  Philadelphia  and  New  York. 

These  two  books,  small  in  size  and  limited  in  scope,  aim  at  presenting 
the  conditions  commonly  met,  and  with  indications  for  their  relief.  There 
is  the  evident  purpose  of  presenting  as  much  as  possible  in  small  space, 
and  with  practical  methods,  easy  of  acceptance  and  practice.  The  illus- 
trations are  few,  but  useful.  DYER, 

A Handbook  of  Antiseptics,  by  Henry  Drysdale  Dakin,  D.  Sc.,  F.  I.  C., 
F.  R.  S.,  and  Edward  Kellogg  Dunham,  M.  D,  The  MacMillan  Com- 
pany, New  York. 

The  authors  state  that  the  main  object  of  this  little  book  is  to  give  a 
concise  account  of  the  chief  chemical  antiseptics  which  have  been  found 
useful  for  surgical  purposes  during  the  present  war.  A brief,  but  good 
review  is  afforded  of  the  chlorine  group  of  antiseptics,  of  the  phenol  group, 
and  of  a miscellaneous  lot  of  antiseptics  of  various  forms  and  uses.  Mori- 
son’s  paste  of  bismuth,  iodoform  and  paraffin  oil  are  especially  noted  in 
this  last  group.  In  separate  chapters,  methods  of  testing  antiseptics,  the 
disinfection  of  carriers  and  the  disinfection  of  water  are  discussed.  The 
book  is  of  hand-size,  and,  with  its  content  dealing  with  many  or  most  of 
the  new  antiseptics,  it  is  sure  to  serve  a useful  purpose.  DYER, 

Long  Heads  and  Round  Heads,  by  Wm.  S.  Sadler,  M.  D.  A.  C.  McClurg 
& Co.,  Chicago,  1918. 

Dr.  Sadler  has  written  in  order  to  help  his  fellow- Americans  to  under- 
stand the  present  conflict.  He  studies  the  prehistoric  races  and  their 
evolution,  gradually  getting  dowm  to  three  distinct  species — the  Nordic, 
the  Mediterranean,  and  the  Alpine.  The  first  two  are  long-skulled,  the 
last  are  round-skulled.  The  leaders,  or  militarists  in  Germany,  are  Nordic, 
while  the  masses  are  Alpine.  Finally,  it  is  the  Nordic  egotism  of  the 
chiefs,  joined  to  the  Alpine  stupidity  of  the  masses,  which  furnishes  the 
formula  of  the  German  people  of  to-day.  When  the  inherent  tendency  of 
the  Nordic  element  to  enter  upon  conquest  is  joined  to  the  inherent 
tendency  of  the  Alpine  stock  toward  comparative  stupidity  and  brutality, 


Publications  Received. 


121 


the  combination  brings  about  the  reign  of  frightfulness,  and  we  can  under- 
stand the  situation  among  the  Germans. 

The  writer  emphasizes  the  frequently  reiterated  statement  that  Ger- 
many is  a menace  to  civilization,  and  closes  with  twenty-five  good  reasons 
why  we  must  win  the  war. 

The  entire  book  is  interesting  and  well  worth  reading.  C.  C. 


PUBLICATIONS  RECEIVED 


THE  YEAR  BOOK  PUBLISHERS,  Chicago,  1918. 

The  Practical  Medicine  Series.  Volume  I:  General  Surgery,  edited  by 
Albert  J.  Ochsner,  M.  D.,  F.  R.  M.  S.,  LL.  D.,  F.  A.  C.  S.  Volume  II: 
General  Medicine,  edited  by  Frank  Billings,  M.  S.,  M.  D.,  assisted  by 
Burrell  O.  Raulston,  A.  B.,  M.  D. 

: t • I 

THE  MACMILLAN  COMPANY,  New  York,  1918. 

Reclaiming  the  Maimed,  by  R.  Tait  McKenzie,  M.  D. 

Infection  and  Resistance,  by  Hans  Zinsser,  M.  D.  Second  edition, 
revised. 

F.  A.  DAVIS  COMPANY,  Philadelphia,  1918. 

The  Ungeared  Mind,  by  Robert  Howland  Chase,  A.  M.,  M.  D. 

WASHINGTON  GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE,  Washington, 

D.  C.,  1918. 

Public  Health  Reports.  Volume  33,  Nos.  22,  23,  24,  25  and  26. 

Report  of  the  Department  of  Health  of  the  Panama  Canal.  January, 
February  and  March,  1918: 

Service  and  Regulatory  Announcements.  Supplement.  (United  States 
Department  of  Agriculture,  Bureau  of  Chemistry.) 

Report  of  the  Chairman  of  the  Committee  on  Medicine  and  Sanitation 
of  the  Advisory  Committee  of  the  Council  of  National  Defense.  April  1, 
1918. 

MISCELLANEOUS: 

Japanese  Medical  Literature.  A Review  of  Current  Periodicals.  Vol. 
Ill,  No.  2.  (China  Medical  Journal,  Shanghai,  China.) 

Annual  Report  of  the  Bulletin  of  Surgery.  1917.  (Wm.  Ellis  Jones' 
Sons,  printers,  Richmond,  Va.) 

The  Medical  Report  of  the  Rice  Expedition  to  Brazil,  by  W.  T.  Council- 
man, M.  D.,  and  R,  A.  Lambert,  M.  D.  (Cambridge  Press,  Cambridge, 
Mass.) 

REPRINTS. 

Malignant  Diphtheria  Treated  by  Massive  Doses  of  Antitoxin  Given 
Intraperitoneally,  by  George  Heustis  Fonde,  M.  D. 

Sisyrinchium  Bermudiana,  by  Oliver  Atkins  Farwell. 

Reflections  on  Vaccinetherapy  from  the  Viewpoint  of  the  Practical 
Clinician,  by  G.  H.  Fondee,  M.  D. 

A Simple  Method  of  Water  Purification  for  Itinerant  Missionaries  and 
Other  Travelers,  by  R.  G.  Mills,  M.  D.;  A.  I.  Ludlow,  M.  D.,  and  J.  D. 
Van  Buskirk,  M.  D. 


122  Mortuary  Report. 

MORTUARY  REPORT  OF  NEW  ORLEANS. 

Computed  from  the  Monthly  Report  of  the  Board  of  Health  of  the  City 
of  New  Orleans,  for  June,  1918. 


CA  USE. 

£ 

•8 

© 

e 

£ 

Typhoid  Fever  . _ . . 

6 

4 

10 

Intermittent,  Fever  ( Malarial  Cachexia) 

1 

1 

Smallpox  _ . 

Measles  _ __  

4 

4 

Scarlet  Fever  ___  

Whooping  Cough __  __  _ 

7 

2 

9 

Diphtheria  and  Croup  - 

2 

2 

Influenza  _ - _ 

1 

2 

3 

Cholera  Nostras  . - 

Pyemia  and  Septicenjia  . ...  . 

Tuberculosis  _ . 

55 

40 

95 

Cancer_  _ 

24 

14 

38 

Rheumatism  and  Gout _ _ 

3 

1 

4 

Diabetes  

4 

4 

Alcoholism __  __  _ _ ___ 

2 

2 

Encephalitis  and  Meningitis  

4 

1 

5 

Locomotor  Ataxia  _ __  

1 

1 

Congestion,  Hemorrhage  and  Softening  of  Brain 

25 

7 

32 

Paralysis  _ _ 

5 

1 

6 

Convulsions  of  Infancy  . __ 

Other  Diseases  of  Infancy-- _ 

10 

7 

17 

Tetanus--  __  _ 

Other  Nervous  Diseases  _ __ 

7 

1 

8 

Heart  Diseases  _ _ 

64 

49 

113 

Bronchitis  _ _> . __ 

1 

2 

3 

Pneumonia  and  Broncho-Pneumonia  _ 

8 

16 

24 

Other  Respiratory  Diseases _ _ 

4 

3 

7 

Ulcer  of  Stomach  __  _____ 

1 

3 

4 

Other  Diseases  of  the  Stomach 

1 

1 

Diarrhea,  Dysentery  and  Enteritis 

30 

20 

50 

Hernia,  Intestinal  Obstruction 

2 

4 

6 

Cirrhosis  of  Liver 

7 

4 

11 

Other  Diseases  of  the  Liver  __ 

5 

2 

7 

Simple  Peritonitis  

1 

1 

Appendicitis  

Bright’s  Disease 

Other  Genito-Urinary  Diseases 
Puerperal  Diseases  __ 

Senile  Debility  _ 

Suicide 

9 

24 

10 

3 

1 

• 3 

5 

24 

11 

4 

1 

14 

48 

21 

7 

2 

3 

Injuries 

19 

15 

34 

All  Other  Causes  _ 

30 

30 

60 

Total  . _ 

382 

275 

657 

Still-born  Children — White,  28;  colored,  20;  total,  48. 
Population  of  City  (estimated)— White,  276,000;  colored, 


total,  378,000. 

Death  Rate 
31.73; 


102,000; 

per  1000  per  annum  for  Month — White,  16.37;  colored, 
Non-residents  excluded,  17.87. 


METEOROLOGIC  SUMMARY  (U.  S.  Weather  Bureau). 

Mean  atmospheric  pressure 29.95 

Mean  temperature.  . ! . 83.  ^ 

Total  precipitation 2.45  inches 

Prevailing  direction  of  wind,  Southwest. 


WSJ. 

VTNGS  STAMPS 

ISSUED  BY  THB 

UKi  ED  STATES 
GOVERNMENT 


NEW  ORLEANS  MEDICAL 
AND  SURGICAL  JOURNAL 


ED ITO  R S : 

CHARLES  CHASSAIGNAC,  M.  D.  ISADORE  DYER,  M.  D. 

COLLABORATORS.* 

C.  C.  BASS,  M.  D.,  Prest.,  Amer.  Soc.  Tropical  Medicine. } , 

S.  K.  SIMON,  M.  D.,  Acting  Secty,  American  Soc.  of  Tropical  Medicine vflici°' 

P.  T.  TALBOT,  M.  D.,  Secretary  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society. . . ..........  .Ex-Officio. 

RUPERT  BLUE,  M.  D.,  Surgeon  General,  United  States  Public  Health  Service. 

H.  D.  BRUNS,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

C.  F.  CRAIG,  M.  D.,  Col.,  U.  S.  A. 

S.  T.  DARLING,  M.  D.,  Sao  Paulo,  Brazil. 

W.  H.  DEADERICK,  M.  D.,  Hot  Springs,  Arkansas. 

E.  M.  DUPAQUIER,  M.  D.  (Paris),  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

A.  G.  FRIEDRICHS,  M.  D.,  New  Orleans,  La. 

J.  T.  HALSEY,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

JOS.  HOLT,  M.  D.,  New  Orleans,  La. 

F.  A.  LARUE,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

E.  S.  LEWIS,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

R.  C.  LYNCH,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

E.  D.  MARTIN,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

R.  MATAS,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

AUGUSTUS  McSHANE,  M.  D.,  Greenwood,  Miss. 

PAUL  MICHINARD,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

C.  J.  MILLER,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

F.  W.  PARHAM,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana, 

E.  A.  ROBIN,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

W.  H.  SEEMANN,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

ALLEN  J.  SMITH,  M.  D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

EDMOND  SOUCHON,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University1  of  Louisiana. 

E.  R.  STITT,  M.  D.,  Rear  Admiral,  U.  S.  N. 

J.  A.  STORCK,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

R.  P.  STRONG,  M.  D.,  Harvard  University. 

ROY  M.  VAN  WART,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 


Vol.  LXXI  SEPTEMBER,  1918  No.  3 


EDITORIAL 


INCREASE  IN  THE  ARMY  MEDICAL  DEPARTMENT. 

The  Owen-Dyer  bill,  which  has  been  finally  passed  and  has  re- 
ceived the  approval  of  the  President  of  the  United  States,  provides 
for  a substantial  increase  in  the  personnel  of  the  medical  depart- 
ment of  the  regular  army. 

There  is  provision  for  one  Assistant  Surgeon  General  for  service 
abroad  during  the  present  war,  who  shall  have  the  rank  of  major 
general.  The  combined  purpose  of  this  action  may  well  have  been 
to  permit  the  retention  of  the  most  valuable  supervisory  services  of 
General  Gorgas  beyond  the  retiring  age,  while  providing  for  the 
active  work  on  the  front  of  a younger  man — retaining  a Joft're  as 


124 


Editorial. 


the  head  of  the  staff,  and,  we  hope,  placing  a Foch  in  the  fighting 
area. 

There  will  be  also  two  other  Assistant  Surgeon  Generals  with 
the  rank  of  brigadier  general.  All  these  to  be  appointed  by  the 
medical  corps  of  the  regular  army. 

In  addition,  the  President  is  empowered  to  appoint  in  the  med- 
ical department  of  the  national  army,  from  the  Medical  Reserve 
Corps,  not  to  exceed  two  major  generals  and  four  brigadier  gen- 
erals. 

The  commissioned  officers  of  both  the  Medical  Corps  and  the 
Medical  Reserve  Corps  of  the  regular  army  shall  be  proportionately 
distributed  in  the  several  grades,  none  to  be  above  the  grade  of 
colonel,  as  now  provided  by  law  for  the  Medical  Corps. 

These  additions  are  estimated  to  give  in  the  Medical  Reserve 
Corps  the  following:  Two  major  generals,  four  brigadier  generals, 
675  colonels,  and  over  2,000  of  the  ranks  below.  They  will  provide 
the  medical  officers  needed  to  bring  the  medical  department  up  to 
proper  numerical  strength  and  give  the  officers  the  authority  neces- 
sary to  lead  to  their  maximum  efficiency. 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


* (No  paper  published  or  to  be  published  in  any  other  medical  joumil  will  be  accepted 
for  this  department.  All  papers  must  be  in  the  hands  of  the  Editors  on  the  tenth  day  of 
the  month  preceding  that  in  which  they  are  expected  to  appear.  Reprints  may  be  had  at 
reasonable  rates  if  a WRITTEN  order  for  the  same  accompany  the  paper.) 


RUPTURED  GASTRIC  AND  INTESTINAL  ULCERS.* 

By  H.  W.  KOSTMAYER,  A.  B.,  M.  D.,  House  Surgeon,  Charity  Hospital,  New  Orleans. 


The  cases  herein  presented  are  taken  from  personally-kept  records^ 
though  they  all  occurred  as  part  of  the  writer’s  routine  duties  at 
Charity  Hospital  during  the  year  1917  : 


Case  1.  F.  T.,  White  male,  age  49  years,  resident  of  New  Orleans; 
occupation,  tyler. 

This  man  was  brought  in  late  in  the  evening  of  February  14  in  so  much 
pain  that  the  following  history  was  all  that  could  be  obtained:  He  has 
had  indigestion  or  dyspepsia  for  over  twenty  years,  for  which  he  has 
taken  soda  and  other  remedies,  with  only  temporary  relief.  Some  months 
ago  he  had  violent  cramps  in  upper  abdomen,  which  put  him  to  bed  for 
some  days  and  from  which  he  recovered.  The  present  attack  began  with 
sudden,  violent  onset  about  two  hours  before  admission,  with  pain  over 
his  abdomen,  especially  in  the  upper  right  side.  He  vomited,  had  a cold 
clammy  sweat,  and  he  came  in  with  an  exquisitely  sensitive  abdomen 
throughout.  It  was  intensely  rigid,  though  pulse  was  fairly  good.  A 
diagnosis  of  a ruptured  duodenal  or  gastric  ulcer  was  made,  and  the  latter 
was  found  at  the  immediate  laparotomy. 

The  ulcer  was  on  the  outer  wall  of  the  stomach,  near  the  pylorus,  with, 
an  enormously  indurated  area  surrounding  it.  It  was  plastered  over  with 
exudate,  and  m its  neighborhood  were  organized  adhesions  of  the  omentum 
and  transverse  colon,  which  are  believed  to  indicate  a previous  leakage, 
of  this  ulcer,  with  spontaneous  closure.  The  ulcer  was  closed  and  a pos- 
terior gastro-enterostomy  was  done  under  great  technical  difficulties  be- 
cause of  the  fixation  of  the  stomach.  The  patient  was  returned  to  the- 
ward  in  fair  condition.  No  drainage  was  done. 

On  being  returned  to  the  ward  this  man ’s  pulse  was  found  very  rapid 
and  weak  and  his  respiration  shallow.  He  was  given  morphia  and  procto- 
clysis, which  were  continued  for  the  next  few  days  as  indicated.  As  soon, 
as  he  reacted  he  was  placed  in  the  sitting  posture  in  bed  and  allowed 
cracked  ice  and  water  sparingly.  A very  persistent  and  annoying  hiccough 
developed,  which  subsided  after  forty-eight  hours,  though  he  would  never 
submit  to  the  - stomach  tube.-  Distention  was  relieved  by  pituitrin  and’ 
lectal  flushes.  After  four  days  of  storm  he  made  a slow  but  steady  re- 
covery and  was  discharged  as  apparently  well  on  the  twenty-eighth  post- 
operative  day.  During  February,  1918,  one  year  after  operation,  he  re-. 

April*  lR6ri7,at18,h1918to  A°nUal  Meeting’  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society,  New  Orleans,, 


126 


Original  Articles. 


turned,  reporting  that  he  was  feeling  better  than  he  had  in  twenty  years 
and  was  able  to  eat  anything. 

Case  2.  H.  S.,  white  male,  age  37  years,  resident  of  New  Orleans; 
•occupation,  laborer. 

This  man  states  that  for  one  and  one-half  years  he  has  been  having 
indigestion,  with  a great  deal  of  distention  and  discomfort  after  eating. 
He  has  vomited  frequently.  His  pain  has  always  been  aggravated  by 
food,  and  never  relieved  by  it.  Soda  and  diet  have  seemed  to  help  him. 
This  evening  he  had  a sudden  violent  pain  in  the  epigastrium,  which  has 
grown  in  intensity  until  now  he  is  in  agony.  Morphia  has  not  helped  his 
pain.  His  abdomen  is  uniformly  distended,  rigid  and  hypersensitive. 
Diagnosis  of  a ruptured  gastric  ulcer  was  made. 

Under  ether  a right  rectus  incision  was  made,  confirming  the  diagnosis. 
A punched-out  ulcer,  with  a hole  about  the  size  of  a five-cent-piece,  and 
the  whole  exudate  about  the  size  of  a half-dollar,  was  found  upon  the 
lesser  curvature  and  about  midway  between  the  cardiac  and  pyloric  ends. 
This  was  closed  with  two  rows  of  cat-gut.  The  abdominal  cavity  was 
filled  with  gastric  contents,  so  two  drains  were  inserted  in  the  upper  in- 
cision and  two  were  placed  in  an  incision  above  the  pubis.  From  the  latter 
an  enormous  quantity  of  contents  poured  out.  A gastro-enterostomy  was 
not  performed,  because  of  the  man ’s  condition  and  because  it  was  believed 
the  perforation  had  practically  cured  the  ulcer.  Cauterization  probably 
should  have  been  done  here. 

Sitting  posture,  proctoclysis,  rectal  flushes  and  morphia  were  used 
during  the  first  three  days,  after  which  the  patient  made  a rapid  recovery, 
being  permitted  to  go  home  on  the  fifteenth  post-operative  day. 

Case  3.  W.  B.,  white  male,  age  22  years,  resident  of  New  Orleans; 
occupation,  hospital  orderly. 

This  patient  was  seen  in  the  middle  of  the  night  by  a doctor  in  town, 
who  sent  him  in  with  a diagnosis  of  acute  appendicitis.  When  I saw  him 
in  the  admitting  room  there  was  a great  deal  of  rigidity  and  tenderness 
over  the  entire  abdomen,  especially  on  the  right  side,  near  the  appendiceal 
region.  The  upper  abdomen  was  comparatively  flaccid,  or,  rather,  was  not 
as  tender  and  tense  as  was  the  lower  abdomen.  The  patient  denied  having 
had  indigestion  or  any  other  discomfort.  Before  he  had  this  attack,  a 
previous  one  of  violent  pain  in  the  right  lower  abdomen,  near  the  ap- 
pendix, had  subsided  until  one  or  two  hours  before  admission,  when, 
following  the  taking  of  enemas,  the  pain  recurred  much  more  violent  and 
continued  up  to  the  time  of  his  admission.  On  these  findings  a diagnosis 
of  an  acute  ruptured  appendix  was  made  and  the  abdomen  opened. 

Under  ether,  a right  rectus  incision  was  made  and,  immediately  upon 
opening  the  abdomen,  free,  cloudy  fluid  appeared,  characteristic  of  a 
ruptured  gastric  ulcer.  The  ulcer  was  found  immediately  in  the  pyloric 
ring,  the  pylorus  being  prolapsed  right  over  the  classical  point  for  the 
appendix.  As  this  patient  is  7 feet  2 inches  in  height,  the  abdominal 
cavity  was  correspondingly  low,  which  probably  explains  the  reference 
of  his  pain  to  the  site  of  the  appendix,  as  also  the  absence  of  the  upper 
abdominal  rigidity. 

The  ulcer  was  closed  with  a row  of  interrupted  cat-gut  sutures  and 
reinforced  with  continuous  “lock”  stitch  of  cat-gut.  Posterior  gastro- 
enterostomy was  done  with  cat-gut  throughout,  with  a little  difficulty, 
because  there  had  apparently  been  some  previous  leak  into  the  lesser 
peritoneal  cavity,  causing  some  adhesions  here. 

This  patient’s  first  three  days  were  uncomfortable,  because  of  con- 


Kostmayer — Ruptured  Gastric  and  Intestinal  Ulcers.  127 


siderable  nausea  and  some  vomiting,  but  from  then  on  he  progressed 
rapidly  in  his  convalescence  and  was  allowed  out  of  bed  on  the  ninth  day 
and  went  home  on  the  tenth  day.  He  has  been  heard  from  several  times, 
and  at  present  writing  he  is  still  in  perfectly  good  health. 

Case  4.  E.  D.,  white  male,  age  58  years,  resident  of  New  Orleans. 

This  old  man  came  in  with  a history  that  was  confused  because  of 
the  severity  of  his  malady,  and  also  because  he  speaks  very  little  English, 
making  it  almost  negligible.  His  age,  the  exquisite  sensitiveness  of  his 
abdomen  and  upper  abdominal  rigidity  all  point  to  a ruptured  ulcer  of 
the  stomach  or  duodenum. 

With  this  diagnosis  the  abdomen  was  opened  through  a long  right 
rectus  incision  under  ether.  A plastic  exudate  appeared  everywhere,  with 
evidence  of  diffuse  peritonitis,  the  free  border  of  the  liver  being  adherent 
to  the  surrounding  structure.  The  abdomen  filled  with  a very  cloudy  fluid 
when  the  liver  was  freed  up,  duodenal  contents  pouring  out  of  the  pocket 
beneath,  which,  when  dried,  exposed  a perforated  ulcer  of  the  duodenum, 
the  center  of  this  ulcer  being  as  large  as  the  head  of  a lead  pencil. 

Because  of  this  man’s  condition,  and  the  fact  that  the  omentum  had 
to  a certain  extent  excluded  its  contents  from  the  general  cavity,  and  also 
because  the  contents  poured  out  too  profusely  to  keep  the  opening  ex- 
posed, nothing  was  done  except  to  drain  the  abdomen  in  four  different 
places — one  above  the  pubis,  the  other  three  drains  in  the  wound  proper. 
The  abdomen  was  closed  with  through-and-through  silkworm. 

Patient  was  admitted  to  the  ward,  from  operating  room,  with  pulse  of 
poor  volume.  Bed  was  placed  in  Fowler’s  position;  mustard  jacket  was 
applied  to  chest  for  thirty  minutes;  he  was  given  morphia  and  hypodermo- 
clysis.  Patient  was  restless,  and  complained  of  distention  throughout  this 
afternoon  and  early  morning  of  the  following  day.  Morphia  given,  and 
proctoclysis  was  continued.  Pulse  grew  weaker,  finally  imperceptible, 
patient  dying  at  2 a.  m.  on  the  second  post-operative  day. 

Case  5.  E.  C.,  colored  male,  age  32  years,  resident  of  New  Orleans; 
occupation,  laborer.  * 

This  darky  was  brought  into  the  hospital  about  10:30  p.  m.,  stating 
that  he  was  perfectly  well  up  to  1 o’clock  that  afternoon — that  is,  about 
nine  hours  before  admission — when  he  was  taken  suddenly  with  violent 
pain  in  his  upper  abdomen.  After  a while  the  pain  subsided  sufficiently 
for  him  to  go  home  from  work,  when  he  was  again  seized  with  pain  and 
prostrated,  but  did  not  vomit.  However,  on  cross-questioning  this  patient, 
he  admits  that  he  has  been  having  “ stomach  trouble”  for  many  months, 
which  has  sometimes  been  relieved  by  taking  food,  but  was  never  aggra- 
vated by  it.  His  abdomen  is  moderately  distended,  sensitive  and  rigid, 
especially  in  the  region  of  the  upper  quadrant,  but  not  nearly  as  well 
marked  as  most  cases  of  ruptured  ulcer,  so  the  diagnosis  of  “ruptured 
duodenal  ulcer”  was  hesitatingly  made.  A right  rectus  incision  under 
ether  soon  confirmed  it,  however. 

His  abdominal  cavity  was  filled  with  stomach  and  duodenal  contents, 
which  were  still  pouring  from  the  punched-out  duodenal  ulcer  near  the 
pylorus.  The  ulcer  was  closed  with  Lembert’s  cat-gut  sutures,  and  a 
posterior  gastro-enterostomy  was  now  done,  under  great  difficulty,  because 
of  a very  small,  thin-walled  stomach,  which  was  closely  attached  to  the 
posterior  abdominal  wall.  It  was  finally  accomplished,  the  wound  was 
drained  and  a supra-pubic  drain  was  also  inserted. 

This  patient  was  returned  to  the  ward  in  very  good  condition,  consider- 
ing what  he  had  just  gone  through,  and  was  quiet  that  night,  after  a dose 


128 


Original  Articles. 


of  morphia,  but  was  greatly  distended  next  day,  which  distention  was 
very  little  relieved  during  the  next  nine  days,  in  spite  of  the  use  of 
flushes  and  pituitrin.  He  seemed  to  have  no  recuperative  powers  and 
grew  steadily  worse,  dying,  apparently  of  exhaustion,  on  the  ninth  post- 
operative day.  No  autopsy  was  permitted. 

Case  6.  I.  W.,  colored  male,  age  34  years,  residence  not  given. 

This  patient  was  brought  to  the  hospital  with  a history  of  having  been 
ailing  with  indigestion  for  about  one  month  preceding  admission.  He 
says  that  taking  food  has  never  caused  him  any  pain.  Two  days  before 
admission,  however,  he  had  a sudden  violent  pain  in  the  epigastrium, 
which  persisted  without  relief.  He  did  not  vomit,  and  he  has  had  no  stool 
since  the  pain  first  began.  His  pulse  was  perfectly  normal,  but  the  facial 
expression  is  drawn  and  pinched.  His  abdomen  is  exquisitely  sensitive 
all  over,  but  especially  in  the  epigastrium,  which  is  as  rigid  as  a board, 
despite  the  long  duration  of  the  disease,  though  it  is  distended  rather  than 
contracted.  Diagnosis  of  a ' “ ruptured  duodenal  ulcer 7 7 was  unhesi- 
tatingly made,  and  was  immediately  confirmed  by  operation. 

Under  ether,  a right  rectus  incision  was  made,  and  the  abdomen  was 
found  filled  with  contents  of  the  bowel;  there  was  already  a diffused 
peritonitis.  The  ulcer  was  closed  with  cat-gut,  and  one  drain  was  placed 
over  the  pubis.  Patient  died,  apparently  from  exhaustion,  the  following 
morning. 

It  will  be  readily  recalled  that  all  six  of  these  cases  are  males,  in 
which  connection  it  might  he  mentioned  that  the  writer  has  never 
seen  a ruptnred  gastric  or  duodenal  ulcer  in  a female.  The  ages 
ranged  from  twenty-one  to  fifty-eight  years,  the  majority  being  be- 
tween thirty  and  fifty  years.  There  was  slight  preponderance  of 
whites,  there  being  four  out  of  six  cases.  Exactly  one-half  of  the 
cases  were  gastric  and  one-half  duodenal  ulcers,  and  it  is  worthy  to 
note  that  the  three  gastric  ulcer  cases  survived,  whereas  the  three 
duodenal  ulcer  cases  died.  However,  the  duodenal  cases  came  to 
operation  after  a longer  period  following  the  rupture.  In  all 
cases,  except  the  first,  free  drainage  was  instituted,  care  being  taken 
to  insert  a drain  over  the  pubis  in  addition  to  draining  the  wound. 
No  lavage  of  the  abdomen  was  done.  The  first  case  was  not  drained 
because  the  patient  presented  himself  so  soon  after  the  rupture,  and 
because  there  was  very  little  soiling  of  the  peritoneal  cavity. 

The  outstanding  feature  in  the  history  of  these  cases  is  the  sud- 
denness and  violence  of  the  onset  of  the  symptoms.  Patients  are 
usually  in  such  distress  that  it  is  only  with  a great  effort  that  any 
history  at  all  can  be  obtained.  They  beg  piteously  for  relief  of  pain, 
and  the  abdomen  is  usually  exquisitely  sensitive,  to  the  extent  that 
even  the  weight  of  bed-clothing  causes  extreme  distress.  The  sufferer 
resents  any  attempt  at  examination,  and  the  abdominal  wall  is  more 
rigid  than  for  any  other  condition.  Respiration  is  short  and  jerky. 


Kostmayer — Ruptured  Gastric  and  Intestinal  Ulcers.  129 

because  of  the  immobilization  of  the  diaphragm.  The  pulse  was 
very  good  in  the  cases  seen  early,  but  rapid,  weak  and  thready  in 
the  late  cases.  Vomiting  occurred  about  as  often  as  not,  so  is  of  no 
diagnostic  value.  It  is,  therefore,  'very  difficult  to  differentiate  be- 
tween gastric  and  duodenal  ulcers,  but  the  diagnosis  of  ruptured 
ulcer  of  either  of  these  viscera  is  one  of  the  most  certain  of  all  acute 
abdominal  conditions  with  which  we  meet,  this,  of  course,  provided 
the  case  is  seen  before  the  late  symptoms  of  peritonitis  and  exhaus- 
tion develop.  In  these  latter  stages  a diagnosis  of  surgical  abdomen 
can  be  made  from  the  physical  findings,  but  it  is  only  by  painstaking 
history  details  that  the  true  diagnosis  can  be  ventured.  .In  one  or 
two  cases  the  site  of  the  ulcer  could  be  suspected  by  a relatively  more 
sensitive  and  rigid  area  on  the  abdominal  wall,  all  of  which  is  merely 
in  accord  with  well-known  teachings  on  the  subject. 

No  far-reaching  conclusions  can  be  drawn  from  so  few  cases,  yet 
the  number  suffices  to  determine  that  the  condition,  after  all,  is  not 
a very  unusual  one  and  that  the  picture  is  so  classical  that  a little 
experience  and  thought  will  readily  lead  to  an  early  diagnosis,  which 
is  all-important. 

As  to  the  treatment  of  these  cases,  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  one 
indication  is  clear — that  is,  immediate  laparotomy!  The  next  un- 
mistakable step  is  closure  of  the  ulcer.  Whether  or  not  it  should  be 
cauterized  with  a hot  iron  is  open  to  question,  because  most  ruptured 
ulcers  had  cured  themselves,  so  to  speak,  by  rupturing.  However, 
it  takes  but  a moment  to  apply  the  cautery  to  the  punched-out  area, 
and  it  perhaps  has  its  value.  As  to  whether  or  not  gastro-enter- 
ostomy  should  be  done  undoubtedly  depends  on  the  condition  of  the 
patient.  If  the  general  condition  is  good,  if  there  are  no  special 
technical  difficulties,  and  if  the  soiling  of  the  peritoneum  has  not 
been  of  long  duration,  certainly  drainage  of  the  stomach  by  gastro* 
enterostomy,  with  its  constant  relief  of,  irritation  of  the  ulcerated 
area,  will  be  of  great  value  and  benefit  to  the  patient.  If,  on  the 
other  hand,  the  rupture  has  occurred  sometime  before  the  patient 
presents  himself,  and  if  his  general  condition  will  not  stand  the 
necessary  prolongation  of  the  operation,  it  is  far  wiser  merely  to 
close  the  ulcer  and  drain  the  abdomen.  It  is  highly  important  to 
drain  the  lower  abdomen,  because  the  contents  of  the  stomach  and 
duodenum  gravitate' rapidly  to  the  pelvis. 

The  two  most  important  post-operative  adjuncts  are  the  sitting" 
posture  and  rectal  flushes.  To  these  mayffie  added  the  stomach  tube 


130 


Original  Articles. 


when  used  as  a syphon,  it  being  rather  dangerous  to  wash  ont  the 
stomach.  The  patient  may  be  sustained  during  the  post-operative 
storm  by  hypodermoclysis  and  proctoclysis,  especially  glucose  in  the 
latter.  Morphia  may  also  be  given,  and  generously. 

The  next  case  presents  a very  different  type,  but  is  believed  ap- 
propriately reported  here : 

P.  B.,  colored  male,  age  11  years,  resident  of  New  Orleans. 

This  boy  was  in  the  hospital  for  seven  days,  being  treated  for  typhoid 
fever.  On  this  day  he  had  a sudden  collapse,  pain  in  his  abdomen,  with  a 
drop  in  temperature  from  106°  to  97°.  His  white  count  was  15,250,  with 
87  per  cent  neutrophiles.  When  first  seen,  ten  hours  after  the  original 
collapse,  his  abdomen  was  rigid  throughout,  with  tenderness  more  marked 
over  the  appendix  area.  A diagnosis  of  ruptured  typhoid  ulcer  was  readily 
made,  and  immediate  laparotomy  was  done,  through  a right  rectus  in- 
cision, under  ether.  The  ruptured  ulcer  was  found  about  four  or  five 
inches  from  the  ileocecal  valve,  and  was  rapidly  closed  with  two  layers 
of  catgut  suture.  The  wound  was  drained  and  stab  wounds  were  made 
over  the  pubis  and  over  the  left  and  right  iliac  fossa,  into  which  cigarette 
drains  were  inserted.  Peritonitis  was  already  quite  diffuse,  with  no  ad- 
hesions. Before  the  wound  was  closed  some  twenty-four  inches  of  ter- 
minal ileum  were  examined  for  further  perforation,  but  none  was  discov- 
ered, He  was  returned  to  the  ward,  in  very  fair  condition,  considering 
the  procedure. 

This  little  boy  had  a post-operative  pneumonia  and  infected  wound, 
which  opened  down  to  the  peritoneum  at  one  point.  He  got  out  of  bed 
several  times  early  in  his  convalescence,  and  in  spite  of  all  things  he 
finally  made  a complete  recovery  and  left  the  hospital  on  the post- 

operative day. 

This  lad  had  wonderful  resisting  powers,  as  most  boys  of  this  age  have, 
and  undoubtedly  it  is  to  this  that  he  owes  his  recovery.  Nevertheless, 
promptness  in  diagnosis,  rapidity  in  operating  and  the  institution  of  free 
drainage  were  factors  in  his  recovery  also.  A sudden  collapse  in  the 
course  of  typhoid  fever  usually  means  hemorrhage  or  ruptured  ulcer,  and 
the  blood  count  will  always  promptly  differentiate  the  two.  It  must  be 
borne  in  mind  that  ruptures  of  typhoid  ulcers  practically  always  occur  in 
the  terminal  eighteen  inches  of  ileum,  therefore  no  needless  search  of  the 
remaining  small  bowel  should  be  made. 

According  to  the  records  of  Charity  Hospital,  this  is  the  only 
case  of  rnptnred  typhoid  nicer  operated  on  that  recovered  in  that 
institution,  and  was,  therefore,  thought  sufficiently  interesting  to 
be  reported. 

Discussion  on  the  Paper  of  Dr.  Kostmayer. 

Dr.  C.  P.  Gray,  Monroe:  I feel  very  much  indebted  to  the  doctor  for 

having  had  the  privilege  of  hearing  this  paper,  inasmuch  as  it  brings 
home  several  cases  which  it  has  been  my  unhappy  experience  to  deal  with, 
and  there  are  one  or  two  points  I wish  to  discuss  and,  at  the  same  time, 
commend  the  doctor  for  bringing  out  the  essential  point's  as  best  he  could 
in  the  short  length  of  time  at  his  disposal. 


Kostmayer — Ruptured  Gastric  and  Intestinal  Ulcers.  131 


In  the  first  place,  let  us  take  a patient  who  is  seized  with  a pain  in 
the  upper  abdomen  anywhere,  and  with  collapse.  Oftentimes  these 
patients  faint,  and  at  other  times  they  do  not.  But  they  have  an  excru- 
ciating pain,  and,  to  use  the  layman's  language,  they  have  that  general 
fainting  feeling,  with  hot  and  cold  flashes  and  a weakened  pulse — in  other 
words,  the  same  clinical  picture  that  you  would  expect  to  find  in  a 
ruptured  bowel  with  typhoid  fever.  Whenever  you  see  a case  like  that', 
go  over  the  past  history  of  the  patient.  If  the  patient  is  not  able  to  give 
you  this  history,  then  talk  it  over  with  his  wife,  brother  or  sister,  and 
you  can  elicit  from  them  the  information  as  to  whether  or  not  the  patient 
had  indigestion  and  pain  in  the  stomach  afterwards  or  before.  In  the 
majority  of  cases  you  will  find  these  patients  have  had  dyspepsia;  they 
have  been  taking  bicarbonate  of  soda,  and  so  forth,,  and  probably  have 
been  treated  by  three  or  four  or  five  or  six  physicians  for  indigestion. 
Almost  invariably  you  will  elicit  a past  history  of  indigestion,  a feeling 
of  fullness,  shortness  of  breath  and  pain.  Bear  in  mind  the  pain.  You 
do  not  get  pain  when  the  stomach  is  full,  but  usually  you  get  it  when  the 
stomach  is  empty.  So  much  for  the  past  history. 

In  the  other  points  which  I wish  to  bring  out  I differ  with  the  doctor 
just  a little.  In  those  cases  with  the  sudden  onset  of  pain  and  with  the 
symptoms  that  I have  just  enumerated,  what  is  your  most  probable 
diagnosis?  You  know,  and  any  one  who  has  practiced  surgery  at  all 
knows,  that  you  have  some  surgical  lesion  in  the  upper  abdomen.  What 
are  you  going  to  do?  My  position  is  that  if  you  see  that  patient  within 
the  first  eight  or  ten  or  twelve  hours,  by  all  means  open  the  abdomen. 
If  the  patient 's  condition  is  such  that  it  is  not  safe,  and  in  your  judg- 
ment it  is  not  wise  to  give  a general  anesthetic,  do  the  operation  under 
local  anesthesia.  It  can  be  done,  and  has  been  done  any  number  of  times 
and  with  very  satisfactory  results.  If  a patient  can  stand  a general 
anesthetic,  give  it  to  him;  if  not,  do  the  operation  under  local  anesthesia. 

In  opening  the  abdomen,  whether  for  a gastric  or  duodenal  ulcer — and, 
by  the  way,  both  practically  produce  the  same  symptoms — the  question 
is  to  meet  the  emergency,  and,  as  Dr  Charles  Mayo  has  said,  the  man  who 
can  meet  the  emergency  is  the  real  surgeon.  When  you  open  the  ab- 
domen 4nd  find  a perforated  ulcer  of  the  stomach  or  of  the  duodenum, 
close  it.  In  my  experience  and  in  my  judgment,  from  a review  of  the 
literature  on  the  physiology  and  visits  to  the  Northern  and  Eastern  clinics, 
the  easiest  way  to  do  that  is  by  a simple  suture.  You  may  cauterize  it, 
or  you  may  not  do  so,  but  my  plan  is,  if  the  ulcer  has  already  perforated, 
to  go  back  about  one-quarter  or  half  an  inch  and  put  a purse-string  suture 
and  push  it  in,  and  put  in  another  suture  to  reinforce  it,  not  with  silk, 
but  with  catgut.  After  you  have  done  that,  then,  as  the  doctor  men- 
tioned, put  in  drainage,  and  plenty  of  it,  in  order  to  drain  the  abdominal 
cavity,  and  place  the  patient  in  the  upright  position.  The  reason  that  I 
suggest  this  is  that  it  is  my  conviction  there  is  good  reason  for  it.  It 
only  takes  a few  hours  for  the  mucous  membrane  to  come  together.  You 
can  take  two  loops  of  bowel  in  a dog  or  in  a man  and  suture  them  to- 
gether and  put  the  patient  or  the  dog  under  the  influence  of  morphin,  and 
if  you  open  the  abdomen  under  eight  hours  you  will  find  a nice  serous 
exudate.  The  sutures  are  all  covered  up,  and  for  that  reason  I do  not 
believe  in  doing  gastro-enterostomy,  but,  if  necessary,  cauterize  it  gently. 
If  you  do  not  do  that,  put  in  a suture  and  reinforce  it  with  another  Lem- 
bert,  put  the  patient  to  bed  and,  as  the  doctor  has  suggested,  give  him 
the  Murphy  drip,  and  my  preference  is  sterile  water,  for  the  reason  it 


132 


Original  Articles. 


is  absorbed  more  quickly  than  saline  or  soda  solution,  due  to  the  osmosis. 
You  get  the  effect  from  the  fluid,  and  that  is  what  the  patient  wants,  and 

give  him  or  her  plenty  of  morphin. 

Dr.  J.  L.  Adams,  Monroe:  This  paper  is  filled  with  too  many  impor- 

tant facts  and  is  of  too  much  significance  to  pass  without  our  freely  dis- 
cussing it.  It  is  a paper  that  is  not  only  of  interest  to  those  of  you  who 
are  associated  with  hospitals,  but  it  is  of  interest  to  all  of  us,  and  for 
that  reason  it  should  be  very  freely  discussed.  I rise  to  emphasize  one 
point,  simply  because  it  is  not  only  applicable  to  surgical  conditions  of 
the  stomach,  but  also  to  shock  of  all  kinds.  I was  much  pleased  to  hear 
the  doctor  say  that,  if  the  patient  was  depleted  and  exhausted,  you 
should  do  all  you  can  for  him  or  her  before  you  undertake  to  do  a classical 
operation.  Many  a patient  is  lost,  not  only  in  this  kind  of  work,  but  from 
all  kinds  of  shock,  because  we  are  too  anxious  to  do  the  operation  at 
once.  Put  in  drainage,  allow  the  man  a chance  to  get  well,  give  him 
plenty  of  time,  and  you  will  have  a better  chance,  and  he  Will,  too. 

Dr.  A.  C.  King,  New  Orleans:  I would  like  to  ask  Dr.  Kostmayer  to 

go  into  a little  more  detail  in  closing  the  discussion  as  to  the  rupture  of 
typhoid  ulcers  compared  with  hemorrhage.  There  is  nothing  else  in  the 
paper  that  I care  to  discuss,  but  I would  like  to  know  a little  more 
about  it. 

Dr.  H.  W,  Kostmayer,  New  Orleans  (closing) : In  reference  to  rupture 
of  typhoid  ulcers  as  compared  with  hemorrhage,  my  observations  lead 
me  to  believe  that,  with  a ruptured  typhoid  ulcer,  there  is  an  immediate 
increase  in  both  the  neutrophiles  and  the  total  white  cells  present;  where- 
as in  hemorrhage  into  the  bowel,  as  a result  of  the  sloughing  of  the  ulcer, 
there  is  no  increase  in  the  neutrophilic  count  nor  any  increase  in  the 
total  number  of  white  cells.  There  is  subnormal  temperature,  and,  if  the 
patient  has  pain  and  vomiting,  the  rigidity  of  the  abdomen  is  classical 
following  a ruptured  ulcer  in  the  peritoneal  cavity,  whereas  in  ulcer  of 
the  stomach  it  is  not. 


SOCIETY  LARGELY  RESPONSIBLE  FOR  SOME  OF  THE 
MOST  POTENT  FACTORS  OF  NERVOUS 
AND  MENTAL  DISEASES.* 

By  J.  CHESTER  KING,  M.  D.,  Atlanta,  Ga. 

Mr.  President  and  Gentlemen  of  the  Louisiana  State  Medical 
Society: 

I am  happy  on  this  occasion  to  meet  the  members  of  my  profes- 
sion in  my  native  State  and  in  the  city  where  the  foundation  of 
my  professional  career  was  laid.  It  was  here,  in  my  early  manhood, 
that  I came  in  contact,  as  my  instructors,  with  Drs.  Chaille,  Souchon, 
Lewis,  J ones,  Miles  and  others.  I learned  to  love  and  esteem  them. 

* Read  at  the  39th  Annual  Meeting,  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society,  New  Orleans, 
April  16,  17,  18,  1918. 


King — Nervous  and  Mental  Diseases. 


133 


They  have  been  an  inspiration  in  my  work  and  an  inspiration  in 
my  life.  Tennyson  has  well  said : 

“I  am  a part  of  all  that  I have  met. ” 

Recently  I have  had  the  pleasure  of  attending  several  association 
meetings,  and  the  spectre  of  our  war  stalks  in  their  midst ; so  pardon 
me  if  I refer  briefly  to  some  of  the  phases  before  presenting  my 
subject  to  you,  which  is  closely  allied  to  our  national  betterment. 

During  the  Civil  War  physicians  were  non-combatants,  for  they 
enjoyed  security  vouchsafed  by  a national  code,  but  in  the  present 
mad  lust  for  imperialism  nothing  is  sacred  in  the  eyes  of  the  ruth- 
less Hun,  for  the  sky,  the  sea  and  the  undersea  are  used  as  instru- 
ments for  their  death-dealing  missiles.  The  history  of  the  nine- 
teenth century  will  record  an  era  of  barbarism  unequaled  in  the 
early  dawn  of  civilization  developed  by  the  insatiable  greed  for 
world-power,  of  the  imperialists  of  Germany,  the  country  that  once 
held  the  esteem  and  admiration  of  the  world ; but  to-day  the  school- 
yard  of  the  English  shire,,  with  its  hordes  of  romping  children;  the 
hospitals,  with  their  sick  and  convalescents  ; the  solemn  church 
edifice,  with  its  Congregation  of  devout  worshippers;  the  commer- 
cial liner  at  sea,  laden  with  non-combatants  and  merchandise  and 
peacefully-disposed  passengers  have  become  the  unwarned  targets 
of  explosives. 

Statistics  show  that  the  percentage  of  deaths  among  medical 
officers  is  greater  than  in  any  other  war  and  that  there  are  more 
physicians  to-day  with  the  Allies  than  there  were  soldiers  and 
officers  in  the  active  American  Army  two  years  ago. 

For  this  reason,  your  State  meeting  to-day  overshadows  any  sim- 
ilar gathering  of  the  past.  The  subject  most  potent  to  us  as  a 
progressive  nation  is,  what  are  the  means  at  our  hands  of  develop- 
ing a manhood  and  womanhood  ‘who  are  physically,  morally  and 
mentally  fit  to  uphold  the  glories  of  our  great  country  ? Hence  I 
present  for  your  consideration,  “Society  Largely  Responsible  for 
Some  of  the  Most  Potent  Factors  of  Nervous  and  Mental  Diseases.” 
And  before  discussing  this  theme  I wish  to  state  that,  while  a part 
of  our  brothers  are  serving  the  wounded,  dead  and  dying,  if  we  at 
home  spread  and  enact  the  propaganda  that  will  develop  a higher 
and  nobler  race,  when  a glorious  and  permanent  peace  has  been  con- 
cluded and  a grateful  world-democracy  seeks  to  bestow  its  laurels 
on  those  who  brought  it  about  and  while  honors  will  be  freely  ac- 


134 


Original  Articles. 


corded  to  the  artilleryman,  the  engineer,  the  navigator  of  the  sea 
and  the  pilot  of  the  air,  a substantial  and  well-merited  portion  will 
accrue  to  the  physicians. 

It  has  been  beautifully  expressed  by  Kant : 

“ There  is  in  every  man  a divinity,  the  ideal  of  a perfect  man,  con- 
forming to  the  type  according  to  which  God  fashioned,  just  as  in  a block 
of  Parian  marble  an  image  of  a Hercules  or  of  an  Apollo  would  be  found 
if  a divine  artist  had  traced  there,  by  means  of  the  natural  veins  of  the 
marble,  the  contour  and  form  of  the  future.” 

This  statue,  it  should  be  the  aim  of  society,  to  free  from  the 
rubbish  that  conceals  it,  to  evolve  its  form,  to  reveal  to  our  con- 
sciousness this  inherent  ideal  of  divinity,  enabling  mankind  to 
realize  it  by  aiding  the  development  of  all  of  those  germs  and  dis- 
positions placed  within  us  by  God  when  He  made  man  according  to 
His  own  image  and  disposition,  which  constitutes  our  rational 
nature. 

Instead  of  this  condition  existing,  we  see  society  encouraging  im- 
prudent speculation,  intemperance  and  vice,  augmenting  the  desire 
to  gain  wealth  by  speculation  rather  than  by  honest  labor  and 
virtuous  efforts,  converting  our  youth  into  idle  vagabonds,  tilling 
our  prisons  and  penitentiaries  with  defaulters,  forgers,  bank  robbers, 
thieves  and  murderers. 

Is  the  owner  of  your  gilded  saloon,  gambling  and  drinking  hells 
of  New  Orleans,  however  high  he  may  stand  in  church  and  State, 
more  holy  or  noble  than  the  miserable,  driveling  drunkard  who 
staggers  into  the  hospitals  or  is  committed  to  our  asylums  or  prisons  ? 
Is  it  not  a fact  that  society  looks  upon  the  vitality  of  the  race  and 
the  health  of  the  family  in  an  indifferent  mood?  Our  prisons  and 
asylums  bear  testimony  to  the  fact  that  the  communication  of  dis- 
ease in  marriage  is  a matter  between  husband  and  wife,  and  society 
has  nothing  to  do  with  it.  Did  the  African  slave  trade,  with  its 
floods  of  poisonous  rum  and  the  untold  horrors  of  the  middle  passage 
as  conducted  by  the  merchants  of  the  New  England  States  in  the 
seventeenth  and  eighteenth  centuries,  yield  finally  any  other  result 
than  the  gigantic,  bloody  Civil  War  of  1861-1865,  whereby  the  soil 
of  the  United  States  of  America  was  drenched  in  the  blood  of  persons 
and  the  entire  land  clad  in  the  garb  of  sorrorw  and  mourning? 

Can  the  heart  of  a great  State,  as  revealed  in  her  laws,  be  rotten 
and  her  children  be  pure,  healthy  and  virtuous  ? What  inducement  j 
is  there  to  honest  labor  and  virtuous  endeavor,  when  the  mother,  a 


King — Nervous  and  Mental  Diseases. 


135 


leader  in  society,  a woman  of  nntold  influence,  spends  the  great  part 
of  her  time,  mentality  and  energy  in  what  she  terms  innocent  and 
instructive  amusement,  in  being  the  victor  of  a prize  at  a bridge 
party  that  would  equal  in  cost  the  heaviest  losings  at  a $1  limit 
poker  game  during  a sitting  of  four  hours?  In  other  words,  she 
points  to  the  gaming  table  and  the  deceitful  smiles  of  chance  as  the 
royal  road  to  caste,  to  wealth,  to  position  in  State  and  church. 

The  laws  of  the  State  are  defective,  society  is  rotten,  when,  they 
do  not  consider  man  and  his  offspring  from  the  following  stand- 
points : 

1.  The  development  and  perfection  of  the  individual,  physically, 
intellectually  and  morally,  for  time  and  eternity  as  an  individual. 

2.  The  development  and  perfection  of  the  individual  physically, 
intellectually  and  morally,  with  reference  to  his  fellowman. 

3.  The  development  and  perfection  of  the  individual  physically, 
intellectually,  socially  and  morally  with  reference  to  his  relations  to 
his  Creator  in  time  and  eternity. 

As  society  should  be  the  fountain  of  life  and  strength  to  the  State 
and  nation,  we  cannot  have  a law-abiding  and  united  people,  a 
vigorous  and  healthy  national  life,  when  the  offspring  is  morally 
and  physically  defective.  A wholesome  respect  for  the  sanctity  and 
majesty  of  law  must  first  be  engendered  in  the  heart  of  the  boy  and 
girl  in  their  own  home  and  by  the  father  and  mother  who  bore  them. 
We  cannot  expect  the  development  of  a pure,  healthy  and  noble  race 
of  women  and  men  when  the  blood  of  the  mother  and  father  has 
been  poisoned  by  the  contagion  of  vice  and  the  debasing  effects  of 
syphilis.  Can  the  vulture  breed  the  eagle  ? Can  the  jackal  engender 
the  lion?  Can  you  have  a double  standard  of  laws?  Can  society 
condone  in  man  what  is  unsparingly  condemned  in  woman  which  it 
acccepts  as  excusable  in  one  and  decrees  to  be  unpardonable  in  the 
other  ? 

With  open  doors  and  open  heart  the  father  of  a family  welcomes 
to  the  sanctity  of  his  home  men  of  political  influence  and  wealth, 
but  those  whose  lives  are  saturated  with  the  iniquity  of  vice,  born 
and  nurtured  in  the  company  of  immoral  women. 

Again,  our  fair  debutantes  are  often  the  prey  of  titled  foreigners 
whose  lives  have  well  been  spent  in  riotous  living.  Exclusive  so- 
ciety bids  them  a hearty  welcome  and  social  leaders  vie  with  one 
another  in  their  cordiality. 

It  is  a well-established  fact  that  “Whatsoever  ye  sow  that  shall 


136 


Original  Articles. 


ye  also  reap,”  and  it  is  np  to  the  fathers  and  mothers  of  our  land 
to  see  that  the  sowers  of  vice  in  all  of  the  different  phases  which  • 
confd  be'  handed  down  be  not  transmitted  to  their  daughters;  for 
how  often  is  it  the  case  we,  as  physicians,  see  innocent  wives  and 
children  the  victims  of  venereal  diseases  and  the  husband  and  father 
is  the  bearer  of  his  venom,  which  has  left  in  its  wake  the  wreckage 
.of  hope,  of  health,  abortions  and  diseased  children  ? 

Jt  has  been  well  said : 

'“For  social  crimes  and  their  pitiful  consequences,  masculine  un- 
chastity  and  the  false  social  code  which  fosters  and  promotes  it,  are 
largely  responsible.  ’ ’ 

If  you  ask  me  the  remedy,  I will  say : Provide  for  the  introduc- 
tion of  a bill  which  will  require  each  prospective  bride  or  bridegroom 
to  furnish  a signed  statement  attesting  to  the  fact  that  the  signer 
has  not  been  afflicted  with  the  specified  social  diseases  for  five  years 
past.  If  afflicted  within  that  time,  it  must  be  shown  that  the  official 
test  has  been  given  with  negative  results.  As  an  alternative,  the 
applicant  may  present  a health  certificate  showing  himself  or  her- 
self to  be  free  of  the  illness.  Take  another  step  and  have  an  ex- 
amination of  all  barbers  and  waiters  in  the  State,  whether  in 
restaurants  or  in  soda  fountains  or  elsewhere.  In  the  larger  counties 
of  the  State  let  there  be  free  clinics,  and  in  the  hospitals,  where 
people  afflicted ‘with  tlie  diseases  might  receive  treatment  and  in- 
struction. Let  State  boards  provide  for  Wassermamn  tests.  Keep 
a record  of  those  men  drafted  who  stated  in  their  questionnaires 
that  .they  were  or  had  been  afflicted  with  these  diseases.  Let  the 
police  of  every  city  department  round  up  male  and  female  vagrants 
who  may  be  the  means  of  spreading  the  disease  and  subject  them 
to  an  examination.  Our  State  laws  to-day  impose,  as  a condition 
of  its  license  to  marry,  certain  regulations  relating  to  the  age  and 
the  degree  of  consanguinity  of  the  contracting  parties.  Cannot  the 
"State  go  farther  and  demand,  as  a preliminary  condition  to  grant- 
ing a license,  a medical  certificate  that  both  parties  are  free  from 
&ny  contagious  sexual  disease?  It  can  impose  a civil  and  penal 
responsibility  for  the  transmission  of  venereal  diseases  in  marriage. 
<Iet  public  sentiment  aroused,  for  no  law  is  stronger  than  the  public 
'Sentiment  behind  it.  All  laws  are  based  upon  the  rights  of  human 
beings,  and  no  human  being  is  justified  in  communicating  his  dis- 
ease to  another,  whether  intentionally  or  by  criminal  imprudence, 


King — Nervous  and  Mental  Diseases.  137 

especially  in  the  relation  of  marriage,  where  the  victims  are  power- 
less to  protect  themselves. 

The  candidates  for  marriage  should  know  the  terrible  consequences 
to  which  they  expose  their  wives  and  children  when  they  marry  with 
an  uncured  venereal  disease,  so  that  the  plea,  “I  thought  I was 
cured,”  shall  no  longer  be  heard.  Cushing  has  well  said  : 

“The  plea  of  ignorance  should  no  longer  be  available  to  shield  those 
who  bring  disease  and  death  in  their  families,  who  ruin  the  lives  of  those 
they  have  sworn  to  cherish  and  protect.  ” 

Our  knowledge  of  diseases  that  leave  in  their  wake  blasted  hopes 
and  ruined  lives  avails  us  little  if  we  cannot  utilize  it.  The  knowl- 
edge which  a man  can.  use  is  the  only  real  knowledge  which  has  life 
and  growth  in  it  and  converts  itself  into  practical  power.  The  rest 
hangs  like  dust  about  the  brain  or  dries  like  rain-drops  off  the  stove. 

Let  every  man’s  standard  of  social  morality  be  elevated.  Pro- 
claim to  the  world  that  the  libertine  cannot  enter  your  home. 
Ostracize  the  social  circles  that  entertain  him.  Do  not  absolve  the 
male  offender  against  immorality  while  condemning  to  social  in- 
famy the  female  offender.  Health  has  ever  been  looked  upon  as  the 
first  of  all  blessings,  and  as  immortal  beings  and  as  members  of  a 
profession  which  deals  with  immortal  heings  in  their  last  extremities 
you  cannot,  if  you  would,  shut  your  eyes  to  the  importance  of  moral 
and  scientific  education. 

We  have  three  sources  for  the  spreading  of  this  education,  viz: 
the  press,  the  educators  and  the  clergy.  Is  it  being  accomplished? 
Yes,  scientific  education  is  making  rapid  strides  in  the  elimination 
of  the  social  evils,  but  social  hygiene  has  accomplished  little. 

To  illustrate : In  the  great  daily  press  of  our  country  you  see  de- 
tailed on  the  front  page  in  the  most  prominent  type  a disgusting 
account  of  domestic  intrigue  and  the  social  ruin  of  some  one  of  the 
inner  circle  whose  life  or  lives  have  been  ruined  by  venereal  diseases. 
While  the  downfall  has  been  vigorously  painted  to  pander  to  the 
prurient  and  depraved  taste  of  its  readers,  no  mention  is  ever  made 
of  venereal  diseases  which  have  wrecked  their  lives.  While  I can 
appreciate  the  attitude  of  the  press  on  this  subject,  yet  is  there  not 
some  inconsistency  when  it  often  speaks  of  prostitution,  adultery 
and  other  violations  of  moral  acts,  yet  it  shrinks  from  speaking  of 
a common  pathological  consequence  that  affects  all  humanity  and  is 
lowering  the  standard  of  our  social  atmosphere? 

The  clergy  and  educators  stand  in  awe  at  the  thought  of  impart- 


138 


Original  Articles. 


ing  to  our  young  women  and  young  men  a knowledge  of  the  hygiene 
of  the  reproductive  functions. 

Until  there  is  a general  awakening  on  the  part  of  the  medical 
profession  and  no  longer  venereal  diseases  are  branded  by  another 
name;  until  society  welcomes  knowledge  on  this  subject,  which 
smites  the  innocent  wife  and  her  offspring ; until  the  press  wages  a 
campaign  of  education  against  prostitution,  the  purveyor  of  this 
infection;  until  the  ministry  throws  aside  the  false  social  code  of 
morals,  which  is  opposed  to  the  moral  code  of  Christianity,  which 
condones  in  man  what  it  condemns  in  woman,  and  until  our  high 
schools  disseminate  the  knowledge  of  sex  hygiene,  we  live  in  a day 
and  time  of  science  which  is  defective,  for  man  is  not  comprehended 
in  all  the  various  relations  of  his  physical,  intellectual  and  moral 
nature.  The  great  fields  for  this  development  of  the  human  race 
are:  (1)  The  family;  (2)  the  church;  (3)  the  physician;  (4)  the 
university. 

The  earliest  education  of  all  times  is  that  of  the  family;  it  is  the 
fountain  of  life  and  strength  of  the  nation.  Show  me  where  it  has 
been  neglected  and  I will  show  you  lives  of  physical  woes,  taunted 
nerves  and  mental  deficiencies.  From  the  earliest  time  the  church 
has  been  the  forerunner  of  education  and  the  salvation  of  our  race. 
The  belief  in  the  immortality  of  the  soul  and  of  a future  existence, 
of  pain  or  pleasure,  in  accordance  with  the  good  or  bad  acts  of  an 
individual,  has  been  widespread  at  all  times,  and  amongst  most 
races,  and  has  given  form  to  beliefs  and  rights. 

The  scientific  physician  is  the  nations  guardian  of  public  health. 
He  is  entrusted  with  the  lives  of  his  fellowmen ; his  life  is  spent  in 
nearest  communion  with  the  sick  and  dying,  in  sight  of  the  very 
gates  of  eternity.  From  a socio-biological  point  of  view  he  is  the 
most  potent  factor  of  all  factors  in  emancipating  from  the  social 
evil.  To  the  most  modest  woman,  without  offending  her  most  deli- 
cate sensibilities,  he  can  speak  of  sexual  life  and  its  diseases;  and 
how  often  he  can  forestall  the  shadow  that  has  fallen  over  many  a 
home  and  blighted  lives  with  wrecked  nerves  and  a tortured  men- 
tality. The  highest  type  of  the  physician  to-day  is  the  moralist  as 
well  as  the  hygienist. 

The  material  body  of  man,  with  its  complicated  machinery,  ap- 
pears to  have  been  constructed  with  exact  reference  to  the  action  of 
the  intellectual  and  moral  nature. 

Ancient  Greece  gave  us  the  heritage  of  an  intellectual,  moral  and 


King — Nervous  and  Mental  Diseases . 


139 


political  education.  For  the  pure  life,  the  health  of  body  and  soul, 
we  point  to  Plato,  the  Athenian,  the  pupil  of  Socrates,  whose  works 
remain  to  this  day  the  great  models  of  Athenian  genius,  elegance 
and  urbanity,  and  whose  philosophy  has  been  the  admiration  of  all 
ages. 

The  thirteenth,  fourteenth  and  fifteenth  centuries  witnessed  the 
rise  of  great  universities,  and  to-day  the  strength  and  bloom  of  our 
American  nation  are  felt  in  the  great  power  of  its  educational 
centers.  Natural  science  and  learning  receive  their  most  vigorous 
impulses  from  the  scientific  centers.  Men  of  the  greatest  learning 
and  research  have  celebrated  the  power  and  influence  of  universities 
upon  the  progress  of  civilization.  So,  to  these  powerful  agencies, 
we  must  look  for  a healthful  moral  life.  They  must  say  to  society, 
“Your  code  of  morals  must  be  clean.”  Social  prophylaxis  must  be 
the  password;  licentious  living,  which  is  a companion  of  venereal 
disease,  shall  not  be  tolerated.  Yet  we  know  that  society  to-day 
welcomes  to  its  ranks  the  libertine,  who  regards  not  the  sacredness 
of  the  home  circle  nor  personal  purity  or  respect  for  the  sacredness 
of  the  marriage  vow,  and  scatters  in  his  life  the  germs  of  infection. 

Society  owes  it  to  God  and  our  nation  to  hand  down  to  posterity 
a vigorous  manhood  and  womanhood,  and  thereby  wipe  out  the  great 
social  evils — alcohol  and  syphilis — that  are  giving  us  a heritage  of 
moral  and  physical  weaklings  and  taxing  our  respective  States  for 
appropriations  almost  beyond  endurance. 

Conservatively  estimated,  there  are  to-day  in  the  United  States 
three-quarters  of  a million  of  insane  and  mental  defectives,  at  an 
annual  cost  of  about  $110,000,000.  And  this  does  not  include  the 
border-line  cases  or  epilepsy.  The  figures  would  hardly  be  exagger- 
ated if  we  computed  in  each  State  the  number  of  insane  and  those 
of  weak  mentality  not  cared  for  by  the  State,  at  the  round  figure 
of  one  million.  And  yet,  one-quarter  of  this  million  are  allowed  to 
propagate  their  species,  which,  if  we  did  not  wage  a moral,  social, 
political  and  physical  campaign  against,  history  would  in  the  course 
of  time  brand  us  as  a nation  once  powerful,  but  now  degenerated. 

As  students  of  difficult  and  useful  sciences  and  practitioners  of 
medicine,  and  as  citizens  of  a powerful  and  free  nation,  which  to- 
day is  fulfilling  a high  political,  religious  and  scientific  mission 
amongst  the  nations  of  the  earth,  the  .medical  profession’s  watch- 
word must  be,  “Preventive  medicine”;  society’s  watchword  must  be, 
“Social  hygiene  .”  The  family  is  the  unit  of  society  of  the  village, 


140 


Original  Articles. 


town,  city,  State  and  nation.  From  the  union  of  man  and  wife  and 
from  the  fruits  resulting  therefrom  the  nation  has  its  perpetual 
fountain  of  life  and  strength.  If  the  fountain  is  impure,  the 
stream  will  he  foul.  Households  founded,  and  conducted  in  viola- 
tion of  the  laws  of  hygiene  are  standing  menaces  to  the  public 
health.  The  syphilitic  father  not  only  breeds  a syphilitic  child,  but 
places  galling  shackles  on  society. 

The  injurious  effects  of  alcoholic  liquors  and  narcotics  have  been 
thoroughly  demonstrated  by  our  profession.  A ban  should  be  placed 
upon  it  in  society.  While  athletic  and  gymnastic  sports  are  of  great 
value  to  our  young  men  and  women,  and  should  be  encouraged,  yet 
how  often  do  we  see  their  deadly  work,  by  being  too  excessive  or  too 
violent  or  too  rapid,  and  ailments  following,  which  often  fatally 
diminish  or  impair  the  nervous,  muscular  and  vital  powers.  Many 
a young  man  has  been  sacrificed  to  over-exertion  in  the  gymnasium 
and  in  the  violent  struggle  for  mastery  in  rowing,  swimming  and 
hall-playing.  This  but  demonstrates  that  the  American  people,  as 
a whole,  are  extremists  and  are  prone  to  nervous  disturbances.  Edu- 
cational institutions  must  conform  their  standards  to  the  demands 
of  public  health  service,  teaching  the  youth  of  our  land  that  the 
stronger  race  must  protect  the  weaker,  that  the  white  race  will 
always  he  the  dominant  factor  of  civilization,  and  that  no  greater 
crime  could  be  concurred  in  or  perpetrated  in  the  annals  of  humanity 
than  the  amalgamation  and  mongrelization  of  a superior  race  with 
an  inferior,  or  the  political  subjection  of  the  former  to  the  latter. 

Then  we  shall  be  like  the  coral  insect — helping  to  rear  an  edifice 
which,  emerging  from  the  vexed  ocean  of  conflicting  credence,  shall 
be  first  stable  and  secure,  and  at  last  cover  itself  with  verdure, 
flowers  and  fruits,  and  bloom  beautiful  in  the  face  of  heaven. 

Discussion  on  the  Paper  of  Dr.  King. 

Dr.  S.  M.  D.  Clark,  New  Orleans:  I did  not  expect  to  discuss  this 

paper.  However,  I have  listened  to  it  with  a great  deal  of  interest,  but 
the  doctor  has  touched  on  so  many  vital  points  that  it  is  difficult  to  know 
where  to  begin. 

One  point  in  the  paper  that  appealed  to  me  as  being  along  the  right 
line  was  the  one  that  parents  are  ill-disposed  to  discuss  sexual  questions 
with  their  children.  We  know  that  most  daughters  coming  to  woman- 
hood are  absolutely  ignorant  in  every  way  as  to  what  the  menstrual 
phenomena  mean,  and  as  to  what  things  they  should  do  and  what  things 
they  should  not  do  to  avoid  trouble.  - This  is  still  considered  in  a great 
many  families  a subject  that  should  be  forbidden,  or  that  it  is  unlady-like 
to  speak  of  it.  I believe  that  we,  as  medical  men,  along  with  Dr.  King 


De  Buys — Vomiting  in  Infancy. 


141 


and  others,  should  argue  this  question  with  mothers  and  do  all  in  our 
power  to  overcome  this  impression — -that  our  young  men  and  young  women 
should  grow  up  in  ignorance  as  to  the  sexual  side.  I believe  with  him 
that  it  is  the  duty  of  the  doctor  largely,  especially  the  man  in  general 
practice,  who  is  seeing  these  boys  or  girls  coming  into  manhood  and 
womanhood,  to  go  to  the  father  or  mother  and  ask  them  if  they  have 
ever  discussed  this  phase  of  this  subject  which  leads  to  so  many  ills,  and 
in  the  vast  majority  of  cases  you  will  find  the  father  will  say,  “I  do  not 
think  I can  discuss  that  with  my  son77;  or  if  you  go  to  the  mother  when 
the  girl  is  on  the  eve  of  her  menstrual  life  and  say,  “Have  you  not  dis- 
cussed that  with  her,  or  does  she  know  anything  about  itf77  the  mother 
will  very  likely  say,  “I  hardly  know  how  I can  do  it. 77  A young  girl 
or  boy  can  live  just  as  pure  a life  by  having  these  matters  properly  ex- 
plained to  them  as  if  they  had  never  heard  anything  said  about  it.  They 
would  be  just  as  pure  in  their  souls  as  if  they  had  never  heard  a word 
said  about  it. 

Dr.  C.  S.  Holbrook,  Jackson:  I wish  to  thank  Dr.  King,  in  behalf  of 

the  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society,  for  presenting  such  an  interesting 
paper.  I am  sure  he  did  not  make  his  trip  all  the  way  from  Atlanta  to 
New  Orleans  in  vain.  No  one  could  have  listened  to  this  paper  without 
being  profited  by  it,  and  I,  as  Chairman  of  the  Section,  wish  to  thank 
him  again  for  presenting  it. 


VOMITING  IN  INFANCY.* 

By  L.  R.  DE  BUYS,  B.  S.,  M.  D.,  F.  A.  C.  P.,  New  Orleans. 

Vomiting  is  the  symptom  which  is  most  commonly  met  with  in 
children.  To  simply  enumerate  the  conditions  in  which  it  occurs 
would  not  be  productive  of  satisfactory  results.  It  shall  be  my  en- 
deavor to  present  this  subject  so  that,  when  associated  with  other 
symptoms,  the  proper  cause  of  the  vomiting  may  be  ascertained. 

Children  vomit  more  readily  than  do  adults:  (1)  because  their 
nervous  system  is  more  unstable;  (2)  because  of  the  changes  in 
the  growth  and  development  of  their  digestive  tract;  (3)  because 
of  their  susceptibility  to  disease. 

Vomiting  may  be  considered  from  two  viewpoints:  (1)  Mechan- 
ical, and  (2)  Nervous. 

Mechanical  explanation:  (1)  a deep  inspiration;  (2)  closure  of 
the  glottis;  (3)  contraction  of  the  diaphragm,  and  at  the  same 
time;  (4)  opening  of  the  cardiac  orifice  of  the  stomach  by  contrac- 
tion of  the  longitudinal  muscular  fibres,  followed  by  (5)  violent 

* Read  at  the  39th  Annual  Meeting,  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society,  New  Orleans. 
April  16,  17,  18,  1918. 


142 


Original  Articles. 


expiratory  contraction  of  the  abdominal  muscles,  the  glottis  remain- 
ing closed  and  the  diaphragm  contracted. 

Nervous  explanation:  The  various  impulses  may  he  best  consid- 
ered as  starting  from  a vomiting  center  in  the  medulla.  They  are 
dispatched  from  this  center  to  the  diaphragm  by  the  phrenic  nerves, 
to  the  stomach  and  esophagus  by  the  pneumogastric,  and  to  the 
abdominal  muscles  by  the  intercostal  nerves. 

This  center  may  be  excited : 

(1)  By  direct  action  on  the  mucosa  of  the  stomach; 

(2)  By  reflex  stimulation  through  the  peripheral  nerves; 

(3)  By  direct  stimulation  of  the  blood; 

(4)  By  impulses  from  parts  of  the  brain  higher  up. 

In  considering  the  causes  of  vomiting,  the  writer  submits  the 
accompanying  classification  as  being  both  easy  to  remember  and 
practical. 

The  associated  symptoms  and  history  in  the  toxic,  nervous,  febrile 
and  mechanical  causes  of  vomiting  as  classified  above  will  very 
readily  allow  of  a prompt  and  accurate  determination  of  the  indi- 
vidual cause  of  the  vomiting. 

As  the  subject  is  such  a vast  one,  the  allotted  time  will  not  permit 
of  an  exhaustive  consideration  of  it.  By  remembering,  however,  the 
above  classifications,  we  may  more  promptly  determine  the  cause 
of  the  vomiting  in  a given  case. 

The  purpose  of  this  paper  is  to  deal  more  particularly  with  the 
vomiting  as  related  to  the  digestive  tract,  and  especially  of  those 
occurring  during  the  first  few  days  and  weeks  of  life. 

The  inflammatory  digestive  causes  of  vomiting  are  easily  recog- 
nized from  the  symptoms  referable  to  the  stomach,  intestines  and 
peritoneum,  respectively.  As  are  also  the  obstructive  organic  causes, 
with  the  exception,  at  times,  of  stenosis  and  atresia.  Bismuth  or 
barium  and  the  X-ray  are  of  extreme  value  in  these  cases.  In  the 
malformation,  malposition  and  dilatations  the  X-ray  and  bismuth 
or  barium  are  indispensable  and  will  permit  of  a positive  diagnosis. 
The  functional  stomach  causes  are  also  easily  recognized  and  can 
as  readily  be  cared  for. 

This  would  leave,  then,  for  our  consideration,  stenosis,  atresia  and 
feeding  as  the  causes  of  vomiting. 

In  studying  these  cases  the  history  must  be  carefully  gone  into. 
It  is  essential,  in  breast-fed  babies  as  well  as  bottle-fed  babies,  to 
determine  what  the  composition  of  the  milk  is,  also  the  quantity 


gestive 
tract . . 


)xic 


ervous. 


ebrile— 

feehanii 


De  Buys — Vomiting  in  Infancy. 


143 


Feeding .... 


f Functional.  . 


Too  much 
Too  frequent 
Improper  feeding 
Too  fast 
Too  slow 
J Irregular 
Handling 
Shaking 
Tight  binder 
Position 
_ Gas  collection 


Organic .... 


I Eliminative 
Fermentative 
Indigestive 

Malformations,  malpositions  and  dilatations  j g^Q^chUS 


-< 


"Stenosis,  Atresia  f Esophagus 
< Pylorus 
[ Intestines 


Obstructive „ 


Within  lumen  f Foreign  bodies 
< Impacted  feces 
[ Worms 

Intussusception,  volvulus,  hernia 


Pressure  from  without 


l Inflammatory.  . r stomach 
\ Intestines 
l Peritoneum 

f Drugs — Anesthetics,  apomorphin,  etc. 

I Digestive — Ptomaine  poison,  constipation. 

"j  Metabolic — Acetonemia. 

I Eliminative — Uremia,  etc. 

I Acute  disease — Diphtheria,  etc. 


f 


Functional . . 


-< 


Violent  emotions 
Exhaustion 

Excessive  cold  and  heat 

Hysteria 

Migraine 

Recurrent  vomiting 


Organic . . . 

• • • > 


Tumors 

Meningitis 

Hydrocephalus 

Concussion. 


Reflex 


Eye,  ear,  nose  and  throat 
Teething 

r Vertigo 
Swinging 


Disturbed  equilibrium . -= 


Sea-sickness 

Car-sickness 


Irritants  in  the  stomach  and  intestine 


Genito-urinary 

Worms 


■Chiefly  toxic. 

;al — Whooping-cough,  habit. 


144 


Original  Articles. 


at  each  feeding.  The  feedings  should  be  at  regular  intervals  and 
the  same  hours  every  day.  The  food  should  not  he  given  too  fast 
nor  too  slow.  The  binder  should  not  be  too  tight,  nor  should,  there 
be  any  pressure  over  the  abdomen  which  will  interfere  with  the 
normal  increased  size  of  the  stomach  incident  to  feeding.  Remem- 
bering the  condition  of  the  baby’s  stomach,  he  should  not  be  handled 
nor  shaken  after  feeding,  because  of  the  ease  with  which  the  stomach 
can  be  emptied  by  vomiting.  It  is  not  to  be  forgotten  that  there  is 
normally  some  gas  in  the  baby’s  stomach,  but  it  may  be  in  excess. 
In  these  cases  the  baby  may  be  allowed  to  expel  the  gas  in  the  middle 
of  the  feeding  by  being  placed  in  the  proper  position — namely,  by 
holding  the  baby  at  an  angle  of  about  sixty  degrees,  with  his  left 
side  up  and  leaning  the  baby  slightly  forward.  When  the  excessive 
gas  is  expelled  the  feeding  may  be  resumed. 

If  all  these  precautions  are  taken  and  the  vomiting  continues, 
further  observations  must  be  made.  In  regard  to  the  quantity,  the 
capacity  of  the  average  baby’s  stomach  at  the  different  stages  must 
be  remembered.  Of  course,  some  babies’  stomachs  will  normally 
hold  more  and  others  less.  It  is  essential  to  know  the  composition 
of  food.  The  fats  and  sugars  of  the  three  elements  in  milk  are 
the  greatest  causes  of  vomiting.  The  sugars  may  give  rise  to  fer- 
mentation and  the  vomiting  may  take  place  any  time  in  regard  to 
the  feeding  and  the  odor  of  the  vomiting  will  be  sour.  When  the 
fats  are  at  fault,  the  vomiting  takes  place  some  time  after  the  feed- 
ing, one  hour  or  more,  and  may  be  curdled  or  of  a watery  con- 
sistency. In  too  great  quantity,  the  vomiting  is  as  the  food  taken 
and  is  right  after  the  feeding.  From  handling  or  shaking,  or 
pressure  over  the  stomach,  the  vomiting  takes  place  at  the  time  of 
handling,  etc.,  and  the  character  of  the  vomitus  depends  on  how 
long  after  the  feeding  the  vomiting  occurs. 

The  weight  of  the  baby  is  the  best  guide  as  to  the  gravity  of  the 
symptoms,  for  some  babies  vomit  a little  for  a long  period  in  their 
early  months  and  grow  and  gain  in  weight. 

There  is  another  type  of  vomiting  which  may  or  may  not  be  due 
to  dietic  error,  and  that  is  the  vomiting  associated  with  obstruction 
at  the  pylorus.  The  obstruction  referred  to  may  be  either  (1)  func- 
tional, a pylorospasm,  or  (2)  organic,  an  hypertrophic  pyloric 
stenosis.  In  the  former,  by  early  recognition  and  proper  regulation 
of  the  diet,  the  cases  will  get  well  and  thrive.  In  the  latter,  the  im- 
provement of  the  patient  will  depend  upon  whether  the  hypertrophy 


Bruns — On  Some  Minor  Matters. 


145 


causes  a partial  or  complete  closure  at  the  pylorus,  and  upon  how 
much  food  goes  through  it  and  to  what  use  the  baby  puts  it.  Both 
of  these  conditions  give  the  same  symptoms — namely,  vomiting, 
peristaltic  waves  and  constipation.  Tumor  is  found  in  hypertrophic 
pyloric  stenosis.  The  vomiting  is  projectile  in  character,  the  food 
often  being  thrown  two  or  three  feet  from  the  baby  and  over  the 
side  of  the  crib.  The  quantity  is  frequently  more  than  that  taken 
at  the  meal  it  follows,  some  of  the  food  at  times  remaining  in  the 
stomach  from  a previous  feeding.  The  character  of  the  vomitus  is 
usually  the  same  as  the  food  taken.  To  these  symptoms  is  added 
the  peristaltic  waves,  which  is  the  evidence  of  nature’s  effort  to 
force  the  food  through  the  pylorus.  After  the  food  taken  over- 
distends the  stomach  the  air-ball  in  the  stomach  becomes  com- 
pressed, and  in  a pneumatic  manner  causes  the  food  to  go  in  the 
direction  of  least  resistance — namely,  through  the  cardiac  end  of 
the  stomach,  and  is  violently  thrown  through  the  mouth  and  nose 
to  the  distance  mentioned  above.  At  no  time  in  life  does  prompt- 
ness in  diagnosis  influence  the  prognosis  more,  as  one  of  these  con- 
ditions, the  hypertrophic  stenosis,  if  complete,  is  a surgical  measure, 
and  the  earlier  recognized  the  better  the  patient’s  chances.  The 
indications  for  operation  will  depend  upon  the  degree  of  the  obstruc- 
tion, the  amount  and  quality  of  food  which  goes  through  the  pylorus 
and  the  use  to  which  it  is  put,  and  the  loss  of  weight.  The  use  of 
bismuth  or  barium  in  conjunction  with  the  X-ray,  as  shown  in  a 
previous  paper,1  is  of  special  value  in  the  differentiation  between 
pylorospasm  and  hypertrophic  stenosis,  and  in  another  paper2  the 
treatment  of  pyloric  obstructions  has  been  considered. 

1.  The  Roentgen  Ray  in  Pyloric  Obstruction.  Am.  Jour.  Dis.  XJhild..  November,  1913 

Vol.  6,  pp.  344-354. 

2.  Pyloric  Obstruction:  Hypertrophy  and  Spasm,  with  Moving  Pictures  Illustrating  Peri- 

staltic Waves.  Pan-Amer.  Surg.  and  Med.  Jour.,  November,  1916,  Vol.  21,  No.  11. 


ON  SOME  MINOR  MATTERS.* 

By  HENRY  DICKSON  BRUNS,  M.  D.,  New  Orleans. 

In  these  tremendous  times,  things  that  we  have  been  accustomed 
to  regard  as  important  have  shrunk  to  such  pitiful  smallness,  that 
we  cannot  bring  ourselves  to  treat  them  seriously.  By  contrast,  very 

* Read  at  the  39th  Annual  Meeting,  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society,  New  Orleans 
April  16,  17,  18,  1918. 


146 


Original  Articles. 


small  things  have  come  to  seem  larger  than  they  did.  It  is  only  the 
every-day  routine  that  can  claim  onr  attention. 

It  is  impossible,  then,  to  write  on  any  important  question  in 
ophthalmology.  I shall  take  the  liberty,  therefore,  of  commenting 
to  you  upon  some  minor  matters  that  I have  had  in  mind  for  a long 
time. 

First,  I wish  to  say  a word  in  defense  of  an  old  and  valued  friend. 
I see  that  it  is  the  fashion  now  in  many  quarters  to  “turn  the  cold 
shoulder”  upon  the  ophthalmometer  of  Javal.  When  I read,  “I  do 
not  pay  much  attention  to  the  ophthalmometer  nowadays,”  and  I 
remember  the  many  weary  half-hours  it  has  saved  me,  and  the  con- 
fidence in  the  correctness  of  my  findings  it  has  given,  I feel  stirred 
to  protest. 

But  only,  be  it  understood,  if  we  are  speaking  of  the  original  in- 
strument with  the  large,  geometrically  lined  and  figured  disc  which, 
together  with  the  mires,  is  observed  reflected  upon  the  patient’s 
cornea  through  the  bi-refringent  telescope. 

For  the  instrument  with  the  self-illuminated  mires,  I haven’t  a 
word  to  say.  It  is  an  excellent  example  of  a proposition  I am  fond 
of  supporting — that  all  progress  is  not  improvement.  Illumination 
of  the  mires  has  undoubtedly  made  them  more  distinct  and  enabled 
us  to  define  their  reflection  on  the  cornea  more  exactly ; but  that  is 
all.  The  valuable  principle  of  the  Placido  disc,  so  beautifully  car- 
ried out  in  the  old  instrument,  has  been  abandoned.  The  moment 
we  placed  our  eye  to  the  ocular  of  the  old  instrument  we  were  struck 
by  the  slightest  irregularity  of  the  corneal  curve,  wherever  situated, 
by  the  distortion  produced  in  the  image  of  the  disc.  Minute  scars — 
nebulas — that  might  otherwise  have  escaped  our  notice,  were  in- 
fallibly detected.  In  the  same  way  it  has  often  happened  to  me  that 
I noted  a degree  of  nystagmus  that  had  not  caught  my  eye  upon 
mere  inspection. 

Furthermore,  as  a detector  of  the  patient’s  sense,  lack  of  silly 
nervousness,  and  self-control,  more  valuable  information  can  be 
gathered  from  this  instrument  than  we  are  able  to  get,  very  often, 
at  the  expense  of  half  an  hour’s  talk;  and  nowhere  is  the  old 
apothegm : “It  is  just  as  important  to  know  the  kind  of  patient  the 
disease  has  as  to  know  the  kind  of  disease  the  patient  has,”  truer 
than  in  our  practice,  and  perhaps  especially  in  refractive  work. 

Finally — but  here  I admit  I am  not  on  as  firm  ground — if  one  is 
careful  about  placing  his  patient’s  eye  at  practically  the  same  point 


Bruns — On  Some  Minor  Matters. 


147 


in  the  face  frame,  so  as  to  view  every  eye  under  substantially  the 
same  illumination,  the  brightness  and  clearness  of  the  reflected 
image  conveys  a certain  indication  of  the  nutritive  condition  of  the 
cornea.  We  all  know  how  bright  and  clear  is  the  image  seen  upon 
the  cornea  of  youth;  but  one  may  think  twice  when  he  finds  it  re- 
placed by  an  unexpected  dulness,  or  discovers  to  his  surprise  a 
youthful  brilliancy  outlasting  middle  age. 

But  my  main  contention  is  that,  well  used,  the  ophthalmometer 
is  an  instrument  of  remarkable  precision.  Trouble  in  working  out 
the  refraction  of  an  eye  comes  mainly  in  determining  the  amount 
and  the  axis  of  any  existing  astigmatism;  that,  theoretically,  the 
ophthalmometer,  if  adequately  illuminated  and  adjusted,  will  show 
by  the  continuity  of  the  mire  lines  and  by  the  overlapping  of  the 
mire  steps,  the  two  principal  meridians  of  the  cornea,  and  the  differ- 
ence between  them,  cannot  be  denied ; the  problem  is  one  of  physics. 

It  follows,  therefore,  that  if  the  illumination  be  so  carefully 
arranged  and  regulated  as  to  give  always  a sufficiently  bright  image, 
and  if  the  observer,  having  keen,  correct  eyesight,  by  patience  and 
practice  acquires  the-  skill  to  judge  the  continuity  of  the  central 
lines  on  the  mires  and  the  accurate  approximation  of  their  edges  in 
the  first  position,  and  the  corresponding  continuity  of  the  lines  and 
the  overlapping  of  the  mire-steps  in  the  second  position,  he  will  in 
-every  case  attain  to  a close  approximation  of  the  degree  and  of 'the 
axis  of  the  astigmatism,  unless  the  defect  be  lenticular. 

The  practice  I have  always  followed,  of  working  out  the  defect, 
with  few  exceptions,  in  all  patients  of  and  under  forty,  under  full 
atropin  cycloplegia,  and  of  late,  in  many  between  forty  and  forty- 
five  under  homatropin  cycloplegia,  has  given  me,  I think,  an  excel- 
lent opportunity  to  judge  the  correctness  of  ophthalmometer  read- 
ings. 

When  we  come  to  the  trial  lenses  and  the  test-types,  ivhich,  when 
all  is  said,  is  our  last  court  of  appeal,  We  may  have  to  modify  the 
amount  of  the  cylinder  by  a quarter  or  a half  a diopter  and  the  axis 
by  a certain  number  of  degrees,  but  this  is  true  of  any  other  means 
•of  approximation. 

I believe,  then,  that,  when  on  the  first  sitting,  after  finding  the 
-acuity  of  vision  and  the  state  of  the  muscle  balance,  we  make  a 
eareful  ophthalmometer  reading  and  proceed  to  determine  the  total 
manifest  cylindrical  error,  if  any,  checking  our  results  by  the  use 
<of  the  stenopaic  slit  in  many  cases,  and  go  on  to  find  any  existing 


148 


Original  Articles. 


manifest  spherical  defect,  we  have  adopted  the  quickest  and  surest 
method  of  arriving  at  as  fair  knowledge  of  the  patient’s  defects  as 
is  possible  without  the  use  of  a cycloplegic.  For  a thorough  knowl- 
edge, cycloplegia,  and  I believe  atropin  cycloplegia,  is  necessary, 
as  I have  said,  in  the  great  majority  of  young  people.  But  in  many 
of  the  middle-aged,  in  those  well  above  middle  age,  and  in  a certain 
number  of  young  people  with  high  errors,  without  tropias , this  is 
all  that  we  need  know  for  the  time  being.  For,  in  such  patients, 
months  and  perhaps  years  will  he  necessary  to  lead  them  gradually 
to  accept  their  full  correction,  or  that  large  percentage  of  their  full 
corrrection  compatible  with  the  state  of  their  muscle  balance. 

Nothing  of  this  applies,  however,  when  a myopic  element  is 
present ; in  no  case  of  myopia,  or  mixed  astigmatism,  I believe,  can 
we  dispense  with  the  exact  knowledge  of  the  error  only  to  be 
obtained  by  measurement  under  thorough  cycloplegia. 

In  the  first  place,  we  are  almost  sure  to  make  the  concave  glasses 
over-strong,  and  in  the  second,  where  the  defect  is  low,  either  wholly 
or  in  a single  plane,  we  are  likely  to  commit  the  serious  mistake  of 
giving  a simple  or  compound  concave  glass  or  of  introducing  a con- 
cave element,  where  emmetropia  or  low  hypermetropia  exists. 

Perhaps  I may  close  these  rather  prolix  remarks  by  citing  a case 
lately  under  observation.  A man  of  55,  whose  formula  had  always 

Kpp-n 

+0.50s3  + 0.50c  ax  90° 


in  each  eye,  needing  a change  of  glasses,  was  found  to  require  a 
cylinder  of 


-0.75  ax  15° 


to  bring  the  vision  of  his  L.  E.  up  to  the  normal  20/20.  This  was 
incorporated  with  his  left  near  glass,  and  for  some  years  he  got 
along  quite  comfortably. 

At  the  end  of  this  time  another  change  in  the  reading  glasses 
being  needed,  and  a great  many  attempts  having  failed  to  give 
satisfaction  and  relieve  a slight  but  persistent  headache,  the  patient 
was  persuaded  to  allow  the  adequate  use  of  homatropin,  and  the 
astigmatism  of  the  L.  E.  was  found  with  the  retinoscope  to  he 

+0. 75c  ax  105° 


the  use  of  this  cylinder  on  his  left  near  eye-glass,  together  with  a 
slight  increase  in  the  spherical  (presbyopic)  correction  of  the  E.  E., 
gave  entire  relief. 

A review  of  the  record  showed  that  the  astigmatic  defect  of  this 


Bruns — On  Some  Minor  Matters. 


149 


L.  E.  had  been  read  with  the  ophthalmometer  and  recorded  by  my 
colleague,  Dr.  Bob  in,  four  years  before,  as  exactly  -f-0.75c  at  pre- 
cisely 105° ; thus  showing  the  precision  of  the  instrument  in  good 
hands,  and  that  without  a cycloplegic  we  may  be  deceived  about  a 
myopic  error,  even  in  a subject  well  beyond  the  half-century  mark. 

Secondly,  I wish  to  express  rather  more  than  a doubt  as  to  the 
validity  of  the  position  now  held  by  boracic,  or  boric,  acid  in 
ophthalmic  therapeutics.  Upon  what  grounds  does  this  substance 
hold  its  place?  Not,  surely,  as  a soothing  application.  Any  one 
who  drops  into  his  eyes  a little  of  a saturated  solution — about  fifteen 
grains  to  the  ounce,  and  the  weaker  solutions  are  not  worthy  of 
discussion — will  at  once  be  disabused  of  such  an  idea.  The  in- 
stillation is  followed  by  a rather  disagreeable  smarting,  lasting  a 
few  seconds,  then  by  a brief  sensation  of  slight  discomfort.  As  the 
secretions  of  the  eye  are  alkaline  and  even  a slight  degree  of  acidity 
is  foreign  to  the  conjunctiva,  this  might  have  been  anticipated. 
But  this  slight  disagreeability  might  well  be  overlooked  if  the  acid 
were  a good  astringent,  or,  still  more,  if  a valuable  antiseptic;  for 
an  addition  to  our  list  of  antiseptics  usable  in  the  eyes  in  adequate 
strength  is  greatly  to  be  desired.  Boracic  acid  has  no  pretense  to 
astringency,  and  therefore  is  of  no  value  in  any  of  the  hypersemias. 
That  it  is  a competent  antiseptic,  even  in  full  strength,  when  used 
in  the  conjunctival  sac,  I cannot  believe.  I have  never  succeeded 
in  subduing  any  of  the  staphylococcic,  streptococcic,  or  pneumococcic 
infections  of  the  eye — no,  not  even  infections  by  the  Koch-Weeks 
bacillus,  by  its  use  alone.  Nor  have  I seen  any  of  my  confreres 
succeed,  or  even  attempt  to  succeed,  by  such  means.  In  a valuable 
table,  in  the  work  of  McFarland  on  “Pathogenic  Bacteria,”  to  which 
I was  kindly  referred  by  Dr.  Geo.  H.  Hauser,  the  “inhibition 
strength”  of  boracic  acid  is  given  as  1 in  800  for  anthrax  bacilli, 
but  as  1 in  100  for  putrefactive  bacteria  in  bouillon:  the  bacteri- 
cidal strength  of  a 1 to  30,  about  a saturated  solution,  is  given  for 
anthrax,  typhoid  bacilli,  and  cholera  spirillum,  as  two  to  twenty- 
four  hours.  That  is  to  say,  that  if  we  add  boracic  acid  in  the  pro- 
portion of  one  to  every  one  hundred  parts  of  a bouillon  containing 
putrefactive  bacteria,  we  prevent  their  multiplication;  and  if  we 
add  this  substance  to  a culture  containing  typhoid  bacilli  in  the 
proportion  of  1 to  30  we  can  absolutely  bring  about  their  death 
after  a time  varying  from  two  to  twenty-four  hours.  When,  then, 
we  moisten  with  a boric  solution  the  pledgets  with  which  we  wipe 


150 


Original  Articles. 


away  the  pus  from  an  eye  affected  with  ophthalmia  neonatorium 
or  drop  a little  of  the  same  preparation  two  or  three  times  daily 
into  one  showing  a hyperaemia  or  a slight  conjunctivitis,  are  we 
doing  anything?  Are  we  doing  more  than  when  we  give  a bread 
pill?  For  my  own  part,  I much  prefer  a solution  of  borax;  it  is 
not  acid,  is  a good  mild  astringent  and  an  excellent  cleanser  or 
detergent — the  best  of  all  the  household  eye  washes. 

Finally : Is  it  not  time  that  we  should  cease  to  see  in  reports  of 
discussions  of  the  etiology  of  this  or  that  disease  of  the  eye,  expres- 
sions by  serious  men  such  as : The  Wassermann  reaction  having 
proved  negatitve,  we  can  dismiss  the  idea  of  a specific  origin.  The 
reports  of  all  investigators  who  have  given  especial  attention  to 
this  question  agree  that  in  all  cases  of  syphilis  there  are  times  when 
the  reaction  is  negative.  But  if  this  were  not  so,  have  not  all  of  us, 
as  clinicians,  observed  many  instances  in  which,  while  the  symptoms, 
may  be  lesions,  were  unmistakable  and  indubitable,  the  report  of 
the  Wassermann  test  was  negative?  Is  it  not  almost  axiomatic  that 
negative  evidence  is  much  less  valuable  than  positive,  and  must  not 
this  be  especially  the  case  in  dealing  with  a test  in  which,  as  all 
pathologists  will  he  the  first  to  admit,  the  personal  equation  of  the 
tester  often  plays  a considerable  part? 

A year  or  so  ago  a patient  consulted  me  because  it  had  been 
suggested  that  “eye  strain”  might  be  the  cause  of  the  serious  and 
incessant  headache  from  which  he  was  suffering.  I examined  him 
carefully  under  full  atropin  cycloplegia  and  found  a simple  hyper- 
metropia  of  1 D.  I expressed  great  doubt  that  so  low  and  simple 
an  error  was  the  cause  of  such  severe  symptoms.  In  the  course 
of  conversation  he  maintained  that  it  mushJbe,  as  he  had  always 
been  an  extraordinarily  healthy  man  save  for  an  attack  of  syphilis 
some  years  ago,  of  which  he  had  been  entirely  cured.  Quite  lately, 
he  had  had  Wassermann  tests  by  two  different  observers  and  both 
had  proven  entirely  negative.  It  ended  by  my  prescribing  the 
I 1 s glasses,  which  he  was  to  wear  faithfully  for  two  weeks  and 
then  report  the  result.  In  that  time  he  reported  that  his  headaches 
were  growing  steadily  worse  and  were  especially  atrocious  when  he 
went  to  bed.  I assured  him  that  I believed  his  headaches  to  be 
syphilitic  and  begged  him  to  try  the  use  of  a saturated  solution  of 
potassium  iodide  rapidly  pushed  up  to  the  point  of  toleration.  In 
a month  he  had  reached  39  grains  of  K.  I.,  t.  i.  d.,  and  I heard 
that  his  headaches  were  gone. 


Bruns — On  Some  Minor  Matters. 


151 


Later,  this  patient  suffered  from  "lightning  pains”  in  the  legs 
and  these  again  disappeared  under  a thorough  anti-specific  course 
administered  at  my  suggestion  by  his  family  physician.  Let  us, 
then,  as  serious  men,  put  aside  this  easy  opinion  that  if  "a  Wasser- 
mann”  proves  negative  we  must  give  up  every  suspicion  of  a specific 
etiology  in  any  case;  let  us  continue  to  improve  the  certainty  and 
delicacy  of  our  clinical  observations  and  stand  with  courage  by  our 
conyictions ; let  us  not  abandon  wholly  the  power  of  logical  thought, 
and  let  us  cease  to  regard  the  Wassermann  test  as  anything  more 
than  one  factor — a valuable  one,  no  doubt,  if  positive — in  reaching 
the  sum  of  our  conclusion. 

Discussion  on  the  Paper  of  Dr.  Bruns. 

Dr.  C.  A.  Weiss,  Baton  Rouge:  There  is  only  one  point  in  connection 

with  this  paper  that  I would  like  to  speak  of,  and  that  is  with  regard  to 
a negative  Wassermann.  Recently  a patient,  forty-six  years  of  age,  came 
to  my  office  with  a well-developed,  ill-smelling  discharge  from  the  tonsil, 
deep  down  in  the  fossa.  It  was  examined,  and  the  spirillum  and  bacillus 
of  Vincent  was  found.  I treated  it,  and  the  local  condition  cleared  up 
nicely.  The  woman  told  me  at  that  time  that  her  son  at  the  house  also 
had  a sore  throat.  He  unfortunately  had  left  town.  Six  weeks  after 
the  original  infection  in  the  throat  she  came  to  me  with  the  left  eye  con- 
gested and  the  iris  murky-looking.  The  pupil  was  very  much  contracted; 
she  complained  of  suffering  intense  pain  at  night,  and  in  dilating  the 
pupil  with  atropin  there  were  found  three  distinct  points  of  adhesion  in 
the  iris.  I had  a Wassermann  made,  and  it  was  negative.  I had  another 
Wassermann,  and  it  was  still  negative.  I put  the  woman  on  anti-specific 
treatment  and  the  condition  cleared  up.  The  eye  condition  cleared  up, 
with  the  exception  of  the  adhesions  of  the  iris.  She  is  taking  specific 
treatment,  but  the  eye  condition  cleared  up  completely. 

An  interesting  feature  in  this  case  was  the  spirillum  and  bacillus  of 
Vincent  which  we  found  in  the  scrapings  from  the  tonsils.  Is  this  a 
specific  infection  in  the  eye,  is  it  a Vincent  infection,  or  what  is  the 
nature  of  the  infection?  That  is  the  only  point  I want  to  bring  out. 

Dr.  Oscar  Dowling,  Shreveport:  I desire  to  express  my  personal  ap- 

preciation of  this  paper  and  to  say  that  I know  it  will  be  appreciated 
more  away  from  home  than  at  home.  Dr.  Bruns  is  the  dean  of  the  pro- 
fession, not  only  in  Louisiana,  but  for  the  South,  and  his  opinion  is  re- 
spected throughout  the  United  States,  and  I am  glad  that  I had  the 
pleasure  of  listening  to  his  instructive  and  interesting  paper. 

Dr.  T.  J.  Dimitry,  New  Orleans:  I would  like  to  discuss  this  valuable 

paper  presented  by  Dr.  Bruns,  and  to  say  that  I am  fully  in  accord  with 
what  Dr.  Dowling  has  said.  I have  gone  a little  further  and  have  put 
Dr.  Bruns  down  as  the  Nestor  of  ophthalmology  of  the  South.  I am  com- 
pelled to  disagree  with  many  of  the  points  that  he  ha§  brought  forward. 
What  he  said  about  the  use  of  boraeie  acid  I entirely  agree  with,  I be- 
lieve it  is  a sugar  pill,  and  you  are  merely  prescribing  something  that 
you  really  obtain  no  results  from,  and  are  still  doing  it.  Borax,  I be- 
lieve, is  far  superior.  I believe  the  combination  that  Dr.  Bruns  has 


152 


Original  Articles. 


popularized  in  this  section  of  the  country  is  still  a better  mixture — 
namely,  borax,  boracic  acid,  with  a little  camphor  water.  This  mixture 
is  most  soothing,  most  agreeable,  most  acceptable  to  the  eye,  but  the  way 
boracic  acid  is  usually  prescribed  by  the  ordinary  practitioner  it  is  not 
soothing  to  the  eye.  Borax  should  be  used  by  preference. 

Unfortunately  he  did  not  mention  anything  as  to  argyrol.  I wish  he 
had  done  so,  hence  I am  compelled  not  to  say  anything,  because  I believe 
argyrol  is  to  suffer  the  same  condemnation  that  we  have  given  to  boracic 
acid.  It  is  not  an  antiseptic.  It  really  does  little  good  when  instilled 
into  the  eye,  and  to  be  used  as  often  and  as  freely  as  it  is  being  used  to- 
day throughout  the  country,  I cannot  agree  with  him.  I would  say  that 
its  substitutes  are  every  bit  as  good,  and  at  best  the  borax  is  equal  to 
the  argyrol. 

With  reference  to  the  Wassermann  test,  during  the  week  a man  came 
to  me  with  a keratitis.  In  ophthalmology  we  are  inclined  to  be  a little 
emphatic  in  our  opinions  and  to  make  a diagnosis  quickly.  I said  the 
man  had  a syphilitic  keratitis,  but  the  man  said  no;  that  two  Wassermann 
tests  were  made  by  distinguished  men  and  both  were  found  negative. 
Then  he  said,  “Now,  doctor,  are  you  convinced  that  I have  not  syphilis?” 
I replied,  “Not  at  all,”  and  the  next  day  he  consented  to  the  administra- 
tion of  a dose  of  salvarsan,  with  magnificent  results.  This  man  may  not 
have  had  syphilis. 

Next,  I would  like  to  take  up  the  instrument  of  Javal,  the  ophthal- 
mometer, an  instrument  that  is  used  for  measuring  the  curvatures 
of  the  cornea,  probably  the  most  scientific  instrument  used  in  ophthal- 
mology, an  instrument  of  precision^  exact  in  detail,  most  valuable,  and 
one  that  we  like  to  possess.  Its  value  is  about  $125.  The  use  of  this 
instrument  is  a very  easy  means  of  obtaining  the  curvature  or  irregulari- 
ties that  have  any  comparison,  one  to  the  other,  of  the  cornea,  but  that  is 
all  that  can  be  claimed  for  it.  It  will  measure  for  me  the  curvature  of 
the  anterior  surface  of  the  cornea.  Valuable  as  it  is  as  an  instrument 
of  precision,  still  we  have  at  our  disposal  an  instrument  equal  to  it  in 
every  sense  of  the  word,  that  is  worth  about  85  cents,  and  that  is  the 
retinoscope — an  instrument  that  alone  does  not  measure  the  curvature 
of  the  anterior  surface  of  the  cornea,  but  it  measures  the  posterior 
surface  of  the  cornea,  and  it  measures  the  lens  and  any  astigmatism  that 
may  be  there,  and,  at  the  same  time,  measures  the  amount  of  hyper- 
metropia  or  myopia  that  may  be  present.  We  can  do  it  all  at  one  time, 
and  in  the  hands  of  an  experienced  man  it  is  every  bit  as  rapid  as  would 
be  the  ophthalmometer  of  Javal.  I like  the  ophthalmometer;  it  is  an 
excellent  instrument,  but  the  little  retinoscope,  in  the  hands  of  those 
experienced,  has  relegated  it,  and  that  is  the  reason  for  the  instru- 
ment falling  to  the  position  it  has  now  assumed  in  ophthalmology.  It 
is  well  that  we  do  not  depend  too  much  upon  this  instrument  in  doing 
our  work — that  is,  the  ophthalmometer — pimply  because  we  know  that 
the  retinoscope  will  measure  exactly  the  degree  of  refraction  in  all — chil* 
dren,  babies,  infants — because  at  times  we  are  compelled  to  fit  glasses 
to  infants,  and  if  you  are  familiar  with  the  retinoscope  you  can  fit 
glasses  to  an  infant.  You  can  fit  glasses  to  the  infant,  to  the  deaf  and 
dumb,  without  having  answers  coming  from  them  to  you.  It  is  the  only 
exact  method  of  getting  the  refractive  condition  corrected  properly.  As 
I have  said,  the  ophthalmometer  is  a valuable  instrument,  but  its  value 
is  less  than  that  of  the  retinoscope. 

Dr.  Charles  L.  Chassaignac,  New  Orleans:  I feel  it  my  duty  to  em- 


Bruns — On  Some  Minor  Matters. 


153 


phasize  one  point  in  Dr.  Bruns’  paper,  and  that  is  with  regard  to  the 
value  of  the  Wassermann  test.  The  subject  is  such  a vast  one  that  it 
would  be  impossible  to  go  into  the  different  phases  of  it,  so  I shall  simply 
bring  up  three  points,  assuring  you  that  my  criticism  does  not  tend 
towards  trying  to  convince  you  that  the  Wassermann  test  is  useless  or 
has  no  value;  but  I cannot  too  strongly  express  my  hope  that  you  will 
be  convinced  that  it  is  not  the  infallible  test  or  sign  that  many  take  it 
to  be  to-day,  in  the  profession  and  out  of  it.  The  first  point  is,  we  know 
on  the  best  of  authority,  that  frequently — I do  not  mean  in  a solitary 
instance — blood  taken  from  a patient,  has  been  divided  into  two  equal 
parts,  prepared  in  the  same  way,  sent  immediately  to  two  different  labora- 
tory men,  each  one  a man  of  ability  and  integrity,  and  yet  the  reports 
have  been  different,  even  to  the  extent  of  not  minor  degrees,  because 
that  is  expected  all  the  time,  but  even  to  the  extent  of  sending  an  ab- 
solutely negative  report  in  one,  and  in  the  other  a very  clear  positive 
report.  No  comment  is  necessary.  All  the  conditions  are  brought  forward 
sometimes  as  an  explanation  of  why  the  Wassermann  test  is  not  right  in 
this  and  that  particular  case,  and  that  has  been  done  by  good  men  on 
different  occasions,  with  the  result  I have  mentioned.  That  argument  is 
unanswerable. 

In  the  second  place,  let  us  take  the  most  enthusiastic  and  the  most 
optimistic  valuation  that  is  put  on  the  Wassermann  test,  and  we  are  told 
that  it  is  between  80  and  85  per  cent  correct.  Let  us  accept  that.  Of 
course,  that  is  a large  percentage,  if  you  take  the  large  number  of  people 
in  the  aggregate  in  a hospital.  If  you  examine  everything  in  a hospital, 
you  can  count  on  an  approximate  result,  call  it  85  per  cent;  yet,  admitting 
that — and  I have  no  reason  to  doubt  it — when  you  are  confronted  with 
a patient  at  the  time  that  you  have  nothing  else  to  go  by  except  the 
Wassermann,  and  that  is  the  point  I want  to  make,  how  can  you  tell 
whether  that  patient  is  one  of  the  15  per  cent  where  it  does  not  show 
correctly,  or  one  of  the  85  per  cent  that  does  show  correctly?  I defy  you 
to  explain.  The  Wassermann  test  has  its  value,  but  it  is  merely  an  added 
symptom.  It  reminds  me  of  the  story  I heard  of  a man  who  was  asked 
about  the  danger  of  a certain  operation,  and,  in  order  to  convince  the 
patient  as  to  the  lack  of  danger,  the  doctor  told  him  that  it  gave  a 
mortality  of  one  per  cent.  The  patient  said,  “That  sounds  all  right,  but 
suppose  that  I am  the  one  in  a hundred  that  dies?”  When  you  have  a 
man  before  you,  how  can  you  tell  whether  he  is  one  of  the  15  or  one  of 
the  85,  unless  you  have  something  else  to  go  by?  That  brings  me  to  the 
third  and  last  point.  It  is  on  account  of  these  two  facts  I have  just 
mentioned  that  the  laboratory  men  themselves,  who  naturally  are  the 
ones  who  attach  the  most  value  to  the  test  proper,  are  preaching  con- 
stantly and  loudly  for  a standard  to  be  adopted.  In  other  words,  they 
want  to  standardize  the  Wassermann  reaction.  Why?  the  answer  is 
obvious. 

Dr.  Henry  Dickson  Bruns,  New  Orleans  (closing) : I would  like  to 

close  the  discussion  by  saying  a few  things  that  I did  not  say  in  my  paper. 
These  were  but  small  points  I have  had  in  mind  for  a long  time  suggested 
by  reading  the  reports  of  Ophthalmological  Societies.  When  distinguished 
ophthalmologists  say  that  a thing  is  so  and  so,  it  has  been  taken  largely 
for  granted  that  it  is  so.  I want  to  encourage  all  my  hearers  not  to  sub- 
ordinate their  intelligence  to  anything  of  the  kind.  That  was  the  reason 
1 brought  up  these  points  in  the  way  I did. 

With  regard  to  the  Wassermann  test,  Dr.  Chassaignac  and  I have  long 


154 


Original  Articles. 


agreed  on  that  subject,  but  I was  delighted  to  hear  Dr.  Parham  and  other 
men  express  the  opinions  that  they  did  and  come  to  the  same  conclusion 
regarding  the  Wassermann  test  as  evidence  of  one  kind  in  making  up  the 
sum  total  of  your  conclusions,  but  nothing  more  than  that.  You^are 
not  to  throw  overboard  all  your  clinical  experience  because  of  the  Was- 
sermann test.  I did  not  say  anything  about  argyrol,  yet  I must  disagree 
with  Dr.  Dimitry’s  prophecy. 

He  missed  the  whole  point  that  I made  about  the  ophthalmometer.  He 
took  the  same  ground  that  many  ophthalmologists  have  taken  regarding 
the  use  of  this  instrument,  and  there  is  an  important  point  he  did  not 
bring  out.  I know  that  the  retinoscope  is  a good  instrument,  but  it  re- 
quires a cycloplegic,  and  you  have  got  to  use  atropin  or  use  repeated 
instillations  of  some  other  drug.  You  can  use  the  ophthalmometer  on  a 
patient  in  the  first  five  minutes  and  get  a knowledge  of  the  presence  or 
absence  of  a most  important  defect.  It  is  important  at  the  first  examina- 
tion to  determine  the  degree  of  astigmatism,  and  then,  by  adding  the 
correction  for  the  manifest  error,  you  have  an  important  guide  to  the 
glass  you  are  going  to  give  the  patient  ultimately.  Take  another  class 
of  patients,  men  of  forty-five  or  fifty  years  of  age;  they  often  have  a 
great  deal  more  accommodation  than  you  imagine.  In  many  of  these 
cases  it  is  ticklish  business  to  instil  atropin  into  the  eye.  You  may  cause 
a glaucoma.  I am  chary  about  using  atropin  in  the  eye  of  a man  who 
has  reached  middle  age  or  over.  I admit  that  it  is  necessary  to  use  a 
cycloplegic  in  most  cases,  but  the  point  is  that  you  get  with  the  ophthal- 
mometer on  first  seeing  the  patient  a vast  amount  of  valuable  informa- 
tion without  ever  having  to  put  any  cycloplegic  in  his  eye. 


BIOLOGICAL  RESEARCH  ON  THE  WOUNDS  OF  WAR: 
PHENOMENA  OF  PROTEOLYSIS  IN  THE 
WOUNDS  OF  WAR  * 

By  A.  POLICARD,  Agrege,  Faculte  de  Medicine,  Universite  de  Lyon. 

(Translated  for  the  New  Orleans  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal  by 
LODILLA  AMBROSE,  Ph.  M.) 

[647]  It  is  a matter  of  common  knowledge  that  the  evolution 
of  wounds  is  the  resultant  of  two  groups  of  factors : the  phenomena 
of  disintegration  and  the  phenomena  of  neoformation  of  the  tissues. 

The  phenomena  of  disintegration  dominate  essentially  all  the 
general  pathology  of  the  first  stages  of  the  wounds  of  war,  the 
stages  of  “cleansing”  (nettoyage). 

The  notions  of  gangrene,  of  development  of  germs  in  gangrenous 
tissues,  of  intoxication  by  the  products  of  mortification  and  necrosis, 

*Policard,  A.  Recherches  biologiques  sur  les  plaies  de  guerre:  phenomenes  de  proteolyse 
dans  les  plaies  de  guerre.  Lyon  chirurgical,  1916,  XIII,  647-659.  (Pages  of  original  article 
are  inserted  m brackets.) 


Policard — Proteolysis  in  the  Wounds  of  War.  155 

etc.,  constitute  the  greatest  part  of  the  history  of  wounds  of  war  in 
their  first  stages. 

Now,  these  anatomo-pathologic  processes  which  intervene  then 
(necrosis,  mortification,  gangrene,  disintegration,  colliquation,  etc.) 
ought  to  be  classed  in  the  same  category  with  the  bio-chemical 
phenomena  of  proteolysis — -that  is,  of  displacement  of  large  al- 
buminoid protoplasmic  molecules  by  the  proteolytic  diastases.  The 
object  of  this  short  and  elementary  review  is  to  recall  a certain 
number  of  data  of  physiology  concerning  these  phenomena  and  to 
bring  out  some  practical  suggestions.  Its  aim,  therefore,  is  to  con- 
tribute to  the  establishment  of  a scientific  basis  for  the  rational 
therapy  of  the  wounds  of  war. 

[648]  The  Phenomenon  of  Proteolysis. 

It  is  known  that  all  the  albuminoids,  even  the  most  complex,  are 
constituted  by  the  union  of  molecules  of  amino-acids,  which  are 
like  the  foundations  of  the  albuminoid  structures.  These  amino- 
acids  have  a relatively  simple  chemical  composition.  They  can  be 
crystallized  and  dialyzed,  and  are  non-toxic.  Grouping  themselves 
according  to  types  infinite  in  variety,  they  produce  polypeptids.  In 
the  degree  that  these  polypeptids  become  complicated,  they  lose 
their  capacity  for  crystallization  and  dialysis,  they  become  colloids. 
The  proteoses,  the  peptones  with  all  their  varieties  still  but  litttle 
known,  are  the  last  intermediaries  between  the  polypeptids  and  the 
albuminoids;  in  contrast  to  the  amino-acids,  these  bodies  are  often 
very  toxic. 

In  the  phenomenon  of  proteolysis,  the  ferment  attacks  the  al- 
buminoid molecule,  subjects  it  to  a crushing  which  detaches  frag- 
ments from  it,  some  at  the  start  very  small  (amino-acids),  the 
others  more  voluminous  (peptones,  proteoses),  which,  in  their  turn, 
will  be  crushed  into  elements  smaller  and  smaller,  more  and  more 
capable  of  dialysis,  less  and  less  toxic. 

Such  is,  briefly  summarized,  the  work  of  the  proteolytic  ferments 
which  result  ultimately  in  transforming  a colloidal  mass  of  pro- 
teiques  into  a solution  of  amino-acids. 

Proteolysis,  then,  is  essentially  a phenomenon  of  dissolving  as 
to  its  result  and  a phenomenon  of  digestion  as  to  its  mechanism. 

It  seems  useless  to  describe  here  the  aspects  of  the  dissolving  of 
the  mortified  tissues  of  a wound.  We  will  recall  only  two  facts : 

The  first  is  this,  that  all  proteolytic  destruction  of  a tissue  is 


156 


Original  Articles. 


preceded  by  its  coagulation.  The  coagulation  of  the  blood  and  of 
the  lymph  is  a phenomenon  preliminary  to  their  digestion,  as  Nolf 
has  demonstrated.  The  coagulation  of  milk  in  the  stomach  by  lab- 
ferment  precedes  its  digestion.  The  first  sign  of  the  gangrene  of  a 
muscle  is  the  appearance  of  muscular  rigidity,  a process  of  coagula- 
tion: Prat  has  recently  shown  the  clinical  value  of  this  symptom. 
Every  coagulated  tissue  is  destined  for  proteolytic  destruction. 
Coagulation  is  its  first  phase. 

[649]  .The  second  fact  to  be  noted  is  this,  the  variable  resist- 
ance of  the  tissues  to  the  proteolytic  attack.  The  fibrous,  and 
especially  the  elastic,  tissues  are  very  resistant.  The  muscle,  the 
blood  and  lymph  plasmas,  the  connective  tissues  are  extremely  sen- 
sitive. The  histologic  transformations  of  the  striated  fibres  in  a 
muscle  undergoing  mortification  are  exactly  co-extensive  with  those 
which  have  been  described  in  intestinal  digestion.  The  striation  of 
the  fibre  remains  extremely  clear  for  a long  time,  by  reason  of  the 
persistence  of  the  small  disk,  which  is  very  resistant  to  proteolysis. 

The  bony  tissue,  the  parenchymas,  present  reactions  quite  special 
with  regard  to  proteolysis. 

The  Proteolytic  Diastases. 

Proteolysis  is  the  work  of  diastases,  the  proteolytic  diastases  or 
proteases. 

1.  The  proteolytic  diastases  are  not  of  one  single  type,  but  of  a 
great  number  of  types.  Some  attack  thoroughly  the  proteiques, 
breaking  them  up  almost  completely  into  amino-acids.  Other 
diastases  do  not  push  the  disintegration  (broyage)  beyond  the  pep- 
tones. These  are  broken  up  in  their  turn,  but  by  other  ferments 
(peptolytic  ferments). 

All  this  subject  is  still  under  investigation.  For  the  problem 
which  occupies  us,  the  important  point  to  be  kept  in  mind  is  that 
of  the  plurality  of  the  proteotytic  diastases. 

2.  In  order  to  act,  the  proteolytic  diastases  require  certain  well- 
defined  conditions. 

The  importance  of  these  conditions  of  action  of  the  proteolytic 
diastases  is  a capital  element  which  would  merit  a long  exposition. 
Among  these  conditions,  it  is  necessary  to  note  as  specially  im- 
portant : 

(a)  The  Temperature. — In  general,  the  proteolytic  phenomena 
are  correspondingly  more  active  as  the  temperature  approaches  more 


Policard — Proteolysis  in  the  Wounds  of  War.  157 

nearly  to  about  40°  C.  There  will  be  a difference  of  evolution  of 
the  phenomena  of  necrosis  in  a wound,  according  as  it  is  located  at 
the  level  of  a healthy  extremity  with  normal  temperature,  or  at  the 
level  of  an  extremity  with  temperature  lowered  by  a vascular  lesion. 
One  will  be  able  to  nullify  almost  completely  the  proteolysis  of  a 
wound  by  application  of  ice,  as  one  will  be  able  to  promote 
it  by  hot  applications.  Between  60°  and  70°  the  proteolytic 
diastases  are  destroyed;  one  will  be  able  to  make  a phenomenon  of 
this  order  intervene  in  the  explanation  of  certain  effects  of  helio- 
therapy and  of  hot  air. 

(b)  The  Content  of  Water. — Water  is  indispensable  to  the 
progress  of  a fermental  action.  In  a dried  wound,  no  phenomenon 
of  proteolysis  is  produced. 

(c)  The  Aerobic  or  Anaerobic  Situation. — Proteolysis  is  pro- 
duced essentially  in  an  anaerobic  situation. 

(d)  The  Reaction  of  the  Medium. — One  knows  that  pepsin  acts 
in  acid  medium,  trypsin  in  alkaline.  According  to  the  acid,  neutral 
or  alkaline  reaction  of  the  medium,  the  same  ferment  will  furnish 
a different  chemical  effect. 

(e)  The  Antiseptics. — They  have  practically  no  action  on  the 
progress  of  the  diastasic  phenomena.  This  fact  has  a certain  prac- 
tical importance.  By  the  addition  of  an  antiseptic  to  the  tissue 
reduced  to  a pulp,  one  will  eliminate  the  action  of  the  microbes 
without  destroying  the  diastasic  action ; it  is  a classical  procedure  in 
physiology.  We  can  keep  in  mind  this  fact,  that  the  proteolysis  in 
a wound  will  not  be  disturbed  by  the  use  of  antiseptics. 

3.  The  proteolytic  diastases  which  intervene  in  the  wounds  of 
war  are  of  variable  origin. 

(a)  In  the  first  place,  the  tissues  themselves.  A fragment  of 
muscle,  aseptically  removed  and  preserved  in  the  oven,  is  liquefied 
in  consequence  of  its  own  proteolytic  diastases.  It  is  the  phenomenon 
of  autolysis,  the  role  of  which  is  so  great  in  pathology.  Contrary 
to  the  general  belief,  autolysis,  properly  so  called,  plays  a feeble  role 
in  the  evolution  of  the  wounds  of  war,  especially  if  this  role  is  com- 
pared to  that  of  the  leukocytic  or  bacterial  proteolysis.  The  most 
elementary  observation  shows  that  there  is  a profound  difference 
in  the  mode  of  resorption  of  a fragment  of  mortified  muscle  with- 
out there  having  been  rupture  of  the  skin  and  infection,  and  the 
gangrene  of  the  same  muscle  exposed  to  the  air.  Autolysis,  par- 
ticularly that  of  the  muscle,  which  interests  us  specially,  is,  in  the 
wounds  of  war,  a slow,  accessory  phenomenon. 


158 


Original  Articles. 


-(b)  The  polynuclear  neutrophile  is  the  sole  great  agent  of  pro- 
teolysis in  the  wounds.  It  has  been  known  for  a long  time  that  this 
variety  of  cell  encloses  extremely  active  proteases;  some  act  in 
acid  medium,  others  in  neutral  or  alkaline  medium.  These  pro- 
[651]  teolytic  leukocytic  diastases  are  very  energetic  and  non- 
specific; they  push  very  far  the  breaking  up  (broyage)  of  the 
molecule,  whether  of  their  own  albumin  (case  of  autolysis  of 
pus),  or  of  other  albumins  (coagulated  serum  or  white  of  egg,  hT. 
Piessinger).  The  normal  leukocytes  only  are  rich  in  diastases; 
these  are  set  free  either  by  secretion  of  the  living  cell,  or  rather  by 
destruction  of  the  cell  bursting,  rupture).  The  maximum  of  pro- 
teasis  is  furnished  by  the  rupture  of  normal  leukocytes.  These  are 
facts  which  it  is  necessary  to  keep  in  mind. 

(c)  The  plasma  blood  or  lymph,  offers  proteolytic  qualities  truly 
inconsiderable,  which  should  be  referred  in  great  part  to  the  setting 
free  of  ferments  by  leukocytes,  either  living  or  in  course  of  destruc- 
tion. The  serum  contains  peptolytic  diastases  which  act  exclusively 
on  the  peptones  coming  from  the  muscles  of  animals  of  the  same 
species  ( Pincusshon) . 

(d)  The  microbes  of  the  wound,  especially  the  anaerobic  ones, 
are  the  essential  agents  of  proteolysis.  The  anaerobic  germs  which 
are  responsible  for  the  phenomena  of  necrosis  and  of  gangrene  be- 
long to  a rather  large  number  of  species.  It  is  known  that  the 
question  of  plurality  of  anaerobic  germs  acting  in  the  phenomena 
of  gangrene  is  answered  to-day  in  the  affirmative.  With  some  ap- 
pearance of  reason,  one  has  been  able  to  classify  all  these  germs, 
which  are  butyric  ferments,  in  the  same  group : that  of  the  Bacillus 
Welckii  (Simond).  Besides  their  common  botanical  characters, 
they  possess  all  the  biologic  qualities  of  the  same  order ; they  furnish 
diastases  which  attack  the  carbohydrates,  the  fats  (saponification — 
that  is,  the  setting  free  of  fatty  acids,  the  proteiques  substances. 
Their  reducing  action  on  the  proteiques  is  not,  in  general,  pushed 
very  far;  in  the  course  of  the  diastasic  there  are  formed  proteases, 
intermediate  basic  products  (ptomaines),  all  alike  very  toxic;  the 
amino-acids  undergo  a reduction;  by  loss  of  C02  and  of  amines, 
they  yield  acids  (transformation  of  glutamic  into  butyric  acid,  for 
example).  Proteolysis  has  taken  on  the  character  of  a putrefaction. 
All  these  phenomena  are  still  very  inadequately  known  ; their  im- 
portance is,  nevertheless,  great,  for  they  are  one  of  the  factors  of 
the  toxicity  of  anaerobic  microbes ; to  the  toxins  properly,  so  called, 


Policard — Proteolysis  in  the  Wounds  of  War.  159 

secreted  b;y  the  germs,  are  added  the  toxins  [652]  resulting  from 
the  attack  of  proteiques ; among  them  it  is  often  impossible  to  estab- 
lish a distinction. 

Consequence’s  of  Proteolysis. 

These  phenomena  of  proteolysis,  the  agents  and  conditions  of 
which  have  just  been  considered,  play  a capital  role  in  the  evolution 
of  wounds. 

1.  In  the  first  period  of  the  evolution  of  a wound  of  war,  pro- 
teolysis fulfills  a useful  role,  and  ought  to  be  favored  within  the 
following  limits: 

All  the  tissues  stricken  with  death,  from  the  fact  of  direct  trau- 
matism or  by  reason  of  vascular  troubles,  ought  to  be  eliminated. 
“ Surgical”  elimination  represents  a procedure  of  choice.  Outside 
of  that,  there  is  only  the  natural  process  of  the  diastasic  liquefac- 
tion. 

Autolytic  proteolysis  seems  to  be  secondary.  The  proteases  of 
the  tissues  play  a role,  but  that  is  infinitely  feeble  compared  to  the 
leukocytic  and  bacterial  actions. 

The  real  agent  of  the  cleansing  (nettoyage)  of  the  wound  is  the 
polynuclear  neutrophile  leukocyte.  Contrary  to  the  general  belief, 
it  seems  that  the  phagocytic  role  of  the  leukocyte  may  here  be  sec- 
ondary; its  essential  function  is  its  digestive  power.  As  we  have 
seen,  this  power  is  very  extended,  and  leads  proteolysis  up  to  simple, 
non-toxic  products. 

Bacterial  proteolysis  contributes  indeed  to  the  decomposition  of 
the  necrosed  tissues.  But  the  special  characters  of  this  proteolysis, 
with  production  of  proteoses,  of  toxic  amines,  etc.,  are  such  that  it 
is  necessary  to  avoid  it  at  any  cost.  It  would  be  interesting  to  apply 
here  the  fruitful  method  of  Metchnikoff  in  the  search  for  a germ, 
proteolytic  without  toxic  power,  which,  planted  on  a wound,  would 
succeed  in  dominating  all  the  other  germs  and  in  digesting  the  dead 
tissues  without  producing  toxic  proteoses.  The  question  is  far  from 
being  impossible  of  solution. 

These  biologic  facts  permit  some  practical  deductions. 

The  treatment  of  the  wounds  of  war  at  their  beginning  by  arti- 
ficial and  aseptic  digestive  juices  (pancreatic  juice,  gastric  juice) 
is  [653]  theoretically  justified.  It  is  for  the  clinic  to  test  this 
out  in  actual  practice.  For  that  matter,  digestive  mixtures  (en- 
zymol)  have  recently  been  introduced  by  American  firms  with  this 


160 


Original  Articles. 


therapeutic  end.  It  seems  that  attempts  of  this  order  have  been 
made  in  the  German  army ; we  are  ignorant  of  their  results. 

This  very  great  importance  of  the  leukocyte  explains  the  good 
effect  of  leukogenic  medications  (serum  of  the  horse,  for  example) 
at  this  initial  period  of  the  wounds.  It  explains  also  this  excellent 
and  very  ancient  clinical  fact,  that  the  appearance  of  fresh  pus  in 
a wound  threatened  with  gangrene  indicates  a favorable  prognosis. 
It  is  quite  precisely  the  notion  of  the  “benign  pus”  (pus  louable). 
It  is  known  that  this  pus  appears  among  healthy  tissues  and  mor- 
tified regions,  and  that  the  decomposition  of  these  latter  very  quickly 
follows  the  appearance  of  the  pus. 

A point  which  may  appear  paradoxical  at  first  sight  is  this,  that 
it  does  not  seem  useful  that  the  leukocyte  be  specially  protected;  it 
it  known  (Metchnikoff)  that  it  is  in  destroying  itself  that  it  frees 
the  most  ferments.  The  essential  thing  is  its  arrival  at  the  level 
of  the  wound.  Berard  and  Lumiere  have  recently  supported  an 
analogous  idea,  asking  “whether  the  leukocytic  destruction  is  al- 
ways unfavorable  to  the  struggle  of  the  organism,  and  whether  even 
the  principle  of  the  thesis  which  contends  that  the  phagocytosis  he 
treated  with  care  is  not  debatable.”  This  presents  a point  of  view 
quite  new  and  fruitful. 

Finally,  the  theory  justifies  the  role  of  the  antiseptics  which  pre- 
vent or  disturb  the  development  of  the  germs,  especially  of  the 
anaerobic  ones,  without  injuring  the  leukocytic  afflux  or  the  fer- 
mental  actions.  It  seems  quite  accessory,  whether  it  preserves  the 
leukocytes.  The  hypochlorites  (liquid  of  Carrel-Dakin)  have  a 
very  energetic  decomposing  action  on  the  white  corpuscles  (N.  Fles- 
singer).  They  favor  proteolysis  while  disturbing  the  development 
of  the  germs. 

Thus,  at  the  beginning  of  the  evolution  of  a wound  of  war,  pro- 
teolysis seems  like  a useful  phenomenon,  on  the  condition  that  it  be 
quite  localized  topographically,  and  be  very  complete  chemically. 

2.  Proteolysis,  useful  at  the  beginning,  is,  on  the  contrary,  ex- 
tremely detrimental  at  the  moment  of  the  repair  of  the  wound.  It 
disturbs  the  development  of  the  young  connective  tissue,  the  essen- 
tial organ  for  the  filling  up  of  the  wound. 

[654]  In  the  wounds  at  this  stage,  proteolysis  from  the  doings 
of  the  microbes  is  diminished.  The  wounds  are  slightly  infected 
and  that  by  aerobic  germs  slightly  or  not  at  all  proteolytic. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  digestive  action  of  the  leukocytes  is  note- 


Policard — Proteolysis  in  the  Wounds  of  War.  lOi 

worthy;  this  injurious  action  counteracts  (compense)  the  useful 
phagocytic  action.  The  histologic,  examination  of  numerous  heal- 
ing granulations  has  permitted  us  to  see  very  clearly  that  the  vitality 
of  a granulation  was  inversely  proportional  to  the  quantity  of  leuko- 
cytes which  it  contained.  It  is  the  polynuclears  which  are  the  agents 
of  the  very  frequent  necrosis  of  the  healing  granulations.  There  is 
a direct  relation  between  the  presence  of  an  exudate  (pus)  and  the 
volume  of  the  granulations  (edematous  granulations  filled  with 
leukocytes  and  in  the  course  of  destruction).  These  phenomena  of 
necrosis  are  that  much  more  intense  as  the  leukocytes  are  less  alive ; 
it  is  known  that  the  proteolytic  ferment  is  specially  freed  by  the 
destruction  of  the  leukocyte. 

These  facts  of  pathology  entail  the  following  consequences  of 
practical  character,  and  are  applicable  exclusively  to  the  repair  of 
the  wounds : 

It  is  necessary  to  exert  one’s  self  not  to  destroy  the  polynuclears, 
a destruction  which  would  increase  the  production  of  injurious 
proteolytic  diastases.  For  this  reason,  among  others,  the  antiseptics 
are  to  be  rejected  and  isotonic  solutions  to  be  employed  if  irriga- 
tions are  necessary. 

It  is  useful  to  restrict  the  arrival  of  the  leukocytes.  Unfortu- 
nately, the  practical  therapeutic  means  are  lacking  for  putting  this 
point  of  view  into  use ; it  would  be  interesting  to  study  methodically 
the  means  of  realizing  the  arrest  of  the  leukocytic  afflux  so  injurious 
at  this  stage. 

The  results  obtained  with  leukogenous  medications  are  explained ; 
the  serum  of  the  horse,  under  the  influence  of  a leukocytic  afflux, 
by  digestion  of  the  surrounding  tissues,  brings  about  the  mobiliza- 
tion of  deeply  lodged  foreign  bodies  (Bassuet),  but  it  also  has  a 
deplorable  effect  on  the  evolution  of  the  wounds  (Mouchet). 

The  leukocytic  proteases  are  destroyed  toward  65°;  it  is  possible 
to  explain  in  this  manner  the. very  remarkable  action  of  heliotherapy 
and  of  hot  air  on  the  suppurating  wounds. 

3.  In  connection  with  the  phenomena  of  proteolysis  is  opened 
the  question  of  intoxication  in  the  wounds  of  war.  It  is  known  that 
the  wounds  are  quite  frequently  more  intoxicated  than  infected. 
Among  the  initial  products  [655]  of  the  breaking-up  of  the 
albuminoid  molecule  a certain  number  are  toxic;  peptones,  pro- 
teoses, amino-products,  etc. 

Absorbed  by  the  venous  or  lymphatic  system,  these  bodies  inter- 


162 


Original  Articles. 


vene  in  the  general  intoxication  of  the  organism,  thus  adding  their 
action  to  the  toxins,  properly  so  called,  secreted  by  the  microbes. 
The  works  of  Jobling  and  of  Strouse  have  instructed  us  on  the 
toxicity  of  the  secondary  proteoses,  the  proto-albumoses ; we  begin 
to-day  to  know  the  importance  of  proteosic  intoxication.  These 
phenomena  of  intoxication  are  at  the  maximum  in  gangrene,  be- 
cause, in  addition  to  the  bacterial  toxins,  incomplete  proteolysis  by 
anaerobic  germs  brings  into  play  a great  quantity  of  toxic  proteoses. 
Kenneth  Taylor  has  insisted  on  the  role  played  by  the  autolytic 
poisons  in  gaseous  gangrene.  It  seems  that  one  can  go  still  farther 
and  assume  a toxic  factor  of  proteolytic  origin  in  every  wound  of 
war.  One  can  recall  the  phenomena  of  toxic  order  chez  lex  vieux 
suppurants.  There  is  nothing  else  here  than  the  application  of  a 
classic  law  of  general  pathology. 

These  phenomena  of  intoxication  are  not  only  general,  but  also 
local.  Locally  diffused,  they  prepare  tissues  not  primarily  injured 
to  undergo  the  action  of  the  proteolytic  diastases;  they  are  the 
agents  of  the  extension  of  the  necrotic  phenomena.  It  may  seem 
that  it  is  in  part  by  preventing  such  an  absorption  that  the 
lymphatic  drainage  realized  so  well  by  the  hypertonic  solutions 
(Wright’s  solution,  sea  water,  etc.)  has  its  effect. 

In  relation  to  the  toxic  action  exerted  by  the  products  of  proteo- 
lysis, it  is  good  to  recall  that  certain  antiseptics,  in  particular  the 
hypochlorites,  manifestly  play  a role  destructive  of  the  toxins  by 
their  oxidizing'  power  (A.  Lumiere).  A probable  explanation  can 
be  given  in  no  other  way  of  certain  facts  which  one  can  observe  in 
the  method  of  treatment  of  wounds  by  the  solution  of  Dakin 
(Carrel)  ; for  example,  those  of  the  wounded  without  hyperthermia, 
in  spite  of  a considerable  extension  of  the  phenonena  of  necrosis ; 
in  these  cases  one  has  the  very  clear  impression  that  the  hypo- 
chlorites do  not  act  solely  by  destroying  the  germs,  but  by  oxidizing 
and  [656]  suppressing  the  toxins  productive  of  hyperthermia  and 
born  of  the  bacterial  or  leukocytic  proteolysis  of  the  tissues. 

The  Antagonistic  Actions:  Anti-Ferments. 

All  the  proteolytic  acts  of  the  organism  are  counterbalanced  by 
the  opposed  action  of  anti-ferments,  of  antitrypsins  in  the  species. 
The  notion  of  anti-ferment  of  recent  date  is  of  capital  importance 
in  biology. 

It  seems  almost  demonstrated  that  the  supports  of  the  anti- 


Policard — Proteolysis  in  the  Wounds  of  War. 


163 


tryptic  actions  in  the  fluids  are  the  lipoids,  specially  the  fatty  acids 
of  the  non-satnrated  series  and  their  soaps  (oleic  acid).  In  the 
blood  in  the  normal  state  these  fatty  bodies  prevent  the  proteolytic 
ferments  from  acting;  but  if,  for  any  reason  or  by  any  procedure 
whatsoever,  they  are  removed  or  destroyed  functionally,  the  proteo- 
lytic ferment  is  no  longer  masked ; it  comes  into  play,  the  proteiques . 
are  digested  and  the  products  of  their  digestion  (proteoses)  bring 
about  a proteosic  intoxication  of  the  organism  (Jobling,  Petersen, 
Eggstern).  In  this  manner  may  be  explained  the  accidents  of  the 
anaphylactic  crisis,  the  phenomena  of  the  crisis  in  the  course  of  the 
acute  maladies  (pneumonias),  the  end  symptoms  of  inanition,  etc. 

The  notion  of  the  antiproteolytic  action  of  the  fatty  acids  is  very 
important  in  relation  to  the  subject  which  is  occupying  us.  It  is 
by  a mechanism  of  this  character  that  must  probably  be  explained 
the  resistance  of  the  healthy  tissues  to  proteolysis;  but  this  is  only 
a hypothesis,  as  this  point  of  the  question  still  remains  very  obscure. 

.We  have  seen  that,  in  gangrene,  proteolysis  was  qualitatively 
limited,  not  extending  itself  very  far  beyond  proteoses.  It  seems 
logical  to  associate  with  this  fact  the  almost  constant  presence  in 
these  cases  of  fatty  acids,  free  or  in  the  form  of  amoniacal  soaps. 
It  is  easy  to  verify  the  fatty  character  of  the  gangrenous  products. 
These  fatty  acids,  proofs  of  the  action  of  saponifying  diastases,  in- 
tervene, disturbing  the  processes  of  proteolysis  and  favoring  the 
production  of  peptones  and  of  toxic  proteoses. 

There  is  perhaps  a place  for  associating  with  the  chapter  of  the 
antitryptic  role  of  the  lipoids  the  following  fact,  at  least  under 
the  form  of  a hypothesis  for  study.  [657]  Certain  wounds  some- 
times show  themselves  covered  over  with  a thick  coating,  lar- 
daceous,  fatty,  with  the  aspect  of  a false  membrane.  Histologic- 
ally, it  is  a question  of  accumulation  of  leukocytes,  many  of  which 
are  in  a state  of  fatty  degeneration.  At  the  level  of  this  layer 
the  phenomena  of  proteolysis  do  not  seem  to  take  place  during 
a certain  time.  Then  suddenly,  frequently  without  the  possibility" 
of  any  therapeutic  intervention  whatsoever,  this  lardaceous  layer 
is  transformed  into  liquid  pus;'  the  phenomena  of  proteolysis  ap- 
pear, this  layer  is  digested  and  liquefied.  All  takes  place  as  if  the 
phenomenon  of  proteolysis  had  been  suspended,  then  suddenly 
brought  into  play  again.  We  have  been  struck  with  the  lipoid 
character  of  these  lardaceous  layers,  and  it  is  for  this  reason  that 
we  establish — in  the  form  of  a hypothesis,  we  repeat — a relation 


164  Original  A rticles. 

between  this  fatty  constitution  and  the  momentary  absence  of 
proteolysis. 

Finally,  it  might  be  demanded  whether  the  excellent  therapeutic 
action  of  ether  is  not  connected  with  its  role  in  dissolving  fatty 
substances. 

The  role  of  the  lipoid  anti-ferments  is  certainly  very  great  in  the 
course  of  the  evolution  of  wounds.  This  question,  hardly  half 
opened,  deserves  continuous  biologic  researches  and  therapeutic 
trials. 

r Conclusions  of  Practical  Nature. 

The  facts  which  we  have  just  set  forth  in  outline  demonstrate  the 
importance  of  the  phenomena  of  proteolysis.  It  dominates  the  gen- 
eral pathology  of  the  wounds  of  war.  All  the  efforts  of  the  surgeon 
should,  as  far  as  this  point  is  concerned,  be  directed  toward  two 
ends : limiting  proteolysis  topographically,  pushing  it  as  much  as 
possible  chemically.  By  obtaining  this  result  one  will  suppress 
grave  intoxication  by  the  proteoses,  and  will  avoid  the  development 
of  the  germs  by  causing  to  disappear  the  medium  of  culture  formed 
by  the  products  of  the  incomplete  disintegration  of  the  proteiques. 

In  order  to  activate  this  proteolysis,  the  most  physiological  means 
is  to  favor  the  arrival  of  the  polynuclear,  proteolytic  elements  par 
excellence. 

[658]  From  these  facts  of  the  “mechanism”  one  should  draw 
practical  results.  The  majority  have  already  received  the  con- 
secration of  the  clinic;  others,  which  might  appear  at  the  first 
view  a little  paradoxical,  demand  further  study.  The  inadequacy 
and  the  instability  of  our  conditions  of  work — unfortunately  and 
whatever  may  be  our  efforts — have  not  permitted  us  to  undertake 
researches  in  this  direction.  We  hope  that  others  will  be  more 
favored  by  circumstances. 

1.  During  the  initial  period  of  cleansing  of  wounds  the  result 
to  be  obtained  is  to  limit  the  proteolysis  topographically,  but  to  ex- 
tend it  chemically  as  much  as  possible,  up  to  molecules  the  most 
simple,  soluble  and  non-toxic. 

Besides  the  eventual  utilization  of  artificial  digestive  liquids,  it 
is  in  place  to  favor  the  leukocytic  afflux  (use  of  serum,  for  ex- 
ample), the  freeing  of  the  proteolytic  diastases  (favoring  leukocytic 
decomposition)  and  the  chemical  action  of  these  (hot  wrappings). 

The  use  of  antiseptics  will  prevent  the  formation  of  the  bacterial 
toxins  without  injuring  the  leukocytic  proteolysis. 


News  and  Comment . 


165 


The  absorption  of  the  intermediate  toxic  products  of  the  proteo- 
lysis will  be  combatted  by  lymphatic  drainage  (hypertonic  liquids), 
the  frequent  removal  of  the  dressings,  or  aspiration. 

2.  During  the  period  of  filling  up  of  the  wounds,  the  proteolytic 
phenomena  are  to  be  avoided. 

It  would  be  useful  to  suppress  the  leukocytic  affiux ; unfortunately 
we  have  little  control  over  this  phenomenon.  Researches  in  this 
direction  would  be  of  great  interest. 

On  the  other  hand,  it  is  easy  to  diminish  the  freeing  of  the  dias- 
tases by  avoiding  the  destruction  of  the  leukocytes  (no  antiseptics, 
use  of  isotonic  saline  solutions,  dry  dressings). 

The  proteolytic  diastases  can  be  disturbed  or  even  destroyed  by 
heat  (hot  air,  heliotherapy).  < 

Such  are  the  therapeutic  suggestions  which  result  from  the 
physiological  consideration  which  we  have  just  set  forth.  They  are 
in  great  part  still  theoretical;  it  remains  for  clinicians  to  demon- 
strate their  practical  value. 

[659]  We  have  believed  it  useful  to  call  the  attention  of  sur- 
geons to  these  great  facts  of  general  biology.  Their  practical  im- 
portance is  considerable,  for  they  condition  a rational  treatment  of 
the  wounds  of  war. 

On  many  points  our  ignorance  is  still  great.  But  it  means 
progress  achieved  even  to  put  these  questions.  It  is  to  be  desired 
that  researches,  laboratory  and  clinical  simultaneously,  should  verify 
all  these  mechanisms  still  hardly  half  seen,  and  furnish  the  solid 
scientific  foundations  of  a physiological  therapy  of  wounds. 


NEWS  AND  COMMENT 


At  a Special  Meeting  of  the  Executive  Committee  of  the 

Eye,  Ear,  Nose  and  Throat  Hospital,  held  June  24,  1918,  a 

quorum  being  present,  the  following  memorial  was  unanimously 

adopted:  ..T  __ 

In  Memoriam. 

“It  is  with  feelings  of  the  deepest  sorrow  that  the  Board  of 
Trustees  of  the  Eye,  Ear,  Nose  and  Throat  Hospital  learns  of  the 
death  of  their  beloved  co-trustee  and  surgeon-in-chief,  Dr.  A.  W. 
De  Roaldes,  who  died  at  his  residence  June  12,  1918. 

“Dr.  De  Boaldes  was  the  founder  of  this  hospital  and  served  in 


166 


News  and  Comment. 


the  capacity  of  surgeon-in-chief  up  to  the  time  of  his  death.  He 
was  zealous  in  his  efforts  to  advance  and  promote  the  interests  of 
the  hospital,  which  was  always  foremost  in  his  thoughts,  and  under 
his  guiding  hand  the  hospital  grew  from  the  small,  unpretentious 
clinic,  with  no  equipment,  to  the  splendid  institution  of  to-day, 
which  stands  as  a monument  to  him  and  challenges  the  admiration 
of  all. 

“The  trustees  recognize,  in  the  death  of  Dr.  De  Roaldes,  the  loss 
of  an  invaluable  adviser,  and  the  poor  have  lost  a dear  and  sym- 
pathizing friend,  always  ready  to  lend  a helping  hand  and  to  relieve 
their  sufferings  and  ailments. 

“The  hospital  was  the  subject  of  his  constant  thoughts  and  un- 
tiring labor,  and  it  is  not  only  his  advice  and  services  which  will  be 
missed,  but,  even  more  so,  the  enthusiasm  which  he  inspired  to  all 
connected  with  his  work  of  love  and  charity. 

“He  was  a man  of  unsullied  principles,  and  his  heart  was  full  of 
the  finest  affections.  In  his  intercourse  with  his  fellowmen  he  knew 
but  one  rule  of  conduct,  and  he  never  was  influenced  by  selfish 
motives. 

“Dr.  De  Roaldes  was  known  all  over  the  United  States  and  in 
Europe.  His  reputation  as  a surgeon  was  international,  and  he  was 
the  recipient  of  many  honors  from  European  governments. 

“The  Board  of  Trustees  tender  to  the  surviving  members  of  his 
family  sincere  sympathy  in  their  affliction,  and  direct  that  a copy 
of  this  memorial  be  given  to  the  press  and  furnished  to  his  widow 
as  a feeble  expression  of  the  sentiments  inspired  in  this  momentous 
death.  “Tos.  A.  Hincks,  Chairman. 

“R.  C.  Lynch, 

“E.  A.  Robin/' 

Medical  Association  of  the  Southwest  to  Meet. — The  thir- 
teenth annual  meeting  of  the  Medical  Association  of  the  Southwest 
will  be  held  at  Dallas,  Texas,  the  middle  of  October.  The  Surgeon- 
General  has  been  requested  to  send  a number  of  strong  men  who 
have  seen  foreign  service  and  who  can  give  the  news,  first  hand,  as 
to  just  what  the  profession  is  doing  and  what  it  is  not  doing.  A 
rousing  patriotic  meeting  is  anticipated. 

Resolutions  Passed  by  the  American  Medical  Editors'  As- 
sociation.— At  the  last  meeting  of  the  American  Medical  Editors’ 
Association,  held  in  Chicago,  June  10  and  11,  the  following  resolu- 
tions were  unanimously  passed : 

“Be  It  Resolved — First:  That  we  pledge  our  renewed  effort  to 
Surgeon  General  Gorgas,  of  the  United  States  Army,  and  to  Ad- 
miral Braisted,  Surgeon  General  of  the  United  States  Navy,  and 
to  the  Medical  Section,  Council  of  National  Defense,  in  that  our 
pages  are  open  to  unlimiced  editorial  space  for  properly  approved 


News  and  Comment. 


167 


copy  in  which  to  bring  before  the  medical  profession  of  the  United 
States  the  needs  of  these  most  important  departments. 

“ Second:  That  an  Editorial  War  Committee  be  appointed  by  the 
chairman,  composed  of  H.  Edwin  Lewis,  editor  of  American  Medi- 
cine, New  York  ; D.  E.  de  M.  Sajous,  editor  of  the  New  York  Med- 
ical Journal , and  the  president  and  secretary,  to  prepare  copy  and 
to  energetically  carry  on  this  work. 

ee Third:  That  this  Association  contribute  a snm  of  money,  in 
addition  to  the  appropriation  made  by  this  Society  at  its  session, 
June  10,  1918,  limited  only  to  the  resources  of  this  Association, 
the  expenditure  of  the  amount  to  be  decided  by  the  Executive  Com- 
mittee for  carrying  on  this  propaganda  of  education  and  aid. 

“Fourth:  That  the  editor  of  every  medical  journal  in  the  United 
States  be  invited  and  encouraged  to  participate  in  this  very  neces- 
sary work. 

“Fifth:  That  copies  of  this  resolution  be  sent  to  W.  C.  Gorgas, 
Surgeon  General  of  the  United  States  Army ; to  Admiral  Braisted, 
Surgeon  General  of  the  United  States  Navy,  and  to  the  Medical 
Council  of  National  Defense.” 

In  view  of  the  fact  that  the  first  and  second  vice-presidents  are 
in  military  service,  it  was  decided  that  the  officers  of  1917-1918 
hold  over  until  the  next  annual  meeting. 

Military  education  in  medical  colleges  and  the  medical  press,  sup- 
porting the  passage  of  the  Dyer-OVen  bill,  educating  the  laity  in 
reference  to  the  zone  system  of  mailing  second-class  matter,  were 
some  of  the  subjects  discussed  at  the  meeting  and  acted  upon. 

Henry  Ford  $3,000,000  Hospital. — One  of  the  most  complete 
hospitals  in  the  world,  largely  designed  for  rehabilitating  American 
soldiers  wounded  overseas,  is  being  erected  in  Detroit  by  Henry 
Ford.  Because  of  government  cooperation  in  the  purchase  of 
materials,  it  is  being  erected  faster  than  the  average  building  is 
constructed  in  peace-time.  The  hospital  is  being  built  on  a twenty- 
acre  tract  of  land  and  will  have  a floor  space  of  50,000  square  feet. 
It  will  comprise  four  stories,  with  a diagnostic  building  placed  in 
the  center,  which  will  be  six  stories  high.  There  will  be  1,300  win- 
dows in  the  buildings,  forty  porches,  and  a roof  garden.  The  in- 
stitution is  to  cost  $3,000,000. 

Little  Venereal  Disease  Among  Troops  in  France. — The 
Army  Medical  Corps’  figures,  made  public  on  July  12,  1918,  state 
that  venereal  disease  among  the  troops  is  being  controlled  both  here 
and  in  France  with  remarkable  success.  “In  France,  with  probably 
700,000  men  mobilized,  the  rate  reported  on  June  13  showed  less 


168 


News  and  Comment . 


than  one  new  case  per  thousand  men  each  week.  Before  the  war  the 
lowest  rate  in  the  regular  army  was  double  this/’ 

Claim  Cure;  for  Gas  Gangrene. — The  Chicago  Tribune  an- 
nounced recently  that  a special  cablegram  had  been  received  stating 
that  Prof.  Vincent  recently  read  a paper  before  the  Paris  Academy 
of  Sciences  in  which  he  described  a serum  which  he  has  prepared 
which  has  been  effective  even  in  severe  cases  of  gas  gangrene. 

League  of  American  Dentists'  War  Work. — The  Prepared- 
ness League  of  American  Dentists,  comprising  more  than  15,000 
dentists  who  have  pledged  themselves  to  give  at  least  one  hour  of 
their  time  daily,  including  materials,  to  men  selected  for  the  army, 
navy  and  marine  corps,  reports  that  50,000  free  operations  have 
already  been  performed.  The  league  is  supplementing  the  work  of 
the  army  in  making  recruits  dentally  fit.  There  are  48,664  dentists 
in  the  United  States  and  the  league  is  trying  to  obtain  a 100  per 
cent  membership  at  $1  a year. 

Twenty-Five  Thousand  Student  Nurses  Wanted. — The 
Council  of  National  Defense  finds  that  it  has  become  necessary  to 
call  for  25,000  student  nurses  for  training  in  American  hospitals. 
The  enrollment  began  July  29,  and  those  who  register  will  thereby 
be  subject  to  call  for  training  in  the  army  nursing  school  or  in  the 
civilian  hospitals  until  April  1,  1919. 

A Drug  Commission  Asked  For. — A resolution  has  been  intro- 
duced into  the  United  States  Senate  by  Senator  Frelinghuysen  for 
the  appointment  of  a commission  of  three  to  examine  into  the  sub- 
ject of  narcotics  and  habit-forming  drugs  and  appropriating  $50,000 
for  the  expense  of  the  commission. 

American  Association  of  Medical  Jurisprudence  Dis- 
solved.— The  majority  of  the  members  of  the  American  Association 
of  Medical  J urisprudence  have  filed  a petition  in  the  Supreme  Court 
of  New  York  City  for  the  dissolution  of  the  association.  The  mem- 
bership has  decreased  from  200  to  23  members,  and  there  is  said  to 
be  a general  lack  of  interest  in  the  organization  . 

Political  Activity  Forbidden  to  Eed  Cross  Workers. — Under 
a ruling  made  by  the  War  Council,  the  officers  and  workers  of  the 
American  Eed  Cross  will  not  be  allowed  to  run  for  any  public  office 
in  the  coming  general  election,  or  be  active  in  the  interest  of  any 
candidate. 


News  and  Comment. 


169 


To  Mobilize  All  Doctors. — A plan  is  under  consideration 
whereby  the  government  may  assume  control  of  the  entire  medical 
profession  of  the  United  States,  in  order  to  obtain  sufficient  doctors 
for  the  army  and  so  to  distribute  those  remaining  that  their  services 
may  be  rendered  in  those  places  in  which  they  are  most  needed. 
The  plan  will  be  to  throw  open  the  membership  to  all  doctors,  in- 
stead of  enrolling  in  the  Voluntary  Medical  Service  Corps  only  those 
physicians  not  suitable  for  military  service,  either  because  of  age, 
physical  infirmity,  dependency  or  institutional  or  public  need.  Con- 
ferences were  held  in  Washington,  July  18,  and  in  a number  of 
other  cities,  to  discuss  the  operation  of  the  voluntary  enrollment 
plan.  A plan  is  also  being  considered  by  the  Surgeon  Generals  of 
the  Army,  Navy  and  Public  Health  Service  for  commissioning  all 
teachers  in  the  medical  schools  and  assigning  them  to  their  present 
duties,  for  the  purpose  of  preventing  further  disruption  of  medical 
teaching  staffs  and  at  the  same  time  recognizing  the  public  service 
of  those  men. 

Women  Anesthetists  eor  Army  Service. — Por  the  reason  that 
many  wounded  soldiers  prefer  the  care  and  attendance  of  women, 
the  army  is  appointing  women  anesthetists.  Fifteen  have  already 
been  appointed,  receiving  the  pay  and  privileges  of  first  lieutenants, 
without,  however,  the  actual  rank.  Only  graduate  women  physicians 
are  elegible. 

Gift  and  Home  for  Navy  Hospital. — Commodore  and  Mrs. 
Morton  P.  Flint,  of  Brandford  House,  Eastern  Point,  Conn.,  have 
given  to  the  Navy  Department,  for  the  duration  of  the  war,  the  use 
of  the  Watson  House  for  a hospital  for  convalescing  sailors  and  sol- 
diers. A gift  of  $10,000,  to  equip  the  hospital,  accompanies  the 
use  of  the  residence. 

Ambulances  Named  for  Major  Mitchell  and  Quentin 
Roosevelt. — The  last  of  the  112  ambulances  provided  for  service 
on  the  Italian  front  by  the  American  Poets’  Ambulances  in  Italy 
will  be  inscribed  in  honor  of  Lieut.  Quentin  Roosevelt  and  the  111th 
ambulance  will  be  named  for  Major  John  Purroy  Mitchell. 

Columbia  University  Gets  Estate. — The  bulk  of  the  estate  of 
the  late  Major  Eugene  Wilson  Caldwell,  M.  R.  C.,  U.  S.  A.,  amount- 
ing to  about  $150,000,  is  to  go  to  Columbia  University  on  the  death 
of  his  wife  and  mother.  The  sum  which  the  university  is  to  receive 
will  be  known  as  the  Eugene  Wilson  Caldwell  Fund  and  is  to  be 


170 


News  and  Comment . 


used  for  general  educational  purposes.  Major  Caldwell  bequeathed 
his  laboratory  and  its  contents  to  Dr.  Harry  M.  Imboden  and 
Thomas  Riker,  his  friends  and  collaborators,  with  the  request  that 
they  continue  the  work  upon  which  he  was  engaged. 

Obstetricians  and  Gynecologists  to  Meet. — The  thirty-first 
annual  meeting  of  the  American  Association  of  Obstetricians  and 
Gynecologists  will  be  held  at  the  Hotel  Statler,  Detroit,  September 
16  to  18,  under  the  presidency  of  Dr.  Albert  Goldspohn,  Chicago. 
Dr.  James  F.  Davis,  Detroit,  is  chairman  of  the  committee  of 
arrangements. 

Personals. — Dr.  Chas.  Chassaignac  and  family  left  for  Balsam, 
H.  C.,  the  early  part  of  the  month,  for  a three  weeks’  vacation. 

Dr.  Marcus  Feingold,  after  a month’s  stay  at  Clifton  Springs, 
H.  Y.,  is  now  in  Denver,  Colo.,  where  he  will  remain  for  several 
months.  Dr.  Feingold  is  rapidly  regaining  his  health,  and  will  no 
doubt  be  able  to  return  to  his  practice  and  college  duties  this  fall. 

Dr.  Geo.  H.  Meeker,  dean  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Medicine, 
University  of  Pennsylvania,  visited  Hew  Orleans  and  Tulane  Col- 
lege of  Medicine  during  the  month  in  the  interest  of  his  school. 

Capt.  C.  Jeff.  Miller,  M.  R.  C.,  has  obtained  a leave  of  absence 
for  a much-needed  vacation  and  will  spend  a few  weeks  in  the  East 
during  September. 

Dr.  Peyton  Randolph,  of  Georgetown,  Texas,  a graduate  of 
Tulane,  Class  1914,  is  now  serving  a commission  “Somewhere  in 
France.” 

Dr.  S.  M.  Blaekshear  (Hew  Orleans),  first  lieutenant,  M.  R.  C., 
left  during  August  for  Camp  Shelby,  Miss.,  where  he  will  remain 
until  called  for  foreign  service. 

Removals. — Capt.  Walter  H.  Moore,  M.  R.  C.,  from  Lisman, 
Ala.,  to  Camp  Gordon,  Ga. 

Dr.  W.  B.  McDaniel,  from  Byars,  Okla.,  to  Maysville,  Okla. 

First  Lieutenant  T.  F.  Batson,  M.  R.  C.,  from  Base  Hospital, 
Camp  Beauregard,  Alexandria,  La.,  to  Base  Hospital  Ho.  86,  Camp 
Logan,  Houston,  Texas. 

The  Modern  Hospital  Publishing  Company,  to  Garland  Building, 
58  East  Washington  street,  corner  Wabash  avenue,  Chicago. 

Among  the  doctors  of  Hew  Orleans  who  have  returned  from  their 
vacations  and  resumed  their  practice  are:  Drs.  Abraham  Mattes, 
602  Perrin  Building;  Solon  G.  Wilson,  E.  J.  Richard,  W.  A.  Gil- 
laspie. 


Booh  Reviews  and  Notices. 


171 


The  following  are  some  of  the  Louisiana  physicians  who  are  serv- 
ing on  duty  in  the  various  camps : 

At  Camp  Beauregard,  Alexandria,  La.,  Base  Hospital : Capts. 

Maurice  J.  Couret,  William  M.  Leake,  Hew  Orleans;  Lieuts.  Amable 
A.  Comeaux,  Gueydan;  William  T.  Patton,  Paul  T.  Talbot,  Hew 
Orleans.  For  duty,  from  Fort  Oglethorpe,  Lieut.  John  C.  Chap- 
man, Colfax. 

At  Camp  Lee,  Petersburg,  Va.,  for  duty  from  Camp  Dix:  Major 
James  B.  Guthrie,  Hew  Orleans. 

At  Camp  Sheridan,  Montgomery,  Ala.,  for  duty  from  Fort  Ogle- 
thorpe : Lieut.  Allen  B.  Wheelis,  Marion. 

At  Fort  Jay,  H.  J.,  for  duty,  from  Fort  Riley:  Lieut  William  E. 
Balsinger,  Hew  Orleans. 

At  Fort  Oglethorpe,  for  instruction:  Lieut.  William  L.  Bendel, 
Lake  Charles;  Edgar  J.  Beranger,  Hew  Orleans ; William  E.  Barker, 
Plaquemine. 

At  Fort  Sam  Houston,  Texas,  for  duty,  from  Camp  Travis : Major 
Edmund  Moss,  Hew  Orleans. 

Hied. — On  August  26,  1918,  Hr.  W.  0.  Schultzman,  of  Baton 
Rouge,  La.,  aged  26  years. 

On  August  9,  1918,  Lieutenant- Colonel  Clarence  Leroy  Cole, 
M.  R.  C.,  Fort  Sam  H uston,  Texas. 


BOOK  REVIEWS  AND  NOTICES 


All  ne w publications  sent  to  the  Journal  will  be  appreciated  and  will  invariably  be 
promptly  acknowledged  under  the  heading  of  “ Publications  Received ."  While 
it  will  be  the  aim  of  the  Journal  to  review  as  many  of  the  worlds  accepted  as 
possible,  the  editors  will  be  guided  by  the  space  available  and  the  merit  of  re- 
spective publications.  The  acceptance  of  a book  implies  no  obligation  to  review. 


Blood  Transfusion,  Hemorrhage  and  the  Anemias,  by  Bertram  M.  Bern- 
stein, A.  B.,  M.  D.,  F.  A.  C.  G.  J.  B.  Lippincott  Company,  Phila- 
delphia and  London. 

Dr.  Bernstein  has  given  in  this  book  of  250  pages  a review  of  the 
various  methods  of  blood  transfusion  and  the  indications  for  same. 

He  briefly,  but  concisely,  treats  of  practically  all  phases  of  the  subject, 
such  as  the  phenomenon  of  bleeding,  the  diagnosis  and  control  of 
hemorrhage,  also  the  indications  and  the  dangers,  as  well  as  the  methods, 
of  transfusion. 

The  work  adheres  to  the  practical  side  of  the  subject,  both  as  regards 
discussions  of  indications  and  selections  of  transfusion  methods.  In  the 
appendix  the  author  has  given  the  various  hemolytic  and  agglutination 
tests  described  by  Moss,  Brem,  Simon  and  Sydenstricke. 

The  book  is  certain  to  prove  of  value  to  the  physician  who  is  engaged 


172 


Boole  Reviews  and  Notices. 


in  clinical  work  of  this  nature  and  who  desires  to  know  concretely  what 
is  being  done  and  how  to  do  it.  ELIZABETH  BASS. 

Typhoid  Fever,  by  Frederick  P.  Gay.  The  MacMillan  Company,  New 
York.  ' 

The  author  has  presented  in  this  small  volume  an  excellent  exposition 
of  the  problem  of  typhoid  fever. 

It  treats  historically  the  development  and  present  status  of  our 
knowledge  concerning  this  important  malady  as  viewed  from  the  stand- 
point of  its  mechanism. 

It  shows  the  very  close  relationship  between  the  clinical  aid  the 
laboratory  side  of  the  disease  by  following  the  life-history  of  the  typhoid 
bacillus  rather  than  the  manifestations  of  the  disease  it  produces. 

The  book  is  divided  into  a number  of  chapters  which  cover  the  gen- 
eral survey  of  the  knowledge  concerning  typhoid  fever,  the  disease  as  a 
cause  of  death  and  disability,  the  modes  of  infection  and  the  patho- 
genicity of  typhoid  fever,  the  diagnosis,  sequelae  and  carrier  conditions, 
general  measures  of  protection,  treatment,  etc. 

The  chapter  on  the  protective  value  of  vaccination  against  typhoid 
fever  and  the  statistics  relative  to  same  are  most  interesting  reading 

ELIZABETH  BASS. 

Studies  in  the  Anatomy  and  Surgery  of  the  Nose  and  Ear,  by  Adam  E. 
Smith,  M.  D.  Paul  B.  Hoeber,  New  York,  1918. 

This  is  a very  timely  book,  made  up  of  original  matter  by  the  author, 
and  is  thus  a veritable  contribution  to  our  knowledge  of  the  subjects 
discussed.  The  illustrations  are  from  actual  dissections  made  at  the 
Columbia  University  Medical  School,  and  these  alone  would  stamp  the 
work  as  of  a high  order.  The  anatomical  points  are  of  a practical  nature 
and  show  the  structures  as  they  are,  and  not  schematically.  In  regard 
to  treatment,  the  book  again  is  eminently  practical.  The  author  dwells 
particularly  on  the  value  of  posture  in  the  treatment  of  otitis  media  and 
mastoiditis,  in  which  operative  intervention  can  sometimes  be  avoided. 
In  a number  of  cases  of  incipient  mastoiditis  the  present  writer  has 
brought  about  a recession  of  symptoms  and  complete  restitutio  ad  in- 
tegrum without  a mastoid  operation.  Another  practical  point  elaborated 
is  the  treatment  of  antral  and  frontal  sinus  disease  by  suction. 

Dr.  Smith  has  placed  at  the  disposal  of  the  profession  a valuable  ad- 
dition to  our  knowledge  of  the  topics  touched  upon.  McSHANE. 

Interpretation  of  Dental  and  Maxillary  Roentgenograms,  by  Robert  H. 

Ivy,  M.  D.,  D.  D.  S.  C.  V-  Mosby  Company,  St.  Louis. 

This  is  a valuable  addition  to  the  scientific  literature  on  this  subject, 
and  should  command  the  attention  of  students  of  radiology. 

Interpretation  of  the  Roentgenograms  is  by  far  the  most  important 
step  of  the  entire  procedure,  and  the  author  has  carefully  prepared  his 
text  not  only  to  aid  the  inexperienced,  but  to  lay  down  fundamental  rules 
for  the  expert.  WALLACE  WOOD,  Jr. 

Oral  Sepsis  in  Its  Relationship  to  Systemic  Disease,  by  William  W.  Duke, 
M.  D.,  Ph.  B.,  Kansas  City,  Mo.  C.  V.  Mosby  Company,  St.  Louis, 
Mo. 

This  publication  is  a splendid  contribution  to  the  relationship  of  ill- 
health  and  defective  teeth,  and  which  every  dentist  should  carefully 


Book  Reviews  and  Notices. 


173 


peruse.  It  eontai  is  much  information  the  average  medical  practitioner 
will  appreciate,  and  perhaps  open  the  eyes  of  some  few.  It  brings  dentistry 
in  closer  relationship  as  a specialty  of  medicine. 

WALLACE  WOOD,  Jr. 

Pharmacology  and  Therapeutics  and  Preventime  Medicine  (Vol.VIII  of 

the  Practical  Medicine  Series).  Edited  by  Bernard  Fantus,  M.  S’., 
M.  D.,  and  Wm.  A.  Evans,  M.  S.,  M.  D.,  LL.  D.,  Ph.  D.  The  Year 
Book  Publishers,  Chicago.  Series  1917. 

This  delightful  little  volume  gives  in  concise  and  well-edited  form 
the  progress  in  these  departments  of  medicine  during  the  period  covered. 
.The  first  220  pages  are  devoted  to  pharmacology  and  therapeutics,  and 
the  rest  of  the  volume  to  preventive  medicine.  The  whole  text  enables 
the  busy  practitioner  or  teacher  to  cover  in  a few  hours  what  it  would 
take  him  weeks  to  glean  from  the  field  of  medical  literature.  A greatly 
added  value  is  the  discriminating  editorial  comment.  If  there  is  one 
feature  more  than  another  worthy  of  commendation,  it  is  the  attention 
given  to  the  new  agents  and  the  new  uses  of  old  agents  developed  as  a 
result  of  the  world-war.  One  in  service,  or  going  into  it,  will  find  the 
book  of  particular  value.  O.  W.  B. 

Materia  Medica,  Pharmacology,  Therapeutics,  Prescription  Writing,  by 

Walter  A.  Bastedo,  Ph.  G.,  M.  D.  Second  edition.  W.  B.  Saunders 
Company,  Philadelphia,  1918. 

The  second  edition,  which  adjusts  the  text  to  the  new  Pharmacopoeia, 
is  no  disappointment  to  the  great  number  who  so  highly  appreciated  this 
work  when  it  first  came  from  the  press  about  three  years  ago.  The 
author  shows  a wonderful  command  of  his  subjects  and  wisely  avoids 
the  mass  of  unessential  details,  so  often  given,  to  the  confusion  of  the 
searcher  after  knowledge. 

The  drugs  are  arranged  in.  groups  according  to  their  action,  and  the 
text  is  reinforced  with  numerous  illustrations. 

While  the  several  phases  of  the  subject  are  well  handled,  the  par- 
ticular value  of  the  work  is  as  a pharmacology.  As  a readable  pharma- 
cology it  has  few  peers.  The  section  on  Digitalis  is  worth  the  price  of 
the  volume. 

There  are  a few  minor  details  that  were  not  adjusted  to  conform  to  the 
great  authority — the  Pharmacopoeia.  Such  are  almost  unavoidable  in  the 
rush  of  a general  revision.  They  are,  for  example,  the  frequent  use  of 
c.  c.  instead  of  mils.,  gm.  instead  of  Gm.,  dram  instead  of  drachm,  etc. 

The  noted  author  and  teacher  deserves  the  thanks  of  the  entire  medical 
profession.  O.  W.  B. 

A Handbook  of  Practical  Treatment.  Vol.  IV.  By  John  H.  Musser,  Jr., 
B.  S.,  M.  D.,  and  Thomas  C.  Kelly,  A.  M.,  M.  D.  W.  B.  Saunders 
Company,  Philadelphia,  1917. 

This  addition  to  the  original  Vol.  Ill  set  of  Practical  Treatment 
“has  been  brought  out  for  the  purpose  of  giving  the  various  original 
contributors  opportunity  of  making  in  their  articles  such  change  or 
modifications  as  have  occurred  in  the  therapeusis  of  those  diseases,  the 
treatment  of  which  they  have  already  detailed.  Thus,  we  believe  it  pos- 
sible to  supplement  their  contributions  and  to  make  them  complete,  both 
as  to  detailed  treatment  and  as  to  the  newer  and  modern  procedures.  ” 
Where  the  original  contributors  were  unavailable,  through  death  or  other 


174 


Publications  Received. 


cause,  the  editors  have  been  fortunate  in  securing  men  of  the  highest 
international  repute.  Much  entirely  new  matter  has  been  included  and 
the  revision  of  old  articles  has  usually  been  so  arranged  as  to  make  prac- 
tically complete  reading. 

A glance  at  the  list  of  contributors  and  the  well-known  character  of 
the  young  editors  would  assure  even  the  most  skeptical. 

Some  minor  details  that  might  well  be  suggested  to  the  publishers 
are  the  correction  of  some  errors  in  the  Latin  termination  in  prescrip- 
tions, the  more  uniform  use  of  the  standard  Pharmacopoeial  or  chemical 
titles  in  place  of  old  proprietary  names,  and  the  conforming  of  nomen- 
clature to  the  great  authority — the  United  States  Pharmacopoeia. 

Without  the  previous  volume,  this  one  is  highly  valuable.  A library 
containing  the  earlier  work  could  ill  afford  to  miss  this  opportunity  to 
complete  the  set.  O.  W.  B. 

Essentials  of  Volumetric  Analysis,  by  Henry  W.  Schimpf,  Ph.  Gf.,  M.  D., 
Professor  of  Analytical  Chemistry  in  the  Brooklyn  College  of 
Pharmacy.  John  Wiley  & Sons,  New  York. 

The  appearance  of  the  new  United  States  Pharmacopoeia  has  neces- 
sitated the  revision  of  all  textbooks  touching  the  science  of  medicine, 
chemistry  and  pharmacy.  This  fact,  together  with  the  exhaustion  of  the 
second  edition  of  Dr.  Schimpf ’s  helpful  book,  has  caused  the  issuance  of 
a third  edition. 

The  work  is  an  excellent  introduction  to  the  broad  subject  of 
volumetric  analysis  and  is  especially  adapted  to  the  needs  of  students  of 
pharmaceutical  chemistry. 

The  subject-matter  is  systematically  arranged  and  the  processes 
grouped  under  the  headings  of  Alkalimetry,  Acidimetry,  Precipitation, 
Oxidimetry,  Indirect  Oxidation,  Iodometry,  Assay  Processes  for  Drugs, 
Estimation  of  Alkaloids,  Phenol,  and  Sugars. 

The  principles  underlying  these  several  groups  are  definitely  indicated 
and  illustrated  by  numerous  practical  examples.  This  third  edition  shows 
many  new  assay  processes,  prominent  among  which  are  those  of  the  mer- 
curial salts,  phosphates  and  hypophosphites,  chlorates,  perborates,  chloral, 
acetone,  resorcinol,  phenylsulphonates,  arsenates,  and  alkali  cacodylate. 

The  nomenclature  employed  throughout  the  work  is  consistent  with 
pharmacopoeial  requirements.  If  the  aim  of  the  author  is  to  present  the 
principles  of  volumetric  analysis  in  a form  readily  intelligible  to  students, 
it  is  the  belief  of  the  reviewer  that  he  has  accomplished  his  purpose. 

Not  the  least  important  feature  of  the  book  is  an  appendix  devoted  to 
the  description  and  application  of  indicators. 

GEO.  S.  BROWN. 


PUBLICATIONS  RECEIVED 


J.  B.  LIPPINCOTT  COMPANY,  Philadelphia,  and  London,  1918. 

The  Essentials  of  Materia  Medica  and  Therapeutics  for  Nurses,  by 
John  Foote,  M.  D.  Third  edition,  revised  and  enlarged  and  reset. 
International  Clinics.  Yol.  11,  twenty-eighth  series,  1918. 

Nursing  Technic,  by  Mary  C.  Wheeler,  R.  N. 

C.  V.  MOSBY  COMPANY,  St.  Louis,  1918. 

The  Hodgen  Wire  Cradle  Extension  Suspension  Splint,  by  Frank  G. 


Publications  Received. 


175 


Nifong,  M.  D.,  P.  A.  C.  S.,  with  an  introduction  by  Harvey  G.  Mudd, 
M.  D.,  F.  A.  C.  S. 

Tropical  Surgery  and  Diseases  of  the  Far  East,  by  John  R.  McDill, 
M.  D.,  F.  A.  C.  S. 

A Treatise  on  Cystoscopy  and  Urethroscopy,  by  George  Luys.  Trans- 
lated and  edited,  with  additions,  by  Abr.  L.  Wolbarst,  M.  D. 

Headaches  and  Eye  Disorders  of  Nasal  Origin,  by  Greenfield  Sluder, 
M.  D. 

The  Wassermann  Test,  by  Charles  F.  Craig,  M.  D. 

PAUL  B.  HOEBER,  New  York,  1918. 

The  Seriousness  of  Venereal  Disease,  by  Sprague  Carlton,  M.  D., 
F.  A.  C.  S. 

Neurological  Clinics.  Edited  by  Joseph  Collins,  M.  D. 

Symptoms  and  Their  Interpretation,  by  James  Mackenzie,  M.  D.,  LL.  D. 

Third  edition. 

Clinical  Disorders  of  the  Heart-Beat,  by  Thomas  Lewis,  M.  D.,  F.  R.  S., 
D.  Sc.,  F.  R.  C.  P. 

W.  B.  SAUNDERS  COMPANY,  Philadelphia  and  London,  1918. 

Diseases  of  the  Male  Urethra,  including  Impotence  and  Sterility,  by 
Irvin  S.  Roll,  B.  S.,  M.  D.,  F.  A.  C.  S. 

Clinical  Diagnosis,  by  James  Campbell  Todd,  Ph.  B.,  M.  D.  Fourth 
edition,  revised  and  reset. 

LEE  & FEBIGER,  New  York  and  Philadelphia,  1918. 

A Manual  of  Otology,  by  Gorham  Bacon,  A.  B.,  M.  D.,  F.  A.  C.  S. 

P.  BLAKISTON’S  SON  & CO.,  Philadelphia,  1918. 

Naval  Hygiene,  by  James  Chambers  Pryor,  A.  M.,  M.  D, 

F.  A.  DAVIS  COMPANY,  Philadelphia,  1918. 

Principles  and  Practice  of  Infant  Feeding,  by  Julius  H.  Hess,  M.  D. 

B.  W.  HUEBSCH,  New  York,  1918. 

The  Small  Family  System.  Is  It  Injurious  or  Immoral?  by  C.  V.  Drys- 
dale,  D.  Ss.  Prefatory  Notes  by  Dr.  B.  Dunlop  and  Dr.  Wm.  J.  Robinson. 

MISCELLANEOUS: 

Biennial  Report  of  the  Louisiana  State  Board  of  Health  to  the  Gen- 
eral Assembly  of  the  State  of  Louisiana  (1916-1917).  (Hauser  Printing 
Company,  New  Orleans,  La.) 

Weekly  Bulletin  of  the  Department  of  Health  of  the  City  of  New 
York.  June  8,  1918. 

The  Twenty-Seventh  and  Twenty-Eighth  Annual  Reports  of  the  Eye, 
Ear,  Nose  and  Throat  Hospital,  (1916  and  1917). 

REPRINTS. 

Venereal  Prophylaxis;  A Cosmetically  Perfect,  Bloodless  Circum- 
cision; A Sane  and  Rational  Method  in  the  Treatment  of  Acute 
Gonorrhea;  Food  for  Thought  Concerning  Our  Venereal  Problem;  Local- 
izing Posterior  Gonorrheal  Urethritis,  by  Henry  J.  Millstone,  M.  D. 

Un  Nuovo  Metodo  di  Gastrectomia  Con  la  Ricostruzione  Anatomo- 
Fisiologica  Dei  Rapporti  Fra  Stomaco  ed  Intestino;  Perforazione  Dello 
Stomaco  e Dell’  Intesino;  La  Sterilizzazione  Delle  Piaghe;  L’Esclusione 
del  Piloro  per  Mezzo  di  Bandelette  Elastiche;  Emostasi  per  Mezzo  di 
Palloncini  Elastici,  per  il  Prof.  Dott.  Angelo  L.  Soresi. 


176 


Mortuary  Report. 


MORTUARY  REPORT  OF  NEW  ORLEANS. 

Compiled  from  the  Monthly  Report  of  the  Board  of  Health  of  the  City 
of  New  Orleans,  for  July,  1918. 


CA  USE. 

White. 

Colored. 

Total. 

7 

7 

14 

Intermittent  Fever  (Malarial  Cachexia) - 

1 

2 

1 

8 

2 

10 

2 

4 

6 

14 

2 

16 

2 

2 

1 

4 

5 

38 

48 

86 

19 

10 

29 

1 

1 

2 

1 

1 

1 

* 1 

Enccnhalitie?  and  Meningitis  

1 

1 

2 

TinpnmotnT  A 1",P1 'X'l  PJ, 

Congestion  Hemorrhage  and  Softening  of  Brain 

25 

10 

35 

Paralysis  - --  --  - 

3 

3 

6 

Convulsions  of  Infancy  

1 

2 

3 

Other  Diseases  of  Infancy __  _ _ _ 

24 

13 

37 

Tetanus  __  __ _ 

1 

3 

4 

Other  Nervous  Diseases  __  - 

4 

1 

5 

Heart  Diseases  

52 

50 

102 

Bronchitis  

1 

1 

2 

Pneumonia  and  Broncho-Pneumonia 

10 

15 

25 

Other  Respiratory  Diseases __ 

1 

1 

2 

TTIeer  of  Stomach 

2 

2 

Other  Diseases  of  the  Stomach 

4 

3 

7 

Diarrhea,  Dysentery  and  Enteritis 

27 

16 

43 

Hernia,  Intestinal  Obstruction  

4 

7 

11 

Cirrhosis  of  Liver. 

8 

4 

12 

Other  Diseases  of  the  Liver  _ 

3 

3 

Simple  Peritonitis 

Appendicitis _ _ 

5 

1 

6 

Bright’s  Disease.  _ 

22 

24 

46 

Other  Genito-Urinary  Diseases 

10 

9 

19 

Puerperal  Diseases 

2 

4 

6 

Senile  Debility 



Suicide _ __  

4 

2 

6 

Injuries...  

19 

12 

31 

All  Other  Causes 

12 

4 

16 

Total..  _ __  _ _ 

334 

271 

605 

Still-born  Children — White,  20;  colored,  23;  total,  43. 

Population  of  City  (estimated) — White,  276,000;  colored,  102,000; 
total,  378,000. 

Death  Rate  per  1000  per  Annum  for  Month — White,  14.31;  colored, 
31.27;  total,  18.90.  Non-residents  excluded,  17.18. 


METEOROLOGIC  SUMMARY  (U.  S.  Weather  Bureau). 


Mean  atmospheric  pressure 30.01 

Mean  temperature . 83 

Total  precipitation.  . . . . . 2.03  inches 


Prevailing  direction  of  wind,  Southwest. 


ORLEANS  MEDICAL 
SURGICAL  JOURNAL 


E D I T O R S s 

CHARLES  CHASSAIGNAC,  M.  D.  * ISADORE  DYER,  M.  D. 

COLLABORATORS: 

C.  C.  BASS,  M.  D.,  Prest.,  Amer.  Soc.  Tropical  Medicine 1 . 

S.  K.  SIMON,  M.  D.,  Acting  Secty,  American  Soc.  of  Tropical  Medicine Vif1010 

P.  T.  TALBOT,  M.  D.,  Secretary  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society Ex-Officio. 

RUPERT  BLUE,  M.  D.,  Surgeon  General,  United  States  Public  Health  Service. 

H.  D.  BRUNS,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

C.  F.  ORAIG,  M.  D.,  Col.,  U.  S.  A. 

S.  T.  DARLING,  M.  D.,  Sao  Paulo,  Brazil. 

W.  H.  DEADERICK,  M.  D.,  Hot  Springs,  Arkansas. 

E.  M.  DUPAQUIER,  M.  D.  (Paris),  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

A.  G.  FRIEDRICHS,  M.  D.,  New  Orleans,  La. 

J.  T.  HALSEY,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

JOS.  HOLT,  M.  D.,  New  Orleans,  La. 

F.  A.  LARUE,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

E.  S.  LEWIS,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

R.  C.  LYNCH,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

E.  D.  MARTIN,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

R.  MATAS,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

AUGUSTUS  McSHANE,  M.  D.,  Greenwood,  Miss. 

PAUL  MIOHINARD,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

C.  J.  MILLER,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

F.  W.  PARHAM,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

E.  A.  ROBIN,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

W.  H.  SEEMANN,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

ALLEN  J.  SMITH,  M.  D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

EDMOND  SOUCHON,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University1  of  Louisiana. 

E.  R.  STITT,  M.  D.,  Rear  Admiral,  U.  S.  N. 

J.  A.  STORCK,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

R.  P.  STRONG,  M.  D.,  Harvard  University. 

ROY  M.  VAN  WlART,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 


Vol.  LXXI  OCTOBER,  1918  No.  4 


EDITORIAL 


THE  PHYSICIAN,  THE  ARMY,  AND  THE  CIVIL 
POPULATION. 

There  must  be  a great  readjustment  of  medical  practice  in  the 
months  to  come.  War  has  disarranged  almost  every  phase  of  the 
professional  activities  of  physicians.  Medical  colleges,  hospitals, 
industries  which  employ  doctors,  and  the  civil  population  have  felt 
the  pressure  of  deprivation  of  the  services  of  normal  times. 

The  military  demands,  of  necessity,  have  drawn  upon  the  medical 
profession  irrespective  of  any  consideration  of  other  needs,  because 


WS.S. 

■WAR  SAVINGS  STAMPS 

ISSUED  BY  THE 

UNITED  STATES 
GOVERNMENT 

NEW 

AND 


178 


Editorial. 


the  first  and  most  important  thing  has  been  a proper  and  adequate 
provision  for  the  army  and  navy  organizations.  The  wave  of  early 
drafts  on  the  profession  has  not  yet  spent  its  force,  and,  with  the 
new  man-power  law,  a still  greater  proportion  of  doctors  must 
qualify  for  military  service.  What  number  may  ultimately  remain 
at  home  cannot  yet  be  calculated. 

With  an  army  of  four  million  there  will  he  needed  something 
like  forty  thousand  medical  officers.  Of  these  there  are  enrolled 
already  about  twenty-five  thousand.  Aside  from  the  actual  needs 
of  the  troops,  overseas  and  in  process  of  organization,  there  will  be 
various  activities  related  to  the  operation  of  army  preparation  in 
which  medical  men  will  be  needed.  While  it  is  true  that  a con- 
siderable part  of  such  service  may  be  performed  at  the  same  time 
that  civil  obligations  are  being  fulfilled,  with  the  growing  ramifica- 
tions of  related  services,  there  will  be  an  increasing  demand  for 
doctors.  The  effort  is  being  made  to  conserve  the  medical  schools 
for  teaching  students,  and  there  is  every  indication  that  the  students 
themselves  will  be  directed  to  continue  at  college  so  as  to  provide 
the  material  for  making  medical  graduates,  but  the  outlook  is  none 
the  less  far  from  encouraging. 

Hospitals  everywhere  are  short  of  interns,  and  their  visiting  staffs 
have  been  depleted  as  well.  At  the  same  time,  the  loss  of  some  20 
per  cent  of  the  profession  from  the  community  generally  has  made 
the  work  of  those  who  remain  much  more  onerous.  The  division 
of  time  in  hospital  and  civil  services  is  more  difficult  than  formerly. 
The  needs  in  the  large  cities  increase  all  the  time,  and  there  is  no 
considerable  supply  of  physicians  in  the  cities  upon  which  the 
country  districts,  also  sorely  in  need,  may  draw. 

The  Volunteer  Medical  Keserve  Corps  has  opened  a way  for  ad- 
justing the  regularity  of  distribution  of  service  throughout  the 
country  by  arranging  for  a proper  classification  of  all  physicians 
who  are  not  privileged  or  able  to  do  entire  military  service.  When 
the  whole  country  has  been  surveyed  and  the  doctors  card-indexed 
for  service  the  need  of  one  community  may  be  met  by  the  distribu- 
tion of  men  from  those  communities  better  supplied.  This  will  not 
entirely  meet  the  situation,  although  it  is  a temporary  succedaneum. 

The  individual  State  has  not  appeared  to  concern  itself  much  in 
this  question ; -perhaps  it  may  not  be  amiss  to  connote  the  fact  that 
most  States  do  not  concern  themselves  at  any  time  with  matters 
related  to  the  medical  profession.  This  whole  question,  however, 


Editorial. 


179 


is  not  one  of  the  medical  profession,  for  it  concerns  the  general 
public  much  more  than  it  does  the  class  of  medical  men,  whether 
they  are  taken  collectively  or  as  individuals. 

The  State  Committees  of  Defense  have  actively  considered  the 
supplies  of  food  and  of  other  material  things.  It  properly  has 
maintained  a busy  interest  in  industries.  Many  activities  within 
the  State  have  come  to  the  notice  of  such  State  committees.  The 
essential  and  entire  problem  of  the  health  of  the  people  has  not 
been  a serious  part  of  their  work.  The  boards  of  health  perform 
a large  function,  within  their  province  of  regulating  the  sanitary 
conditions  of  communities  and  in  the  prevention  of  disease,  but 
these  health  officials  have  nothing  to  do  with  the  care  of  the  sick. 

In  every  well-organized  State  there  exists  a fundamental  and 
constitutional  provision  for  State  medicine.  This  usually  includes 
all  hygienic  provisions  under  the  direction  of  health  boards  and 
regulated  by  sanitary  codes.  It  also  provides  for  the  enactment  of 
laws  which  regulate  the  right  to  practice  medicine,  and  it,  moreover, 
fixes  the  obligation  of  the  doctor  to  the  State,  which  compels  the 
payment  of  a tax  or  license  to  engage  in  the  pursuit  of  the  calling 
or  occupation  of  a physician. 

In  return,  the  physician  enjoys  the  privileges  of  a citizen  and 
the  legal  right  to  practice.  Through  the  corporation  laws  of  the 
State,  he  may,  with  others,  organize  an  association  for  the  better- 
ment of  the  profession.  There  is  nowhere  a combination  of  the 
profession  and  the  people  for  the  care  of  the  sick — except  as  pro- 
vided in  proletariat  institutions. 

The  time  is  ripe  for  State  supervision  and  provision  for  the  care 
of  the  sick  outside  of  hospitals. 

The  idea  is  not  new.  The  Journal  has  discussed  the  point  for 
the  past  fifteen  or  twenty  years,  but  hitherto  only  academically;  it 
is  time  now  to  put  the  ideas  into  practical  application. 

There  are  communities  in  all  States  now  having  no  physicians  in 
their  midst; 'in  some  instances  the  physician  is  twenty  or  thirty 
miles  away,  and  then  too  busy  with  his  immediate  community  to 
be  able  to  respond  to  an  emergency  at  the  minute  he  may  be  called. 
There  are  many  persons  able  to  pay  small  fees  who  find  it  difficult 
to  get  the  attention  they  may  need,  because  those  better-to-do  may 
have  the  first  bid  and  call  for  the  doctor. 

The  provision  of  doctors  by  the  State  for  the  needful  services 
where  they  are  most  pressing  seems  a present  solution. 


180 


Editorial. 


State  medical  service  bureau  could  be  organized  and  made 
effective  in  short  order.  All  physicians  engaged  should  be  put  on 
a civil  service  basis  and  regularly  examined  at  intervals  to  determine 
their  continued  fitness.  Such  physicians  might  and  should  be  paid 
reasonable  living  salaries,  with  an  increase  for  relative  rank  in 
office  and  for  time  of  service. 

Such  a State  bureau  of  medical  service  would  permit  a prompt 
response  to  the  need  of  any  community — for  a medical  officer  of  the 
State  could  be  sent  to  any  community,  to  stay  there  until  the  needs 
of  the  place  were  satisfied. 

There  are  enough  medical  men  debarred  from  military  duty  to 
satisfy  a fair-sized  list  of  such  emergencies,  and  when  the  war  is 
over  such  a plan  of  health  service  for  the  sick  may  have  proven  itself 
Sufficiently  useful  to  become  permanent. 


WAR  NECESSITY. 

In  order  to  obey  instructions  from  the  War  Industries  Board 
regarding  conservation  of  paper,  beginning  this  month  the  Journal 
has  had  to  reduce  its  size  and  change  its  style  of  make-up. 

While  cooperating  with  the  Government  in  every  patriotic  move, 
we  hope  to  avoid  any  inconvenience  to  our  patrons,  and  feel  that 
they  will  be  with  us  in  doing  everything  to  help  “win  the  war.” 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


(No  paper  published  or  to  be  published  in  any  other  medical  journil  will  be  accepted 
for  this  department.  All  papers  must  be  in  the  hands  of  the  Editors  on  the  tenth  day  of 
the  month  preceding  that  in  which  they  are  expected  to  appear.  Reprints  may  be  had  at 
reasonable  rates  if  a WRITTEN  order  for  the  same  accompany  the  paper.) 


SODIUM  CITRATE  IN  THE  TREATMENT  OF  PNEUMONIA, 
WITH  REPORT  OF  CASES.* 

By  W.  H.  WEAVER,  M.  D.,  New  Orleans. 

In  a paper  on  this  subject,  published  in  the  Hew  Orleans. 
Medical  and  Surgical  Journal,  September,  1912,  we  showed  that 
lysis  could  be  induced  in  pneumonia  by  the  administration  of  mas- 
sive doses  of  sodium  citrate. 

IJpon  closer  study  of  the  temperature  curves  of  a larger  number 
of  patients  recovery  seems  to  be  by  a mild  form  of  crisis — that  is,, 
in  many  of  the  cases — without  the  usual  high  temperature  and 
distressing  conditions  preceding  the  descent  to  normal.  It  seems 
that  this  form  of  treatment  has  not  received  the  recognition  we 
think  it  deserves,  and  we  wish  to  give  further  evidence  of  its  value. 

Regarding  the  action  of  sodium  citrate,  it  was  shown  in  the 
original  paper  that  it  increases  the  fluidity  of  the  blood,  also  its 
alkalinity,  its  antitoxic  power  and  leucocytosis.  Hence,  it  aids  the 
natural  physiological  forces  at  work  in  the  cure  of  the  disease. 
Increased  fluidity  is  necessary  for  the  freer  circulation  of  the  blood 
through  the  solidified  lung.  Increased  alkalinity  increases  anti- 
toxic power  as  well  as  leucocytosis,  while  decreased  alkalinity  checks, 
if  it  does  not  completely  destroy  those  important  functions  of  the 
blood. 

Reliable  observations  made  by  Lee,  Dochez  and  others  seem  to* 
show  that  the  coagulation  time  in  pneumonia  is  delayed,  and! 
viscosity  is  probably  also  reduced.  This  delay  in  coagulation  time1 
and  reduced  viscosity  is  as  it  should  be,  else  there  might  be  no- 
recovery  from  pneumonia.  We  have  during  the  hepatization  of  tha 
affected  area  the  deposit  from  the  blood  of  a considerable  portion 
of  its  fibrin.  We  would  naturally  expect  that  there  would  be  less 
fibrin-forming  elements  left  in  the  blood,  and  increased  fluidity 
would  be  the  result.  High  viscosity  and  coagulability  at  this  time* 

* Read  at  the  39th  Annual  Meeting,  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society,  New  Orleans,. 
April  16,  17,  18,  1918. 


182 


Original  Articles . 


would  certainly  not  conduce  to  rapid  recovery,  while  that  condition 
of  the  blood  did,  no.  doubt,  exist  previous  to  and  during  the  first 
stage  of  the  disease.  Hence,  the  more  fluid  the  blood,  the  freer  will 
be  its  circulation  with  the  leucocytes  and  antitoxins  through  the 
lung  capillaries. 

After  a few  days,  antitoxins  have  formed  in  the  blood  to  a con- 
siderable extent.  But  if  the  circulation  of  the  blood  through  the 
almost  solid  lung  is  not  in  some  way  facilitated  by  a sufficiently 
strong  pressure,  together  with  increased  fluidity  of  the  blood,  there 
will  be  no  recovery  from  pneumonia. 

In  this  connection,  the  treatment  of  boils  and  carbuncles  by  use 
of  sodium  citrate  as  outlined  by  Sir  Almroth  Wright  might  be 
mentioned  in  support  of  this  antitoxic  and  phagocytic  stimulation 
in  the  presence  of  sodium  citrate.  Hence,  from  almost  any  point 
of  view,  the  treatment  by  sodium  citrate  accords  with  known 
scientifically  demonstrated  truth. 

Some  potassium  salts  may  have  a similar  action  on  the  blood, 
but  also  have  a depressant  action,  which  excludes  them  from  con- 
sideration, while  sodium  citrate  can  be  tolerated  in  very  large  and 
continued  doses  without  any  disagreeable  effects,  except  occasional 
catharsis,  which  should  be  controlled  by  an  opiate  without  reducing 
the  dose. 

Sodium  citrate  is  a salt  of  feeble  alkalinity  and  may  be  given  in 
sufficiently  large  doses  to  produce  its  effect  without  the  least  danger 
of  harm,  or  even  discomfort  to  the  patient.  Its  taste  is  not  dis- 
agreeable, nor  does  it  disturb  the  gastric  functions  or  appetite,  and 
might  be  given  in  doses  of  one  drachm  every  two  hours  if  that  much 
were  considered  necessary.  It  may  be  given  with  a little  citric  acid 
or  lemonade  in  small  quantities.  The  dose  for  an  adult  we  have 
found  to  be  forty  grains  every  two  hours.  For  children,  the  dose 
should  be  calculated  from  that  amount. 

Active  catharsis  should  be  established  at  the  beginning  of  the 
treatment,  as  it  will  stimulate  the  protective  glandular  mechanisms. 
However,  if  the  cathartic  action  of  the  sodium  citrate  appears,  it 
should  be  checked  and  the  dose  maintained,  rather  than  reduced. 

If  the  fever  is  found  to  be  very  high  and  other  symptoms  alarm- 
ing, bathing  or  a few  doses  of  acetyl  salicylic  acid  may  be  given 
until  the  temperature  falls.  In  most  cases,  especially  in  children, 
the  temperature,  pulse  and  respiration  will  fall  to  normal  inside  of 
seventy-two  hours.  The  clea’ring-up  process  in  the  lung  is  com- 


Weaver — Sodium  Citrate  in  Pneumonia. 


183 


pleted  a little  later,  and  until  it  is  completed  the  citrate  must  be 
continued  at  the  same  dosage. 

If  there  is  no  improvement  in  six  to  twelve  hours,  the  dose  may 
be  increased,  or  given  every  two  hours  instead  of  every  three  hours. 
In  adults,  improvement  often  does  not  begin  until  the  third  day,  or 
later  if  the  dose  has  been  inadequate. 

It  is  highly  probable  that  some  who  have  tried  this  treatment 
and  have  been  disappointed  in  its  results  have  not  given  the  citrate 
in  large  enough  doses.  In  an  adult,  forty  to  sixty  grains  every 
two  and  a half  to  three  hours  must  be  continued  day  and  night 
until  the  lung  has  entirely  cleared.  If  the  citrate  is  discontinued 
before  complete  resolution  there  will  be  an  immediate  relapse. 
This  relapse  will  again  clear  away  under  the  influence  of  the  citrate. 
This  will  be  absolute  proof  that  the  citrate  is  responsible  for  the 
recovery  of  lysis. 

The  cases  reported  at  this  time  include  my  own,  those  of  Dr. 
A.  C.  King  and  some  by  Dr.  J.  E.  Pollock  and  Dr.  E.  L.  King. 

Ten  cases  were  reported  in  the  original  paper,  all  of  which  re- 
covered by  lysis  induced  by  the  administration  of  sodium  citrate. 
All  of  these  cases  reported  in  this  paper,  twenty-seven  in  number, 
recovered  in  the  same  manner. 

It  was  our  intention  to  wait  until  we  had  a much  larger  number 
of  cases;  however,  we  have  recently  had  some  successes  that  have 
made  us  more  enthusiastic  than  ever,  and  have  decided  not  to  wait 
for  the  larger  number. 

We  have  employed  the  treatment  in  a few  cases  that  are  not  in- 
cluded here.  For  example,  in  a case  of  terminal  pneumonia — 
patient  aged  91  years — we  were  able  to  induce  her  to  take  her 
medicine  for  about  four  days,  when  she  rebelled  and  the  treatment 
was  discontinued.  She  appeared  to  be  showing  much  improvement 
until  the  pulmonary  obstruction  proved  too  much  for  her  weakening 
heart. 

There  are,  ho  doubt,  other  limitations  to  this  line  of  treatment. 
Cases  known  as  septic  pneumonia  may  not  be  amenable  to  the  treat- 
ment, but  we  have  had  none,  and  we  would  be  interested  in  seeing 
it  tried  out. 

The  first  two  cases  reported  are  of  post-operative  pneumonia 
occcurring  in  the  Charity  Hospital  wards  of  Drs.  E.  D.  Martin, 
A.  C.  King  and  M.  II.  Maguire. 

Case  1 — H.  S.  Nephrectomy  for  sarcoma  of  left  kidney  by  Dr.  E.  D. 
Martin,  assisted  by  Dr.  M.  H.  Maguire,  February  20,  1913;  hemorrhage 


184 


Original  Articles. 


extensive,  requiring  four  pints  of  saline  infusion  on  the  table,  followed 
by  Murphy  drip  for  forty-eight  hours;  developed  pneumonia  of  the  left 
lobe  on  the  21st.  Sodium  citrate  in  forty-grain  doses  was  ordered  every 
two  hours;  mustard  locally  and  small  doses  of  strychnia.  Temperature 
went  to  103.8°  on  the  24th,  103°  on  the  25th,  and  102.8°  to  normal  on 
the  26th;  a mild  crisis  in  about  five  days.  The  patient  continued  to 
decline,  and  died  on  March  5.  Drs.  Martin  and  Maguire  considered  it. 
remarkable  that  this  patient  recovered  at  all  from  the  pneumonia,  con- 
sidering the  fact  that  her  condition  was  extremely  critical  from  the  day 
she  entered  the  hospital,  and  nephrectomy  was  done  in  the  hope  of  giving 
relief.  Her  death  was  due  to  exhaustion,  since  she  vomited  nearly  every 
kind  of  food  given  from  the  day  of  operation. 

Case  2 — R.  H.,  age  50.  Posterior  gastroenterostomy  performed  Feb- 
ruary 3 by  Dr.  E.  D.  Martin,  assisted  by  Dr.  King,  for  carcinoma  of  the 
pylorus.  Patient  did  nicely  until  February  6,  when  pneumonia,  involv- 
ing the  entire  lower  lobe  of  the  left  lung,  developed.  Patient  at  once 
put  on  forty-five-grain  doses  of  sodium  citrate  every  two  hours,  and 
mustard  plaster  over  affected  lung.  On  the  9th  the  temperature  began 
to  drop  by  lysis,  reaching  normal  on  the  12th.  Lung  cleared  up  promptly 
and  patient  discharged  on  the  25th. 

Case  3 — R.  S.,  age  4.  Dr.  A.  C.  King  saw  this  case  on  the  afternoon 
of  the  second  day,  May  7,  1913,  and  found  the  temperature  102.°,  respira- 
tion 70,  pulse  160 — a case  of  broncho-pneumonia,  with  mild  delirium,. 
Two  grains  of  Dover’s  powder  were  given  at  night  for  excessive  restless- 
ness. Sodium  citrate,  fifteen  grains,  was  given  every  three  hours  until 
temperature  began  to  fall,  when  the  dose  was  reduced  to  ten  grains.. 
Mustard  jackets  three  or  four  times  a day  and  alcohol  rubs  were  em- 
ployed. The  temperature  rose  to  103.4-5°  the  evening  of  the  second  day,, 
after  which  it  gradually  subsided  to  normal  on  the  evening  of  the  fourth 
day.  Patient  was  well  on  the  fifth  day. 

Case  4 — Angelina  Caredi,  age  7.  Dr.  W.  H.  Weaver  saw  this  patient 
May  5,  1913.  Patient  had  whooping-cough  for  three  weeks  and  fever- 
for  three  days  before  calling  a physician.  Pneumonia  of  the  left  lower 
lobe  was  found.  Temperature  104.6°,  pulse  144,  respiration  40;  bloody 
expectoration  and  labored  breathing.  Sodium  citrate  in  fifteen-grain 
doses  was  given  every  two  hours.  Temperature  subsided  on  the  second 
and  third  days,  and  remained  normal  after  the  fourth  day  of  the  treat- 
ment. 

Case  5 — Wm.  Lignon,  age  10.  Was  taken  ill  June  1,  1913.  Pneumonia, 
developed  on  the  4th,  involving  the  right  lower  lobe.  Temperature  105°, 
pulse  120,  respiration  34.  Sodium  citrate  was  given  in  fifteen-grain  doses 
every  two  hours,  the  temperature  falling  rapidly  during  the  night  of  the 
7th,  to  normal  on  the  8th. 

Case  6 — Mary  Decorti,  age  4 years.  Broncho-pneumonia,  January  10, 
1914.  Patient  had  severe  cough  for  about  a week,  when  she  became 
rapidly  worse — drowsy  and  breathing  rapidly.  When  seen  she  had  ten>- 
perature  102%°,  pulse  140,  respiration  66.  Placed  immediately  on  sodium 
citrate,  ten  grains  every  two  hours.  On  the  third  day  she  had  entirely 
recovered. 

Case  7 — Mary  Bivona,  age  3%  years.  Broncho-pneumonia,  February 
10,  1914.  Temperature  103.2-5°,  pulse  120,  respiration  45.  Ten  grains  of 
sodium  citrate  given  every  two  hours  brought  temperature  to  normal  by 
evening  of  the  second  day. 

Case  8 — Willie  Graham,  age  6.  Lobar  pneumonia,  right  lower  lobe,. 


Weaver — Sodium  Citrate  in  Pneumonia. 


185 


Trouble  began  February  16,  1914,  with  considerable  pleuritic  pain  over 
the  right  lower  lobe.  Temperature  104°  pulse  132,  respiration  50.  Sodium 
citrate,  fifteen  grains,  every  three  hours.  Patient  recovered  on  the 
fourth  day. 

.Case  9 — J.  Eyan,  age  65.  Pleuro-pneumonia.  February  20,  1914,  was 
taken  ill  with  severe  pain  in  left  side.  Temperature,  when  seen  on  the 
21st,  was  102.2-5°,  pulse  108,  respiration  30.  Strapping  was  applied.  On 
the  22d,  still  complained  of  the  pain;  cough  and  rusty  sputum;  most  of 
lower  lobe  on  left  side  was  solid.  Sodium  citrate  in  thirty-grain  doses 
every  two  hours  was  given,  with  morphin  for  the  pain.  Solidified  area 
extended  to  upper  lobes.  Patient  did  badly  until  March  4,  when  he  died, 
without  signs  of  improvement.  This  patient  had  been  a very  hard 
drinker  all  his  life,  and  we  could  hadly  expect  any  other  result. 

Case  10 — Christ  Harris,  age  — . Lobar  pneumonia,  March  8,  1914. 
Patient  seen  evening  of  the  first  day  by  Dr.  A.  C.  King,  having  a tem- 
perature of  104°,  pulse  132,  and  respiration  48.  Sodium  citrate  was  given 
in  twenty-five-grain  doses  every  two  and  a half  hours,  causing  a gradual 
reduction  of  temperature  to  normal  on  the  night  of  the  fourth  day. 

Case  11 — Angeline  Caredi,  age  8,  was  seen  on  March  14,  1914,  by  Dr. 
King.  Found  the  temperature  102.2-5°,  pulse  136,  respiration  40,  with 
broncho-pneumonia  following  measles.  The  left  lower  lobe  was  largely 
affected  with  patches  in  the  right  lung.  Sodium  citrate  was  given  every 
two  and  a half  hours,  temperature  rising  to  103°  on  the  third  day  and 
normal  on  the  evening  of  the  fourth  day. 

Case  12 — W.  Zevengue,  age  6,  was  seen  by  Dr.  King,  June  8,  1914, 
on  the  second  day  of  his  illness,  having  a temperature  of  104°,  pulse 
136,  respiration  50,  and  partial  consolidation  of  the  left  lower  lobe.  He 
was  given  seven  and  an  eighth  grains  of  sodium  citrate  every  two  and  a 
half  hours,  which  had  no  effect  on  his  condition.  On  the  night  of  the 
fifth  day  of  the  disease  the  temperature  was  still  104°,  pulse  148,  respira- 
tion 60.  The  dose  was  increased  to  fifteen  grains.  The  temperature, 
pulse  and  respiration  came  to  normal  on  the  night  of  the  seventh  day 
of  the  disease. 

Case  13 — Lobar  pneumonia.  Mary  Domino,  age  11  years,  was  seen 
by  Dr.  Weaver,  February  28,  1914,  having  a chill,  with  temperature  of 
104°,  pulse  120,  respiration  36.  Sodium  citrate  was  ordered  in  twenty- 
grain  doses  every  two  and  a half  hours.  A few  doses  only  were  given, 
with  a reduction  of  the  temperature  to  102°.  No  medicine  was  given  on 
March  2,  which  was  the  third  day  of  the  disease,  temperature  rising  to 
104°.  At  the  morning  call  it  was  insisted  that  the  medicine  be  given 
regularly  night  and  day  until  complete  recovery.  The  temperature,  pulse 
and  respiration  went  to  normal  on  the  fifth  day  of  the  disease,  by  what 
appeared  to  be  a mild  crisis. 

Case  14 — Broncho-pneumonia.  Eobt.  Williams,  age  6,  was  seen  by 
Dr.  J.  E.  Pollock,  November,  1913.  Cough  and  fever  began  two  days 
previous  to  calling  the  doctor.  Now  dullness  over  right  lower  lobe. 
Temperature  102°,  pulse  140,  respiration  50.  Sodium  citrate  was  given 
every  two  hours  in  ten-grain  doses.  Patient  was  discharged  as  cured  on 
the  21st,  after  two  days  of  -treatment. 

Case  15 — Lobar  pneumonia.  Helen  Smith,  age  18  months,  was  seen 
by  Dr.  J.  E.  Pollock,  January  30,  1914,  having  a temperature  of  102°, 
pulse  140,  respiration  60.  Sodium  citrate  was  given  in  fifteen-grain  doses 
every  two  hours.  January  23  the  temperature  was  normal  and  recovery 
uneventful. 


186 


Original  Articles. 


Case  16 — Helen  Harvey,  age  14  months,  was  seen  by  Dr.  Weaver, 
April  8,  1914,  having  a broncho-pneumonia  affecting  mostly  the  left  lower 
lobe.  Temperature  was  104°,  pulse  140,  respiration  66.  Sodium  Citrate 
was  given  every  two  and  a half  hours.  The  temperature  went  to  105° 
on  the  third  day  and  night,  when  the  dose  was  every  two  hours.  On  the 
fourth  day  the  temperature  came  to  104°,  on  the  fifth  day  to  102.8°,  on 
the  sixth  day  to  99°,  and  on  the  morning  of  the  seventh  day  to  normal. 

Case  17 — J.  Wall,  age  18,  was  seen  by  Dr.  Weaver  on  April  28,  1914, 
having  become  ill  the  day  before,  with  a temperature  of  104%°,  pulse 
120,  respiration  45,  complaining  of  much  pain  over, the  right  lower  lobe. 
April  28,  sodium  citrate  in  thirty-five-grain  doses  was  given  every  two 
hours.  April  30,  the  temperature  was  103°;  May  1,  102%° ; May  2,  97 %°, 
with  pulse  of  66. 

Case  18 — Lottie  Kraft,  age  14,  was  seen  by  Dr.  Weaver,  September 
26,  1916,  having  a temperature  of  104°,  pulse  120,  respiration  32;  having 
a slight  cough,  but  examination  of  the  lungs  was  negative;  pneumonia 
suspected.  Gave  wine  of  ipecac,  five  minims;  sodium  citrate,  fifteen 
grains  every  three  hours,  and  calomel  purge  on  the  27th,  when  the  tem- 
perature was  99%°  in  the  morning;  evening  temperature,  101%°.  Sep- 
tember 29,  examination  showed  invasion  of  the  left  lower  lobe.  Sodium 
citrate  was  increased  to  twenty  grains  every  two  hours.  Temperature 
101%°  evening  till  October  3,  when  it  fell  to  99°,  and  October  5 to  normal. 

Case  2(1 — Salome  Kappler,  age  26,  was  seen  by  Dr.  Weaver  on  October 
16,  1916,  having  temperature  of  103°,  pulse  108,  respiration  34,  with  pain 
in  the  right  side.  October  27,  temperature  102%°.  Examination  showed 
crepitant  rales  over  left  lower  inch  of  left  lower  lobe.  Sodium  citrate 
was  given  every  three  hours  in  thirty-grain  doses.  October  18,  complete 
invasion  of  the.  lower  lobe,  with  rusty  sputum,  and  evening  temperature 
102 %°.  October  19,  the  fourth  day,  the  temperature  was  101%°;  October 

20,  temperature  100.1-5°;  October  20,  normal.  Recovery  was  complete 
on  the  sixth  day. 

Case  20 — Madeline  H.  Behenna,  age  3 years,  as  seen  by  Dr.  Weaver, 
October  17,  1916,  having  a temperature  of  102°,  pulse  110,  respiration 
48;  cough,  and  rales  over  both  lungs.  Sodium  citrate  was  given  in  five- 
grain  doses  every  three  hours.  Temperature  went  to  103°  on  the  18th, 
103%°  on  the  19th.  On  October  20,  sodium  citrate  was  increased  to  ten 
grains  every  two  hours.  On  the  21st  the  temperature,  after  having  been 
around  103%°  until  afternoon,  went  to  102°  in  the  evening.  On  the 
22d  the  temperature  was  100%°;  on  the  23d  it  was  normal,  and  re- 
mained so. 

Case  21 — Miss  Eleury,  age  16  years,  a patient  of  Dr.  King’s,  January 
16,  1917,  developed  pneumonia  of  the  left  lower  lobe,  having  a tempera- 
ture of  99%°  the  first  evening,  101%°  the  second  morning,  100°  the 
third  day,  99%°  the  fourth,  and  normal  the  fifth,  under  twenty-grain 
doses  of  sodium  citrate. 

Case  22 — Charlene  Martin,  age  5 years.  September  13,  1917,  broncho- 
pneumonia, with  temperature  of  103%°  the  second  morning,  103°  the 
third  morning,  and  103%°  the  fourth  morning,  when  thirty  grains  of 
sodium  citrate  were  begun  every  two  hours.  Respiration  48,  pulse  136. 
The  fifth  day  the  temperature  came  to  101%°;  the  sixth,  100%°  in  the 
morning,  and  99°  in  the  evening;  normal  on  the  seventh  day. 

Case  23 — Sidonia  Irvine,  age  33,  weight  215  pounds,  seen  November 

21,  1917.  Had  been  ill,  with  high  temperature,  three  days  before  the 
treatment  was  instituted.  Temperature  103.1-5°,  pulse  132,  respiration 


Weaver — Sodium  Citrate  in  Pneumonia. 


187 


45.  Pneumonia  of  the  right  middle  and  lower  lobes,  derilium,  labored 
breathing,  cough,  with  rusty  sputum.  Sodium  citrate  in  thirty-grain 
doses  was  continued  night  and  day.  Temperature  fell  quite  rapidly 
from  103.1-5°  to  99°  in  about  thirty-six  hours,  and  to  normal  in  another 
thirty-six  hours. 

Case  24 — Marjorie  Huber,  age  15.  Pneumonia  of  the  left  lower  lobe, 
with  pleuritic  effusion.  This  patient  has  had  a severe  case  of  mitral  dis- 
ease, with  large  hypertrophy  and  dilatation,  following  an  acute  attack 
of  rheumatism  when  about  seven  years  of  age.  Her  condition  was  so  dis- 
tressing that  it  was  deemed  absolutely  necessary  to  take  her  to  the  hos- 
pital in  order  to  give  her  a chance  for  her  life.  Accordingly,  on  the 
fifth  day  of  her  illness,  she  was  sent  to  Hotel  Dieu.  About  twelve  ounces 
of  the  pleuritic  effusion  were  removed,  after  which  her  respiration  was 
easier,  at  about  30,  and  pulse  120.  Deep-seated  pneumonia  had  been 
suspected  for  the  two  previous  days,  and  was  now  fully  developed. 

Treatment  included  mustard  jackets,  strychnin  sulphate,  1-50  grain 
every  six  hours,  and  sodium  citrate,  twenty  grains  every  three  hours. 
The  temperature  varied  between  104°  and  100°  until  the  tenth  day,  when 
forty  grains  were  given  every  two  and  a half  hours,  after  which  it 
averaged  lower  until  the  thirteenth  day,  when  it  came  to  normal,  and 
remained  there.  In  addition  to  the  above,  fifteen  drops  of  tincture  of 
digitalis  were  given  at  night.  She  remained  in  the  hospital  for  nineteen 
days.  The  first  four  days  of  her  treatment  she  received  twenty  grains 
of  citrate  every  three  hours,  and  made  no  improvement,  until  the  dose 
was  doubled  and  given  every  two  and  a half  hours.  In  four  days  the 
temperature  was  normal.  Our  judgment  in  this  case  was  that  the  pneu- 
monia would  be  fatal,  and  no  hope  was  had  until  after  the  citrate  was 
increased  to  forty-grain  doses,  when  she  made  a rapid  and  uneventful 
recovery. 

Case  25 — Florence  Leblanc,  age  2 years,  was  ill  four  days  when  first 
seen,  February  1,  1918.  Her  temperature  was  103.3-5°,  pulse  140,  respira- 
tion 60,  and  extremely  labored  and  jerking;  drowsy,  and  apparently  in  a 
very  desperate  condition.  Fifteen-grain  doses  of  sodium  citrate  were 
ordered  every  two  hours,  night  and  day.  On  the  third  day  the  tempera- 
ture had  come  to  normal  and  cough  not  troublesome,  but  continued,  with 
evening  temperature  for  four  days  longer  before  recovery  was  complete. 

Case  26 — Baby  Ruiz,  age  19  months,  a near  neighbor  of  Case  25,  was 
in  exactly  the  same  condition,  except  that  the  temperature  ran  higher 
by  one  degree.  Fifteen  grains  of  the  drug  were  given  every  two  hours, 
with  precisely  the  same  effect  as  in  Case  25,  except  that  complete  recovery 
occurred  sooner. 

Case  27 — Reported  by  Dr.  E.  L.  King.  C.  Dunecelli,  boy,  8 years  of 
age.  When  called,  found  consolidation  of  the  left  lower  lobe,  temperature 
ranging  about  104°.  Sodium  citrate,  five  grains  every  two  hours,  in- 
duced rapid  recovery,  with  normal  temperature,  by  the  fourth  day. 

Together  with  the  ten  cases  previously  reported,  we  have  thirty- 
six  cases  of  rapid  recoveries  from  a disease  which  we  have  all 
known  as  serious  and  fatal  in  at  least  80  per  cent  of  the  cases. 

In  the  cases  of  terminal  pneumonia  of  the  aged,  we  do  not  expect 
recovery;  however,  a pronounced  improvement  in  the  condition  of 
the  patient  may  be  seen. 


188 


Original  Articles. 


In  broncho-pneumonia  the  dosage  must  be  larger  than  in  the 
lobar  type,  owing  to  the  difference  in  the  character  of  the  disease, 
the  whole  bronchial  system  being  involved  in  the  violent  inflam- 
matory action,  as  compared  with  the  localized  blocking  of  a portion 
of  one  lung.  While  some  of  the  cases  of  broncho-pneumonia  will 
recover  quickly  on  a medium  dose,  others  will  require  the  dose  to  be 
greatly  increased,  when  the  recovery  will  be  quite  as  rapid.  Re- 
covery is  largely  a question  of  dosage. 

A number — the  usual  percentage  of  these  thirty-seven  cases — by 
all  the  rules  of  prognosis  should  have  been  fatal.  The  morbidity 
in  all  of  them  was  greatly  reduced.  This  influence  over  the  mor- 
bidity of  the  cases  treated  with  sodium  citrate  is  alone  sufficient 
reason  for  its  use,  while  the  mortality  rate  must  be  demonstrated 
in  systematic  hospital  practice. 

Discussion  on  the  Paper  of  Dr.  Weaver. 

Dr.  John  M.  Barrier,  Delhi:  I would  like  to  say  a few  words  on  this 

subject.  I do  not  rise  to  approve  or  disapprove  of  this  paper,  but  I just 
want  to  say  a few  things. 

Doubtless  some  of  you  are  familiar  with  the  Bible  story  of  David 
when  he  went  out  to  meet  the  giant  Goliath.  Many  of  his  friends  sug- 
gested to  him  that  he  put  on  an  armour,  a new  or  the  latest  improved 
instrument  of  warfare,  but  David  said,  “I  am  going  to  take  the  instru- 
ment that  I am  most  familiar  with,  and  that  is  my  old  sling-shot.  ’ ’ 
(Laughter.) 

The  point  I wish  to  draw  from  that  is  this:  As  you  are  all  aware, 

in  studying  the  history  of  pneumonia  from  the  time  that  the  Father  of 
our  Country  fell  a victim  of  this  disease  to  the  present  time,  the  mor- 
tality statistics  have  varied  but  little.  Next  year  somebody  will  come 
here  and  read  a paper  advocating  other  medical  treatment  of  diseases, 
and  he  may  be  able  to  produce  as  long  an  array  of  successful  cases  as 
the  gentleman  has  done  who  has  just  read  this  paper.  I do  not  wish  to 
discredit  his  paper.  I am  glad  that  it  has  been  read,  for  it  gives  us  one 
more  medicine  to  prescribe  in  pneumonia.  (Laughter.)  And  the  suggestion 
that  I offer  to  you  is  that  when  you  have  failed  in  the  remedies  that  you 
have  been  acceustomed  to,  then  use  sodium  citrate.  I remember  reading 
about  this  many  years  ago.  I said  to  myself,  “I  am  going  to  let  well 
enough  alone;  I am  going  to  stick  to  what  I know  and  to  what  I am 
accustomed  to,”  so  that  I have  had  other  sling-shots  that  I have  stuck 
to,  and  you  all  know,  particularly  those  of  you  who  have  greater  reputa- 
tions as  internists  than  I have,  that  if  there  is  any  disease  on  earth  that 
is  more  fatal  than  pneumonia  I do  not  know  what  it  is,  and  more  patients 
have  been  killed  by  overmedication  in  pneumonia  than  in  any  other 
disease.  From  the  time  of  the  death  of  the  Father  of  our  Country  until 
this  time  the  treatment  of  pneumonia  has  varied  from  bleeding  to  the 
use  of  expectorants  and  all  nauseating  medication  that  any  human  being 
has  ever  devised,  and  yet,  after  all,  gentlemen,  it  is  purely  a matter  of 
ventilatioA,  sanitation  and  good  common-sense,  and  it  does  not  make  much 
difference  whether  you  use  any  drugs  or  not. 


Discussion . 


189 


Dr.  A.  C.  King,  New  Orleans:  I do  not  think  any  subject  so  im- 

portant as  pneumonia  ought  to  go  by  without  a free  discussion.  There 
are  three  diseases  that  always  appeal  to  the  practitioner,  one  of  which 
is  typhoid  fever,  the  other  is  appendicitis,  and  the  other  is  pneumonia, 
and  you  can  always  create  a discussion  if  you  get  the  crowd  started  right, 

I always  feel,  when  it  comes  to  the  treatment  of  pneumonia,  as  an  old 
friend  of  mine,  who  told  me  on  one  occasion  that  he.  had  no  trouble  in 
making  a diagnosis,  but  that  he  did  have  lots  of  trouble  to  find  a medi- 
cine to  fit  the  case.  Most  any  one  can  make  the  diagnosis  of  pneumonia, 
but  the  great  trouble  is  to  find  a medicine  to  fit  the  disease.  Serum  has 
not  proved,  so  far,  efficacious  in  diphtheria,  scarlatina  and  some  other 
diseases,  so  we  will  pass  that  by.  I have  noticed  Eosenow  has  utilized 
pneumotoxin  wifh  pretty  fair  results.  He  has  reported  a few  hundred 
cases  in  a recent  issue  of  the  Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Associa- 
tion. That  treatment  is  still  in  its  infancy,  but  the  article  is  entertaining. 

In  regard  to  the  particular  treatment  Dr.  Weaver  has  been  using,  I 
am  perfectly  free  to  admit  that  in  the  beginning  I was  skeptical,  because 
I was  in  exactly  the  same  predicament  that  Dr.  Barrier  is  now — I do  not 
see  any  sense  in  giving  medicine  to  cases  of  pneumonia,  particularly  in 
cases  of  old  people  and  alcoh’olics.  We  know  the  terrific  mortality  in 
cases  of  that  type.  Children  will  get  well  of  pneumonia  by  themselves 
if  you  let  them  alone  long  enough  and  do  not  overmedicate  them.  Since 
I have  been  using  this  sodium  citrate  I have  been  much  gratified  with 
the  result.  You  may  say  a child  with  pneumonia  will  recover  anyhow. 
I will  admit  that,  but  the  point  is  this:  if  you  are  able  to  shorten  the 
time  of  illness  in  these  little  folks  you  shorten  a great  deal  the  trouble 
on  the  part  of  the  parents  and  you  have  benefited  the  children.  Now,  if 
it  is  possible  to  bring  about  early  resolution,  as  this  particular  medicine 
will  do,  and  I can  testify  to  it,  you  have  shortened  the  time  of  sickness, 
and  you  have  done  that  child  a favor.  You  have  doubtless  noticed  that 
in  the  reports  of  some  of  these  cases  resolution  occurred  on  the  third, 
fourth  or  fifth  day. 

The  first  case  I saw  of  this  type  was  a boy,  fourteen  years  of  age, 
with  lobar  pneumonia,  and  that  boy  was  well  on  the  fourth  day.  I have 
never  seen  that  occur  before.  I am  willing  to  confess  that  I was  amazed 
at  the  rapidity  of  recovery.  The  secret  is  simply  in  the  dosage  and  re- 
membering that  all  it  does  is  to  lessen  the  viscosity  of  the  blood.  If 
anything  will  do  that  it  will  help,  and  that  is  the  secret  of  the  early 
convalescence. 

One  case  Dr.  Weaver  did  not  finish  reporting  in  detail  was  a case  of 
double  pneumonia  with  a bad  heart  and  fluid  in  one  pleural  cavity.  I 
know  the  fluid  was  there,  because  I aspirated  about  a pint  of  it.  It  was 
perfectly  wonderful  that  this  child  recovered  at  all.  I have  never  seen 
a case  like  that  before  or  since.  The  child  was  in  a critical  condition 
from  the  first  day  we  saw  her,  on  account  of  the  heart  lesion.  Both 
lungs  are  clear  to-day  and  she  is  well,  and  I cannot  explain  it.  We  gave 
the  child  tremendous  doses  of  sodium  citrate,  large  doses  of  digitalis  and 
good  nursing. 

I do  not  like  to  be  skeptical  of  any  particular  medicine,  but  since  I 
have  been  using  sodium  citrate  I am  satisfied  that  there  is  nothing  in  a 
medical  line  that  is  better.  I have  tried  serum  faithfully,  but  my  results 
have  not  been  satisfactory.  I believe,  however,  if  we  could  possibly 
combine  outdoor  methods  of  treatment  with  any  medicine  our  results 
would  be  better.  I am  satisfied  of  that.  The  great  trouble  is  that  we 


190 


Original  Articles. 


have  not  been  able  to  induce  our  people  to  listen  to  us,  as  far  as  pneu- 
monia is  concerned,  or  any  acute  lung  condition,  like  we  have  in  con- 
verting them  to  the  idea  of  being  operated  on  early  for  appendicitis. 
People  have  been  educated  to  undergo  early  operation  for  appendicitis. 
In  the  treatment  of  typhoid  fever  we  are  now  using  serum,  better  nurs- 
ing and  are  using  better  food.  You  all  know  that  in  appendicitis  we 
operate  early  in  the  acute  cases,  and  operate  between  attacks  in  the 
chronic  eases,  and  most  of  them  get  well.  The  time  was  when  the  mor- 
tality from  appendicitis  cases  and  typhoid  fever  was  terrific.  It  is  much 
better  now,  and  I believe  the  time  is  coming  when  the  mortality  in  cases 
of  pneumonia  will  be  materially  improved  by  the  use  of  sodium  citrate, 
or  possibly  with  the  use  of  some  serum  that  we  are  not  as  yet  acquainted 
with. 

Dr.  E.  L.  Jones,  Eayville:  This  is  a timely  subject.  Considering  the 

fact  that  during  the  past  winter  the  general  practitioner  has  had  prob- 
ably fewer  cases  of  pneumonia  and  fewer  complications  than  he  has  had 
in  a number  of  years,  I am  glad  to  hear  this  subject  discussed. 

As  my  friend  and  co-worker,  Dr.  Barrier,  has  expressed  it,  there  are  a 
number  of  cases  of  pneumonia,  and  especially  in  children,  that  on  the 
sodium  citrate  treatment  or  no  treatment  will  terminate  in  crisis  in  a 
few  days.  But  there  are  other  cases,  possibly  due  to  a lowered  condition 
of  vitality,  to  a more  virulent  infection  or  to  some  other  cause,  in  which 
it  is  purely  a question  of  the  conservation  of  the  vital  forces,  and  the 
sodium  treatment  in  this  class  of  cases,  in  my  experience,  will  give  you 
beautiful  results  in  some  instances.  I have  been  using  it  for  two  years, 
but  those  cases  that  have  a more  virulent  infection  or  very  lowered 
vitality  require  something  more  than  sodium  citrate.  It  requires  sustain- 
ing the  vital  forces. 

I was  glad  to  hear  digitalis  mentioned.  If  there  is  any  one  drug  for 
which  I have  a most  profound  respect  in  pneumonia  it  is  digitalis.  In 
those  long-drawn-out  pernicious  cases,  especially  if  the  infection  is  pro- 
found, alcohol  in  some  form  is  beneficial.  I prefer  for  my  patients  good 
whiskey,  and  if  the  temperature  is  high  I give  them  digitalis  and  whiskey 
combined.  I give  them  the  open  air,  judicious  feeding  and  careful  nurs- 
ing, together  with  carbonate  of  creosote,  which  will  pull  a patient  through 
a protracted,  tedious  pneumonia,  and  you  will  avoid,  in  a number  of  in- 
stances, pus  in  the  pleural  cavity  which  you  would  otherwise  have. 

Dr.  Charles  L.  Eshleman,  New  Orleans:  I am  very  glad  to  have  heard 

Dr.  Weaver’s  paper  on  this  subject.  I have  not  tried  the  sodium  citrate 
treatment.  It  has  not  been  my  sling-shot.  I have  no  sling-shot  for  pneu- 
monia. I approach  a pneumonia  case  with  the  firm,  fixed  opinion  that  I 
am  dealing  with  an  acute,  specific  infectious  disease,  with  the  absence 
or  presence  of  organisms  circulating  in  the  blood,  and  that  something  is 
going  to  happen  in  the  next  twenty-four  hours  or  in  the  next  three  weeks 
that  is  going  to  neutralize  these  poisons,  and  I am  depending  upon  that 
as  to  whether  the  patient  is  going  to  get  well  or  die. 

I am  perfectly  confident  that  I have  seen  cases  of  pneumonia  get  well 
in  twenty-four  hours  by  the  neutralization  of  these  poisons.  How  they 
are  neutralized,  I do  not  pretend  to  say.  On  the  neutralization  of  these 
poisons  depends  the  cure  of  pneumonia  or  death  from  it  within  twenty- 
four  hours  or  two  or  three  weeks.  If  sodium  citrate  in  some  way  will 
assist  the  body,  or  it  is  going  to  help  to  neutralize  these  poisons  that  are 
causing  the  disease,  it  will  give  us  good  results. 

I feel  that  in  the  next  few  years,  through  the  work  of  Rufus  I.  Cole, 


Holbrook — 8hell-Sliock. 


191 


of  the  Rockefeller  Institute,  we  will  be  furnished  with  a serum  or  an 
antitoxin  which  will  neutralize  the  poisons  in  pneumonia.  He  has  already 
isolated  four  different  strains  of  pneumococci,  and  in  strain  No.  1 he  has 
already  been  able  to  make  a serum  which  so  far  has  given  the  best 
results  in  the  treatment  of  this  disease,  provided,  of  course,  we  are  deal- 
ing with  strain  No.  1 in  the  particular  case  under  treatment.  If  serum 
No.  1 is  given  to  cases  in  which  we  have  strain  No.  3 or  No.  4 as  the 
infecting  organism,  we  are  not  going  to  get  results.  So,  I am  looking 
forward  to  a valuable  sling-shot  from  Dr.  Rufus  I.  Cole  in  the  treatment 
of  pneumonia  through  serum,  and  I believe  it  is  going  to  be  the  fact 
that  all  other  infectious  diseases  will  be  cured  by  sera,  and  not  by 
chemical  or  pharmaceutical  products. 

Dr.  W.  H.  Weaver,  New  Orleans  (closing):  I do  not  know  that  I can 
add  very  much  to  what  has  been  said.  A question  has  been  asked  as  to 
the  mode  of  administration.  We  begin  with  a dosage  of  forty  to  forty- 
five  grains  every  two  or  three  hours.  That  can  be  combined  with  any 
vehicle  you  wish.  If  you  want  to  give  digitalis  with  it  you  can  do  so, 
or  you  can  give  it  separately.  There  is  no  particular  vehicle  required 
for  sodium  citrate.  Water  is  sufficient. 

We  know  that  the  great  majority  of  cases  of  children  with  pneumonia 
recover  from  the  disease.  I will  admit  that,  but  I had  never  been  able, 
before  I began  the  use  of  sodium  citrate,  to  cure  cases  of  pneumonia  in 
children  with  as  little  trouble  and  with  as  little  sickness  and  with  as 
litttle  worry  to  the  parents  and  myself  as  I have  been  since  I have  been 
using  it.  The  very  fact  that  we  can  reduce  the  morbidity  in  the  length 
of  time  the  child  is  sick — or  adult,  either — convinces  us  that  we  are 
doing  good.  We  know  that  sodium  citrate  increases  the  fluidity  of  the 
blood,  makes  it  easier  for  it  to  be  pumped  through  the  solid  portion  of 
the  lung,  and  it  increases  the  antitoxic  power.  That  was  shown  by 
Metchnikoff  and  others,  and  also  its  phagocytic  power  is  increased.  If 
you  increase  the  acidity  of  the  blood  you  check  the  antitoxic  power  and 
phagorytic  action.  This  is  plainly  shown  in  the  scientific  investigations 
that  have  been  made.  If  now  we  do  increase  the  fluidity  of  the  blood, 
so  that  normal  antitoxins  are  developed  in  the  blood  in  the  course  of  a 
few  hours  or  a few  days,  if  we  increase  the  circulation  of  that  highly 
antitoxic  blood  through  the  lung,  we  hasten  recovery.  If  now  we  inject 
antitoxin  into  the  blood,  at  the  same  time  giving  sodium  citrate,  we  can 
get  favorable  results.  I believe  it  was  that  class  of  cases  Dr.  Rosenow 
failed  to  cure,  but  he  has  reduced  the  mortality  in  about  one-half  the 
cases  he  has  been  treating.  If  he  adds  sodium  citrate  to  the  treatment 
he  is  using,  he.  will  force  the  antitoxin  into  the  lung  and  get  better 
results. 


SHELL-SHOCK— PSYCHONEUROSIS  OF  WAR.* 


By  C.  S.  HOLBROOK,  M.  D.,  Jackson,  La. 

In  the  summer  of  1914  the  inertia  and  the  peace  of  the  world 
were  disturbed  by  a tremendous  paroxysm,  and  forces  were  gener- 
ated which  will  exert  an  influence  on  the  human  race  for  all  times. 

* Read  at  the  39th  Annual  Meeting,  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society,  New  Orleans, 
April  16,  17,  18,  lt-18. 


192 


Original  Articles. 


Treaties  have  been  considered  worthless,  national  boundaries  have 
been  disregarded,  wanton  murder  has  been  committed  on  land  and 
sea,  and,  as  a result,  three-fourths  of  the  human  race  is  engaged  in 
waging  the  most  cruel  and  most  nerve-straining  war  that  the  world 
has  ever  known. 

In  wars  of  remote,  and  even  of  recent  times,  the  medical  adviser 
and  medical  information  have  been  given  but  scant  consideration, 
and  as  a consequence  disease  caused  far  more  casualties  than  did 
the  missiles  of  war.  The  Spanish- American  war  is  a sad  but  force- 
ful reminder  of  the  havoc  disease  has  wrought  in  military  projects. 
The  medical  division  of  the  army  organization  to-day  is-  larger  in 
personnel  and  equipment,  and  is  given  a more  important  place  in 
all  military  plans  than  ever  before.  As  a result,  the  ratio  of  casual- 
ties from  disease  and  from  wounds  has  been  reversed. 

The  war  in  Europe  has  brought  to  light  several  new  diseases,  and 
many  old  but  rare  maladies  have  appeared  in  such  number  and  in 
settings  so  new  and  strange  that  they,  too,  without  much  analysis 
are  often  considered  as  quite  new. 

Hygiene  and  preventive  medicine  have  largely  controlled  typhoid 
and  other  camp  scourges.  Surgery  has  seen  many  advancements, 
new  principles  and  methods  have  been  born,  while  antiseptic  sur- 
gery and  other  methods  long  ago  relegated  to  the  discard  have  again 
become  very  important.  In  the  realm  of  general  medicine  we  see 
such  new  diseases  as  trench  fever,  trench  nephritis  and  trench 
jaundice.  In  the  province  mf  nervous  and  mental  diseases  there 
has  been  as  great  or  greater  progress  than  in  any  other  field.  During 
the  last  three  years  a mass  of  literature  pertaining  to  mental  and 
functional  nervous  disturbances  resulting  from  war-strain  has  ac- 
cumulated, and  from  this  information  the  following  article  has 
been  abstracted. 

This  is  the  first  war  in  which  neurologists  and  psychiatrists  have 
been  called  upon  to  play  a major  part.  In  the  past  the  soldiers 
suffering  from  mental  and  nervous  disturbances  have  been  treated 
by  the  military  surgeons  in  general  or  surgical  hospitals;  later,  the 
chronic  cases  were  sent  to  hospitals  or  asylums  for  the  chronic  in- 
sane. There  is  this  notable  exception:  In  the  Russo-Japanese 

war  mental  diseases  were  separately  cared  for  by  specialists  from 
the  firing  line  back  to  the  mother  country.  At  present  the  neuro- 
psychiatrists see  patients  in  and  shortly  behind  the  trenches,  and 
cases  requiring  their  attention  are  sent  to  special  hospitals,  where 


Holbrook — Shell-Shock. 


193 


a very  large  percentage  is  cured  and  some  even  sent  back  to  the 
firing  line. 

“Shell-shock”  is  a term  that  has  been  given  to  a variety  of  mental 
and  functional  nervous  disorders  and  does  not  lend  itself  to  scientific 
analysis,  but,  in  the  jargon  of  the  trench  and  hospital,  it  is  used  to 
designate  the  functional  nervous  disorders  resulting  from  the  strain 
of  war.  The  term  is  a blanket  diagnosis,  and  all  degrees  of  dis- 
turbance, from  very  mild  hysteria  to  such  psychoses  as  general 
paralysis,  are  often  placed  in  the  same  category. 

“Shell-shock”  is  not  a new  disease,  but  is  a psychoneurosis,  which 
has  its  counterpart  in  civil  life  in  such  conditions  as  hysteria, 
neurasthenia  and  psychasthenia.  The  functional  neuroses  and 
hysterical  disorders  following  terrible  accidents  are  similar  to  the 
psychoneurosis  of  war,  the  disturbances  now  called  “shell-shock.” 
The  real  importance  of  the  medico-military  problem  cannot  well 
be  overestimated,  since  these  disorders  are  responsible  for  not  less 
than  one-seventh  of  all  discharges  for  disabilities  from  the  British 
Army,  or  one-third  of  all  discharges  if  discharges  for  wounds  are 
excluded.  Ten  per  cent  of  disabled  soldiers  who  are  sent  to  Canada 
suffer  from  mental  and  nervous  disorders;  the  majority  are  “shell- 
shock” cases. 

A few  typical  histories  will  be  of  interest  at  this  point  and  will 
illustrate  the  characteristics  of  these  disorders. 

The  following  cases  are  given  by  Lieut.-Col.  Mott : 

Case  No.  1.  A captain,  aged  20,  was  admitted  in  a state  of  restless 
motor  delirium;  he  moved  continually  in  bed,  sat  up,  passing  his  hand 
across  the  forehead  as  if  he  were  witnessing  some  horrible  sight,  and 
muttering  to  himself,  yet,  when  interrogated,  he  answered  quite  ration- 
ally. This  motor  delirium  was  associated  with  the  continuous  effects  on 
the  conscious  and  subconscious  mind  of  the  terrible  experiences  he  had 
gone  through.  His  whole  company  had  been  destroyed,  and  while  talk- 
ing to  a brother  officer  the  latter  had  half  his  head  blown  off  by  a piece 
of  shell.  The  patient  improved  very  much,  but  a relapse  occurred  after 
a night  disturbed  by  terrifying  dreams.  He  recovered  sufficiently  within 
a week  to  go  out. 

Case  No.  2.  A man  was  sent  down  from  the  clearing  station,  February 
10,  1916;  he  had  been  blown  up  and  buried;  he  was  blind,  deaf  and  mute. 
He  was  sent  from  France  to  England,  February  29.  When  first  seen  (by 
Lieut.-Col.  Mott)  he  was  lying  in  bed  on  his  side,  with  his  legs  curled 
up.  He  took  no  notice  of  any  sound,  however  loud;  he  did  not  speak; 
and  he  could  not  see.  This  was  the  condition  noted  while  he  was  in 
hospital  in  France.  Pupils  reacted  to  light,  nor  did  he  reflexly  close  the 
eyes  when  a blow  was  suddenly  aimed  at  the  face.  The  slightest  touch, 
however,  aroused  an  immediate  defensive  movement  or  withdrawal  of 
the  part  (showing  a general  hyperesthesia).  He  responded  to  the  calls 


194 


Original  Articles. 


of  nature  and  did  not  wet  the  bed.  The  next  day,  while  suffering  from 
the  pain  of  an  enema,  he  somewhat  suddenly  regained  his  sight.  He 
looked  around  in  a bewildered  manner,  then  burst  into  tears.  The  next 
day  he  was  able  to  write.  His  powers  of  recognition  were  good,  but  he 
had  a complete  gap  in  his  memory  of  the  whole  time  he  was  in  France. 

Col.  Wolfson  relates  the  following  ease,  among  others,  to  show 
the  neuro-psychopathic  element : 

Case  No.  3.  A corporal,  aged  24,  suffering  from  shell-shock,  had  been 
in  active  service  two  months  when  he  was  blown  into  the  air  by  the 
detonation  of  a high-explosive  shell.  He  was  unconscious  for  ten  hours, 
after  which  time  he  was  dazed  and  suffered  from  marked  tremors  of  the 
limbs,  stuttering,  frightful  dreams  and  insomnia.  His  father  was  a 
psychasthenic  and  drunkard;  his  mother  was  alcoholic  and  finally  com- 
mitted suicide  in  a fit  of  depression;  one  brother  had  a “mental  col- 
lapse ”;  another  had  “fits. ” One  sister  is  a psychasthenic  now,  and  two 
other  sisters  are  nervous.  One  maternal  cousin  is  an  imbecile.  The 
patient  himself  drinks  to  excess. 

Capt.  Elder  reports  the  following  case: 

A soldier  with  one  and  one-half  years’  service  felt  great  pain  in  the 
back  and  in  the  right  leg  two  days  after  the  great  storms  in  Gallipolli, 
where  he  was  in  the  trenches  and  up  to  his  chest  in  water.  The  pain  in 
his  back  improved,  but  the  knee  grew  worse;  it  was  flexed,  stiff,  every 
movement  being  attended  by  great  pain.  Skiagraph  showed  normal 
joint.  He  was  brought  into  deep  hypnosis  when,  under  suggestion,  he 
readily  moved  his  knee  in  all  directions.  He  walked  the  afternoon  of 
the  same  day  he  was  first  hypnotized.  The  next  day  he  was  so  restored 
that  he  danced.  No  further  treatment  was  necessary. 

H.  C.  Thomas  gives  the  case  of  a man  suffering  from  shell-shock 
who  could  read  and  write  quite  well,  had  no  defect  of  speech,  bnt 
had  lost  all  his  previous  experience,  and  when  taken  to  a zoo  he 
attempted  to  stroke  a lion  and  was  ingeniously  surprised  to  find 
that  an  elephant  was  larger  than  a cat. 

Lieut.-Col.  Meyers  reports  the  following  case: 

A stretcher-bearer,  eighteen  months  ’ service,  was  seen  day  after 
admission  to  hospital.  Four  days  before  admission  he  was  “blown  up” 
three  times  by  “aero-torpedo  trench  mortars”  while  attending  to  the 
wounded  in  the  trenches  during  an  enemy  attack.  He  said  one  had 
blown  him  “into  the  air,”  that  another  had  blown  him  “into  a dug- 
out,”  and  that  the  third  had  “knocked”  him  down,  but,  nevertheless, 
he  continued  his  work  of  carrying  away  the  wounded.  Two  or  three 
hours  later,  after  he  had  finished,  he  was  resting  in  a dug-out,  when 
“everything  seemed  to  go  black”  (probably  he  had  a hysterical  fit) 
and  he  became  shaky,  and  remained  so  ever  since.  He  appeared  an 
honest  and  courageous  lad,  but  was  in  a very  nervous  condition,  making 


Holbrook — Shell-Shock. 


195 


irregular,  spasmodic  movements  of  head,  arms  and  legs.  There  were 
well-marked  coarse  tremors  and  incoordination.  The  lightest  touch  of 
cotton-wool  on  the  limbs  and  head  provoked  very  lively  movements-; 
obviously  he  dreaded  the  next  touch.  A pin-prick  started  a series  of  most 
violent  spasms,  almost  amounting  to  a convulsion.  He  also  had  visual 
hallucinations  of  bursting  shells.  Patient  recovered  in  two  months  and 
returned  to  duty. 

Mott  points  out  that  there  are  three  effects  of  high  explosives 
upon  the  central  nervons  system : 

First.  Immediately  fatal , either  from  wonnds  caused  by  shell, 
rocks,  etc.,  or  the  person  may  be  buried  by  the  explosion  in  a mine. 
Sometimes  instant  death  has  occurred  in  groups  of  men  from  the 
effects  of  shell-fire,  yet  no  visible  injury  has  been  found  to  cause  it. 

Second.  Non-fatal  wounds  and  injuries  of  the  body , including 
the  central  nervous  system.  (A  large  number  of  these  cases  do  not 
show  “sh ell-shock.”) 

Third.  Injuries  to  the  central  nervous  system  without  visible 
injury.  This  may  happen  through  direct  serial  compression  or  by 
throwing  the  soldier  into  the  air  or  against  the  side  of  the  trench, 
or  by  blowing  a wall  or  a roof  down  on  him,  causing  concussion. 
Also,  he  might  be  buried  and  partly  asphyxiated  or  suffer  from  de- 
oxygenation  of  the  blood  through  carbon  monoxide  poisoning.  High 
explosives  contain  great  quantities  of  this  and  other  poisonous 
gases. 

The  detonation  of  a high-explosive  shell  creates  an  serial  com- 
pression equal  to  about  ten  tons  to  the  square  yard,  and  Lord 
Sydenham  concludes  that  the  forces  generated  are  sufficient  to  cause 
instantaneous  death  by  shock  to  the  vital  centers  of  the  floor  of  the 
fourth  ventricle.  Another  theory  of  instantaneous  death  is  that 
the  decompression  that  quickly  follows  the  tremendous  serial  com- 
pression accompanying  the  detonation  of  a high-explosive  shell  is 
sufficient  to  cause  bubbles  of  nitrogen  and  carbon  dioxide  to  be 
liberated  from  the  blood-stream  and  that  these  bubbles  act  as  fatal 
emboli  in  the  brain. 

Considerable  research  has  been  done  by  Lieut. -Col.  Mott  to  show 
the  relation  of  carbon  monoxide  poisoning  to  certain  cases  of  shell- 
shock. He  says : 

‘‘Many  of  the  symptoms  of  carbon  monoxide  poisoning  are  similar  to 
those  which  I have  observed  in  shell-shock  with  burial.  It  must  not  be 
supposed  that,  in  poisoning  by  illuminating  gas  or  carbon  monoxide 
poisoning,  recovery  is  always  complete,  nor  that  the  mental  symptoms 
are  always  only  of  a transient  nature.  It  often  takes  months  for  the 


196 


Original  Articles. 


effects  of  the  poisonous  action  of  carbon  monoxide  on  the  heart  and 
hervous  tissue  to  wear  off,  and  in  certain  cases  the  damage  is  per- 
manent. ’ ’ 

Mott  has  examined  several  brains  from  fatal  cases  of  shell-shock 
hnd  found  them  to  correspond  to  the  gross  and  micro-pathology  of 
carbon  monoxide  poisoning,  the  principal  lesions  being  punctate 
hemorrhages  throughout  the  white  matter  of  the  brain.  The  fatal 
cases  are  very  rare,  so  very  little  work  as  yet  has  been  done  along 
this  line. 

The  present  mode  of  warfare  is  quite  different  from  what  man 
has  been  accustomed  to.  The  waging  of  war  is  not  the  chief  occupa- 
tion of  man,  but  he  has  found  it  necessary  to  cross  swords,  to  come 
to  blows,  in  order  to  protect  his  rights.  In  the  martial  encounters 
of  the  past  the  opposing  soldiers  could  at  least  work  off  their  pent- 
up  emotions  in  active  service  or  in  actual  combat,  hut  now  trench 
warfare  makes  this  quite  the  exception.  Trench  warfare  subjects 
soldiers  to  such  nerve-straining  conditions  as  incessant  bombard- 
inent,  fear  of  death,  the  dread  of  fear,  fear  of  being  blown  up  or 
buried  by  a mine,  horror,  anguish,  hunger,  thirst  and  forced  in- 
activity. Mott  expresses  it  in  this  way : 

1 1 It  must  be  obvious  that,  through  all  the  sensory  avenues,  exciting 
and  terrifying  impressions  are  continuously  streaming  to  the  perceptual 
Centers  in  the  brain,  arousing  the  primitive  emotions  and  passions,  and 
their  instinctive  reactions.  The  whole  nervous  system,  excited  and 
dominated  by  feelings  of  anger,  disgust,  and  especially  fear,  is  in  a con- 
dition of  continuous  tension;  sleep,  the  sweet,  unconscious  quiet  of  mind, 
is  impossible  or  unrefreshing,  because  broken  or  disturbed  by  terrifying 
dreams.  Living  in  trenches  or  dug-outs,  exposed  to  wet,  cold  and  often 
(owing  to  shelling  of  the  communicating  trenches)  to  hunger  and  thirst, 
dazed  or  almost  stunned  by  the  increasing  din  of  the  guns,  disgusted  by 
fould  stenches,  by  the  rats  and  insects;  tortures  of  flies,  fleas,  bugs  and 
lice,  the  minor  horrors  of  war,  when  combined  with  frequent  grim  and 
gruesome  spectacles  of  comrades  suddenly  struck  down,  mangled,  wounded 
or  dead,  the  memories  of  which  are  constantly  recurring  and  exciting  a 
dread  of  impending  death  or  of  being  blown  up  by  a mine  and  buried 
alive,  together  constitute  experiences  so  depressing  to  the  vital  resistance 
6f  the  nervous  system  that  a time  must  come  when  even  the  strongest 
man  will  succumb,  and  a shell  bursting  near  may  produce  a sudden  loss 
of  consciousness,  not  by  concussion  or  commotion,  but  as  acting  as  ‘the 
last  straw’  in  an  utterly  exhausted  nervous  system,  worn  out  by  the 
stress  of  trench  warfare  and  the  want  of  sleep.” 

Most  investigators  have  come  to  the  conclusion  that  such  pre- 
disposing factors  as  psychopathic  and  neuropathic  constitutions  are 
Of  more  importance  in  causation  of  functional  neurosis  of  war  than 
is  the  final  exciting  cause. 


Holbrook — Shell-Shock. 


197 


Lieut.-Col.  Mott  refers  to  the  characteristic  make-up  of  nearly 
all  of  these  cases  of  shell-shock.  He  writes : 

A large  majority  of  shell-shock  cases  occur  in  persons  with  a nervous 
temperament  or  persons  who  were  the  victims  of  an  acquired  or  in- 
herited neuropathy;  also,  a neuropotentially  sound  soldier  in  this  trench 
warfare  may,  from  stress  of  prolonged  active  service,  acquire  a neuro- 
thenic  condition.  If  in  a soldier  there  is  an  inborn  timidity  or  neuro- 
pathic disposition,  or  an  inborn  germinal  or  acquired  neuropathic  or 
psychopathic  taint,  causing  a locus  minoris  resistanciae,  it  necessarily 
follows  that  he  will  be  less  able  to  withstand  the  terrifying  effects  of 
shell-fire  and  the  stress  of  trench  warfare.  ” 

Capt.  Wolfson,  from  a study  of  one  hundred  cases  of  war  psycho- 
neurosis and  one  hundred  cases  of  somatic  injuries  produced  on 
the  firing  line,  comes  to  these  conclusions : 

1 1 Cases  of  neurosis  are  very  rarely  associated  with  external  or  somatic 
wounds.  The  vast  majority  of  the  psychoneurotic  eases  studied  were 
among  soldiers  who  had  a neuropathic  or  a psychopathic  soil.  In  74  per 
cent  of  these  cases  a family  history  of  neurotic  or  psychotic  stigmata, 
including  insanity,  epilepsy,  alcoholism  and  nervousness,  was  obtained, 
while  a previous  neuropathic  constitution  in  the  patient  himself  was 
present  in  72  per  cent. 7 ’ 

Landenheimer  says  that  out  of  fifty -two  cases  of  psychoneurosis 
there  were  in  90  per  cent  a predisposition,  either  by  congenital  con- 
stitution or  by  disease  acquired  before  the  war.  Forsyth  has  found 
in  all  cases  coming  under  his  notice  with  symptoms  which  were 
more  than  mild  and  transitory  a history  of  some  earlier  nervous 
troubles,  slight  or  severe,  was  forthcoming.  Capt.  Eder  did  not 
find  such  a high  percentage  of  neuro-psychopathic  constitutions  in 
the  case  of  war-shock.  In  speaking  of  the  British  Army  he  says : 

1 ‘ In  most  cases  the  neurosis  has  arisen  under  the  strain  of  quite  extra- 
ordinary conditions.  I would  remind  you  that  our  army  is  not  composed 
of  fighting  men,  in  the  technical  sense.  The  men  come  from  the  mill, 
the  farm,  the  counting-houses,  the  country  house;  every  trade  is  repre- 
sented and  every  class.  Thus,  men  brought  up  to  a quiet  avocation  are 
suddenly,  with  scant  training,  called  upon  to  make  a new  adaptation.  In 
the  stress  and  strain  of  their  normal  lives  they  would  probably  have 
been  equal  to  any  emergency.  But  for  some — among  the  very  best — the 
new  conditions  called  out  to  them  to  strain  themselves  to  the  utmost,  and 
that  was  just  a little  too  much.” 

E.  F.  Buzzard  has  made  the  following  division  of  the  psycho- 
neurosis of  war,  which  is  quite  clear : 

First.  Pure  exhaustive  cases.  These  are  men  starting  with  an 
average  allowance  of  resistance  power,  after  a more  or  less  pro- 


198 


Original  Articles. 


longed  exposure  to  the  strain  of  warfare,  become  restless,  irritable, 
depressed,  sleepless  and  lacking  in  attention  and  concentration. 
Finally  some  crisis  occurs  and  the  patient’s  resistance  entirely  goes. 

Second.  Patients  who  have  inherited  neuropathic  and  psycho- 
pathic tendencies  and  in  whom  the  process  of  exhaustion  have  ex- 
cited these  dormant  tendencies  into  activity.  This  class  constitutes 
a large  part  of  the  whole. 

Third.  Martial  misfits.  These  men  have  been  compelled  to  join 
the  army  by  public  opinion ; they  have  posed  as  normal  individuals, 
but  they  are  quite  aware  they  cannot  stand  the  strain  of  warfare. 

Also  we  must  recognize  the  individuals  who  suffer  from  concus- 
sion as  the  immediate  result  of  a too  close  intimacy  with  a shell 
explosion  and  who  react  in  the  same  way  as  patients  do  to  a severe 
blow  on  the  head — i.  e.,  unconsciousness,  easily  tired,  irritable,  over- 
reactive to  auditory  and  visual  stimulations,  lacking  in  confidence 
and  concentration,  and  often  depressed. 

The  effects  of  shell-shock  vary  so  very  much  in  severity  and  the 
functional  disorders  are  so  numerous  that  in  a short  paper  these 
effects  or  symptoms  can  be  little  more  than  touched  upon. 

Consciousness  may  be  affected  in  all  degrees,  from  a slight  tem- 
porary disturbance  to  complete  unconsciousness,  with  stertorous 
breathing  continuing  until  death.  Some  cases  exhibit  fugue  or 
rautomatic  wandering  of  the  epileptic.  Numerous  records  are  to  be 
found  of  soldiers  wandering  in  an  unconscious  state  many  miles 
'.behind  the  lines. 

Memory  is  partially  or  completely  lost  in  many  cases.  The 
amnesia  may  include  all  former  experiences  or  only  certain  un- 
pleasant events. 

Speech  defects  are  seen  in  a fair  proportion  of  cases  and  vary 
from  stammering  to  mutism.  Aphasia  is  somewhat  more  frequent 
than  mutism. 

Hearing  is  very  often  completely  lost,  at  least  for  a time,  and 
deafness  is  frequently  associated  with  speech  abnormalities. 

Many  different  affections  of  vision  are  seen,  from  slight  smoky 
vision  to  complete  blindness.  The  visual  field  is  restricted  in  some 
cases. 

Hyperesthesia  and  anesthesia  are  frequently  met  with.  They  are 
always  regional  in  distribution  and  not  anatomical. 

Tremors  are  common,  and  constitute  a serious  disability.  Various 
tics  and  rhythmic  spasmodic  movements  are  sometimes  present. 


Holbrook — Shell-Shock. 


199 


Functional  paralyses  are  not  at  all  uncommon ; monoplegia,  hemi- 
plegia and  paraplegia  occur  in  nearly  equal  ratio.  The  gait  is 
affected  in  many  different  ways. 

Phobias  and  obsessions  are  of  the  most  varied  kind,  but  com- 
paratively rare. 

The  soldier  s heart,  or  cardiac  neurosis,  is  a condition  that  worries 
every  medical  man  in  the  army,  but  is  not  a new  disease  or  peculiar 
to  war.  It  is  very  closely  related  to  nervous  strain,  if  not  entirely 
due  to  this  condition. 

The  intestinal  and  respiratory  systems  supply  their  quota  of 
functional  nervous  disorders.  In  fact,  every  function  is  subject  to 
derangement,  and  many  symptoms  appear  in  the  same  patient. 

Dreams  are  very  frequently  seen;  these  are  a source  of  emotivity 
and  may  even  lead  to  the  establishment  of  a frank  neurosis.  They 
present  to  the  mind  the  horror  of  events  connected  with  the  war. 

About  the  psychology  of  the  functional  neurosis,  much  that  is 
absorbingly  interesting  might  be  said,  but  would  consume  too  much 
space  at  this  time;  my  allotted  time  is  drawing  to  a close.  Forsyth 
described  the  mechanism  in  these  words : 

11  At  the  time  of  trauma,  whether  it  is  concentrated  in  a few  moments 
or  spread  over  days  and  weeks,  the  situation  to  be  met  derives  its 
psychical  importance  from  the  fact  that  it  involves  the  risk  of  death. 
Against  this,  the  instinct  of  self-preservation  rebels,  employing  as  its 
weapon  the  powerful  emotion  of  fear.  And  this,  it  is  not  superfluous  to 
recall,  is  a natural  emotion  and,  therefore,  ineradicable;  its  function, 
like  that  of  its  physical  counterpart,  pain,  is  protective,  dictating  an 
immediate  flight  from  the  danger  arousing  it.  In  the  face,  therefore,  of 
the  prospect  of  sudden  death,  fear  strains  all  its  powers  to  enforce  an 
escape,  and  it  is  to  be  coerced  only  by  a still  more  powerful  effort  of 
the  will.” 

In  a well  and  normal  individual,  this  situation  does  not  give  rise 
to  anything  greater  than  the  realization  of  a situation  which  is 
very  dangerous,  but  in  a soldier  who  is  potentially  neurotic,  the 
unconscious  mind,  whipped  by  fear,  adapts  stronger  measures  and 
the  patient  may  become  blind,  deaf,  or  develop  some  paralysis,  thus 
allowing  him,  with  all  propriety  and  self-respect,  to  withdraw  from 
a situation  which  had  become  intolerable. 

Treatment. 

At  the  beginning  of  the  war  the  psycho-neurotic  cases  were  all 
sent  from  the  trench  to  the  base  hospitals,  and  then  to  England. 


200 


Original  Articles. 


Recently  this  plan  has  been  much  altered,  and  these  unfortunate 
men  are  treated  comparatively  close  to  the  firing  line.  Special 
hospitals  have  been  organized  in  the  zone  of  activity  and  psychiatric 
wards  have  been  added  to  the  large  general  hospitals.  The  trend 
of  treatment  is  to  give  rather  intensified  therapy  near  the  front  and 
to  send  to  England  only  those  cases  that  will  not  recover  in  a few 
weeks  or  a few  months. 

Adrian  and  Yealland  say : “Indeed,  the  most  important  part  of 
the  treatment  of  a functional  case  consist  in  making  up  one’s  mind 
that  the  case  is  functional.” 

Psycho-analysis  has  a place  in  the  treatment  of  shell-shock  cases, 
but,  owing  to  the  time  required  and  the  considerable  experience 
required  on  the  part  of  the  physician,  this  method  of  treatment  can 
be  used  only  in  a few  cases.  The  results  are  excellent. 

Hypnotism  had  many  advocates  during  the  first  years  of  the  war 
and  the  results  were  good,  but  recently  this  practice  has  lost  much 
of  its  popularity. 

There  are  three  principles  involved  in  nearly  all  methods : First, 
suggestion;  second,  reeducation;  third,  discipline. 

“The  aim- of  suggestion  (Adrian  and  Yealland)  is  to  make  the 
patient  believe  he  will  be  cured,  and  to  lead  him  on  from  this  to 
the  belief  that  he  is  cured.  Reeducation  brings  the  desired  function 
back  to  the  normal  by  directing  it  unitl  the  bad  habit  is  lost,  and 
disciplinary  treatment  breaks  down  the  unconscious  resistance  of 
the  patient  to  the  idea  of  recovery.”  The  same  authors  state: 

11  Whatever  form  of  treatment  is  employed,  the  patient  must  be  con- 
vinced that  the  physician  understands  his  case  and  is  able  to  cure  him. 
This  idea  should  be  fostered  from  the  moment  the  patient  enters  the 
ward.  The  case  is  investigated  as  briefly  as  possible,  and  each  physical 
sign  is  accepted  as  perfectly  normal  in  the  circumstances  and  not  in  any 
way  interesting  or  obscure.  The  best  attitude  to  adopt  is  one  of  mild 
boredom  bred  of  perfect  familiarity  with  the  patient’s  disorder,  and  if 
the  case  has  to  be  exhibted  to  any  one  else  it  is  shown,  not  as  anything 
unusual,  but  as  a perfect  sample  of  the  type  of  case  that  is  cured  in  five 
minutes  by  appropriate  treatment.” 

The  results  of  treatment  have  been  quite  variable.  Percentages 
of  cures  have  ranged  from  26  to  98  percent.*  With  appropriate 
treatment,  given  shortly  after  the  neurosis  develops,  over  90  per 
cent  should  recover.  Few  of  these  patients  should  be  sent  to  the 
firing  line,  where  they  will  most  surely  have  a recurrence,  but  should 
be  discharged  or  assigned  to  home  duty. 


Discussion. 


201 


Discussion  on  the  Paper  of  Dr.  Holbrook. 

Dr.  L.  Cazenavette,  New  Orleans:  The  subject  discussed  by  Dr.  Hol- 

brook is  one  of  great  interest.  He  has  told  us  that  one-seventh  of  the 
-discharges  in  the  British  Army  of  men  coming  from  the  front  were  due 
to  nervous  causes,  and  naturally  men  who  are  at  the  head  of  the  Amer- 
ican Army  were  not  long  to  realize  the  great  necessity  of  selecting  men 
to  send  to  the  front.  By  this  I mean  that  the  men,  before  they  are  sent 
to  the  front,  have  gone  through  various  systematic  examinations,  neuro- 
logically  and  mentally,  to  be  sure  that  these  men  are  fit  for  the  immense 
strain  that  they  are  to  meet  on  the  firing  line.  The  draft  men,  as  they 
are  examined,  go  through  the  local  boards,  and  from  there  to  the  ad- 
visory boards,  and  are  sent  to  the  various  cantonments,  and  there  they 
are  gone  over  by  men  particularly  trained  in  neurological  and  mental 
lines,  and  if  for  some  reason  the  men  are  not  found  to  be  particularly 
:fit  for  that  severe  strain  they  are  not  supposed  to  be  sent  to  the  front. 
In  other  words,  the  thought  to  be  conveyed  on  this  subject  is  a serious 
(One.  The  essayist  has  told  us  of  the  seriousness  of  the  symptoms,  and 
our  officers  are  doing  all  in  their  power  to  prevent  such  a catastrophe  in 
•our  own  men  at  the  front. 

Dr.  Carroll  W.  Allen,  New  Orleans:  I have  been  requested  by  Dr. 

Holbrook  to  make  a few  remarks  on  his  paper.  The  introduction  of  high 
'explosives  into  modern  warfare  has  opened  up  an  entirely  new  field  in 
military  medicine.  Volumes  have  been  written  on  the  subject,  and  there 
.are  a great  many  points  that  are  not  clear,  and  they  will  not  be  until 
■the  close  of  the  war,  for  a thorough  analysis  of  medical  data  cannot  be 
made  until  it  has  been  accumulated  and  carefully  gone  through,  and  then 
*only  can  a satisfactory  explanation  be  offered. 

In  thinking  over  this  matter  I have  come  to  some  conclusions  that  I 
hope  will  not  be  uninteresting  to  you.  Shells  weighing  from  a few  pounds 
to  a ton  are  filled  with  the  highest  explosives  known  to  science.  Shell 
•concussion  is  a better  name  than  shell-shock,  and  I believe  ultimately 
will  be  the  name  and  term  used  in  these  cases,  because  it  is  concussion 
that  the  patients  are  suffering  from  more  than  shock.  Concussion  better 
•explains  it.  The  results  of  the  injury  are  anywhere  from  instant  death 
:to  those  immediately  in  the  neighborhood  of  the  explosion  to  various 
•disturbances  where  you  are  just  outside  of  the  vital  range,  depending 
upon  the  size  of  the  explosive  and  the  distance  away.  The  results  may 
Le  nothing  but  a jolting  of  the  nervous  system,  a little  upset  of  the 
-equilibrium,  which  may  last  only  a few  minutes  or  a few  hours.  Again, 
the  result  may  be  one  of  unconsciousness  and  may  last  for  several  days, 
from  which  the  patient  has  headache,  vertigo,  amnesia,  deficiency  of 
speech,  mutism,  stammering,  disturbance  of  vision,  concentric  narrowing 
of  vision,  double  vision,  disturbance  of  hearing,  from  total  to  partial 
•deafness;  motor  disturbances,  hemiplegia,  paraplegia,  etc.  There  may 
be  sensory  disturbances  of  a great  variety,  such  as  muscular  tremors, 
twitchings,  disturbances  of  the  reflexes,  analgesia  and  hyperesthesia,  and 
paresthesia,  loss  of  thermic  sense,  and  along  with  these  symptoms  there 
is  quite  a variety  of  psychical  disturbances. 

Now,  I come  to  my  theory  or  explanation  of  it,  and  we  are  all  entitled 
to  an  opinion,  and  if  we  reason  along  logical  lines  we  are  very  likely  to 
• arrive  at  a satisfactory  working  hypothesis  or  satisfactory  working  ex- 
planation to  explain  this  opinion. 

When  we  consider  the  array  of  symptoms  we  realize  that  practically 


202 


Original  Articles. 


the  entire  nervous  system  has  been  involved  in  some  cases  or  in  others. 
Let  us  consider*  what  takes  place  in  a violent  explosion.  If  anybody  has 
been  near  one  and  has  not  been  so  unstrung  or  disturbed,  he  has  not 
been  able  to  have  a fair  idea  of  his  impression.  There  is  at  first  a 
tremendous  rush  of  air,  followed  in  a few  moments  by  a recoil  and  a 
rush  towards  the  center  of  explosion.  This  tremendous  displacement  of 
air  acts  as  a shock.  If  it  strikes  with  sufficient  force,  the  shock  may 
envelop  the  whole  body  in  some  instances.  You  receive  a sudden  blow 
on  the  side  of  the  head,  or  there  may  be  an  instant  between  the  time 
of  the  blow  you  feel  on  one  side,  and  the  other  not  beginning  for  some 
days.  This  may  be  explained  as  to  whether  the  patient’s  right  side  was 
towards  the  force,  or  the  left  side,  or  front  of  the  head,  or  the  back. 
The  recoil  that  takes  place  is  equivalent  to  a sudden  vacuum.  We  have 
a combination  of  severe  concussion  of  the  brain  plus  the  same  condition 
that  takes  place  in  caisson  disease,  where  one  is  in  rarified  atmosphere, 
producing  aeration  of  nitrogen  bubbles  into  the  blood.  Comparing  that 
with  the  cases  we  see  suffering  from  concussion,  we  find  them  with  all 
sorts  of  neuroses  afterwards.  Many  of  them,  since  these  patients  are 
suffering  from  shell  concussion,  have  absolutely  no  recollection  of  what 
took  place.  I have  had  two  cases  in  the  Charity  Hospital,  one  of  them 
a boy,  who,  in  crossing  a track  in  front  of  a car,  threw  up  his  hands. 
The  car  knocked  him  down.  He  was  taken  to  the  hospital;  he  did  not 
know  anything  of  the  accident,  but  the  car  hit  him.  Everything  was 
a blank.  Half  an  hour  before  that  he  left  his  place  of  business  on  an 
errand  and  he  did  not  know  what  happened.  Those  who  saw  him  say 
that  he  hallooed,  trying  to  get  off  the  track,  but  was  knocked  down. 

If  you  make  inquiry  in  cases  of  concussion  of  the  brain  and  brain 
injury  you  often  find  they  do  not  know  anything  of  what  happened  to 
them.  You  take  a man  in  the  heat  of  battle,  under  great  excitement, 
probably  fear,  and  let  such  a severe  concussion  knock  him  out  for  sev- 
eral days,  what  is  likely  to  be  the  state  of  the  nervous  system  after- 
wards? In  that  highly  excited  state  he  is  in  a favorable  condition  for 
the  development  of  all  sorts  of  psychoses  if  grafted  on  a neurotic  base. 

There  are  many  other  explanations  I could  give  you,  but  that  puts  an 
idea  into  your  heads.  I believe  that  shock  taking  place  from  a sudden 
blow  on  the  head  is  an  explanation  of  a great  many  of  the  phenomena 
we  have  in  shell-shock  or  in  shell  concussion,  because,  from  the  great 
array  of  symptoms,  the  entire  nervous  system,  spinal  cord,  as  well  as  tho 
higher  centers,  must  be  disturbed,  and  it  is  the  only  plausible  explana- 
tion where  the  parts  are  involved,  plus  the  physical  disturbance  that 
is  taking  place  in  one  under  great  excitement  and  fear,  and  any  other 
emotions  he  may  have  when  this  thing  happens  are  enough  to  upset  any 
man’s  reason. 

Dr.  C.  S.  Holbrook,  Jackson  (closing):  I wish  to  express  my  thanks; 
to  Dr.  Allen  for  his  remarks,  and  I wish  to  say  that  the  army  medical 
organization  is  trying  to  prevent  casualties  from  shell-shock  or  from 
shell  concussion  or  the  strain  of  war  from  becoming  as  prevalent  as  has; 
been  the  experience  in  northern  France.  Dr.  Allen  has  explained  very 
clearly  the  prevalent  idea  of  shell-shock,  and  I wish  to  thank  him  for 
elucidating  it  so  nicely. 


203 


Taquino — A Running  Ear. 

A RUNNING  EAR.* 

By  GEORGE  J.  TAQUINO,  M.  D.,  New  Orleans. 

When  one  considers  the  seriousness  of  a running  ear  he  appre- 
ciates the  fact  that  too  much  cannot  be  said  on  the  subject. 

A running  ear,  or  acute-suppurative  otitis,  is  usually  secondary 
to  grippe,  scarlet  fever,  measles,  diphtheria,  adenoids,  whooping- 
cough,  etc.  And  such  a condition  should  be  looked  upon  as  serious. 
He  cannot  be  sure  of  the  severity  of  the  condition  or  the  possibili- 
ties of  the  invasion. 

Generally  speaking,  a running  ear  is  secondary  to  acute  catarrhal 
otitis,  and  the  exciting  cause  is  the  presence  of  microorganisms  in 
the  middle  ear.  The  extension  is  through  the  Eustachian  tube,  fol- 
lowed by  a rupture  of  the  drumhead,  with  a flow  of  pus.  This 
sometimes  results  in  a cure,  but  usually  the  case  requires  care  and 
watchful  waiting. 

The  majority  of  cases  are  found  in  children,  and  are  often  in- 
fluenced by  changes  which  obtain  in  autumn  and  spring. 

A feeling  of  heaviness,  with  headache;  fullness  and  deafness  in 
the  affected  ear,  slight  or  excruciating  pain,  perhaps  more  pro- 
nounced and  intense  in  children,  indicate  the  onset.  This  is  prob- 
ably due  to  the  presence  of  adenoids  and  hypertrophied  tonsils. 
There  may  be  a slight  chill,  followed  by  an  elevation  of  temperature, 
which  subsides  as  drainage  is  established. 

The  secretion  may  be  muco-purulent  or  purulent.  The  quantity 
may  vary  at  different  times  and  one  form  of  secretion  may  follow 
the  other.  The  type  which  runs  an  irregular  or  intermittent  course, 
pain  occurring  irregularly,  is  a dangerous  type,  for  this  may  mean 
bone  necrosis,  with  mastoiditis,  sinus-thrombosis,  brain-abscess  or 
meningeal  complication. 

A running  ear  is  also  to  be  feared  because  of  the  sequelag,  and 
for  this  reason  should  receive  immediate  and  scientific  treatment. 
Some  cases  may  terminate  in  a cure,  but  one  must  be  chary  at  all 
times,  as  many  of  these  so-called  cures  leave  sequelae,  which  may 
develop  in  after-years  into  a train  of  symptoms  both  dangerous  and 
vital. 

A running  ear,  whether  in  child  or  adult,  should  at  all  times  be 
looked  upon  seriously  and  receive  the  very  best  of  care,  for  the 
success  or  failure  of  our  treatment  may  mean  not  only  the  health, 
but  the  very  life  of  the  patient. 

* Read  at  the  39th  Annual  Meeting,  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society,  New  Orleans, 
April  16,  17,  18,  1918. 


204 


Original  Articles. 


Discussion  on  the  Paper  of  Dr.  T aquino. 

Dr.  J.  T.  Crebbin,  New  Orleans:  The  doctor  is  to  be  congratulated, 

first,  on  the  brevity  of  his  paper,  and  the  few  remarks  I have  to  make 
will  be  more  a reiteration  than  anything  else. 

We  cannot  emphasize  too  strongly  the  danger  of  a running  ear.  It 
is  a dangerous  thing,  whether  it  occurs  in  childhood  or  adult  life.  As 
was  brought  out  in  one  of  the  preceding  papers,  the  condition  was  pre- 
ceded by  an  acute  catarrhal  otitis.  If  this  condition  had  received 
proper  treatment,  such  as  tympanotomy,  it  might  have  been  aborted. 
By  tympanotomy  we  mean  complete  tympanotomy  from  above  downward, 
making  use  of  an  eliptical  incision.  If  this  is  done  it  will  abort  most  of 
these  cases.  Running  ear  is  at  all  times  a dangerous  condition.  You 
cannot  tell,  the  patient  cannot  tell,  the  one  who  is  treating  the  patient 
cannot  tell  the  exact  pathologic  condition  that  exists.  The  patient,  no 
matter  whether  it  be  a child  or  an  adult,  will  go  around,  walk  around 
the  streets  of  the  city,  attending  to  their  vocation,  with  a floating  mine 
in  their  head.  No  one  can  tell  when  that  mine  may  explode  or  the 
pathologic  condition  extend  to  the  meninges  or  cause  death  itself.  A 
running  ear  should  be  looked  upon  at  all  times  as  something  dangerous 
and  should  receive  the  very  best  care.  In  this  condition,  heat  in  many 
instances  should  not  be  used.  As  a matter  of  fact,  I do  not  think  it 
should  be  used  unless  there  be  a condition  of  furunculosis.  We  should 
not  think  of  using  heat  in  such  cases.  We  should  consider  the  use  Of 
the  ice-bag.  The  ice-bag  will  control  the  condition  to  some  extent;  it 
will  allay  suffering  and  allay  the  inflammatory  condition  to  a great 
extent. 

One  of  the  points  I wish  to  emphasize  is  that  where  the  drainage 
goes  on  for  a while  and  then  discontinues,  where  there  is  some  fever, 
you  cannot  depend  on  the  rise  or  reduction  of  fever.  It  is  not  an  in- 
fallible sign,  because  frequently  we  will  find  pronounced  and  severe  in- 
volvement of  the  mastoid  process  with  comparatively  little  fever,  where- 
as the  other  may  be  the  reverse;  so  do  not  depend  too  much  upon  fever, 
whether  it  goes  up  or  down,  but  depend  on  other  symptoms  with  which 
you  are  familiar.  Where  the  drainage  stops  and  where  there  is  irregu- 
larity and  it  will  commence  again,  you  will  have  a dangerous  condition 
to  deal  with.  These  cases,  at  all  times,  should  be  looked  upon  as  demand- 
ing immediate  and  scientific  treatment. 

In  regard  to  the  treatment,  the  essayist  did  not  mention  it,  except 
that  we  want  to  establish  drainage  as  soon  as  possible,  using  irrigation 
freely  and  carefully,  so  as  not  to  drive  the  muco-purulent  discharge  back 
into  the  middle  ear  more  than  what  already  exists.  We  have  used  silvol, 
or  silver  protein.  I do  not  mention  this  name  for  the  purpose  of  adver- 
tising it,  but  I have  been  using  silver  protein  successfully  and  am  getting 
good  results. 

Dr.  William  T.  Patton,  New  Orleans:  I believe  this  subject  is  too 

important  to  allow  it  to  go  by  as  lightly  as  we  have  done,  because  of 
the  opinion  held  regarding  it  by  many  general  practitioners.  Many  of 
these  cases  come  to  my  office,  and  after  examining  them  I have  asked 
the  question,  “Have  you  been  treated?7 7 and  the  reply  invariably  is, 
“My  doctor  says  it  is  all  right;  let  the  discharge  run  out,  don't  stop  it." 
In  other  cases  of  running  ears  in  children  the  parents  are  told  that  this 
condition  must  be  expected  during  teething.  It  is  a bad  idea  to  talk 
of  running  ears.  Some  of  them  get  well  with  prompt  treatment.  I be- 
lieve 75  or  90  per  cent  of  acute  running  ears  can  be  successfully  treated 


Disucssion. 


205 


if  the  patients  are  taken  in  hand  early  enough.  When  I speak  of  acute 
running  ears  I mean  from  two  to  three  weeks  or  five  or  six  weeks,  and 
if  they  are  treated  in  the  first  two  or  three  weeks  I believe  they  can  be 
cured,  but  if  left  to  run  six  months  or  a year  very  few  of  them  can  be 
cured.  If  we  take  cases  in  the  first  two  or  three  weeks,  under  special 
treatment  nearly  all  of  them  get  well.  By  special  treatment  I do  not 
mean  irrigating  the  ears.  That  is  the  best  thing  you  can  do  first,  but 
keep  them  clean  with  normal  salt  solution,  boric  acid  or  some  other 
solution.  Probably  bicarbonate  of  soda  is  as  good  as  any.  If  we  have 
enlarged  tonsils  and  adenoids  continually  reinfecting  the  ear,  the  ear 
will  never  get  well  with  irrigation.  You  have  to  remove  the  tonsils  and 
adenoids,  and,  if  you  cannot  do  this,  treat  the  tonsils  and  adenoids  with 
solutions  introduced  in  the  nasopharynx.  In  infected  adenoids  and  en- 
larged tonsils  it  is  remarkable  to  see  the  improvement  that  takes  place 
in  two  or  three  days  after  their  removal.  You  will  invariably  see  a 
dry  ear  in  a short  time. 

I do  not  believe  the  paper  spoke  of  running  ears  in  adults.  In  adults 
you  have  a deviated  septum  in  75  per  cent  of  the  cases  associated  with 
the  running  ear.  You  can  look  at  the  nose  and  tell  which  ear  is  dis- 
charging. It  will  be  the  side  on  which  there  is  a deviated  septum,, 
causing  a chronic  or  acute  condition  of  the  Eustachian  tube,  which  blocks 
up  and  prevents  drainage  of  the  ear.  What  is  nature  trying  to  do  with 
the  middle  ear?  By  the  Eustachian  tube  it  drains  the  fluid  into  the 
middle  ear  and  nasopharynx.  You  drain  a small  amount  of  fluid  out  of 
the  middle  ear  into  the  nasopharynx,  and  in  that  way  prevent  trouble  in 
the  ear.  We  have  a congestion  of  the  Eustachian  tube,  due  to  adenoids, 
and  obstruction  of  the  septum,  due  to  hypertrophy  of  the  inferior  tur- 
binated or  middle  turbinated  body,  or  some  serious  condition,  so  that 
the  ear  will  not  heal  up.  The  little  cilia  back  of  the  mucous  membrane 
become  diseased  in  the  Eustachian  tube  and  the  cilia  are  prevented  from 
working,  the  Eustachian  tube  becomes  blocked,  and  a certain  amount  of 
secretion  goes  to  the  middle  ear,  and  the  first  thing  you  know  is  that 
you  have  an  acute  condition  and  a vicious  circle.  The  middle  ear  is 
being  infected  in  one  way  and  the  fluid  is  coming  out.  We  should  treat 
the  condition  behind  first.  Local  irrigation  will  help,  but  you  have  got 
to  treat  the  cause  of  the  condition;  treat  the  nose  and  throat  primarily, 
the  ear  secondarily,  and  you  will  get  very  few  bad  results  from  sup- 
purating ears. 

Dr.  George  J.  Taquino,  New  Orleans  (closing) : Dr.  Crebbin  men- 

tioned the  fact  that  we  should  do  tympanotomy.  You  cannot  do  tym- 
panotomy too  early  in  these  cases.  The  drum  ruptures  through  the 
process  of  necrosis,  and  the  opening  is  closed  by  a process  of  scar  tissue;; 
whereas  if  we  make  an  incision  we  have  a good,  clean  cut,  the  drum 
getting  back  into  position  and  no  damage  is  done. 

Dr.  Crebbin  mentioned  regarding  pain  and  elevation  of  temperature 
in  conditions  where  the  mastoid  is  involved.  The  temperature  is  not  a 
guide,  in  any  case,  to  a real  involvement  of  the  mastoid.  For  that  reason 
also  I believe  in  going  back  to  tympanotomy.  We  should  make  the  in- 
cision high  up  to  get  free  drainage. 

I agree  with  Dr.  Crebbin  in  not  using  a hot-water  bag.  I use  an 
ice-cap.  It  controls  pain,  and  at  the  same  time  it  seems  to  have  an  in- 
fluence on  the  condition  that  is  existing  in  the  sinuses.  He  mentioned 
silvol  and  silver  protein.  Silvol  contains  proto-nucleoid.  It  is  a carbolic 
acid  coefficient  and  it  is  efficacious  in  these  conditions. 


206 


Original  Articles. 


With  Dr.  Patton’s  remarks  I agree  fully  that  we  should  begin  treat- 
ing or  looking  after  the  nasopharyngeal  tract.  I believe  many  of  the 
conditions  in  the  ear  exist  as  a result  of  the  conditions  that  prevail  in 
the  nose  and  throat.  Septal  deformities  prevent  proper  ventilation  and 
aeration  of  the  nose  and  Eustachian  tube,  and  have  a tendency  to  pro- 
duce a low-grade  inflammation  in  the  Eustachian  tube,  sometimes  block- 
ing the  exit  and  sometimes  the  secretion  goes  into  the  middle  ear,  pro- 
ducing a running  ear.  The  septum  in  all  cases  should  be  straightened. 
We  should  look  for  adenoids  and  diseased  tonsils.  These  factors  should 
be  removed,  for  I think  there  lies  the  true  etiological  factor  in  producing 
a great  many  cases  of  running  ear. 


THE  CROSS-EYED  CHILD  NEGLECTED.* 

By  J.  HUME,  M.  D.,  New  Orleans. 

I wish  to  speak  of  a class  of  cases  occupying  a unique  position 
in  our  medical  literature — a class  of  cases  fully  and  satisfactorily 
treated,  as  regards  etiology,  symptomatology,  prognosis  and  treat- 
ment in  our  ophthalmic  literature,  and  almost,  if  not  entirely, 
ignored  in  that  of  the  other  great  branches  of  medicine.  I refer 
to  the  deviations  of  the  eye  from  parallelism.  Certainly  it  deserves 
more  attention  from  the  general  practitioner  than  the  past  has  ac- 
corded it,  since  proper  advice  during  the  period  of  its  inception  is 
essential  to  its  successful  treatment  and  as  neglect  of  early  atten- 
tion is  apt  to  result  in  an  amblyopic  eye.  I trust  you  will  not  infer 
that  I attribute  it  to  carelessness  on  the  part  of  the  general  prac- 
titioner, but  rather  to  the  fact  that  not  enough  attention  has  been 
given  this  important  subject  in  the  general  literature  of  medicine, 
and  especially  in  our  text-books  of  pediatrics.  Holt  mentions  squint 
as  a stigma  of  degeneration  and  as  a symptom  of  certain  brain  con- 
ditions. Other  well-known  works  on  pediatrics  mention  it  not  at  all. 

In  the  service  of  Dr.  Dimitry  at  the  Charity  Hospital  and  in  my 
own  service  at  the  Women’s  and  Children’s  Dispensary  I have 
during  the  past  few  months  recorded  quite  a series  of  cases  over 
ten  years  of  age  presenting  themselves  for  treatment  for  the  first 
time.  Most  of  these  patients  stated  they  had  been  advised  to  wait 
until  they  were  older,  when  an  operation  could  be  made  that  would 
straighten  the  eye — certainly  advice  that  delayed  treatment  during 
the  period  when  it  would  have  been  the  most  efficacious. 

I believe  authorities  agree  that  up  until  the  sixth  month  of  life 
the  motor  coordination  power  of  the  ocular  muscles  keep  the  eyes 

. -l*  39th  Annual  Meeting1,  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society,  New  Orleans, 

April  16,  17,  18,  1918.  ’ 


Hume — The  Cross-Eyed  Child. 


207 


approximately  straight  in  the  absence  of  any  disturbing  influences. 
At  about  this  time  the  fusion  centers  begin  to  develop,  and  not 
until  the  end  of  the  sixth  year  is  this  development  complete.  If 
during  this  period  the  visual  acuity  of  the  eyes  is  approximately 
the  same,  and  with  extra  ocular  muscles  properly  developed  and 
enervated  a condition  of  parallelism  obtains,  and  as  a consequence 
we  have  binocular  vision.  Should,  however,  there  be  any  marked 
difference  in  the  visual  acuity  or  insufficiency  of  the  ocular  muscles, 
the  effort  of  the  developing  fusion  sense  is  retarded  or  the  eye 
squints  in  order  to  prevent  a diplopia.  So  it  is  between  the  sixth 
month  and  the  sixth  year  that  we  find  the  greatest  per  cent  of 
squint  cases  in  their  incipiency,  and  the  proper  period  to  begin 
their  treatment,  as  every  hour  after  the  beginning  of  a squint 
lessens  the  chances  of  restoring  a perfect  visual  acuity.  Take  the 
above  cases,  for  example,  presenting  themselves  for  treatment  at 
the  age  of  ten.  The  visual  acuity  in  the  squinting  eye  is  invariably 
low,  the  fusion  centers  undeveloped.  You  operate  and  are  liable  to 
get  a successful  cosmetic  result,  but  a visual  failure.  Many  of  the 
cases  taken  between  the  ages  of  two  and  six  could,  by  a proper 
refraction,  have  kept  the  eyes  parallel  and  the  visual  acuity  normal. 

It  is  not  my  purpose  to  discuss  the'  causes  of  deviations  or  their 
treatment,  but  rather  to  call  attention  to  the  fact  that  for  some 
reason  which  we  should  search  for  and  correct  a majority  of  these 
cases  are  not  given  attention  during  the  developmental  period. 
Certainly,  squint  is  not  of  such  frequent  occurrence  as  the  adenoid, 
but,  I venture  to  say  if  given  half  the  publicity  the  latter  has  had, 
a few  years  would  find  a greatly  reduced  number  of  cross-eyed 
people.  Most  any  mother  can  give  you  the  symptoms  of  adenoids, 
but  would  be  shocked  when  told  her  child  of  ten  was  practically 
blind  in  his  squinting  eye,  and  probably  so  as  a result  of  neglected 
early  attention.  If  we  are  able  in  any  way  to  educate  the  public 
about  cross  eyes,  as  we  have  done  about  the  adenoid,  much  could 
be  accomplished  toward  conserving  the  vision  of  these  unfortunates. 

The  oculists  present  all  understand  that  I am  only  referring  to 
a class  of  squint  cases,  a large  class,  however,  and  am  not  inferring 
that  it  is  a simple  problem  with  which  we  are  dealing  in  every  in- 
stance, and  all  realize,  I believe,  that  the  greatest  problem  is  to  get 
them  for  treatment  at  an  early  age. 

My  recommendations  are  educational : 

First.  That  pediatrics  should  teach  more  about  squint,  it  being 
in  many  instances  a condition  of  early  childhood. 


208 


Original  Articles. 


Second.  More  publicity  should  be  given  the  condition.  Discussing- 
it  before  mothers’  clubs  and  child  welfare  associations,  etc.,  would 
be  an  available  means. 

Third.  More  frequent  papers  presented  to  the  various  medical 
bodies  by  the  oculists  on  the  different  phases  of  the  subject. 

Discussion  on  the  Paper  of  Dr.  Hume. 

Dr.  Arthur  L.  Whitmire,  New  Orleans:  I think  a great  deal  can  be 

accomplished  by  the  physician  cooperating  with  the  specialist.  In  my 
experience  with  the  schools  of  New  Orleans  for  two  years  I had  occasion 
to  observe  75,000  children  each  year,  and  I have  been  recommending 
them  to  be  treated,  and  it  was  a rare  exception  to  find  a case  where  the 
parents  did  not  cooperate  with  me.  If  the  public  health  officers  in  the 
different  towns  and  cities  and  parishes  and  inspectors  of  schools  should 
recommend  cases  for  treatment  where  the  eyes  are  crossed,  I am  sure 
that  the  parents  will  be  found  ready  to  cooperate  with  them.  This  is 
very  important,  because  children  with  cross  eyes  are  overlooked  until 
too  late  to  get  a desirable  effect.  We  should  cooperate  with  the  general 
practitioner,  because  it  is  he  who  sees  these  cases  first.  We  find  that 
mothers  do  not  want  their  babies  to  wear  glasses,  and  that  is  another 
condition  we  have  to  contend  with,  and  the  general  practitioner  can  da 
more  in  that  respect,  by  referring  these  cases  to  a specialist  for  treat- 
ment and  having  the  condition  corrected,  more  than  any  other  person. 

Dr.  T.  J.  Dimitry,  New  Orleans:  If  we  could  only  get  the  cross-eyed 

baby  early  enough  we  could  straighten  the  eyes  in  50  per  cent  of  the 
cases  at  least  with  glasses.  We  can  fit  infants  with  glasses,  and  infants 
will  wear  glasses,  and  they  do  not  suffer  as  a consequence  of  wearing 
them.  They  are  not  broken  so  easily  as  one  would  suppose.  They  do 
not  expose  their  eyes  to  the  danger  of  having  them  injured  by  the  wear- 
ing of  glasses.  The  glasses  will  straighten  their  eyes,  and  in  doing  so  it 
will  prevent  the  eye  that  is  turned 'in — that  is  not  being  used — from 
becoming  blind  in  a great  many  cases.  If  these  cases  can  be  seen  early, 
then  we  will  not  have  to  operate  in  at  least  50  per  cent  of  the  cases. 
The  earlier  we  see  them,  the  better  will  be  the  results  that  we  can  obtain. 

Dr.  Hume’s  paper  is  most  appropriate,  for  it  will  bring  to  you  the 
importance  of  seeing  these  cases  at  the  earliest  possible  moment  and  of 
not  sending  them  to  the  specialist  after  damage  is  done. 

Dr.  J.  Hume,  New  Orleans  (closing):  As  to  Dr.  Whitmire’s  sugges- 

tions with  regard  to  school  boards,  I think  the  findings  of  the  school 
boards  are  valuable,  yet  it  is  much  better  to  get  these  cases  at  an  earlier 
period  of  life  than  we  are  getting  them.  It  is  better  to  get  them  at  six 
years  of  age  than  at  eight.  The  point  of  reaching  these  patients  at  as 
early  a date  as  possible  is  a very  valuable  one. 

In  answer  to  the  question  relative  to  operation,  I was  referring  at 
that  time  to  cases  that  applied  for  treatment  after  ten  years,  with  squint- 
ing eye  in  which  the  visual  acuity  was  very  low.  Such  an  eye  can  be 
straightened  by  operation,  but  probably  vision  will  not  be  benefitted. 
It  may  help  it  somewhat,  but  treatment  will  not  be  so  satisfactory  as 
if  the  operation  was  done  much  earlier,  because  you  have  left  the  eye 
squinting  from  the  second  to  the  sixth  year.  You  have  a period  of  five 
years  in  which  it  is  turned  away  from  natural  fixation.  If  the  eye  was 
normal  at  the  time  of  squinting,  there  would  be  reduction  in  vision 
That  is  what  I meant  by  a good  cosmetic  result,  and  not  visual. 


News  and  Comment. 


209 


NEWS  AND  COMMENT 


The  Central  Governing  Board  of  the  Volunteer.  Medical 
Service  Corps  of  the  Council  of  National  Defense  announces 
that  the  Louisiana  State  Executive  Committee  of  the  Volunteer 
Medical  Service  Corps  is  comprised  of  the  following  doctors : 

Oscar  Dowling,  M.  D. Commercial  St.,  Shreveport 

Charles  R.  Mayer,  M.  D .New  Orleans 

Charles  Chassaignac,  M.  D.,  Chairman.  .211  Camp  St.,  New  Orleans 

G.  J.  Sabatier,  M.  D..  . . New  Iberia 

R.  G.  McG.  Carruth,  M.  D New  Roads 

J.  B.  Sewell,  M.  D . .Baldwin 

R.  L.  Randolph,  M.  D Alexandria 

J.  C.  Callan,  M.  D New  Orleans 

Ernest  S.  Lewis,  M.  D New  Orleans 

G.  Farrar  Patton,  M.  D.,  Secretary. . . . .New  Orleans 


The  purpose  of  this  committee  is  to  cooperate  with  the  Central 
Governing  Board  in  prosecuting  all  activities  pertaining  to  the 
mobilization  of  an  enrollment  of  members  of  the  Volunteer  Medical 
Service  Corps  throughout  the  State. 

The  Central  Governing  Board  of  the  Volunteer  Medical  Service 
Corps  also  authorizes  the  appointment  of  one  county  representative 
in  each  county  in  every  State  of  the  ITnion.  The  parish  representa- 


tives for  Louisiana  are  as  follows. 

PARISH.  NAME.  CITY. 

Acadia .Dr.  E.  M.  Ellis Crowley 

Allen ....Dr.  C.  Lewis  Gaulden Elizabeth 

Ascension Dr.  T.  H.  Hanson Donaldsonville 

Assumption Dr.  W.  H.  Kittridge Napoleon ville 

Avoyelles Dr.  Thos.  A.  Roy .Mansura 

Beauregard Dr.  J.  C.  Miller .Bon  Ami 

Bienville  ...  Dr.  J.  M.  Moseley Arcadia 

Bossier ..Dr.  D.  J.  MeAnn Atkins 

Caddo .Dr.  J.  C.  Willis Shreveport 

Calcasieu.  Dr.  S.  G.  Kreeger Lake  Charles 

Caldwell .Dr.  I.  B.  May.  . Columbia 

Catahoula Dr.  E.  R.  Yancey Jonesville 

Claiborne Dr.  C.  C.  Craighead Athens 

Concordia Dr.  W.  H.  Pugh Wildsville 

De  Soto Dr.  S.  D.  Kearney  . . Pelican 

East  Baton  Rouge Dr.  Chas.  McVea  Baton  Rouge 

East  Carroll Dr.  W.  H.  Hamlej Lake  Providence 

East  Feliciana Dr.  E.  M.  Toler Clinton 

Evangeline Dr.  H.  C.  Milburn Ville  Platte 


210 


News  and  Comment. 


PARISH.  NAME.  CITY. 

Franklin .Dr.  A.  J.  Reynolds Ft.  Necessity 

Grant ...Dr.  E.  B.  Gray Colfax 

Iberia.  ...  .Dr.  G.  J.  Sabatier.  . New  Iberia 

Iberville .Dr.  G.  A.  Darcantel  . ........ .White  Castle 

Jackson Dr.  A.  E.  Simonton Jonesboro 

Jefferson ....Dr.  C.  F.  Gelbke Gretna 

Jefferson  Davis  ....... .Dr.  N.  S.  Craig  . .Jennings 

Lafayette.  ..Dr.  M.  E.  Saucier Lafayette 

Lafourche Dr.  C.  J.  Barker .Thibodaux 

Lincoln Dr.  A.  E.  Fisher Choudrant 

Livingston Dr.  J.  M.  Ehlert Springfield 

Madison ...Dr,  H.  C.  Sevier Tallulah 

Morehouse. .Dr.  O.  M.  Patterson Bastrop 

Natchitoches Dr.  E.  W.  Breazeale Campti 

Orleans ,Dr.  Geo.  F.  Cocker  and  others.  . .New  Orleans 

Ouachita Dr.  O.  W.  Cosby Monroe 

Plaquemines Dr.  H.  L.  Ballowe .Buras 

Pointe  Coupe  Dr.  R.  McG.  Carruth New  Roads 

Rapides  , Dr.  R.  O.  Simmons Alexandria 

Red  River  Dr.  C.  E.  Edgerton Coushatta 

Richland Dr.  H.  C.  Chambers Girard 

Sabine .Dr.  J.  M.  Middleton.  Many 

St.  Bernard Dr.  L.  A.  Ducros St.  Bernard 

St.  Charles.  . . Dr.  R.  H.  Johnson Moberly 

St.  Helena Dr.  A.  J.  Newman Montpelier 

St.  James Dr.  J.  E.  Doussan  Lutcher 

St.  John  the  Baptist.  . . .Dr.  S.  Montegut.  Laplace 

St.  Landry Dr.  Jos.  P.  Saizan Opelousas 

St.  Martin Dr.  P.  H.  Fleming  . St.  Martinville 

St.  Mary .Dr.  Lewis  B.  Crawford Patterson 

St.  Tammany Dr.  W.  E.  Van  Zant Mandeville 

Tangipahoa Dr.  E.  L.  McGehee Hammond 

Tensas  . . . Dr.  J.  Whitaker St.  Joseph 

Terrebonne Dr.  L.  J.  Menville Houma 

Union .Dr.  R.  L.  Love . . .Farmerville 

Vermillion ..Dr.  C.  J.  Edwards Abbeville 

Vernon.  Dr.  D.  O.  Willis Leesville 

Washington .Dr.  E.  E.  Lafferty Bogalusa 

Webster Dr.  R.  C.  Tompkins Minden 

West  Baton  Rouge  Dr.  F.  H.  Carruth Lobdell 

West  Carroll ....Dr.  C.  W.  Smith Oak  Grove 

West  Feliciana.  ...  ...  .Dr.  E.  M.  Levert Bayou  Sara 

General  Plan. — The  Volunteer  Medical  Service  Corps  is  exactly 
what  its  name  indicates.  It  is  a gentleman’s  agreement  on  the  part 
of  the  civilian  doctors  in  the  United  States  who  have  not  yet  been 
honored  in  the  army  and  navy.,  and  a representative  board  of  gov- 


News  and  Comment. 


211 


ernors  consisting  of  officials  of  the  government  associated  with  lay 
members  of  the  profession,  in  which  the  civilian  physician  agrees 
to  offer  his  services  to  the  government  if  required  and  asked  to  do 
so  by  the  governing  board.  It  is  a method  of  recording  all  physicians 
who  are  not  yet  in  service  and  classifying  them  so  that  their  services 
when  required  will  be  utilized  in  a manner  to  inflict  as  little  hard- 
ship on  the  individual  as  possible.  It  is  a method  by  which  every 
physician  not  in  uniform  will  he  entitled  to  wear  an  insignia  which 
will  indicate  his  willingness  to  serve  his  government.  As  more  than 
60  per  cent  of  the  physicians  of  the  country  will  be  utilized  in  caring 
for  the  industries  at  home  and  the  health  of  the  home  people,  this 
large  percentage  of  necessity  will  be  expected  to  maintain  their 
home  status  and  continue  their  ordinary  professional  work. 

Conferences  on  Tuberculosis. — The  National  Tuberculosis 
Association  announces  that  it  has  plans  under  way  for  five  confer- 
ences, covering  the  country  in  geographic  sections,  to  consider  prac- 
tical measures  for  coping  with  tuberculosis  as  a war  problem.  The 
questions  discussed  will  be  the  means  of  providing  adequate  care 
for  the  thousands  of  soldiers  and  sailors  already  discharged  from 
the  army  and  navy  on  account  of  tuberculosis,  and  rejected  in  the 
draft  for  the  same  reason,  and  also  the  question  of  educating  the 
civilian  population  more  fully  regarding  tuberculosis  during  the 
war.  The  future  conferences  are  to  be  held  as  follows : Denver, 
October  2-4;  Birmingham,  Ala.,  October  11-12;  Pittsburgh,  October 
17-18 ; Providence,  R.  I.,  October  25-26.  All  health  officers,  dis- 
pensary physicians,  visiting  nurses  and  others  interested  are  urged 
to  attend. 

Meeting  of  Military  Surgeons  of  the  United  States. — The 
annual  meeting  of  the  Association  of  Military  Surgeons  of  the 
United  States  will  he  held  at  Camp  Greenleaf,  Port  Oglethorpe, 
Ga.,  October  13,  14  and  15,  under  the  presidency  of  Dr.  Geo.  A. 
Lung,  Medical  Director  in  the  United  States  Navy. 

Officers  for  the  American  Association  of  Anesthetists. — 
At  their  sixth  annual  meeting  in  Chicago  in  August,  1918,  this 
association  elected  Major  W.  B.  Howell,  C.  A.  M.  C.,  Montreal, 
Canada,  president,  and  Dr.  F.  H.  McMechan,  Avon  Lake,  Ohio, 
secretary-treasurer. 

The  College  of  Medicine,  Tulane,  opened  for  the  session  on 
September  23.  The  matriculation  in  the  School  of  Medicine  and 


212 


Netvs  and  Comment. 


the  School  of  Dentistry  promises  to  be  unusually  large.  It  is  too 
early  to  estimate  that  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Medicine  (New 
Orleans  Polyclinic).  The  School  of  Tropical  Medicine  is  discon- 
tinued for  the  duration  of  the  war. 

Havana  Honors  Dr.  Arteaga. — One  of  the  wards  of  the  new 
Garcia  Hospital  at  Havana  has  been  named  in  honor  of  Dr.  Serapio 
Arteaga,  a leading  obsterician  of  Havana  in  his  day  and  professor 
■of  gynecology  and  obstetrics  in  the  university.  His  portrait  was  in- 
stalled with  much  ceremony  in  the  new  ward  recently.  His  son  is 
editor  of  the  Revista  de  Medicina  y Cirugia. 

Census  Gives  Cancer  Increase. — The  latest  returns  of  the 
United  States  Census  on  cancer  and  other  malignant  tumors  show 
58,000  deaths  in  1916.  Of  these,  22,480,  or  nearly  39  per  cent, 
resulted  from  cancers  of  the  stomach  and  liver.  The  death  rate 
from  cancer  has  risen  from  60  per  100,000  in  1900  to  81.8  in  1916. 
According  to  the  authorities,  it  is  possible  that  at  least  a part  of 
this  increase  is  due  to  more  correct  diagnosis  and  to  greater  care 
on  the  part  of  physicians  in  making  reports. 

Flight  Surgeons. — Plans  have  been  elaborated  to  supervise  the 
period  of  rest,  recreation  and  duty  of  aviators  and  candidates,  so 
as  to  get  the  best  results.  A corps  of  surgeons  and  physical  trainers 
will  be  assigned  each  aviation  field  and  camp  for  this  work.  The 
surgeon  so  assigned  will  be  known  as  “flight  surgeon.” 

According  to  the  Army  and  Navy  Authorities,  nearly  50,000 
doctors  will  be  required  for  war  service  eventually.  It  is  proposed, 
in  order  to  prevent  the  disorganizing  of  the  teaching  staffs  of  the 
medical  schools,  to  commission  all  teachers  and  assign  them  to  their 
present  duties.  It  is  estimated  of  the  143,000  doctors  in  the  United 
States  that  between  80,000  and  95,000  are  in  active  practice  and 
that  23,000  are  in  the  army  or  navy. 

Correspondence  School  for  Pharmacists. — The  Bureau  of 
Medicine  and  Surgery  of  the  Navy  is  conducting  a correspondence 
school  for  naval  pharmacists,  the  course  being  in  charge  of  Surgeon 
Henry  L.  Dollard,  U.  S.  N.  The  benefits  of  the  school  are  open 
to  all  pharmacists  and  chief  pharmacists,  permanent,  temporary 
and  of  the  reserve.  The  course  is  so  conducted  that  every  pharmacist 
taking  it  gets  the  benefit  of  the  experience  of  the  other  students. 


News  and  Comment. 


213; 


Mosquitoes  Banished  From  Hog  Island. — By  draining  a 
marsh  twenty-five  miles  long,  at  a cost  of  $250,000,  the  officials  of 
the  United  States  Shipping  Board  believe  that  Hog  Island,  now 
the  center  of  a vast  shipbuilding  industry,  is  effectively  rid  of  mos- 
quitoes. New  Jersey,  since  witnessing  this  achievement,  has  de- 
cided to  spend  $150,000  to  drain  the  Newark  meadows. 

Convention  of  Sanitarians. — Under  the  auspices  of  the  Amer- 
ican Public  Health  Association,  a convention  of  sanitarians  of  the' 
United  States  and  Canada  will  be  held  in  Chicago,  October  14-17. 
Papers  will  be  presented  on  laboratory,  internal  hygiene,  vital 
statistics,  food  and  drug,  sanitary  engineering,  sociologic  and  gen- 
eral health  administration  subjects.  Governors  of  States  and  mayors, 
of  cities  have  been  requested  to  send  their  health  officers  to  this; 
conference.  Further  information  will  be  furnished  by  A.  W. 
Hendrich,  secretary  of  the  American  Public  Health  Association,. 
1041  Boylston  street,  Boston. 

New  Physiologic  Journal. — The  first  number  of  the  Journal 
of  General  Physiology  made  its  appearance  on  September  20.  This, 
journal  will  appear  bi-monthly  and  is  intended  to  serve  as  an  organ 
for  publication  of  papers  devoted  to  the  investigation  of  life  processes, 
from  the  physiochemical  point  of  view.  The  editors  are  Dr.  Jacques, 
Loeb,  of  the  Rockefeller  Institute  for  Medical  Research,  and  Prof. 
W.  J.  Y.  Osterhout,  of  Harvard  University.  The  subscription  price 
is  $5  a volume  and  subscriptions  should  be  sent  to  the  Journal  of 
General  Physiology , Publication  Department,  the  Rockefeller  In- 
stitute for  Medical  Research,  Sixty-sixth  street  and  Avenue  A,  New 
York  City. 

Reconstruction. — This  is  the  title  of  a periodical  devoted  to  the 
reconstruction  of  disabled  soldiers  and  sailors,  published  monthly 
at  Ottawa,  Canada,  by  the  Department- of  Soldiers’  Civil  Reestab- 
lishment. It  is  similar  in  scope  to  Carry  On,  a monthly  periodical 
issued  from  the  office  of  the  Surgeon  General,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Chiropodists  in  the  Army. — According  to  announcement  from 
the  War  Department,  chiropodists  taken  into  the  army  will  be- 
transferred  directly  to  the  medical  department  and  either  assigned 
immediately  to  the  various  camps  for  duty  under  the  camp  surgeon, 
or  first  sent  to  Camp  Greenleaf  for  further  training  under  the' 
regular  orthopedic  instructors.  On  the  demonstration  of  proper 


214 


News  and  Comment. 


skill  and  attainments,  they  may  be  advanced  to  the  grade  of  sergeant. 
A canvass  of  the  camps  is  now  being  made  to  determine  the  need 
of  this  service. 

Dr.  Abraham  Jacobi  has  accepted  the  office  of  honorary  presi- 
dent of  the  Friends  of  German  Democracy,  an  organization  of 
Americans,  mostty  of  German  descent,  who  favor  the  destruction  of 
Hohenzollern  rule. 

The  War  Department  will  station  at  Tulane  University  a regu- 
lar army  officer  to  be  in  charge  of  the  men  enrolled  in  both  sections 
of  the  Student  Army  Training  Corps.  The  officer  in  command  will 
pass  judgment  upon  men  in  Tulane  and  will  decide  which  students 
shall  be  retained  for  training  in  technical  subjects  and  which  sent 
to  camps  for  private  training.  The  subjects  taught  and  the  time  to 
be  devoted  to  military  drill  is  dictated  by  the  War  Department. 

To  Enlarge  Marine  Hospital  at  Jew  Orleans. — Seven  or 
eight  new  buildings  are  to  be  added  to  the  United  States  Marine 
Hospital  at  Hew  Orleans,  making  it  one  of  the  best  in  the  country. 
The  additions  planned  will  cost  between  $200,000  and  $250,000. 
The  plans  are  already  drawn  and  the  additions  will  be  rushed  and, 
when  completed,  will  have  facilities  for  taking  care  of  not  only  the 
navy’s  sick,  but  of  the  sick  of  the  merchant  marine  as  well. 

Loyola  Hospital  Unit  Arrives  in  Italy. — A cablegram  was 
received  the  latter  part  of  August  from  Genoa,  Italy,  announcing 
the  safe  arrival  of  the  Loyola  Hospital  Unit  No.  102,  which  left  the 
United  States  for  Italy  about  three  weeks  earlier. 

Personals. — Major  Seale  Harris,  editor  of  the  Southern  Medical 
Journal , Birmingham,  Ala.,  is  now  stationed  at  12  Place  Yendome, 
Paris,  where  he  is  on  hospital  duty. 

Major  Isadore  Dyer,  New  Orleans,  after  nearly  two  months’  work 
in  the  Surgeon  General’s  office,  where  he  was  called  for  duty,  has 
returned. 

Dr.  Joseph  F.  Baldwin,  M.  C.,  former  intern  at  Touro  Infirmary 
and  a graduate  of  Tulane  College  of  Medicine,  1915,  was  killed 
while  on  trench  duty  in  France  attending  the  wounded. 

Among  the  doctors  of  New  Orleans  who  have  returned  from  their 
vacation  and  resumed  practice  are : Drs.  Chas.  Chassaignac,  Joseph 
Conn,  J.  P.  Wahl,  Chas.  A.  Borey,  O.  F.  Ernst,  John  F.  Oechsner, 
Henry  FT.  Blum,  J.  Brown  Larose,  Isidore  Cohn,  Marcus  Feingold, 
J.  W.  Cirino  and  H.  E.  Nelson. 


Booh  Reviews  and  Notices. 


215 


Dr.  A.  S.  J.  Hyde,  of  Baton  Rouge,  La.,  is  serving  in  Develop- 
ment Battalion,  Camp  Wheeler,  Macon,  Ga.,  with  the  rank  of  first 
lieutenant. 

A card  was  recently  received  by  the  Journal  announcing  the 
safe  arrival  overseas  of  Lieut.  Theodore  T.  Batson,  Base  Hospital 
86,  A.  E.  F. 

Removals. — Dr.  F.  P.  Vines,  from  Hot  Springs  to  Bauxite,  Ark. 

Dr.  Wm.  H.  Block,  to  710  Maison  Blanche  Building. 

Dr.  D.  C.  McCuller,  from  Fisher  to  Grand  Cane,  La. 

Dr.  W.  P.  Perkins,  from  Leesville,  La.,  to  Beaumont,  Texas. 

Dr.  G.  F.  Roeling,  of  New  Orleans  to  Camp  Hancock,  Ga. 

Married. — On  July  30,  1918,  Capt.  John  Gano  McLaurin,  M.  C., 
U.  S.  A.,  of  Dallas,  Texas,  to  Miss  Lucy  Warren  Coke.  Capt.  Me. 
Laurin  is  a Tulane  alumnus. 


BOOK  REVIEWS  AND  NOTICES 


All  new  publications  sent  to  the  Journal  will  be  appreciated  and  will  invariably  be 
promptly  acknowledged  under  the  heading  of  “ Publications  Received While 
it  will  be  the  aim  of  the  Journal  to  review  as  many  of  the  works  accepted  as 
possible,  the  editors  will  be  guided  by  the  space  available  and  the  merit  of  re- 
spective publications.  The  acceptance  of  a book  implies  no  obligation  to  review. 


Surgery  and  Diseases  of  the  Mouth  and  Jaws,  by  Yilray  Papin  Blair, 
A.  M.,  M.  D.,  F.  A.  C.  S.  C.  Y.  Mosby  Company,  St.  Louis,  Mo., 
1917. 

This  volume  is  a timely  and  instructive  publication,  rewritten  and 
brought  up  to  date,  containing  the  latest  information  and  methods  of 
treatment  learned  on  the  battle  front  of  Europe.  It  well  merits  the 
distinction,  enjoyed  by  few  books,  of  having  the  official  endorsement  of 
the  Surgeon  General  of  the  United  States  Army. 

The  text  is  arranged  in  forty-six  chapters,  which  present  the  in- 
fections, injuries,  tumors,  congenital  and  acquired  deformities  and  dis- 
eases of  the  mouth,  jaws  and  surrounding  parts,  with  their  medical  and 
surgical  treatment. 

The  chapters  on  the  treatment  of  fractures  are  particularly  good,  also 
those  on  cleft  palate  and  hare-lip.  The  chapters  on  cancer  of  the  lip  and 
tongue  are  especially  thorough  and  interesting,  expressing  the  latest 
opinions  concerning  these  affections.  The  diseases  of  the  teeth  and  gums 
are  presented  in  a well-written  chapter.  In  the  chapter  on  hemorrhage, 
shock  and  allied  complications,  there  is  much  of  interest,  but  here,  it  did 
not  appear  to  the  reviewer,  that  the  danger  of  ligating  the  common 
carotid  artery  was  sufficiently  emphasized,  and  the  use  of  the  Matas  band 
for  vascular  occlusion,  so  valuable  here,  has  been  overlooked,  but  in  one 
of  the  final  chapters  on  ligation  and  temporary  constriction  of  arteries 
this  danger  is  prominently  presented. 

Among  the  final  chapters,  those  on  facial  spasm  and  tic  douloureux 


216 


Book  Reviews  and  Notices. 


are  particularly  interesting,  although  the  description  of  the  methods  for 
injecting  the  several  branches  of  the  fifth  nerve  are  lacking  in  detail, 
and  it  does  not  seem  that  the  best  methods  have  always  been  adopted; 
but  this  is  more  than  compensated  for  by  the  operative  procedures,  par- 
ticularly that  upon  the  gasserian  ganglion,  which  show  a thoroughness 
which  is  quite  refreshing. 

It  is  not  unreasonable  to  expect  a few  errors  in  a book  of  this  scope, 
revised  under  the  conditions  which  must  have  prevailed  in  bringing  it 
up  to  date,  with  the  latest  methods  approved  on  the  battle  front.  Of 
these,  the  reviewer  has  noticed  several,  but  two  of  which  deserve  men- 
tion. On  page  170  the  posterior  palatine  nerve  is  named,  instead  of 
anterior  palatine.  In  the  latter  part  of  the  book  the  words  “perineurial” 
and  ‘ ‘ intraneurial  ’ ’ are  repeatedly  used,  instead  of  perineural  and  intra- 
neural.  These  errors  are  unfortunate,  but  in  no  wise  detract  from  the 
merits  of  the  volume,  which  should  be  in  the  hands  of  all  interested  in 
this  field  of  work.  CARROLL  W.  ALLEN. 

Syphilis  and  Public  Health,  by  Lieut.-Col.  Edward  B.  Yedder,  A.  M., 
M.  D.  Lea  & Febiger,  Philadelphia  and  New  York,  1918. 

A most  timely  and  instructive  publication,  it  is  divided  into  four 
chapters,  covering:  1,  The  Prevalence  of  Syphilis;  2,  The  Sources  of  In- 
fection and  Methods  of  Transmission;  3,  Personal  Prophylaxis;  4,  Public 
Health  Measures.  There  is  also  an  appendix,  some  of  the  contents  of 
which  are  of  doubtful  utility,  as  the  technic  of  the  Wassermann  test; 
within  the  limited  space  there  is  nothing  practical  which  can  be  taught 
about  it. 

The  whole  subject  is  thoroughly  discussed  and,  while  the  author  has 
no  hesitation  in  expressing  his  opinion  frankly,  he  is  broad  enough  to 
outline  the  other  side,  thus  enabling  the  reader  to  reach  his  own  con- 
clusion, which  in  some  instances  need  not  be  exactly  that  of  Col.  Yedder. 
It  is  true,  however,  that  the  reviewer  is  prepared  to  agree  with  him  on 
most  points,  and  unqualifiedly  otherwise  recommends  the  book  to  all  those 
interested  in  the  question  it  handles — and  that  should  be  all  physicians, 
at  least.  C.  C. 

Treatise  of  Cystoscopy  and  Urethroscopy,  by  Dr.  George  Luys,  trans- 
lated by  A.  L.  Wolbarst,  M.  D.  C.  V.  Mosby  Company,  St.  Louis, 
Mo.,  1918. 

This  is  an  important  work  of  nearly  four  hundred  pages,  written  by  a 
master  of  French  urology,  a man  of  large  experience  who  knows  how  to 
tell  what  he  has  to  say  and  is  willing  to  go  into  sufficient  details.  Thus 
it  becomes  useful,  not  only  to  the  student  who  must  be  gradually  in- 
ducted into  the  art  of  urethroscopy  and  cystoscopy,  but  as  well  to  those 
who,  while  already  practicing  the  art,  can  be  introduced  to  some  new 
ideas  and  new  applications.  It  is  pre-eminently  the  author’s  purpose  to 
teach  and  illustrate  the  direct  vision  cystoscopy,  which  he  favors  and 
which  is  not  as  generally  accepted  and  practiced  in  this  country  as  the 
prismatic,  although  both  are  considered. 

The  translator,  who  had  no  small  task  ahead  of  him,  has  done  his  work 
admirably  and  could  not  have  failed,  considering  not  only  his  ability, 
but  his  two-fold  purpose  in  undertaking  it,  “to  bring  to  American  and 
other  English-speaking  urologists  the  message  which  Luy’s  book  bears” 
and  to  “express  in  concrete  form  the  love  and  affection”  of  the  trans- 
lator for  France. 

The  illustrations  are  fine,  217  in  black  and  white  and  24  color  plates, 


Publications  Received. 


217 


the  latter  being  exceptionally  well-done.  Printed  on  heavy  paper,  with 
large  type,  the  book  is  a fine  specimen  of  typographic  art. 

Author,  translator,  publisher — all  are  to  be  congratulated.  C.  C. 


PUBLICATIONS  RECEIVED 


C.  V.  MOSBY  COMPANY,  St.  Louis,  1918. 

Nursing  in  Diseases  of  Children,  by  Chas.  G.  Leo-Wolf,  M.  D. 

Surgical  and  War  Nursing,  by  A.  H.  Barkley,  M.  D.,  F.  A.  C.  S. 
Hygiene  for  Nurses,  by  Nolie  Mumey,  M.  D. 

A Textbook  of  Physiology  for  Nurses,  by  Wm.  Gay  Christian,  M.  D., 
and  Chas.  C.  Haskell,  M.  A.,  M.  D. 

W.  B.  SAUNDERS  COMPANY,  Philadelphia  and  London,  1918. 

The  Medical  Clinics  of  North  America.  May,  1918.  Index  Number. 

P.  BLAKISTON’S  SON  & CO.,  Philadelphia,  1918. 

War  Surgery  of  the  Abdomen,  by  Cuthbert  Wallace,  C.  M.  G., 
F.  R.  C.  S.,  M.  D.,  B.  S. 

LEA  & FEBIGER,  Philadelphia  and  New  York,  1918. 

Military  Surgery  of  the  Zone  of  the  Advance,  by  Geo.  de  Tarnowsky, 

M.  D.,  F.  A.  C.  S. 

THE  YEAR  BOOK  PUBLISHERS,  Chicago,  1918. 

The  Practical  Medicine  Series.  Volume  III:  The  Eye,  Ear,  Nose  and 
Throat.  Edited  by  Casey  A.  Wood,  C.  M.,  M.  D.,  D.  C.  L.;  Albert  H. 
Andrews,  M.  D.,  and  Geo.  E.  Shambaugh,  M.  D. 

GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE,  Washington,  D.  C.,  1918. 

Public  Health  Reports.  Vol.  33,  Nos.  32,  33  and  34. 

MISCELLANEOUS: 

On  the  Fringe  of  the  Great  Fight,  by  Col.  Geo.  G.  Nasmith,  C.  M.  G. 
(Geo.  H.  Doran  Company,  New  York,  1918.) 

REPRINTS. 

Speech-Reading  for  the  War  Deaf,  by  Clarence  John  Blake,  M.  D.; 
The  Partially  Deaf  Child:  A School  Problem,  by  John  D.  Wright;  Things 
Are  Not  Always  What  They  Seem,  by  Alice  N.  Trask;  The  Serviceability 
of  Visible  Speech,  by  Chas,  W.  Kidder;  The  “Conscientious  Objector,’’ 

by  Louise  I.  Morgenstern.  (The  Volta  Bureau,  1601  Thirty-fifth  street, 

N.  W.,  Washington,  D.  C.) 

Algunas  Notas  Sobre  la  Filariasis,  por  A.  Martinez  Alvarez,  M.  D. 
Mortality  Among  Women  from  Causes  Incidental  to  Child-Bearing,  by 
Louis  I.  Dublin,  Ph.  D. 


213 


Mortuary  Report. 


MORTUARY  REPORT  OF  NEW  ORLEANS. 

Computed  from  the  Monthly  Report  of  the  Board  of  Health  of  the  City 
of  New  Orleans,  for  August,  1918. 


CA  USE. 

§ 

o 

.6 

1 

£ 

Typhoid  Fever  . _ 

9 

8 

17 

Intermittent  Fever  (Malarial  Cachexia) 

2 

2 ■ 

Whooping  Cough  _______  _ 

13 

4 

17 

Diphtheria,  and  Croup. _ 

4 

4 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Tuberculosis  __  _ 

38 

48 

86 

Cancer  

22 

9 

3i 

Rheumatism  and  Gout. 

4 

1 

5 

Diabetes  

4 

3 

7 

Encephalitis  and  Meningitis 

2 

2 

Locomotor  Ataxia 

Congestion,  Hemorrhage  and  Softening  of  Brain 

19 

10 

29 

Paralysis  

2 

2 

Convulsions  of  Infancy  

1 

1 

Other  Diseases  of  Infancy _ _ 

16 

11 

27 

Tetanus _ _ 

1 

1 

Other  Nervous  Diseases  __  _ __ 

1 

1 

2 

Heart  Diseases _ 

3° 

43 

73 

Bronchitis 

Pneumonia  and  Broncho-Pneumonia 

12 

15 

27 

Other  Respiratory  Diseases 

1 

1 

2 

Ulcer  of  Stomach  

1 

1 

Or  her  Diseases  of  the  Stomach 

2 

2 

Diarrhea,  Dysentery  and  Enteritis  _ 

23 

"is” 

38 

Hernia,  Intestinal  Obstruction 

5 

3 

8 

Cirrhosis  of  Liver. 

7 

1. 

8 

Other  Diseases  of  the  Liver  

2 

1 

3 

Simple  Peritonitis 

Appendicitis 

S 

2 

10 

Bright’s  Disease.  __  __ 

16 

13 

29 

Other  Genito-Urinary  Diseases  

13 

17 

30 

Puerperal  Diseases  _ 

5 

4 

9 

Senile  Debility  _ 

Q 

o 

3 

J — 

Suicide 

3 

3 

Injuries  _ __  

28 

16 

44 

All  Other  Causes  

18 

17 

35 

Total __  _ __  _ 

311 

249 

560 

Still-born  Children — White,  27;  colored,  17;  total,  44. 

Population  of  City  (estimated) — White,  276,000;  colored,  102,000; 
total,  378,000. 

Death  Rate  per  1,000  per  Annum  for  Month— White,  13.32;  colored, 
29.73;  total,  17.50.  Non-residents  excluded,.  14.22. 


Mean  atmospheric  pressure 30.04 

Mean  temperature 82 

Total  precipitation 6.19  inches. 


Prevailing  direction  of  wind,  southeast. 


WS.S. 

TOR  SAVINGS  STAMPS 

USUEB  WV  THE 

UNITED  STATES 
GOVERNMENT 


NEW  ORLEANS  MEDICAL 
AND  SURGICAL  JOURNAL 


js  D I T O R S * 

CHARLES  CHASSAIGNAC,  M.  D.  * ISADORE  DYER,  M.  D. 

COLLABORATORS : 

C.  C.  BASS,  M.  D.,  Prest.,  Amer.  Soc.  Tropical  Medicine 1 ~ 

S.  K.  SIMON,  M.  D.,  Acting  Secty.  American  Soc.  of  Tropical  Medicine J ’ "l 

P.  T.  TALBOT,  M.  D.,  Secretary  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society Ex-Officio 

RUPERT  BLUE,  M.  D.,  Surgeon  General,  United  States  Public  Health  Service. 

H.  D.  BRUNS,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

C.  F.  CRAIG,  M.  D.,  Col.,  U.  S.  A. 

S.  T.  DARLING,  M.  D.,  Sao  Paulo,  Brazil. 

W.  H.  DEADERICK,  M.  D.,  Hot  Springs,  Arkansas. 

E.  M.  DUPAQUIER,  M.  D.  (Paris),  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

A.  G.  FRIEDRICHS,  M.  D.,  New  Orleans,  La. 

J.  T.  HALSEY,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

JOS.  HOLT,  M.  D.,  New  Orleans,  La. 

F.  A.  LARUE,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

E.  S.  LEWIS,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

R.  C.  LYNCH,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

E.  D.  MARTIN,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

R.  MATAS,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

AUGUSTUS  McSHANE,  M.  D.,  Greenwood,  Miss. 

PAUL  MICHINARD,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

C.  J.  MIDLER,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

F.  W.  PARHAM,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

E.  A.  ROBIN,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

W.  H.  SEEMANN,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

ALLEN  J.  SMITH,  M.  D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

EDMOND  SOUCHON,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

E.  R.  STITT,  M.  D„  Rear  Admiral,  U.  S.  N. 

J.  A.  STORCK,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

R.  P.  STRONG,  M.  D., Harvard  University. 

ROY  M.  VAN  WART,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 


Vol.  LXXI 


NOVEMBER,  1918 


No.  5 


EDITORIAL 


SPANISH  INFLUENZA. 

The  cyclic  spread  of  influenza  appears  to  have  reached  the  United 
States,  and  the  pandemic  is  well  under  way.  Hardly  any  section 
has  escaped  it,  and  the  army  reservations  and  naval  stations  have 
especially  developed  the  disease.  Like  other  wholesale  epidemics 
of  the  epizootic,  the  present  one  has  developed  rapidly  and  promises 
further  spread  before  it.  declines..  The  mortality  appears  higher 
than  the  customary  winter  grippe,  and  the  present  outbreak  more 
nearly  resembles  that  which  covered  the  United  States  in  1890 
and  1891. 


220 


Editorial. 


The  rapid  onset,  early  temperature  exacerbation  and  the  pneu- 
monic complications  are  characteristic.  The  avoidance  of  gather- 
ings and  of  public  exposure  are  important,  hut,  of  course,  the  in- 
dividual sick  or  just  recovering  is  always  the  object  of  danger  in 
the  spread  of  the  disease.  At  the  first  suggestion  of  headache, 
coryza,  cough,  sneezing  and  other  catarrhal  symptoms,  the  victim 
should  go  home  and  to  bed. 

The  health  authorities  are  active  in  distributing  information  as 
to  how  to  prevent  this  disease  and  how  to  take  care  of  those  sick 
with  it.  The  prompt  quarantine  of  those  sick  with  influenza  will 
save  others,  and  this  is  practiced  by  the  military  authorities.  As 
the  disease  usually  runs  its  course  in  a few  days,  unless  there  are 
other  complications,  the  present  epidemic  ought  to  have  a rapid 
course  and  exit. 

A profession  already  overtaxed  will  have  the  burden  of  the  strain, 
but  theirs  is  the  duty  to  educate  the  public  to  the  way  of  shortening 
the  epidemic. 


THE  STUDENTS’  ARMY  TRAINING  CORPS. 

On  October  1,  some  five  hundred  universities  and  colleges  offi- 
cially inaugurated  the  operation  of  the  Students  Army  Training 
Corps,  through  which  about  150,000  young  men  became  privates 
in  the  army  of  the  United  States  under  exceptional  conditions. 

While  the  continuance  of  a college  education  to  its  completion 
may  not  be  possible  for  many  of  these  students,  all  of  them  will 
be  thoroughly  trained  as  soldiers  while  they  are  in  college.  Those 
whose  courses  may  be  shortened  will  have  the  gratification  of  going 
into  further  training  as  officers,  if  their  first  trial  in  college  is 
satisfactory. 

Students  of  medicine  are  particularly  fortunate.  A wise  govern-  j 
ment  has  recognized  the  necessity  of  encouraging  qualified  stu- 
dents in  the  pursuit  of  medical  study  and  it  has  provided  the  wa}r 
under  conditions  which  to  the  student  should  appear  as  a dream 
come  true.  The  most  expensive  of  all  professional  schools,  the 
medical  course,  is  now  offered  at  no  cost  to  the  student,  except  for 
his  books  and  instruments,  and  at  the  same  time  he  is  housed,  fed 
and  has  the  pay  of  a private.  The  curriculum  of  the  medical  course 
is  to  be  maintained,  with  a proper  provision  for  allowances  for  th0 
military  phase. 


Editorial. 


221 


Not  only  are  the  material  sides  of  the  question  of  medical  educa- 
tion solved,  but  there  is  offered  as  a reward  for  the  industrious  a 
commission  in  the  medical  corps  at  the  end  of  the  training. 

Among  the  many  activities  which  the  preparation  for  war  has 
evolved  none  will  have  a more  far  reaching  influence  than  the  or- 
ganization of  the  Students  Army  Training  Corps.  Universal  mili- 
tary training  may  come  about  through  legislative  act,  but  with  the 
leading  colleges  in  every  state  engaged  in  the  active  training  of 
soldier  officers,  the  hoy  on  the  way  to  manhood  will  see  the  process 
and  will  demand  the  right  to  anticipate  as  his  right,  what  the  col- 
lege boy  now  receives  by  privilege,  under  a national  legislative  act. 

The  end  results  of  the  Students  Army  Training  Corps  will  be 
many,  but  even  if  the  war  is  over  before  many  of  these  young  men 
are  in  the  field  of  action,  they  will  have  trained  for  that  action  and 
the  training  will  be  as  potent  in  the  field  of  civil  life  or  in  other 
human  endeavors.  Malthusian  though  the  thought  may  be,  the 
process  which  has  followed  every  great  struggle  has  brought  its 
blessings  in  refinement  of  purpose,  closer  domestic  virtues,  greater 
community  achievement  and  a concomitant  return  to  the  integral 
spiritual  and  moral  life. 

The  American  soldier  or  sailor  in  this  day  has  his  motives  re- 
vealed to  him,  where  his  instincts  have  not  produced  them,  and  his 
plane  of  thought  is  ethically  higher  than  has  been  the  case  in  mili- 
tary organization  in  this  country  hitherto.  It  is  right  to  expect 
that  with  a superlative  training  added,  our  college  boy  soldiers  and 
sailors  will  bring  up  the  average  in  the  final  count. 


SPECIAL  NOTICE. 

The  attention  of  the  members  of  the  American  Society  of  Trop- 
ical Medicine  is  called  to  the  indefinite  postponement  of  the  annual 
meeting  fixed  for  November  11,  1918. 

This  step  was  deemed  necessary  by  the  president  in  view  of  the 
health  conditions  prevailing. 

(Signed)  Sidney  K.  Simon,  M.D., 

Acting  Secretary. 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


(No  paper  published  or  to  be  published  in  any  other  medical  journal  will  be  accepted 
for  this  department.  All  papers  must  be  in  the  hands  of  the  Editors  on  the  tenth  day  of 
the  month  preceding  that  in  which  they  are  expected  to  appear.  Reprints  may  be  had  at 
reasonable  rates  if  a WRITTEN  order  for  the  same  accompany  the  paper.) 


SOME  SPANISH  VIEWS  ON  SPANISH  INFLUENZA.* 

Translated  for  the  New  Orleans  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal  by 
LODILLA  AMBROSE,  Ph.  M.,  New  Orleans. 


(PAGES  OF  ORIGINAL  ARTICLES  ARE  GIVEN  IN  BRACKETS.) 

£401]  Carlan  (25  May,  1918). — Simultaneously  with  the 
enormous  influx  of  strangers  who  have  visited  Madrid  during  these 
last  days — although  we  do  not  attribute  its  presence  to  this  in- 
flux— an  epidemic  afflicts  Madrid  which  is  important  for  the  number 
of  cases,  but  need  not  cause  pre-occupation  at  present,  in  view  of 
the  mildness  of  the  cases. 

The  disease  has  the  characteristics  peculiar  to  all  the  catarrhal 
epidemics  which  have  been  observed  historically  by  the  names  of 
influenza,  of  grippe,  or  of  trancazo  [Spanish  word,  meaning  liter- 
ally a blow  with  a bar] . The  only  strange  thing  up  to  the  present 
time  is  this,  that  it  has  appeared  in  Madrid  without  etiological 
antecedents  connected  with. other  populations;  however,  it  is  known 
that  these  diseases  are  usually  true  pandemics,  just  as  they  have 
always  been  designated. 

There  is  no  reason  for  enumerating  the  number  of  opinions,  some 
well  aimed  and  discreet,  others  capricious  and  fantastic,  which  have 
circulated  in  these  days.  As  far  as  we  are  concerned,  we  do  not 
believe  that  there  is  any  motive  for  great  disquiet;  but  neither  would 
it  be  prudent  to  forget  that  grippal  epidemics  are  characterized  by 
sudden,  benign  and  generalized  onset,  and  that  then  they  are  ac- 
centuated in  gravity  and  in  persistence  as  time  goes  on. 


*25  Maj%  1918. — CarMn,  Decio.  Las  epidtmias  de  las  ferias  del  Santo.  Siglo  medico, 
Madrid,  1918,  lxv,  401. 

1 June,  1918. — Evolucion  de  la  epidemia  [editorial].  Siglo  medico,  Madrid,  1918, 

lxv,  422. 

Cortezo,  Carlos  Marfa  [president  of  the  Real  Academia  Nacional  de  Medicina,  member 
of  the  Real  Academia  de  la  Lengua] . Influenza  6 dengue?  Siglo  medico,  Madrid,  1918, 
lxv,  422-426.  [Reprinted  from  Siglo  medico,  Madrid,  15  December,  1889,  786-790.] 

8 June,  1918. — Carl&n,  Decio.  La  cuestion  del  dfa.  Siglo  medico,  Madrid,  1918, 

lxv,  441-442. 

15  June,  1918. — Lasbennes,  Luis.  ContribuciOn  demografica  al  estudio  de-  la  actual 
epidemia  en  Madrid.  Siglo  medico,  Madrid,  1918,  lxv,  466-468. 

29  June,  1918. — [Received  by  the  John  Crerar  Library,  Chicago,  10  August  1918.] 

Estado  sanitario  de  Madrid.  Siglo  medico,  Madrid,  1918,  lxv,  518. 


Ambrose — Spanish  Views  on  Spanish  Influenza.  223 

One  is  reminded  of  the  events  of  the  month  of  December,  1889, 
and  January,  1890.  If  the  -disease  continues,  we  shall  publish  one 
of  the  works  which  saw  the  light  in  El  Siglo  Medico  at  that  time, 
and  well  merits  reprinting,  for  it  seems  written  for  to-day. 

[422]  Editorial  (1  June,  1918). — As  the  days  pass,  apparent 
confusion  regarding  the  onset  and  progress  of  the  grippal  epidemic 
prevalent  in  Madrid  for  two  weeks  is  being  cleared  up. 

The  first  thing  which  appeared  strange  was  its  exclusive  localiza- 
tion in  this  capital,  inasmuch  as  epidemics  of  this  class  tend  to  ex- 
tension among  many  peoples  and  to  different  countries,  even  to  the 
point  of  being  considered  pandemics.  Be  that  as  it  may,  in  accord- 
ance with  data  which  we  consider  exact,  there  are  already  found 
affected  Barcelona,  Sevilla,  Valencia  and  other  places. 

As  for  foreign  countries,  in  Paris  it  seems  that  numerous  cases 
have  occurred  and  are  still  occurring,  and  some  of  them  are  grave; 
in  England  also  various  populations  have  been  invaded. 

(For  America,  the  cases  at  Sing  Sing  and  at  the  Ford  factory 
are  quoted  from  the  Medical  Record , March  30  and  April  13.) 

Evidently,  then,  the  pandemic  character  is  not  lacking;  there 
remains,  however,  the  publishing  of  the  bacteriological  confirma- 
tion. An  observation  on  this  point  occurs  to  us,  which  we  will  re- 
port for  what  it  is  worth. 

It  is  to-day  considered  certain  that  the  bacillus  pathogenic  for 
grippe  is  the  one  called  Pfeiffer’s,  from  the  name  of  its  discoverer; 
but  it  is  not  to  be  forgotten  that  this  discovery  was  not  made  at  the 
time  of  a well-marked  pandemic  like  that  of  the  years  1889-90, 
but  that  it  was  announced  as  proved  some  years  after  from  the 
bronchial  secretions  of  cases  diagnosed  as  grippe.  An  author  as 
well  known  and  respected  in  Germany  and  in  Spain  as  Striimpell 
does  not  consider  it  certain  that  the  pathogenic  organism  of  this 
disease  is  known,  although  he  mentions  the  works  of  Pfeiffer. 

The  following  may  be  the  fact,  though  we  do  not  venture  to 
assert  it  positively,  that  the  organism  considered  as  ultimately 
pathogenic  for  grippe  was  this,  solely  for  some  of  its  relatively 
sporadic  forms,  just  as  happens  with  certain  intestinal  infections, 
which  present  syndromes  very  similar  and  almost  equivalent,  but 
undoubtedly  have  as  their  infections  bacilli  morphologically  and 
biologically  distinct. 

On  this  point  the  bacteriologists  have  the  floor,  and  it  is  to  be 
hoped  that  they  will  concern  themselves  with  the  question  not  only 


224 


Translation. 


with  the  skill  which  we  recognize  with  pleasure  in  many  of  them, 
bnt  also  with  that  serenity  of  judgment  and  that  impartiality  which 
are  to  be  desired  in  all,  in  order  that  they  may  not  darken  their 
counsels  by  prejudices  and  routines — which  exist  even  in  labora- 
tories. P. 

Cortezo  (1  June,  1918). — [El  Siglo  Medico  reprints  the  follow- 
ing article,  written  by  Cortezo  at  the  time  of  the  epidemic  of  in- 
fluenza in  1889-90,  and  in  a note  compares  the  present  epidemic 
with  that  one.] 

[422]  The  sinister  genius  of  epidemics  lets  loose  its  malevolent 
ministries  and  its  agents  of  desolation  and  death  not  alone  when  it 
attacks  us,  but  modern  life  has  afforded  pernicious  supernumeraries 
who,  under  the  name  of  amateurs,  intelligent  persons,  correspond- 
ents and  journalists,  invade  the  organs  of  publicity  on  the  appear- 
ance of  every  epidemic.  And  sometimes,  in  fulfillment  of  profes- 
sional duty  as  viewed  by  journalists,  and  at  other  times  because  of 
an  itch  for  the  exhibition  of  originality  (as  happens  with  impro- 
vised epidemiologists),  there  is  established  a veritable  boxing  match 
of  publicity  in  which  exactness  is  not  always  conspicuous,  and  by 
means  of  which  the  minds  of  the  patient  public  are  infected  with 
fear  and  trembling. 

This  event — of  which  there  was  a good  specimen  in  the  com- 
munications with  which  hygienists  d’ occasion  filled  the  newspapers 
in  the  last  cholera  epidemic  with  their  works  on  hygiene,  mycology 
and  therapeutics,  with  their  infallible  remedies,  their  immortal 
microbes  and  their  quite  new  theories — commences  to  repeat  itself 
as  soon  as  the  telegraph  has  announced  the  appearance  of  a pan- 
demic of  grippe,  whose  beginnings  we  are  apparently  now  facing. 

Unintentionally  two  diseases  are  being  confounded  as  synonyms, 
which  are  completely  distinct,  as  are  grippe  or  trancazo  and  dengue. 

Tor  the  manner  of  onset,  and  for  the  syndromes,  and  for  the 
countries  invaded,  it  may  be  asserted  that  the  epidemic  which  is 
now  attacking  various  peoples  of  Europe  has  nothing  in  common 
with  dengue,  but  is  a true  influenza,  grippe  or  trancazo. 

As  we  have  just  seen  that  in  a semi-official  manner  there  has  been 
talk  of  means  which  our  government  thinks  of  adopting  against 
dengue,  fearful  of  blame  as  silent  accomplices  of  such  confusion, 
we  sift  out  from  the  lectures  [423]  recently  given  in  the  Faculty 
of  Medicine  some  concepts  relative  to  the  two  diseases  under  con- 
sideration.* 

* Section  on  dengue  omitted ; for  a full  account  of  dengue,  see  C.  C.  McCulloch 
“Dengue  Fever,”  New  Orleans  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal,  March,  1918,  lxx,  694-706. 


Ambrose — ■ Spanish  Views  on  Spanish  Influenza. 


225 


[424]  Summarizing,  then,  dengue  as  an  epidemic  disease,  as  a 
geographical  scourge  (azote  geografica),  presents  the  peculiarities 
of  being  almost  exclusively  of  the  tropical  zones,  of  having  broken 
out  only  twice  in  Europe  (1784  and  1864),  and  both  times  having 
obtained  foothold  in  Cadiz  without  having  spread  to  the  rest  of 
Europe;  also  it  is  propagated  by  human  commerce. 

Nothing  of  this  is  true  with  grippe,  influenza  or  trancazo.  This 
is  the  prototype  of  pandemics — that  is  to  say,  of  the  ailments  which 
may  affect  all  countries  and  all  individuals,  and  this  in  a manner 
almost  instantaneous,  without  being  subject  to  human  transactions. 

The  word  grippe,  according  to  some  authors,  comes  from  the 
French  word  agripper , which  means  to  surprise  or  to  attack  with 
violence;  and,  according  to  others,  from  the  word  chrypka,  which 
means  coryza  or  catarrh.  The  Italian  writers  have  given  it  the 
name  of  influenza,  wThich,  with  the  preceding,  is  the  one  most  used, 
notwithstanding  the  fact  that  the  disease  has  been  called  epidemic 
catarrh,  epidemic  bronchitis,  epidemic  rheum,  catarrhal  fever,  to 
mention  only  a few  of  the  terms  used  by  authors.  The  common 
speech  also  has  enriched  the  synonymy  of  this  affection,  calling  it, 
for  example,  in  our  country,  trancazo , a term  which  expresses  the 
sensation  of  depression  felt  by  the  patients  and  the  fatigue  charac- 
teristic of  the  majority  of  the  forms  of  this  disease. 

In  order  to  attain  a knowledge  of  it,  if  not  exact,  at  least  ap- 
proximate, we  shall  attempt  to  study  it  under  the  following  aspects : 
history,  etiology,  symptomatology,  forms,  pathological  anatomy, 
diagnosis  and  prognosis,  nature  and  treatment. 

In  general,  the  epidemic  diseases  lend  themselves  better  than 
others  to  historical  study,  for  reasons  easily  understood;  but, 
although  for  grippe  we  may  have  superabundant  data  for  giving  an 
extended  account  of  dates  and  authors,  we  intend  citing  only  those 
which  may  in  some  manner  be  useful  to  us  in  deducing  later  some 
conclusions  directed  toward  the  specific  and  concrete  purpose  of 
these  lectures.  Putting  to  one  side  the  doubtful  epidemics  which 
authors  describe  from  the  eleventh  to  the  fifteenth  century,  and  of 
which  we  have  hardly  other  data  than  that  they  were  catarrhal  dis- 
eases which  invaded  extended  territories,  causing  death  in  persons 
of  advanced  age  (1335),  attacking  sometimes  nine-tenths  of  the 
population  (1357),  determining  profound  depression,  lack  of  ap- 
petite, insomnia  and  cough  (1403),  even  to  the  point  of  producing 
abortions  and  hernias  (1410  and  1411) ; putting  aside  these 


226 


Translation. 


epidemics,  some  of  which  may  he  confounded  with  other  diseases, 
and  particularly  with  pertussis,  we  shall  arrive  at  that  of  1580, 
described  by  all  the  authors,  and  particularly  by  onr  famous  Mer- 
cado. To  this  one,  the  authors  who  describe  it  agree  in  assigning 
symptoms  which  fit  completely  the  description  of  grippe,  such  as 
severe  headache,  debility,  cough,  both  symptoms  persistent  in  con- 
valescence, and  frequent  favorable  termination. 

In  the  seventeenth  century  are  recorded  at  least  ten  or  twelve 
other  epidemics — some  localized,  like  that  of  1657,  described  by 
Willis,  in  London,  others  which  spread  over  more  or  less  extended 
territories,  like  that  of  1669  in  Holland  and  Germany,  that  of  1679 
in  France  and  England,  etc. 

As  we  advance  toward  our  day  [425]  the  literature  of  catarrhal 
epidemics  becomes  more  abundant;  from  1709  to  1799  there  are 
more  than  thirty  which  we  could  cite.  Limiting  ourselves  to  the 
principal  ones,  we  will  note  that  of  1709  in  France;  the  one  that 
prevailed  from  1720  to  1733,  spreading  over  nearly  all  the  earth,, 
beginning  in  Germany,  passing  to  England,  to  France,  to  Switzer- 
land, to  Italy  and  Spain,  arriving  in  Mexico  in  1731,  passing  to. 
North  America,  and  arriving  again  the  following  year  in  Germany, 
Scotland,  Holland,  in  France  in  1733,  and  traversing  again  the 
same  course  across  Europe  and  America;  that  of  1762  was  famous 
for  its  gravity,  and  was  specially  marked  in  Germany,  where  it  left 
untouched  hardly  a tenth  of  the  population;  and  in  the  north  of 
France  that  of  1775  was  also  noteworthy  for  being  widespread,  and 
for  having  attacked  horses  and  dogs.* 

During  the  nineteenth  century  the  following  epidemics  have  been 
conspicuous:  (a)  that  of  1830,  which  spread  over  Eussia,  Prussia 
and  Austria,  appearing  in  1831  in  England,  France  and  Switzer- 
land, being  encountered  in  this  latter  year  at  almost  the  same  date 
in  Europe,  Asia  and  America;  (b)  that  of  1837,  which,  after 
having  extended  itself  over  all  of  Europe,  assuming  at  times  forms 
of  great  intensity,  is  to  be  noted  for  having  served  as  the  motive 
for  [426]  the  works  most  worthy  of  study  which  we  possess  on 
this  subject,  such  as  those  of  Nonat,  Landouzy,  Vigla,  Graves  and 
others. 

Since  these  epidemics,  there  have  occurred  those  of  1847,  1860 
and  1870. 

There  is  not  lacking  an  author  (Gintrac)  who  undertakes  to 


* Fuller  historical  details,  with,  quotations,  are  given  in  a long  footnote. 


Ambrose — Spanish  Vieivs  on  Spanish  Influenza. 


227 


deduce  from  the  data  collected  by  him  the  conclusion  that  grippe 
occurs  on  the  average  every  ten  years.  In  our  understanding  of 
the  matter,  this  is  one  of  the  times  when  the  average  figure  is  lack- 
ing in  significance.  In  this  and  similar  cases  the  hygienist  should 
by  preference  direct  his  attention  to  the  concurrence  of  causes 
which  determine  two  epidemics  rather  than  to  the  chronological 
interval  which  separates  them,  because,  when  these  present  them- 
selves simultaneously  and  synchronize,  the  epidemic  event  will  be 
effected  just  the  same  with  one  year  of  interval  as  with  one  hundred. 
The  facts  corroborate  the  exactness  of  this  assertion,  since,  in  a 
large  list  of  epidemics  which  I have  before  me,  there  are  some  which 
have  between  them  only  one  year,  others  eight,  others  ten,  others 
fifteen,  and,  finally,  others  twenty-eight. 

Let  us  see  now  what  characteristics  these  epidemics  have  pre- 
sented. 

In  the  first  place,  all  the  authors  recognize  the  fact  that  influenza 
is  one  of  the  diseases  whose  epidemics  are  very  widespread,  being, 
in  this  sense,  a ubiquitous  ailment  and  one  of  the  most  perfect  types 
of  pandemics.  In  the  historical  review  made  by  all  the  writers  it 
seems  to  be  noted  that,  of  all  the  epidemics,  those  which  have  taken 
on  the  greatest  extension  and  development,  those  in  which  it  has 
been  proved  that  all  climates  and  all  geographical  regions  were 
suited  to  the  development  of  grippe,  have  been  those  of  the  seven- 
teenth and  eighteenth  centuries.  But  we  should  not  lose  sight  of 
this,  in  the  first  place,  that  in  the  centuries  previous  to  these,  the 
appearances  of  a relatively  benign  disease  might  very  well  pass  un- 
perceived, or  at  least  attract  a slight  degree  of  attention  from  ex- 
perts, at  a time  when  scourges  as  terrible  as  leprosy,  plague  and 
smallpox  devastated  civilized  Europe.  There  is  nothing  so  very 
strange  in  the  fact  that  we  have  a more  complete  knowledge  of  the 
progress  and  extension  of  influenza  in  the  last  three  centuries,  if 
we  take  into  account  that  in  them  scientific  commerce,  the  facility  of 
communication,  and  the  impulse  imparted  to  the  expansion  of 
knowledge  by  printing,  have  been  considerably  greater  than  in  pre- 
vious epochs. 

There  is  without  doubt  a fact  which  indicates  variability  in  the 
extension  of  grippe,  and  that  is  this,  since  the  second  third  of  our 
century  (the  nineteenth)  its  epidemics  continue  to  take  on  a char- 
acter each  time  more  localized,  presenting  themselves  now  at  one 
point,  now  at  another,  with  brief  intervals  of  time;  but  those  great 


228 


Translation. 


movements  which  scattered  it  in  an  uninterrupted  manner  over  en- 
tire continents,  over  island,  and — in  a word — over  all  the  known 
world,  have  already  ceased  to  take  place. 

Likewise,  the  duration  of  these  epidemics  is  quite  variable.  Some 
have  lasted  hardly  two  weeks,  having  been  able  in  some  instances 
to  traverse  the  whole  world  in  less  than  six  months ; others,  as  for 
example,  that  of  Paris  in  1837,  could  last  ten  months,  although  in 
these  there  are  always  periods  of  remission,  alternating  with  others 
of  recrudescence.  In  almost  all  the  epidemics  of  grippe  the  begin- 
ning is  sudden,  so  that  in  just  one  day  many  cases  appear  in  the 
same  city. 

Another  characteristic  worthy  of  being  kept  in  mind,  of  which 
some  mention  has  already  been  made,  is  the  large  number  of  in- 
dividuals attacked,  this  reaching  such  a point  that  in  this  respect 
there  is  no  disease  comparable  with  it. 

Another  peculiarity  worthy  of  mention  is  its  benign  character, 
for  it  may  be  said  in  general  that,  when  there  are  no  intereurrent 
grave  diseases  and  it  does  not  develop  in  persons  old,  debilitated, 
tubercular,  etc.,  it  is  one  of  the  most  benign  epidemic  ailments 
which  is  known.  Some  have  discussed  fixing  the  mortality  of  grippe 
in  the  proportion  of  one  in  a thousand;  hut,  as  is  self-evident,  this 
is  a very  venturesome  calculation,  because  special  circumstances 
and,  above  all,  those  just  mentioned,  can  make  the  proportion  much 
more  unfavorable,  as  has  happened  in  France  and  England  in  some 
epidemics  of  this  century. 

Much  has  been  said  also  about  the  direction  followed  in  the 
propagation  of  the  disease.  Until  recently  there  was  a certain  ac- 
cord in  considering  grippe  as  a disease  which,  originating  in  the 
northern  regions,  continued  to  propagate  itself  from  north  to  south. 
Many  epidemics  have  propagated  themselves  from  west  to  east, 
others  in  the  reversed  direction,  hut,  in  reality,  nothing  positive 
can  be  said  on  this  point,  and  even  less  at  the  present  time,  when 
isolated  epidemics  appear  at  points  a long  distance  apart,  leaving 
unaffected  very  extended  areas. 

As  we  see,  and  taking  into  account  the  data  afforded  us  by  the 
telegraph  and  the  press,  the  present  epidemic  can  be  designated  as 
influenza  or  trancazo , and,  as  such,  has  as  its  chief  etiology  meteor- 
ological and  seasonal  conditions.  Since  these  are  found  out  of  the 
reach  of  human  means,  governments  are  thus  justified  in  doing 
nothing  to  attack  it,  since  the  defense  against  its  onset  consists 
rather  of  individual  means  than  of  social  or  collective  ones. 


Ambrose — Spanish  Views  on  Spanish  Influenza.  229 

[441]  Carlan  (8  June,  1918).— The  question  which  by  prefer- 
ence occupies  physicians  and  public  attention  is  that  of  the  epidemic 
prevalent  for  three  weeks  past.  In  that  which  is  most  essential  and 
important,  this  is  on  the  decrease — that  is,  in  the  number  of  the 
cases  or  in  the  morbidity.  But  it  is  not  diminishing  in  those  mani- 
festations, which  we  might  call  marginal,  which  in  all  times,  but 
very  specially  in  modern  times,  constitute  the  accompaniment  of 
epidemics,  producing  in  the  public  mind  and  in  the  serenity  of 
scientific  judgment  and  of  professional  conduct  confusions,  vacilla- 
tions and  pernicious  doubts,  which  in  the  interest  of  all  ought  to 
be  avoided. 

It  is  self-evident  that  we  refer  to  the  excessive  number  of  reports, 
impressions,  opinions  and  theories  which  we  see  published  daily 
in  the  newspapers,  both  political  and  literary,  writings  and  works 
attested  by  signatures  more  or  less  known,  which,  being  interpreted 
by  readers  devoid  of  the  preparation  necessary  for  judging  of  their 
true  significance  and  content,  have  the  immediate  result  of  pro- 
ducing vacillation  and  distrust,  as  well  in  the  medical  as  in  the 
general  public. 

This  is  not  a new  evil.  Those  who  have  read  the  work  which  El 
Siglo  Medico  published  at  the  time  of  the  epidemic  of  1889,  giving 
its  judgment  regarding  that  disease,  will  remember  that  then  was 
lamented  this  evil  which  is  now  reproduced,  the  evil  of  the  ex- 
hibitionary itch  for  improvisations  and  hasty  opinions. 

There  is  no  hiding  from  us — since  we  have  suffered  and  do  suffer 
from  it — the  influence  begotten  in  all  of  them  by  the  urgent  desire 
of  journalists  to  give  the  character  of  actuality  and  novelty  to  their 
publications.  We  know  that  it  is  very  difficult  to  elude  the  temp- 
tation of  celebrating  an  interview,  of  giving  an  opinion,  or  of  sup- 
plying some  pages  of  copy  with  a signature  which  lends  prestige, 
authority  and  sale  to  the  sheets  which  have  as  their  mission  the 
informing  and  entertaining  of  their  readers.  But  reputable  physi- 
cians, laboratories,  clinical  centers  and  other  scientific  entities, 
these,  being  cognizant  of  their  own  worth  and  expertness,  do  not 
need  to  strengthen  one  nor  the  other  with  ostentations  of  exhibition 
or  with  debilities  of  notoriety — these  ought  to  consider  the  injury 
which  results  as  the  outcome  of  all  this  establishing  of  a sort  of 
prize  contest  before  the  vulgar  juryman  who  stumbles  over  it  all, 
interpreting  right  and  left  what  he  thinks  he  is  qualified  to  in- 
terpret. 


230 


Translation. 


After  all,  in  this  epidemic  [442]  there  has  been  less  evil  in  the 
possible  result  from  the  general  effects  of  these  boxing  matches 
promoted  by  the  newspapers,  which  have  given  this  appearance  to 
opinions  which  in  reality  do  not  disagree  in  any  essential  or  in 
transcendency.  But  let  us  not  forget  what  happened  in  other  more 
serious  epidemics,  for  example,  in  the  cholera  epidemic  of  1885, 
during  which  no  day  passed  without  the  appearance  of  some  writing 
giving  opinions  the  most  stupendous  concerning  the  character,  form 
of  propagation  and  treatment  of  the  disease. 

In  order  to  judge  of  an  epidemic  scientifically,  it  is  necessary 
that  it  should  continue  its  development  a sufficient  length  of  time, 
and  still  better  that  it  should  have  ended.  The  practicing  physician 
fulfills  his  duty  by  applying  his  science  and  adjusting  his  conduct 
to  it  from  the  first  day  and  in  all  the  moments  of  the  development 
of  the  disease.  To  the  scientific  societies  and  journals  belongs  the 
function  of  occupying  themselves  by  preference  with  the  exchange 
of  opinions  and  with  the  explanation  of  reports  as  these  go  on 
forming;  it  is  for  this  that  they  exist,  if  they  enjoy  the  confidence 
and  prestige  due  them.  But  there  is  an  enormous  distance  between 
this  and  launching  at  the  general  public  writings,  reports,  prognos- 
tications, which  cannot  be  set  going  without  risk  of  incurring  cen- 
sures often  unjustified,  since  the  haste  of  good  desire  and  the  ex- 
igencies of  the  times  should  attenuate  them. 

The  Real  Academia  Nacional  de  Medicina  has  devoted  its  last 
two  sessions  to  the  discussion  of  this  current  theme ; the  debate  was 
opened  by  Codina,  who  was  followed  by  Huertas,  Hernandez  Briz, 
Grinda,  Maranon  -and  Pittaluga.  From  the  brief  but  opportune 
and  substantial  utterances  of  these  gentlemen,  it  is  clearly  evident 
that  there  is  no  doubt  regarding  the  designation  of  the  character 
of  the  disease,  and  that  this  constitutes  an  epidemic  of  grippe,  in- 
fluenza or  trancazo , which  are  three  names  for  the  same  disease.  In 
regard  to  the  laboratory  investigations,  which  have  a very  different 
significance  in  the  present  moment  of  the  epidemic,  all  that  may 
be  said  is  ephemeral  and  hasty,  since  neither  are  these  the  things 
which  are  improvised,  nor  are  the  existing  micro-biological  data 
which  we  possess  with  respect  to  grippe  of  a definitive  and  un- 
debatable  character,  nor  are  the  procedures  of  verification  within 
reach  of  all  hands. 

That  which  is  of  import  for  the  moment  is  that  there  exists  ac- 
cord in  the  designation  of  the  disease  and  in  the  manner  in  which 
it  is  to  be  combatted. 


Ambrose- — Spanish  Views  on  Spanish  Influenza. 


231 


[466]  Lasbemes  (15  June,  1918). — We  present  for  the  con- 
sideration of  our  associates  the  following  table,  in  which  are  given 
the  details  of  the  mortality  of  Madrid  in  the  month  of  May,  day  by 
day,  grouped  under  the  most  interesting  diagnoses  of  the  certificates 
of  death. 

In  view  of  the  importance  of  the  infecto-contagious  affections, 
specially  in  infant  pathology,  we  have  thought  it  convenient  to 
present  them  in  separate  columns,  in  order  that  the  daily  evolution 
of  each  one  may  be  studied,  although  not  one  of  them,  as  is  clearly 
seen,  has  been  influenced  nor  has  exerted  influence  in  the  present 
sanitary  state. 

To  avoid  making  the  table  unduly  large,  we  have  omitted  malaria, 
which  has  few  victims;  May  21  one  death  occurred  from  this  cause. 
We  have  done  the  same  thing  with  erysipelas,  in  spite  of  its  im- 
portant streptococcic  significance,  because,  under  this  diagnosis, 
only  one  died  (May  29). 

Under  meningitis  are  included  two  deaths,  May  8 and  16,  from 
cerebrospinal  meningitis,  without  further  epidemic  or  meningo- 
coccic  indication. 

The  intestinal  infections  have  been  few  in  number.  Infantile 
enteritis  we  specify  not  only  because  it  is  a faithful  reflex  of  the 
general  state  of  these  diseases,  but  also  because,  at  the  last  of  May, 
there  sets  in  ordinarily  an  increase,  which  is  augmented  in  June, 
reaching  its  greatest  intensity  in  July.  We  think  that,  under  the 
present  circumstances,  it  is  expedient  to  retain  this. 

Having  stated  these  supplementary  data  of  the  demographic  table 
presented,  we  will  discuss  the  most  salient  facts  which  our  statistics 
set  in  relief. 

The  most  striking  fact  is  the  sudden  elevation  of  mortality 
initiated  May  27,  after  three  days  of  slight  increases,  and  reaching, 
May  31,  the  highest  figure,  115,  double  the  normal  average  for  this 
period  of  the  year.  * Although  we  shall  not  publish  the  data  for 
June  until  after  the  end  of  the  month,  in  order  to  be  exact,  we  may 
anticipate  to  the  extent  of  saying  that  in  its  first  eight  days  the 
deaths  have  oscillated  between  95  and  110,  with  a tendency  to  de- 
crease, which  was  more  clearly  accentuated  in  the  second  week. 

[467]  During  the  summer  and  autumn  of  1917  the  mortality 
was  low.  An  advance  over  the  corresponding  averages  took  place 
in  November,  December,  January,  February  and  March,  with  the 
peculiarity  that  it  was  proportionately  less  in  those  under  five  years ; 


232 


Translation. 


the  mortality  was  notably  less  in  April,  and  in  the  first  days  of  May 
(as  may  be  seen  in  the  table)  there  were  some  figures  very  low  in 
proportion  to  the  population  of  Madrid,  which  in  spring  and  with 
& large  floating  mass  brought  to  ns  by  well-known  causes  amounts 
to  about  eight  hundred  thousand  inhabitants. 

Mortality  in  Madrid  in  May , 1918. — Totals*  by  days  only: 

1,  45;  2,  28;  3,  42;  4,  36;  5,  33;  6,  33;  7,  38; 

8,  44;  9,  47;  10,  38;  11,  34;  12,  37;  13,  36;  14,  41; 

15,  45;  16,  35;  17,  42;  18,  40;  19,  41;  20,  41;  21,  41; 

22,  46;  23,  43;  24,  53;  25,  57;  26,  59;  27,  84;  28,  99; 

29,  91;  30,  98;  31,  114. 

Totals  by  diseases : Typhoid  fever,  6 ; typhus  exanthematicus,  2 ; 
smallpox,  6 ; measles,  20 ; scarlatina,  1 ; pertussis,  15 ; diphtheria,  12 ; 
grippe,  77;  tuberculosis,  226;  cancer,  56;  meningitis,  96;  heart  and 
cerebral  hemorrhages,  54;  organic  heart  diseases,  118;  acute  bron- 
chitis, 37;  pneumonia,  57;  broncho-pneumonia,  164;  infantile 
diarrhea,  56;  nephritis,  43;  congenital  debility,  52;  old  age,  35; 
others,  356.  Total,  1,561. 

The  second  point,  which  stands  out  quite  clearly,  is  that  the 
sudden  increase  in  mortality  was  produced  in  the  affections  of  the 
respiratory  tract  and  in  the  chronic  cardiopathies  in  this  order: 
broncho-pneumonia,  grippe,  tuberculosis,  cardiac  diseases  and  pneu- 
monias. 

It  is  an  interesting  fact  that  acute  bronchitis,  80  per  cent  of  the 
deaths,  from  which  is  always  in  the  earliest  infancy,  shows  a very 
slight  elevation. 

The  third  observation  was  noted  in  the  table  of  ages  published 
in  the  preceding  number;*  the  elevation  of  the  mortality  was  pro- 
portionately less  in  those  under  five  years  and  greater  in  those  of 
20  to  39  years. 

In  regard  to  the  sexes,  the  proportion'  has  been  the  natural  one, 
because  more  males  than  females  are  born.  The  1,561  deaths  of 
May  are  divided : Men,  798 ; women,  763. 

These  are  the  facts  which  Madrid  demography  presents.  We  be- 
lieve them  of  great  importance  for  epidemiological  studies. 
Naturally,  this  importance  would  increase  and  give  precise  orien- 
tations, if  similar  studies  verified  identical  phenomena  in  other 
invaded  localities. 


*Only  totals  are  given  here. 
*'8  June,  p.  458. 


Ambrose — Spanish  Views  on  Spanish  Influenza. 


233 


Terminating  here  our  work  of  information,  with  its  value  more 
or  less  but  positive,  we  will  interpret  it  before  we  set  forth  some 
considerations  which,  to  be  exact,  are  very  debatable. 

First,  we  have  to  make  public  an  ignored  fact.  In  January,  1914, 
a phenomenon  similar  to  the  present  one  took  place.  The  mortality 
had  an  exacerbation  similar  to  this  one,  and  also  induced  by  the 
same  mortigenic  causes. 

As  the  said  month  is  always  the  one  of  the  most  deaths  in  Madrid 
from  acute  thoracic  conditions,  and  as  its  extraordinary  excess 
lasted  little  more  than  twenty  days,  no  one  thought  of  what  was 
happening,  each  one  supposing  that  he  was  the  one  who  was 
cognizant  of  the  greater  degree  of  the  winter  exacerbation.  No 
one  that  we  know  occupied  himself  with  the  occurrence.  The  cer- 
tain thing  is  that  the  mortality,  which  in  our  city  [468]  oscillates 
around  1,700  deaths,  reached  the  extraordinary  figure  of  2,070. 

The  analogy  between  what  happened  then  and  that  which  is 
taking  place  now;  the  rapid  elevation  of  the  mortality;  the  equal- 
ity of  the  mortigenic  causes;  the  brevity  of  the  time  in  which  the 
pernicious  influence  was  sustained,  and  which  now,  by  all  indica- 
tions— and  may  God  grant  it  so — is  going  to  be  short  also,  makes 
us  think  that  a cosmic,  meteorological  or  telluric  phenomenon  has 
been  the  cause  of  both  mischiefs. 

That  the  defensive  cells  and  the  aggressive  bacteria  can  be  in- 
fluenced directly  or  indirectly  by  the  medium  which  surrounds  us, 
is  a thing  which  cannot  be  doubted.  The  sun,  source  of  all  ter- 
restrial energy,  is  paradoxically  the  destroyer  of  many  pathogenic 
microorganisms.  The  light  rays,  whose  vibrations  are  more  rapid 
than  our  retina  can  receive,  especially  the  ultra-violet  ones,  kill 
the  microbes,  perhaps — pardon  me  the  apparent  absurdity  of  the 
phrase — by  fulminant  apoplexy.  This  being  accepted,  it  could  be 
supposed  that  an  accident  whatsoever  of  the  physics  of  the  globe 
could  alter  at  a given  moment  the  biologic  equilibrium,  favoring 
temporarily  some  species  over  others  in  the  perpetual  struggle  for 
the  monopoly  of  energy. 

In  the  case  which  we  are  discussing,  I believe  that  the  influence 
has  been  indirect.  The  modifying  agency  has  altered  the  respira- 
able  air  in  some  of  its  components,  known  or  unknown,  and  that, 
by  insufficient  excitation,  has  weakened  the  defenses  of  the  respira- 
tory tract. 

From  remote  times  has  been  observed  empirically  the  depression 


234 


Translation. 


which  the  human  organism  suffers  at  dawn.  This  is  appreciated 
especially  in  patients  seriously  ill.  It  is  the  revenge  of  the  microbes. 
There  are  some  rays  ultraquis  which  favor  them  at  our  expense. 

Be  that  as  it  may,  we  believe  that  this  daily  phenomenon,  which 
is  appreciated  only  in  those  who  are  at  the  extremity  of  their  en- 
ergies, perhaps  by  solar  influence,  sometimes — as  at  the  present — is 
more  intense  and  favors  the  bacterial  attacks  with  intensity  pro- 
portionate to  the  consumption  of  the  initial  energy  which  we  possess. 

In  Madrid,  according  to  my  observations  (although  these  require 
fuller  verification),  the  larger  part  of  the  invaded  were  night-walk- 
ers and  early  risers — that  is  to  say,  those  most  exposed  to  the  afore- 
said sidereal  effect  fortuitously  augmented. 

Children,  who  with  some  exceptions  retire  early  and  rise  late, 
have  been  slightly  afflicted,  and  instead  the  victims  have  been  regis- 
tered in  the  ages  in  which,  for  pleasure  or  of  necessity,  one  lives 
during  the  hours  mentioned. 

Whether  these  appreciations  hit  the  mark  or  not,  unquestionably 
medicine  ought  to  occupy  itself  more  than  it  has  done  with  meteor- 
ognosy,  because,  united  to  the  laboratory  and  to  the  clinic,  it  will 
be  able  to  give  us  the  key  to  some  facts  hitherto  hardly  explained. 

And  abandoning  the  land  of  hypotheses  with  which  I have  im- 
prudently meddled,  I am  going  to  close,  permitting  myself  to 
counsel  my  colleagues  that,  profiting  by  the  preoccupation  which 
every  epidemic  begets  among  the  people,  they  carry  to  an  ex- 
treme their  advice  on  diet,  not  because  it  influences  the  actual  evil, 
but  to  prevent — given  the  period  into  which  we  are  entering  in 
which  the  estival  enterites  begin  to  develop  their  mischiefs — a 
change  in  the  place  of  least  resistance,  which  would  cause  great  evils. 

[518]  Madrid  Sanitary  Report  (29  June,  1918). — The  con- 
dition of  public  health  keeps  on  improving  in  Madrid,  although  it 
is  too  early  to  assert  that  the  grippal  epidemic  has  disappeared 
completely.  While  it  is  certain  that  the  number  of  acute  and  be- 
nign cases  is  very  small,  the  pulmonary  and  congestive  forms  and 
the  complications  in  the  chronic  ailments  continue  to  give  the 
specific  character  of  the  same.  The  mortality  is  reduced  to  the 
figures  usual  at  this  season  of  the  year. 


Landry — Inguinal  Approach  In  Femoral  Hernia. 


235 


THE  INGUINAL  APPROACH  IN  THE  CURE  OF  FEMORAL 

HERNIA.*  f 

By  LUCIAN  H.  LANDRY,  M.  D.,  F.  A.  C.  S.,  New  Orleans. 

The  impression  prevails  in  many  minds  that  the  cure  of  femoral 
hernia  is  a simple  procedure  and  that  all  that  is  necessary  to  attain 
a cure  is  simply  to  obturate  the  saphenous  opening  by  bringing  to- 
gether adjacent  tissues  in  the  vicinity  of  the  hernial  orifice,  after 
ligating  the  sac  as  high  as  possible.  That  an  anatomical  knowledge 
of  the  field  is  absolutely  unnecessary,  and  that  recurrence  is  as  rare 
as  in  inguinal  hernia,  are  prevalent  misconceptions  that  should  be 
cleared  from  the  surgical  horizon  before  any  attempts  to  describe 
operative  technic  are  seriously  considered. 

The  radical  cure  of  femoral  hernia,  just  as  in  inguinal  hernia, 
depends  upon  four  fundamental  principles : First,  a clear  anatomical 
exposition  of  the  field ; second,  high  ligation  of  the  sac ; third,  snug 
closure  of  the  internal  ring,  followed  by  adequate  myoplasty ; fourth, 
aseptic  wound-healing. 

The  high  percentage  of  recurrence  in  femoral  hernia  is  best 
shown  by  the  following  statistics : 

According  to  Coley,1  who  has  had  an  exceedingly  large  experience 
in  hernise  of  all  kinds  in  the  Buptured  and  Cripple  Hospital  of 
Hew  York,  “up  to  1890,  the  results  of  operation  in  femoral  hernia 
showed  about  30  per  cent  of  recurrences.”  Bresset,2  in  a study  of  395 
femoral  hernige,  found  that  in  232  cases  that  were  operated  with- 
out closure  of  the  femoral  ring,  29  per  cent  recurred,  and  in  163 
cases  operated  with  closure  of  the  ring,  8.6  per  cent  recurred.  Ac- 
cording to  Potts,3  in  422  cases  there  was  a recurrence  in  36.7  per 
cent  in  the  cases  where  the  ring  was  not  closed,  and  28.4  per  cent 
recurrence  in  those  that  were  closed. 

Moschowitz6  reports  a case  which  he  operated  in  1904  by  the 
method  of  DeGarmo.  In  1906  he  did  a laporotomy  on  the  same 
patient,  examined  the  hernial  site  from  the  abdominal  side,  and  to 
his  surprise  could  introduce  his  index  finger  to  a depth  of  two  inches, 
practically  to  the  saphenous  opening.  This  case  examined  externally 
would  be  classed  as  a cure,  still  it  presented  the  possibility  of  a 
strangulation. 

That  the  cure  of  femoral  hernia  has  been  quite  a problem  in  the 
minds  of  surgeons  for  the  past  forty  years  or  more  cannot  be  doubted 

* Read  at  the  39th  Annual  Meeting,  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society,  New  Orleans, 
April  16,  17,  18,  1918. 

•(■Contribution  of  the  Surgical  Division  of  Tulane  University,  School  of  Medicine. 


236 


Original  Articles. 


if  we  but  look  over  the  literature  on  the  subject.  While  there  have 
been  comparatively  few  methods  advocated  for  the  cure  of  inguinal 
hernia,  the  number  of  procedures  advocated  as  a radical  cure  for 
femoral  hernia  is  appalling.  The  very  exhaustive  and  complete 
work  of  Eobert  Didier,4  in  1912,  bringing  the  literature  on  the  sub- 
ject up  to  date,  contains  an  index  of  158  publications  on  the  sub- 
ject— 84  in  Trench,  43  in  German,  20  in  English,  and  11  in  Italian. 

In  1896  Tuffier5  counted  twenty-nine  methods  in  use  or  ad- 
vocated for  the  cure  of  femoral  hernia,  while  in  1907  Moschowitz6 
found  over  seventy  methods  and  modifications.  I will  not  try  to 
enumerate  the  various  procedures  advocated,  hut  will  rapidly  men- 
tion a few  methods  which  have  been  more  or  less  popular. 

In  1871  Widenham-Maunsell7  advocated  median  laporotomy  to 
reduce  femoral  hernia  when  strangulated  or  incarcerated,  and  the 
closure  of  the  ring  from  within.  This  was  also  advocated  by  An- 
nandale8  in  1878.  Tait,9  in  1883,  concluded  that  the  radical  cure  of 
all  hernise  other  than  umbilical  should  be  done  by  abdominal  sec- 
tion and  that  this  route  should  be  used  even  to  treat  strangulated 
hernia. 

Socin,  10  according  to  Jaboulay,  in  1879  claimed  good  results  by 
simple  high  ligation  and  extirpation  of  the  sac  and  inverting  the 
skin,  without  attempting  to  close  the  femoral  ring.  Mitchell- 
Banks11  and  Ochsner12  do  not  close  the  ring.  Billroth11  (quoted  by 
Camson)  incised  the  sac  without  extirpation  and  without  closing 
the  ring.  Berger,13  after  high  ligation,  leaves  the  strands  long, 
arms  them  with  needles  and  transfixes  the  abdominal  wall,  tying 
on  the  external  oblique,  just  as  Barker14  advises  in  inguinal  hernia. 
This  is  followed  by  a double  pursestring  suture,  closing  the  femoral 
ring  on  the  inner  and  outer  side.  Ball,10  in  1887,  advocated  tor- 
sion of  the  sac.  Tricomi,15  Lucas  Championniere,16  Boltini,10  Biche- 
lot,17  Lockwood,18  Coley,1  Cushing-Marcy1  and  Wood  use  purse- 
string suture  of  the  orifice  after  high  ligation  of  the  sac. 

Bassini,19  with  an  incision  parallel  and  slightly  beneath  the  crural 
ring,  ligates  the  sac  as  high  as  possible.  With  interrupted  sutures, 
Poupart’s  ligament  is  united  to  the  pectineal  fascia ; then  the  falci- 
form fascia  is  joined  to  the  pectineal  fascia,  the  lower  suture  enter- 
ing just  above  the  saphenous  vein.  DeGarmo’s20  method  is  prac- 
tically the  same  as  Bassini’s,  except  that  a smaller  number  of  sutures 
are  used  to  accomplish  the  same  purpose. 

Fabricius  and  Trendelenburg21  (according  to  Jaboulay  and  Patel) 


Landry — Inguinal  Approach  In  Femoral  Hernia 


23? 


suggested  obturating  the  femoral  opening  by  a bone  flap  turned 
down  from  the  anterior  portion  of  the  pubic  bone.  Theriar22  (ac- 
cording  to  Jaboulay)  used  a portion  of  the  head  of  a humerus  which 
he  had  just  resected  to  obturate  the  femoral  opening;  the  same 
author  ordinarily  used  decalcified  bone.  Chaput23  used  a fragment 
of  costal  cartilage  for  the  same  purpose,  while  Green24  used  a piece 
of  the  eleventh  rib,  two  inches  long,  to  bridge  over  a large  femoral 
opening.  Schwartz  placed  a tampon  of  catgut  in  the  crural  open- 
ing to  induce  a "cicatricial  stopper.”  Thompson25  used  celluloid 
filigree  for  this  purpose,  while  Phelps26  (according  to  Lance)  used 
wire  filigree.  Koux27  (de  Lausanne)  used  a staple  to  bring  Pou- 
part’s  ligament  to  the  pubic  bone ; Lerat  used  a screw  to  accomplish 
this  result. 

Mcoll  and  Hammesfohr21  bore  holes  in  the  pubic  bone  through 
which  they  suture  Poupart’s  ligament  to  the  pubic  bone.  Fabricius28 
and  Delageniere29  advise  partial  or  complete  division  of  Poupart’s 
ligament  to  allow  it  to  be  attached  to  the  pubic  bone.  Salzer30  used 
the  aponeurosis  of  the  pectineus  as  a "stopper”  for  the  femoral  ring, 
while  Watson- Cheyne31  used  the  pectineus  muscle,  denuded  of  its 
aponeurosis,  for  this  purpose.  De  Garay10  used  the  sartorius.  Poul- 
let32  utilized  the  tendon  of  the  adductor  longus.  Schwartz,33  the 
adductor  brevis,  with  a large  pedicle.  Witzel  and  Dawborn21  also 
advocate  muscular  aponeurotic  flaps.  Chaput34  used  an  adipose 
pediculated  graft  in  large  femoral  hernia. 

The  inguinal  approach  in  femoral  hernia  was  first  advocated  by 
Annandale,35  who  in  1876  operated  a patient  with  an  inguinal  and 
femoral  hernia  on  the  same  side.  He  opened  the  inguinal  canal, 
reduced  both  hernise,  suturing  Poupart’s  ligament  to  Cooper’s  liga- 
ment, then  closed  the  inguinal  hernia. 

Zuckerkandl,36  in  1883,  after  cadaveric  research,  advocated  the 
inguinal  route  in  strangulated  hernia.  These  contributions  toward 
the  radical  cure  of  femoral  hernia  went  practically  unnoticed  until 
1892,  when  Ruggi37  published  a complete  technic  for  surgical  in- 
tervention in  femoral  hernia  by  the  inguinal  route.  The  year  fol- 
lowing, Parlavecchio38  offered  a modification  of  Ruggi’s  method. 
Tuffier,39  in  1896,  popularized  the  method  in  France;  Gordon,40  of 
Dublin,  in  1900  advocated  the  inguinal  route,  suturing  the  internal 
oblique  and  transversalis  to  Cooper’s  ligament.  Guibe  and  Proust,41 
in  1904,  suture  the  internal  oblique  and  transversalis  to  Cooper’s 
ligament  after  completely  dividing  Gimbernat’s  ligament.  The  in- 


238 


Original  Articles. 


guinal  route  of  approach  has  also  been  advocated  by  Codivilla42  and 
Magni  in  Italy;  in  Germany  and  Austria  by  Lotheissen,43  Foderl,44 
Reich45  and  Frank;46  in  England  by  Fagge47  and  Gordon;40  in 
Roumania  by  Bardescu;48  in  France,  after  Tuffier-Berard49  (twenty- 
five  cases  by  “double  rideau”),  Yallas  and  Perrin50  at  Lyon  (in- 
guinal method  without  closing  crural  ring),  Chaput,51  Dujarier52 
and  Demarest53  at  Paris. 

Dujarier  reports  thirty-one  cases  of  femoral  hernia  operated  by 
inguinal  route  with  no  recurrence.  He  makes  it  a practice  in  all 
inguinal  hernia,  when  he  opens  the  sac,  to  put  a finger  in  and  ex- 
amine the  femoral  opening.  In  two  cases  he  found  small  herniae 
that  had  escaped  the  clinical  examination.  Dr.  Matas  first  used  the 
inguinal  method  in  Hew  Orleans  in  1893,  shortly  after  the  publica- 
tion of  Parlavecchio. 

Moschowitz,6  in  1907,  published  a technic  in  America,  giving  full 
detail  of  closing  the  femoral  opening  after  high  ligation  of  the  sac 
by  suturing  Poupart’s  ligament  to  Cooper’s  ligament.  Seelig  and 
Tuholske,54  in  1914,  published  an  excellent  article  in  Surgery , Gyne- 
cology and  Obstetrics , giving  a full,  well-illustrated  description  of 
the  technic  by  the  inguinal  route,  with  a supplementary  note  on 
Cooper’s  ligament.  In  describing  the  technic  of  the  inguinal  oper- 
ation and  Cooper’s  ligament,  I shall  draw  largely  from  this  article. 
In  1915,  J.  D.  S.  Davis,55  of  Birmingham,  Ala.,  read  a paper  be- 
fore the  Southern  Surgical  and  Gynecological  Association  on  the 
Moschowitz  operation,  using  largely  the  illustrations  of  Seelig. 

To  understand  the  inguinal  mode  of  approach  in  the  cure  of 
femoral  hernia,  one  must  have  a thorough  understanding  of  the 
anatomy  of  the  pelvis,  and  especially  of  Cooper’s  ligament,  as  this 
structure  plays  a large  part  in  the  myoplasty. 

Testut54  (quoted  by  Tuholske)  describes  Cooper’s  ligament  as 
follows : 

‘The  superior  border  of  the  pectineal  crest  is  covered  by  a sort  of 
fibrous  cord,  very  thick,  very  dense,  very  resistant,  intimately  adherent 
to  the  bone,  and  extending  from  the  spine  of  the  pubis  to  the  ileopectineal 
eminence.  This  is  the  pubis  ligament  of  Cooper,  or,  more  simply  termed, 
Cooper’s  ligament.” 

Poirier  and  Charpy54  (also  quoted  by  Tuholske)  furnish  the  fol- 
lowing description  of  the  ligament : 

“The  ileopectineal  line  of  the  pubis  marks  the  point  of  fusion  of 
various  fascial  layers:  the  pectineal  fascia,  Gimbernat’s  ligament,  be- 
hind this  the  posterior  pillar  of  the  external  ring,  and  finally  the  trans- 


Landry — Inguinal  Approach  In  Femoral  Hernia.  239 

versalis  fascia,  reinforced  by  the  ligaments  of  Henle  and  Hesselbach. 
Thus  the  angular  bony  edge  overladen  by  all  these  insertions  is  trans- 
formed into  a rounded  cord,  which  is  given  the  name  of  the  pubic  liga^- 
ment  of  Cooper — 1 Cooper’s  ligament. ’ ” 

Technic. — The  technic  that  I have  employed  in  eight  cases  oper- 
ated since  1915*  is  practically  the  same  as  that  described  by  Seelig, 
consisting  of  the  following : An  incision  is  made,  the  same  as  that 
used  to  close  an  inguinal  hernia,  except  the  lower  end  approaches 
the  pnbis  more.  The  incision  should  be  from  three  to  four  inches 
in  length,  and,  if  necessary,  may  be  continued  on  down  the  thigh, 
if  this  is  found  necessary  by  a very  adherent  sac.  Next,  the  external 
oblique  is  divided  in  the  direction  of  its  libers  by  splitting  up  the 
external  abdominal  ring.  By  pulling  up  the  superior  flap  of  the 
external  oblique  the  conjoined  internal  oblique  and  transversalis  are 
brought  into  view.  These  are  retracted  upward ; the  inferior  border 
of  the  external  oblique  is  retracted  downward,  bringing  PouparPs 
ligament  into  view.  The  round  ligament,  or  the  spermatic  cord  in 
the  male,  is  retracted  upward.  Strong  retraction  at  this  stage  gives 
a very  good  exposure  and  brings  the  transversalis  fascia  into  view — - 
a thin  layer  of  fascia  lying  immediately  anterior  to  the  peritoneum. 
This  fascia  is  incised  in  the  line  of  the  original  incision  and  picked 
up  with  the  retractors.  Retraction  will  here  bring  the  neck  of  the 
sac  into  view.  The  deep  epigastric  artery  is  generally  encountered 
here,  at  the  outer  margin  of  the  incision;  should  it  run  an  anom- 
alous course  it  may  be  divided  between  ligatures. 

The  sac  is  now  gently  pulled  (provided  the  case  is  not  one  of 
strangulation)  in  an  effort,  to  transform  the  entire  hernial  sac  and 
its  contents  into  an  inguinal  hernia.  Should  you  be  dealing  with 
a strangulated  hernia,  or  in  the  event  that  the  sac  is  adherent  iir  its 
bed,  the  sac  is  opened,  contents  returned  to  the  abdominal  cavity 
(if  healthy),  adherent  omentum  separated  and  ligated;  a curved 
forceps  is  then  introduced  into  the  sac,  down  to  its  lowest  point,  the 
end  caught  and  the  sac  inverted.  Should  the  sac  be  too  adherent, 
the  skin  incision  may  be  here  extended  down  the  thigh.  The  sac  is 
now  tied  off  by  a transfixion  ligature  or  suture,  as  high  as  possible, 
to  guarantee  against  leaving  a dimple,  protrusion  or  any  other 
variety  of  potential  hernia. 

The  next  step  is  the  closure  of  the  femoral  ring.  We  find  the 
boundaries  of  the  femoral  ring  to  be : anteriorly,  PouparPs  liga*- 
ment;  internally,  by  GimbernaPs  ligament  (covered  by  a reflection 


*Two  cases  operated  under  local  anesthesia  since  the  reading  of  this  paper. 


240 


Original  Articles. 


wire  filigree.  Boux27  (de  Lausanne)  used  a screw  to  accomplish 
of  the  transversalis  fascia)  ; posteriorly,  by  Cooper’s  ligament;  and 
externally,  by  the  external  iliac  vein.  With  a small,  full-covered  needle 
armed  with  chromic  No.  2,  a deep  bite  is  taken  through  Cooper’s 
ligament  down  to  the  periosteum,  while  the  external  iliac  vein  is 
protected  and  drawn  outward  gently  by  the  index  finger  of  the  left 
hand;  another  bite  is  taken  through  the  lower  flap  of  the  trans- 
versalis fascia  and  the  edge  of  Poupart’s  ligament.  Two  like 
sutures  are  placed  internal  to  the  first,  the  most  internal  picking 
up  Grimbernat’s  ligament  in  its  bite.  When  these  sutures  are  tied 
they  bring  Cooper’s  ligament  in  contact  with  Poupart’s  ligament, 
completely  closing  off  the  hernial  orifice. 

The  rest  of  the  operation  consists  in  closing  the  abdominal  wall, 
just  as  we  would  in  an  inguinal  hernia. 

This  operation  is  probably  longer  than  by  the  ordinary  crural 
incision,  in  so  far  as  we  do  a femoral  and  an  inguinal  hernia  com- 
bined, but  it  lias  the  added  advantages  of  (1)  a clear  and  distinct 
exposure  of  the  anatomical  field;  (2)  high  ligation  of  the  sac  is 
assured;  (3)  secure  closure  of  the  femoral  ring  is  accomplished; 
(4)  the  second  or  abdominal  incision  is  not  necessary  (as  is  ad- 
vocated by  many  authors  when  the  crural  route  is  employed)  when 
dealing  with  a strangulated  hernia. 

REFERENCES. 

1.  Coley.  Keen’s  Surgery,  Vol.  IV,  p.  73. 

2.  Bresset.  Theses  de  Paris,  1895. 

3.  Pott.  Deutsche  Ztschr.  f.  Chir.,  1903,  LXX,  p.  556. 

4.  Didier.  Theses  de  Paris,  Juin,  1912,  p.  394. 

5.  Tuffier.  Revue  de  Chirurgie , 1896,  No.  16. 

6.  Moschowitz,  N.  Y.  State  Jnl  of  Med.,  October,  1907,  p.  396. 

7.  Widenham-Maunsell,  Brit.  Med.  Jnl,  1871. 

8.  Annandale.  Soc.  Med.  and  Surg.,  Edin.,  1878. 

9.  Tait.  Brit.  Med.  Jnl,  1883. 

10.  Socin,  .Jaboulay ; Traite  de  Chirurgie  Clinique  et  Operatoire,  1899. 

11.  Mitchell-Banks.  (Theses  de  Camson,  1893  ; Theses  de  Lyon.) 

12.  Ochsner,  Jno.  A.  M.  A.,  1906,  XLVII,  751-754. 

13.  Berger.  Traite  de  Chir.,  t.,  VI,  p.  759. 

14.  Barker.  Brit.  Med.  Jnl,  1887,  Vol.  II,  p.  1203. 

15.  Tricomi.  Rev.  de  Chir.,  1892. 

16.  Lucas  Championniere,  Cure  radicale  de  hernies,  1887. 

17.  Richelot.  Soc.  de  Chir.,  1872. 

18.  Lockwood.  Lancet,  1893. 

19.  Bassini.  Arch,  fur  Klin.  Chir.,  1894. 

‘20.  Degarmo.  Annals  of  Surgery,  1905. 

-21.  Jaboulay  and  Patel.  Nouveau  traite  de  Chirurgie,  1908. 

‘22.  Theriar.'  7°  Cong.  Fr.  de  Chir.,  1893,  pp.  318-323. 

23.  Chaput.  Presse  Medicate,  1904. 

24.  Green.  Lancet,  1914,  Vol.  II,  p.  155. 

25.  Thompson.  Ibid,  1913,  Vol.  II,  p.  1063. 

26.  Lance.  Gazette  des  Hopitaux,  1912,  pp.  1941-1944. 

27.  Roux.  Cong.  Fr.  de  Chir.,  1904  . 

28.  Fabricius.  Centrib,  fur  Chir.,  1894,  p.  616. 

29.  Delageniere.  Arch.  Prov.  de  Chir.,  1896,  p.  61. 

30.  Salzer.  Centrb.  fur  Chir.,  33,  1892. 

31.  Cheyne.  Lancet,  1892,  Vol.  II,  pp. 1039-1041. 

32.  Poullet.  Congres  Fr.  de  Chirurgie,  1895,  p.  471. 

33.  Schwartz.  Congress  de  Chir.,  1893. 

34.  Chaput.  Revue  de  Gynecol.,  1916. 

35.  Annandale.  Edin.  Med.  Jnl,  1876,  XXI. 


Landry — Inguinal  Approach  In  Femoral  Hernia. 


241 


36.  Zuckerkaijdl.  Archiv.  fur  Klin.  Chir.,  1S83,  XXVIII,  pp.  214-216. 

37.  Ruggi.  Bull,  de  la  Soc.  Med.-Chir.  di  Bologna.  11  Marza,  1892. 

38.  Parlavecchio.  Reforma  Medica,  February,  1893,  pp.  496-507. 

39.  Tuffier.  Rev.  de  Chir.,  1896,  t.  XVI,  pp.  230-248. 

40.  Gordon.  Brit.  Med.  Jnl.,  June  2,  1900,  Vol.  I,  p.  1338. 

41.  Guibe  and  Proust.  Presse  Medicale,  5 Mars,  .1904,  p.  105. 

42.  Codivilla.  Centralb.  fur  Chir.,  1898,  p.  730. 

43.  Lotheissen.  Ibid,  p.  548. 

44.  Foderl  Offic.  Protokoll  der  k.  k.  Gosellschaft  du  aerzte  Wiene,  1898. 

45.  Reich.  Beitr.  zur  Klin.  Chir.,  LXXVIII,  f.  I,  1911,  p.  104. 

46.  Frank.  Wiener  Klin.  Woch.,  1909,  No.  39,  pp.  1052-1057. 

47.  F'agg-e.  Proceed.  Royal  Society  of  Med.,  Surg.  Sect.,  London,  1911,  p.  162. 

48.  Bardescu.  Archiv.  fur  Klin.  Chir.,  1908,  LXXXV,  Vol.  II,  pp.  453-487. 

49.  Berard.  Communication  au  Congres  Internat.  de  Chir.,  Bruxelles,  1908. 

50.  Valias  and  Perrin.  Lyon  Chir.,  1909,  No.  7,  pp.  757-766. 

51.  Chaput.  Presse  Medicale,  2 Juillet,  1904,  t.  12,  No.  53,  pp.  417-418. 

52.  Dujarier.  Journal  de  Chir.,  1912,  t.  VIII,  No.  2,  pp.  113-128. 

53.  Demarest.  Presse  Medicale,  1912,  p.  984. 

54.  Seelig  and  Tuholske.  Surgery,  Gynecology  and  Obstetrics,  Vol.  18,  No.  1,  January,  1914. 

55.  Davis.  Transactions  Southern  Surgical  and  Gynecological  Association,  1915. 

Discussion  on  the  Paper  of  Dr.  Landry. 

Dr.  E.  Denegre  Martin,  New  Orleans:  I am  very  glad  Dr.  Landry  has 

brought  this  subject  before  us  for  discussion.  He  has  enunciated  a simple 
principle,  which  was  not  clearly  understood  before,  due,  to  the  fact,, 
probably,  that  in  the  beginnng,  when  most  of  the  operations  were  ^sug- 
gested for  the  cure  of  femoral  hernia,  there  was  the  fear  of  entering  the 
abdomen,  and  then  the  inguinal  canal  was  looked  upon  as  complicated, 
and  with  the  fear  of  a resulting  inguinal  hernia.  My  attention  was  first 
called  to  the  importance  and  necessity  of  operating  on  these  hernias  by 
a suggestion  made  by  Dr.  Ochsner  some  years  ago,  when  he  claimed  that  if 
you  could  close  the  sac  entirely  in  a hernia  the  hernia  would  remain  well; 
it  made  no  difference  what  kind  of  a closure  you  made  afterwards,  pro- 
vided, of  course,  you  approximated  the  wall.  In  a femoral  hernia  you 
have  a femoral  canal  half  an  inch  in  depth.  It  is  impossible  to  proceed 
from  the  outside  and  close  that  canal  entirely;  it  makes  no  difference 
what  operation  you  do.  We  may,  by  suturing  the  fascia,  which  is  usually 
done,  and  resecting  the  thing,  hold  it  for  a long  time,  but  in  30  per  cent 
of  the  cases  recurrence  takes  place.  I can  understand  that  easily.  What 
do  you  dot  You  simply  close  the  sac  and  return  the  contents  and  leave 
the  furunculus  just  as  you  have  a funnel-shaped  opening  in  an  abdominal 
wound.  You  have  the  identical  condition  which  originated  as  the  hernia 
appeared,  and  you  will  have  a recurrence  of  the  hernia  unless  the  liga- 
ments are  sutured  together  to  hold  it.  If  you  can  at  once  close  that 
entirely  so  that  you  have  a perfectly  smooth  surface  on  the  inside,  I 
do  not  know  that  it  is  necessary  to  suture  the  ligament  fibers  inside.  You 
can  invert  the  sac,  and  in  the  cases  I have  had  it  has  not  been  difficult. 
In  two  cases  operated  on  for  other  conditions  in  which  I found  an  in- 
carcerated hernia,  I was  able  to  catch  the  sac  from  the  inside,  invert  it 
and  suture  it,  and  there  has  been  no  recurrence  in  those  cases.  These 
cases  occur  in  women,  because  the  canal  is  quite  large.  I have  never  seen 
but  one  femoral  hernia  in  a man,  but  I have  seen  fifteen  in  women.  In 
the  first  three  I operated  on  the  hernia  recurrred.  I did  not  know  why 
until  I investigated  the  thing.  The  last  case  held  for  three  or  four  years. 
In  nine  of  these  cases  I went  through  the  abdominal  route,  which  you 
can  do  quite  well.  It  is  not  so  difficult.  You  can  retract  the  abdominal 
walls,  and  with  a little  manipulation  invert  the  sac,  ligate,  close  the 
canal,  and  you  have  accomplished  your  whole  purpose,  and  Ochsner 
claims  that  the  canal  eventually  closes  entirely  and  there  is  no  further 


242 


Original  Articles. 


trouble.  The  principle  is  simple,  and  I do  not  know  why  we  did  not  grasp 
it  and  appreciate  it  sooner. 

Dr.  C.  P.  Gray,  Monroe:  There  are  one  or  two  questions  I would  like 
to  ask  the  doctor.  In  the  first  place,  I want  to  thank  him  for  the  concise 
manner  in  which  he  has  presented  this  subject. 

After  you  have  ligated  the  sac,  I would  like  to  know  whether  you  have 
ever  followed  the  plan  adopted  by  Dr.  E.  Wyllys  Andrews,  of  Chicago, 
of  putting  in  a half  pursestring  suture,  going  in  through  the  ligament 
and  letting  it  go  through  the  layers  and  coming  out  above? 

The  next  question  is,  what  has  been  your  experience  in  closing  the 
inguinal  ring?  When  you  have  closed  the  femoral  hernia,  what  have 
you  done  with  the  red  muscle,  or  have  you  used  the  red  muscle  in  lapping 
over  and  closing  the  inguinal  ring? 

Dr.  Lucian  H.  Landry,  New  Orleans  (closing):  I wish  to  thank  Dr. 

Martin  for  saying  in  a few  words  what  it  took  me  quite  a long  time 
to  say. 

The  thing  that  brought  this  route  to  my  mind  especially  was  a ticklish 
occurrence.  The  last  case  I operated  on  by  the  crural  route  was  one  of 
strangulated  hernia.  I attacked  it  from  below  and  I had  to  cut  Gimber- 
nat ’s  ligament  to  relieve  the  constriction.  When  I did  so  the  bowel  shot 
back  into  the  abdomen.  I fished  for  it  with  a sponge-holder;  I did  not 
catch  the  loop  of  intestine,  that  was  apparently  down  in  the  canal,  but 
at  any  rate  the  loops  I pulled  down  were  healthy.  I thought  I would 
try  to  prevent  a recurrence  by  anchoring  the  sac  higher  up,  as  advocated 
by  Berger,  using  a transfixing  ligature  and  putting  it  upon  the  abdominal 
wall.  This  was  done.  The  patient  did  well  for  six  hours,  wanted  to 
urinate,  but  could  not,  and  the  passage  of  a catheter  showed  a little 
blood.  I figured  that  my  suture  had  gone  into  the  bladder.  It  worried 
me  some.  I waited  a little  while,  then  distention  started.  So  I got 
anxious.  I called  Dr.  Matas  to  my  aid.  We  opened  the  abdomen  and 
found  just  a little  knuckle  of  bowel  had  been  strangulated  (Richtor’s 
hernia) ; we  resorted  to  resection  and  anastomosis,  and  left  a suprapubic 
bladder  fistula.  It  was  a good  thing  for  the  patient  that  I had  to  go 
away  the  next  day,  and  Dr.  Matas  looked  after  the  case,  the  patient 
finally  making  a good  recovery. 

So  far  as  the  question  of  Dr.  Gray  is  concerned,  in  closing  the  in- 
guinal hernia,  you  do  it  the  same,  whether  you  resort  to  a Bassini  or  a 
Ferguson  operation.  We  have  been  doing  the  so-called  Ferguson- Andrews 
operation  by  not  transplanting  the  cord.  After  you  have  ligated  the  sac 
high  up  it  is  identical  with  the  inguinal  hernia  operation. 


THYROIDECTOMY  UNDER  LOCAL  ANESTHESIA.* 

By  CARROLL  W.  ALLEN,  M.  D.,  New  Orleans. 

This  discussion . will  deal  principally  with  exophthalmic  goiter, 
as  the  operative  technic  of  the  simple  colloid  goiter  under  local 
anesthesia  presents  no  special  difficulties,  and  the  steps  are  identical 
with  the  two  types ; only  when  a colloid  goiter  is  unusually  large  is 
any  variation  in  the  technic  necessary. 

*Read  before  the  Orleans  Parish  Medical  Society,  September  23,  1918.  [Received  for 
publication,  October  2,  1918.— :Eds.] 


Allen — Thyroidectomy  Under  Local  Anesthesia. 


243 


To  satisfactorily  and  intelligently  operate  under  local  anesthesia 
we  should  first  become  thoroughly  familiar  with  the  source  and 
distribution  of  the  nerve  supply  of  the  region.  This  is  one  of  the 
fundamental  factors  of  success,  as  I have  often  said  before  in  dis- 
cussing these  subjects,  local  anesthesia  makes  of  us  nerve  anatomists. 

The  skin  of  this  region  is  supplied  by  the  superficial^  colli  nerve 
formed  by  branches  from  the  second  and  third  cervical,  which 
emerges  from  behind  the  posterior  margin  of  the  sternomastoid 
muscle  and  curves  forward  just  above  the  point  where  the  external 
jugular  vein  passes  over  this  muscle,  and,  passing  forward  beneath 
the  jugular  and  platysma  muscle,  divides  into  branches  which  supply 
this  muscle  and  the  skin  of  the  anterior  region  of  the  neck  from 
the  chin  to  the  sternum. 

Beneath  the  area  of  distribution  of  this  nerve  we  come  to  that 
supplied  by  the  loop  formed  by  the  descendens  hypoglossi  and  the 
conjoined  branch  from  the  second  and  third  cervical  nerves,  which 
descend  from  the  upper  part  of  the  neck  upon  the  carotid  sheath 
and  supplies  the  sternothyroid,  sternohyoid,  both  bellies  of  the 
omohyoid  and  the  anterior  surface  of  the  thyroid  gland. 

The  third  and  last  source  of  nerve  supply  is  that  to  the  under 
surface  of  the  thyroid  gland ; this  is  from  the  deep  branches  of  the 
cervical  plexus,  from  the  nerves  that  supply  the  longus  colli,  rectus 
lateralis  and  other  prevertebral  muscles. 

These  nerves  are  all  small  branches  and  pass  forward  to  the  under 
surface  of  the  gland. 

This  completes  the  nerve  suply  of  the  region,  and  we  should  now 
be  able  to  intelligently  proceed  to  block  off  this  region  quickly, 
methodically  and  with  a minimum  of  anesthetic  solution.  Should 
discomfort  be  complained  of  at  any  point  we  should  be  able  to  de- 
termine its  source  by  the  depth  at  which  we  are  working  and  relieve 
it  immediately  by  additional  injections  at  the  indicated  point,  and 
not  by  aimlessly  injecting  in  all  directions  in  hopes  of  catching  the 
offending  nerve. 

In  discussing  the  injection  of  any  region,  it  is  understood  that 
certain  refinements  of  technic  should  be  made  use  of,  such  as  estab- 
lishing an  intradermal  wheal  with  a fine  needle  at  any  point  at 
which  a larger  needle  may  be  entered  for  deep  injections,  and  in 
very  sensitive  patients  the  skin  may  be  frozen  before  making  this 
first  wheal.  Alsp,  in  making  deep  injections  or  advancing  the  long 
needle  through  the  tissues  to  any  desired  point,  to  progressively  in- 
ject the  solutions  as  the  needle  is  being  advanced. 


244 


Original  Articles 


Knowing  onr  nerve  supply,  we  can  now  proceed  intelligently  to 
block  off  the  operative  field.  For  the  skin,  we  have  the  choice  of 
two  methods,  both  of  which  I make  nse  of. 

We  may  block  the  superficialis  colli  where  it  curves  over  the 
stemomastoid  by  passing  a long  needle  down  to  the  deep  fascia  over 
this  muscle,  just  behind  the  point  where  the  external  jugular  passes 
over  this  muscle,  and  directing  the  needle  upward  in  the  long  axis 
of  the  muscle,  injecting  this  area  quite  freely  for  about  one  and  one- 
half  inches,  using  about  5 to  10  c.  c.  of  solution.  This  injection,  when 
properly  made,  will  reach  all  branches  of  this  nerve  and  give  us  a 
superficial  anesthesia  down  to  the  deep  fascia  and  extending  almost 
from  the  chin  to  the  sternum.  The  same  procedure  is  repeated  on 
the  opposite  side. 

The  other  method  of  superficial  anesthesia,  and  the  one  more 
commonly  used,  is  to  make  a fairly  free  subcutaneous  injection 
along  the  proposed  line  of  incision.  This  is  best  done  by  making  a 
skin  wheal  in  the  mid-line  of  the  neck  and,  entering  a long  needle 
at  this  point,  injecting  first  to  one  side,  then  withdrawing  the  needle 
and  directing  it  in  the  oposite  direction. 

Having  satisfactorily  anesthetized  the  superficial  parts,  we  now 
turn  our  attention  to  the  deeper  parts  supplied  by  the  loop  formed 
by  the  descendens  hypoglossi  and  second  and  third  cervical.  • It  will 
be  seep,  by  considering  the  course  and  distribution  of  this  nerve, 
that  it  can  be  effectively  blocked  by  an  injection  made  down  to  the 
carotid  sheath,  above  the  field,  in  the  lower  part  of  the  superior 
carotid  triangle,  entering  the  needle  just  above  the  omohyoid  muscle 
and  making  the  injections  just  beneath  the  deep  fascia,  when  it  will 
diffuse  in  all  directions,  reaching  the  nerves  as  they  come  downward 
and  forward.  For  this  purpose,  the  long  needle  is  entered  near 
the  outer  extremity  of  the  subcutaneously  infiltrated  area,  should 
this  method  have  been  used,  or,  if  the  superficialis  colli  has  been 
blocked,  at  any  point  near  the  lower  part  of  the  superior  carotid 
triangle.  As  the  needle  is  advanced  down  to  the  carotid  sheath,  the 
solution  should  be  injected  continuously  as  the  needle  is  being  ad- 
vanced. If  the  needle  is  of  small  caliber,  with  sharply  beveled 
point,  no  damage  should  result  from  contact  with  a vessel.  It  is, 
however,  a good  precaution,  when  making  an  injection  in  the  neigh- 
borhood of  large  vessels,  to  aspirate  slightly  before  making  the  in- 
jection, to  determine  whether  or  not  a vessel  has  been  entered.  This 
injection,  when  properly  made,  is  free  from,  danger,  but  the  oper- 


Allen — Thynoidectomy  Under  Local  Anesthesia. 


245 


ation  may  defer  this  step  until  this  skin  flap  has  been  raised,  which 
gives  a slightly  closer  approach  to  the  area  of  injection. 

Having  made  the  skin  incision  and  retracted  or  divided  the 
thyroid  gronp  of  muscles,  as  may  seem  necessary,  the  anterior 
surface  of  the  gland  is  thoroughly  exposed,  permitting  the  needle 
to  be  passed  under  its  lateral  edge  at  two  or  more  points,  infiltrating 
the  cellular  tissue  behind  the  gland,  thus  reaching  the  deep  group 
of  nerves  to  its  posterior  surface. 

This  completes  the  anesthesia,  and  the  enucleation  or  resection 
of  the  gland  can  now  be  proceeded  with  by  any  method  preferred 
by  the  operator.  Its  posterior  capsule  and  a small  piece  of  the 
gland,  about  one-sixth  or  one-eighth  of  its  total,  should  always  be 
left  in  place,  for  obvious  reasons.  For  my  own  part,  I always  prefer 
to  divide  the  isthmus  first  when  operating  under  local  anesthesia, 
and  roll  the  gland  out  away  from  the  trachea,  thus  avoiding  the 
repeated  disturbance  to  this  part  from  traction  on  other  parts  of  the 
gland,  which  is  always  quite  disturbing  to  the  conscious  patient.  An- 
other advantage  in  dividing  the  isthmus  first  is  that  the  gland  can 
be  rolled  outward  and  lifted  from  its  bed  with  more  facility,  as  it 
is  unattached  at  any  other  points  except  by  vessels  and  fascia,  and, 
as  the  gland  is  lifted  up,  the  vessels  on  its  under  surface  can  be 
readily  seen  and  ligated,  and  the  danger  to  the  recurrent  laryngeal 
nerve  greatly  lessened. 

There  are  many  little  refinements  of  detail  and  technic,  which  can 
hardly  be  brought  out  in  a paper  of  this  kind,  which  apply  in  a gen- 
eral way  to  all  operations  under  local  anesthesia. 

This  subject  is  never  complete  with  a simple  discussion  of  the 
operative  technic,  as  there  are  other  things  to  be  considered.  It  is 
not  advisable  to  operate  upon  all  cases,  and  some  operations  have 
to  be  performed  in  stages.  Very  severe  cases,  when  suffering  from 
edema,  ascites,  dilated  heart,  diarrhea,  gastric  crisis  of  vomiting 
and  other  visceral  disturbances,  should  not  be  operated  at  once,  but 
kept  under  observation,  with  rest,  ice  bags  and  other  indicated 
treatment,  waiting  for  a lull  in  the  symptoms.  Many  of  these 
severe  cases  have  suffered  permanent  injury  to  the  heart,  kidneys 
and  other  organs.  It  is  consequently  always  desirable  to  operate  as 
early  as  possible  in  all  cases  which  do  not  yield  to  medical  treat- 
ment. 

It  is  doubtful  if  severe  cases  should  ever  have  the  complete  radical 
operation  of  double  resection  or  lobectomy  done  at  one  time,  but  it 


246 


Original  Articles. 


is  safer  to  do  one  side  at  a time,  allowing  one  or  two  weeks  for  re- 
covery, when  the  other  side  may  be  done. 

In  quite  severe  cases,  too  sick  to  attempt  the  radical  resection  of 
a part  of  the  gland,  but  yet  capable  of  standing  a limited  amount 
of  surgery  safely,  we  can  often  accomplish  a decided  abatement  of  the 
symptoms  by  ligating  one  or  both  poles  of  the  gland.  This,  when 
properly  done,  often  accomplishes  much  good  and  allows  the  patient 
to  recover  sufficiently  to  permit  the  safe  resection  of  a lobe. 

To  properly  ligate  the  thyroid  pole,  an  incision  can  be  made 
across  the  neck  at  the  proper  level,  or  I often  prefer  an  incision  on 
the  inner  side  of  the  sternomastoid,  exposing  by  blunt  dissection  the 
pole  of  the  gland,  when  a silk  or  linen  ligature  on  an  aneurysm 
needle  is  passed  around  the  upper  extremity  of  the  lobe  embracing 
arteries,  veins,  nerves  and  a small  portion  of  the  tip  of  the  gland, 
tying  the  ligature  quite  firmly.  Catgut  is  objected  to  for  this  pur- 
pose, as  it  may  be  absorbed  too  early.  The  vessels  should  not  be 
dissected  out  and  ligated  singly,  nor  should  the  ligature  be  placed 
above  the  pole  of  the  gland,  if  the  best  results  are  to  be  accom- 
plished, as  the  anastomosis  between  the  vessels  of  the  upper  and 
lower  pole  is  quite  free,  and  unless  done  in  the  proper  way  the 
circulation  is  compensated  quite  early  and  our  object  defeated. 
Much  improvement  often  follows  this  ligation,  and  in  some  cases 
the  improvement  is  so  marked  that  the  patient  objects  to  further 
operative  intervention ; but  this  is  a serious  mistake,  and  advantage 
should  be  taken  of  this  lull  to  perform  the  resection,  which  should 
be  done  in  from  one  to  two  or  three  weeks  following  the  ligation. 

The  psychical  effect  of  any  operative  procedure  upon  these  cases 
is  often  considerable,  and  they  suffer  acutely  from  fear,  which  in- 
creases the  blood  pressure  and  heart  activity,  thus  greatly  stimu- 
lating the  activity  of  the  gland  and  increasing  all  the  toxic  symp- 
toms. It  is  consequently  better  to  keep  these  cases  in  the  hospital 
a few  days  before  operation,  not  letting  them  know  exactly  when  it 
will  be  performed.  During  this  time  they  should  be  kept  absolutely 
quiet  in  bed,  free  from  visitors  and  other  disturanbces,  with  an  ice 
bag  continually  to  the  neck,  avoiding  meats,  coffee,  alcohol  and  all 
stimulants  in  diet.  As  these  patients  have  absolutely  no  control 
over  their  emotions,  and  as  fear  is  largely  a psychical  manifestation, 
it  is  highly  desirable  to  control  the  psychic  functions  by  a large  dose 
of  some  opiate  before  going  to  the  operating  room.  I do  not  like 
morphin  in  these  cases,  as  it  sometimes  excites  them  and  does  not 


Allen — Thynoidectomy  Under  Local  Anesthesia. 


24? 


exert  any  hypnotic  influence;  scopolamin  is  also  objected  to  for  sim- 
ilar reasons.  Pantopon,  representing  the  entire  active  principles 
of  opium,  makes  the  ideal  hypodermic,  nsing  from  one-half  to  two- 
thirds  of  a grain  about  one  honr  before  the  time  set  for  the  oper- 
ation. This  dose  is  sufficient  to  render  the  patient  dull,  apathetic, 
and  inclined  to  sleep  when  left  alone;  the  patient  is  thoroughly 
conscious,  hut  just  enough  under  the  control  of  the  drug  to  he  list- 
less and  indifferent — an  ideal  state  for  operation,  when  it  is  highly 
important  to  have  under  control  all  psychical  disturbances.  These- 
are  the  essential  points  in  the  surgery  of  this  condition  under  local 
anesthesia. 

Its  advantages  are  many.  When  handling  these  cases  in  this 
manner,  the  danger  is  greatly  lessened,  general  anesthetics  favoring 
edema  of  the  lungs,  and  renal  suppression  in  bad  cases,  and  by  the 
vascular  congestion  which  they  induce,  greatly  increase  the  toxic 
activity  of  the  gland.  With  local  anesthesia,  which  is  now  used 
always  in  conjunction  with  adrenalin,  we  have  the  opposite  con- 
dition, ischemia,  which  greatly  lessens  the  activity  of  the  gland,  and 
especially  at  the  time  when  it  is  desirable  to  have  it  under  con- 
trol. The  recovery  following  operation  is  greatly  facilitated  when 
done  under  local  anesthesia,  as  the  patient  can  at  once  begin  to 
take  water  freely  to  flush  out  the  emunctories  and  more  rapidly 
relieve  the  toxicity. 

Before  closing,  I would  like  to  call  attention  to  the  enlargement 
of  this  gland,  which  often  occurs  in  young  girls  about  the  age  of 
puberty,  before  the  menstrual  function  has  been  regularly  estab- 
lished, and  is  often  associated  with  mild  toxic  symptoms.  In  these 
cases  we  should  not  operate  too  hastily,  as  the  condition  will  usually 
subside  under  proper  treatment  directed  to  the  regular  establish- 
ment of  the  menstrual  function. 

Discussion  of  Dr.  Allen's  Paper. 

Dr.  L.  H.  Landry:  Dr.  Allen  has  undoubtedly  brought  out  the  most 

difficult  type  of  goiter  to  treat  with  local  anesthesia;  almost  any  one 
with  a little  experience  in  local  anesthesia  can  remove  a colloidal  or  cystic 
goiter  without  much  discomfort  to  the  patient.  The  utmost  care  must 
be  exercised  in  the  exophthalmic  or  highly  nervous  type.  If  you  take 
any  patient  with  a moderately  developed  exophthalmic  goiter  into  an 
operating  room  you  will  find  a jump  of  approximately  twenty  beats  in 
the  pulse  rate  as  compared  to  the  sate  while  in  bed.  Por  this  reason  this 
type  of  patient  should  never  be  wheeled  into  the  operating  room  with- 
out a blindfold,  or  allowed  to  see  the  nurses,  assistants  and  instruments. 
While  operating,  it  is  very  bad  practice  to  be  calling  for  a knife,  scissors,, 


248 


Original  Articles. 


clamps,  etc.;  the  less  conversation  (except  to  reassure  the  patient)  the 
better.  For  this  reason,  local  anesthesia  is  not  a good  amphitheater  pro- 
cedure, but  should  tee  conducted  in  a small  room,  with  as  few  assistant 
and  little  noise  as  possible.  While  we  are  very  partial  to  local  anes- 
thesia, and  have  used  it  a great  deal  in  all  types  of  goiter,  I am  reminded 
of  a very  tragic  experience  we  had  some  years  ago  with  an  exophthalmic 
goiter.  The  patient  had  had  a polar  ligation  performed  and  was  kept 
in  the  hospital  some  three  or  four  weeks  before  the  second  operation  was 
undertaken.  She  was  brought  to  the  operating  room  with  a towel  over 
her  eyes  and  put  on  the  operating  table;  we  wanted  to  get  the  benefit  of 
gravity  anemia,  and  instructed  one  of  the  interns  to  elevate  the  head 
of  the  table;  the  gentleman  handling  the  table  was  not  familiar  with 
its  mechanism,  and  allowed  the  table  to  come  up  suddenly;  this  startled 
the  patient,  and  at  once  her  heart  began  to  “run  away.”  We  tried  to 
reassure  the  patient  in  every  way  that  there  was  no  harm  done,  but  to 
no  avail.  Hher  heart  stopped  suddenly,  and  in  spite  of  everything  that 
we  did,  including  heart  massage,  the  patient  died  before  our  eyes,  before 
anything  surgical,  even  the  introduction  of  a hypodermic  needle,  was 
attempted.  This  patient  absolutely  died  of  fright. 

With  an  experience  like  this,  one  cannot  fail  to  be  impressed  with 
the  gravity  of  these  cases  and  the  care  that  must  be  exercised  in  using 
any  kind  of  anesthesia. 

Recently  we  have  been  using  Gwathmey’s  ether-oil  rectal  anesthesia, 
started  in  the  patient’s  room,  and  have  had  uniformly  good  results,  from 
an  anesthetic  and  operative  standpoint,  in  the  severe  types  of  ex- 
ophthalmic goiter.  I think  that  this  convenient  and  comparatively  safe 
mode  of  anesthesia,  properly  administered,  should  be  kept  in  mind  when 
dealing  with  the  highly  nervous  indvidual. 

Dr.  H.  E.  Bernadas:  To  say  we  appreciate  Dr.  Allen’s  paper  is 

putting  it  very  mildly,  because  Dr.  Allen  is  not  only  a pioneer  in  the 
study  of  local  anesthesia,  but,  to  my  mind,  is  a master.  Therefore  I have 
no  hesitancy  in  asking  Dr.  Allen  if  he  would  tell  us  his  choice  of  a local 
anesthetic,  and  if  he  would  explain  to  us  the  comparative  value  of  the 
use  of  apothesine  and  novocain. 

Dr.  L.  Sexton:  Several  years  ago  I reported  before  this  Medical  So- 

ciety a large  colloidal  thyroid  removed  with  local  anesthesia.  Owing  to 
the  'extreme  age  of  the  patient  and  her  condition,  she  could  not  take  a 
general  anesthetic.  She  had  not  been  able  to  recline  in  bed  at  all  for 
quite  a number  of  months,  and  as  a result  had  bed-sores.  The  pressure 
ulcers  had  formed,  as  she  was  constantly  sitting  in  the  upright  position. 
I did  not  desire  to  operate  on  the  patient  at  all,  and  told  the  family  that 
laying  her  flat  on  the  table,  just  as  Dr.  Allen  has  explained,  might  be 
fatal;  that  we  could  not  give  her  a general  anesthesia,  and  would  try 
local  anesthesia.  I did  not  understand  then  the  neural  anatomy  of  the 
part  as  the  doctor  so  nicely  explained  to-night,  but  adopted  the  plan  of 
local  anesthesia  as  in  vogue  at  the  time.  One  per  cent  solution  of  cocain 
was  injected  after  making  a wheal  in  the  skin  line  of  the  incision,  and 
then  made  a cut,  which  had  to  be  rather  large  on  account  of  the  great 
size  of  the  goiter.  After  the  upper  pole  of  the  goiter  had  been  released  I 
worked  from  the  upper  part  down,  injecting  into  the  deep  fascia  behind 
the  tumor  1 per  cent  novocain,  as  required.  She  was  given  one-eighth 
grain  of  morphin  one  hour  before  operation.  The  case  was  reported  in 
the  New  Orleans  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal  several  years  ago.  The 
old  lady  is  enjoying  good  health. 


Boebinger — Retro-Pharyngeal  A bscess. 


249 


I wish  to  thank  Dr.  Allen  for  giving  his  technic.  I am  pleased  to 
have  been  here  to  hear  his  timely  paper  at  this  time. 

Dr.  Allen  (closing  discussion):  The  choice  of  a local  anesthetic  is, 

of  course,  a very  important  one.  I avoided  saying  much  about  it  be- 
cause, as  soon  as  one  talks  about  the  different  solutions,  there  is  a great 
deal  that  might  be  said.  Novocain  is  unquestionably  the  peer  of  local 
anesthetics.  We  adopt  cocain  as  a standard,  because  it  was  the  first  local 
anesthetic  discovered,  being  introduced  to  the  profession  in  1884  by  Karl 
Koller  in  the  Ophthalmological  Congress  at  Heidelberg,  and  all  of  our 
local  anesthetics  date  from  that  time.  Novocain  is  just  about  one-seventh 
as  toxic  as  cocain,  and  is  non-irritating  to  the  tissues.  The  addition  of 
adrenalin  to  the  solution  renders  it  more  efficacious,  but  care  should  be 
exercised  as  to  the  , amount  used,  not  more  than  five  drops  being  used 
to  each  ounce.  I recall  being  asked  to  see  a patient,  by  a confrere,  who 
was  said  to  be  suffering  from  the  effect  of  cocain  poisoning.  It  was 
distinctly  a case  of  adrenalin  poisoning,  as  he  showed  no  effects  of  cocain. 
The  use  of  too  strong  solutions  of  adrenalin  also  frequently  causes  slough- 
ing of  the  parts,  due  to  acute  vasoconstriction  of  the  vessels,  which  pro- 
duces ischemia  of  the  part.  This  is  especially  apt  to  occur  when  used 
in  large  areas.  As  regards  the  efficacy,  I place  novocain  first  on  the  list, 
eucain  second,  apothesine  third,  and  cocain  last,  on  account  of  its 
toxicity.  (This  is  based  on  personal  experience  and  experiments  which 
I have  made.)  The  addition  of  sodium  chlorid,  in  order  to  make  an 
isotonic  solution,  is  a great  advantage.  Scleich,  who  is  really  the  father 
of  local  anesthesia,  used  this  in  his  solutions,  when  he  employed  2.10 
per  cent,  which  I have  thought  better  doubled,  and  in  all  my  solutions 
I recommended  the  addition  of  4.10  per  cent. 


RETRO-PHARYNGEAL  ABSCESS.* 

By  M.  P.  BOEBINGER,  M.  D.,  New  Orleans. 

Vanity  is  an  heirloom  possessed  by  many;  honesty  by  few.  Man 
has  always  accused  the  female  as  being  the  proud  possessor  of  this 
keepsake.  The  human  family  is  weak  when  it  comes  to  accepting 
successes  and  is  prone  to  push  forever  into  oblivion  their  failures. 
It  is,  therefore,  with  this  idea  in  view,  that  the  author  reports  the 
loss  of  a child  to  this  fraternity,  fully  realizing  and  understanding 
that  they,  too,  are  the  victims  of  this  dreaded  and  incurable  disease 
known  as  “failure.”  The  younger  man  must  always  look  forward 
to  his  older  and  more  experienced  colleague  to  take  the  lead  and 
report  such  failures  as  must  eventually  prove  the  great  barrier  to 
the  onward  march  of  the  young,  ambitious  practitioner. 

Early  History. — The  first  mention  of  this  affection  dates  back 
to  the  second  century  of  our  era,  when  Galen  relates  a case  in  his 
own  experience.  Since  then,  no  mention  seems  to  have  been  made 

*Read  before  the  Orleans  Parish  Medical  Society,  September  23,  1918.  [Received  for 
publication,  October  2,  1918. — Eds.] 


250 


Original  Articles. 


in  the  medical  literature  until  the  middle  of  the  eighteenth  century, 
from  which  time  nntil  now  very  little  has  appeared  in  onr  literature. 
Bokai,  of  Budapest,  has  collected  over  five  hundred  cases,  but  there 
exists  not  even  a monograph  on  “Retro-Pharyngeal  Lymph  Adenitis” 
in  English. 

There  is  a rather  prevalent  belief  that  retro-pharyngeal  abscesses 
are  seldom  encountered,  except  in  children,  and  that  caries  of  the 
vertebra  due  to  cervical  Pott’s  disease  is  the  chief  cause  of  this 
condition.  That  such  a belief  should  be  so  widely  held  is  probably 
due  to  the  fact  that  the  condition  is  often  overlooked,  except  in  the 
case  of  tuberculosis  of  the  cervical  vertebra,  when. its  possibility  is 
always  kept  in  mind  and  when  its  diagnosis  is  comparatively  easy. 
Irrespective  of  retro-pharyngeal  abscesses  often  seen  in  adults,  it 
is  essentially  a disease  of  infancy  and  early  childhood,  and  when 
recognized  early  and  treated  surgically  and  skilfully  should  end  in 
a speedy  recovery.  When  complicated  and  secondary  to  middle-ear 
disease  it  should  be  regarded  as  of  critical  importance. — Prof. 
Jacques,  Haney. 

Ages  When  Seen:  Koplik  reports  a series  of  seventy-seven  cases 
occurring  between  the  ages  of  twenty-one  months  and  five  years, 
the  greater  majority  (41  cases)  occurring  between  the  ages  of  six 
and  twelve  months.  Billings  and  Wilson  report  death  of  a man 
eighteen  years  of  age;  Man  reports  death  of  a man  of  thirty-three 
years;  Meierhof  speaks  of  death  in  infant;  Cline  reports  death  of 
man  fifty-seven  years  of  age;  Klug  reports  death  of  a young  girl 
due  to  erosion  of  carotid  artery ; Dr.  Carter  reports  death  of  infant 
eight  months;  Dr.  Charlton  reports  death  of  child  eight  years  of 
age;  Meierhof  claims  to  have  seen  fifty  cases  of  retro-pharyngeal 
abscesses,  all  patients  were  under  three  years  of  age;  Herrold  re- 
ports case  of  young  woman  of  twenty-two  years  of  age,  previously 
healthy;  Moore  reports  a case  in  a man  aged  forty  years;  Dunn, 
one  in  a man  aged  sixty-two  years. 

Etiology . — The  cause  is  sometimes  very  obscure,  although  occur- 
ring, as  it  does,  most  frequently  in  the  poorly-nourished  and  rachitic, 
it  is  occasionally  met  with  in  patients  who  have  previously  been 
perfectly  healthy.  Any  of  the  acute  inflammatory  diseases  of  the 
nose,  mouth  or  pharynx  may  be  a predisposing  cause.  Some  authors 
have  reported  seeing  retro-pharyngeal  abscesses  following  operative 
procedures  in  the  nasopharynx  and  pharynx.  Retro-pharyngeal 
abscess  may  be  acute  or  chronic.  It  may  be  situated  in  the  meso- 
pharynx,  in  the  hypopharynx,  or  in  the  epipharynx. 


Boebinger — Reitro-Pliaryngeal  Abscess. 


251 


There  is  an  infection  beneath  the  mncons  membrane.  The  morbid 
bacteria  gain  entrance  through  the  lymph  vessels,  the  atrium  of 
invasion  being  in  one  of  the  neighboring  tissues  which  is  diseased; 
tonsillitis,  a post-operative  tonsillar  wound,  a tuberculous  tonsil, 
tuberculous  cervical  glands,  caries  of  the  vertebra,  lues,  acute  coryza, 
infectious  diseases  of  infancy  and  childhood.  Koplik  has  isolated 
four  distinct  species  of  the  streptococcus  which  he  says  are  the  micro- 
organisms present  in  the  pus  of  these  abscesses. 

Anatomy. — Behind  the  pharynx  and  esophagus  a species  of  cavity 
exists,  bounded  posteriorly  by  the  mucous  and  fibro-muscular  wall 
of  the  pharynx  and  on  the  sides  by  the  lateral  aponeurosis.  This 
cavity  is  baggy  and  in  the  midst  of  areolar  tissue.  It  extends  from 
the  base  of  the  skull  to  the  mediastinum.  Inside  this  cavity  lie  the 
lymphatic  glands,  first  described  by  Gillette  and  called  Gillette’s 
glands.  The  median  fibrous  raphe,  the  common  point  of  meeting 
of  the  constrictors,  divides  the  post-pharyngeal  region  into  two 
retro-pharyngeal  spaces.  The  larger  vessels  and  nerves  of  the  neck 
are  found  laterally  to  this  space.  The  greatest  interest  should  be 
attached  to  these  “lymph  nodes,”  for  they  receive  the  lymphatic 
vessels  from  the  nose,  post-nasal  space,  pharynx  and  deep  cervical 
region. 

Infection  may  start  from  any  of  these  organs  and  focus  itself 
in  the  retro-pharyngeal  glands.  The  important  point  is  that  the 
lymphadenitis  is  the  essential  lesion  in  a retro-pharyngeal  abscess 
of  acute  form.  Gillette’s  glands  differ  in  no  way  from  those  which 
compose  the  rest  of  the  chain  known  as  Waldeyer’s  ring.  This 
chain  drains  all  the  cavities  of  the  face,  nares,  region  of  the 
Eustachian  tubes,  pharynx,  and  is  in  direct  connection  with  the 
lymphatics  of  the  middle  ear.  The  probable  cause  of  so  few  cases 
being  reported  in  adults  is  perhaps  due  to  the  early  quiescence  or 
atrophy  of  these  glands. 

Symptoms. — The  vast  majority  of  retro-pharyngeal  abscesses  are 
found  in  early  life,  few  occurring  after  five  years  of  age.  At  this 
period  there  is  a large  number  of  catarrhal  diseases  of  the  naso- 
pharynx. Every  one  is  acquainted  with  the  retro-pharyngeal 
lymphatic  nodes,  but  the  occurrence  of  septic  infection  of  these 
masses  of  gland  tissue  in  association  with  suppuration  of  the  ear 
-seems  to  have  escaped  general  attention.  Yet,  in  infants  particu- 
larly, the  combination  is  by  no  means  uncommon,  and  even  in  adults 
^unilateral  swelling  of  the  posterior  pharyngeal  wall,  probably 


252 


Original  Articles. 


adenitis  which  has  not  come  to  abscess  formation,  is  not  uncommon 
in  suppuration  of  the  middle-ear.  Septic  adenitis  in  this  situation, 
however,  may  plausibly  he  ascribed,  not  to  infection  from  the 
middle-ear,  but  to  infection  from  the  nose  or  nasopharynx — that  is 
to  say,  the  retro-pharyngeal  adenitis  and  the  otitis  may  be  looked 
upon  as  independent  of  each  other,  save  in  the  sense  that  they  both 
arise  from  one  common  cause.  Nevertheless,  it  is,  on  the  other 
hand,  highly  probable  that  the  infection  of  the  pharyngeal  gland 
is  sometimes  transmitted  to  it  from  the  middle-ear  cavities,  or  at 
least  from  the  Eutachian  tube,  since,  as  Golgi’s  researches  and  the 
clinical  course  of  cancerous  growths  in  the  middle-ear  alike  show, 
there  is  lymphatic  connection  between  the  middle-ear  and  the  lymph 
nodes  in  the  pharynx.  But  pharyngeal  abscess  of  this  kind,  if  due 
to  infection  from  the  middle-ear,  is  a metastatic  infection. 

There  are  few  conditions  more  difficult  to  recognize,  in  their  early 
stages,  or  more  bewildering  when  seen  in  their  full  development. 
In  the  long  experience  of  many  busy  physicians,  none  have  been 
observed,  others  have  recognized  only  a few,  while  many,  perhaps, 
have  gone  their  way  unrecognized. 

The  subject  of  retro-phrayngeal  abscess  is  one  of  more  than  ordi- 
nary interest  to  the  laryngologist,  for  the  reason  that  it  may  be,  and 
is,  often  overlooked  by  the  busy  general  practitioner,  on  account  of 
the  rarity  of  the  disease  and  the  lack  of  expertness  in  examining  the 
throats  of  infants  and  young  children.  The  specialist  is  usually 
called  in  at  a time  when  the  case  has  become  serious  and  something 
must  be  done,  it  being  a disease  of  fatal  tendency,  manifesting  a 
variety  of  clinical  aspects,  involving,  as  it  does,  the  adeno-lymph 
structures  of  the  oro  and  the  laryngo-pharynx.  As  these  structures 
mature  early  in  infancy  and  childhood,  it  is  then  when  they  are- 
most  likely  to  become  infected  and  break  down,  forming  a retro- 
pharyngeal abscess. 

Should  the  surgeon  be  dealing  with  a peri-tonsillar  abscess  in  the 
course  of  a suppuration  of  the  middle-ear,  particularly  if  the  latter- 
is  acute,  he  should  make  a careful  investigation  of  the  case  in  order- 
to  exclude  any  connection  with  the  middle-ear  disease.  All  sur- 
geons should  be  on  the  guard  when  dealing  with  a chronic  suppura- 
tion of  the  tympanic  cavity,  as  we  may  at  any  time  be  dealing  with 
a caries  of  the  antero-inferior  wall,  or  else  caries  of  the  carotid  canal,, 
which  would  lead  to  a retro-pharyngeal  abscess,  and,  should  it  go 
untreated,  there  is  risk  of  a deep  cervical  formation,  finding  its 


BoEBmGEK, — Retro-Pharyngeal  Abscess. 


253 


way  into  the  thorax  and  cansing  death  from  mediastinitis  and  gen- 
eral sepsis. 

In  the  course  of  an  acnte  suppuration,  of  an  acute  exacerbation 
of  a chronic  suppuration  of  the  tympanic  cavity,  especially  if  there 
has  been  some  delay  in  opening  and  draining  the  mastoid,  the  signs 
and  symptoms  appear  of  cervical  cellulitis  in  the  upper  region  of 
the  posterior  triangle.  There  v is  pain,  especially  on  moving  the 
head;  torticollis  is  usually  very  evident.  In  the  early  stages,  swell- 
ing, with  edema,  and  tenderness  on  deep  pressure  over  the  neck 
close  to  the  skull  appear,  and  the  whole  area  manifests  a tough  in- 
duration. These  inflammatory  phenomena  tend  to  spread  down 
the  neck,  and  in  some  cases  have  reached  as  far  as  the  clavicle  be- 
fore the  pus  close  to  the  skull  had  got  to  the  surface.  Along  with 
the  local  phenomena  we  find  the  usual  signs  of  severe  toxemia ; this, 
of  course;  would  lead  to  surgical  interference,  incision  being  made 
in  the  upper  part  of  the  neck  and  deepened  until  pus  appears. 
Should  the  case  be  complicated  with  mastoiditis,  a mastoidectomy 
is  done. 

The  development  of  a retro-pharyngeal  abscess  occupies  a period 
of  several  days,  so  that,  when  we  see  the  patient,  the  swelling  has 
probably  gone  beyond  the  original  point  of  infection;  sometimes  the 
pus  may  gravitate  so  low  down  that  it  is  not  seen  through  the  fauces, 
and  digital  exploration  alone  can  locate  it.  One  of  the  first  clinical 
signs  is  dysphagia.  This  varies  from  difficult  deglutition  to  absolute 
inability  to  nourish,  being  especially  marked  in  infants.  Another 
important  sign  is  respiratory  distress,  anxious  expression,  with 
chin  extended,  and  croupy  cough,  mouth  containing  large  amount 
of  secretion  and  resembling  that  of  peri-tonsillar  abscess.  Dyspnea 
increases  as  the  pus  extends  downwards,  interfering  with  respira- 
tion. This  picture  at  first  glance  reminds  one  of  a laryngeal 
diphtheria.  Digital  examination  will  clear  up  this  point  and  reveal 
a large,  fluctuating  tumor.  The  temperature  chart  shows  one  of 
sepsis,  and  great  depression,  almost  bordering  on  extremis,  and  here 
we  have  the  unmistakable  picture  of  retro-pharyngeal  abscess. 

Differential  Diagnosis.  — Laryngeal  diphtheria,  laryngitis, 
aneurism,  gumma,  malformation  or  malposition  of  the  cervical 
vertebra.  Digital  exploration  will  clear  up  any  doubt  in  the  sur- 
geon’s mind. 

Prognosis. — This  depends  on  the  etiology.  If,  as  in  some  cases, 
the  infection  has  extended  from  the  middle-ear,  with  necrosis  of  the 


254 


Original  Articles. 


temporal  bone  and  extensive  cellulitis  and  burrowing  of  pus  in  the 
neck,  the  results  are  not  as  favorable  as  when  the  purulent  foci 
are  limited  to  the  pharyngeal  structures,  and  evacuation  is  accom- 
plished before  spontaneous  rupture,  with  the  possibility  of  aspira- 
tion pneumonia,  or  asphyxia.  A fair  mortality  rate  is  5 to  7 per 
cent.  The  author  knows  no  special  treatment  that  will  influence 
these  glands.  In  acute  retro-pharyngeal  abscess  formation  no  life 
need  be  sacrificed.  Surgical  interference,  when  done  early,  usually 
brings  about  a speedy  recovery.  If  this  aid  is  delayed,  the  condition, 
especially  in  infants,  may  end  fatally.  Pus  may  burrow  its  way 
toward  the  larger  vessels  of  the  neck,  or  travel  along  the  esophagus 
to  the  mediastinum,  and  cause  death. 

Surgical  Treatment  and  Technic. — Since  most. of  our  cases  are 
in  infants  and  early  childhood,  we  are  able  to  dispense  with  a gen- 
eral anesthetic.  Simply  envelop  the  patient  in  a sheet,  lower  the 
head  of  the  operating  table,  introduce  mouth  gag,  which  sometimes 
causes  the  patient  to  become  cyanosed  and  interferes  with  respira- 
tion. Should  this  occur,  it  is  an  indication  for  immediate  removal 
of  the  gag,  as  the  back  part  of  the  tongue  is  being  crowded  upon 
the  abscess,  thereby  shutting  off  the  air  supply.  A broad-bladed 
tongue-depressor  is  introduced  and  the  operator  proceeds,  using 
finger  as  a guide.  The  incision  is  usually  from  below  upwards.  A 
closed  scissors  is  next  introduced  into  the  wound  and  withdrawn 
open,  in  order  to  insure  large  opening  for  thorough  drainage,  the 
suction  being  used  to  control  pus  and  blood. 

The  finger  may  be  used  to  good  advantage  in  order  to  express  the 
pus  from  the  abscess  cavity.  The  patient  should  be  immediately 
put  to  bed  and  remain  in  recumbent  position  for  more  than  twenty- 
four  hours  and  fed  liquids,  and  all  other  post-operative  attention 
given. 

In  retro-pharyngeal  abscesses  of  older  children  and  adults,  it 
may  be  necessary  to  apply  cocain,  ethyl  chlorid  or  bromid,  or  even 
a general  anesthetic,  in  order  to  incise  the  abscess.  Some  authors 
advise  the  use  of  an  aspirating  syringe,  while  others  use  trochar, 
blunt  director,  scissors,  etc. 

Report  of  Case. 

Baby  girl,  21  months  of  age.  Previous  history  good.  Younger  brother 
died  two  weeks  ago  from  faucial  diphtheria.  Mother  brought  patient  to 
clinic,  saying  the  infant  had  been  under  treatment  for  fever  for  the  past 
three  weeks  by  three  different  physicians,  without  result.  When  the 


Boebinger — Retro-Pharyngeal  Abscess. 


255 


writer  first  saw  patient  she  was  in  extremis.  Temperature,  103°  F.; 
pulse,  130.  The  child  was  very  anemic;  anxious  expression,  torticollis, 
extended  jaw,  always  crying,  large  quantity  of  mucus,  and,  on  digital 
examination,  a large,  fluctuating  tumor  was  felt,  which  caused  my  patient 
to  become  cyanosed,  seized  with  a fit  of  coughing  and  dyspnea,  which 
was  not  encouraging.  The  infant  was  wrapped  in  sterile  sheet,  without 
anesthetic;  mouth-gag  introduced;  finger  used  to  guide  my  knife,  and 
abscess  opened  from  below  upward, and  scissors  introduced,  closed,  and 
withdrawn  open,  in  order  to  assure  thorough  drainage;  suction  was  used 
to  take  care  of  large  amount  of  pus;  very  small  amount  of  blood  seen. 
After  abscess  was  opened,  heart  and  respiration  ceased. 

Operation  was  done  in  recumbent  position,  no  cyanosis  being  present 
at  any  time  during  operation,  and  the  small  amount  of  blood  present 
forces  the  author  to  believe  the  cause  of  death  was  due  to  sudden  relief 
of  pressure  on  pneumogastric,  which  produced,  for  the  moment,  some 
temporary  paralysis  or  disturbance  in  function.  Sometimes  a sudden 
cessation  of  pressure  may  produce  some  such  effect  on  the  respiratory 
center. 

Before  closing,  permit  me  to  offer  my  sincere  thanks  to  my  friend, 
Dr.  E.  S.  Keitz. 

Discussion  of  Dr.  Boebinger's  Paper. 

Dr.  E.  S.  Keitz:  In  the  first  place,  I think  Dr.  Boebinger  ought  to 

be  commended  for  the  frank  statement  of  his  non-success,  which  is  only- 
natural.  I assisted  Dr.  Boebinger  in  the  operation,  and  when  he  decided 
to  write  the  paper,  what  he  intended  to  point  out  was  that  there  was 
some  anatomical  condition  connected  with  the  retro-pharyngeal  abscess 
which  caused  this  mortality,  We  find  in  the  textbooks  that  they  say  you 
must  prevent  the  aspiration  of  the  fluid  into  the  lungs,  but  they  seem  to 
pass  over  the  danger.  But,  in  going  through  the  literature,  we  found 
that  a number  of  cases  have  occurred,  as  in  Dr.  Boebinger ’s  case,  im- 
mediately after  the  knife  entered  the  abscess,  the  patient  died  suddenly. 
One  case  I remember  in  a child  was  exactly  as  Dr.  Boebinger ’s  paper 
stated.  The  abscess  had  been  opened  and  the  child  died  suddenly.  Now, 
in  one  of  the  medical  science  monthlies,  edited  by  Wood,  there  is  an- 
other case,  in  which  the  author  gives  no  reference,  but  says  the  patient 
died  suddenly,  and  said  death  was  presumably  due  to  reflex  symptoms. 
This,  to  my  mind,  means  nothing;  it  seems  to  be  simply  a verbal  camou- 
flage and  means  nothing.  The  question  is,  is  it  due  to  the  presence  of 
vital  structures  around  the  retro-pharyngeal  abscess,  which  is  the  danger 
point.  We  find  in  peri-tonsillar  abscess  just  as  much  toxemia  as  we  do 
in  retro-pharyngeal  abscess.  In  this  case  no  anesthetic  was  given,  and 
it  could  not  be  blamed.  The  patient  was  perfectly  well  in  the  morning. 
The  patient  died  after  operation  was  over  and  abscess  was  opened  and 
mouth-gag  removed.  There  was  nothing  we  could  do  to  bring  her  to  life. 
It  was  so  sudden — more  sudden  than  anything  I have  ever  seen.  I am 
not  a sufficient  anatomist  to  say  what  has  caused  it,  but  I believe  it  is 
due  to  some  injury  or  removal  of  pressure  on  the  pneumogastric  nerve. 

Dr.  Wolf:  Dr.  Boebinger ’s  remarks  have  brought  a suggestion  ^to  my 

mind.  Dr.  Holt  opens  the  abscess  with  the  finger  nail,  which  he  says  he 
has  done  in  several  cases.  Further,  he  protects  the  end  of  the  scalpel 
with  a piece  of  adhesive  plaster,  that  will  prevent  the  knife  from  extend- 


256 


Original  Articles. 


ing  more  than  a quarter  of  an  inch.  He  insists  upon  opening  these 
abscesses. 

Dr.  Homer  Dupuy:  I have  reported  before  this  Society  four  cases  of 
retro-pharyngeal  abscess.  They  were  infants.  No  deaths  occurred.  I 
would  emphasize  that  as  there  are  two  retro-pharyngeal  spaces — one  on 
each  side  of  the  median  line  of  the  posterior  pharyngeal  wall — the  infec- 
tion usually  occurs  in  the  lymphatic  glands  of  one  of  these  spaces.  There 
is  usually  a swelling,  more  prominent  on  the  side  of  the  first  infected 
space.  The  fibrous  septum  separating  the  right  and  left  spaces  is  fre- 
quently broken  down  by  the  pus  which  invades  the  other  space.  While 
swelling  appears  in  the  median  line  of  the  pharynx,  it  is  unquestionably 
more  prominent  on  the  first  infected  side.  This  greater  prominence  is 
the  point  of  selection  for  incision.  There  is  already  too  much  dyspnea' 
to  justify  a general  anesthetic.  If  the  incision  does  not  prevent  a re- 
accumulation, remember  the  pathology  is  broken-down  lymphatic  glands. 
Reopening  the  line  of  incision  with  Mayo  scissors,  and  then  gentle 
curettage  is  indicated.  Differentiating  tjhis  affection  from  primary 
laryngeal  diphtheria,  which  it  simulates,  can  be  done  through  the  voice, 
which,  as  a rule  in  diphtheria,  is  hoarse,  or  even  reduced  to  aphonia.  In 
the  abscess,  it  is  muffled,  twangy,  the  “voix  de  Canard  ” described  by 
the  French.  Of  course,  seeing  and  feeling  the  pharyngeal  swelling  gives 
infallible  evidence.  Dr.  Boebinger ’s  handling  of  the  case  was  the  cor- 
rect manner.  The  death  was  due  to  one  of  those  unforeseeable  and  well- 
nigh  unpreventable  factors  which  often  conspire  against  the  surgeon  and 
physician. 

Dr.  F.  R.  Gomila:  If  Drs.  Boebinger  and  Keitz  came  to  the  conclusion 
that  this  child  died  from  the  sudden  relief  of  pressure  on  the  pneumo- 
gastric  nerve,  would  they  proceed  in  the  same  manner  in  future  abscesses 
of  this  character  or  would  they  use  other  methods' in  getting  the  pus  out? 
The  suction  apparatus  that  I have  seen  them  use  certainly  will  not  get 
all  of  the  pus  that  comes  from  the  cavity,  and  could  get  into  the  lungs 
after  the  patient  cried  and  took  a deep  inspiration. 

Dr.  Boebinger  (closing  discussion) : I believe  we  reviewed  the  litera- 

ture very  thoroughly  and  carefully.  The  condition  is  essentially  one  of 
early  childhood,  but  many  authorities  claim  this  condition  is  seen  in 
adults  and  the  young,  as  I stated  in  my  paper.  I mentioned  especially 
the  various  ages  at  which  this  condition  had  been  seen,  especially  to 
avoid  criticism  after  reading  the  paper.  In  answer  to  my  chief  about 
not  bringing  out  the  differential  points,  I believe  I stated  that  the  voice 
plus  exploration  with  the  finger  would  clear  up  retro-pharyngeal  abscess; 
and  in  answer  to  our  little  friend  and  co-worker,  who  asked  would  I,  in 
my  future  cases,  go  back  with  the  knife,  I believe  I would  attempt  to 
aspirate  before  draining  the  abscess.  I do  not  mean  to  say  that  I would 
simply  aspirate  and  stop  there;  I would  relieve  the  tension  by  aspiration, 
and  then  I would  go  along,  using  my  knife.  I do  not  have  to  guard  my 
knife — I have  enough  anatomical  sense  to  know  how  to  use  my  knife, 
knowing  that  the  base  is  cartilaginous,  and  not  osseous.  Therefore,  I 
would  not  have  it  misunderstood  that  I would  aspirate  and  stop.  On  the 
contrary,  this  would  necessitate  going  back  daily  and  having  my  patient 
undergo  the  same  operation. 


News  and  Comment. 


257 


NEWS  AND  COMMENT 


The  Forthcoming  Meeting  of  the  American  Society  of  Trop- 
ical Medicine  offers  the  following  articles  as  a preliminary  pro- 
gram : 

Observations  Upon  the  Age,  Sex  and  Color  Upon  the  Preva- 
lence of  Malaria,  by  Dr.  C.  C.  Bass,  New  Orleans,  President. 

Pellagra  (exact  title  to  be  announced  later),  by  Dr.  Jos.  Gold- 
berger,  Surgeon,  U.  S.  P.  H.  Service,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Tropical  Resources  and  Hygiene,  by  Dr.  D,  Rivas,  University  of 
Pennsylvania,  Philadelphia. 

Certain  Digestive  Phenomena  Observed  in  a Case  of  Sprue,  by 
Dr.  Frank  Smithies,  Chicago. 

Observation  Upon  the  Prevalence  of  Infection  With  Filaria  in 
Certain  Parts  of  the  United  States,  by  Dr.  Edward  Francis,  U.  S. 
P.  H.  Service,  Washington,  D.  C. 

The  Use  of  Quinin  in  the  Prophylaxis  and  Treatment  of  In- 
fection With  Proteosoma,  by  Dr.  Eugene  R.  Whitmore,  Army 
Medical  School,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Experimental  Typhoid  Carriers,  by  Dr.  K.  F.  Meyer,  San  Fran- 
cisco. 

Complement  Fixation  Test  on  Sprue,  by  Dr.  Gonzales  Martines, 
San  Juan,  Porto  Rico. 

Azalea  War  Hospital  Enlarges  Its  Scope. — Azalea,  or  the 
United  States  Hospital  Ho.  16,  situated  in  the  mountains  of  Uorth 
Carolina,  near  Asheville,  which  was  designed  primarily  for  the  care 
and  treatment  of  tuberculous  soldiers  and  sailors,  has  decided  to 
admit  gassed  soldiers  because  the  climatic  conditions  have  proven 
to  be  advantageous  in  gas  cases.  The  hospital  w'as  opened  on  August 
20,  with  accommodations  for  1,000  patients,  and  orders  have  been 
given  to  add  twenty-two  buildings,  which  will  provide  for  an  ad- 
ditional 500  patients.  The  cost  to  date  is  about  $1,500,000. 

Regulations  on  the  Use  of  Paper. — The  Paper  Division  of 
the  War  Industries  Board  recently  secured  data  concerning  news- 
papers and  periodicals,  especially  relative  to  the  amount  of  paper 
used,  and  certain  definite  regulations  have  been  made  by  this  board 
governing  the  use  of  paper,  such  as  (1)  against  continuing  sub- 
scriptions after  date  of  expiration;  (2)  against  the  sending  out  of 
complimentary  copies;  (3)  against  sending  more  than  one  copy  to 


258 


News  and  Comment. 


advertisers;  (4)  against  sending  sample  copies  to  stimulate  circula- 
tion or  advertising,  except  under  special  permit;  (5)  against  ex- 
changing with  other  journals;  (6)  against  selling  at  an  exception- 
ally low  or  nominal  subscription  rate.  Suggestions  to  publishers 
that  they  economize  if  possible  “by  cutting  the  number  of  pages, 
the  curtailment  of  circulation,  or  in  any  other  way  publishers 
choose/’  has  been  made.  Finally,  each  periodical  is  requested  to 
reduce  the  total  tonnage  to  what  amounts  to  about  15  per  cent. 

St.  Patrick's  Sanitarium  (Lake  Charles,  La.) — A thirty-five 
bed  addition,  to  cost  $70,000,  and  nurses’  training  school  in  connec- 
tion with  the  institution,  will  be  the  new  features  of  the  St.  Pat- 
rick’s Sanitarium  of  Lake  Charles  in  the  very  near  future.  The 
training  school  for  nurses  has  already  opened,  with  a good  attend- 
ance. 

Appeal  eor  Platinum. — An  appeal  has  been  sent  out  to  every 
one,  including  especially  physicians  and  dentists,  by  the  chief  of 
the  Section  of  Medical  Industry  of  the  War  Industries  Board,  that, 
on  account  of  the  scarcity  of  platinum  and  the  great  need  of  the 
metal  for  war  purposes,  each  should  go  over  his  instruments  and 
pick  out  every  scrap  of  platinum  that  is  not  absolutely  essential  for 
his  work.  The  scraps  may  be  sent  to  government  sources  either 
through  accredited  representatives  of  the  Red  Cross,  who  will  make 
a canvass  for  the  purpose  of  collecting  the  platinum,  or  through 
any  hank  under  the  supervision  of  the  Federal  Reserve  Board.  Cur- 
rent prices  will  be  paid  for  the  metal. 

Pasteur  Institute  Closes. — Dr.  George  Gibier  Rambaud,  head 
of  the  Pasteur  Institute  in  New  York  City  for  the  past  eight  years, 
has  been  ordered  to  France  on  active  duty  and  has  closed  the  insti- 
tute. In  closing  the  institute,  Dr.  Rambaud  stated  that  it  had 
served  its  purpose  in  introducing  the  Pasteur  treatment,  which  is 
now  available  in  all  the  larger  hospitals.  During  the  past  eight 
years  the  institute  has  cared  for  10,020  patients,  8,292  of  whom 
were  treated  without  charge. 

Need  eor  General  Practitioners  in  the  Army. — The  Journal 
of  the  American  Medical  Association , in  order  to  correct  an  im- 
pression which  has  arisen  in  the  minds  of  some  that  the  specialist, 
and  not  the  general  practitioner,  is  needed  in  the  army,  makes  the 
following  statement:  “There  is  need  in  the  Medical  Department 

for  every  physician  who  can  qualify  physically,  morally  and  pro- 


News  and  Comment. 


259 


fessionally.  In  many  departments  of  the  service  the  general  prac- 
titioner is  a better  man  for  the  work  than  the  specialist. 

Personals. — Capt.  C.  Jeff  Miller,  M.  C.  (New  Orleans),  has 
been  promoted  to  the  rank  of  major. 

Dr.  Jerome  E.  Landry  is  the  new  house  surgeon  at  the  Charity 
Hospital,  New  Orleans,  succeeding  Dr.  Hiram  W.  Kostmayer,  who 
resigned  to  accept  a position  with  the  Illinois  Central  Hospital  of 
New  Orleans. 

Among  the  doctors  of  New  Orleans  who  have  returned  from  their 
vacations  and  resumed  practice  are:  Drs.  Sidney  K.  Simon,  G.  F. 
Cocker,  Randolph  Lyons,  Wm.  H.  Harris,  A.  Henriques,  A.  G. 
Friedrichs  and  G.  Iv.  Logan. 

Removals. — Dr.  R.  S.  Crichlow,  from  Lecompte,  La,,  to  7037 
Lowerline  street,  New  Orleans. 

Dr.  A.  Nelken,  from  701  Perring  Building  to  503  Medical  Build- 
ing. 

Drs.  Joachim  and  O’Kelly,  from  501  to  616  Macheca  Building. 

Dr.  W.  H.  Block,  from  1221  to  710  Maison.  Blanche  Building. 

Dr.  H.  B.  Seebold,  from  622  to  420  Macheca  Building. 

Dr.  A.  S.  Yenni,  from  913  to  726  Maison  Blanche  Building. 

Dr.  Luther  Sexton,  from  508  to  407  Medical  Building. 

Dr.  O.  C.  Cassegrain,  from  416  Medical  Building  to  1105  Maison 
Blanche  Building. 

Dr.  C.  Y.  Hnsworth,  from  602  Perrin  Building  to  212  Medical 
Building. 

Dr.  L.  J.  Dubos,  from  416  Medical  Building  to  1202  Maison 
Blanche  Building. 

Dr.  J.  W.  A.  Smith,  from  107  Camp  street  to  700  Perrin  Build- 
ing. 

Dr.  R.  E.  Stone,  from  107  Camp  street  to  700  Perrin  Building. 

Married. — On  October  5,  1918,  Dr.  Lucien  A.  LeDoux,  first  lieu- 
tenant, H.  S.  A.,  to  Miss  Rosina  Simino,  of  Lafayette,  La. 

Died. — On  September  23,  1918,  Dr.  John  Laurans,  prominent 
physician  of  this  city,  aged  55  years. 


260 


Mortuary  Report. 


MORTUARY  REPORT  OF  NEW  ORLEANS. 

Computed  from  the  Monthly  Report  of  the  Board  of  Health  of  the  City 
of  New  Orleans,  for  September,  1918. 


CA  USE. 

£ 

•e 

jj 

S 

e 

3 

Typhoid  Fever  

3 

i 

4 

Intermittent  Fever  (Malarial  Cachexia) 

1 

i 

2 

Smallpox  

Measles  

4 

4 

Soar  let,  Fever  _ 

Whooping  Cough 

5 

2 

7 

Diphtheria  and  Croup _ _ 

Influenza  

3 

3 

Cholera  Nostras 

Pyemia  and  Septicemia  . . _ 

1 

1 

Tuberculosis 

42 

27 

69 

Cancer  

24 

11 

35 

Rheumatism  and  Gout 

1 

1 

Diabetes  __  

3 

3 

Alcoholism _ 

1 

1 

Encephalitis  and  Meningitis  __  

1 

1 

2 

Locomotor  Ataxia  _ . 

1 

Congestion,  Hemorrhage  and  Softening  of  Brain 

27 

8 

35 

Paralysis 

5 

5 

Convulsions  of  Infancy 

Other  Diseases  of  Infancy __ 

11 

9 

20 

Tetanus 

Other  Nervous  Diseases  _ 

4 

4 

Heart  Diseases 

36 

31 

67 

Bronchitis 

1 

2 

o 

Pneumonia  and  Broncho-Pneumonia  

9 

12 

21 

Other  Respiratory  Diseases 

2 

2 

Ulcer  of  Stomach  _ 

2 

2 

Other  Diseases  of  the  Stomach  

2 

2 

Diarrhea,  Dysentery  and  Enteritis 

16 

13 

29 

Hernia,  Intestinal  Obstruction  _ ____ 

o 

2 

4 

Cirrhosis  of  Liver 

7 

4 

11 

Other  Diseases  of  the  Liver 

3 

3 

Simple  Peritonitis 

Appendicitis 

5 

o 

7 

Bright’s  Disease 

IS 

9 

27 

Other  Genito-Urinary  Diseases 

16 

10 

26 

Puerperal  Diseases  _* 

4 

4 

8 

Senile  Debility  _ _ _ 

4 

4 

Suicide 

4 

4 

Injuries  

24 

42 

All  Other  Causes 

27 

23 

50 

Total  __  _ 

312 

197 

509 

Still-born  Children — White,  20;  colored,  26;  total,  46. 

Population  of  City  (estimated) — White,  276,000;  colored,  102,000; 
total,  378,000. 

Death  rate  per  1000  per  annum  for  Month — White,  13.37 ; colored, 
22.73;  total,  15.91.  Non-residents  excluded,  13.62. 

METEOROLOGIC  SUMMARY  (U.  S.  Weather  Bureau). 


Mean  atmospheric  pressure  30.00 

Mean  temperature  77.00 

Total  precipitation  4.82  inches 

Prevailing  direction  of  wind,  northeast 


Join  the  Red  Cross 


+AU^YOU-7Seer>*I5A*f^AMDA$  * 


NEW  ORLEANS  MEDICAL 
AND  SURGICAL  JOURNAL 


EDITORS: 

CHARLES  CHASSAIGNAC,  M.  D.  ISADORE  DYER,  M.  D. 

COLLABORATORS : 


C.  C.  BASS,  M.  D.,  Prest.,  Amer.  Soc.  Tropical  Medicine \ p, 

S.  K.  SIMON,  M.  D.,  Acting  Secty.  American  Soc.  of  Tropical  Medicine.......  j * 

P.  T.  TALBOT,  M.  D.,  Secretary  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society ...Ex-Officio 

RUPERT  BLUE,  M.  D.,  Surgeon  General,  United  States  Public  Health  Service. 

H.  D.  BRUNS,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

C.  F.  CRAIG,  M.  D.,  Col.,  U.  S.  A. 


S.  T.  DARLING,  M.  D.,  Sao  Paulo,  Brazil. 

W.  H.  DEADERICK,  M.  D.,  Hot  Springs,  Arkansas. 

E.  M.  DUPAQUIER,  M.  D.  (Paris),  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 
A.  G.  FRIEDRICHS,  M.  D.,  New  Orleans,  La. 

J.  T.  HALSEY,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

JOS.  HOLT,  M.  D.,  New  Orleans,  La. 

F.  A.  LARUE,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

E.  S.  LEWIS,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

R.  C.  LYNCH,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

E.  D.  MARTIN,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

R.  MATAS,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

AUGUSTUS  McSHANE,  M.  D.,  Greenwood,  Miss. 

PAUL  MICHINARD,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

C.  J.  MILLER,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

F.  W.  PARHAM,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

E.  A.  ROBIN,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

•W.  H.  SEEMANN,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

ALLEN  J.  SMITH,  M.  D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

EDMOND  SOUCHON,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

E.  R.  STITT,  M.  D.,  Rear  Admiral,  U.  S.  N. 

J.  A.  STORCK,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

R.  P.  STRONG,  M.  D., Harvard  University. 

ROY  M.  VAN  WART,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 


Vol.  LXXI  DECEMBER,  1918  No.  6 

EDITORIAL 

PEACE. 

The  shock  of  the  greatest  cataclysm  since  the  flood — engulfing 
millions  as  a sacrifice  in  the  struggle  for  righteousness — has  passed. 
The  wrecks  from  its  potency  are  strewn  among  most  of  peoples  of 
the  earth,  and  the  unrest  in  the  reaction  will  disturb  the  human 
race  for  a generation  to  come. 

The  nightmare  of  the  past  four  years  has  not  only  touched  the 
money  balance  of  the  world,  but  it  has  stricken  the  souls  of  men 
and  women  in  a thrill  of  horror  which  will  leave  its  nervous  impress 
until  the  adjustment  is  complete. 


262 


Editorial. 


The  contempt  of  most  nations  has  been  drawn  npon  a people 
formerly  respected  for  its  domestic  virtues,  which  have  been 
sacrificed  upon  the  altar  of  sordid  gain.  Human  lives  have  been 
blown  away  like  chaff  before  a sultry  blast,  and  the  trail  of  great 
disasters  still  marks  the  scenes  of  the  momentous  struggle. 

The  world,  in  a period  of  luxurious  ease,  has  been  sternly  brought 
to  the  realization  of  the  vanity  of  life  and  to  the  nearness  of  death. 
War  and  disease  have  stalked  the  earth,  and  famine  has  already 
raised  its  dreadful  head  in  the  wake  of  its  two  doleful  sisters.  The 
Malthusian  triad  is  establishing  its  philosophy  and  the  best  of  man- 
kind has  been  destroyed  in  the  crucible  of  time. 

Amid  the  sorrowings  of  multitudes  of  mothers  there  is  the  glory 
of  valorous  deeds,  of  proud  heroes  who  have  sanctified  their  transit 
by  achievements  which  have  not  yet  been  wholly  written. 

To  those  who  have  been  lookers-on,  gleaning  the  news  of  those 
who  have  carried  on,  there  must  he  largd  sense  of  pride  and  some 
contentment  that  the  might  of  right  has  won. 

Peace  and  rest  from  the  turmoil  of  battle  are  in  sight,  and  the 
soldiery  of  the  world  will  soon  return  to  civil  and  pastoral  lives, 
welcoming  with  time  the  memories  of  the  great  battle's  they  have 
endured  to  establish  a true  brotherhood  of  man. 

From  the  very  beginning,  the  traditions  of  the  medical  profes- 
sion have  been  maintained.  The  work  has  been  well  done  and  it 
has  merited  the  fullest  praise,  which  has  been  awarded. 

In  the  aftermath  of  war  the  work  of  the  doctor  is  as  great  as  in 
the  time  of  struggle  itself — and  to  him  comes  the  duty  of  bringing 
out  of  the  wreckage  useful  men  and  women.  The  psychology  of  the 
world  must  be  studied  and  its  conditions  trained  to  a sane  future, 
and  this  must  he  the  every-day'  task  of  the  doctor — of  those  who 
have  been  in  the  midst  of  action  and  of  those  who  had  to  stay  at 
home. 

The  problems  will  be  many,  and  there  must  he  an  organized  pro- 
fession ready  to  engage  them.  The  government  has  anticipated 
the  need  of  care  for  returning  soldiers  who  have  suffered  injury, 
and  throughout  the  country  there  will  be  homes  and  hospitals.  But 
there  will  be  need  beyond  this  for  the  physical  well-being  of  those 
who  do  not  fall  under  such  provision  and  for  the  families  of  those 
who  do  not  return. 

For  years  to  come  the  sobs  of  those  who  mourn  will  rise  to  meet 
the  choruses  in  that  great  company  which  has  gone  on  before,  and 


Editorial. 


263 


in  the  requiem  sounded  by  the  rolling  drums  solace  will  come  to  the 
sorrowful. 

In  the  gloom  of  the  ending  year  the  break  of  dawn  of  a new  era 
is  at  hand,  and  with  a hope  born  of  mingling  grief  and  glory  we  may 
earnestly  pray  for 

Peace  on  earth , good  will  to  men. 

END  OF  INFLUENZA. 

The  epidemic  of  influenza  in  this  section  is  over.  While  we  have 
all  felt  the  weight  of  disability  and  suffering  it  has  caused/and  the 
heavy  toll  of  lives  it  has  claimed,  it  is  too  early,  here  or  elsewhere, 
to  reach  definite  conclusions  regarding  many  of  the  scientific  and 
practical  problems  connected  therewith. 

The  disease  has  varied  somewhat  in  intensity  and  other  charac- 
teristics in  different  countries  and  various  parts  of  countries,  yet  it 
preserved  its  many  features  and  behaved  more  or  less  like  the  other 
great  pandemics  which  have  invaded  the  world  from  time  almost 
immemorial. 

Perhaps  the  main  thing  we  have  learned  is  that  there  is  a great 
deal  we  still  do  not  know  about  it,  whether  we  consider  it  from  the 
clinical,  the  bacteriological,  or  the  prophylactic  side. 

No  doubt  valuable  data  have  been  gathered  universally,  and  a 
proper  classification  and  study  thereof  will  throw  a flood  of  light 
on  the  subject.  For  the  present,  however,  it  is  not  demonstrated 
even  which  is  really  the  causative  agent  and  its  method  of  propaga- 
tion. 

One  thing  is  evident : when  the  disease  has  spent  its  force  in  a 
community  it  does  not  seem  to  become  recrudescent  when  the  means 
advised  for  its  control  are  ignored.  Witness  that  grandest  day  in 
history,  November  11,  1918.  The  bars  had  not  been  dropped  here 
in  New  Orleans - and  the  disease  was  only  on  the  wane  and,  not- 
withstanding the  greatest  aggregation  and  congregation  of  people 
on  Canal  street  and  public  places,  influenza  has  continued  to  be  on 
the  wane  ever  since.  If  there  can  be  a recrudescence  later  on  it 
will  be  from  some  other  cause. 

This  is  not  an  implied  criticism  against  sanitary  and  preventive 
measures,  but  as  evidence  of  the  fact  stated  above,  that  we  do  not 
“know  it  all,”  even  including  the  effects  of  prophylactic  vaccine. 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


(No  paper  published  or  to  be  published  in  any  other  medical  journal  will  be  accepted 
for  this  department.  All  papers  must  be  in  the  hands  of  the  Editors  on  the  tenth  day  of 
the  month  preceding  that  in  which  they  are  expected  to  appear.  Reprints  may  be  had  at 
reasonable  rates  if  a WRITTEN  order  for  the  same  accompany  the  paper.) 


SOME  STUDIES  ON  THE  RESISTANCE  OF  THE  OVA  OF 
TOXASCARIS  LI M BATA.* 

By  MEYER  WIGDOR,  A.  M., 

Research  Laboratory,  Parke,  Davis  & Co.,  Detroit,  Mich. 

The  resistance  of  ascarid  eggs  to  various  chemical  agents  and  to 
varying  conditions  of  the  temperature,  oxygen,  and  moisture  has 
been  known.  Baillet  (1866),  referring  to  the  resistance  of  ascarids, 
says  that  the  shell  of  the  egg  “is  so  impermeable  and  resisting  that 
it  can  only  be  affected  by  very  energetic  chemical  agents,  and  in 
the  majority  of  cases  this  shell  is  sufficient  to  protect  the  contents 
of  the  egg  against  everything  that  in  ordinaiy  circumstances  might 
alter  them.”  Verloren  kept  for  more  than  a year  ova  of  Ascaris 
marginata  in  which  the  embryos — formed  from  the  fifteenth  day — 
remained  alive,  although  they  had  been  exposed  to  all  the  variations 
of  temperature  during  summer  and  winter.  Braun  (1906),  in 
regard  to  Ascaris  canis,  states : 

“The  eggs,  in  spite  of  the  delicacy  of  their  shells,  have  great  powers 
of  resistance,  and  develop  equally  well  in  water  and  damp  earth,  in  a 
solution  of  chromic  acid,  alcohol,  turpentine,  solution  of  soda,  etc.  It  is, 
however,  but  seldom  that  the  embryos  hatch  out.” 

Foster  (1916),  referring  to  the  resistance  of  ascarid  eggs,  states: 

“It  is  a well-known  fact  that,  in  the  case  of  several  species  of  para- 
sites, the  ova  of  which  are  characterized  by  a relatively  thick  egg  shell, 
the  eggs  are  affected  but  little,  if  at  all,  by  formalin  solutions.  Ascarid 
eggs,  for  example,  may  be  kept  alive  for  months,  or  even  years,  in 
formalin.” 


Morris,  when  examining  some  human  feces  which  contained  many 
eggs  of  Ascaris  lumbricoides,  and  which  had  been  preserved  in  a 2 
per  cent  solution  of  formalin  for  two  years,  found  that  some  of  the 
eggs  contained  actively  motile  embryos.  Four  months  later  there 
was  an  apparent  increase  in  the  number  of  eggs  containing  em- 
bryos. In  my  own  experience,  it  has  been  found  that  a formalin 


Wigdor — Resistance  of  the  Ova  of  Toxascaris  Limbata.  265 

solution  is  a very  satisfactory  medium  in  which  to  incubate  ascarid 
eggs,  as  it  prevents  the  growth  of  moulds,  bacteria,  etc.,  without 
interfering  with  the  development  of  the  embryos.  Various  other 
substances  commonly  destructive  to  protoplasm  have  been  found 
not  to  interfere  with  the  development  of  ascarid  eggs.  Leuckart 
notes  that  the  eggs  of  A scans  mystax  may  reach  development  in 
alcohol,  chromic  acid  and  turpentine;  while  Bataillon  has  had  the 
ova  of  Ascaris  megalocephala  showing  living  embryos  after  having 
been  for  six  months  in  Fleming’s  solution.  The  latter  also  finds 
that  the  embryos  in  the  eggs  remain  intact  and  active  in  50  per 
cent  alcohol,  in  a 33%  per  cent  solution  of  acetic  acid,  and  in  a 20 
per  cent  sulphuric  acid  solution. 

While  the  resistance  of  ascarid  eggs  is  fairly  well  known  in  a 
general  way,  much  work  remains  to  be  done  in  ascertaining  sub- 
stances  which  will  destroy  these  and  other  helminth  eggs.  Since 
prophylaxis  against  parasitic  infestation  is  largely  a matter  of 
proper  disposal  of  manure  or  feces,  a knowledge  of  suitable  chemical 
agents  for  the  destruction  of  the  ova  present  in  feces  or  manure  is 
evidently  desirable.  It  is  known  that,  when  live  stock  are  pastured 
in  the  same  field  year  after  year,  the  animals  often  become  un- 
thrifty and  occasionally  sicken  and  die,  due  to  the  animals  being 
continually  in  contact  with  soil  polluted  by  parasitic  ova  and  bac- 
teria from  manure.  Just  as  there  is  an  imminent  danger  of  un- 
thriftiness amongst  animals  in  contact  with  polluted  soil,  similarly 
human  health  may  be  affected.  Parasites  of  the  intestine,  lungs, 
liver,  kidneys  and  bladder  are  usually  spread  by  soil  pollution. 
Whether  these  parasites  have  a simple  life  history  without  an  inter- 
mediate host,  or  have  an  intermediate  host,  whether  they  spread 
from  one  person  to  another,  from  one  of  the  lower  animals  to  an- 
other, or  infect  one  group  after  passage  from  another,  the  fact  that 
the  eggs  are  located  in  the  feces  for  a time,  and  that  here  is  an 
excellent  opportunity  to  apply  control  measures,  makes  the  study 
of  means  of  attack  against  parasitic  eggs  an  important  and  reliable 
investigation. 

Just  as  various  bacteria  seem  to  show  specific  differences  in  their 
behavior  toward  certain  chemicals,  so  may  we  expect  the  same  to 
be  true  in  regard  to  the  ova  of  parasites,  and  hence  the  need  for 
further  studies  along  these  as  yet  almost  untouched  lines  of  in- 
vestigation. 

To  prevent  the  evil  effects  of  soil  pollution  from  extending  to  his 


26G 


Original  Articles. 


live  stock,  the  farmer  resorts  to  such  measures  as  the  purchase  of 
additional  pasture  lands,  pasture  rotation,  burning  over  of  the 
pasture,  etc.  Human  beings,  on  the  other  hand,  are  taught  to 
frequent  an  appointed  place  to  deposit  excreta,  which  is  then 
variously  disposed  of. 

Several  measures  have  been  advocated  for  the  treatment  and  dis- 
posal of  manure  and  excreta,  to  kill  parasitic  ova,  the  commonest 
of  which  are: 

1.  Heating.  Stiles  and  Lumsden  claim  that  heating  the  effluent 
in  a vessel  at  212°  F.  is  the  only  measure  which  can  be  unreservedly 
recommended  to  date.  We  would  naturally  expect  that  very  high 
temperatures  would  prove  lethal  to  parasitic  ova  due  to  the  coagula- 
tion of  the  protoplasm.  The  disagreeableness  of  this  procedure, 
however,  is  very  evident,  and  is  so  considerable  as  to  make  this 
method  impracticable. 

2.  Burial.  Stiles  and  Lumsden  state,  concerning  the  method  of 
disposal : “Burial  will  unquestionably  decrease  the  danger  of  spread- 
ing infection,  but  in  the  present  state  of  knowledge  this  method  of 
disposal  cannot  be  relied  upon  as  safe.”  One  danger  involved  is 
the  probable  contamination  of  water  supplies. 

3.  Chemical  disinfection.  As  has  been  previously  stated,  the 
chemical  disinfection  of  polluted  soil  against  parasitic  worm  eggs 
has  received  very  little  attention,  although  it  appears  to  be  a very 
feasible  method  of  combating  parasitic  infection.  Chemical  disin- 
fectants, such  as  chlorinated  lime  and  certain  coal-tar  derivatives, 
have  long  been  advocated  to  destroy  parasitic  bacteria  in  polluted 
soil,  and  there  is  no  apparent  reason  why  this  method  should  not 
prove  equally  efficacious  against  eggs,  if  suitable  substances  can  be 
found.  There  are  certain  factors  to  be  taken  into  consideration, 
however,  in  chemical  disinfection  against  eggs.  Parasitic  ova 
usually  possess  a strong  chitinous  outer  membrane,  which  is  lacking 
in  bacteria,  and  which  makes  the  egg  very  resistant  to  the  penetra- 
tion of  most  chemical  agents.  The  usual  germicidal  strengths  ad- 
vocated to  destroy  bacteria  prove  surprisingly  inadequate  in  de- 
stroying parasitic  ova. 

Another  important  factor  to  be  considered  in  this  connection  is 
the  effect  of  the  chemical  agent  on  the  fertilizer  value  of  feces.  In 
many  countries,  as  in  China,  where  every  bit  of  excreta  is  religiously 
kept  and  used,  the  effect  that  various  chemicals  would  have  on 
human  feces  in  modifying  its  value  as  fertilizer  is  of  prime  im- 


TTigdoe — Resistance  of  the  Ova  of  Toxascaris  Limhata.  267 

portance.  Another  important  factor  already  noted  is  that  some 
parasitic  ova  are  more  resistant  than  others,  and  that  the  ova  of 
different  species  may  behave  differently  under  the  influence  of 
various  chemicals. 

This  paper  is  intended  primarily  to  present  a brief  study  of  the 
effect  of  some  chemical  agents  on  the  ova  of  one  of  the  dog  ascarids, 
Toxascaris  limhata.  The  egg  of  this  species  was  used  because  in- 
fested fecal  material  was  readily  available  and  because  it  seems 
quite  resistant  to  chemical  agents.  The  ova  of  T.  limb  at  a possess 
an  outer,  clear,  double-contoured,  chitinous  shell  and  an  inner 
yellowish  membrane,  which  is  marked  with  interlacing  striations, 
giving  the  suggestion  that  this  membrane  is  composed  of  interlaced 
fibers.  The  following  procedure  was  usually  employed  in  testing 
the  various  chemicals  under  consideration:  The  feces  were  col- 

lected, thoroughly  broken  up  in  a shaker  and  screened,  a method 
advocated  by  Hall  (1917)  for  examining  feces.  To  most  of  the 
solutions,  where  it  was  feasible,  a weak  solution  of  approximately 
5 per  cent  potassium  dichromate  was  added  to  hasten  embryo  de- 
velopment. Hall  and  Wigdor  (1918)  have  found  a 10  per  cent 
potassium  dichromate  solution  a very  satisfactory  medium  for 
culturing  coccidia  and  various  helminth  ova,  presumably  by  furnish- 
ing oxygen  and  hindering  bacterial  growth.  Since  in  these  tests 
the  chemical  agent  was  not  applied  to  the  feces  direct,  as  under 
natural  conditions,  the  results  may  differ  somewhat  from  what  may 
be  actually  found  to  take  place  if  the  feces  were  treated  direct, 
without  going  through  the  screening  process.  Eggs  that  have  been 
screened,  however,  should  be  more  readily  accessible  to  the  chemical 
agent  tested  than  those  intact  in  the  feces,  for  the  latter  have  a 
coating  of  fecal  matter  protecting  them  to  some  extent  against  the 
agent  employed,  which  protection  is  not  afforded  the  screened  eggs. 
The  latter  are  mixed  with,  but  not  coated  by,  the  fine  particles  of 
fecal  matter  which  pass  through  the  screen  with  the  eggs.  Since 
the  tests  were  made  on  a parasite  of  the  dog,  the  findings  can  only 
be  applied  to  human  parasites  within  certain  limits  and  with  some 
reservation,  but  that  they  will  apply  in  large  measure  seems  en- 
tirely reasonable  and  probable. 

The  chemical  agents  tested  include  the  following  groups  of  chem- 
icals : ( 1 ) Acids,  including  hydrochloric,  nitric,  sulphuric,  oxalic 
and  acetic  acids,  and  the  alkalis,  including  caustic  soda,  ammonia 
and  lime.  (2)  Metallic  and  other  salts,  including  corrosive  sub- 


268 


Ch'iginal  Articles. 


limate,  copper  sulphate,  iron  sulphate,  potassium  dichromate,  potas- 
sium arsenite,  sodium  chloride  and  sodium  fluoride.  (3)  Phenols, 
including  pure  carbolic  acid,  and  kreso,*  kreso  dip,*  septico,* 
cresylone*  and  neko,*  preparations  whose  germicidal  value  depends 
on  the  higher  phenol.  (4)  Alcohol.  (5)  Formaldehyde.  (6) 
Volatile  oils  and  other  readily  volatile  agents,  including  chloro- 
form, ether,  oil  of  turpentine,  oil  of  chenopodium,  toluol'  and  xylol. 
(7)  Miscellaneous  agents,  including  hydrogen  peroxide  and 
germ-X.f 

Additional  tests  were  made  to  determine  the  rate  of  development, 
if  any,  of  screened  feces  in  distilled  water,  of  screened  and  un- 
screened feces  in  tap-water,  and  of  screened  and  unscreened  feces 
in  tap-water  to  which  some  5 per  cent  potassium  dichromate  was 
added.  Tests  were  also  made  on  the  effect  of  temperature  and  of 
moisture  on  egg  development. 

The  number  of  chemical  disinfectants  is  large,  and  nearly  every 
group  of  chemical  substances  includes  members  that  may  be  capable 
of  injuring  parasitic  ova.  In  practice,  however,  only  a relatively 
small  number  of  chemicals  come  under  consideration,  it  being  neces- 
sary to  exclude  all  that  act  only  in  a high  state  of  concentration,  as 
well  as  those  which  unduly  corrode  containers  to  be  disinfected  or 
which  are  too  expensive. 

The  number  of  chemical  disinfectants  that  might  be  employed 
in  attempting  to  destroy  parasitic  ova  has  by  no  means  been  ex- 
hausted in  these  studies,  but  some  of  the  most  important  members 
of  each  group  have  been  tested  and  will  be  given  seriatim , 

Acids  and  Alkalis. 

Since  the  development  of  ova  is  dependent  on  certain  chemical 
reactions,  varying  between  somewhat  narrow  limits,  all  strong  acids 
and  alkalis  adversely  affect  the  vital  processes.  Certain  acids,  such 
as  hydrochloric  acid,  also  sulphuric  and  nitric  acids,  have  long  been 
known  to  kill  all  germs  in  a very  short  time,  while  the  antiseptic 
value  of  other  acids,  such  as  acetic,  is  only  slight.  Their  highly 
destructive  action  on  most  objects,  however,  stands  in  the  way  of 
their  employment  in  practice,  and  consequently  the  cheapest  of  the 

* These  phenol  preparations  are  marketed  by  Parke,  Davis  & Co.  under  these  trade 
names,  and  will  hereafter  be  referred  to  as  Preparations  A (Kreso),  B (Kreso  Dip),  C 
(Septico),  D (Cresylone),  and  E (Neko)). 

a ^yPochlorite,  will  be  termed  Preparation  “X,”  and  is  marketed  by  the 
North  Star  Chemical  Works,  of  Lawrence,  Mass.  Similar  products  on  the  market  are 
Bacilli  Kill  and  Fecto. 


Wigdor — Resistance  of  the  Ova  of  Toxascaris  Limbata.  269 

strong  acids — hydrochloric  acid  and  sulphuric  acid — are  rarely  used. 

Regarding  the  resistance  of  parasitic  ova  to  various  acids,  there 
is  very  little  available  data.  Wharton  (1915)  found  that  eggs  of 
Ascaris  lumbricoides  died  in  one-half  per  cent  hydrochloric  and  3 
per  cent  acetic,  and  divided  overnight  in  3 per  cent  nitric.  Bataillon 
(1901),  as  cited  by  Foster  (1916),  found,  on  the  other  hand,  that 
the  embryos  in  the  eggs  of  Ascaris  megalocephala  remained  intact 
and  active  in  a 33%  per  cent  solution  of  acetic  acid  and  in  a 20  per 
cent  solution  of  sulphuric  acid. 

Hydrochloric,  sulphuric,  nitric,  oxalic  and  acetic  acids  were  the 
acids  used  in  these  tests,  with  the  following  results : 

At  the  end  of  three  days,  eggs  kept  in  a 5 per  cent  hydrochloric 
acid  solution  showed  motile  embryos.  Those  in  a 10  per  cent  so- 
lution, for  the  same  period  of  time,  showed  embryo  development, 
but  the  embryos  were  apparently  immotile. 

Eggs  kept  in  a 5 per  cent  sulphuric  acid  solution  showed  some 
actively  motile  embryos  at  the  end  of  a period  of  thr.ee  days.  Most 
of  the  eggs,  however,  were  still  segmenting  and  dividing,  and  were 
all  in  apparently  good  condition.  Eggs  kept  in  a 10  per  cent  sul- 
phuric acid  solution  for  three  days  showed  embryo  development  in 
some  cases,  but  the  embryos  were  apparently  immotile. 

Eggs  kept  in  a 5 per  cent  solution  of  nitric  acid  showed  some 
actively  motile  embryos  at  the  end  of  a three-day  period.  About 
50  per  cent  of  the  eggs  were,  however,  killed  and  shrunken  to  a 
little  less  than  one-half  their  normal  size.  The  other  50  per  cent 
were  in  good  condition  and  were  undergoing  development. 

Eggs  kept  in  a 20,  30,  40  and  50  per  cent  solution  of  oxalic  acid 
showed  actively  motile  embryos  in  three  days. 

Eggs  kept  in  5,  10  and  20  per  cent  solutions  of  acetic  acid  for 
three  days  showed  actively  motile  embryos  at  the  end  of  that  period. 
Eggs  kept  in  a 30  per  cent  solution  for  the  same  period  were  killed, 
and  had  not  undergone  any  marked  development. 

Thus,  amongst  the  acids,  nitric  acid  appears  to  be  the  strongest 
in  its  ovacidal  action  against  the  eggs  of  Toxascaris  limbata,  sul- 
phuric and  hydrochloric  of  approximately  equal  ovacidal  strength 
ranking  next,  acetic  next,  and  oxalic  last. 

The  action  of  alkalis  is,  broadly  speaking,  less  powerful,  than 
that  of  the  acids.  Caustic  soda  is  held  to  be  the  strongest  of  these 
agents.  In  actual  practice,  the  strong  alkalis  will  only  occasionally 
come  into  consideration  for  use  as  disinfectants,  since  they  corrode 


270 


Original  Articles. 

.most  articles  that  require  treatment.  An  exception  is,  however, 
afforded  in  the  case  of  slaked  lime,  which  is  extensively  used  in 
practical  disinfection.  The  treatment  of  manure  with  slaked  lime 
has  been  perhaps  the  most  widely  advocated  measure  for  combating 
parasitic  infection. 

To  determine  the  efficacy  of  this  treatment  in  destroying  the  ova 
of  T.  limbata the  following  tests  were  made : 

Five  .grams  of  feces  were  placed  in  a petri  dish  and  0.45  gram  of 
slaked  lime  sprinkled  thereon.  Ten  days  later  embryos  were  found 
to  have  developed,  but  they  were  apparently  immotile. 

Eggs  were  placed  in  a one-fifteenth  solution  (1  gm.  of  the  lime 
to  15  gms.  of  water)  of  slaked  lime;  embryo  development  was  noted 
three  days  later. 

Thus  it  appears  that  the  treatment  of  the  feces  with  the  ordinary 
commercial  slaked  lime  does  not  hinder  the  development  of  the  ova 
of  T.  limbata.  In  this  connection  it  must  be  taken  into  consider- 
ation that  slaked  lime,  to  be  at  all  effective,  should  be  freshly  slaked, 
for,  on  being  exposed  to  the  air,  it  is  readily  converted  into  the 
carbonate  form,  which  is  devoid  of  antiseptic  properties.  Com- 
mercial preparations  of  slaked  lime  are  very  often  not  fresh-slaked 
lime,  but  are  the  carbonate,  and  hence  of  no  value  for  disinfection. 

Embryo  development  was  also  obtained  in  three  days  in  eggs  kept 
in  a one-fifteenth  solution  of  chlorinated  lime. 

The  action  of  caustic  soda  bn  the  ova  of  T.  limbata  is  of  special 
interest,  however.  Eggs  were  cultured  in  1,  2,  5,  10  and  50  per  cent 
solutions  of  caustic  soda,  and  motile  embryos  were  obtained  in  each 
case  at  the  end  of  a three-day  period.  Some  of  the  eggs  in  the  10 
and  50  per  cent  solutions  were,  however,  undergoing  decomposition. 
In  a 25  per  cent  solution  all  the  eggs  were  killed  and  showed  de- 
generation. The  resistance  of  the  ova  to  caustic  soda  is  surprising, 
in  view  of  the  latter’s  well-known  disintegrating  action  on  chitin. 
In  50  per  cent  strengths  a protective  coat  appears  to  be  cast  about 
the  egg,  making  it  impermeable  to  the  action  of  the  alkali. 

Ammonium  hydroxide  appears  to  be  devoid  of  any  action  against 
the  ova,  since  motile  embryos  were  obtained  at  the  end  of  a three- 
day  period  in  25  and  50  per  cent  solutions  of  the  alkali. 

From  the  above  we  can  note  that  the  ova  of  T.  limbata  show  sur- 
prising resistance  to  the  action  of  most  of  the  common  acids  and 
alkalis. 


Wigdor — Resistance  of  the  Ova  of  Toxascaris  Limbata.  271 

Metallic  Salts  and  Other  Salts. 

The  group  of  metallic  salts  is  of  considerable  importance,  and 
comprises  some  of  the  most  powerful  disinfectants  against  bacteria 
known. 

Corrosive  sublimate  (mercury  dichloride  Hg  Cl2)  is  known  to 
destroy  the  vegetative  forms  of  bacteria  in  a few  minutes,  even  when 
diluted  to  1 part  in  10,000;  and  the  spores  of  bacteria  possessing 
medium  powers  of  resistance,  such  as  anthrax  spores,  are  killed 
within  two  hours  by  a 1-1000  solution.  However,  like  many  other 
disinfectants,  all  metallic  salts  are  influenced  by  other  substances 
present  in  the  solution,  and  also  by  the  solvent,  because  their  dis- 
infectant power  depends  on  their  degree  of  electrolytic  dissociation. 
For  this  reason  they  act  much  less  powerfully  in  an  alcoholic  so- 
lution, and  not  at  all  in  a fatty  or  oily  medium.  The  dissociation 
may  be  also  modified  by  additions  of  other  agents. 

Tests  on  various  salts  of  this  group  gave  the  following  results : 

Eggs  kept  in  a 1-500  solution  of  corrosive  sublimate  showed 
motile  embryos  at  the  end  of  a three-day  period.  Eggs  kept  in  a 
1-250  solution  of  the  salt  showed  division  at  the  end  of  three  days, 
a high  degree  of  segmentation  at  the  end  of  five  days  and  actively 
motile  embryos  at  the  end  of  fifteen  days.  Eggs  in  a 1-100  solution 
showed  actively  motile  embryos  in  three  days. 

Eggs  kept  in  a 20  per  cent  copper  sulphate  solution  showed 
actively  motile  embryos  at  the  end  of  three  days. 

Eggs  kept  in  a 33  per  cent  solution  of  iron  sulphate  showed 
actively  motile  embryos  at  the  end  of  three  days. 

Eggs  kept  in  normal  saline  solution  showed  actively  motile  em- 
bryos at  the'  end  of  three  days. 

Eggs  kept  in  1-2  solution  of  sodium  fluoride,  a salt  which  has 
recently  been  advocated  as  possessing  valuable  antiseptic  properties, 
showed  actively  motile  embryos  at  the  end  of  three  days. 

Eggs  kept  in  a 1 per  cent  solution  of  potassium  arsenite  showed 
actively  motile  embryos  at  the  end  of  three  days,  but  they  were 
apparently  dead  when  examined  two  days  later.  Eggs  kept  in  a 
10  per  cent  solution  of  potassium  arsenite  showed  some  actively 
motile  embryos  at  the  end  of  three  days.  Some  of  the  embryos  were 
apparently  immotile,"  and  some  of  the  eggs  had  apparently  under- 
gone very  little  development,  for  the  nuclear  material  in  the  eggs 
was  distorted  and  was  breaking  down. 


272 


Original  Articles. 


In  this  connection  it  may  be  stated  that  a 10  per  cent  potassium 
dichromate  solution  has  proven  a very  valuable  medium  for  de- 
veloping not  only  the  eggs  of  Toxascaris  limbata , hut  also  the  eggs 
of  Ancylostomum  canium,  Trichuris  depressiuscula  and  the  oocysts 
of  Diplospora  bigemina. 

The  ova  of  T.  limbata  are,  therefore,  highly  resistant  to  the  action 
of  most  metallic  salts,  which  have  been  known  to  possess  bactericidal 
properties. 

Phenols. 

This  generic  term  includes  all  the  chemicals  allied  to  true  phenol 
(carbolic  acid),  which  form  a very  important  group  of  disinfectants. 

Carbolic  acid  is  soluble  to  the  extent  of  5-6  per  cent  in  water*  and 
when  employed  for  disinfection  purposes  is  usually  replaced  by  its 
homologues,  the  cresols  and  their  compounds,  which  are  cheaper 
and  less  corrosive.  The  three  cresols,  meta-,  para-  and  orthocresol, 
are  in  themselves  sparingly  soluble  (0.5,  1.8  and  2.5  per  cent,  re- 
spectively) to  exert  any  powerful  disinfectant  action,  but  their 
solubility  can  be  largely  increased  by  the  addition  of  strong  acids 
or  of  alkaline  soaps,  which  raise  them  to  the  category  of  the  strong- 
est disinfectants.  The  greatest  popularity  is  enjoyed  by  the  cresols 
which  have  been  dissociated  by  means  of  soap  solutions,  and  which 
fall  into  two  categories,  one  class  forming  clear  solutions  in  water 
and  the  other  an  emulsion  in  wafer.  Of  the  latter,  preparations  A A 
B*  and  E*  and  of  the  former,  preparations  C*  and  D*  are  repre- 
sentatives which  have  been  tested.  Preparation  B,  with  a phenol 
coefficient  of  5,  consists  of  78  per  cent  creosote  oil  and  23  per  cent 
resin  soap,  with  enough  water  added  to  keep  it  in  solution.  Prepa- 
ration A,  with  a phenol  coefficient  of  6 or  7,  consists  of  70  per 
cent  creosote  oil  enriched  with  extra  phenols  and  30  per  cent  soap 
solution.  Preparation  D,  with  a phenol  coefficient  of  2,  consists 
of  a 50  per  cent  solution  of  cresylic  acid  in  soap  and  water.  Prepa- 
ration E,  with  a phenol  coefficient  of  16  to  20,  consists  of  78  per 
cent  high  coefficient  oil,  which  has  a higher  percentage  (about  90 
per  cent)  and  higher  quality  of  phenols  than  the  ordinary  coke- 
oven  tar  phenols.  Preparation  C , with  a phenol  coefficient  of  2,  is 
almost  identical  with  preparation  D , differing  in  that  it  contains 
about  10  per  cent  of  oils  (eucalyptus,  camphor  and  turpentine 
oils)  to  give  it  a pleasant  odor. 

*Preparations  A,  B,  C,  D and  E are  Kreso,  Kreso  Dip,  Septico,  Cresylone  and  Neko, 
respectively. 


Wigdor — Resistance  of  the  Ova  of  Toxascaris  Limbata.  273 

The  following  results  were  obtained  on  the  resistance  of  the  ova 
of  T.  limbata  to  phenol  and  its  derivatives.  Tests  on  pure  carbolic 
acid  were  made  as  follows : 

Eggs  placed  in  pure  carbolic,  full  strength,  were  killed  at  the  end 
of  three  days.  The  eggs  were  greatly  distorted  and  had  shrunken 
to  about  one-half  their  normal  size.  The  shells  were  split  at  several 
points  and  the  eggs  were  undergoing  degeneration. 

Eggs  in  20  per  cent  and  5 per  cent  carbolic  were  found  dead  at 
the  end  of  a three-day  period.  The  eggs  were  deformed. 

Eggs  in  a 2 per  cent  carbolic  acid  solution  showed  no  develop- 
ment at  the  end  of  a three-day  period,  but  the  eggs  were  fairly  well 
preserved. 

Eggs  in  a 1 per  cent  carbolic  acid  solution  showed  division  and 
segmentation  at  the  end  of  three  days,  and  at  the  end  of  five  days 
no  further  development  was  noted,  the  eggs  being  apparently  killed. 

Tests  on  preparation  B were  made  as  follows : 

Eggs  kept  in  1-500  solution  showed  actively  motile  embryos  in 
three  days. 

Eggs  kept  in  1-250  solution  showed  motile  embryos  in  three  days, 
but  most  of  the  eggs  had  not  yet  developed  to  form  embryos,  being 
still  in  the  division  stage.  On  the  twelfth  day  after  culturing  the 
embryos  were  found  dead  and  undergoing  degeneration. 

Eggs  in  a 1-50  and  1-100  solution,  at  the  end  of  three  days  were, 
in  nearly  all  cases,  undergoing  complete  degeneration,  the  chitinous 
outer  membrane  and  nuclear  material  being  almost  entirely  de- 
stroyed. Some  eggs  had  undergone  embryo  development,  but  had 
been  killed  and  were  breaking  down. 

The  advocated  disinfectant  strength  of  preparation  B is  1 part 
of  the  preparation  to  100  parts  of  the  water,  a strength  which 
proved  entirely  efficacious  in  destroying  the  ova  of  T.  limbata. 

Tests  on  preparation  A were  made  as  follows : 

Eggs  kept  in  a 1-250  solution  showed  embryo  development  at  the 
end  of  three  days,  but  the  embryos  were  apparently  dead  and  the 
nuclear  material  was  breaking  down. 

Eggs  kept  in  a 1-100  solution  showed  division,  segmentation  and 
some  embryo  development  at  the  end  of  three  days.  At  the  end  of 
five  days  the  eggs  were  dead  and  the  nuclear  material  was  decom- 
posing. 

Eggs  kept  in  a 1-50  solution  were  nearly  all  dead  at  the  end  of 


274  Original  Articles. 

three  days ; some  of  the  eggs  were  highly  segmented,  but  apparently 
dead. 

The  advocated  disinfectant  strength  of  preparation  A is  1-100. 

Tests  on  preparation  D were  made  as  follows : 

Eggs  kept  in  a 1-250  solution  for  three  days  showed  motile  em- 
bryos at  the  end  of  that  period. 

Eggs  kept  in  a 1-100  solution  showed  slow  development  at  the  end 
of  a four-day  period.  The  eggs  were  segmented  in  most  cases  and 
the  young  embrj^os  were  just  ready  to  appear. 

Eggs  kept  in  a 1-50  solution  for  four  days  showed  no  noticeable 
development  at  the  end  of  that  period,  all  the  eggs  being  apparently 
dead. 

The  advocated  disinfectant  strength  of  preparation  D is  a 1 or  2 
per  cent  solution.  In  these  tests  a 2 per  cent  strength  seems  to  be 
effective  against  the  ova  of  T.  limbata. 

Tests  on  preparation  C were  made  as  follows : 

Eggs  kept  in  a 1-75  solution  showed  embryo  development  at  the 
end  of  a three-day  period. 

Eggs  kept  in  a 1-50  solution  showed  little  development  at  the  end 
©f  a three-day  period,  although  they  were  all  apparently  in  good 
condition,  some  showing  the  beginning  of  segmentation. 

Eggs  kept  in  a 1-25  solution  were  killed  at  the  end  of  a three-day 
period  and  were  breaking  down. 

Preparation  C is  advocated  in  strengths  of  1-75  for  spraying 
barns,  stables,  etc.,  and  in  a solution  of  2 per  cent  strength  for  steril- 
izing wounds.  These  tests  have  shown  that  a 1-50  solution  will  ap- 
parently kill  and  a 1-25  solution  will  surely  kill. 

Tests  were  made  on  preparation  E as  follows : 

Eggs  kept  in  a 1-500  solution  showed  actively  motile  embryos  at 
the  end  of  three  days. 

Eggs  kept  in  a 1-250  solution  showed  a few  actively  motile  embryos 
at  the  end  of  a three-day  period,  but  most  of  the  eggs  were  ap- 
parently killed.  At  the  end  of  four  days  the  embryos  were  ap- 
parently dead. 

Eggs  kept  in  a 1-100  solution  showed  very  little  development  and 
were  apparently  dead  after  a period  of  three  days. 

The  dilution  of  preparation  E recommended  for  general  use  is 
1-500.  The  tests  on  the  ova  of  T.  limbata  proved  this  strength  to 


Wigdor — Resistance  of  the  Ova  of  Toxascaris  Limbata.  275 

be  inadequate  for  inhibiting  embryo  development.  A 1-250  or,  still 
better,  a 1-100  solution,  is  advisable. 

The  above  data  on  the  action  of  the  phenols  shows  that  there  is 
a direct  relationship  between  the  corrosiveness  of  the  phenol  used 
and  its  ovocidal  action  against  the  ova  of  T.  limbata.  Pure  phenol, 
highly  corrosive,  kills  the  eggs  in  a 1 per  cent  solution ; preparations 
C and  D,  the  next  most  highly  corrosive  substances  used,  kill  in 
solutions  which  are  equivalent  to  a 4 per  cent  solution  of  phenol; 
preparations  A and  B,  ranking  next  in  their  corrosive  action,  kill 
in  a solution  which  is  equivalent  to  a 7 per  cent  solution  of  phenol; 
and  preparation  JE,  the  least  corrosive  and  hence  least  efficacious 
against  the  ova  tested,  kills  in  solutions  which  are  equivalent  to  a 
10  to  20  per  cent  solution  of  phenol. 

This  group  offers  the  most  promising  possibilities  for  destroying 
parasitic  ova.  Strong  solutions  of  such  phenols  as  preparations 
A,  B.  C and  D should  prove  highly  effective  in  killing  worm  ova. 

Alcohol. 

The  alcohols  are  still  the  subject  of  scientific  discussion,  in  so 
far  as  their  disinfectant  properties  are  concerned.  That  they  are 
endowed  with  a by  no  means  small  power  of  disinfection  is  in- 
dubitable, but  the  scientific  experiments  performed  in  this  connec- 
tion have  furnished  widely  different  results  in  detail.  On  the  whole, 
it  has  been  ascertained  by  careful  research  that  solutions  above  20 
per  cent  in  strength  kill  all  vegetative  forms  of  moist  and  dried 
bacteria,  and  that  this  action  increases  in  power  up  to  solutions  of 
80  per  cent  strength,  beyond  which  limit  it  declines  in  the  case 
of  dried  bacteria,  but  persists  through  the  higher  strengths  (85, 
90)  in  the  case  of  moist  bacteria.  In  my  tests,  actively  motile  em- 
bryos were  present  in  the  eggs  after  a three-day  period  in  solutions 
of  10,  25,  50,  60  and  70  per  cent  strengths  of  ethyl  alcohol,  but 
w^ere  killed  in  75  per  cent  and  higher  strengths,  thus  agreeing  with 
the  results  obtained  for  the  action  of  ethyl  alcohol  on  moist  bacteria. 
The  eggs  in  the  latter  solutions  had  apparently  lost  their  inner  coat 
or  it  had  been  rendered  homogeneous  and  invisible. 

It  is  interesting  to  note  that  Bataillon,  as  previously  mentioned 
(1901),  found  that  the  embryos  in  the  eggs  of  Ascaris  megalo- 
cepliala  remained  intact  and  active  in  50  per  cent  alcohol. 

The  ova  of  T.  limbata  are,  therefore,  very  highly  resistant  to  the 
action  of  alcohol. 


276 


Original  Articles. 


Formaldehyde. 

The  chief  action  of  formaldehyde  for  bacterial  disinfection  is  to 
restrict  the  growth  of  bacteria,  which  are  prevented  from  germi- 
nating by  solutions  as  weak  as  1 :20,000.  In  its  ovocidal  action 
against  the  eggs  of  T.  limbata,  formaldehyde  is  practically  negligible. 
In  this  series  of  experiments  eggs  were  cultured  in  1,  5,  10,  20,  25, 
30  and  35  per  cent  solutions  of  formaldehyde,  and  at  the  end  of 
three  days  motile  embryos  were  noted  in  every  case.  Eggs  cultured 
in  commercial  formaldehyde  (an  approximate  40  per  cent  solution) 
showed  immotile  embryos  in  a good  many  of  the  cases  ten  days  later, 
while  most  of  the  eggs  were  still  undivided  and  apparently  in  a 
state  of  preservation.  As  has  been  previously  stated,  Foster  (1916) 
notes  that  ascarid  eggs  could  he  kept  alive  for  months,  even  years, 
in  formalin,  and  that  it  is  a very  satisfactory  medium  in  which  to 
incubate  ascarid  eggs.  Foster  (1916)  cites  Morris  (1911),  who 
kept  some  feces  containing  eggs  of  Ascaris  lumbricoides  in  a 2 per 
cent  solution  of  formalin  for  two  years,  at  the  end  of  which  time 
he  found  some  of  the  eggs  contained  actively  motile  embryos. 

Volatile  Oils  and  Other  Readily  Volatile  Agents. 

This  category  comprises  a number  of  substances  belonging  to  a 
variety  of  chemical  groups,  and  having  in  common  the  property  of 
being  only  sparingly  soluble  in  water  and  remaining  solid  or  liquid 
at  ordinary  temperatures,  but  volatilizing  readily.  The  chief  sub- 
stances of  this  group  that  were  tested  are : chloroform,  ether,  oil  of 
chenopodium,  oil  of  turpentine,  toluol  and  xylol. 

Chloroform:  Eggs  kept  in  this  medium  were  found  dead  at  the 
end  of  three  days.  The  eggs  were  well  cleared,  the  nuclear  mem- 
brane was  well  outlined  and  the  nuclear  material  within  was  very 
much  cleared.  The  inner  membrane  was  invisible. 

Ethyl  Ether:  Eggs  in  this  medium  were  found  dead  at  the  end 
of  three  days. 

Oil  of  Chenopodium:  Eggs  in  this  medium  at  the  end  of  three 
days  showed  no  development,  being  apparently  preserved.  At  the 
end  of  five  days  some  eggs  showed  signs  of  division,  but  most  of 
the  eggs  were  distorted  and  apparently  dead.  At  the  end  of  seven 
days  the  eggs  were  very  clear,  and  were  breaking  down  and  shrink- 
ing decidedly. 

Oil  of  Turpentine:  Eggs  reared  in  this  medium  showed  motile 


Wigdor — Resistance  of  the  Ova  of  Toxascaris  Limbata.  277 

embryos  in  a great  many  cases  at  the  end  of  five  days.  A great 
many  of  the  eggs,  however,  were  deformed,  being  flattened  on  one 
side  and  showing  very  little  development.  At  the  end  of  seven  days 
the  embryos  that  had  developed  were  dead,  most  of  the  eggs  being 
flattened  on  one  side  and  decomposing. 

Toluol : Eggs  in  this  medium  showed  embryo  development  in  one 
or  two  cases  at  the  end  of  three  days,  but  nearly  all  the  eggs  were 
cleared  and  were  undergoing  degeneration.  Where  embryo  develop- 
ment was  noted,  the  embryos  were  in  a poor  state  of  preservation, 
being  immotile  and  breaking  down. 

Xylol:  Eggs  in  this  medium  showed  embryo  development  at  the 
end  of  three  days,  but  the  embryos  were  apparently  dead. 

The  ova  of  T.  limbata  thus  do  not  appear  to  be  very  resistant  to 
the  action  of  the  volatile  agents  used. 

Miscellaneous  Agents. 

This  group  comprises  hydrogen  peroxide,  which  is  known  to  pos- 
sess very  powerful  bactericidal  properties,  due  to  its  oxidizing  effect 
on  organic  matter  (diluted  to  0.105  per  cent  it  destroys  all  vegeta- 
tive forms  in  a few  minutes),  and  preparation  X*  a hypochlorite 
(a  mixture  of  sodium  hypochlorite,  sodium  chloride,  calcium 
chloride,  calcium  hypochlorite,  made  alkaline  with  lime  water  and 
containing  3 to  4 per  cent  available  chlorine). 

Eggs  kept  in  hydrogen  peroxide  (commercial  3 per  cent  solution) 
showed  some  motile  embryos  at  the  end  of  six  days,  but  most  of  the 
eggs  were  undivided  and  apparently  killed. 

Eggs  kept  in  a full-strength  solution  of  germ-X  which  has  a 
phenol  coefficient  of  10+  and  which  is  advocated  in  strengths  of 
one  fluid  ounce  (two  tablespoonfuls)  to  one  or  two  gallons,  showed 
motile  embryos  at  the  end  of  three  days. 

Thus,  hydrogen  peroxide  and  a hypochlorite,  both  widely  used  in 
bactericidal  disinfection  with  much  success,  were  both  ineffective 
against  the  ova  of  T.  limbata  in  much  more  concentrated  strengths 
than  those  advocated  for  bacterial  disinfection. 

Effects  of  Moisture,  Temperature,  Etc.,  on  the  Rate  of 
Development  of  the  Ova  of  Toxascaris  Limbata. 

To  determine  the  effect  of  lack  of  moisture  on  the  development 
of  the  ova  of  T.  limbata , some  feces  were  screened  and  then  spread 


* Germ-X. 


278 


Original  Articles. 


over  filter  paper  and  allowed  to  dry  at  room  temperature  (24  to 
29.5°  C.)  Three  days  after  the  feces  were  thus  treated,  actively 
motile  embryos  were  found.  The  lack  of  moisture  thus  apparently 
seemed  to  hasten  embryo  development  of  the  ova. 

To  determine  the  effects  of  temperature  on  the  rate  of  develop- 
ment of  the  ova,  eggs  were  screened  and  cultured  in  water  to  which 
5 per  cent  potassium  dichromate  had  been  added.  One  culture  was 
placed  in  the  incubator  and  kept  at  a temperature  of  37.8°  C.,  an- 
other in  an  oven  at  a temperature  of  49  to  60° C.  for  twenty  hours, 
and  the  other  placed  in  the  refrigerator  at  a temperature  of  10°  C. 
At  the  end  of  three  days,  motile  embryos  were  found  in  those  eggs 
kept  in  the  incubator,  those  kept  in  the  oven  were  dead,  while  those 
in  the  refrigerator  showed  very  little  development.  At  the  end  of 
eight  days  the  eggs  in  the  refrigerator  were  showing  division,  and 
at  the  end  of  fifteen  days  were  very  highly  segmented.  At  the  end 
of  twenty-eight  days  the  eggs  were  still  highly  segmented,  but  no 
embryos  were  found,  and  at  the  end  of  thirty-eight  days  actively 
motile  embryos  were  found. 

Low  temperatures  thus  retard  the  development  of  the  ova  of  T. 
limbata  (thirty-eight  days  for  embryo  development  at  10°  C.,  while 
at  room  temperature,  21  to  33°  C.,  development  takes  place  in  three 
days).  Temperatures  as  high  as  37.8°  C.  are  very  favorable  for 
their  development,  while  temperatures  of  49  to  68°  C.  for  several 
hours  apparently  kill.  It  is  interesting  to  note  that  Wharton 
(1915)  finds  that  the  optimum  temperature  for  the  development  of 
the  ova  of  Ascaris  lumbricoides  is  about  30°  C.,  and  that  at  the 
temperature  of  37°  C.  the  ova  are  killed  after  some  time,  and  above 
this  temperature  they  die  rapidly.  We  also  find  that  low  temper- 
atures retard  the  development  of  the  ova  of  this  species  without 
killing.  He  further  states  that  pig  and  calf  ascarid  eggs  must  be 
completely  developed  before  exposure  to  a temperature  of  37°  C. 
or  would  die,  while  horse  and  dog  ascarid  ova  would  develop  at  this 
temperature. 

To  determine  the  effect  of  the  oxygen  supply  and  bacterial  action 
on  the  development  of  the  ova  of  T.  limbata , the  following  tests 
were  made:  Unscreened  feces  containing  ova  were  placed  in  tap- 
water  and  at  the  end  of  eighteen  days  all  the  eggs  were  apparently 
dead,  the  nuclear  material  showing  signs  of  decomposition. 

Screened  ova  were  placed  in  tap-water,  and  at  the  end  of  thirty 
days  very  little  development  was  noticeable,  most  of  the  eggs  under- 
going degeneration. 


Wigdor — Resistance  of  the  Ova  of  Toxascaris  Limbata.  279 

. Screened  ova  were  placed  in  distilled  water,  and  at  the  end  of 
fifteen  days  motile  embryos  in  good  condition  were  found. 

Screened  and  unscreened  ova  were  placed  in  tap-water  with  10 
per  cent  potassium  dichromate  added,  and  at  the  end  of  three  days 
actively  motile  embroys  were  noted. 

The  failure  to  obtain  development  in  the  first  two  cases  (screened 
and  unscreened  feces  in  tap-water)  is  probably  due  to  bacterial  and 
other  growths  in  the  culture  which  utilize  a large  amount  of  the 
available  oxygen,  or  even  may  excrete  toxins  detrimental  to  the 
development  of  the  ova.  In  the  latter  cases,  where  the  possibility 
of  bacterial  growth  is  reduced  to  a minimum  and  thus  more  avail- 
able oxygen  supplied  to  the  ova,  development  is  hastened.  It  is 
interesting  to  note  that  Wharton  (1915)  found  that  the  eggs  of 
Ascaris  lumbricoides  developed  rapidly  in  tap-water  and  irregularly 
or  died  in  distilled  water.  His  results  are  just  the  reverse  of  those 
that  I have  obtained  with  the  ova  of  T.  limbata. 

It  is  also  interesting  to  note  the  results  of  the  experiments  of 
Stiles  and  of  Stiles  and  Gardner  (1911)  on  the  fermentation  in 
water  of  the  eggs  of  Ascaris  lumbricoides  and  Necator  americanus. 
Fecal  material  kept  in  water  and  examined  after  68,  117,  144,  317, 
232,  349,  3.57  and  358  days  showed  all  the  hookworm  eggs  iden- 
tified were  dead.  The  longest  period  of  time  after  which  they  were 
able  to  find  live  hookworms  (Necator  americanus)  eggs  under  those 
conditions  was  seventy  days.  The  longest  periods  after  which  they 
were  able  to  find  Ascaris  lumbricoides  eggs  was  117  to  121  days. 
Fermentation  for  four  months  in  an  L.  E.  S.  privy  is,  therefore, 
advocated  for  killing  all  the  hookworm  eggs,  and  fermentation  for 
three  months  for  killing  nearly  all,  probably  all,  the  hookworm  eggs. 

It  is  held  that,  apart  from  the  question  of  concentration,  the 
action  of  an  ovocidal  agent  depends,  biologically,  on  the  resistance 
of  the  ova  and  on  the  temperature ; and,  physically,  on  the  capacity 
of  the  articles  under  examination  to  absorb  moisture.  The  con- 
centration of  the  ovocide  is  held  to  stand  in  direct  relation  to  its 
action,  within  certain  limits,  but  if  the  concentration  be  very  high 
the  action  is  only  slightly  increased,  whereas,  conversely,  extreme 
dilution  weakens  the  effect  but  slowly — though  this  is  not  always 
true,-  the  effect  alternating  rapidly,  up  or  down,  when  the  concen- 
tration is  modified.  The  resisting  power  of  parasitic  ova  has 
already  been  mentioned,  and,  so  far  as  the  temperature  is  con- 
cerned, its  influence  is  based  on  the  physiologically  vital  processes 


280 


Original  Articles. 


of  the  ova.  An  organism  which  is  cooled  below  its  optimum  tem- 
perature gradually  passes  into  a state  in  which  the  processes  of 
nutrition  and  development  are  almost  entirely  suspended,  according 
to  the  degree  of  cooling  given.  In  this  condition  the  ova  has  a 
corresponding  low  tendency  to  undergo  chemical  changes,  and  the 
ovocidal  effect  diminishes  in  intensity.  On  the  other  hand,  the 
cell  is  far  more  open  to  chemical  attack  at  its  optimum  temper- 
ature, at  which  all  the  vital  processes,  and  therefore  all  the  chemical 
reactions,  go  on  best,  while,  as  the  temperature  is  raised  above  this 
point,  the  tendency  of  the  ova  to  decompose  increases,  and  they  fall 
an  easier  prey  to  the  destructive  action  of  poison.  Hence,  the 
action  of  ovocidal  agents  is  facilitated  by  a rise  in  temperature. 
Sine  the  eggs  in  these  experiments  were  cultured  at  room  temper- 
atures which  varied  between  21°  C.  and  33.2°  C.,  the  higher  range 
of  temperatures  persisting  over  night  (an  interval  of  fifteen  hours), 
the  action  of  the  various  chemical  agents  were  given  optimum  con- 
ditions under  which  to  operate. 

Summary. 

Parasitic  ova  are  very  resistant  to  various  chemical  disinfectants. 

The  usually  advocated  germicidal  strengths  are  markedly  effec- 
tive against  the  ova  of  Toxascaris  limbata  for  many  substances. 

The  ova  of  T.  limbata  show  surprising  resistance  toward  acids, 
alkalis  (especially  against  caustic  soda  and  lime)  and  metallic  salts. 

Ethyl  alcohol  in  strengths  up  to  70  per  cent  and  formaldehyde 
in  varying  strengths  up  to  approximately  40  per  cent  are  remark- 
able in  their  ovocidal  action  against  the  ova  of  T.  limbata. 

The  phenol  derivatives,  primarily  the  cresols  which  have  been 
dissociated  by  means  of  soap  solutions,  such  as  preparations  A , B. 
C,  D and  E (varying  in  their  lethal  action  on  parasitic  ova  accord- 
ing to  their  corrosiveness),  offer  the  best  possibilities  as  ovocides 
against  parasitic  ova  of  all  substances  tested. 

Most  of  the  volatile  disinfectants  are  apparently  efficacious  in 
killing  the  ova  of  T.  limbata. 

The  ova  of  T.  limbata  are  evidently  very  resistant  to  conditions 
of  drought  and  to  low  temperatures,  and  require  an  ample  supply 
of  oxygen  for  the  best  development.  Eapid  development  is  possible 
at  temperature  as  high  as  37.8°  C.,  but  the  ova  are  killed  at  tem- 
peratures of  49  to  60°  C.,  and  development  is  materially  retarded 
at  temperatures  as  low  as  10°  C. 


Tyler — A Case  of  Popliteal  Aneurysm. 


281 


The  writer  wishes  to  take  this  occasion  to  very  gratefully  acknowl- 
edge the  invaluable  advice  and  assistance  of  Dr.  M.  C.  Hall,  through 
whose  instigation  this  work  was  conducted. 

BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

Baillet,  C.,  1866.  Art.  Helminthes.  Nouv.  Diet.  Pract.  de  Med.,  de  Chir.,  et  d’Hyg. 
Veterinaire,  VIII. 

Braun,  M.,  1908.  Die  tierischen  Parasiten  des  Menschen.  4 Aufl.  8 vo.  Wursburg  Kabitzsch 
(IX+623  p...  Engl.  Trans,  of  3d  ed.,  with  additions  by  Sambon  and  Theobold,  p.  337. 
Foster,  W.  D.,  1916.  A further  note  on  polyradiate  cestodes.  Science,  n.  s.,  Vol.  XLIV, 
No.  1333,  388-389. 

Hall,  M.  0.,  1917.  Apparatus  for  use  in  examining  feces  for  evidences  of  parasitism.  Jour. 

Lab.  and  Clin  Med.,  V,  2 (5),  February,  347-353,  3 figs. 

Hall,  M.  C.,  and  M.  Wigdor,  1918.  Canine  coccidiosis,  with  a note  regarding  other  pro- 
tozoan parasites  from  the  dog.  J.  A.  V.  M.  A.,  6 (1),  April,  64-76,  1 fig. 

Stiles,  C.  W.,  and  L.  L.  Lumsden,  1911.  The  Sanitary  Privy.  Farmers’  Bull.,  463,  U.  S. 
Dept.  Agr.,  1-32. 

Stiles,  C.  W.,  and  H.  C.  Miller,  1911.  Observations  on  the  Viability  of  the  Eggs  of  Hook- 
worms (Necator  americanus)  and  of  Eel-worms  (Ascaris  lumbricoides)  in  Feces  Allowed 
to  Decompose  in  Water.  Pub.  Health  Reports,  XXVI,  No.  41,  1565-1567. 

Wharton,  L.,  1915.  The  Development  of  the  Eggs  of  Ascaris  lumbricoides . Phil.  J.  Sci., 
V.  10  (1),  January,  pp.  19-23. 


REPORT  OF  A CASE  OF  POPLITEAL  ANEURYSM— MAT  AS 
OPERATION — RECOVERY, 

By  GEO.  T.  TYLER,  Jr.,  A.  M.,  M.  D.,  Greenville,  S.  C. 

The  patient,  J.  C.,  colored,  age  32,  laborer,  was  admitted  to  the 
hospital  complaining  of  painful  swelling  on  the  back  of  the  right 
leg,  behind  the  knee,  of  eight  months’  duration.  It  has  gradually 
increased  in  size  until  he  can  only  slightly  bend  the  leg.  Ho  history 
of  injury. 

Examination  showed  a tall  man  of  slender  build.  The  general 
physical  examination  was  negative.  There  was  swelling  of  the  right 
leg  and  knee,  with  a tumor  in  the  popliteal  space  to  the  outer  side. 
Swelling  of  the  leg  extended  to  the  ankle.  Pulsation  could  not  be 
made  out  of  the  dorsalis  pedis  artery.  There  was  fluid  in  the  knee- 
joint.  The  tumor  occupied  the  entire  popliteal  space,  extending 
also  to  the  calf  of  the  leg.  It  could  be  seen  to  pulsate.  On  palpa- 
tion it  gave  an  expansile  pulsation;  a thrill  was  perceived;  a bruit 
was  heard  on  listening  over  the  tumor.  The  upper  extremity  of  the 
fibula  was  very  loosely  attached  to  the  tibia.  Knee-jerks  were 
absent.  The  patient  complained  of  pain  and  paresthesias  in  the 
foot  and  toes.  Pressure  on  the  tumor  caused  pain.  There  was  no 
marked  arterio-sclerosis  and,  except  for  the  aneurysm,  the  patient’s 


282 


Original  Articles. 


condition  seemed  good.  A specimen  of  blood  was  taken  for  a Was 
sermann.  If  it  were  positive,  treatment  was  to  be  undertaken,  and 
operation  done  later.  The  patient,  however,  complained  so  much 
of  pain  that  it  was  determined  to  operate  at  once.  The  report  re- 
ceived after  operation  was : -) — | — | — \- 

Operation  February  18,  1918.  Ether  anesthesia;  tourniquet  around 
thigh;  longitudinal  incision  over  tumor.  The  external  popliteal  nerve  lay 
flattened  over  the  thinned  outer  portion  of  the  gastrocnemius  muscle. 
This  was  drawn  aside,  the  muscle  fibers  were  separated  and  the  sac 
opened.  Almost  a liter  of  clotted  blood  was  removed  from  the  aneurysm. 
The  opening  in  the  artery  was  elliptical,  about  three  c.  m.  long,  its  longest 
diameter  being  longitudinal  to  the  axis  of  the  vessel.  The  accompanying 

diagram  shows  the  relations  of  the 
aneurysm,  artery  and  opening.  Since 
closing  the  rupture  in  the  vessel  would 
not  encroach  upon  its  lumen,  this 
course  was  decided  upon.  Over  a 
rubber  tube  coated  with  sterile  liquid 
petroleum,  interrupted  sutures  of  fine 
silk  were  placed.  This  silk  was  satu- 
rated in  petroleum.  The  tube  was 
then  withdrawn  and  the  sutures  tied. 
Additional  ones  were  placed  wherever 
it  seemed  likely  that  blood  might 
escape.  This  row  was  reinforced  by 
a second  one.  The  wall  of  the  sac 
had  several  large  sclerotic  patches. 
To  close  the  openings  of  all  the 
anastamosing  branches  would  have  required  dissection  much  greater  than 
already  done;  hence  the  wall  was  reefed  with  interrupted  sutures  of 
Pagenstecher  until  a compact  mass  resulted.  The  muscle  and  skin  were 
then  closed.  At  this  stage  the  tourniquet  was  released.  A pulsation 
appeared,  and  blood  oozed  between  the  skin  edges.  The  tourniquet  was 
immediately  tightened.  Three  silkworm  gut  sutures  were  taken  into  the 
deep  tissues  and  tied  over  small-  rolls  of  gauze.  A snug  bandage  was 
applied  over  the  dressing,  when  the  tourniquet  was  again  released,  but  not 
removed  until  all  danger  of  sudden  hemorrhage  had  passed — three  days. 

Kecovery  from  the  operation  was  uneventful.  There  was  a discharge 
of  broken-down  blood  from  the  wound  several  days  after  operation.  I 
explain  this  in  the  following  way:  the  collateral  openings  into  the 
aneurysm  were  not  sutured.  When  the  tourniquet  was  released  blood 
rushed  in  through  them.  The  bandage,  and  possibly  the  sutures,  pre- 
vented further  bleeding.  This  blood  broke  down  and  escaped  from  the 
wound.  A part  of  the  sac  also  came  away. 

The  patient  had  very  little  pain  after  operation.  The  foot  re- 
mained warm,  and  the  swelling  of  the  leg  and  knee  went  down,  bnt 
pulsation  of  the  dorsalis  pedis  was  not  restored.  He  developed  a 
foot-drop — caused,  most  probably,  by  an  injury  to  the  external 
popliteal  nerve.  For  two  months  also  he  could  not  flex  the  leg  on 


Roussel — Effect  of  Lemon  Juice  on  Pellagra. 


28? 


the  thigh.  Five  injections  of  salvarsan  with  mixed  treatment  were 
given  during  his  stay  in  the  hospital.  When  discharged  on  April 
15,  1918,  he  was  walking  with  crutches;  he  could  bend  the  leg 
slightly,  and  there  was  some  improvement  in  ability  to  extend  the 
foot.  The  leg  was  very  little  larger  than  the  other;  no  fluid  was 
in  the  knee-joint,  but  a small  sinus  persisted  at  the  lower  angle  of 
the  wound.  There  was  no  evidence  of  weakness  of  the  vessel  wall 
at  the  line  of  suture. 

I did  not  see  the  patient  again  until  June,  1918.  He  was  doing 
day  labor;  could  walk  with  slight  difficulty.  Of  course,  he  had 
neglected  his  treatment.  Improvement  had  been  made  in  his  con- 
dition, but  it  was  slight.  He  was  sent  to  the  venereal  clinic  of  the 
U.  S.  P.  H.  Service,  where  he  was  given  more  salvarsan  and  mer- 
cury. I saw  him  there  in  August,  1918.  He  could  bend  the  leg 
easily;  had  regained  more  power  to  extend  the  foot.  The  wound 
was  entirely  healed;  there  was  no  swelling  in  the  leg  nor  fluid  in 
the  knee-joint.  There  was  no  pulsation  of  the  dorsalis  pedis  artery. 
He  loses  no  time  from  his  work.  It  is  planned  to  secure  a specimen 
of  his  spinal  fluid  when  he  returns  on  October  20.  He  had  not 
returned  for  six  weeks. 

It  is  impossible  to  say  whether  the  potency  of  the  artery  was 
restored  by  the  operation.  Evidently  the  collateral  circulation  was 
sufficient  to  supply  the  leg  below  the  aneurysm.  It  is  interesting 
to  note  that,  although  the  branches  opening  into  the  aneurysm  were 
not  closed,  compression  effectually  controlled  them. 


EFFECT  OF  LEMON  JUICE  IN  PELLAGRA.* 


By  J.  N.  ROUSSEL,  M.  D.,  New  Orleans. 

There  has  been  so  much  controversy  anent  the  treatment  of 
pellagra  that  it  is  with  fear  and  trepidation  that  I venture  to  offer 
what  I consider  in  a measure  a new  remedy  for  it  in  the  form  of 
lemon  juice.  My  results  have  been  so  remarkable  that  several  of 
my  friends  have  urged  that  I report  them. 

The  juice  of  three  or  four  lemons  daily  will  simply  work  wonders 
in  a pellagrin.  It  is  quite  the  usual  thing  to  see  patients  prac- 
tically helpless — unable  to  walk  except  with  assistance — whose 

* Read  at  the  39th  Annual  Meeting,  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society,  New  Orleans, 

April  16,  17,  18,  1918. 


284 


Original  Articles. 


months  are  ulcerated  to  a sorrowful  degree,  and  with  every  evidence 
of  the  ulcerations  extending  through  the  entire  gastro-intestinal 
tract;  whose  hands  and  feet  are  ulcerated  and,  in  fact,  who  present 
every  evidence  of  a well-developed  case  of  pellagra,  get  practically 
well  in  the  short  space  of  two  or  three  weeks. 

The  idea  of  using  lemon  juice  occurred  to  me  three  years  ago, 
when  a young  man,  a devout  Koman  Catholic,  applied  to  the  Touro 
Infirmary  clinic  for  treatment.  He  presented  a typical  case  of 
what  I conceived  to  be  pellagra.  He  explained  that  during  the 
Lenten  season  he  had  practically  starved  himself,  and,  while  the 
case  looked  like  any  other  case  of  pellagra,  I took  the  position  that 
it  was  merely  a case  of  land  scurvy,  and  on  that  ground  I prescribed 
lemon  juice.  In  about  two  weeks  he  was  apparently  well. 

I then  began  administering  lemon  juice  to  all  cases  of  pellagra 
presenting  themselves,  and  lo  and  behold!  they  proceeded  to  get 
well  in  about  the  same  length  of  time. 

How,  the  question  arises,  is  not  most  of  our  pellagra  really  land 
scurvy?  As  far  back  as  1578  pellagra  was  known  in  Italy  as  Alpine 
scurvy,  and  might  they  not  have  been  right  in  so  designating  it? 
From  the  point  of  view  of  the  dermatologist,  pellagra  is  nothing 
more  than  one  of  the  varied  types  of  the  exudative  erythemas,  which, 
as  we  know,  are  often  caused  by  errors  of  diet,  hut  it  is  quite  pos- 
sible, as  in  the  case  of  the  erythemas,  that  there  may  be  several 
causes. 

From  my  experience,  I am  convinced  that  most  of  our  pellagra 
is  of  the  scorbutic  type,  brought  about  by  the  fact  that  our  people, 
especially  those  living  in  our  sawmill  towns,  are  literally  living  out 
of  tin  cans  and  cartons — living  on  predigested  and  ready-cooked 
foods — foods  about  which  we  know  nothing  and  about  which,  I am 
sure,  the  most  talented  chemist  in  the  world  can  tell  us  nothing. 

Who  can  tell  us  what  chemical  changes  have  taken  place  in  a 
piece  of  meat  a year  after  it  has  been  cooked,  or  in  milk  that  has 
been  condensed  and  canned  for  a year,  or,  for  that  matter,  in  any- 
thing of  the  vegetable  line  that  has  been  parboiled  and  incased  in 
a tin  can  for  an  indefinite  period?  Ho  one  knows,  and  yet  our 
people  are  practically  living  off  this  stuff  in  some  communities. 
A prominent  sawmill  man  told  me  that  tin  cans  were  one  of  their 
great  sources  of  annoyance — they  had  to  employ  people  to  gather 
them  and  haul  them  away. 

How,  to  get  back  to  the  lemon  juice.  I want  to  call  attention  to 


Roussel — Effect  of  Lemon  Juice  on  Pellagra.  285 

the  fact  that  I mean  the  whole  juice  of  the  lemon,  and  not  citric 
acid.  There  is  something  else  in  lemon  juice  besides  citric  acid, 
and  it  is  probably  that  “something  else”  that  does  the  work.  It 
is  a well-known  fact  that  lemon  juice  will  cure  scurvy,  but  that 
citric  acid  will  not.  This  fact  is  too  well  established  to  discuss 
further. 

I have  tried  oranges,  with  very  indifferent  success.  Oranges,  as 
we  all  know,  belong  to  the  citrus  family  and  do  contain  a small 
quantity  of  citric  acid.  But  there  is  something  else  in  the  orange, 
also,  which  may  account  for  the  fact  that  orange  juice  is  not  as 
beneficial  as  lemon  juice. 

In  the  October  number  of  the  Journal  of  Cutaneous  Diseases , 
Davidson,  of  Los  Angeles,  tells  us  that,  of  all  our  California  fruits, 
the  orange  is  the  most  deleterious.  The  strawberry  outranks  it  as 
a cause  of  urticaria,  but  the  orange  is  more  prone  to  cause  the 
furred  tongue,  cloyed  appetite  and  general  depression — a symptom 
group  that  in  our  present  state  of  knowledge  is  classed  as  bilious- 
ness. I have  personally  seen  a number  of  children,  especially  of  the 
eczematous  type,  so  to  speak,  who  could  not  tolerate  the  smallest 
quantity  of  orange  juice,  but  who  took  and  thrived  on  lemon  juice. 

Now,  while  I have  an  abiding  faith  in  the  efficacy  of  lemon  juice 
in  pellagra,  I am  of  the  opinion  that  we  should  only  expect  satis- 
factory results  in  patients  not  yet  bed-ridden,  for  it  has  been  my 
experience,  and  I am  sure  that  of  others,  that  when  a pellagrin  has 
once  taken  the  bed  from  sheer  inability  to  navigate,  the  meridian 
between  the  cradle  and  the  grave  has  been  passed — a point  at  which 
many  arrive,  but  few  return.  In  these  cases  I would  not  expect 
lemon  juice  to  be  of  much  service,  nor  would  I expect  anything  else 
to  be  of  much  benefit. 

This,  I think,  is  not  unreasonable,  because  we  all  know  that  in 
at  least  a few  of  our  diseases,  such  as  cerebrospinal  meningitis  and 
tetanus,  unless  the  remedy  is  applied  early  in  the  disease  the  ma- 
jority of  them  die.  But  from  my  experience  of  twenty-two  years 
in  the  medical  profession,  at  this  time  lemon  juice  might  appear  as 
too  plebeian  a remedy  to  attract  any  attention.  You  can’t  put  it  in 
the  benzol  ring.  That  explains  it  in  a nutshell. 

In  cases  of  gastro-intestinal  involvement,  where  the  bowels  are 
moving  many  times  a day,  I am  in  the  habit  of  administering  about 
an  ounce  of  castor  oil  every  other  day.  I believe  this  to  be  superior 
to  any  of  the  astringents,  such  as  subgallate  of  bismuth  and  the  like. 


286 


Original  Articles. 


To  the  nervous  symptoms  I have  paid  little  or  no  attention,  as 
they  seemed  to  subside  along  with  the  others.  However,  a few  cases 
have  complained  of  sleeplessness,  and  in  these  I have  employed 
chloretone  to  much  satisfaction. 

The  skin  lesions  need  little  or  no  attention.  I believe  any  pro- 
tective dressing  will  do.  My  preference  is  for  a wet  dressing,  where 
it  can  be  applied  convenient!}',  formal  salt  solution,  I think,  does 
as  well  as  anything,  and  is  clean  and  comfortable. 

Discussion  on  the  Paper  of  Dr.  Roussel. 

Dr.  A.  A.  Herold,  Shreveport:  Dr.  Roussel’s  paper  is  very  interest- 

ing, and  lemon  juice  in  pellagra  is  well  worth  trying.  I dare  say  that 
none  of  us  except  the  doctor  have  tried  the  remedy  in  this  disease,  for 
which  we  have  so  many  would-be  specifics.  My  principal  cause  for  rising 
is  not  to  discuss  lemon  juice  in  the  treatment  of  pellagra,  which  I shall 
try  out  in  the  next  case,  but  simply  to  ask  the  doctors  present  not  to 
despair  of  their  bed-ridden  cases.  I have  seen  quite  a number  of  them, 
some  almost  moribund,  to  use  a common  expression,  get  well,  provided 
they  were  tided  over  from  the  severe  condition. 

Last  year  I read  a paper  at  Alexandria  on  the  subject  of  the  use  of 
normal  horse  s$rum  in  pellagra.  I do  not  advocate  it  in  every  case,  and 
I do  not  advocate  it  in  those  cases  in  which  Dr.  Roussel  recommends 
lemon  juice.  I advocate  it  in  those  cases  that  are  bed-ridden  and  you 
have  to  tide  them  over  with  something  when  they  cannot  eat  or  retain 
their  food.  These  patients  may  be  conscious  or  unconscious;  they  may 
or  may  not  be  able  to  control  their  bowels;  they  may  have  anywhere 
from  five  to  twenty  or  fifty  bowel  movements  involuntarily.  These  are 
the  cases  in  which  I have  used  normal  horse  serum.  If  they  should  de- 
velop anaphylaxis  it  will  not  kill  them,  and  you  have  everything  to  gain 
and  nothing  to  lose,  and  this  serum  works  wonderfully  in  these  cases. 

Dr.  J.  N.  Roussel,  New  Orleans  (closing) : I did  not  mean  to  infer 

that  all  of  the  bed-ridden  cases  die,  but  the  rule  is  that  they  do  die. 
Where  there  is  sheer  inability  to  walk,  I give  them  the  juice  of  three  or 
four  lemons  a day  in  the  form  of  lemonade.  I have  seen  twenty-five 
cases  get  entirely  well  in  practically  no  time  from  this  method  of  treat- 
ment. In  only  one  instance  have  we  had  any  resulting  trouble.  In  one 
very  bad  case  the  woman  was  in  very  bad  shape;  she  was  relieved  of  all 
her  skin  symptoms  and  all  ulcerations  of  the  mouth  and  vagina  and 
rectum,  everything  apparently  having  healed,  but  she  was  left  with  a 
colitis.  I sent  her  to  Dr.  Simon,  and  he  was  of  the  opinion  that  her 
colitis  was  due  to  her  weakened  condition  and  nothing  else.  She  was 
entirely  well  of  the  pellagra.  She  has  since  recovered  from  the  colitis, 
and  she  was  perfectly  well  up  to  two  or  three  weeks  ago.  She  had  had 
no  recurrence. 

The  main  thing  is  that  these  people  live  on  tin  or  canned  goods.  The 
women  in  these  communities  where  pellagra  prevails  have  to  do  most  of 
the  work,  and  such  women,  in  order  to  avoid  hard  work,  buy  canned 
goods,  which  is  fed  to  the  people.  We  do  not  see  pellagra  in  large  cities; 
it  is  almost  unheard  of  in  New  Orleans.  Nearly  all  cases  of  pellagra  are 
found  in  towns.  There  were  nearly  one  hundred  cases  in  Opelousas  at 
one  time.  It  is  because  of  the  way  the  people  live  that  they  have  pellagra. 


McIlhenny — Surgical  Treatment  of  Pott’s  Disease.  287 


THE  SURGICAL  TREATMENT  OF  POTT’S  DISEASE  * 


By  PAUL  A.  McILHE'NNY,  M.  D.,  New  Orleans. 

Surgical  interference  in  tuberculosis  of  the  vertebral  column  is 
now  generally  advocated  by  all  orthopedic  surgeons  of  America. 
This  is  a broad  statement  and  may  be  thought  by  some  to  mean 
that  operative  measures  are  to  be  taken  in  all  such  cases.  Such  an 
understanding  is  certainly  erroneous  and  must  be  corrected,  for 
already  too  many  cases  of  Pott’s  disease  have  been  subjected  to  oper- 
ation when  conservative  treatment  would  probably  have  produced 
more  satisfactory  results.  We  must,  therefore,  divide  these  cases 
into  classes,  as  to  age  as  well  as  to  pathological  conditions,  and 
decide  which  should  be  treated  with  conservatism  and  which  by 
operation.  First,  one  should  consider  diseased  articulations  of  the 
vertebral  column  very  similar  to  other  diseased  joints,  in  so  far  as 
the  pathological  process  is  concerned,  and  deal  with  them  accord- 
ingly, our- first  thought  and  aim  being  to  so  treat  the  disease  that 
cure  with  non-painful  motion,  even  to  a slight  degree,  may  result, 
and  only  when  we  are  very  sure  that  motion  is  impossible  should 
we  resort  to  a method  of  treatment  which  results  in  ankylosis. 

When  operations  upon  the  spine  for  the  cure  of  spinal  caries  were 
popularized  by  Hibbs  and  Albee  an  enthusiastic  wave  swept  over 
the  whole  country,  and  cures  were  sought  by  operation  in  all  cases, 
in  all  ages  and  at  any  stage  of  the  disease.  Now  that  the  wave  has 
subsided  and  cool  judgment  has  stepped  forward,  operation  is  re- 
sorted to  only  in  cases  where  cure  with  motion  is  impossible.  As 
this  disease  is  found  in  all  ages,  and  as  children  bear  shock  badly, 
-one  should  hesitate  when  contemplating  an  operation  upon  the  very 
young,  also  upon  the  aged;  therefore  it  may  be  assumed  that  cases 
■selected  for  operation  would  fall  between  early  adolescence  and 
middle-age,  the  very  young  and  aged  being  treated  by  conservative 
treatment,  which  time  has  proved  to  produce  most  satisfactory 
results. 

We  know  that  ankylosis  results  in  all  cases  of  joint  tuberculosis 
when  nature  unassisted  attempts  a cure,  but  we  also  know  that  it 
is  possible  to  preserve  a certain  amount  of  motion  in  many  such 
cases,  provided  treatment  is  begun  early  enough,  or,  in  other  words, 
before  the  articular  surfaces  have  been  destroyed,  namely,  in  the 

* Read  at  the  39th  Annual  Meeting,  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society,  New  Orleans, 
April  16,  17,  18,  1918. 


288 


Original  Articles. 


first  stage,  and  even  in  some  cases  where  the  joint  has  been  eroded, 
cure  with  limited  motion  is  possible.  In  operating  we  merely  assist 
nature  in  stiffening  or  ankylosing  the  diseased  area  of  the  spine, 
and  we  therefore  eliminate  any  possibility  of  future  motion  in  that 
section.  When  the  disease  has  progressed  to  the  point  of  abscess 
formation,  marked  deformity  or  paralysis,  then,  and  then  only,  may 
we  claim  that  cure  with  motion  is  impossible,  and  operations  cal- 
culated to  hasten  ankylosis  should  be  resorted  to.  Therefore,  one 
should  rather  discourage  operation  in  young  children,  the  aged, 
and  in  those  in  poor  physical  condition,  never  to  be  resorted  to 
when  the  disease  is  in  the  first  stage,  and  rarely  in  the  early  second 
stage,  but  rather  to  be  advised  in  cases  from  adolescence  ta  middle 
life  who  present  symptoms  of  the  second  and  third  stages  of  the 
disease.  Operative  interference,  therefore,  though  of  great  value  in 
certain  selected  cases,  should  not  be  resorted  to  in  the  majority  of 
cases  of  Pott’s  disease,  but  rather  should  be  held  as  supplementary 
to  conservative  treatment.  Though  these  operations  are  not  tedious 
and  do  not  consume  much  time,  they  are  followed  by  considerable 
shock,  so  that  cases  subjected  to  them  should  be  carefully  selected. 
I think  the  principal  points  to  be  considered  before  operating  are : 
First,  to  be  sure  that  the  vertebral  column  is  actually  diseased ; and, 
second,  that  the  disease  has  advanced  to  such  a point  where  cure 
with  motion  is  impossible.  Such  operations  certainly  shorten  the 
duration  of  treatment,  but,  as  a stiff  back  results,  does  it  com- 
pensate when  the  conservative  methods,  though  of  longer  duration, 
may  preserve  a certain  amount  of  motion  ? I think  not,  and  there- 
fore use  the  conservative  treatment  in  all  early  cases,  especially  in 
children,  and  only  resort  to  operation  in  selected  cases,  when  it  is 
very  palpable  that  motion  can  never  be  restored. 

In  the  Hibbs  operation  the  spinous  processes  immediately  above, 
throughout  and  immediately  at*  the  diseased  area  are  fractured  at 
the  base,  and  the  tip  of  each  mortised  into  the  base  of  the  one  next 
below  it ; in  this  way  fusion  is  produced  between  the  posterior  por- 
tions of  the  vertebras,  and  eventually  forms  a posterior  support 
throughout  the  diseased  area. 

The  Albee  operation  is  one  of  bone-grafting,  in  which  an  auto- 
genous bone-graft  is  taken  from  the  tibia  and  placed  in  the  split 
processes,  extending  from  the  second  above  to  the  second  below  the 
diseased  area.  I have  used  this  operation  in  all  my  cases  with  satis- 
factory results,  and  feel  that  it  should  be  heartily  indorsed.  It 


McIlhenny — Surgical  Treatment  of  Pott’s  Disease.  289 


should  be  borne  in  mind,  however,  that,  no  matter  how  perfect  are 
the  results  following  operation,  they  do  not  compare  to  results  with 
the  reestablishment  of  non-painful  motion. 

When  an  operation  is  contemplated  the  patient  should  be  placed 
upon  a Bradford  frame,  which  is  periodically  corrected  until  the 
“buckle”  has  been  obliterated,  or,  if  paralysis  was  present,  until 
voluntary  motion  has  returned.  In  the  Albee  operation  a graft 
long  enough  to  extend  from  the  second  vertebra  above  to  the  second 
vertebra  below  the  diseased  area  is  taken  from  the  tibia  and  shaped 
to  the  curve  of  the  affected  section.  A long  curved  incision  is  made 
to  one  side  of  the  spine,  so  as  to  expose  the  spinous  processes  above 
and  below  the  area  involved;  the  processes  are  split  with  a wide 
chisel  or  an  electrical  saw  down  to  the  lamina  and  the  halves  forced 
apart.  The  graft  is  then  placed  in  position  and  held  down  with 
heavy  chromic  gut  sutures;  the  superficial  structures  are  sutured 
over  the  graft  and  the  wound  closed  without  drainage.  Dressings 
are  so  applied  as  to  prevent  pressure  upon  the  wound  and  the 
patient  placed  immediately  upon  the  Bradford  frame,  where  he 
should  be  kept  for  a month  or  six  weeks.  A plaster  corset  may  then 
be  applied  in  a position  of  lordosis,  and  at  the  end  of  the  eighth 
week  he  should  be  allowed  up  with  crutches.  Support  with  plaster 
corsets  should  be  kept  up  for  six  or  eight  months,  by  which  time 
ankylosis  should  be  complete. 

Case  1.  C.  T.,  white  girl,  age  eleven  years.  First  seen  in  June,  1913, 
presenting  a decided  buckle  in  dorso-lumbar  region.  X-ray  showed 
eleventh  and  twelfth  dorsal  and  first  lumbar  to  be  involved.  Planter 
corset  applied  in  position  of  lordosis.  On  July  1,  placed  on  Bradford 
frame.  By  August  1 buckle  had  been  corrected  and  an  Albee  operation 
was  performed;  patient  put  back  on  frame.  August  14,  plaster  corset 
applied,  and  patient  sent  home  on  September  1.  Patient  returned  for 
casts  on  December  11  and  on  February  14,  1914,  when  X-ray  showed 
graft  in  place  and  a formative  process.  This  case  died  of  pneumonia  in 
April,  1914. 

Case  2.  L.  W.,  white  male,  age  ten  years,  was  under  conservative 
treatment  for  three  months  before  admission  on  February  21,  1917.  Pre- 
sented a decided  buckle  in  the  lumbar  region.  X-ray  showed  tuberculosis 
of  second,  third  and  fourth  lumbar  vertebras,  with  destruction.  Placed 
on  frame  till  March  30,  when  buckle  had  been  corrected.  Operation  per- 
formed and  patient  put  immediately  upon  frame.  May  20,  corset  applied 
in  lordosis.  A second  corset  was  applied  on  August  27.  Corset  removed 
November  13,  1917.  X-ray  showed  graft  in  place.  Discharged. 

Case  3.  B.  M.,  white  male,  age  thirty-seven,  weight  170  pounds, 
hight  5 feet  5 inches.  Was  first  seen  by  Dr.  G-raffagnino  in  June,  1916. 
He  had  had  pains  in  the  back  and  legs  for  some  weeks  before  seeking 
advice.  A small  buckle  was  found  in  the  lower  dorsal  region,  and  a 


290 


Original  Articles. 


diagnosis  of  tubercular  spondylitis  made.  He  was  advised  to  have  X-ray 
pictures  taken  and  undergo  conservative  treatment,  both  of  which  he 
disregarded.  He  was  not  seen  again  till  February,  1917.  The  disease 
had  progressed  to  marked  deformity  in  the  dorsal  region,  with  only 
partial  control  of  sphincters  and  muscles  of  legs,  and  he  was  unable  to 
walk,  even  with  crutches.  He  was  sent  to  the  Hotel  Dieu,  and  I first 
saw  him  in  consultation  with  Dr.  Graffagnino  on  April  19,  1917.  He 
then  presented  a marked  dorsal  kyphosis,  with  paralysis  of  both  legs 
from  hips  down;  patellar  reflex  absent;  some  ankle  clonus;  control  of 
sphincters  lost;  both  ankles  were  swollen  and  there  was  a trophic  ulcer 
on  the  outside  of  the  right  heel.  An  X-ray  showed  a decided  tuberculosis 
of  the  ninth,  tenth  and  eleventh  dorsal  vertebrae.  He  was  placed  upon 
a Bradford  frame,  which  was  bent  from  time  to  time  until  the  kyphosis 
had  been  reduced.  By  the  middle  of  May  he  had  regained  control  of 
his  muscles,  and  I advised  an  Albee  operation.  On  May  21,  assisted  by 
Dr.  Graffagnino,  I placed  a tibial  graft  ’ in  the  split  spinous  processes 
from  the  seventh  dorsal  to  the  first  lumbar,  suturing  it  into  place  with 
a No.  3 chromic  gut.  After  the  dressings  were  applied  he  was  im- 
mediately placed  on  the  frame.  He  was  considerably  shocked,  but  by 
evening  was  doing  well.  He  was  kept  upon  the  frame  till  July  12,  when 
a plaster  corset  was  applid  in  a position  of  general  lordosis.  He  was 
allowed  to  go  home  on  July  21,  and  on  August  15  allowed  to  walk  a little. 
About  November  15  he  resumed  his  occupation  of  driving  a vegetable 
wagon,  and  on  February  22,  about  eight  months  after  the  operation,  the 
cast  was  removed.  He  now  has  complete  control  of  his  muscles,  and  so 
far  has  had  no  return  of  his  trouble.  The  graft  can  be  felt  throughout 
the  operative  field. 

Case  4.  P.  L.  C.,  male,  age  thirty-seven  years,  was  admitted  July  20, 
1917.  Presented  a kyphosis  in  the  lumbar  region.  Pains  in  back  and 
down  both  legs.  X-ray  showed  tuberculosis  of  first  and  second  lumbar 
vertebrae,  with  destruction.  Was  placed  on  a Bradford  frame  in  a position 
of  general  lordosis.  By  October  the  buckle  had  been  reduced,  and  on 
the  24th  an  Albee  operation  was  performed,  the  graft  extending  from 
the  eleventh  dorsal  to  the  fourth  lumbar  vertebra.  Placed  immediately 
on  the  .frame  again.  There  was  considerable  shock  following  the  oper- 
ation, but  by  evening  he  had  reacted.  On  December  1 a corset  was 
applied  in  a position  of  lordosis,  and  he  was  allowed  up  on  December  10. 
He  was  allowed  to  go  home  on  January  23,  still  wearing  the  plaster  corset, 
and  was  to  report  for  a new  cast  during  March,  but  has  not  been  heard 
from  since  he  left  the  hospital. 

Discussion  on  the  Paper  of  Dr.  McIlhenny. 

Dr.  John  F.  Oechsner,  New  Orleans:  In  connection  with  what  Dr. 

McIlhenny  has  said,  I desire  to  call  attention  to  two  facts,  one  of  which 
relates  to  medicine  in  general,  and  that  is,  unfortunately,  the  pendulum 
swings  too  far  in  regard  to  operations,  and  everybody  who  offers  himself 
as  a subject  is  operated  on.  I think  to-day  there  are  entirely  too  many 
Albee  operations  done,  certainly  as  regards  spinal  fixation,  and  the 
pendulum  seems  to  be  swinging  again  to  its  natural  position. 

There  are  two  things  to  be  borne  in  mind,  one  of  which  is,  what  is 
the  object  of  the  fixation  operation?  You  do  in  a more  physiological 
way  and  a surer  way  what  you  attempt  with  a plaster  of  Paris  jacket. 
You  resort  to  fixation  of  the  spine  to  do  what?  To  prevent  the  further 


McIlhenny — Surgical  Treatment  of  Pott’s  Disease.  291 


increase  of  pressure.  It  is  an  unfortunate  thing  that  with  our  tubercu- 
lous joint  infections  we  are  never  in  a position  to  prognosticate  in  every 
individual  case.  We  must  plead  guilty  to  the  fact  that  the  majority  of 
our  cases  of  tuberculous  arthritis,  whether  of  the  hip  or  spine,  go  on  to 
bony  ankylosis.  It  is  not  our  fault,  but  nevertheless  we  have  not  im- 
proved this  condition  as  yet.  I do  not  know  that  we  shall  be  able  to 
meet  it  by  any  mechanical  surgical  methods.  I hope  that  serum  therapy 
may  offer  some  solution  of  the  problem. 

The  point  I want  to  make  is  in  Dr.  Mellhenny’s  case  the  result  is 
ideal,  and  he  has  accomplished  by  the  treatment  undertaken  in  this  case 
what  we  accomplish  by  plaster  jackets,  only  the  latter  are  uncertain.  I 
would  like  to  make  a plea,  therefore,  that  in  all  of  our  work  and  in  all 
our  operations  we  see  to  it  that  the  pendulum  does  not  swTing  too  far  in 
one  direction,  and  it  seems  to  have  reached  a stationary  point  with  refer- 
ence to  the  Albee  opration.  In  Pott’s  disease  we  should  strive  to  be 
conservative  and  judge  every  case  on  its  individual  merits,  and  not  pro- 
ceed recklessly  in  the  fixation  of  the  spine  in  every  case  of  Pott ’s  disease 
that  comes  to  us. 

Dr.  E.  Denegre  Martin,  New  Orleans:  I think  I can  answer  some  of 

the  questions  that  have  been  raised  by  the  essayist,  and  it  resolves  itself 
into  the  same  old  trouble  of  practitioners  getting  hold  of  cases  that  are 
not  diagnosed  early.  The  profession  may  be  blamed  in  some  instances, 
but,  as  a matter  of  fact,  the  individuals  themselves,  many  of  them  chil- 
dren, come  to  us  when  the  joints  have  already  passed  the  stage  where  it 
is  possible  to  do  anything  at  all.  We  know  that  tuberculosis  is  cured 
by  rest.  It  is  in  many  cases  cured  spontaneously,  and  it  is  a question 
of  fixation.  Look  at  the  thousands  of  cases  of  hip-joint  disease  that  are 
cured  by  rest.  We  can  cure  these  cases  by  rest,  but  the  trouble  is  there 
are  so  many  beginners  in  the  profession  to-day  who  are  anxious  to  be- 
come surgeons,  and  who  are  becoming  surgeons  at  the  expense  of  the 
poor  man  wTho  is  willing  to  be  operated  on,  and  who  have  not  had  ex- 
perience enough  to  treat  these  cases  properly,  or  to  know  that  they  can 
be  treated  by  different  methods  without  going  directly  into  an  operation. 
The  report  made  by  Dr.  Clark  was  one  of  the  best  Illustrations  of  that 
fact,  namely,  that  men  are  operating  in  acute  cases  of  pyosalpinx  when 
they  ought  not  to,  in  that  way  getting  a high  mortality.  The  results 
from  operation  are  not  what  they  should  be,  and  that  is  an  important 
answer  to  this  problem  of  being  more  conservative,  rather  than  radical, 
in  the  treatment  of  such  cases  as  the  essayist  has  reported. 

Dr.  P.  A.  Mcllhenny,  New  Orleans  (closing):  I want  to  thank  Dr. 

Oechsner  and  Dr.  Martin  for  backing’  me  up.  I cannot  conceive  of  any 
more  gratifying  results  than  to  see  a child  cured  of  a tuberculous  joint 
lesion  with  motion,  and  I take  that  gratification  in  having  been  allowed 
the  privilege  of  operating  on  this  poor  individual.  If  I could  have  gotten 
him  in  the  early  stage,  before  there  was  destruction  of  bone,  I would 
have  taken  greater  satisfaction  in  securing  for  him  more  motion,  and 
not  putting  him  in  a cast,  where  he  is  incapacitated  for  the  rest  of  his 
life.  That  is  the  reason  I make  a plea  for  conservatism  in  these  cases. 
There  is  still  some  doubt  that  ankylosis  is  not  the  result,  but  there  may 
be  possibly  a considerable  amount  of  motion  left. 


'292 


Miscellany. 


MISCELLANY 


NOTES  ON  TROPICAL  DISEASES.* 

By  LODILLA  AMBROSE,  Ph.  M.,  New  Orleans. 

Dysentery. 

Tribondean1  and  Fichet  (Toulon)  reported  on  the  results  of  the 
bacteriological  analysis  of  the  feces  in  217  cases  of  dysentery  coming 
from  the  corps  expeditionnaire  d’ Orient.  In  169  cases  the  results 
of  the  examination  were  negative  as  far  as  species  supposedly  dysen- 
terigenic,  an  excessive  figure  explained  perhaps  by  the  fact  that 
many  of  the  patients  of  the  group  were  already  on  the  road  to  re- 
covery when  they  reached  Toulon.  The  forty-eight  positive  cases 
gave:  ten  times  the  dysenteric  ameba,  twenty-three  times  the 
bacillus  of  Shiga,  only  twice  the  Y bacillus  of  Hiss,  thirteen  times 
the  bacilli  of  the  Morgan  group.  This  conclusion  is  that  the  last 
named  group  has  a place  in  the  list  of  dysenteric  bacilli. 

2.  Orticoni2  and  Ameuille  reported  on  amebic  dysentery  as 
observed  during  five  months  in  the  contagious  hospital  of  a sector 
corresponding  in  the  number  of  its  population  to  a large  city.  Be- 
fore the  outbreak  of  the  war  amebic  dysentery  had  remained  a 
tropical  disease  seen  by  French  physicians  almost  exclusively  in  the 
colonies  of  Africa  and  Asia,  or  in  France  in  former  colonials. 
References  are  given  to  earlier  reports  of  amebic  dysentery  in 
France.  In  these  five  months  they  had  found  twenty-eight  cases 
of  dysentery,  seventeen  bacillar  and  eleven  amebic.  Three  of  the 
eleven  amebic  cases  were  colonials  with  history  of  intestinal  affec- 
tions, eight  had  never  left  France;  These  patients  were  from 
different  regiments;  some  had  been  incorporated  in  colonial  regi- 
ments, and  some  had  occupied  trenches  previously  held  by  African 
troops.  Bedside  examination  of  fresh  feces  is  insisted  on  as  a 
means  of  establishing  the  parasitic  nature  of  cases  of  dysentery. 
They  considered  that  many  cases  of  ambeic  dysentery  never  reached 
the  hospital,  and  that  the  disease  is  becoming  endemic  in  France. 

d’Herelle3  had  examined  feces  from  forty  cases  of  dysenteric 
affections,  seventeen  being  civilians  and  twenty-three  soldiers,  all 
having  contracted  the  dysentery  in  France.  He  found  in  two  cases 
B.  fecalis  alcaligems;  in  twenty-one  cases,  germ  belonging  to  type 

*F'rom  the  Bulletin  de  1’Academ.ie  de  Medicine,  Paris,  for  1916. 


Ambrose. — Notes  on  Tropical  Fever. 


293 


described  by  Gay  and  Duval  ( Shiga ' type.  Hiss  type,  and  a new 
bacillus  previously  reported  by  d’Herelle  were  found,  but  Flexner 
type  was  not  found)  ; in  seventeen  cases,  group  of  Morgan.  In- 
crease in  bacillar  dysentery  was  attributed  to  war  conditions. 

Capitan,4  to  whose  service  belonged  twenty-one  of  the  patients 
reported  on  by  (FHerelle,  supplemented  his  report.  Regarding  the 
new  bacillus  of  (FHerelle  (five  cases,)  he  said: 

1 1 The  dysenteric  forms  due  to  this  new  bacillus  have  manifested  them- 
selves especially  by  very  abundant  choleriform  feces,  not  always  bloody 
and  glairy,  and  often  accompanied  by  very  grave  general  choleriform 
accidents.  We  have  lost  one  of  these  patients  in  a few  days,  and  an- 
other was  moribund  for  several  days.  He  recovered  very  slowly,  and 
thanks  to  a very  active  treatment.  In  two  other  cases  the  seriously 
affected  patients  recuperated  very  slowly.  In  fact,  it  seems  that  the 
bacillus  determines  in  man  a specially  grave  clinical  form,  which  is  analo- 
gous to  that  which  its  inoculation  produces  in  animals.  These  forms  of 
dysentery  seem  to  be  particularly  contagious.  ’ ’ 

Capitan  himself  and  a nurse  contracted  it  from  patients,  in  spite 
of  minute  precautions. 


Relapsing  Fever. 

Petzetakis1 2 3 4  saw  his  cases  in  Greece  in  1916.  He  said  the  differ- 
ential diagnosis  was  to  be  made  between  relapsing  fever  and  malaria, 
yellow  fever,  typhoid  fever  and  meningitis.  Out  of  fifteen  cases, 
he  found  four  times  the  most  complete  meningeal  syndrome,  and 
three  other  times  simply  rigidity  of  the  neck.  On  puncture,  the 
liquid  sometimes  issued  in  a jet.  His  conclusions  were : 

“In  the  course  of  relapsing  fever,  a meningeal  syndrome  may  appear 
very  frequently,  this  being  due  to  the  increase  in  pressure  of  the  cephalo- 
rachidian  fluid.  The  liquid  is  clear  and  does  not  contain  spirilla  nor 
cellular  elements.  There  is  no  albuminosis.  The  sugar  remains  normal. 
Exceptionally  one  may  have-  an  aseptic  puriform  reaction.  In  this  case 
lumbar  puncture  should  be  done,  and  it  constitutes  a sure  method  of 
combating  the  very  intense  cephalalgia.  Treatment  with  neosalvarsan  is 
the  therapy  of  choice.  Mercury  and  electrargol  may  be  tried.” 

1.  Tribondeau  and  Fichet.  Resultats  de  l’analyse  bacteriologique  des  selles  dans  217 

cas  de  dysenterie  provenant  du  corps  expgditionnaire  d’Orient  (C.  E.  O.).  3 s.,  lxxv,. 

317-318. 

2.  Orticoni,  A.,  and  Ameuille,  D.  Sur  la  dysenterie  amibienne  autochtone.  3 s., 
Ixxv,  390-392. 

3.  Herelle,  F.  d’.  Contribution  a l’etude  de  la  dysenterie:  nouveaux  bacilles 
dysenteriques,  pathogenes  pour  les  animaux  d’experience.  3 s.,  lxxvi,  425-428. 

4.  Capitan.  Sur  de  nouveaux  bacilles  dysenteriques.  3 s.,  lxxvi,  440-441. 

1.  Petzetakis.  Le  syndrome  meningg  au  cours  de  la  fievre  recurrente,  ses  rapports 
avec  l’augmentation  de  la  pression  du  liquide  c§phalorachidien ; reaction  meningee  puriforme 
aseptique ; efficacite  du  traitement  par  le  606  ; essai  sur  le  traitement  par  l’electrargol  et. 
le  mercure.  3 s.,  lxxvi,  253-255. 


294 


News  and  Comment. 


NEWS  AND  COMMENT 


Coeducational  Medical  Colleges. — Sixty-five  of  the  ninety 
medical  colleges  in  the  United  States  are  coeducational  institutions. 
The  war  has  increased  the  tendency  on  the  part  of  medical  colleges 
to  throw  open  their  doors  to  women  students,  and  women  are  taking 
advantage  of  the  opportunities  offered. 

Sanitary  Trains  of  the  United  States  Army. — The  medical 
department  of  the  United  States  Army  has  in  less  than  six  months 
established  sixteen  model  sanitary  trains,  which  are  now  running 
on  the  French  railroads  and  are  destined  for  the  American  Army. 
These  trains  have  630  beds  each  and  more  than  640  can  be  taken 
care  of  on  one  train.  Each  coach  is  provided  with  a bathroom.  The 
train  is  lighted  by  electricity  and  has  telephone  connection  between 
all  the  coaches. 

Abandonment  of  Unsanitary  Practice. — A letter  has  been 
addressed  to  Hon.  Wm.  G.  McAdoo,  director  general  of  the  United 
States  Railroad  Administration,  by  the  Committee  of  Pollution  and 
Sewerage  of  the  Merchants’  Association  of  Hew  York,  asking  for 
the  abandonment  of  the  unsanitary  practice  of  discharging  the  con- 
tents of  toilets  from  trains  upon  the  roadbeds  of  the  railways  of  this 
country. 

The  Mississippi  Valley  Conference  on  Tuberculosis,  which 
met  in  St.  Louis,  October  2-4,  elected  the  following  members  for  the 
ensuing  year:  President,  Sherman  C.  Kingsley,  Cleveland;  vice- 

president,  Dr.  J.  W.  Pettit,  Chicago;  secretary -treasurer,  Paul  L. 
Benjamin,  Minneapolis.  Des  Moines  was  chosen  as  the  next  meet- 
ing-place. 

Boston  University  School  of  Medicine. — Announcement  has 
been  received  that  the  medical  department  of  Boston  University 
has  been  thoroughly  reorganized  and  henceforth  will  be  non-sec- 
tarian in  scope  and  character.  Eminent  physicians  of  the  regular 
school  will  conduct  courses  in  pharmacology  and  therapeutics,  and 
clinical  teaching  will  be  given  in  the  Boston  City  Hospital  and  the 
Robert  Bent  Brigham  Hospital.  Homeopathic  materia  medica  will 
be  taught  as  heretofore,  with  clinical  teaching  in  the  Massachusetts 
Homeopathic  Hospital  and  allied  institutions. 


News  and  Comment. 


295 


The  Winyah  Sanatobium. — The'  Yon  Ruck  Memorial  Sana- 
torium, Inc.,  has  taken  over  the  Winy  ah  Sanatorium  of  Asheville, 
H.  C.,  and  a new  institution  under'  that  name  is  to-  be  built  and 
equipped  as  soon  as  the  present  war  conditions  permit.  The  sana- 
torium will  be  conducted  with  the  same  high-class  accommodations 
as  heretofore.  Pending  the  erection  and  completion  of  the  new 
sanatorium,  a free  clinic  has  been  established  and  is  now  in  oper- 
ation. The  laboratories  will  continue  their  studies  and  investiga- 
tions under  the  supervision  of  Dr.  Karl  Yon  Ruck.  The  Winy  ah 
Sanatorium  is  designed  to  accommodate  curable  cases  of  pulmonar}^ 
and  other  tubercular  affections. 

Anesthetic  Technician. — A letter  addressed  to  the  editors  has 
been  received  from  the  Rockefeller  Institute  for  Medical  Research 
urging  that  the  term  “anesthetic  technician”  be  applied  to  the  nurse 
who  administers  an  anesthetic.  The  claim  is  made  that  large  in- 
stitutions are  employing  the  nurse  anesthetist  on  the  ground  of 
economy,  expediency,  and  even  sentimentality.  The  letter  states 
that,  in  order  to  understand  the  language  of  anesthesia,  one  must 
have  intimate  acquaintance  with  anatomy,  medicine,  surgery,  diag- 
nosis, psychology  and  special  branches,  and  that  nurses  and  lay 
persons  without  a medical  degree  have  no  more  right  to  the  term 
“anesthetist”  than  those  who  take  X-ray  pictures  and  who  make 
urinary,  blood  or  sputum  examinations  have  the  right  to  the  terms 
“roentgenologist”  and  “pathologist.” 

Medical  Association  oe  the  Southwest. — The  thirteenth  an- 
nual meeting  of  the  Medical  Association  of  the  Southwest  met  in 
Dallas,  Texas,  October  15,  16  and  17.  In  spite  of  war  conditions 
and  the  influenza  epidemic,  an  unusually  interesting  program  was 
presented,  and  though  the  attendance  was  small,  great  enthusiasm 
was  displayed  in  the  activities  of  the  association.  The  following 
officers  were  elected  to  serve  during  the  coming  year:  President, 
Dr.  M.  M.  Smith,  Dallas ; vice-presidents,  Dr.  L.  von  Treba, 
Chetopa,  Ivans.;  Dr.  0.  B.  Hall,  Warrensburg,  Mo.;  Dr.  F.  W. 
Jelks,  Hot  Springs,  Ark.,  and  Dr.  F.  Iv.  Camp,  Oklahoma  City, 
Okla. ; secretary-treasurer,  Dr.  F.  H.  Clark,  El  Reno,  Okla. ; chair- 
man committee  on  arrangements,  Dr.  Everett  S.  Lain,  Oklahoma 
City,  Okla.  Oklahoma  City  was  chosen  as  the  convention  city 
for"  1918. 

Few  Drug  Addicts  Among  Drafted  Men. — The  War  Depart- 


296 


News  and  Comment. 


ment  has  recently  published  the  actual  figures  of  the  number  of 
drafted  men  rejected  for  drug  addiction,  owing  to  the  greatly  ex- 
aggerated reports  concerning  them.  Of  990,592  men  examined  in 
the  draft  up  to  January  1,  1918,  only  403  were  rejected  for  drug 
addiction  and  only  76  discharged  for  this  reason.  The  ratio  of 
rejections  in  the  draft  for  drug  addiction  is  only  one  man  in  each 
2,500. 

The  Value  of  the  Volunteer  Medical  Service  Corps. — The 
value  of  the  organization  of  the  Volunteer  Medical  Service  Corps 
was  demonstrated  during  the  recent  epidemic  of  influenza  which 
swept  the  country.  The  call  for  doctors  was  so  promptly  met  that 
it  has  called  forth  an  expression  of  appreciation  from  the  officers 
of  the  United  States  Public  Health  Service.  Officials  of  the  Volun- 
teer Medical  Service  Corps  are  gratified  that  the  organization  w'as 
able  to  meet  the  emergency  in  this  way,  fulfilling  the  purpose  for 
wdiich  it  was  created,  namely,  to  place  on  record  and  classify  in- 
formation as  to  civilian  physicians,  so  that  a request  for  aid  voiced 
by  a government  department  could  readily  be  supplied. 

The  Platinum  Section  and  the  Section  of  Medical  Industry, 
War  Industries  Board,  desire  to  express  appreciation  of  the  hearty 
response  made  by  physicians  and  dentists  when  the  call  for  scrap 
platinum  was  made.  As  the  governmental  demand  for  platinum 
has  been  tremendously  decreased  by  the  curtailed  war  program,  it 
is  requested  that  no  further  platinum  be  tendered  to  the  government. 

Hew  York  Polyclinic  Hospital  Taken  by  Government.— 
An  agreement  has  been  reached  whereby  the  Federal  Government 
will  assume  control  of  the  Hew  York  Polyclinic  Hospital  and  Med- 
ical School. 

San  Salvador  Quarantines  Against  Yellow  Fever. — The 
frontier  between  Guatemala  and  Salvador  has  been  ordered  closed 
by  the  Salvadorian  Government  because  of  the  prevalence  of  yellow 
fever  in  Guatemala. 

The  Medical  Review  of  Reviews  Announces  that  it  has  just 
purchased  the  third  oldest  medical  journal  in  America,  the  Buffalo 
Medical  Journal , founded  seventy-four  years  ago  by  Dr.  Austin 
Flint,  and  published  regularly  ever  since.  This  is  the  third  publi- 
cation which  the  Review  has  purchased  during  the  past  few  years. 
It  will  be  greatly  increased  in  size,  beginning  with  the  January, 
1919,  issue,  but  the  subscription  price  is  not  to  be  increased. 


News  and  Comment. 


297 


Alvarenga  Prize. — The  College  of  Physicians  of  Philadelphia 
announces  that  the  next  award  of  the  Alvarenga  Prize,  amounting 
to  about  $250,  will  be  made  on  July  4,  1919.  Essays  intended  for 
competition  may  be  upon  any  subject,  but  cannot  have  been  pub- 
lished. They  must  be  typewritten,  accompanied  by  an  English 
translation  if  written  in  another  language,  and  must  be  received  by 
the  secretary  of  the  college  on  or  before  May  1,  1919.  For  further 
information  address  Francis  R.  Packard,  secretary,  19  South  Twen- 
ty-second street,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Personals. — First  Lieutenant  Wm.  M.  Johnson,  M.  C.,  has  been 
transferred  to  Base  Hospital,  Camp  Bowie,  Fort  Worth,  Texas. 

Dr.  E.  L.  Leckert  recently  received  his  commission  as  captain, 
M.  C.,  IT.  S.  A.,  and  left  November  10  for  Camp  Greenleaf,  Fort 
Oglethorpe,  Ga. 

Dr.  Hilliard  Miller  received  his  commission  during  the  month 
as  first  lieutenant,  M.  C.,  TJ.  S.  A.,  and  was  ordered  to  Camp  Green- 
leaf,  Fort  Oglethorpe,  Ga. 

Dr.  Wm.  F.  Wilson,  formerly  with  Parke,  Davis  & Co.,  New  Or- 
leans, has  accepted  an  appointment  with  the  Louisiana  Hospital  for 
the  Insane,  Jackson,  La. 

Removals. — Dr.  Nathan  Barlow,  from  3864  Lafayette  street  to 
9300  South  Broadway,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

Prof.  R.  Blanchard,  from  226  Boulevard  St.  Germain  to  4 Avenue 
du  President  Wilson,  Paris,  France. 

Dr.  W.  L.  Wharton,  from  Naples  to  Jeffris,  La. 

Dr.  C.  L.  Eshleman,  from  Maison  Blanche  Building  to  1138  Third 
street. 

Married. — On  October  26,  1918,  Dr.  William  Edward  Barker, 
Jr.,  lieutenant,  M.  C.,  U.  S.  A.,  to  Miss  Benedette  Gordon  Texada, 
both  of  this  city.  Dr.  Barker  is  a Tulane  graduate. 

Died. — On  October  15,  1915,  Dr.  M.  J.  DeMahy,  a prominent 
neurologist  of  this  city. 

On  October  14,  1918,  Dr.  Waldemar  T.  Richards,  a Tulane 
graduate  and  one  of  New  Orleans’  prominent  young  physicians. 

On  October  14,  1918,  Dr.  Guy  Leary  Odom,  of  Harvey,  La.,  aged 
38  years. 

On  October  14,  1918,  Dr.  Arthur  Nolte,  one  of  the  best-known 
physicians  of  New  Orleans,  aged  58  years. 

On  November  2,  1918*  Dr.  Francis  A.  Meyer,  aged  26  years,  son 
of  Dr.  Albert  J.  Meyer,  of  Thibodaux,  died  at  Shreveport,  La. 


298 


Bool : Reviews  and  Notices. 


BOOK  REVIEWS  AND  NOTICES 


All  ne w publications  sent  to  the  Journal  will  be  appreciated  and  will  invariably  be 
promptly  acknowledged  under  the  heading  of  “ Publications  Received."  While 
it  will  be  the  aim  of  the  Journal  to  review  as  many  of  the  worlds  accepted  as 
possible,  the  editors  will  be  guided  by  the  space  available  and  the  merit  of  re- 
spective publications.  The  acceptance  of  q boo\  implies  no  obligation  to  review. 


Case  Histories  in  Obstetrics.  Second  Edition.  By  Robert  L.  DeNorman- 

die,  A.B.,  M.D.,  F.A.C.S.  W.  M.  Leonard,  Publishers,  Boston. 

This  is  a book  of  500  pages  in  which  the  author  presents  groups  of 
cases  illustrating  the  fundamental  problems  which  arise  in  obstetrics.  It 
is  one  of  the  Case  History  Series,  a group  of  books  written  by  Boston 
authorities  covering  Medicine,  Pediatrics,  Surgery  and  allied  branches, 
intended  especially  for  classroom  and  clinical  conferences. 

The  case  reports  have  been  carefully  selected  and  cover  practically 
every  phase  of  physiologic  and  pathologic  obstetrics,  to  which  the  author 
has  added  in  detail  the  treatment  followed  in  each  case. 

When  the  first  edition  appeared  it  was  believed  that  the  book  would 
promptly  find  a place  in  obstetric  teaching,  and  the  early  appearance 
of  a second  edition  confirms  the  prediction.  MILLER. 

The  Medical  Record  Visiting  List,  Wm.  Wood  & Co.,  New  York,  1919. 

Taking  time  by  the  forelock,  this  excellent  visiting  list  is  already 
being  offered  for  next  year. 

It  lias  been  revised,  improved,  and  modernized.  The  convenient  tables 
have  been  added  to  and  brought  up  to  date,  the  table  of  dosage  con- 
forming to  the  latest  revision  of  the  Pharmacopeia. 

The  little  volume  is  a handy  visiting  list,  physician’s  diary  and  ref- 
erence book. 


PUBLICATIONS  RECEIVED 


LEA  & FEBIGER,  Philadelphia  and  New  York,  1918. 

The  Surgery  of  Oral  Diseases  and  Malformations,  by  George  Van 
Ingen  Brown,  D.  D.  S.,  M.  D.,  C.  M.,  E.  A.  C.  S.  Third  edition. 

Anatomy  of  the  Human  Body,  by  Henry  Gray,  P.  R.  S.  Twentieth 
edition,  thoroughly  revised  and  re-edited,  by  Warren  H.  Lewis,  B.  S.,  M.  D. 

Diseases  of  Infancy  and  Childhood,  by  Henry  Koplin,  M.  D.  Fourth 
edition,  revised  and  enlarged. 

C.  V.  MOSBY  COMPANY,  St.  Louis,  1918. 

Genito-Urinary  Diseases  and  Syphilis,  by  Henry  H.  Morton,  M.  D., 
E.  A.  C.  S.  Fourth  edition,  revised  and  enlarged. 

New  and  Standard  Medical,  Surgical,  Nursing,  Dental  Publications. 
Abstracts  of  War  Surgery.  Prepared  by  the  Division  of  Surgery, 
Surgeon  General’s  Office. 

Principles  of  Bacteriology,  by  Arthur  A.  Eisenberg,  A.  B.,  M.  D. 
Roentgen  Diagnosis  of  Diseases  of  the  Head,  by  Dr.  Arthur  Schuller. 
Authorized  translation  by  Fred  F.  Stocking,  M.  D.,  M.  R.  C.  With  a fore- 
word by  Ernest  Sachs,  M.  D. 

THE  YEAR-BOOK  PUBLISHERS,  Chicago,  1918. 

The  Practical  Medicine  Series.  Yol.  IV:  Pediatrics,  edited  by  Isaac 
A.  Abt,  M.  D.,  with  the  collaboration  of  A.  Levinson,  M.  D.;  Orthopedic 
Surgery,  edited  by  Edwin  W.  Ryerson,  M.  D.  Series  1918. 


Publications  Received. 


299 


GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Public  Health  Reports.  Vol.  33,  Nos.  35,  36,  37  and  38. 

Epidemic  Influenza  (Spanish  Influenza).  U.  S'.  P.  H.  S.  Bulletin. 
Mortality  Statistics.  1916  and  1918.  Seventeenth  annual  report.  (De- 
partment of  Commerce,  Bureau  of  Census.) 

Public  Health  Reports.  Vol.  33,  Nos.  36,  39,  40,  41  and  42. 

Report  of  the  Health  Department  of  the  Panama  Canal.  For  April, 
May  and  June,  1918. 

P.  BLAKISTON’S  SON  & CO.,  .Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Medical  Vocabulary,  by  Marie. 

WM.  WOOD  & CO.,  New  York,  1918. 

A Manual  of  Physiology,  by  G.  N.  Stewart,  M.  A.,  D.  Sc.,  M.  D., 
D.  P.  H.  Eighth  edition. 

Dispensaries.  Their  Management  and  Development,  by  Michael  M. 
Davis,  Jr.,  Ph.  D.,  and  Andrew  R.  Warner,  M.  D. 

MISCELLANEOUS: 

Transactions  of  the  Society  of  Tropical  Medicine  and  Hygiene. 
Proceedings  of  the  Medical  Association  of  the  Isthmian  Canal  Zone. 
January,  1917,  to  June,  1917.  (Panama  Canal  Press,  Mount  Hope,  C.  Z.) 

Reports  and  Collected  Studies  from  the  Institute  of  Tropical  Medicine 
and  Hygiene  of  Porto  Rico.  Vol.  1,  1913-1917. 

REPRINTS. 

Radiumtherapy  in  Hyperthyroidism,  With  Observations  on  the  Endo- 
crinous System,  by  W.  H.  B.  Aikins,  Toronto. 

The  Great  Condition,  by  David  Kinley. 

The  Disabled  Soldier  in  Industry,  by  Ernest  D.  Little. 

Hay  Fever  Resorts  of  the  United  States  and  Canada;  The  Treatment 
of  Hay  Fever  by  Pollen  Extracts  and  Bacterial  Vaccines,  by  Wm.  S'chep- 
pegrell,  M.  D. 

Mortality  Among  Women  from  Causes  Incidental  to  Child-Bearing;  A 
Study  of  Pellagra  in  the  Mortality  Experience  of  the  Metropolitan  Life 
Insurance  Company,  1911-1916,  by  Louis  I.  Dublin,  Ph.  D. 

Secretin.  II.  Its  Influence  on  the  Number  of  White  Corpuscles  in 
the  Circulating  Blood.  III.  Its  Mode  of  Action  in  Producing  an  Increase 
in  the  Number  of  Corpuscles  in  the  Circulating  Blood,  by  Ardrey  W. 
Downs  and  Nathan  B.  Eddy. 

The  Treatment  of  Amoebic  Dysentery  With  ChapUrro  Amargosa  (Cas- 
tela  Nicholsoni  of  the  Family  Simarubacese),  by  Andrew  Watson  Sellards 
and  Monroe  Anderson  Mclver. 

Two  Suggestions  of  Apparatus  for  the  Teaching  of  Laboratory,  by 
Ardrey  W.  Downs,  M.  D.,  and  George  Hays,  M.  D. 

Biological  Investigations  of  Tropical  Sunlight,  by  Andrew  Watson 
Sellards,  Wm.  T.  Bovie  and  Sumner  Cushing  Brooks. 

The  Clinical  Significance  of  the  Irregular  Distribution  of  Various  Cells 
and  Parasites  in  the  Blood  Stream  and  the  Production  of  Abortive 
Leuksemic  Changes  and  of  Splenomegaly  in  the  Macacus  Rhesus,  by 
Andrew  Watson  Sellards  and  Walter  Albert  Baetjer. 

On  the  Differentiation  of  Auricular  Fibrillation  and  Its  Treatment,  by 
Thomas  E.  Satterthwaite,  M.  D. 

Blood  Transfusion  Simplified  by  the  Use  of  Citrate  Ointment,  by 
Henry  W.  Abelmann,  M.  D. 


300 


Mortuary  Report. 


Owing  to  the  Influenza,  the  monthly  Bulletin  of  the  City 
Board  of  Health  is  delayed  and  we  are  unable  to  publish  our  Mor- 
tuary Report  this  month.  Same  will  be  printed  next  month,  in 
order  to  avoid  a break. 


join  theRedCross 


+ALUYOU-NeeDiS-A-f-AND-A$  * 

NEW  ORLEANS  MEDICAL 
AND  SURGICAL  JOURNAL 


EDITORS: 

CHARLES  CHASSAIGNAC,  M.  D.  ISADORE  DYER,  M.  D. 

COLLABORATORS: 

C.  C.  BASS,  M.  D.,  Prest.,  Amer.  Soc.  Tropical  Medicine . 1 

S.  K.  SIMON,  M.  D.,  Acting  Secty.  American  Soc.  of  Tropical  Medicine. ......  j tjX'uniC10 

P.  T.  TALBOT,  M.  D.,  Secretary  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society .Ex-Officio 

RUPERT  BLUE,  M.  D.,  Surgeon  General,  United  States  Public  Health  Service. 

H.  D.  BRUNS,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

C.  F.  CRAIG,  M.  D.,  Col.,  U.  S.  A. 

S.  T.  DARLING,  M.  D.,  Sao  Paulo,  Brazil. 

W.  H.  DEADERICK,  M.  D.,  Hot  Springs,  Arkansas. 

. E.  M.  DUPAQUIER,  M.  D.  (Paris),  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

A.  G.  FRIEDRICHS,  M.  D.,  New  Orleans,  La. 

J.  T.  HALSEY,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

JOS.  HOLT,  M.  D.,  New  Orleans,  La. 

F.  A.  LARUE,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana.  ' 

E.  S.  LEWIS,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

R.  C.  LYNCH,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

E.  D.  MARTIN,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

R.  MATAS,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

AUGUSTUS  McSHANE,  M.  D.,  Greenwood,  Miss. 

PAUL  MICHINARD,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

C.  J.  MILLER,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

F.  W.  PARHAM,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

E.  A.  ROBIN,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

W.  H.  SEEMANN,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

ALLEN  J.  SMITH,  M.  D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

EDMOND  SOUCHON,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

E.  R.  STITT,  M.  D„  Rear  Admiral,  U.  S.  N. 

J.  A.  STORCK,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

R.  P.  STRONG,  M.  D., Harvard  University. 

ROY  M.  YAN  WART,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 


Vol.  LXXI  JANUARY,  1919  No.  7 

EDITORIAL 

THE  STABILIZATION  OF  AMERICAN  MEDICINE. 

Efficiency  is  the  measure  of  success  in  every  enterprise.  The 
profession  of  this  country  may  well  be  proud  of  the  record  for 
the  past  eighteen  months,  with  nearly  forty  thousand  of  its 
membership  in  the  field  of  duty  at  home  and  abroad.  Of  these, 
more  than  thirty  thousand  were  volunteers,  who,  with  a few  months 
at  most,  and  many  with  but  a few  weeks  of  training,  assumed  duty 
entirely  new  in  many  of  its  requirements.  Just  as  the  soldier  in 
the  rank  and  file  has  satisfied  every  one  in  his  splendid  achieve- 
ments, so,  also,  has  the  American  physician  made  good. 

When  the  survey  of  medical  men  in  the  United  States  was  made. 


302 


Editorial. 

something  like  140,000  names  appeared  on  the  list,  made  up  of 
all  sorts  and  conditions  of  men.  The  age  limit  of  fifty-five  elimi- 
nated some  from  service,  and  the  conditions  of  fitness  on  account 
of  irregularity  of  practice  removed  others  from  the  available  list. 
Conservative  calculations  pnt  the  possible  number  of  physically  and 
mentally  acceptable  men  at  abont  60,000  to  70,000,  of  whom  prob- 
ably one-third  were  absolutely  needed  at  home.  The  enrollment  of 
medical  officers  has  fully  satisfied  all  demands,  and  their  experience 
in  service  will  have  justified  their  patriotic  response  to  the  call. 

The  President  of  the  United  States  and  the  War  Department 
have  decided  upon  the  rapid  retirement  of  all  men  who  are  not 
actually  needed,  and  the  mustering  out  of  thousands  of  doctors  is 
now  in  progress.  Their  communities  will  welcome  the  return  of  all 
these  citizens,  and  they  will  surely  bring  to  their  homes  much  of 
the  spirit  of  new  enterprise  which  the  army-life  and  experience 
have  taught  them. 

In  the  meantime  every  community  has  suffered  in  some  degree. 
The  normal  needs  of  the  people  have  in  part  been  satisfied.  In  the 
recent,  and  even  now  present,  influenza  epidemic,  there  have  not 
been  physicians  enough,  and  the  large  death  toll  among  the  profes- 
sion itself  indubitably  proves  that  the  profession  was  much  over- 
worked in  meeting  the  demands  of  the  public  need.  The  normal 
ratio  of  physicians  to  the  population  in  the  United  States  for 
many  years  has  been  as  1 to  500  or  600  (140,000  doctors  to 
110,000,000  people)  ; with  a reduction  by  40,000,  the  ratio  dropped 
to  1 to  1,000  or  1,100.  The  experience  in  such  a universal  pan- 
demic has  shown  that  there  are  not  too  many  physicians  normally, 
and  that  such  a reduction  as  war  has  brought  materially  affects  the 
health  and  healthfulness  of  the  people  in  this  country.  The  organ- 
ized medical  profession  must  deliberate  this  problem  hereafter, 
especially  as  it  relates  to  the  supply  of  and  demand  for  doctors. 

Medical  education,  and  the  institutions  which  furnish  it,  have 
been  the  subjects  of  adjustment  for  the  past  ten  years  and  the 
models  have  been  derived  from  European  standards.  With  the 
reconstruction  of  our  politics,  morals  and  general  habits  of  life,  it 
would  seem  to  be  the  time  to  think  about  medical  education  in  its 
relation  to  the  public  needs. 

We  have  gone  very  far  in  making  high  standards,  which  have 
reduced  the  student  classes  by  fully  fifty  per  cent,  and  thereby  the 
output  of  doctors  has  decreased  proportionately.  Scientific  training 


Editorial. 


has  largely  shelved  the  mere  practical,  old-fashioned  clinical 
methods  which  an  intern  year  may  in  some  degree  compensate. 

These  things  have  been  active  in  throwing  obstructions  in  the 
way  of  the  student  of  ordinary  means  and  of  ordinary  minds,  and 
have  already  pointed  to  the  profession  of  medicine  as  one  to  be  enJ 
gaged  in  by  men  of  special  qualification  and  special  training.  The 
youth  of  meager  resources  in  the  way  of  money  finds  the  cost  of  a 
medical  education  burdensome,  and  the  schools  themselves,  which 
are  not  privately  endowed  or  sufficiently  supported  by  the  State, 
find  the  cost  of  operation  a constantly  increasing  problem  of  finance 
and  adjustment. 

It  only  needed  the  tragic  experiment  of  the  S.  A.  T.  C.  in  the 
medical  schools  to  add  a knockout  blow  to  the  enthusiasm  of  teach- 
ers in  medical  schools.  From  the  beginning  managed  by  military 
authorities  without  proper  regard  to  curriculum  or  college  stand- 
ards, abusing  the  schedule  and  study  periods  by  forced  military 
regulations  which,  though  afterwards  amended,  finally  broke 
down  the  morale  of  almost  every  medical  student  enrolled  in  a 
military  army  unit,  its  whole  scheme  has  demonstrated  the  fre- 
quently observed  better  hindsight  than  foresight  which  has  been 
characteristic  of  some  of  the  plans  and  schemes  evolved  in  our  war 
experience.  No  matter  how  well  it  may  have  been  intended,  the 
S.  A.  T.  C.  for  medical  colleges  almost  everywhere  successfully 
destroyed  all  attempt  at  sustained  standards,  regular  teaching  or 
real  morale  in  the  student  body.  At  our  institutions,  as  soon  as 
the  most  welcome  demobilization  order  became  effective,  the  authori- 
ties of  the  schools,  in  sympathy  with  the  student  bodies,  put  the 
months  of  September,  October,  November-  and  December  in  the 
discard  and  adjourned  school  to  the  first  of  January,  in  order  that 
the  student  body  and  the  faculties  might  be  stabilized  and  ready 
for  efficient  work  in  the  new  year,  even  if  it  should  take  all  of  next 
summer  to  complete  the  regular  courses. 

The  future  of  the  medical  profession  in  the  United  States  needs 
stability  to  go  forward.  The  public  should  now  and  hereafter  ap- 
preciate the  need  of  cooperation  for  a better  concept  of  State  medi- 
cine as  it  applies  to  the  practice  of  medicine. 

With  the  standardization  of  hospitals  and  their  administration 
for  the  advancement  of  medical  education  as  well  as  for  the  pro- 
letarian purposes  usually  fulfilled,  some  lines  of  advance  will  be 
opened  up.  The  spirit  of  victory  in  the  achievement  of  our  recent 


304 


Editorial. 


war  experiences  should  spur  all  medical  men  to  get  the  tread  “which 
leads  to  enterprise.” 

There  must  be  a systematic  effort  to  encourage  the  youth  of  to- 
day to  realize  the  wonderful  opportunities  in  the  study  of  medi- 
cine, and  such  vocational  selection  should  be  stimulated  in  the  boys 
and  girls  who  are  yet  in  the  high  schools  and  who  are  coming  on 
The  intelligent  preparation  for  commencing  the  study  of  medicine 
means  much  in  the  year  of  the  actual  medical  course.  The  whole 
plan  of  successful  medical  practice,  from  the  point  of  State  medi- 
cine, demands  that  these  problems  he  worked  out  and  their  results 
demonstrated. 

HAPPY  NEW  YEAR! 

There  is  every  reason  to  believe  that  1919  should  prove  a better 
year ’for  practically  everybody  than  the  last  few — if  for  no  other 
reason  than  that  the  war  is  over. 

First  and  foremost,  the  thought  that  the  slaughter,  the  atrocities, 
the  suffering,  the  privations  “over  there”  have  stopped,  must  lift 
an  awful  load  from  the  souls  of  all  who  really  think  and  feel. 

Here  we  have  a right  to  expect  that  the  absence  or  scarcity  of 
many  things  and  the  exorbitant  prices  will  gradually  diminish,  no 
matter  how  slowly.  Normal  conditions,  little  by  little,  will  be  re- 
established and,  as  far  as  we  are  concerned,  we  shall  not  have  to 
account  to.  Uncle  Sam  for  every  sheet  of  paper  we  use. 

According  to  the  law  of  chances,  we  are  not  likely  to  have  any 
outbreak  comparable  in  morbidity  or  mortality  like  that  of  influenza 
we  suffered  last  year. 

Finally,  the  boys  are  coming  home,  the  young  boys  and  the 
older  boys,  the  doctor  boys  as  well  as  the  others;  and  those  whose 
boys  do  not  come  know  they  have  not  been  called  in  vain  and  will 
await  in  peace  the  time  when  they  can  join  them  for  eternity. 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


(No  paper  published  or  to  be  published  in  any  other  medical  jounu.1  will  be  accepted 
for  this  department.  All  papers  must  be  in  the  hands  of  the  Editors  on  the  tenth  day  of 
the  month  preceding  that  in  which  they  are  expected  to  appear.  Reprints  may  be  had  at 
reasonable  rates  if  a WRITTEN*  order  for  the  same  accompany  the  paper.) 


LOCAL  ANESTHESIA  FOR  OPERATIONS  FOR  GOITER  * 

By  A.  A.  KELLER,  M.  D. 

Adjunct  Professor  of  Surgery,  Loyola  Post-Graduate  School  of  Medicine ; Visiting  Surgeon, 
Charity  Hospital,  New  Orleans. 

The  growing  fear  and  dread  of  the  general  anesthetic  and  its 
many  contra-indications,  especially  in  goiter  of  the  exophthalmic 
type  of  long  standing,  a previous  attack  of  apoplexy,  general  tuber- 
culosis, intra-thoracic  goiters  and  those  complicated  with  cardio- 
renal disease,  and  the  ease  with  which  these  cases  may  be  operated 
on  under  local,  together  with  the  growing  demand  of  the  rapidly 
learning  layman  that  local  rather  than  general  anesthesia  may  be 
used,  prompts  me  to  read  about  it  to-day. 

The  question  of  the  patient’s  mental  attitude  must  be  given 
very  careful  consideration.  Oftentimes  it  amounts  simply  to  the 
fear  of  being  hurt.  This  is  not  difficult  to  get  around,  particularly 
if  the  patient  knows  of  other  cases  that  have  been  successfully  oper- 
ated on  under  local  anesthesia.  Many  times,  however,  there  is  an 
unconquerable  dread  of  being  conscious  and  knowing  what  is  going 
on,  which  has  nothing  to  do  with  the  fear  of  pain.  When  this  exists,, 
nothing  but  a general  anesthetic  will  suffice. 

The  development  of  various  forms  of  anesthesia  has  not  kept 
pace  wnth  the  advancement  of  surgical  technic.  Generally  speak- 
ing, there  is  about  as  much  hazard  to  the  patient  from  the  adminis- 
tration of  a general  anesthetic  as  there  is  from  the  performance  of 
a major  operation  itself  in  competent  hands.  This  statement  applies 
both  to  the  immediate  and  remote  effects  of  the  anesthetic.  Medical 
men  have  been  so  engrossed  with  matters  of  surgical  technic  that 
only  too  often  the  question  of  the  anesthetic  has  been  given  scant 
consideration. 

The  secret  of  success  in  the  use  of  local  anesthesia  is  the  avoid- 
ance of  giving  pain  to  the  patient.  This  requires  a careful  and 

* Read  at  the  39th  Annual  Meeting,  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society,  New  Orlean*, 
April -16,  17,  18,  1918. 


306 


Original  Articles. 


painstaking  technic,  and  demands  time  and  patience  on  the  part  of 
the  operator  and  extreme  gentleness  in  the  handling  of  tissues,  and 
for  this  reason  will  never  become  popular  with  some  surgeons.  The 
mere  injecting  of  an  anesthetic  solution  into  the  skin  along  the  line 
of  incision  will  not  do;  nothing  but  the  complete  blocking  of  all 
the  sensory  nerves  supplying  the  region  will  suffice.  See  that  your 
patient  is  made  perfectly  comfortable  on  the  table,  as  it  is  most 
essential  that  she  be  not  restless.  Have  an  unsterile  nurse,  or 
“moral  anesthetist,”  to  sit  at  the  head  of  the  table,  screened  from 
the  operation,  to  talk  to  the  patient  and  fan  her  if  necessary.  As- 
sure the  patient  that  the  procedure  will  be  painless,  aiding,  if  neces- 
sary, with  a preliminary  dose  of  morphia.  Do  not  fail  to  tell  the 
patient  when  the  first  puncture  is  about  to  be  made,  as  this  restores 
confidence  and  makes  for  a satisfactory  mental  attitude.  As  small 
a thing  as  this  at  the  beginning  may  mean  success  or  complete 
failure  in  carrying  out  a satisfactory  procedure.  A fact  to  be  well 
borne  in  mind  is  that  the  effect  of  the  solution  is  not  immediate, 
oftentimes  requiring  twenty  to  thirty  minutes  to  permeate  all 
structures,  and  a little  time  and  gentle  pressure  over  the  area  are 
necessary  before  the  tissues  are  insensible  to  pain;  so  the  incision 
should  not  be  made  immediately  after  injecting  the  skin,  lest  an 
unanesthetized  area  be  entered  and  gives  pain,  thus  causing  through- 
out the  operation  that  fear  of  pain  which  tends  to  make  the  patient 
restless  and  distracts  the  operator  and  questions  the  dependability 
of  the  particular  analgesic  in  use. 

Anesthesia  Classification. — Infiltration  anesthesia  is  the 
production  of  freedom  from  painful  manipulation  by  saturating 
the  tissues  with  the  solution  in  the  region  to  be  operated  upon — that 
is,  anesthetizing  terminal  nerve  filaments. 

Conduction  anesthesia  means  the  interruption  of  sensation  by 
injecting  the  nerve  or  nerve  trunks  that  supply  the  area  to  be  oper- 
ated by  injecting  the  solution  into  the  nerve  substance,  its  sheath, 
or  immediately  surrounding  it.  These  two  forms  of  injecting  anes- 
thesia are  quite  different,  theoretically,  but  practically  are  similar, 
and  both  are  used  in  my  work;  especially  so  is  the  infiltration 
method. 

Very  essential  for  surgery  under  local  anesthesia  is  a thorough, 
definite  knowledge  of  the  regional  anatomy  and  nerve  supply  and  a 
knowledge  of  which  structures  require  better  infiltration.  The  skin 
needs  much  care,  the  sub-Cuticular  and  fat  little,  muscle  a medium 


Keller — Local  Anesthesia  for  Operations  for  Goiter,  307 

amount.  This  knowledge  is  hardly  less  important  than  gentleness 
and  respect  for  tissues. 

Going  back  to  your  anatomy,  you  will  recall  that  all  the  nerves 
supplying  the  front  and  side  of  the  lower  part  of  the  neck  arise 
from  the  cervical  plexus  and  emerge  from  the  posterior  border  of 
the  sternomastoid  muscle  at  its  midpoint,  and  for  an  inch  and  a half 
downward,  the  transverse  cervical  and  the  inner,  middle  and  outer 
supra-clavicular  nerves. 

Braun  blocks  the  posterior  border  of  the  muscle  by  deep,  mas- 
sive injections,  then  with  a long,  fine  needle  subcutaneous  injections 
are  made,  blocking  out  a rhomboid  figure,  completely  surrounding 
the  area  occupied  by  the  goiter. 

The  assistant  should  see  that  the  tray  is  well  supplied  with 
syringes  that  will  work,  a number  of  large  and  fine  needles  that  are 
not  worn  from  rust  or  dulled  from  overuse,  knives  that  are  sharp. 
These  are  absolutely  essential,  for,  if  tension  or  pressure  is  made 
in  the  use  of  improper  instruments,  pain  is  produced,  and  there  is 
nothing  so  disturbing  to  the  surgeon  and  patient  as  to  be  handi- 
cappped  by  the  use  of  faulty  instruments. 

Anesthetic. — Novocain,  which  is  easily  sterilized,  is  the  ideal, 
effectual  non-toxic  drug  used  in  my  local  anesthesia  operations. 
Some  surgeons  have  used  as  much  as  fifteen  grains  at  a time,  with 
no  untoward  results,  though  it  is  rarely  necessary  to  use  more  than 
three  or  four  ounces  of  a one-fourth  or  one-half  per  cent  solution. 
It  does  not  inhibit  healing,  nor  does  it  make  the  area  more  sus- 
ceptible to  infection. 

A more  recent  local  anesthetic,  apothesine,  introduced  experi- 
mentally in  1916,  used  in  same  strength  as  novocain,  made  popular 
by  the  scarcity  of  novocain  brought  about  by  the  war,  very  much 
inferior  to  novocain,  is  being  used  by  a great  many  surgeons  to- 
day. I have  used  it  successfully  doing  other  major  operations*  and 
expect  to  use  it  in  goiter  surgery. 

It  is  not  a wise  plan  to  combine  adrenalin  with  your  local  in 
doing  thyroidectomies,  for  the  field  of  operation  is  so  greatly  sup- 
plied with  arterioles  and  capillaries  that  danger  of  post-operative 
hematoma  is  very  great — a very  unpleasant  and  distressing  and 
unwelcome  interference  to  the  comfort  of  the  patient  and  cosmetic 
effect  of  the  operation — and  a careful  surgeon  will  never  “close  up” 
a thyroid  field  until  he  is  absolutely  certain  every  little  bleeder  has 
been  clamped  and  tied. 


308 


Original  Articles. 


Wolfer  is  credited  with  the  earliest  ligation  of  vessels  for  the 
relief  of  thyrotoxicosis,  and  those  on  whom  the  earliest  symptoms 
are  noticed,  possibly  before  the  eye  symptoms  are  present,  the 
ligation  of  vessels  will  undoubtedly  arrest  the  disease.  For  bipolar, 
and  vessel  ligation  particularly,  is  local  anesthesia  indicated, 
especially  so  in  the  large  group  of  severe  cases  of  hyperthyroidism 
with  the  secondary  symptoms  of  dilated  heart,  fatty  liver,  soft 
spleen,  diseased  kidneys,  ligation  is  of  practical  value,  and  local 
should  be  the  anesthesia,  for  in  these  cases  general  anesthesia  is 
exceedingly  dangerous,  the  operation  is  one  of  very  short  duration 
and  the  shock  following  general  anesthesia  very  much  worse  than 
the  shock  following  the  operation  itself.  This  is  a very  simple 
undertaking  under  local,  the  thorough  anesthesia  of  skin  at  a point 
over  upper  pole,  anesthesia  of  fat  and  platysma,  waiting  with  gentle 
pressure  over  anesthetized  area  for  a few  moments,  a small  incision 
down  to  muscle,  massive  infiltration  of  gland,  exposure  of  upper 
pole,  with  isolation  of  superior  thyroid  artery,  and  ligation. 

Technic.— Partial  Lobectomy  and  Thyroidectomy : The  Kocher 
or  transverse  collar  incision  is  the  one  of  choice,  for  its  many  ad- 
vantages, especially  in  women,  where  the  glandular  disturbance  is 
so  frequent,  it  permitting  free  exposure  of  the  gland,  drainage  at 
the  lowest  possible  point,  and  is  easily  hidden  by  a low  collar  or 
string  of  beads  or  LaValliere,  and  leaves  no  deformity  to  annoy 
her  later  on.  We  thoroughly  anesthetize  the  skin  along  the  line 
of  incision,  followed  by  the  sub-cuticular  and  fat,  then  muscle  in- 
filtration anesthesia.  The  skin  flap,  down  to  muscle,  is  dissected 
upwards  to  a point  level  to  the  upper  pole;  all  superficial  bleeding 
vessels  are  clamped  and  tied.  The  sterno-mastoid  muscles  on  each 
side  are  infiltrated  with  several  massive  injections  of  anesthesia  to 
block  the  nerve  supply,  the  2-3-4  of  the  cervical  plexus  emerging 
from  the  posterior  border.  The  sterno-mastoid  on  either  side  is 
dissected  from  the  underlying  tissues  and  retracted.  During  this 
stage  the  sterno-mastoid  branches  of  the  superior  thyroid  arteries, 
which  are  often  of  considerable  size,  will  be  ligated  and  divided. 
The  anterior  jugular  veins  are  now  seen,  as  they  lie  in  the  space  of 
Burns,  which,  in  a normal  patient,  are  so  small  that  they  can  hardly 
be  discovered,  are  larger  in  these  cases  than  the  external  jugular 
in  a normal  patient,  are  dissected  free  and  divided  between  liga- 
tures, and  in  this  way  we  ^undoubtedly  dispose  of  one  of  the  sources 
of  trouble  in  these  cases,  because  it  seems  likely  that  the  venous 


Keller — Local  Anesthesia  for  Operations  for  Goiter.  309 

stasis  which  is  accomplished  in  the  presence  of  these  larger  veins 
has  something  to  do  with  the  hyperthyroidism.  The  pretracheal 
muscles,  sterno-hyoid,  sterno-thyroid,  omo-hyoid,  often  covered 
by  layer  of  platysma,  are  well  infiltrated  and  divided  in  median 
line  as  they  cross  the  isthmus  of  the  thyroid,  and  are  carefully  dis- 
sected laterally.  It  is  at  this  stage  that  the  dissection  must  be  care- 
fully carried  out,  for  the  muscles  lie  adjacent  to  the  thin-walled 
superficial  veins  of  the  gland,  which  are  very  easily  punctured  and 
bleed  profusely. 

As  a rule,  it  is  necessary  to  divide  the  anterior  muscle  in  only 
10  per  cent  of  thyroidectomies.  It  is  when  these  muscles  are  un- 
usually tense  and  the  gland  unusually  large  and  cannot  be  deliv- 
ered through  the  retracted  edges,  that  we  resort  to  section.  When 
necessary,  apply  two  large  clamps  2 c.  m.  apart  and  cut  between 
them.  In  this  way  the  edges  can  be  more  easily  sutured  together 
after  the  gland  is  removed.  The  gland,  now  well  exposed,  is  well 
infiltrated.  Enucleation  of  gland,  by  elevating  with  index  finger, 
left  hand,  and  application  of  large  curved  clamps  into  capsule  at 
base  of  gland,  follows,  care  being  exercised  to  grasp  the  superior 
and  inferior  thyroid  arteries  in  your  clamps,  never  cutting,  unless 
it  be  between  two  clamps.  The  thyroid,  very  often  adherent  to 
trachea,  is  cut  away  from  the  trachea,  having  a number  of  clamps 
to  stop  bleeding  points.  After  tying  off  all  bleeding  points  and 
clamped  vessels  with  plain  catgut,  carefully  inspect  the  field,  suture 
the  severed  anterior  muscles  with  plain  catgut,  a drain  of  about 
ten  twisted  strands  of  silkworm-gut  put  in  at  lowest  point  of 
medium  line,  fascia  and  fat  of  skin  flap  sutured  with  five  or  six 
tension  catgut,  interrupted  sutures,  and  skin  closed  with  fine  plain 
No.  0 catgut  sub-cuticular.  The  patient  should  be  removed  to  his 
room  with  very  little,  if  any,  shock.  None  of  the  alarming,  dis- 
tressing after-effects  of  a general  anesthetic ; non-stimulating  liquids 
freely.  Drain  removed  in  twenty-four  hours;  sitting  up  on  third 
day,  and  usually  leaves  the  hospital  on  the  fifth  day. 

Summary. — 1.  Eemember  that  you  are  operating  on  a live 
patient. 

2.  The  patient’s  life  is  not  endangered  by  dosage  sufficient  to 
induce  local  anesthesia. 

3.  You  should  have  a definite  knowledge  of  the  regional  anatomy 
and  nerve  supply,  and  a knowdedge  of  which  structures  require  in- 
filtration. 


310 


Original  Articles. 


4.  The  general  comfort  of  the  patient  after  operation  is  much 
improved,  because  of  lessened  trauma  to  tissues. 

5.  It  is  absolutely  essential  that  you  have  needles  and  syringes 
that  will  work,  together  with  sharp  instruments,  for  a dull  knife 
or  scissors  tends  to  chew  the  tissues. 

6.  Keep  your  promise  to  your  patient,  for,  if  your  first  incision 
is  painful,  the  effect  on  the  patient  is  so  demoralizing  he  is  forever 
in  fear  of  pain. 

7.  Convalescence  is  not  complicated  by  the  anesthetic,  and  is 
thereby  shortened. 

Case  Reports. 

Reviewing  the  statistics  of  goiter  surgery  of  the  New  Orleans 
Charity  Hospital  for  the  past  five  years,  during  which  period  of 
time  it  has  been  my  good  fortune  to  be  on  the  staff  of  our  chairman 
on  section  surgery,  and  to  whose  kindness  I am  indebted  for  the 
use  of  the  material,  there  was  a total  of  149  operations  for  goiter. 
Of  this  number,  104  were  performed  under  general  ’ and  45  under 
local  anesthesia.  Of  these  45  operations  under  local  anesthesia,  11 
were  vessel  ligations,  2 bipolar  ligations,  4 lobectomies,  4 complete 
thyroidectomies  for  exophthalmus,  and  24  complete  thyroidectomies 
for  the  simple  cystic  colloid  goiter.  A few  vessel  ligations  were 
done  under  Schleich  solution,  two  complete  thyroidectomies  for 
cystic  goiter  performed  with  apothesine,  and  the  remaining  number 
operated  on  with  novocain. 

Discussion  on  the  Paper  of  Dr.  Keller. 

Dr.  Isidore  Cohn,  New  Orleans:  I have  listened  with  a great  deal- of 
pleasure  to  Dr.  Keller’s  paper,  and  there  are  two  or  three  points  in  it 
that  appeal  to  me.  The  secret  of  success,  I believe,  depended  largely  on 
preventing  pain.  Personally,  I believe  it  depends  largely  on  the  con- 
fidence that  the  patient  has  in  the  operating  surgeon  primarily,  or  he 
would  not  let  him  operate  without  a general  anesthetic.  Having  estab- 
lished the  confidence  of  the  patient  in  you,  it  makes  the  operation  easier; 
but  if  you  inspire  the  patient  with  the  idea  that  you  are  going  to  hurt 
him  a little,  you  will  inject  more  of  the  local  anesthetic.  A point  which 
is  very  often  lost  sight  of  in  using  the  hypodermic  syringe  for  local 
anesthesia  is  that  we  forget  the  key  to  success  is  intradermal  injections, 
and  not  hypodermal.  The  sensory  terminal  filaments  of  the  nerves  are 
in  the  layers  of  the  skin,  and  not  under  it.  If  you  make  injections  in  the 
skin,  you  can  make  your  preliminary  incision  without  trouble. 

The  essayist  spoke  of  using  apothesine,  and  said  it  is  inferior  to 
novocain.  I used  to  hold  to  the  use  of  novocain  until  the  Germans  beat 
us  out  of  it  and  we  can  get  no  more,  but  I am  grateful  that  I have  been 


Keller — Local  Anesthesia  for  Operations  for  Goiter.  311 

using  apothesine  in  the  out-patient  department  of  the  Touro  Infirmary 
for  a year  and  a half.  Over  there  we  are  doing  almost  every  kind  of 
operation  with  apothesine.  In  the  ward  service  we  have  done  hernias, 
removed  fibroids,  operated  on  carbuncles,  removed  lipomas,  and  almost 
anything  else  which  comes  within  the  field  of  local  anesthesia,  with  one- 
half  of  1 per  cent  apothesine,  with  no  more  discomfort  to  the  patient 
than  we  have  had  from  cocain,  stovain,  novocain  or  any  of  the  balance  of 
them.  It  possesses  the  distinct  advantage  that  it  can  be  sterilized  easily 
by  boiling  and  can  be  used.  I have  not  yet  found  out  how  much  it  takes 
to  poison  a patient.  It  does  not  have  the  effect  that  stovain  has,  of  pro- 
ducing a certain  amount  of  sloughing  of  tissue.  For  our  work,  apothesine 
has  been  a great  thing. 

As  to  the  question  of  bad  cases  in  which  the  essayist  thought  that 
local  anesthesia  was  particularly  indicated,  I will  say  that  it . was  my 
good  fortune  three  years  ago  to  go  through  the  wards  of  the  Lakeside 
Hospital,  Cleveland,  with  Dr.  Crile  on  his  morning  rounds,  and  see  him 
do  ligation  in  these  cases,  so-called  stealing,  and  he  uses  nitrous  oxid 
gas  combined  with  local  anesthesia  to  overcome  the  psychic  side.  In 
these  patients  the  slightest  amount  of  excitement  may  increase  the  toxic 
effect. 

Another  point  is  the  method  of  carrying  out  the  process  of  local  anes- 
thesia in  the  thyroid.  Instead  of  massive  infiltration,  in  the  few  eases 
we  have  had,  we  have  made  a low  intradermal  injection  and  blocked  out 
the  nerves  from  the  tip  of  the  mastoid  process  in  a backward  direction 
along  the  posterior  border  of  the  trapezius  down  to  the  level  of  the 
acromio-clavicular  articulation.  In  that  way  we  have  not  been  bothered 
with  boggy  tissues,  with  infiltration  in  front,  and  we  have  had  no  trouble 
with  our  results. 

The  last  point  I wish  to  make  is  in  regard  to  the  particular  vessel  to 
be  ligated.  I would  like  to  call  your  attention  to  the  point  of  how  to 
get  at  the  inferior  * thyroid  without  danger  of  injuring  the  recurrent 
laryngeal  nerve.  We  all  know  that  if  we  go  between  the  sterno-hyoid 
muscle  and  thyroid  to  get  at  the  inferior  thyroid,  the  recurrent  laryngeal 
nerve  lies  in  that  particular  fascial  plane.  If  we  go  between  the  sterno* 
hyoid  and  sterno-thyroid,  we  have  the  fascial  plane  separated  from  the 
recurrrent  laryngeal  nerve,  and  there  is  less  danger  of  injurting  that  par- 
ticular nerve. 

Dr.  E.  Denegre  Martin,  New  Orleans:  I want  to  corroborate  what 

Dr.  Oohn  has  said  with  reference  to  novocain  and  apothesine  for  local 
anesthesia.  We  have  been  using  apothesine  very  freely  for  over  a year, 
so  much  so  that  we  are  using  it  for  everything,  and  I have  been  unable 
to  see  any  difference  between  it  and  novocain.  Apothesine  is  non-toxic, 
regardless  of  the  amount  you  use.  If  anything,  it  probably  takes  a little 
longer  to  produce  the  anesthetic  effect.  So  far.  as  I am  concerned,  I don ’t 
care  whether  I get  any  novocain  again  as  long  as  I can  have  apothesine. 

The  doctor  called  attention  to  the  importance  of  blocking  the  nerves; 
as  soon  as  we  do  that,  local  anesthesia  will  beeome  more  popular. 

Dr.  J.  M.  Batchelor,  New  Orleans:  I have  had  a partial  weakuess  for 

novocain,  but  from  the  little  experience  I have  had  with  apothesine,  if 
we  delay  operation  somewhat,  we  will  get  good  anesthesia. 

I am  very  much  pleased  with  Dr.  Keller’s  paper  on  local  anesthesia 
as  applied  to  operations  for  goiter,  because  we  know  the  chief  dauger  of 
operating  on  cases  of  goiter,  particularly  in  advanced  cases,  is  shock  and 
thyrotoxicosis  immediately  following  operation.  It  is  to  be  presumed 


312 


Original  Articles. 


that  blocking  of  the  afferent  impulse  will  prevent  shock.  That  has  been 
my  experience  in  surgery  of  the  thyroid  under  local  anesthesia.  For  two 
years  I have  done  no  operation  on  the  thyroid  under  a general  anesthetic. 
T find  local  anesthesia,  even  without  gas,  to  answer  every  purpose,  and 
^to  be  preferable. 

Dr.  A.  Keller,  New  Orleans  (closing) : In  some  cases  you  may  be 

called  back  to  open  up  your  wound  on  account  of  a hematoma,  and  this 
;is  annoying  to  the  patient.  It  makes  the  effects  of  the  operation  un- 
pleasant, and  in  such  cases  I find  adrenalin  is  an  admirable  agent  to  use 
in  connection  with  local  anesthesia  in  very  many  operations,  although  I 
-would  not  advise  it  in  thyroid  work. 


EPIDEMIC  MENINGITIS— WITH  SPECIAL  REFERENCE  TO 
TYPES  OF  MENINGOCOCCI  AND  THE  TRANS- 
MISSION OF  THE  DISEASE.* 

By  CHARLES  W.  DUVAL,  M.  D.,  New  Orleans. 

The  epidemic  form  of  cerebrospinal  meningitis  is  universally 
recognized  as  due  to  the  microorganism  known  as  the  meningo- 
coccus of  Weichelbaum.  Moreover,  extensive  observations  upon  the 
disease  have  demonstrated  that  in  whatever  country  it  occurs  the 
lesion  is  uniformly  associated  with  the  same  exciting  agent.  While 
we  have  a variety  of  microbic  excitants  of  meningitis,  none  but  the 
meningococcus  gives  rise  to  the  epidemic  form. 

We  owe  the  discovery  of  the  etiology  to  the  Italian  investigator, 
Celli,  who  in  1884  first  observed  the  coccus  in  the  meningeal  ex- 
udate-from  fatal  cases  of  the  disease.  However,  not  until  1887  was 
the  coccus  positively  identified  by  W eichelbaum  as  the  sole  causal 
agent  of  this  horrible  malady  to  mankind. 

Epidemic  meningitis,  or  spotted  fever,  as  the  disease  is  sometimes 
called,  has  prevailed  in  our  country  sporadically  and  in  epidemics 
since  1905.  Furthermore,  it  may  be  said  the  disease  is  pandemic 
over  the  world,  having  in  the  past  three  years  appeared  in  prac- 
tically every  European  country.  Undoubtedly  the  war  is  in  a large 
part  responsible  for  its  spread  and  present-day  universal  distribu- 
tion. 

The  disease  is  an  old  foe  of  the  armed  camp,  having  ravaged  the 
armies  from  the  earliest  times  we  have  any  record  of,  and  exacting 
a frightful  toll.  It  soon  made  its  appearance  in  the  present  Euro- 
pean armies,  and  has  already  attacked  our  own  in  the  various  can- 
tonments throughout  the  country. 

* Read  at  the  39th  Annual  Meeting,  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society,  New  Orleans, 
April  16,  17,  18,  1918. 


Duval — Epidemic  M eningitis. 


313 


As  the  disease  is  prone  to  spread  from  the  armed  camp  to  the 
civilian  population,  and  particularly  to  our  cities,  I have  thought 
it  appropriate  at  this  time  to  present  the  essential  facts  of  our 
present  knowledge  of  epidemic  meningitis  to  the  attention  of  the 
Louisiana  State  Medical  Society,  who,  after  all,  are  responsible  for 
the  health  of  our  community.  An  intimate  knowledge  of  the  specific 
organism^  its  mode  of  transmission,  detection,  prevention  and  cure 
should  be  an  essential  part  of  the  cerebral  armamentarium  of  every 
physician  if  we  are  to  control  this  parasitic  menace  to  human  life. 

The  meningococcus  is  unknown  in  nature  outside  the  human  host. 
It  is  spread  directly  and  solely  by  one  individual  to  another,  and 
such  persons  have  come  to  be  known  as  carriers.  These  carriers, 
while  harboring  the  meningococcus  in  their  nasopharynx,  are  un- 
aware of  any  danger  they  may  be  to  themselves  or  to  others  with 
whom  they  come  in  contact.  Thus,  through  the  medium  of  the 
healthy  human  carrier,  the  meningococcus  is  disseminated,  kept 
alive  and  propagated.  The  persistence  in  a locality  of  epidemic 
meningitis  is  due,  not  to  active  cases  of  the  disease,  but  to  the  pres- 
ence of  the  healthy  human  carriers  who  reside  in  the  community, 
intermingling  and  moving  about  freely  from  place  to  place. 

The  meningococcus  is  harbored  and  propagated  by  some  carriers 
for  weeks,  others  for  months,  and  still  others  for  }rears,  which  fully 
explains  the  vicious  circle  that  is  established,  since  each  carrier  and 
each  case  of  meningitis  becomes  potentially  able  to  disseminate  the 
meningococcus.  To  break  up  the  circle,  the  carrier,  above  all,  must 
be  detected  and  isolated.  Prior  to  the  announcement  of  the  English 
investigators,  that  the  human  carrier  was  the  sole  means  of  spread 
of  the  disease,  we  were  at  a loss  to  understand  the  sudden  appear- 
ance of  sporadic  cases  in  a community  heretofore  free,  or  new  cases 
in  the  same  community,  but  having  no  connection  with  one  another. 
Our  recently-acquired  knowledge  of  the  mode  of  transmission  makes 
this  now  quite  clear. 

The  meningococcus  always  enters  and  leaves  the  host  by  way  of 
the  secretions  from  the  nasopharynx.  It  is  now  established  that 
the  coccus,  after  a sojourn  for  a longer  or  shorter  period  upon  the 
mucous  membrane,  passes  directly  back  to  the  meninges  via  the 
lymphatics,  or  indirectly  through  the  blood.  Formerly  it  was 
thought  the  infective  agent  did  not  travel  to  the  meninges  by  way 
of  the  circulation  and  that  the  septicemia  and  other  extra-meningeal 
lesions  seen  in  cases  of  epidemic  meningitis  were  the  expression  of 


314’ 


Original  Articles. 


metastasis.  Eecent  work  shows  that  it  is  not  at  all  unusual  to  have 
a.  primary  blood  infection,  and  in  some  instances  to  have  menin- 
gococcal infection  without  involvement.  This  knowledge  is  of  great 
importance  to  us  from  the  standpoint  of  serum  treatment.  For 
this  reason  it  is  advised,  and  should  be  made  a routine  practice,  to 
administer  the  antitoxin  intravenously  as  well  as  intra-spinally  in 
all  cases.  Whether  the  meningococcus  invades  primarily  the 
meninges  or  the  circulation,  there  is  every  reason  to  believe  that  it 
sojourns  for  considerable  time  in  the  nasopharyngeal  secretion 
prior  to  entering  the  body.  On  the  mucous  membrane  it  would 
seem  to  lead  a truly  saprophytic  existence,  since  here  it  multiplies 
freely  without  exciting  any  response  on  the  part  of  the  host.  At 
least,  there  is  no  evidence  of  a local  inflammatory  reaction  at  the 
multiplying  site,  or  the  development  of  antibodies  detectable  in  the 
host  serum.  Further  proof  of  a saprophytic  existence  for  the  menin- 
gococcus lies  in  the  fact  that  carriers  remain  unaffected  by  specific 
serum  and  vaccin-therapy,  the  coccus  being,  as  it  were,  on  the  out- 
side and  independent  of  the  perspective  host.  The  length  of  time 
the  coccus  remains  and  multiplies  upon  the  nasal  mucous  membrane 
may  be  brief  or  long,  which  is  tantamount  to  saying  that  every 
meningococcal  infection  is  preceded  by  the  “carrier”  state.  Since 
every  case  of  meningitis  develops  out  of  a carrier,  and  we  believe 
that  few  carriers  ever  contract  the  disease,  how  are  the  two  state- 
ments reconciled? 

The  case  that  is  to  develop  the  infection  undoubtedly  has  had  a 
pre-meningitic  stage  of  short  duration  in  which  the  organism  mul- 
tiplies upon  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  nasopharynx,  and  during 
this  brief  period  the  case  is  in  reality  a “transient”  carrier.  On 
the  other  hand,  if  infection  is  not  established  early  in  the  case  of 
this  type  of  carrier,  the  individual  becomes  what  is  termed  a true 
or  “chronic”  carrier,  and  one  who  rarely  becomes  infected.  Why 
the  chronic  carrier  is  refractory  cannot  be  explained  on  the  basis 
of  there  having  been  acquired  an  immunity  during  the  carrier  stage, 
for,  in  the  absence  of  serological  proof,  it  is  demonstrated  to  the 
contrary.  We  can  onty  assume  that  the  human  species  is,  after  all, 
not  highly  susceptible  to  meningococcal  invasion.  In  support  of 
this,  we  have  the  fact  that  true,  healthy  carriers  rarerly  contract  the 
disease,  and  that  they  outnumber  thirty  to  one  the  cases  of  meningitis 
developing  in  any  area.  It  must  be  borne  in  mind,  however,  that 
the  carrier  is  a danger  to  a wide  and  indefinite  number'  of  sus- 


Duval — Epidemic  Meningitis. 


315 


eeptible  persons ; and  furthermore,  because  of  his  healthy  state,  he 
is  always  an  unsuspected  menace  in  the  community. 

Whether  it  is  a true  or  transient  carrier  of  the  meningococcus, 
the  mechanism  of  dissemination  is  the  same,  and  consist  in  the 
ejection  of  the  nasal  secretion'  into  the  outside  world.  Coughing, 
sneezing,  hawking  and  spitting  are  the  means  through  which  the 
infectious  material  is  transferred  to  others  who,  if  near,  inhale  the 
finely  suspended  germ-laden  particles  of  secretion. 

The  cycle  of  events  which  leads  to  meningococcal  infection  is 
now  perfectly  clear.  The  carrier,  mingling  with  persons,  creates  the 
infection  in  a number  of  those  susceptible,  and  increases  the  number 
of  carriers  in  those  more  resistant.  Expressed  otherwise,  the  car- 
rier introduced  into  a group  of  persons  causes  a variable  number  of 
these  to  become  infected  through  inhaling  his  nasal  pharyngeal 
secretion,  and  a larger  number  to  be  converted  into  transient  and 
chronic  carriers  of  the  meningococcus.  Hence,  the  number  of  car- 
riers produced  always  exceeds  the  cases  of  infection  which  develop. 

It  would  seem  that  when  the  cerebrospinal  fever  breaks  out  in  a 
community  previously  free  from  the  disease  the  bacteriologist,  by 
following  up  the  clue  afforded  by  the  type  of  coccus  present  in 
those  first  ill,  can,  by  examining  the  “contacts,”  and  also  those  who 
are  carriers  of  this  type,  identify  a large  proportion  of  the  carriers 
of  the  particular  coccus  operating.  On  the  other  hand,  in  com- 
munities where  epidemic  meningitis  has  been  prevalent  for  some 
time  and  the  carrier  rate  is  relatively  high,  it  would  be  well  to 
ascertain  the  community  carrier  rate  as  well  as  the  type  rate  of  the 
local  population.  In  this  way  the  physician  will  be  in  a position 
to  form  an  opinion  of  the  prospect  of  checking  the  spread  of  the 
disease  by  isolating  the  carriers  of  the  type  or  types  locally  active. 

With  regard  to  types  or  varieties  of  the  meningococcus,  it  is  now 
definitely  established  there  are  at  least  four,  and  possibly  others 
which  have  not  as  yet  been  recognized.  Most  interesting  in  this 
•connection  is  that  all  types  thus  far  identified  are  capable  of  giving 
rise  to  epidemic  meningitis  of  equal  intensity  and  degree  of  severity 
•of  the  lesion.  Of  more  interest  still  is  the  knowledge  we  now  pos- 
sess that  these  meningococcal  types  are  serologically  not  related. 
The  English  workers  have  given  us  abundant  proof  that  these  here- 
tofore regarded  “variants”  of  one  species  are  not  the  case,  but  that 
they  represent  separate  and  distinct  species.  Therefore  it  is  mis- 
leading to  speak  of  types  or  variants,  for  in  reality  they  are  different 


316 


Original  Articles. 


microorganisms,  from  the  standpoint  of  serum-therapy,  this  knowl- 
edge is  of  the  greatest  importance,  since  specific  curative  measures 
depend  in  no  small  degree  upon  the  recognition  of  the  type-species 
of  infection. 

Prior  to  our  knowledge  of  distinct  serological  differences  for  the 
meningococcus  we  were  at  a loss  to  explain  the  failure  with  serum 
in  the  treatment  of  cases  in  one  locality  and  the  good  results 
obtained  with  the  same  serum  in  cases  of  another  locality.  These 
inexplicable  discrepancies  with  antitoxin  are  now  quite  readily 
understood  and  explained  in  the  light  of  our  recent  discovery  of 
distinct  species  for  the  meningococcus.  The  antitoxin  produced 
by  any  one  of  the  so-called  types  is  only  of  value  in  the  treatment 
of  the  infection  caused  by  that  particular  meningococcus. 

What  was  formerly  thought  to  be  a polyvalent  serum,  because 
produced  with  a number  of  meningococcal  cultures  that  had  been 
isolated  from  widely  different  sources,  has  in  most  instances  turned 
out  to  be  nothing  more  than  monovalent  serum,  because  all  the 
cultures  used  were  discovered  later  to  be  the  same  type.  While 
much  of  the  serum  on  the  open  market  is  in  this  category,  I believe 
that  every  effort  is  being  made  by  all  producers  of  commercial  anti- 
toxin to  correct  the  unintentional  mistake. 

From  what  has  been  said  of  meningococci,  you  will  agree  with  me 
that  it  is  essential,  in  the  treatment  of  cerebrospinal  fever,  to  first 
determine  in  each  case  the  type  of  infecting  organism.  This  is 
readily  accomplished,  and  in  a remarkably  short  period  of  time,  by 
any  one  skilled  in  bacteriological  methods.  Having  determined 
the  type,  give  preferably  the  monovalent  or  homologous  serum,  both 
intraspinally  and  intravenously.  Far  better  results  are  obtained 
where  the  serum  is  administered  into  the  two  systems  simul- 
taneously. 

In  conclusion,  let  me  say  just  a word  relative  to  the  mode  of 
transmission  of  the  disease.  The  healthy  carrier  is  the  chief,  if  not 
the  sole,  vehicle  of  cerebrospinal  fever.  Therefore,  the  carrier  must 
be  detected  and  isolated  until  free  from  the  coccus,  which  he  harbors 
and  propagates  in  the  nasal  and  pharyngeal  secretions.  At  present, 
regretable  as  it  is  true,  there  is  no  suitable  method  of  rapidly  free- 
ing such  a carrier  of  his  meningococcus,  and  until  such  is  discov- 
ered we  cannot  adequately  limit  the  spread  of  the  disease. 

Discussion'  on  the  Paper  of  Dr.  Duval. 

Dr.  George  S.  Bel,  New  Orleans:  In  listening  to  Dr.  DnvaFs  paper, 


Duval — Epidemic  Meningitis. 


317 


which  is  probably  one  of  the  most  scientific  we  have  had  presented  be- 
fore the  Association,  it  brought  out  some  very  important  facts  and  new 
facts  about  meningitis,  and  he  shows  that  we  need  not  worry  about  the 
transmission  of  the  disease  except  from  the  human  being  or  the  human 
host.  The  danger  from  meningitis,  as  Prof.  Duval  brought  out  just  now, 
is  not  so  much  from  an  individual  who  is  suffering  from  an  acute  attack 
himself,  because  he  is  isolated — he  is  already  suspected,  and  therefore  all 
necessary  precautions  are  taken — as  it  is  when  such  an  individual  be- 
comes convalescent  and  moves  around;  then  he  is  somewhat  of  a menace 
to  others.  Of  course,  we  realize  that  an  individual  who  is  suffering  from 
an  acute  meningitis  will  be  somewhat  of  a menace  to  the  attending 
physician  or  nurse  or  nurses.  It  is  the  chronic  carrier,  because  of  his 
peripatetic  movements,  constantly  moving  from  place  to  place — the  in- 
dividual who  has  meningitis  organisms  in  his  nasopharyngeal  spaces, 
coming  from  an  unsuspected  locality,  of  a cantonment,  for  instance, 
where  there  are  congregated  young,  strong  individuals,  who  are  sus- 
ceptible at  that  age  to  the  disease,  more  so  than  at  any  other  time,  who 
becomes  an  entire  menace  to  others.  No  one  suspects  that  this  particular 
individual  is  carrying  the  meningococcus,  of  whatever  species  he  may  be, 
or  whichever  term  Dr.  Duval  sees  fit  to  use.  It  is  such  individuals  that 
give  us  all  our  trouble.  Unquestionably  we  find  cases  of  meningitis 
breaking  out  here  and  there,  and,  where  there  have  not  been  any  cases 
in  the  community,  there  it  is  we  have  this  etiological  factor  in  the  pro- 
duction of  this  most  deplorable  disease,  namely,  cerebrospinal  meningitis. 
It  has  occurred  to  me,  and  I presume  it  has  to  others,  that  the  govern- 
ment authorities  and  other  authorities  should  advocate  vaccination 
against  cerebrospinal  meningitis  in  cantonments  and  other  places,  just  as 
they  do  against  typhoid  fever.  I would  like  to  ask  Dr.  Duval  if  that 
would  be  reasonable,  and  what  his  idea  is  about  prevention  in  the  form 
of  vaccination? 

We  all  know,  and  Dr.  Duval  made  that  plain  to  me  to-night,  that  we 
have,  in  the  large  majority  of  cases  of  cerebrospinal  meningitis,  bac- 
teriemia,  and  I believe  the  proportion  is  about  70  per  cent.  If  the 
organisms  are  in  the  free  circulation  as  well  as  spinal  fluid  and  naso- 
pharynx, the  idea  of  administering  antitoxin  directly  or  simultaneously 
into  the  veins  while  we  are  administering  it  in  the  spinal  canal,  seems 
scientific  to  me,  and  I believe  Dr.  Duval  hit  the  nail  on  the  head  when 
he  advised  that  method  of  administration.  If  bacteriology  is  a science, 
and  we  all  know  to-day  it  is  one  of  the  most  important  sciences  in 
medicine,  and  it  touches  the  individual  who  is  suffering  from  a bac- 
teriemia  or  a septicemia,  and  the  organisms  are  in  the  free  circulation, 
why  not  meet  it  in  that  way  directly  as  well  as  by  the  former  method, 
through  intraspinal  injections  only?  While  it  is  also  best  to  administer 
a specific  serum  for  a specific  organism,  if  you  can  isolate  the  specific 
microorganism,  and  we  have  an  antitoxin  for  it,  monovalent  is  unques- 
tionably the  only  type  of  administration.  But  if  we  are  in  a position 
where  we  cannot  have  a scientific  bacteriological  examination  made  by 
an  individual  who  is  competent  in  that  line,  or  we  have  not  the  ap- 
paratus and  so  on,  I would  advocate  the  administration  of  a polyvalent 
serum  now  made  from  the  organisms  that  have  been  described  to-night. 
I think  Dr.  Flexner  has  a serum  made  of  those  various  microorganisms 
which  Prof.  Duval  spoke  of,  and,  if  that  is  the  case,  why  not  administer 
a hyperserum  when  we  cannot  determine  for  want  of  proper  knowledge 
the  particular  organism  or  cannot  secure  the  services  of  a bacteriologist? 


318 


Original  Articles. 


What  I am  driving  at  is  this:  if  we  are  practicing  in  some  remote  place 
where  it  is  impossible  to  have  the  help  of  a bacteriologist,  why  not  ad- 
minister a polyvalent  serum  made  from  the  Flexner  type?  The  un- 
fortunate condition  has  been,  so  far  as  my  experience  goes  in  the  treat- 
ment of  cerebrospinal  meningitis,  that  we  do  not  know  the  various  or- 
ganisms concerned  as  etiological  factors  in  the  production  of  the  disease, 
and  we  have  all  too  frequently  administered  an  antitoxin  in  a given 
case,  not  knowing  how  it  was  going  to  act.  It  is  a well-known  fact  that 
the  antitoxins  we  have  been  using  have  been  woefully  deficient  in  anti- 
toxin; therefore,  antitoxin  for  cerebrospinal  meningitis  cases  has  not 
been  effective  in  very  many  instances.  Heretofore  we  have  been  giving 
serum  that  was  lacking  in  antitoxin.  I would  like  to  ask  Dr.  Duval  if 
that  has  not  been  his  experience  or  the  experience  of  the  government, 
with  which  he  is  connected,  and  the  Rockefeller  Institute,  and  tell  us 
what  they  are  doing  with  that  method  of  treatment? 

I would  also  like  to  ask  Dr.  Duval  how  soon  can  we  recognize  the 
various  strains  of  organisms? 

I should  judge,  from  my  knowledge  of  the  subject,  that  we  would  do 
as  we  do  in  pneumonia — test  out  the  organism — and  I would  like  Dr. 
Duval  to  kindly  tell  me  how  soon  it  can  be  done.  A great  deal  will  de- 
pend upon  that. 

Finally,  I wish  to  say  that  this  has  been  one  of  the  most  instructive 
papers  I have  heard  at  this  session  of  the  Society.  I have  been  highly 
edified  by  it.  The  paper  is  eminently  scientific  and  will  be  of  great 
benefit  to  us  all,  both  individually  and  collectively,  and  I want  to  thank 
Dr.  Duval  personally  for  presenting  it. 

Dr.  Frank  R.  Gomila,  New  Orleans:  The  question  of  carriers  in  the 

City  of  New  Orleans  has  certainly  been  one  in  which  we  have  been  vitally 
interested,  as  we  have  had  in  the  cantonments  and  surrounding*  sections 
sixteen  cases,  and  in  several  places  in  the  city  where  there  were  cases; 
all  contacts  were  examined,  and  in  one  home  there  were  eight  carriers 
that  we  found,  besides  a case  that  was  afflicted  with  the  disease.  Strange 
to  say,  no  other  case  developed  in  this  particular  family,  considering  the 
particular  surroundings  that  were  there.  They  were  the  most  abominable 
conditions  for  meningitis  to  develop. 

The  State  Board  of  Health  has,  in  conjunction  with  the  government, 
done  some  work  in  Algiers  at  the  Naval  Station.  There  was  one  case 
that  developed  there,  and,  out  of  800  men  who  were  quartered  there, 
there  were  several  found  to  be  carriers;  they  were  isolated,  and  there  were 
no  further  cases  that  developed.  There  was  another  family  in  which  a 
case  of  meningitis  existed;  there  were  three  other  people  in  the  house 
that  were  carriers,  and  none  of  the  carriers  developed  the  disease.  We 
were  unable  to  trace  any  of  the  cases  to  any  particular  source.  The 
method  used  was  to  endeavor  to  get  every  possible  person  who  has  come 
in  contact  with  a person  suffering  with  the  disease,  and  we  have  been 
unable  to  attribute  any  case  directly  to  any  one  particular  individual. 
We  have  had  several  cases  that  were  sent  home  from  the  draft  from  the 
Great  Lakes,  Illinois,  training  camp,  and  the  men  have  reported  to  the 
office,  and  I find  it  is  quite  strange  that  the  government  should  have 
sent  these  men  away  from  the  cantonment  into  our  midst,  to  be  a bugbear 
among  the  population.  I addressed  a communication  to  the  Surgeon 
General  and  asked  him  why  we  were  not  notified  of  the  existing  con- 
ditions, and  I have  since  found  out  that  they  have  been  sending  cases 
home  that  proved  avirulent — that  is,  the  meningococcus  they  carried  was 


Duval — Epidemic  M e ningitis. 


319 


supposed  to  be  avirulent,  but  that  is  not  a definitely  settled  point.  It 
is  possible'  the  meningococcus  may  be  avirulent  right  now  and  several 
days  afterwards  it  may  become  very  virulent;  and  I want  to  say  that 
the  situation  in  New  Orleans  has  been  handled  very  nicely  along  those 
particular  lines. 

Dr.  S.  M.  D.  Clark,  New  Orleans:  May  I ask  Dr.  Duval  would  there 
be  any  good  reason  for  the  attendant  or  the  doctor  or  nurse  to  wear  these 
little  gauze  masks  that  are  being  advocated  in  our  cantonment  hospitals 
in  pneumonia?  They  seem  to  believe  that  they  have  minimized  infection 
from  that  standpoint.  It  would  be  interesting  to  know7,  from  a bac- 
teriological standpoint,  whether  these  masks  can  be  used  effectively 
against  the  meningococcus  or  not.  If  they  have  any  virtue  from  a prac- 
tical standpoint,  I think  we  should  know  it. 

A second  question  I would  like  to  ask  him  is  to  tell  us  the  method  he 
has  used  in  destroying  the  meningococcus  in  the  carriers. 

Dr.  C.  W.  Duval,  New  Orleans  (closing):  In  answer  to  Dr.  Bel,  I will 
say  that  vaccination  in  the  prevention  of  meningococcus  infection  is 
something  that  the  English  have  already  undertaken,  and  I daresay  be- 
fore long  this  country  will,  in  connection  with  its  army  men  or  draft 
men,  try  it  in  the  various  cantonments.  There  is  every  reason  to  believe 
that  immunity  can  be  had  in  an  individual,  whether  he  is  susceptible  or 
not,  and  a very  high  degree  of  immunity,  and  the  English  believe  this 
immunity  can  be  raised  to  the  point  where  it  will  last  for  a good  many 
months,  so  that  we  can  really  hope  for  some  results  from  vaccine-therapy 
as  a preventive  of  the  disease  the  same  as  we  get  now  in  typhoid  vac- 
cination against  typhoid.  You  will  all  recall  that  when  typhoid  vaccine 
first  came  out  we  could  get  immunity  to  last  for  six  or  eight  weeks;  then 
it  was  increased  to  several  months.  Now  we  can  establish  an  immunity 
in  the  individual  that  will  last  for  several  years.  The  same,  I daresay, 
will  be  had  for  meningitis.  A vaccine — and  this  answers  Dr.  Clark  Jg 
question — has  been  used  a great  deal  to  eliminate  the  coccus  from  the 
carrier,  but  without  any  success.  It  has  been  an  absolute  failure,  and 
we  explain  that  on  this  ground.  As  I stated  in  the  paper,  the  menin- 
gococcus in  the  carrier  is  not  actually  within  the  host;  it  is  in  the  secre- 
tions of  the  nasopharynx;  it  is  living  there  as  a saprophyte.  There  is 
every  reason  to  believe,  or  rather  there  is  good  proof  to  believe,  that 
is  so,  because  we  fail  to  get  any  antibody  reaction  on  part  of  the  serum 
of  that  individual,  and  there  is  no  inflammatory  reaction  at  the  site 
where  the  meningococci  are  propagated  or  multiplied,  so  that  the  or- 
ganism is  not  in  the  carrier.  It  is  on  the  outside,  and  anything  you  may 
put  into  the  circulation  or  into  the  system  that  is  an  anti- substance  is 
going  to  have  no  effect.  It  is  very  much  like’  trying  to  wTash  the  dirt 
off  outside  of  a window  by  rubbing  it  on  the  inside.  That  explains  why 
vaccine  or  serum  therapy  has  been  of  no  value  in  ridding  the  carrier  of 
the  coccus.  But  certainly  vaccine-therapy,  to  prevent  the  occurrence  of 
the  disease,  is  going  to  come  into  use,  and,  to  repeat  what  I have  already 
said,  I think  we  will  find  that  will  be  done  extensively  in  this  country 
when  the  fall  comes  around.  We  do  not  expect  much  meningitis  during 
the  summer  months,  but  in  the  fall  and  winter  and  early  spring  we  can 
look  for  it  again,  and  I believe  lots  of  it. 

As  to  the  potency  of  antitoxin,  it  is  quite  true  that  a great  deal  of 
the  commercial  antitoxin  that  is  being  used  is  of  very  low  potency. 
Even  if  it  is  made  up  now  with  these  different  species  that  I described, 
the  four  species  of  the  English  or  three  species  of  the  American,  it  is 
low  in  potency.  It  is  not  very  strong  in  neutralizing  the  autolytic  sub- 


320 


Original  Articles. 


stance,  and  we  have  no  way  of  standardization,  such  as  we  have  for 
antitoxins  in  diphtheria  and  tetanus.  We  determine  the  potency  of  the 
anti-meningococcic  serum  by  the  agglutination  reaction.  Dr.  Flexner 
states  that  a potent  serum  should  agglutinate  the  homologous  coccus  in 
a dilution  of  1 to  2,000.  I had  occasion  to  test  some  of  the  commercial 
antitoxin  a month  or  two  back  at  Beauregard  for  the  government,  and 
found  it  would  agglutinate  the  homologous  coccus  in  a dilution  of  more 
than  1 to  50  or  1 to  60.  On  that  basis,  it  is  a poor  serum  in  potency. 
We  must  bear  in  mind  that  a serum  or  antitoxin  may  be  poor  in  agglutin- 
ability  or  power  to  agglutinate  the  organism  and  still  be  quite  a good 
antitoxin.  It  may  be  a potent  antitoxin.  When  the  substance  is  injected 
into  an  animal  for  the  purpose  of  raising  the  immunity  in  that  animal, 
various  antibodies  are  developed,  neutralizing  the  antibodies  or  destroy- 
ing the  antibodies,  agglutinins  and  precipitans,  and  so  forth.  They  are 
not  developed  equally  or  to  the  same  degree.  You  may  have  the  agglu- 
tinations develop  very  rapidly,  you  get  a high  curve,  and  your  antitoxin 
or  lysins  develop  very  slowly  and  give  you  a low  curve.  The  agglutin- 
ation then  is  no  index  to  the  potency  of  any  antitoxin,  so  it  is  a mighty 
poor  way  we  have  at  present  of  standardizing  anti-meningococcic  serum 
on  this  agglutination  test. 

Dr.  Bel  also  asked  how  soon  can  we  recognize  the  type.  We  can  recog- 
nize the  type  extremely  early  in  the  disease  by  doing  an  agglutination 
reaction,  or  the  same  reaction  as  we  do  for  typhoid.  The  agglutinations 
appear  quite  early  in  meningitis  cases.  In  two  or  three  days  the  agglu- 
tinations are  quite  strong  and  you  can  detect  them  by  the  agglutination 
test  or  agglutination  reaction.  The  way  most  of  them  are  doing  now  is 
to  take  the  blood  from  a case  and  test  it  with  the  various  strains,  or  four 
or  five  species.  If  there  is  no  cross-reaction,  the  reaction  which  we  get 
with  a culture  tells  us  right  off  that  that  particular  culture  is  the  one 
infecting  the  individual  case.  There  is  no  relation  between  these  strains 
that  we  have  and  the  pneumococcus  strain  or  between  the  dysentery 
strain.  There  we  have  true  types,  with  one  species,  but  with  meningitis 
they  are  in  no  way  related  serologically.  So,  by  taking  blood  and  testing 
it  against  a stock  culture  of  meningococcus,  we  can  determine  the  par- 
ticular type  that  is  infecting.  Let  me  mention  another  way.  We  can 
isolate  the  organism  very  quickly  from  either  the  blood  or  the  cere- 
brospinal fluid  or  from  the  nasopharynx.  In  quite  a number  of  cases 
we  must  bear  in  mind  that  the  cerebrospinal  fluid  at  first  is  clear,  and 
no  organisms  are  demonstrable  microscopically,  and  often  cultures  fail, 
but  the  organism  is  in  the  nasopharynx,  and  the  same  organism  in  the 
nasopharynx  is  in  the  cerebrospinal  fluid. 

It  is  interesting  to  note  that  we  have  never  run  across  a case  of 
meningitis  that  has  two  or  more  of  these  meningococcic  types.  It  is 
always  one  strain.  There  is  no  mixed  infection,  in  other  words,  of  the 
meningococcus.  By  using  a culture  that  is  sure  to  be  in  the  naso- 
pharynx— and  it  is  there  in  enormous  numbers  in  all  cases  of  menin- 
gitis— you  can  quickly  isolate  and  agglutinate  with  known  sera  and  de- 
' termine  the  type. 

In  answer  to  Dr.  Gomila,  I would  like  to  speak  of  something  that  was 
very  interesting  to  me — a survey  or  determination  of  carriers  in  the 
community.  Dr.  Flexner  was  down  here  not  long  ago  and  suggested  to 
me  that  it  would  be  an  excellent  thing  to  make  a survey  of  this  com- 
munity of  the  City  of  New  Orleans  to  determine  in  a community  where 
we  might  say  we  have  not  meningitis.  We  have  the  ordinary  sporadic 
case;  we  have  not  the  epidemic  type,  and  have  not  had,  but  we  thought 


Duval — Epidemic  Meningitis. 


321 


we  would  like  to  determine  the  percentage  of  carriers  we  have  in  our 
midst — that  is,  the  doubtful  type.  It  requires  a lot  of  workers  and  re- 
quires money,  both  of  which  are  scarce  at  this  particular  time.  A doctor, 
who  is  a very  good  friend  of  mine,  when  he  went  back  from  here, 
stopped  off  at  Washington  at  the  Surgeon  General’s  office  and  took  the 
matter  up  with  Col.  Russell,  and  I have  since  had  letters  from  the  gov- 
ernment to  begin  as  soon  as  possible  a survey  of  this  community.  The 
government  is  seeking  to  have  a survey  made  of  various  communities 
all  over  the  country  this  summer,  especially  in  the  big  cities  near  can- 
tonments. It  is  an  excellent  thing,  and  it  should  be  done.  It  is  the  only 
way  we  can  do  anything  with  meningitis  infection.  I am  hoping  that  in 
our  graduating  class  this  year  we  may  have  a few  that  will  volunteer 
to  help  out  with  this  work,  with  this  survey  of  this  city  for  meningitis 
carriers.  Perhaps  Dr.  Gomila  and  others  in  his  department  will  lend  us 
a hand.  I am  sure  he  will. 

Dr.  Clark  spoke  about  wearing  masks.  I think  that  is  an  excellent 
idea.  Last  August  I was  called  in  consultation  in  a case  in  a neighbor- 
ing State  and  it  was  a very  virulent  case.  I told  the  doctors  there  in 
attendance  to  use  masks.  I used  a mask  myself.  I think  it  is  well  to 
use  a mask  or  plug  the  nose  with  cotton,  and  then  use  something  over 
the  mouth,  either  saturated  in  some  antiseptic  like  bichloride  or  other 
agent,  but  not  strong  enough  to  hurt  the  nasal  mucous  membrane  or  the 
lips,  and  you  will  certainly  prevent  yourself  from  becoming  a carrier. 
If  you  are  within  ten  feet  of  any  one  who  is  a carrier  or  a case  with 
the  disease,  you  are  going  to  inhale  the  finely  divided  particles  of  secre- 
tion from  that  carrier  or  from  that  case.  The  room  in  which  there  is 
one  sick  with  meningitis  is  saturated  with  meningococci.  There  is  no 
question  about  it,  and  it  is  well  for  every  attendant,  the  nurse  or 
physician  in  a case  of  meningitis  to  protect  the  face,  nose  and  the  mouth 
against  the  orgnism,  not  only  for  their  own  protection,  but  for  the  people, 
especially  for  physicians.  The  physician  becomes  a carrier  and  does  not 
know  it.  He  is  unprotected  and  unsuspected,  and  many  people  who  are 
in  any  way  susceptible  when  they  once  get  this  secretion  will  contract 
meningitis. 

In  answer  to  Dr.  Clark ’s  last  question,  and  also  in  answer  to  Dr.  Bel ’s 
question  as  to  how  the  organism  is  destroyed,  I spoke  of  it  in  the  last 
paragraph  of  my  paper.  There  is  no  adequate  way  of  getting  rid  of  the 
coccus  in  the  carrier.  The  saprophyte  lives  on  the  outside,  so  that  noth- 
ing in  the  way  of  specific  treatment,  serum  or  vaccine,  does  any  good. 
There  are  those  who  claim  that  sprays  of  dichloramin-T  and  Dobell ’s 
solution  are  more  or  less  effective,  but,  while  they  do  good,  they  do  not 
entirely  rid  the  individual  of  his  meningococcus.  It  is  explained  on  this 
ground,  that  so  few  of  these  antiseptic  sprays  reach  all  parts  of  the 
ethmoidal  sinuses.  In  other  words,  there  are  anatomical  difficulties  in 
the  way  of  antiseptics  getting  to  the  meningococcus,  which  tucks  itself 
away  in  these  remote  crevices  so  that  it  cannot  be  reached.  I dare  say 
in  the  near  future  we  will  have  something  that  will  rid  the  carrier  of 
the  meningococcus,  and  it  is  a serious  thing,  because,  as  the  English 
have  pointed  out  to  us,  an  individual  may  be  a carrier  for  over  a year. 
They  have  had  a case  they  have  followed  from  day  to  day,  and  there 
have  been  carriers  for  more  than  a year  and  a half.  What  are  you  going 
to  do  with  such  individuals,  who  are  as  bad  as  Typhoid  Mary  of  New 
York  City?  There  should  be  some  means  to  isolate  carriers  and  keep 
such  individuals  under  restraint  or  confine  them  in  some  way  in  order 
to  get  rid  of  the  carriers. 


322 


American  Society  of  Tropical  Medicine. 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  AMERICAN  SOCIETY 
OF  TROPICAL  MEDICINE 


DIAGNOSTIC  METHOD,  TREATMENT  AND  PROPHYLAXIS 
OF  MALARIA  AS  CONDUCTED  IN  THE  SANITATION 
OF  BRIONI,  ISTRIE  (AUSTRIA),  IN 
1 899  TO  1 902. 

By  D.  RIVAS,  Ph.  D.,  M.  D„ 

Assistant  Professor  of  Parasitology  and  Assistant  Director  of  the  Laboratory  of'  Comparative 
Pathology  and  Tropical  Medicine,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  Philadelphia. 

Sometime  Assistant  to  the  Koch  Institute  in  Berlin. 

Introduction. 

The  beautiful  Island  of  Brioni  is  the  most  important  of  the  group 
of  twulve  islands  in  the  Adriatic  Sea,  off  the  west  coast  of  Istria, 
from  which  it  is  separated  by  the  Canal  I)i  Fasana.  The  island  be- 
longs to  Austria  and  is  approximately  in  latitude  44.53'  N". ; longi- 
tude 13°  52'  E.,  southeast  of  Venice,  south  of  Trieste,  and  a few 
miles  northwest  of  Pola,  almost  opposite  to  Fort  Barbariga. 

Brioni  seems  to  have  been  a very  important  province  of  the  Roman 
Empire  and  Venice;  the  ruins  still  to  be  seen  show  vestiges  of  the 
Roman  civilization,  and  the  island  probably  served  as  a landing 
place  for  the  Roman  legions  and  as  an  important  commercial  center 
between  Rome  and  the  East.  There  are  found  in  the  island  exten- 
sive quarries,  which  have  been  worked  for  centureis  and  have  sup- 
plied material  not  only  for  the  palaces  and  bridges  of  Venice  and 
the  whole  Adriatic  coast,  but  in  later  times  also  for  Vienna  anc^ 
Berlin. 

Little  is  known  of  Brioni  during  the  period  of  the  Middle  Ages, 
but  it  has  been  suggested  that  the  decline  of  the  Greek  and  sub- 
sequently of  the  Roman  civilizations  was  due  to  an  epidemic  of 
malaria  and  other  parasitic  and  tropical  diseases  imported  by  the 
legions  upon  their  return  from  the  Orient,  and  it  is  not  improbable 
that  the  same  fate  befell  the  island.  Proof  of  this  is  not  lacking, 
as  it  is  known  that  Brioni  was  for  many  centuries  uninhabitable 
and  was  a “no  man’s  land”  because  of  the  prevalence  of  malaria. 

During  the  early  part  of  1800,  though  Brioni  belonged  to  a noble 
family  of  Italy,  according  to  traditions,  it  became  a dependency 
of  Portugal,  when  a noble  Portuguese  inherited  it  by  marriage  to 

*Read  before  the  American  Society  of  Tropical  Medicine,  New  York,  June  5‘,  1917.  [Re- 
ceived for  publication,.  December  5,  i918. — Eds.] 


Rivas — Malaria. 


323 


the  daughter  of  the  Italian  gentleman.  It  is  said  that  the  hew 
owner  made  unsuccessful  attempts  to  cultivate  the  land  and  to 
populate  the  island,  and  that,  after  years  of  disappointment,  finally 
gave  up  all  hope  and  decided  to  sell  the  island,  but  found  no  pur- 
chaser. Malaria  became  so  prevalent  in  Brioni,  and  the  disease  so 
grave  at  the  time,  that  the  island  was  commonly  known  under  the 
name  “Isola  de  la  Morte”  (Island  of  the  Dead). 

With  the  advent  of  the  Austro-Italian  War,  Brioni  became  a 
province  of  Austria  in  1866,  which  marked  the  beginning  of  the 
new  developments  on  the  island.  Several  years  after,  Brioni  was 
purchased  by  a Swiss  gentleman  for  the  small  sum,  it  is  said,  of 
about  20,000  gulden  ($10,000),  and  the  new  owner  succeeded,  after 
several  years  of  work,  in  making  improvements  in  the  place  to  the 
extent  of  cultivating  grapes  and  settling  a small  colony ; but  in  time, 
like  his  predecessor,  because  of  the  prevalence  of  malaria,  he  became 
discouraged  in  the  enterprise.  It  is  stated  that  of  twelve' men  who 
attempted  to  work  the  land,  all  but  one  died  of  malaria.  At  the 
time  I was  in  Brioni  this  survivor  was  employed  as  a mail-carrier 
in  the  place. 

About  1880,  Herr  General  Director  Paul  Kuperweisser,  a gentle- 
man of  means  and  of  indefatigable  energy  and  enterprise,  purchased 
Brioni  for  a sum  between  40,000  and  80,000  gulden  ($20,000  to 
$40,000).  With  a keen  foresight  into  the  prospective  future  of  the 
island,  Herr  Kuperweisser,  realizing  the  sanitation  of  the  place  as 
the  first  and  most  essential  thing,  without  loss  of  time  began  an 
energetic  campaign  against  malaria  in  Brioni.  This  consisted 
chiefly  in  the  application  of  the  means  known  at  the  time,  namely, 
the  treatment  of  infected  persons  with  quinin  and  attention  to 
drainage.  Through  these  means  he  succeeded  in  a few  years  in 
building  up  a colony  of  about  five  hundred  inhabitants,  erecting  a 
small  hotel,  several  other  buildings,  and  beginning  the  cultivation 
of  grapes,  as  well  as  starting  other  agricultural  enterprises.  But 
the  sanitation  of  Brioni  at  this  stag*e  may  be  said  merely  to  have 
been  begun. 

The  discoveries  of  Ross,  Grassi,  and  the  observations  of  Koch  in 
Africa,  all  paved  the  way  for  the  better  sanitation  of  Brioni,  and 
Herr  Kuperweisser  applied  for  a commission  from  the  Gesund- 
heitsamt  of  Vienna  to  conduct  a campaign  against  malaria  in 
Brioni.  The  Gesundheitsamt  of  Vienna  reported  the  petition  to 
the  Konigliche  Institut  fiir  Infections  Krankheiten,  now  the  Koch 


324  American  Society  of  Tropical  Medicine. 

Institute  of  Berlin,  and  in  1899  Koch  took  charge  of  the  sanitation 
of  Brioni. 

The  first  expedition  was  composed  of  Prof.  Koch,  Prof.  Paul 
Frosch  and  Prof.  Eisner.  The  work  of  the  summer  consisted  chiefly 
in  the  routine  of  blood  examination  of  all  persons  in  Brioni  for  the 
presence  of  malaria  parasites,  the  energetic  treatment  with  quinin 
and  quinin  prophylaxis  of  all  infected  cases.  The  result  was  satis- 
factory, and  it  was  found  possible  to  reduce  the  new  cases  of  malaria 
in  Brioni  by  about  50  per  cent  in  the  first  year’s  work. 

In  1901  the  writer,  desiring  to  undertake  special  studies  on 
malaria  and  tropical  diseases,  went  to  Berlin  in  March  and  applied 
as  a volunteer  worker  to  the  Koch  Institute.  The  abundance  of 
material  which  Koch  had  recently  brought  from  Africa,  and  the 
courteous  reception  and  personal  interest  shown  him  by  Professors 
Koch  and  Frosch,  chief  of  the  scientific  department  of  the  institute, 
soon  enabled  the  writer  to  familiarize  himself  with  the  subject. 

In  the  beginning  of  May,  knowing  that  a second  expedition  to 
Brioni  was  being  organized,  I applied  for  the  opportunity  to  accom- 
pany it.  The  expedition  was  composed  of  Prof.  Frosch,  Prof.  Eisner 
and  myself.  The  work  of  the  summer  was  the  same  as  the  previous 
year,  and,  in  addition,  the  routine  blood  examination  of  all  the 
inhabitants,  and  the  treatment  with  quinin  of  all  infected  persons 
and  all  malarial  carriers — that  is,  all  chronic  cases  of  malaria  in 
whose  blood  the  gametes  of  the  parastie  was  found  were  quaran- 
tined or  eliminated  from  the  island;  also,  as  mosquitoes  were  very 
abundant  in  the  island,  a routine  examination  of  a great  number  of 
adult  anopheles  was  conducted,  among  which  some  were  found  to 
be  infected. 

The  result  of  the  second  summer’s  work  was  very  satisfactory. 
Malaria  was  greatly  reduced,  but  still  some  new  cases  developed 
during  the  season.  We  returned  to  Berlin  in  October,  where  the 
routine  blood  examination  was  continued  through  the  winter. 

A third  expedition  in  1902  was  placed  in  charge  of  the  writer,  who 
arrived  in  Brioni  at  the  beginning  of  April  and  remained  on  the 
island  until  the  beginning  of  October.  During  this  summer,  in 
addition  to  the  regulations  introduced  during  the  previous  summer, 
attention  was  paid  to  the  destruction  of  mosquitoes  in  the  adult  and 
larval  stages,  as  well  as  to  the  protection  of  the  inhabitants  against 
the  bites  of  mosquitoes,  by  appropriate  screening  of  windows  and 
doors.  Other  measures,  as  outlined  below,  were  systematically  fol- 


Eiyas — Malaria. 


325 


lowed,  with  the  result  that  not  a single  new  case  of  malaria  occurred 
during  the  summer,  and  Brioni  was  officially  declared  to  be  free 
from  malaria,  and  has  remained  so  since  1902. 

The  economic  importance  of  the  sanitation  of  Brioni  offers  the 
most  impressive  example  of  what  can  be  accomplished  in  other 
tropical  countries  by  the  proper  and  systematic  application  of 
modern  measures  in  the  prophylaxis  of  tropical  and  parasitic  dis- 
eases. Brioni  at  the  present  time  is  the  most  beautiful  garden  of 
the  Adriatic  Sea.  The  value  of  the  island,  with  the  eradication  of 
malaria,  increased,  not  by  the  hundred,  but  by  the  thousand  per 
cent.  From  $40,000,  which  Herr  Kupperweisser  paid  for  Brioni 
in  1901,  I was  told  the  value  increased  to  more  than  $250,000,  and 
$1,000,000  in  1902,  when  it  was  declared  malaria-free.  Since  the 
year  1902  the  agricultural  development  and  embellishment  of  Brioni 
have  been  so  marvelous  that,  at  present,  luxurious  private  resi- 
dences, villas  and  castles  of  the  royal  and  aristocratic  families  of 
Austria  ornament  the  island.  Brioni  at  present,  it  may  be  said,  has 
no  rival ; not  even  Ostend  equals  it  as  a summer  resort,  and  competes 
in  supremacy  only  with  its  Adriatic  neighbor,  romantic  Venice. 

How  this  classic  work  of  the  sanitation  of  a tropical  country  was 
accomplished  will  be  described  below,  with  special  references  to  the 
details  concerning  the  diagnosis,  treatment  and  prophylaxis  of 
malaria. 

Diagnosis  of  Malaria. 

The  characteristic  manifestation  of  a typical  malarial  infection, 
which  appears  with  a sudden  attack,  consisting  of  a chill,  fever  and 
sweating,  followed  by  a quiescent  or  afebrile  stage,  and  the  re- 
appearance at  intervals  of  the  same  type  of  attacks  with  a remark- 
able periodicity,  made  a basis  for  the  recognition  of  this  disease  by 
Hippocrates.  Furthermore,  the  fact  that  while  in  some  cases  these 
attacks  occurred  every  forty-eight  hours,  in  others  every  seventy- 
two  hours,  while  in  still  others,  though  these  attacks  were  repeated 
every  forty-eight  hours,  their  course  was  protracted  or  irregular, 
led  Hippocrates  to  differentiate  the  three  types  of  malarial  fever, 
namely,  tertian,  quartan  and  subtertian.  (Figs.  1,  2,  3 and  4.) 

This  classification  being  chiefly  based  upon  acute  cases,  during 
the  first  weeks  of  the  infection,  when  the  periodical  attacks  are  apt 
to  be  more  regular,  naturally  failed  to  include  a certain  group  of 
atpvical  chronic  cases  of  malaria  which  commonly  may  not  present 
appreciable  subjective  or  objective  symptoms. 


326 


American  Society  of  Tropical  Medicine. 


FIG.  1— TERTIAN  MALARIA  FEVER,  SHOWING  THE  DIFFERENT  DEVELOPMENTAL 
FORMS  OF  THE  MALARIAL  PARASITE'  IN  CORRESPONDENCE  WITH 
THE  VARIOUS  PERIODS  OF  THE  ATTACK. 


FIG.  2— TEMPERATURE  CHART  OF'  DOUBLE'  TERTIAN  MALARIA. 


F'lG.  3— TEMPERATURE  CHART  OF  QUARTAN  MALARIA. 


FIG.  4— TEMPERATURE  CHART  OF  SUBTERTIAN  MALARIA. 


Rivas — M a la  ria. 


327 


Of  great  importance  in  the  recognition  of  these  ayptical  cases, 
and  the  diagnosis  of  malaria  in  general,  was  the  importation  of 
quinin  into  Europe  in  the  sixteenth  century,  because  this  drug, 
being  a specific  against  the  malarial  parasite,  served  as  a valuable 
means  in  the  differentiation  of  malaria  from  allied  diseases.  But 
there  again  arose  another  difficulty,  when  it  was  found  that  quinin 
failed  to  act  against  certain  forms  of  the  disease.  It  is  now  known 
that,  while  quinin  is  effective  against  the  asexual  forms  of  the 
malaria  parasite  (trophozoite)  common  to  the  early  stage  of  the 
disease,  it  has  no  action  against  the  sexual  forms  (gametes)  charac- 
teristic of  chronic  malaria. 

The  last  link  in  the  diagnostic  chain  in  malaria  was  the  discovery 
of  the  parasite  in  the  circulating  blood  by  Laveran  in  1880,  and 
this  important  discovery  has  not  only  greatly  simplified  the  diagnosis 
of  the  disease,  but  it  has  been  of  great  importance  in  the  prophy- 
laxis of  malaria,  for  it  is  the  only  means  of  detecting  some  chronic 
cases  in  which  the  blood  shows  the  sexual  forms  of  the  parasite 
(gametes),  which  infect  the  mosquitoes.  The  technic  is  as  follows : 

(1)  Prepare  a thin,  dry  blood  preparation  on  a slide  or  cover 
glass;  dry  and  fix  in  equal  parts  of  alcohol  and  ether  for  one  to 
two  minutes. 

(2)  Stain  with  diluted  borax-methylene-blue  for  two  or  three 
minutes. 

(3)  Wash  freely  in  running  water  for  a few  seconds.  Dry  and 
examine  under  the  oil  immersion  lens  of  the  microscope. 

The  malarial  parasite  appears  stained  light  blue  and  the  erythro- 
cytes pale  green.  Romanowsky,  Wright,  Giemsa  or  any  other  poW- 
chrome  stain  may  be  used  and,  though  they  give  beautifully  con- 
trasting preparations,  the  use  of  this  staining  may  be  said  to  be  of 
no  practical  advantage. 

As  in  chronic  cases  of  malaria  the  parasite  is  often  present  in  the 
blood  in  such  small  numbers  that  it  may  not  be  found  in  the  small 
amount  of  blood  usually  examined,  it  is  recommended  that  larger 
quantities  of  blood  be  used  by  concentration.  Two  methods,  the 
one  recently  recommended  by  Bass  and  the  other  used  by  the  author, 
may  be  employed  for  such  purposes  with  good  results. 

The  Author  s Method:  Collect  about  0.1  c.  c.  of  patient’s  blood 
drawn  from  the.  finger  in  a narrow  test-tube  containing  about  1 
c.  c.  to  2 c.  c.  of  a 1 per  cent  acetic  acid  solution  and  gently  shake 
the  mixture  for  from  one  to  three  minutes,  until  complete  hemolysis 


3*28 


American  Society  of  Tropical  Medicine. 


occurs;  (2)  centrifugalize  from  ten  to  fifteen  minutes  and,  by  care- 
fully tilting  the  tube,  pour  out  the  liquid.  The  sediment  remains 
at  the  bottom  of  the  tube;  (3)  collect  the  sediment  with  a pipette, 
make  slides  of  coverglass  preparations,  dry  and  fix  in  equal  parts 
of  alcohol  and  ether  for  one  to  two  minutes;  (4)  pour  out  the 
alcohol  and  ether,  dry  with  filter  paper,  stain  with  diluted  borax- 
methylene-blue  for  from  two  to  three  minutes,  wash  freely  in  run- 
ning water,  dry  and  examine  under  the  oil  immersion  of  the  micro- 
scope. The  malaria  parasite  appears  light  blue  among  the  greenish 
stained  detritus  of  erythrocytes.  The  leucocytes  are  stained  deep 
blue. 

This  method  is  especially  useful  for  detecting  the  gamete  forms, 
and  the  author  has  used  it  with  advantage  in  the  diagnosis  of 
malarial  carriers.  With  sufficient  experience  and  careful  technic, 
it  is  not  difficult  to  detect  any  of  the  forms  of  the  malarial  parasite 
which  may  be  found  in  the  blood.  (Fig.  5.) 


FIG.  5— SEMILUNAR  BODIES  OR  GAMETES  OF  MALARIA  PARASITES  (SUBTERTIAN). 

BLOOD  PREPARATION  MADE  BY  AUTHOR’S  ACETIC  ACID 
CONCENTRATION  METHOD. 

Bass  Method : (1)  Collect  0.5-1  c.  c.  or  more  of  the  patient’s 

blood,  drawn  from  the  finger  into  a narrow  test-tube  containing  an 
equal  amount  of  an  isotonic  solution;  mix  both  liquids  and  cen- 
trifugalize for  ten  to  twenty  minutes.  The  parasitized  red  blood 
cells  and  the  free  malarial  parasite  (gametes  of  sub  tertian,  etc.) 
being  lighter  than  the  rest  of  the  erythrocytes,  will'  rise  to  the  upper 
layer  of  cells;  (2)  carefully  remove  the  supernatant  liquid  and 
collect  in  a pipette  the  upper  layer  commonly  known  as  the  “cream 


Rivas — Malaria. 


329 


of  the  blood”;  (3)  make  dry  spreads  on  slides  or  coverglass  prepa- 
rations with  the  material,  stain  it  by  Wright’s  method  and  examine 
under  microscope. 

A more  concentrated  preparation  may  be  obtained  by  a further 
eentrifugalization  of  the  material  in  capillary  tubes. 

Treatment  of  Malaria. 

The  common  knowledge  that  quinin  is  a specific  against  malaria 
has  led  the  medical  profession  in  general  and  the  laity  in  particular 
not  only  to  the  indiscriminate  use  of  this  drug,  but  also  to  regard 
it  as  the  last  and  only  measure  in  the  treatment  of  the  disease. 
Koch  held  the  opinion  that  quinin  was  the  only  means  necessary 
for  the  treatment,  prophylaxis  and  the  eradication  of  malaria  from 
a community,  and  advocated,  in  1899,  the  use  of  this  drug,  to  the 
exclusion  of  all  other  prophylactic  measures,  for  the  sanitation  of 
Brioni.  It  was  found,  after  the  work  of  the  first  year,  thanks  to 
the  recent  discovery  of  Schaudinn,  Ross  and  Grassi,  that,  in  ad- 
dition to  quinin,  prophylactic  regulations  must  be  taken  into  con- 
sideration to  accomplish  that  end. 

That  quinin  is  a specific  against  malaria  admits  of  no  doubt,  but 
like,  with  other  specifics,  it  is  the  proper  use,  and  not  the  abuse, 
of  the  drug  which  cures  the  disease.  In  the  proper  and  rational 
administration  of  quinin  the  following  points  should  be  taken  into 
consideration:  (1)  The  preparation  of  quinin  used;  (2)  mode  of 
administration;  (3)  dosage;  (4)  time  of  administration;  (5) 
duration  of  treatment. 

( 1 ) Kind  of  Quinin : Generally  it  may  be  said  that  the  sulphate 
of  quinin  should  be  preferred  for  administration  by  mouth,  and 
quinin  bimuriaticum  for  hypodermic  injections. 

(2)  Mode  of  Administration:  As  a routine  procedure,  quinin 
should  be  given  by  mouth,  the  drug  being  previously  dissolved  in 
diluted  hydrochloric  acid.  The  administration  of  quinin  in  the 
forms  of  pills,  capsules  or  cachets,  etc.,  is  contraindicated,  as  they 
not  uncommonly  pass  through  the  digestive  tract  undissolved,  and 
besides,  since  this  alkaloid  is  chiefly  absorbed  in  the  stomach,  a 
capsule  ©r  pill  may  readily  pass  to  the  small  intestine  undissolved. 
For  the  same  reason,  in  the  treatment  of  the  acute  stage  of  malaria 
and  in  the  subsequent  treatment  or  as  a prophylaxis  of  the  disease, 
as  outlined  below,  it  is  preferable  to  give  the  quinin  on  an  empty 
stomach  if  possible,  about  four  or  five  hours  after  a meal,  in  the 


330  American  Society  of  Tropical  Medicine. 

evening  before  retiring,  or  in  the  morning  before  breakfast,  because, 
under  such  conditions,  quinin  is  more  rapidly  absorbed  in  this 
organ. 

Hypodermic  injections,  when  indicated,  are  to  be  preferred  to 
intravenous  injections,  the  latter  being  used  only  in  emergency,  in 
very  severe  and  grave  cases.  The  hypodermic  injection  is  especiailly 
useful  in  those  cases  in  which  the  administration  by  the  mouth 
gives  rise  to  nausea  and  vomiting,  or  to  diarrhea,  or  when  these 
complications  accompany  the  disease,  as  in  “bilious  remittent 
fever,”  etc. 

()  The  Proper  Dose  of  Quinin : For  an  adult,  no  less  than 

fifteen  grains  (one  gram)  should  be  given  for  a single  dose. 
Twenty,  or  even  thirty,  grains  may  also  be  given  in  severe  or  grave 
cases  of  subtertian,  when  this  dose  is  well  borne  by  the  patient. 
For  a child  from  one  to  ten  or  fifteen  years  old,  one  to  ten  or  fifteen 
grains,  respectively,  are  given — that  is,  one  grain  for  each  year. 
The  use  of  small  doses,  such  as  two  grains  repeated  at  intervals, 
commonly  prescribed  for  adults,  is  contraindicated,  for  the  reason 
given  below. 

(4)  Time  of  Administration  of  Quinin:  One  of  the  most  im- 
portant points  to  be  considered  in  the  successful  treatment  of 
malaria  is  the  time  at  which  quinin  should  be  given.  Based  on  our 
knowledge  concerning  the  asexual  cycle  of  the  malaria  parasite  in 
the  body,  and  knowing  that  the  sporulation  stage  corresponds  to 
the  chill,  the  entrance  of  the  merozoites  in  the  erythrocytes  to  the 
febrile  stage,  which,  because  of  the  fact  that  not  all  the  parasites 
sporulate  at  the  same  time,  the  period  may  last  for  about  four  to 
eight  hours  in  tertian  and  quartan  and  a longer  time  in  subtertian ; 
that  the  fall  in  temperature  or  crisis  corresponds  to  the  early  growth 
of  the  trophozoite  stage ; that  the  febrile  period,  which  lasts  forty  to 
forty -four  hours  in  tertian,  sixty-four  to  sixty-eight  hours  in 
quartan  and  twelve  hours  or  less  to  twenty-four  hours  longer  in 
subtertian,  during  which  time  the  trophozoites  grow  to  a schizont, 
when  sporulation  again  occurs  and  the  cycle  is  repeated.  This 
clearly  shows  that  the  clinical  manifestations  of  a malarial  attack 
is  controlled  or  corresponds  to  the  different  phases  of  the  asexual 
cycle  of  the  malaria  parasite  in  our  body,  and  for  practical  purposes 
this  may  be  divided  into  four  stages,  namely : ( 1 ) Chill-sporulation ; 
(2)  fever — entrance  of  merozoites  into  the  erythrocytes;  (3) 
crisis — beginning  growth  of  the  trophozoite;  (4)  afebrile  period — 
further  growth  of  trophozoite  up  to  the  schizont  stage. 


Kivas — Malaria. 


331 


With  this  point  in,  it  is  reasonable  to  assume  that  the  most  favor- 
able time  for  the  administration  of  quinin  is  during  the  third  stage , 
or  the  crisis , just  when  the  temperature  begins  to  fall.  Among 
other  reasons  for  the  administration  at  this  stage  two,  which  are 
the  most  important,  may  be  given  (1)  The  parasite  at  this  stage 
is  very  young,  and  consequently  is  easily  destroyed  by  the  drug; 
( 2 ) at  this  stage,  when  the  parasite  begins  its  growth,  and  its 
metabolic  activity  is  at  its  highest,  it  is  only  natural  to  assume  that 
during  this  period  of  rapid  growth  it  is  more  apt  to  take  a larger 
amount  of  quinin  than  when  it  grows  older  and  becomes  quiescent. 

This  biologic  fact  is  manifested  in  all  forms  of  life  and  explains, 
for  instance  why  a child  proportionately  consumes  ten  times  more 
food  than  an  adult,  and  likewise  is  more  susceptible  to  the  action  of 
drugs,  or  which  narcotics  may  be  given  as  an  example. 

As  the  parasite  grows  older,  therefore,  the  less  susceptible  it  be- 
comes to  the  action  of  quinin,  until  it  reaches  the  schizont  stage, 
when,  like  the  gametes,  it  may  be  said  to  be  refractory  to  the  drug. 

As  for  the  sporulation  stage,  this,  likewise,  may  be  said  to  be 
refractory  to  the  drug,  because  the  merozoites,  as  readily  under- 
stood, merely  represent  a quiescent  stage  between  the  schizont  and 
young  trophozoite  (plasmodium)  stages.  During  this  period  the 
merozoite  enters  the  erythrocytes  and  remains  dormant  for  some 
time  before  it  becomes  adapted  to  the  new  environment  and  begins 
to  grow. 

The  reason  why  the  malarial  parasite  remains  dormant  in  the 
merozoite  or  ring  stage  for  some  time  (six  to  twenty-four  hours  or 
longer)  after  it  enters  the  erythrocyte  during  the  chill,  is  explicable, 
perhaps,  by  a peculiarity  in  the  life-history  of  the  parasite,  but  it 
should  not  be  overlooked  that  the  high  temperature  of  the  body  at 
this  stage  (103°  to  104°  F.,  39°  to  40°  C.  or  over)  is  unfavorable 
for  its  metabolic  activity  and  growth.  If  this  view  is  correct,  as  the 
writer  believes  it  to  be  at  least  a contributing  factor,  basing  his 
conclusions  upon  a single  observation,  it  seems  that  the  artificial 
lowering  of  the  temperature  of  the  body  shortly  after  the  chill,  by  a 
cold  bath  or  medication,  would  cause  an  earlier  growth  of  the 
shizonti  and  the  administration  of  quinin  at  this  point  would 
shorten  the  attack.  This  point,  I believe,  is  worth  while  consider- 
ing, especially  in  the  management  of  those  pernicious  types  of  sub- 
tertian malaria  in  which  the  fever  is  prolonged. 

The  above  facts  regarding  the  life-cycle  of  malaria  parasites 


332 


American  Society  of  Tropical  Medicine. 


clearly  show  that  the  essential  point  in  the  successful  treatment  of 
malaria  is  not  the  indiscriminate  use  of  quinin,  but  the  rational 
use  of  it — that  is,  the  administration  of  the  drug  at  the  proper  time, 
when  the  parasite  is  beginning  to  grow,  which  accomplishes  the  best 
result.  Of  course,  it  is  difficult,  especially  in  field  work  or  in 
atypical  cases  of  malaria,  to  exactly  follow  this  indication,  but  under 
such  unfavorable  circumstances  a single  microscopical  examination 
of  the  blood  will  suffice  in  most  cases  to  determine  the  kind  and 
approximate  age  of  the  parasite  and  predict  with  sufficient  accuracy 
the  time  of  the  following  attack,  and  accordingly  instruct  the 
patient  as  to  the  time  when  quinin  should  be  taken. 

It  is  advisable,  too,  when  possible,  especially  in  hospital  work,  to 
control  the  clinical  manifestation  of  an  attack  of  malaria  by  the 
microscopical  examination  of  the  blood  at  intervals. 

The  above  line  of  treatment  has  been  followed  by  the  author  in 
all  his  cases  of  malaria  in  Brioni  and  elsewhere  in  the  tropics  with 
most  successful  results,  and  he  has  often  seen  a single  dose  of  quinin, 
when  given  at  the  proper  time,  completely  stop  subsequent  attacks. 


FIG.  6— CHART  OF  TERTIAN  FEVER  SHOWING  EFFECT  OF  A SINGLE  DOSE  OF 
QUININ,  ONE  GRAM,  GIVEN  AT  PROPER  TIME  IN  PREVENTING 
RECURRENCE  OF  THE  ATTACK. 

(5)  Duration  of  Treatment : The  successful  treatment  of  ma- 

laria depends  upon  continuing  the  administration  of  quinin  for  a 
certain  length  of  time.  A single  dose  of  quinin  may  suffice  to  free 
the  patient  from  a subsequent  attack,  but  only  temporarily,  as 
usually  the  fever  reappears  afler  weeks  or  months.  To  avoid  these 
return  attacks  the  following  rule  should  be  followed : Give  fifteen 
grains  of  quinin  when  the  fever  begins  to  fall  and  repeat  the  same 
dose  for  three  subsequent  days  at  the  same  hour.  hTo  quinin  is 
given  during  the  following  four  days,  after  which  the  same  treat- 
ment is  repeated — that  is,  fifteen  grains  for  the  following  three  suc- 
cessive days,  after  which  no  quinin  is  given  for  the  following  four 


Eivas — Malaria. 


333 


da}’S,  etc.  The  treatment,  therefore,  consists  in  giving  fifteen  grains 
of  quinin  for  three  successive  days  every  week,  and  this  should  be 
continued  for  no  less  than  two,  and  preferably  three  months,  after 
which  the  prophylactic  treatment  of  ten  grains  of  quinin  once  every 
week  should  be  taken  for  the  remainder  of  the  season. 

The  treatment  of  chronic  malaria,  those  cases  which  show  gametes 
in  their  blood  or  those  of  long  standing  in  which  the  parasite  may 
not  be  found,  and  which  clinically  present  organic  lesions  and  con- 
stitutional and  other  disturbances,  such  as  enlarged  spleen  and  liver, 
gastro-intestinal  derangements,  marked  degrees  of  anemia,  etc.,  are 
very  unsatisfactory. 

Tonics:  Iron  and  arsenic  are  recommended.  Of  chief  im- 

portance in  such  cases  is  the  avoidance  of  subsequent  attacks  of  re- 
infection, which  aggravate  the  condition  by  the  prophylactic  treat- 
ment of  quinin,  and,  when  possible,  the  reinfections  should  be  pre- 
vented by  the  removal  of  the  patient  to  a non-malarial  district, 
preferably  to  a high  altitude  or  to  a northern  climate. 

Prophylaxis  of  Malaria. 

With  our  present  knowledge  concerning  malarial  fevers  and  the 
life-history  of  the  parasite,  namely : that  while  quinin  is  a valuable 
specific  against  the  asexual  forms  of  the  parasite  it  has  no  effect 
against  the  sexual  forms  or  gametes ; that  these  sexual  forms,  when 
taken  by  the  mosquitoes,  during  biting  undergo  evolution  in  the 
body  of  this  insect,  and  that  the  parasite  is  transmitted  to  man  by 
the  bite  of  an  infected  mosquito,  the  prophylaxis  measures  against 
malaria  may  be  summarized  as  follows:  (1)  Koutine  blood  exami- 
nation; (2)  quinin  treatment;  (3)  proper  care  of  malarial  carrier; 
(4)  destruction  of  mosquitoes;  (5)  quinin  prophylaxis. 

(1)  Routine  Blood  Examination : As  a routine  procedure,  the 
first  attention  of  the  parasitologist  and  hygienist  should  be  directed 
to  the  examination  of  the  blood  of  all  persons,  if  possible,  in  the 
community.  The  importance  of  this  preliminary,  precaution  can 
be  readily  understood,  as  it  is  the  only  means  of  obtaining  the  first 
and  most  important  insight  concerning  the  kind  and  degree  of  in- 
fection upon  which  are  formulated  the  future  plans  for  the  sanita- 
tion of  the  place. 

(2)  Quinin  Treatment:  All  persons  in  whose  blood  malarial 
parasites  are  found,  whether  they  present  any  symptoms  of  the  dis- 
ease or  not,  should  be  treated  with  quinin  in  the  manner  outlined 
above. 


334 


American  Society  of  Tropical  Medicine. 


(3)  The  Care  of  Malaria  Carriers:  In  order  to  prevent  the 

spread  of  the  infection,  all  malarial  carriers,  those  which  show  the 
presence  of  the  gamete  forms  of  the  parasite  in  their  blood,  should 
be  isolated  or  removed  to  non-infected  places,  free  from  mosquitoes, 
if  possible.  Not  uncommonly  this  important  precaution  is  difficult 
or  impossible  to  carry  out,  but  under  such  circumstances  it  will  be 
found  easy  to  accomplish  the  same  purpose  by  instructing  the 
patients  to  sleep  under  mosquito  nets  in  order  to  prevent  the  bite 
of  mosquitoes. 

(4)  Destruction  of  Mosquitoes : The  mosquitoes  are  easily  and 
best  destroyed  in  the  larval  stage  by  the  application  of  about  1 c.  c. 
of  petroleum  per  square  meter  surface  of  water.  The  oil  should  be 
applied  to  all  ponds,  slow-flowing  creeks,  stagnant  water,  etc.,  regu- 
larly at  least  every  week. 

(5)  Quinin  Prophylaxis:  This  simple  and  efficient  means  in 
the  prevention  of  malaria,  as  advocated  by  Koch,  consists  in  taking- 
ten  to  fifteen  grains  of  quinin,  previously  dissolved  in  water,  acidu- 
lated with  hydrochloric  acid,  once  or  twice  every  week  during  the 
summer  months. 

Conclusions. 

This  brief  and  simple  outline  concerning  the  diagnosis,  treat- 
ment and  prophylaxis  of  malaria  is  the  one  which  the  author  fol- 
lowed in  the  sanitation  of  Brioni  during  the  years  1901  and  1902, 
with  the  result  that,  after  a work  of  three  summers,  the  island  was 
declared  completely  free  from  the  disease.  The  importance  of  this 
work  .and  the  result  is  manifold: 

First , it  is  the  best  evidence  of  the  marvelous  progress  which 
tropical  medicine  and  parasitology,  thanks  to  the  geneal  discoveries 
of  Laveran,  Manson,  Boss,  Grassi,  Koch,  Scliaudinn  and  many 
others,  workers  in  the  field,  have  made  in  recent  years. 

Second , the  sanitation  of  Brioni  stands  preeminently  as  an  ex- 
ample in  which,  through  careful  and  systematic  appliance  of  modern 
prophylactic  regulations,  malaria  was  successfully  eradicated  for  the 
first  time  from  a community. 

Third , the  application  of  this  prophylactic  regulation  rendered 
possible  the  sanitation  of  the  Canal  Zone  in  Panama,  and  has  greatly 
improved  the  sanitary  condition  of  other  tropical  countries  here  in 
America  and  abroad. 

It  is  hoped  that  the  American  Governments  and  philanthropists, 
moved  by  the  highest  of  humanitarian  principles — the  health  and 


News  and  Comment. 


335 


happiness  of  mankind— in  the  near  future  will  direct  their  efforts 
to  give  a helping  hand  to  those  unfortunate  countries  of  tropical 
America  which  still  remain  oppressed  and  dormant  under  the 
burden  of  this  disease  of  the  tropics,  which  for  centuries  has  pre- 
vented the  development  of  the  wealth  of  natural  resources  of  those 
regions,  to  say  nothing  of  the  physical  and  mental  qualities  of  their 
inhabitants. 

Modern  medicine,  stimulated  by  the  discoveries  of  Pasteur,  has 
accomplished  much  in  the  control  and  practical  eradication  of  a 
number  of  bacterial  diseases — diphtheria,  typhoid  fever,  tetanus  and 
others — and  this  fact  gives  hope  that  the  day  is  not  far  distant  when 
the  doctrine  established  by  the  French  genius,  “C’est  duns  U'  pouvoir 
de  Vhomme  de  faire  disparaitre  toutes  les  maladies  infectieuses  de  la 
terre ” will  be  an  accomplished  fact;  and,  in  addition,  may  follow 
the  eradication  of  tropical  and  parasitic  diseases  from  the  tropical 
countries. 


NEWS  AND  COMMENT 


Orleans  Parish  Medical  Society  Adopts  Resolutions. — The 
following  resolutions  were  adopted  at  a meeting  of  the  Orleans 
Parish  Medical  Society  on  November  25,  1918: 

Whereas,  as  the  terms  of  the  armistice  are  being  complied  with, 
it  becomes  evident  that  the  enemies  of  democracy  cannot  resume 
the  war;  and 

Whereas,  the  needs  of  medical  men  in  the  army  and  navy  in  times 
of  peace  are  measurably  less  than  in  times  of  war;  and 

Whereas,  the  visitation  of  epidemic  disease  accentuated  the  short- 
age of  doctors  for  the  civil  population  and  entailed  considerable 
suffering  to  the  people.  Since  there  has  been  a recrudescence  of 
influenza  in  Spain  and  in  England,  there  is  such  a possibility  of  a 
recrudescence  in  the  United  States,  winter  months  generally  being 
more  favorable  to  the  spread  of  that  disease;  and 

Whereas,  it  has  been  the  polic}^  of  the  government  to  inflict  as 
few  hardships  on  the  civil  population  in  the  winning  of  the  war, 
the  return  of  many  of  these  men  to  their  respective  homes  would 
in  a large  measure  mitigate  the  suffering  of  the  people  if  they  were 
again  confronted  with  a great  outbreak  of  that  or  any  other  disease ; 
therefore  be  it 

Resolved,  That  the  Orleans  Parish  Medical  Society,  in  the  in- 
terest of  the  civil  population,  petition  the  Secretaries  of  the  Army 
and  Navy  to  consider  these  various  points,  with  the  object  of  de- 


336 


News  and  Comment. 


mobilizing,  as  expeditiously  as  consistent  with  the  efficiency  of  the  | 
service,  as  many  of  the  doctors  in  the  camps  and  abroad  as  possible,  j 
Be  it  further  j 

Resolved,  That  a copy  of  this  preamble  and  resolutions  be  for- 
warded to  the  Secretaries  of  War  and  Navy,  to  the  New  Orleans 
Medical  and  Surgical  Journal,  and  to  the  Journal  of  the  Amer- 
ican Medical  Association,  with  a request  to  publish  same. 

A Carelessly  Guarded  Gate. — The  Scientific  American,  in  an 
editorial  entitled  “A  Carelessly  Guarded  Gate/’  in  its  issue  of  i 
November  2,  places  the  blame  of  the  spread  of  the  Spanish  in- 
fluenza on  the  laxity  of  the  port  authorities  along  the  Atlantic  sea- 
board. The  editorial  severely  arraigns  both  the  officers  of  the 
Public  Health  Service  on  duty  at  the  country’s  ports  and  the  med- 
ical profession. 

New  Home  of  the  H.  K.  Muleord  Company. — The  H.  K.  Mul- 
ford  Company,  having  outgrown  their  present  pharmaceutical 
laboratories,  will  soon  occupy  the  modern  building  located  at  Broad, 
Wallace  and  Fifteenth  streets,  Philadelphia.  The  building  is  of 
modern  construction,  being  of  steel,  concrete  and  stone,  nine  stories 
in  height,  and  has  a total  floor  space  of  nearly  ten  acres.  The  equip- 
ment has  modern  labor-saving  devices  and  comforts  for  employer 
and  employees.  This  will  be  the  largest  building  in  the  world  de- 
voted exclusively  to  the  production  of  medicinal  products. 

Jerusalem  Is  Freed  oe  Mosquitoes. — Through  the.  efforts  of 
Louis  Cantor,  of  Rochester,  N.  Y.,  a member  of  the  American 
Zionist  Medical  Unit,  Jerusalem  has  been  freed  of  the  mosquito 
pest.  During  Mr.  Cantor’s  campaign  350  cisterns  were  petrolized 
and  put  in  sanitary  condition.  Mr.  Cantor  was  formerly  connected 
with  the  Goethals  Commission  at  the  Panama  Canal. 

Naval  Bill  to  Retain  Medical  Staff. — The  Bureau  of  Medi- 
cine and  Surgery  of  the  Navy  is  formulating  a bill  under  which  all 
temporary  medical  officers  of  the  navy  shall  be  offered  an  oppor- 
tunity to  qualify  for  an  appointment  in  the  permanent  establish- 
ment in  the  rank  now  held. 

Expansion  of  Orthopedic  Journal. — The  official  publication 
of  the  American  Orthopedic  Association,  the  American  Journal  of 
Orthopedic  Surgery,  which  has  been  the  only  journal  in  the  English 
language  devoted  to  orthopedic  surgery,  will  become  also  the  organ 
of  the  newly -formed  British  Orthopedic  Association,  under  the 


News  and  Comment. 


337 


name  of  the  Journal  of  Orthopedic  Surgery.  The  publication  will 
be  issued  from  the  present  offices  in  Boston,  under  the  management 
of  Ernest  Gregory.  The  committees  appointed  by  the  British'  Or- 
thopedic Association  are : R.  C.  Elmslie,  M.  S.,  F.  R.  C.  S.,  editor, 
London  ; T.  R.  Armour,  F.  R.  C.  S. ; W.  H.  Trethowan,  F.  R.  C.  S;, 
and  H.  Platt,  M.  S.,  F.  R.  C.  S.;  while  Drs.  Charles  F.  Painter  and 
Robert  W.  Lovett,  of  Boston,  comprise  the  committee  appointed  by 
the  American  Orthopedic  Association. 

New  Negro  Training.  School  for  Nurses. — The  opening  of 
the  free  clinic  of  the  Providence  Hospital  and  Training  School  for 
Negro  Nurses  in  New  Orleans  took  place  December  9,  at  the  home 
of  the  hospital,  2517  Delachaise  street.  This  school  in  New  Or- 
leans should  prove  of  great  benefit  as  well  as  answer  a long-felt 
need. 

Elks'  War  Hospital  Dedicated. — On  November  16,  1918,  the 
Elks’  Reconstruction  Hospital  in  Boston,  for  the  treatment  of 
wounded  and  disfigured  soldiers,  was  dedicated  and  turned  over  to 
the  government  with  impressive  ceremonies. 

Gen.  Gorgas  Honored. — Surgeon  General  William  C.  Gorgas, 
U.  S.  Army,  shortly  before  the  armistice  was  declared,  was  made  a 
grand  officer  of  the  Order  of  the  Crown  of  Italy,  in  recognition  of 
his  services  in  military  sanitation. 

Touro  Infirmary  Celebrates  Fiftieth  Anniversary. — The 
Touro  Infirmary  of  New  Orleans,  founded  by  Judah  Touro,  cele- 
brated its  fiftieth  anniversary  on  December  5,  in  the  Touro  Nurses’ 
Home.  The  occasion  was  marked  by  delightful  ceremonies,  and 
hundreds  of  people  from  all  over  the  city  came  to  participate  in  the 
event.  The  main  program,  consisting  of  speeches  and  music,  was 
followed  by  a reception  to  the  guests  and  a demonstration  in  one 
of  the  rooms  of  the  nurses’  home  of  two  hospital  wards  showing 
methods  used  in  the  old  days  and  those  used  at  the  present  time. 
During  the  ceremonies  a loving  cup  was  presented  to  Mr.  E.  Y. 
Benjamin,  president  of  the  board  of  directors,  in  appreciation  of 
his  services  to  the  hospital  during  the  past  eight  years. 

The  National  Board  of  Medical  Examiners  held  examina- 
tions in  Chicago  and  New  York,  from  December  2-18,  of  candidates 
for  licentiateship  by  this  board. 


338 


News  and  Comment . 


Meeting  of  the  American  Public  Health  Association.-— 
The  Annual  Meeting  of  the  American  Public  Health  Association 
was  held  in  Chicago,  December  9-12,  with  headquarters  at  Hotel 
Morrison.  All  the  available  information  regarding  the  manage- 
ment of  the  Spanish  influenza  epidemic  was  brought  out  through 
the  papers  read  at  the  meeting  and  formed  the  principal  subject 
under  discussion.  Reference  committees  were  appointed  who  will 
report  on  the  various  phases  of  epidemic  influenza  during  the  year 
1919. 

The  Kiblinger  Sanitarium,  of  Marksville,  La.,  operated  by 
the  Drs.  Kiblinger,  reports  a total  of  223  cases  during  the  sixteen 
months  it  has  been  in  existence;  medical  cases  were  37,  and  surgical 
186,  with  only  five  deaths. 

The  Southern  Practitioner  Incorporated. — Dr.  Jeering  J. 
Roberts  announces  that,  owing  to  impaired  health  and  advanced 
age,  which  may  any  day  compel  him  to  desist  from  editorial  work, 
he  has  transferred  his  title  and  interest  in  the  Southern  Practitioner 
to  Frederick  H.  Robinson,  managing  editor  of  the  Medical  Review 
of  Reviews , with  which  journal  it  will  be  incorporated  and  consoli- 
dated beginning  with  the  January,  1919,  number.  For  renewal  of 
advertising  contracts,  subscriptions,  etc.,  apply  to  Dr.  Frederick  J. 
Robinson,  296  Broadway,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Personals. — Dr.  Oscar  Dowling,  president  of  the  State  Board 
of  Health,  was  recently  elected  adjunct  professor  to  take  charge  of 
the  course  of  hygiene  in  the  School  of  Medicine  of  Tulane  Univer- 
sity. 

Dr.  C.  Jeff  Miller  attended  the  meeting  of  the  Southern  Surgical 
Society,  which  met  in  Baltimore,  December  17. 

Dr.  Isadore  Dyer,  member  of  the  National  Board  of  Medical  Ex- 
aminers, was  in  New  York  during  the  week  of  the  meeting  of  that 
board  in  December. 

Dr.  R.  C.  Scott,  director  of  the  Laboratory  of  Hygiene  and  Trop- 
ical Medicine,  Tulane  University,  visited  the  Boston  School  of 
Hygiene  during  the  month  in  the  interest  of  education  along  these 
lines. 

Removal. — Dr.  W.  P.  Hickman,  from  Lecompte  to  Harvey,  La. 

Died. — On  December  9,  1918,  at  Laplace,  La.,  Dr.  Sidney  Mon- 
tegut,  aged  49  years. 


Booh  Reviews  and  Notices. 


339 

On  December  2,  1918,  Dr.  William  E.  Brickell,  the  oldest  and  at 
one  time  one  of  the  most  prominent  physicians  of  New  Orleans, 
aged  91  years. 

On  October  24,  1918,  at  New  Smyrna,  Fla.,  Dr.  R.  R.  Niblack,  a 
graduate  of  Tulane  University,  class  1914,  aged  27  years. 

On  November  26, 1918,  Dr.  Frank  E.  Burns,  of  New  Orleans. 

On  November  26, 1918,  at  Shreveport,  La.,  Dr.  R.  A.  Gray,  sur- 
geon and  veteran  of  the  Civil  War,  aged  88  years. 

On  December  10,  1918,  at  her  home  on  St.  Charles  avenue, 
Adrienne  Goslee  Matas,  wife  of  Prof.  Matas,  of  Tulane,  and  mother 
of  Dr.  Lueien  Landry.  Mrs.  Matas  was  an  ardent  student  and  her 
husband’s  untiring  co-worker,  and  will  be  much  missed  by  many 
|3rofessional  friends,  who  enjoyed  her  hospitality  and  kindly  in- 
terest while  they  were  students  and  assistants.  The  Journal  ex- 
tends its  sincere  condolence  to  the  bereaved  family. 


BOOK  REVIEWS  AND  NOTICES 


All  new  publications  sent  to  the  Journal  will  be  appreciated  and  will  invariably  be 
promptly  acknowledged  under  the  heading  of  " Publications  Received .”  While 
it  will  be  the  aim  of  the  Journal  to  review  as  many  of  the  worlds  accepted  as 
possible,  the  editors  will  be  guided  by  the  space  available  and  the  merit  of  re- 
spective publications.  The  acceptance  of  a bool, f implies  no  obligation  to  review. 


Principles  of  Bacteriology,  by  Arthur  E.  Eiseiiberg,  A.  M.,  M.  D.,  Cleve- 
land, Ohio.  C.  Y.  Mosby  & Co.,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

The  book  is  devoted  to  general  and  special  bacteriology,  and  each 
group  of  organisms  is  classified  and  tabulated  in  such  manner  that  prac- 
tically any  necessary  information  regarding  the  organism  or  group  of 
organisms  is  readily  reviewed. 

One  section  of  the  book  is  devoted  to  diseases  of  unknown  causation, 
while  another  is  given  over  to  discussion  of  bacteria  of  soil,  air,  water 
and  milk.  An  excellent  feature  of  the  book  is  the  complete  questionnaire 
provided  in  the  end  to  facilitate  the  review  of  the  subject. 

Dr.  Eisenberg  has  incorporated  in  the  book  many  of  the  recent  con- 
tributions to  bacteriology,,  such  as  Schick’s  test,  Plotz’s  work  on  the 
etiology  of  typhus,  the  work  of  Cole  and  his  co-workers  on  pneumonia, 
and  Bull  on  the  serum  therapy  of  the  gas  bacillus. 

The  book  is  particularly  suited  to  the  needs  of  medical  students  who 
desire  facts  without  having  to  search  pages  of  text.  It  is  a splendid  book 
for  nurses,  either  in  training  or  for  reference  after  their  graduation. 

ELIZABETH  BASS. 

Animal  Parasites  and  Human  Disease,  by  Asa  C.  Chandler,  M.  S.,  Pli.  C. 

Wiley  & Sons,  Inc.,  New  York. 

Most  of  the  text-books  on  tropical  diseases,  and  also  modern  works  on 
medicine,  give  some  attention  to  the  parasites  which  may  be  involved  in 


340 


Book  Reviews  and  Notices. 


the  discussion  of  diseases.  The  work  before  us,  however,  presents  an 
exhaustive  catalogue  of  animal  parasites  as  related  to  human  disease,  and 
in  a manner  which  not  only  gives  a comprehensive  idea  of  the  parasite, 
but  at  the  same  time  furnishes  an  exact  understanding  of  the  relation  of 
the  parasite  to  the  disease  in  which  it  is  found. 

The  classification  of  the  parasites  in  their  own  groups,  and  the  con- 
sideration of  the  diseases  under  each,  irrespective  of  the  disease,  speaks 
for  a coordination  altogether  desirable  in  the  plan  of  arranging  diseases 
and  their  parasite  factors. 

Every  chapter  is  interesting  and  illuminating.  Especial  note  should 
be  given  to  the  statement  of  the  author  that  the  mites  of  the  “itch7’ 
are  sensitive  to  cold  and  do  not  spread  during  the  winter.  As  this  is 
quite  contrary  to  the  clinical  observation  of  dermatologists,  who  see  many 
cases  of  scabies  in  winter  and  few  or  none  in  summer,  there  must  be  some 
explanation  other  than  the  one  the  author  gives.  The  dermatologists 
explain  it  by  the  freer  perspiration  and  more  bathing  in  summer  and  by 
the  coverings  on  the  beds  in  winter. 

The  text  affords  not  only  the  best  of  authoritative  reference  for  the 
parasites  which  are  so  numerously  presented,  but  in  the  paragraphs  deal- 
ing with  symptomatology  and  treatment  of  the  diseases  an  unusual  care 
has  been  exercised  in  assembling  the  modern  opinion  and  practice.  Al- 
together the  work  is  a valuable  contribution  to  current  medical  litera- 
ture. DYER. 

Tropical  Disease.  A Manual  of  the  Diseases  of  Warm  Climates,  by  Sir 
Patrick  Manson,  G.  C.,  M.  G.,  M.  D.,  LL.  D.  (Aberdeen).  Sixth 
edition.  Revised  throughout  and  enlarged.  Wm.  Wood  & Co.,  New 
York. 

The  work  of  Manson  on  tropical  diseases  has  been  standard  for  many 
years  and  will  continue  to  have  its  place  among  references  on  this  sub- 
ject. With  each  new  edition,  however,  the  revision  has  been  limited  to 
the  contents  of  those  which  have  preceded,  and  without  adequate  con- 
sideration of  the  many  new  conditions  described  in  the  current  literature. 
This  does  not  discount  the  value  of  the  material  in  the  book,  but  it  does 
argue  that  the  author  in  another  edition  should  make  many  additions, 
even  if  it  means  changing  the  format,  which  really  might  be  modified  to 
the  advantage  of  the  text.  Manson  and  tropical  diseases  are  almost 
synonymous,  so  that  it  is  hardly  necessary  to  commend  a book  which  is 
already  almost  a vade  mecum  to  all  physicians  interested  in  the  subject. 

DYER. 

The  Practical  Medicine  Series.  Yol.  IX.  Skin  and  Venereal  Diseases. 

Edited  by  Oliver  S.  Ormsby,  M.  D.,  and  James  Herbert  Mitchell, 
M.  D.  Series  1917.  The  Year  Book  Publishers,  Chicago. 

In  small  compass,  this  excellent  review  of  recent  literature  on  the 
topics  named  affords  a splendid  ready  source  of  information  for  the  busy 
doctor.  DYER. 

Naval  Hygiene,  by  James  Chambers  Pryor,  A.  M.,  M.  D.,  Medical  In- 
spector, U.  S.  Navy.  P.  Blakiston’s  Son  & Co.,  Philadelphia. 

While  considerably  a text  for  those  who  go  to  sea  in  the  service  of 
the  navy,  the  book  has  material  of  so  varied  a sort  as  to  make  it  a valu- 


Booh  Reviews  and  Notices. 


341 


able  contribution  to  the  subject  of  hygiene.  The  whole  subject,  as  or- 
dinarily covered  in  texts  of  hygiene,  is  presented,  and  far  more — for  there 
are  particularization  of  the  practical  appreciation  of  the  principles  of 
hygiene  and  sanitation.  Becruiting,  swimming,  resuscitation  of  those  ex- 
posed to  drowning,  malingering,  seasickness,  gas,  submarines,  are  some 
of  the  subjects  not  usually  found  in  such  texts. 

The  student  of  hygiene — even  though  not  concerned  with  the  applica- 
tion to  life  on  a ship — would  find  ample  new  material  for  thought  in  this 
work.  The  excellent  illustrations  (153  in  number)  add  largely  to  the 
value  of  the  text.  DYEB. 

The  Seriousness  of  Venereal  Disease,  by  Sprague  Carleton,  M.  D., 
F.  A.  C.  S.  Paul  B.  Hoeber,  New  York,  1918. 

A booklet  comprising  twenty-six  plates  of  actual  cases  selected  for  the 
purpose  of  impressing  upon  the  lay  observer  the  sometimes  terrible  effects 
of  venereal  infection,  especially  when  neglected,  and  originally  intended 
as  a gift  for  the  use  of  Base  Hospital  No.  48.  C.  C. 

Diseases  of  the  Male  Urethra,  by  Irvin  S.  Roll,  B.  S.,  M.  D.,  F.  A.  C.  S. 
W.  B.  Saunders  Company,  Philadelphia  and  London,  1918. 

A short,  but  rather  comprehensive  monograph,  it  is  divided  into  four- 
teen chapters,  two  of  which  (on  impotence  and  sterility)  are  upon  only 
allied  subjects  which  require  greater  attention.  The  best  are  those  treat- 
ing upon  gonorrhea,  both  acute  and  chronic.  The  pre-eminent  feature  of 
the  work  is  the  collection  of  beautiful  illustrations,  including  numerous 
colored  plates. 

The  views  expressed  are  conservative  rather  than  11  reactionary,  ’ ’ as 
the  author  calls  some  of  them,  and  are  heartily  approved  in  the  main. 

C.  C. 

Genito-Urinary  Diseases  and  Syphilis,  by  Henry  H.  Morton,  M.  D., 
F.  A.  C.  S'. 

This  is  a very  complete,  though  not  exhaustive,  treatise  on  the  subjects 
included  in  the  title.  It  is  composed  of  fifty-two  chapters,  is  illustrated 
by  330  cuts,  thirty-six  of  which  are  full-page  colored  plates  and  many 
are  original  and  drawn  from  cases  of  the  author. 

The  preliminary  chapters,  covering  especially  methods  of  examination 
and  diagnosis,  are  particularly  good.  Those  on  syphilis  are  also  excellent 
and  brought  up  to  date;  however,  while  we  usually  try  to  avoid  direct 
criticism  regarding  opinions,  we  must  call  attention  to  what  we  deem  an 
erroneous  statement,  as  it  might  lead  to  error  on  the  part  of  the  in- 
experienced where  error  and  doubt  already  too  often  creep  in:  the  author, 
in  describing  chancre,  states  that  induration  is  “ constantly  present  and 
cartilaginous.  ’ ’ Pity  ’tis  not,  as  the  diagnosis  would  be  much  simplified. 

Dr.  Morton  has  given  an  excellent  reference  book  for  the  student  and 
practitioner,  and  that  it  is  issued  as  a fourth  edition  is  only  one  sign  of 
its  merit.  . C.  C. 

The  Physician’s  Visiting  List.  P.  Blakiston’s  Son  & Co.,  Philadelphia,  1919. 

This  old  friend  turns  up  for  the  sixty-eighth  year,  much  in  its  usual 
acceptable  form.  The  dose  table  is  arranged  in  a better  manner.  It  is 
presented  in  three  editions — the  regular,  the  perpetual,  and  the  monthly. 


342 


Publications  Received. 


PUBLICATIONS  RECEIVED 


P.  BLAKISTON’S  SON  & CO.,  Philadelphia,  1918. 

Practical  Physiological  Chemistry,  by  Philip  B.  Hawk,  M.  S.,  Ph.  1). 
Sixth  edition,  revised  and  enlarged. 

Physician’s  Visiting  List,  1919. 

LEE  & FEBIGER,  Philadelphia  and  New  York,  1918. 

Surgical  Applied  Anatomy,  by  Sir  Frederick  Treves,  G,  C.  V.  O.,  C.  B., 
LL.  D.,  F.  R.  C.  S.  Seventh  edition.  Revised  by  Arthur  Keith,  M.  D., 
LL.  D.,  F.  R.  C.  S'.,  F.  R.  S.,  and  W.  Colin  Mackenzie,  F.  R.  C.  S., 
F.  R.  S.  E. 

W.  B.  SAUNDERS  COMPANY,  Philadelphia  and  London,  1918. 

The  Surgical  Clinics  of  Chicago.  October,  1918.  Vol.  2,  No.  5. 

THE  MACMILLAN  COMPANY,  New  York,  1918. 

The  Newer  Knowledge  of  Nutrition,  by  E.  Y.  McCollum. 

F.  A.  DAVIS  COMPANY,  Philadelphia  and  London,  1918. 

Clinical  Medicine  for  Nurses,  by  Paul  H.  Ringer,  A.  B.,  M.  D. 

THE  YEAR  BOOK  PUBLISHERS,  Chicago,  1918. 

The  Practical  Medicine  Series.  Under  the  general  editorial  charge  of 
Chas.  L.  Mix,  A.  M.,  M.  D.  Volume  Y:  Gynecology,  edite.d  by  Emilius 

C.  Dudley,  A.  M.,  M.  D.,  LL.  D.;  Obstetrics,  edited  by  Joseph  B.  DeLee, 
A.  M.,  M.  D. 

THE  GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Birth  Statistics.  For  the  registration  area  of  the  United  States,  1916. 
Second  annual  report. 

United  States  Naval  Medical  Bulletin.  October,  1918. 

Public  Health  Reports.  Yol.  33,  Nos.  43,  44,  45,  46  and  47. 

MISCELLANEOUS: 

Forty-Ninth  Annual  Report  of  the  Secretary  of  State  on  the  Registra- 
tion of  Births  and  Deaths,  Marriages  and  Divorces  in  Michigan.  For  the 

year  1915.  (Wynkoop-Hallenbeek-Crawford  Company,  Lansing,  Mich., 
1918.) 

Legislative  Assembly  of  Porto  Rico.  Senate  of  Porto  Rico.  Address 
of  Dr.  Isaac  Gonzales  Martinez  in  the  Academy  of  Medicine  on  the  Sani- 
tary Problem  of  Porto  Rico. 


343 


Mortuary  Report, 


MORTUARY  REPORT  OF  NEW  ORLEANS. 

Computed  from  the  Monthly  Report  of  the  Board  of  Health  of  the  City 
of  New  Orleans,  for  October,  1918. 


CA  USE. 

White. 

Colored. 

1 

Total. 

5 

2 

7 

2 

2 

4 

1 

1 

2 

2 

4 

866 

359 

1225 

1 

1 

63 

45 

108 

17 

6 

23 

1 

1 

Xiiltj  lllilallr  111  dllu  VJ  CUl. — — — ——  — — - • ' 

6 

6 

TTn ppnhalitis  andMeninsritis  

5 

1 

6 

PnnfrDctiAn  TTpmnrrhfloft  and  Soften  ins?  of  Brain  _ _ _ 

16 

7 

23 

\jOIl^CcUUil j XlcIllUHiiwgv  (Uiu  Vi 

PqTqI  VG1Q  - 

2 

2 

f!nnvnkihns  of  Tnfanov  

1 

1 

2 

VjULl  V UlolUllO  vl  — 

nfVi£»T*  niaaaefiQ  nf  Tnfa.nCV  

19 

14 

33 

Utll“I  l/iOCitCCO  'll  ...... 

PW-Vior*  "NTavirnna  TliseasPS  - ~ - 

5 

TTpart  Diseases  

62 

43 

105 

4 

4 

8 

X) y\  aii  rv»  /^■nio  nii/l  P pA  1 1 pll  A-"Pll  Pll  1X1014  1 R — — — — 

341 

228 

569 

JL  IlClllllOll  1<A  ctllAl  J3 1 Is 111/11  vP  J-  livuiiiuiiia 

Afliflv  Poanirafnrv  Tlispa.SPS  

2 

1 

3 

UUICI  XiCo  fJ  1 1 <X tU  I j l/iouaiJvc  — 

TTleer  of  Stomach  

o 

2 

Oflipr  Oispa qpq  of  flip  Stomach  . 

o 

1 

3 

V/LI1“I  AyloCitoVyJS  UJ  inc  t t'  'iiiav.ii 

T)i arrhpa  DvcpntPT*v  and  Enteritis  - - 

23 

23 

46 

1/  Ldl  1 J l\u<x  , 1/  V CCll  Ivl  y Ct/AxvA.  — 

TTprnia  Tntpstinal  Obstruction  -- 

5 

2 

7 

Cirrhosis  of  Liver  - 

7 

6 

13 

av»  T1 1 n on  ooci  a 4 f V»  A 1 l^’PT  _ 

3 

3 

CJlVYl  V\1  A D AVlf  A A 1 f 1 O 

6 

6 

23 

21 

44 

Of  Vjpu  Opnito-TTrin arv  T)iseascs  - -- 

14 

li 

25 

Pnprnpra  1 Diseases  

3 

3 

6 

ffpnilp  OpI^ 1 1 1 f v _ 

4 

1 

5 

ftn  iai  rl  o 

3 

3 

25 

20 

45 

20 

20 

40' . 

1559 

827 

|2386 

Still-born  Children — White,  48;  colored,  27;  total,  75. 

Population  of  City  (estimated) — White,.  276,000;  colored,  102,000; 

total,  378,000.  _ 01  . , 

Death  Rate  fer  1,000  per  Annum  for  Month— White,  67.81;  colored, 
95.42;  total,  74.56.  Non-residents  excluded,  67.31. 


METEOROLOGIC  SUMMARY  (U. 
Mean  atmospheric  pressure. 


Weather  Bureau). 
29.97 


Mean  temperature . ' 

Total  precipitation 11.05  inches 

Prevailing  direction  of  -wind,  southeast. 


344 


Mortuary  Report. 


MORTUARY  REPORT  OF  NEW  ORLEANS, 

Computed  from  the  Monthly  Report  of  the  Board  of  Health  of  the  City 
of  New  Orleans,  for  November,  1918. 


CA  USE. 

TS 

» 

o 

6 

3 

£ 

Typhoid  Fever . . . _ 

3 

3 

Intermittent  Fever  (Malarial  Cachexia) 

1 

1 

Smallpox _ 

Measles. 

Scarlet  Fever _ 

Whooping  Cough  _____  

l 

2 

3 

Diphtheria  and  Croup 

1 

1 

Influenza  

160 

66 

226 

Cholera  Nostras  _ 

Pyemia  and  Septicemia  _ _ 

) 

1 

Tuberculosis  _ _ 

38 

35 

73 

Cancer.  

25 

6 

31 

Rheumatism  and  Gout 

2 

2 

Diabetes  _ __  

3 

3 

Alcoholism  _ __ 

Encephalitis  and  Meningitis  _ 

2 

2 

Locomotor  Ataxia  

1 

1 

Congestion,  Hemorrhage  and  Softening  of  Brain 

25 

7 

32 

Paralysis  _ 

5 

I 

6 

Convulsions  of  Infancy  

1 

1 

2 

Other  Diseases  of  Infancy __ 

36 

8 

24 

Tetanus 

1 

1 

Other  Nervous  Diseases  _ 

5 

2 

7 

Heart  Diseases 

68 

39 

107 

Bronchitis 

5 

1 

6 

Pneumonia  and  Broncho-Pneumonia 

85 

61 

346 

Other  Respiratory  Diseases 

2 

2 

Ulcer  of  Stomach 

1 

1 

2 

0»  her  Diseases  of  the  Stomach 

Diarrhea,  Dysentery  and  Enteritis 

19 

IS 

37 

Hernia,  Intestinal  Obstruction  _ _ 

1 

1 

Cirrhosis  of  Liver 

5 

5 

Other  Diseases  of  the  Liver  _ 

1 

o 

3 

Simple  Peritonitis  

Appendicitis 

2 

2 

4 

Bright’s  Disease 

24 

33 

37 

Other  Genito-Urinary  Diseases 

10 

5 

15 

Puerperal  Diseases  _" 

3 

1 

4 

Senile  Debility  _ 

5 

5 

Suicide 

2 

______ 

2 

Injuries 

20 

36 

All  Other  Causes 

25 

15 

40 

Totai 

565 

306 

871 

Still-born  Children — White,  25;  colored,  21;  total,  46. 

Population  of  City  (estimated) — White,  276,000;  colored,  102,000; 
total,  378,000.  ' ' 

_ Death  Rate  per  1,000  per  Annum  for  month — White,  24.21;  colored, 
35.51;  total,  27.50.  Non-residents  excluded,  21.88. 

METEOROLOGIC  SUMMARY  (U.  S.  Weather  Bureau). 

Mean  atmospheric  pressure 30.08 

Mean  temperature.  . 62 

Total  precipitation 4.46  inches 

Prevailing  direction  of  wind,  northeast. 


W.SS 

WA*  SAVINGS  SUAffS 

UIUIPKr  THE 

UNITED  STATES 
GOVERNMENT 


NEW  ORLEANS  MEDICAL 
AND  SURGICAL  JOURNAL 


CHARLES  CHASSAIGNAC,  M.  D.  ISADORE  DYER,  M.  D. 


COLLABORATORS  : 

C.  C.  BASS,  M.  D.,  Prest.,  Amer.  Soc.  Tropical  Medicine ) „ n-  . 

S.  K.  SIMON,  M.  D.,  Acting  Secty.  American  Soc.  of  Tropical  Medicine J ^x-Ufjicxo 

P.  T.  TALBOT,  M.  D.,  Secretary  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society . .. Ex-Officio 

RUPERT  BLUE,  M.  D.,  Surgeon  General,  United  States  Public  Health  Service. 

H.  D.  BRUNS,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

C.  F.  CRAIG,  M.  D.,  Col.,  U.  S.  A. 

S.  T.  DARLING,  M.  D.,  Sao  Paulo,  Brazil. 

W.  H.  DEADERICK,  M.  D.,  Hot  Springs,  Arkansas. 

E.  M.  DUPAQUIER,  M.  D.  (Paris),  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

A.  G.  FRIEDRICHS,  M.  D.,  New  Orleans,  La. 

J.  T.  HALSEY,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

JOS.  HOLT,  M.  D.,  New  Orleans,  La. 

F.  A.  LARUE,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

E.  S.  LEWIS,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

R.  C.  LYNCH,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

E.  D.  MARTIN,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

R.  MATAS,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

AUGUSTUS  McSHANE,  M.  D.,  Greenwood,  Miss. 

PAUL  MICHINARD,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

C.  J.  MILLER,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

F.  W.  PARHAM,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

E.  A.  ROBIN,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

W.  H.  SEEMANN,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

ALLEN  J.  SMITH,  M.  D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

EDMOND  SOUCHON,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

E.  R.  STITT,  M.  D„  Rear  Admiral,  U.  S.  N. 

J.  A.  STORCK,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

R.  P.  STRONG,  M.  D., Harvard  University. 

ROY  M.  VAN  WART,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 


Vol.  LXXI  FEBRUARY,  1919  No.  8 


EDITORIAL 


POSTGRADUATE  STUDY  OF  MEDICINE. 

The  Teutonic  fetich  has  been  broken;  the  glamor  of  medical 
study  at  Vienna  or  Berlin  has  passed  with  the  reflexes  of  the  war. 
The  opportunities  may  be  yet  afforded,  but  there  will  be  no  haste 
among  American  physicians  to  seek  the  fields  in  which  they  were 
so  successfully  exploited  for  many  years  before  the  war.  More  than 
this,  the  experiences  of  so  many  of  the  younger  profession  in  the 
field,  with  every  faculty  alert  and  in  constant  training,  will  have 
provided  study  enough  for  many  and  for  some  time  to  come. 

Time  will  be  afforded,  then,  to  reconstruct  the  idea  of  post- 


346 


Editorial. 


graduate  study  both  at  home  and  abroad.  The  intensive  courses 
provided  for  the  Medical  Reserve  Corps  officers  in  the  larger  cities 
and  under  the  auspices  of  medical  colleges  of  the  first  rank  demon- 
strated ‘conclusively  what  could  be  done,  and  many  of  us  have  won- 
dered that  such  courses  had  not  been  arranged  before. 

The  practical  results  were  exceedingly  valuable  for  efficient 
service  in  the  Medical  Corps  of  the  army,  and  the  number  of  men 
specially  trained  in  laboratory,  orthopedic  or  other  special  surgery, 
heart  and  lung  diagnosis,  sanitary  and  hygienic  practice,  etc.,  has 
been  multiplied  many  times.  The  return  of  these  men  to  their 
own  communites  will  encourage  further  study  among  others,  and 
the  educational  institutions  in  our  large  centers  must  be  ready  to 
afford  such  training. 

Both  in  England  and  France  the  movement  is  already  started  to 
interest  American  physicians  in  the  medical  opportunity  afforded. 
Paris,  Bordeaux,  Fancy  and  Lyons  have  for  many  years  offered 
excellent  material  and  in  so  generous  a manner  that  Americans 
have  overlooked  the  great  opportunities.  The  Latin- American 
countries  have  long  looked  on  Paris  as  the  center  of  scientific 
medicine,  and  the  French-speaking  medicos  of  Few  Orleans  and 
of  Louisiana  have  in  years  gone  by  considered  Paris  as  the  place 
to  complete  a medical  training. 

There  has  been  too  much  commercialization  of  postgraduate 
medicine  in  the  Teutonic  countries  to  make  for  the  best,  and  the 
reflex  of  this  has  shown  in  places  in  the  United  States  where  the 
schools  for  postgraduate  study  have  been  mere  melting-pots,  with 
no  academic  aims. 

The  Mayo  Foundation  has  at  least  offered  a clear  example  of 
what  graduate  medical  instruction  should  be,  upon  a plane  which 
requires  academic  preparation  before  and  during  the  period  of 
study  in  the  regular  medical  course.  Such  institution  are  neces- 
sary and,  with  such  endowment  as  Minnesota  (with  which  the  Mayo 
Foundation  operates),  Harvard,  Cornell  and  Hopkins  now  possess, 
there  should  be  afforded  ample  opportunity  for  advanced  medical 
education  for  our  own  graduates  and  for  those  who  come  from 
abroad.  Hereafter  the  teachers  and  exponents  of  scientific  medicine 
must  come  from  such  schools  of  training.  The  exigencies  of  liveli- 
hood, however,  demand  practical  postgraduate  courses  for  the  men 
who  have  to  meet  the  sick  and  the  maimed  in  every-day  life,  and 


Editorial. 


347 


while  they  may  be  scientific  as  well,  they  must  have  ready,  practical 
knowledge  and  of  the  most  advanced  form. 

The  schools  of  postgraduate  instruction  must  organize  to  that 
end.  The  medical  colleges  of  this  country  have  an  excellent  co- 
operative organization,  with  a systematic  agreement  upon  the 
methods  and  regulation  of  medical  study  and  with  accepted  stand- 
ards. Is  it  not  timely  that  the  institutions  aiming  at  graduate  and 
“postgraduate”  instruction  should  get  together  and  consider  some 
more  tangible  organization  than  at  present  exists? 

Just  at  present,  the  partial  training  received  by  medical  prac- 
titioners at  the  various  camps  seems  to  have  whetted  their  appetite 
for  learning,  and  a great  many  are  journeying  from  the  tent  to  the 
school,  if  we  are  to  judge  by  our  experience  here  at  the  Polyclinic. 
Even  though  some  of  the  men  have  already  put  aside  their 
uniforms,  glad  to  resume  their  easy-fitting  civilian  togs,  those  in 
khaki  are  as  numerous  as  the  men  in  their  plain  clothes  at  the 
clinics  and  in  the  laboratories  of  the  Graduate  School  of  Medicine 
of  Tulane  at  present.  They  have  come,  and  are  coming,  from  all 
over  the  country,  and  they  seem  to  realize  better  than  before  what 
they  need  in  the  way  of  instruction  and  opportunities  for  work. 

As  ever,  the  more  a man  knows  the  more  he  realizes  how  much 
he  has  to  learn — an  encouraging  thought  for  those  engaged  in 
graduate  teaching  and  a further  argument  in  favor  of  their  better 
organization. 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


(No  paper  published  or  to  be  published  in  any  other  medical  journil  will  be  accepted 
for  this  department.  All  papers  must  be  in  the  hands  of  the  Editors  on  the  tenth  day  of 
the  month  preceding  that  in  which  they  are  expected  to  appear.  Reprints  may  be  had  at 
reasonable  rates  if  a WRITTEN  order  for  the  same  accompany  the  paper.) 


GALL-STONE  DISEASE  COMPLICATING  PREGNANCY. 

By  AIME  PAUL  HEINECK,  M.  D.,  Chicago. 

During  gestation,  women  are  subject  to  many  surgical  con- 
ditions. The  safety  of  the  product  of  conception,  the  safety  of  the 
mother,  demand  that  our  knowledge  of  these  surgical  ailments  be 
increased.  Definite  and  accurate  conclusions  should  be  formulated 
as  to  the  most  opportune,  most  appropriate  and,  therefore,  the  most 
scientific  treatment  of  any  and  all  surgical  states  complicating 
pregnancy.  In  previous  contributions  we  stated  that  every  case  of 
ectopic  pregnancy,  irrespective  of  type  or  stage  of  development, 
calls  for  the  immediate  ablation  of  the  ectopic  ovum.  Immediate 
operative  removal  of  the  ectopic  ovum  terminates  the  gestation  and 
protects  the  mother  from  the  morbidity  and  fatality  incident  to 
extra-uterine  pregnancy. 

In  other  contributions,  also  published  in  these  columns,  we  urged 
that  every  case  of  appendicitis  complicating  pregnancy  be  subjected 
to  operation  during  gestation.  Appendicitis  is  a surgical  disease; 
when  it  complicates  pregnancy  it  calls  for  the  immediate  operative 
removal  of  the  inflamed  appendix,  irrespective  of  the  type  of  in- 
flammation, irrespective  of  the  age  of  the  pregnancy.  In  women, 
previous  to  and  during  the  child-bearing  period,  the  non-operative 
treatment  of  appendicitis  invites  disaster,  immediate,  remote,  or 
both.  The  timely  removal  of  the  inflamed  appendix  to  a great  ex- 
tent protects  the  mother  from  the  complications  and  sequelae,  from 
the  morbidity  and  mortality  incident  to  appendicitis.  Operative 
removal  of  a diseased  appendix  does  not  interrupt  gestation,  does 
not  exert  any  unfavorable  influence  on  delivery. 

The  frequency  of  cholelithiasis  makes  this  condition  one  of  great 
practical  interest.  In  the  collective  statistics  of  nineteen  European 
and  American  authors,  80,802  necropsies,  the  frequency  averaged 
5.94  per  cent  (Hesse).  As  the  manifestations  of  gall-stone  disease 
are  often  unrecognized,  misinterpreted  or  misdiagnosed,  its  in- 


Heineck — Gall-Stone  Disease  Complicating  Pregnancy.  349 

cidence  is  greater  than  is  supposed, -is  far  greater  than  the  number 
of  reported  cases  would  lead  us  to  believe.  It  occurs  in  both  sexes 
and  at  all  ages,  in  the  fat,  in  the  lean,  in  the  weak,  and  in  the 
strong.  The  older  the  patient,  the  more  liable  is  he  or  she  to  have 
gall-stones.  “Gall-bladder  disease  is  preeminently  a disease  of  the 
middle-aged  female,  but  is  by  no  means  confined  to  that  age  or  sex’7’ 
(Deaver.) 

Gall-stone  disease  is  of  common  occurrence  during  pregnancy,, 
during  the  puerperium,  during  lactation.  In  fact,  its  greatest  in- 
cidence is  in  the  child-bearing  period.  Statistics  have  established 
beyond  dispute  that  gall-stone  disease,  latent  or  manifest,  is  more 
common  in  women  than  in  men.  Out  of  655  patients  laparotomized 
for  gall-stones,  536  were  women,  119  men  (Kehr).  Of  1, 244- 
women  operated  upon  for  uterine  myomata  at  the  Mayo  Clinic,  92,. 
or  7.1  per  cent,  had  gall-stones. 


Age.  . . 

STATISTICS  OF 
10-21 

940  CASES  OF  CHOLELITHIASIS 
21-30  31-40  41-50 

(K.  Grube). 

51-60  61-70 

71-80 

Male.  . . 

2 

6 

44 

55 

38 

6 

5 

Female. 

8 

114 

213 

215 

148 

52 

14 

Married, 

dren. 

with  chil- 
1 

82 

177 

176 

124 

44 

9 

Married, 

dren. 

without  chil- 
1 

8 

9 

12 

5 

6 

3 

Unmarrie'd  women  ...  6 

24 

27 

27 

19 

2 

2 

Unquestionably,  child-bearing  has  something  to  do  with  the 
frequency  of  gall-stones  in  that  state.  Cholelithiasis  may  compli- 
cate a pregnancy  otherwise  normal;  it  has  been  found  associated 
with  ectopic  gestation  (Brothers).  It  occurs  in  primiparse 
(Heineck),  deutoparse  (Barillon),  multiparge,  YUI-para  (Roith),. 
IX-para  (Graham).  Manifestations  of  cholelithiasis  may  precede,- 
coincide  with,  or  follow  an  abortion  or  a premature  labor.  In  seven 
of  the  analyzed  cases  there  was  a history  of  one  or  more  abortions 
accidental  or  induced — Watson,  one;  Villard,  two;  Peterson,  six; 
Brothers,  ten.  Gall-stone  disease  may  become  manifest  and  neces- 
sitate operative  relief  at  any  period  of  gestation— second  month 
(Bosse),  third  month  (Roith),  fifth  month  (Mack),  sixth  month 
(Moulden),  seventh  month  (Davis).  In  a large  number  of  cases 
the  initial  symptoms  first  occur  during  the  child-bearing  period 
(Rudeaux).  Our  cases  can  be  classified  according  to  patient’s  age 
at  time  of  operation,  as  follows:  The  youngest  was  21  years  old 

(Villard),  the  oldest  42  years  (Amann).  From  25  to  29  years,  in- 
clusive, nineteen  patients;  30  to  35  years,  inclusive,  eleven  patients; 
36  to  40  years,  inclusive,  5 patients.  Ploger  reports  cases  in  which 


350 


Original  Articles. 


there  was  a definite  aggravation  of  symptoms  during  pregnancy; 
Naxera  reports  eight  cases  in  which  the  first  attacks  of  biliary  colic 
occurred  during  gestation.  “Seventy-five  per  cent  of  gall-stories 
are  found  in  women,  and  in  80  per  cent  of  these  patients  the  symp- 
toms developed  during  pregnancy”  (Torrance).  Gall-stones  are 
more  commonly  found  in  women  who  have  borne  children  than  in 
those  who  have  remained  sterile.  Osier,  quoting  Naunyn,  states 
that  90  per  cent  of  women  with  gall-stones  have  borne  children. 
“Eighty-four  per  cent  of  135  women  with  gall-stones  had  borne 
children”  (Peterson). 

Literature  of  the  subject  contains  case  reports  like  the  follow- 
ing: In  an  empyematous  gall-bladder,  associated  with  perichole- 

cystitis, perforation  from  stones  occurred  during  labor.  Two  days 
later  the  patient  was  operated,  and  thorough  drainage  was  in- 
stituted; sepsis  developed.  Death  occurred  on  the  third  post-oper- 
ative day  (Eose).  Eupture  of  a calculous  gall-bladder  can  occur 
previous  to,  during  or  after  labor.  Pinard  successfuly  operated  a 
ease  of  calculous  cholecystitis  on  the  eleventh  day  of  the  puerperium. 
Vineburg  incised  the  gall-bladder  in  two  cases  of  acute  cholecystitis, 
in  one  case  on  the  tenth  day,  in  the  other  on  the  twelfth  day  after 
delivery,  and  removed  numerous  small  stones  therefrom.  Both 
cases  recovered.  In  the  same  report  he  discusses  a case  of  acute 
diffuse  peritonitis  consecutive  to  a ruptured  gall-bladder,  superven- 
ing a few  hours  after  normal  delivery.  The  condition  was  too  grave 
to  warrant  surgical  intervention;  death  resulted  twenty-four  hours 
later.  This  patient  had  had,  during  her  pregnancy,  several  attacks 
of  biliary  colic;  her  distended  gall-bladder  had  been  mapped  out. 
Potocki’s  patient,  a deutopara  in  the  eight  and  one-half  month  of  a 
normal  pregnancy,  had  a sudden  attack  of  right  hypochondriac 
pain,  nausea,  vomiting,  etc.  Labor  having  started,  the  patient  was 
delivered  of  a living,  normal  child.  Eleven  hours  after  the  termina- 
tion of  labor  a cholecystotomy  was  performed;  the  gall-bladder 
contained  pus  and  numerous  calculi.  Drainage;  recovery.  In  the 
discussion  provoked  by  Graham’s  case  there  was  reported  a case  of 
death  from  general  peritonitis  due  to  rupture  of  the  gall-bladder 
during  labor.  The  post-mortem  revealed  the  rupture  and  250 
stones  scattered  about  in  the  abdomen.  Medical  attendants  should 
keep  in  mind  that  fever  during  the  puerperium  can  be  due  to  causes 
other  than  puerperal  fever — appendicitis,  gall-bladder  disease,  etc. 

Greater  familiarity  with  the  symptomatology,  clinical  course  and 


Heikece: — Gall-Stone  Disease  Complicating  Pregnancy . 351 

treatment  of  cholelithiasis  complicating  pregnancy  will  lessen  the 
frequency  of  occurrences  such  as  the  preceding,  and  will  also  qualify 
us  to  combat  successfully  the  various  manifestations  of  gall-stone 
•disease.  I have  analyzed  and  studied  all  the  cases  of  undoubted 
gall-stone  disease  complicating  pregnancy  reported  with  sufficient 
data,  thirty  cases  in  all,  in  the  French,  English  and  German  medical 
literature  during  the  years  1900-1918,  inclusive.*  Many  more 
eases  were  studied,  but  owing  to  the  fact  that  they  are  not  reported 
with  sufficient  detail  they  have  influenced  our  conclusions  only  in 
a general  way.  In  each  case  the  diagnosis  was  verified  either  at  the 
time  of  operation  or  at  the  autopsy. 

Etiology. 

The  cause  of  gall-stone  disease  is  not  definitely  known.  Numer- 
ous  theories  have  been  advanced;  not  one  has  as  yet  been  found 
worthy  of  general  acceptance.  The  following  three  factors,  owing 
to  their  frequency  previous  to  or  during  the  existence  of  gall-stone 
disease,  impress  one  forcibly  as  being  important  predisposing  causes. 
In  the  individual  case,  one,  two  or  all  of  these  three  favoring  in- 
fluences may  be  operative : 

(a)  Conditions  associated  with,  favoring  or  causing  biliary 
stasis. 

(b)  Inflammatory  states  of  the  biliary  tract,  primary  or  sec- 
ondary to  local  disease  or  to  some  general  febrile  state. 

(c)  Regimens  or  diatheses  favoring  or  causing  hypercholes- 
terinemia. 

Cholesterin,  the  principal  component  of  gall-stones,  is  derived 
Irom  the  bile.  Simple  bile-stasis  can,  through  the  precipitation  of 
cholesterin,  lead  to  cholesterin-stone  formation.  Precipitation  is 
prone  to  occur  in  inspissated  bile,  and  the  elements  thrown  down 
may  lead  to  stone  formation.  In  the  later  months  of  pregnancy 
the  abdominal  muscles  and  the  diaphragm  contract  feebly,  and  the 
bile,  being  inefficiently  expelled,  stagnates  in  the  gall-bladder. 

Stasis,  in  addition  to  separating  out  the  essential  constituents  of 
gall-stones  from  the  bile,  favors  the  growth  of  bacteria  in  the 
residual  fluid.  According  to  Sherrington,  bacteria  cannot  enter  the 
bile-ducts  as  long  as  the  bile  is  expelled  at  regular  intervals.  Bile 
is  not  an  antiseptic ; it  does  not  prevent  the  development  of  bacteria ; 

*A11  the  periodicals  to  be  found  at  the  John  Crerar  Library,.  Chicago,  111. 


352 


Original  Articles. 


left  exposed  to  bacterial  contamination,  it  undergoes  putrefaction. 
Obstruction  to  the  bile  outflow  may  be  due  to  foreign  bodies  present 
in  the  gall-bladder  or,  in  the  larger  bile-ducts,  may  be  determined 
by  inflammatory  or  other  degenerative  changes  involving  the  gall- 
bladder or  the  bile-ducts,  or  may  result  from  such  pathological 
states  of  contagious  organs  as  lead  to  impingement  of  one  or  more 
of  the  latter  upon  the  bile-ducts.  Obesity,  sedentary  life,  constipa- 
tion, tight  clothing,  such  as  ill-fitting  and  improper  corsets,  etc., 
are  held  by  some  to  be  predisposing  factors.  Miyake  believes  that 
the  non- wearing  of  corsets  by  Japanese  women  is  one  of  the  prin- 
cipal reasons  why  gall-stones  are  so  infrequent  among  them. 

Bacterial  organisms  are  said  to  be  the  most  essential  cause  in  the 
majority  of  cases  of  gall-stones.  In  this  connection,  one  should  not 
ignore  the  relation  of  mouth  and  teeth  infections  to  appendicitis 
and  cholecystitis.  In  some  cases,  supplementing  the  noxious  in- 
fluence of  bile  stasis,  in  others  acting  independently,  in  many  act- 
ing conjointly,  there  is  present  a bacterial  inflammation  of  the 
mucous  membrane  of  the  gall-bladder,  of  the  bile-ducts,  or  of  both. 
If  the  stone  be  of  aseptic  origin,  the  abnormal  element  lies  in  the 
composition  of  the  bile ; if  the  stone  be  of  inflammatory  origin,  the 
pathological  condition  is  the  cholecystitis  or  catarrh  of  the  gall- 
bladder. 

A history  of  acute  cholecystitis  first  observed  within  a few  weeks 
or  months  of  parturition  is  given  by  many  of  the  patients  operated 
upon  for  gall-stone  disease.  Both  pregnancy  and  the  puerperium 
are  not  infrequently  complicated  by  acute  exacerbations  or  recur- 
rences of  cholecystitis  (Bettmann).  The  gastro-intestinal  disturb- 
ances and  constipation  that  attend  the  pregnant  state  no  doubt 
favor  the  migration  of  the  bacillus  coli  to  the  gall-bladder. 

Although  infection  and  retarded  bile  outflow  predispose  to  gall- 
stone formation,  they  are  not  all-sufficient.  Occlusion  of  the  cystic 
or  of  the  common  duct  may  co-exist  with  an  infected  gall-bladder, 
and  yet  no  gall-stones  form.  In  order  to  produce  calculi,  infections 
of  the  gall-bladder  must  be  of  low  type:  colon  bacillus,  bacillus 
typhosus,  staphylococcus,  etc.  Typhoid  fever  is  considered  an  im- 
portant etiological  factor ; it  occurs  in  all  lands  and  among  all  races, 
still  gall-stones  are  very  uncommon  in  the  tropics;  typhoid  fever  is 
less  prevalent  than  formerly,  but  there  seems  to  be  no  decrease  in 
the  number  of  patients  having  gall-stones. 

Diathetic  conditions  can  so  alter  the  composition  of  the  bile  as 


Heineck — Gall-Stone  Disease  Complicating  Pregnancy.  353 

to  favor — suitable  local  conditions  existing — the  production  of  cal- 
culi. The  supposition  is  that  gall-stones  are  deposited  as  a result 
of  error  in  metabolism  (over-concentration  of  cholesterin  in  blood 
and  bile).  Aschoffs  theory  of  gall-stone  formation  can  be  stated 
briefly  as  follows  : Cholesterin  is  a normal  constituent  of  the  bile 
and  of  the  blood,  its  amount  therein  depending  upon  the  amount 
of  cholesterin  in  the  food.  A diet  rich  in  fats  and  albuminous  foods 
raises  the  cholesterin  content  of  the  bile.  There  is  a distinct  choles- 
terin diathesis.  Persons  with  this  diathesis,  even  upon  an  ordinary 
diet,  retain  their  lipoids,  an  increased  cholesterin  content  of  the 
blood  and  of  the  bile  results,  and  sooner  or  later  a sudden  precipi- 
tation of  the  bile  cholesterin  in  the  form  of  gall-stones  may  occur. 
Stones  are  often  present  in  patients  with  no  excess  of  cholesterin 
in  their  blood,  the  cholesterin  shower  having  occurred  at  some  pre- 
vious time. 

While  in  the  pregnant  woman  the  presence  of  hypercholesteri- 
nemia  associated  with  a clinical  history  of  gall-stones  is  strongly 
suggestive  of  cholelithiasis,  a low  cholesterin  figure  does  not  prove 
the  absence  of  gall-stones.  The  cholesterol  increase  becomes  mani- 
fest during  the  later  half  of  gestation  (Slemons  and  Curtis). 

The  sedentary  life  of  the  pregnant  woman  and  the  encroachment 
of  the  enlarging  pregnant'  uterus  upon  the  liver  and  its  biliar) 
passages  favor  bile  stasis.  The  normal  obstetric  patient  eliminates 
less,  during  the  entire  period  of  gestation,  than  the  normal  non- 
pregnant woman.  There  is  no  well-recognized  line  of  demarcation 
between  normal  and  pathologic  pregnancy.  During  pregnancy  the 
fetal  metabolism  throws  extra  work  upon  the  maternal  liver;  this 
may  determine  a temporary  impairment  of  function,  an  hepatic 
insufficiency,  evidenced  by  urobilinuria,  alimentary  glycosuria,  * 
moderate  icterus,  etc.  This  added  stress  also  predisposes  the  liver 
to  local  changes,  evidenced  by  “the  liver  of  pregnancy,”  icterus 
gravidarum,  acute  yellow  atrophy  of  the  liver,  etc.  The  factors 
enumerated  above,  taken  in  connection  with  the  fact  that  the  bile 
and  blood  of  pregnant  women  contain  more  cholesterin  than  the  bile 
and  blood  of  men  or  non-pregnant  women,  explains  in  part  the 
greater  frequency  of  gall-stones  in  child-bearing  women,  explain  in 
part  the  undeniable  etiological  influence  of  pregnancy  in  gall-stones 
formation. 

Pathology. 

One,  two,  three  or  more  biliary  calculi  may  be  present  in  the 


354 


Original  Articles. 


same  patient.  From  a pregnant  patient  Moulden  removed  17 
biliary  calculi;  Bosse,  26;  Graham,  80  odd;  Roith,  84;  Finkel- 
stone,  86;  Brothers,  250.  In  reporting  his  case,  Davis  says  the 
calculi  were  “too  numerous  to  count.” 

Gall-stones  vary  in  volume,  in  shape,  in  location.  Bishops  says 
that  in  his  case  the  calculi  were  “like  fig  seeds”;  Mack  that 
they  were  “pea-shaped”;  Barillon,  “mulberry-shaped”;  Peterson, 
“facetted.”  In  RissmaniTs  case  the  calculus  was  large,  long  and 
elliptical;  in  Roith’s,  pigeon-egg  sized.  In  many  of  the  cases, 
where  numerous,  the  calculi  were  pea-sized. 

Gall-stones  usually  develop  in  the  gall-bladder,  rarely  in  any 
other  portion  of  the  biliary  tract.  In  their  wandering  they  may 
lodge  in  the  hepatic  duct,  in  the  cystic  duct.  “Seventeen  stones 
were  scooped  out  of  the  dilated  cystic  duct”  (Moulden)  (Later 
Moulden  reoperated  his  patient,  opened  the  duodenum  and  removed 
five  small  stones  from  the  ampulla  of  Vater).  In  the  common  duct 
(Ploger) ; in  the  duodenal  end  of  the  common  duct,  including  the 
ampulla  of  Vater  (Rissmann).  “Autopsy  showed  stones  in  hepatic 
duct  and  in  common  duct”  (Peterson).  From  a Vl-para,  two 
months  pregnant,  Bosse  removed  one  gall-stone  from  the  common 
duct  and  twenty-five  from  the  gall-bladder. 

Stones  may  precede  the  presence  of  inflammatory  changes  in  the 
gall-bladder,  may  be  associated  with  and  be  the  cause  or  effect  of 
inflammation,  slight,  moderate  or  severe.  The  inflammation  may 
be  limited  to  the  gall-bladder  (cholecystitis),  to  the  larger  ducts 
(cholangitis),  it  may  spread  to  the  finer  radicles  of  the  biliary 
tract  (diffuse  cholangitis),  or  may  be  diffuse,  involving  the  gall- 
bladder and  the  biliary  passages.  Cholelithiasis  may  result  from 
a cholecystitis,  and,  once  established,  it  becomes  a factor  in  the 
maintenanec  of  the  cholecystitis,  in  the  causation  of  recurrent  at- 
tacks of  cholecystitis.  Inflammation  of  the  gall-bladder  and  bile- 
ducts  is  acute  or  chronic,  ulcerative,  perforative  or  adhesive, 
catarrhal,  phlegmonous,  suppurative  or  gangrenous.  It  may  be 
limited  to  the  mucous  membrane,  or  involve  part  (Davis),  or  the 
entire  thickness  of  the  gall-bladder  wall.  In  the  latter  case,  ad- 
hesions are  very  liable  to  form  between  the  gall-bladder  and  one  or 
more  contiguous  organs.  The  exudate  accompanying  these  inflam- 
mations is  mucous,  serous,  sero-fibrinous  or  purulent  (Graham)  in 
nature.  “Gall-bladder,  in  addition  to  calculi,  contained  200  cubic 
c.  m.  of  pus”  (Moulden).  If  perforation  or  rupture  of  a gall- 


Heineck — Gall-Stone  Disease  Complicating  Pregnancy.  355 

bladder  occur,  the  stones  therein  present  may  escape,  either  into 
the  peritoneal  cavity  or  into  a mass  of  adhesions,  or  into  the  liver 
substance. 

Graham,  operating  for  a ruptured  gall-bladder,  a IY-para  six 
months  pregnant,  removed  three  stones  from  the  peritoneal  cavity, 
one  from  the  gall-bladder  and  two  from  the  cystic  duct.  Should 
the  inflamed  gall-bladder  become  adherent  to  a neighboring  viscus, 
the  resulting  adhesions  may  cause  functional  impairment  or  an 
internal  fistula,  through  which  the  gall-stones  may  escape;  if  the 
gall-bladder  become  adherent  to  the  abdominal  wall,  the  inflamma- 
tion may  involve  the  latter  and  lead  to  the  formation  of  an  inflam- 
matory mass,  from  which,  ultimately,  an  external  biliary  fistula 
may  result. 

Amann’s  patient,  a multipara,  in  the  fifth  month  of  pregnancy., 
noticed  a painful  mass,  supposedly  a fibroma,  developing  in  the 
hepatic  region.  She  went  through  a normal  labor,  and  three  months 
later  this  painful  tumor-mass  was  successfully  removed.  It  had 
resulted  from  a pericholecystic  inflammatory  process  extending  to 
and  involving  the  contiguous  abdominal  wall  and  the  appendix 
vermiformis,  and  it  consisted  of  a ruptured  gall-bladder  and  an 
extruded  gall-stone,  an  appendix  and  an  inflammatory  tissue  mass. 

Impaction  of  a stone  in  the  cystic  duct  may  lead  to : 

1.  Dilatation  of  the  gall-bladder  and  a resulting  (a)  simple 
hydrops  (the  wall  of  the  gall-bladder  may  be  greatly  thickened,  may 
be  paper-thin,  may  be  almost  transparent) ; (b)  empyema. 

2.  Acute  or  chronic  cholecystitis;  catarrhal,  serous,  sero-fibrinous 
suppurative,  gangrenous,  phlegmonous,  ulcerative,  perforative,  ad- 
hesive. 

3.  Sclerosis  of  the  gall-bladder ; atrophic,  hypertrophic. 

4.  Calcification  of  the  gall-bladder. 

If  the  calculus  becomes  impacted  in  the  common  duct  there  may 
result  any  of  the  forementioned  complications  or  a distention  of 
the  common  duct  (Bosse),  with  or  without  a cholangitis. 

Inflammation  in  the  common  duct  involving  contiguous  tissues 
may  produce  a thrombo-phlebitis,  and  thus  interfere  with  the  circu- 
lation through  the  liver,  may  extend  to  the  head  of  the  pancreas, 
changing  it  to  a firm  tumor  (Finkelstone).  In  his  case,  Max  Neu 
found  the  gall-bladder  shrunken,  the  common  duct  widened  and 
bound  down  by  broad  inflammatory  adhesions  to  the  duodenum. 


356  Original  Articles. 

Symptoms. 

Moynihan,  Mayo  and  many  other  careful  clinical  observers  are  of 
the  opinion  that  gall-stones  do  not  exist  without  producing  symp- 
toms. They  state  that  the  vague  term  “indigestion”  is  used 
variously  by  patients  to  indicate  all  the  several  forms  of  distress 
which  are  the  forerunnners  of  a-  crisis  of  acute  biliary  colic.  Parks 
claims  that  the  statement,  “may  not  cause  symptoms,”  is  an  admis- 
sion of  inability  to  recognize  incipient  symptoms. 

Gall-stones  produce  symptoms  by  irritation,  by  migration,  by 
obstruction.  Pain  and  tenderness  are  most  constant  and  most  im- 
portant symptoms  of  cholelithiasis,  being  described  by  the  patients 
binder  a variety  of  terms:  (a)  discomfort  (Roith),  (b)  deep  sore- 
ness (Villard),  (c)  biliousness,  (d)  dyspepsia,  (e)  gastric  distress 
(Barillon) ; (f)  neuralgia.  The  pain,  usually  limited  to  the  region 
of  the  gall-bladder,  radiates  quite  often  to  the  epigastrium,  sub- 
•scapular  region,  neck,  shoulders,  arms,  etc.  “Pain  in  hepatic  re- 
gion” (Bosse).  “Pain  in  right  hypochondrium,  extending  to  right 
shoulder”  (Davis).  “Repeated  attacks  of  pain  under  the  right 
scapula,  extending  around  to  the  epigastrium”  (Bishop).  “Lancin- 
ating pain  in  epigastrium,  radiating  to  back  under  the  shoulder- 
blade”  (Moulden).  “Sudden  attack  of  pain  in  region  of  navel” 
(Roith).  “Pain  in  right  hypochondrium,  radiating  to  shoulder  and 
to  back”  (Villard). 

What  causes  this  pain?  Various  factors,  chief  among  which  are: 
(a)  The  calculi  themselves;  (b)  the  inflammation  present  in  the 
gall-bladder  and  in  the  biliary  tracts;  (c)  adhesions  of  inflamma- 
tory origin  binding  the  gall-bladder,  cystic  or  common  duct  to  ad- 
jacent organs.  These  adhesions  can  also  determine  severe  func- 
tional disturbances  of  stomach  and  intestines. 

“The  most  characteristic  and  constant  sign  of  gall-bladder  hyper- 
sensitiveness is  the  inability  of  the  patient  to  take  a full  inspira- 
tion when  the  physician’s  fingers  are  hooked  up  deep  beneath  the 
right  costal  arch  below  the  hepatic  margin.  The  diaphragm  forces 
the  liver  down  until  the  sensitive  gall-bladder  reaches  the  examin- 
ing fingers,  when  the  inspiration  suddenly  ceases  as  though  it  had 
been  shut  off.  I have  never  found  this  sign  absent  in  a case  of  cal- 
culus or  in  infectious  cases  of  gall-bladder  disease.”  (Murphy.) 

The  localized  tenderpess  and  the  rigidity  of  the  abdominal  wall 
may  be  so  marked  that  satisfactory  palpation  is  difficult,  impos- 
sible. Other  factors — thick  abdominal  wall,  meteorism,  deep-seated 


Heineck — Gall-Stone  Disease  Complicating  Pregnancy.  35T 

location  of  the  gall-bladder — may  prevent  the  detection  of  the  latter. 
In  a few  cases,  however,  a gall-bladder  distended  by  calculi  (Peter- 
son, Eoith),  or  by  fluid,  mucous,  purulent,  etc.,  in  nature,  or  by 
both  calculi  and  fluid  (Villard),  can  easily  be  mapped  out.  A galR 
bladder  contracted  by  inflammation  does  not  give  rise  to  palpable 
tumor. 

Jaundice. 

In  the  diagnosis  of  gall-stone  disease  too  much  significance  has 
been  attached  to  the  symptom  of  jaundice.  It  is  an  important  sign, 
but  is  not  to  be  considered  essential  to  diagnosis;  like  hemorrhage 
in  duodenal  ulcer;  it  ought  not  to  be  waited  for.  Jaundice  may  not 
occur  at  all  (Heineck,  Finkelstone),  it  may  be  inconspicuous,  it 
may  be  late,  it  may  be  inconstant.  In  some  cases  each  attack  of 
gall-stone  colic  is  followed  by  transient  jaundice  (Bishop).  The 
presence  of  jaundice  was  definitely  recorded  in  twenty  of  our  thirty 
cases.  The  jaundice  was  accompanied  by  its  usual  concomitant 
manifestations,  digestive  disturbances  (Villard)  beer-brown  urine 
(Bosse,  Davis,  etc.),  clay-colored  stools  (Ploger,  Rissmann,  etc.) 

In  diseases  of  the  biliary  passages,  icterus  is  of  two  forms : it  is 
of  inflammatory  or  of  lithogenous  origin.  The  cause  of  the  first  is 
an  inflammatory  swelling  of  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  biliary 
passages*  (Korte,  Barillon).  In  gall-bladder  infections  the  swell- 
ing of  the  mucous  membrane  may  extend  to  and  involve  the  common 
and  hepatic  ducts  and  thereby  obstruct  the  bile-flow.  The  mechan- 
ical occlusions,  partial  or  complete,  of  the  common  duct  by  a cal- 
culus, causes  lithogenous  jaundice.  Icterus  is  frequently  due  to 
both  inflammatory  and.  calculus  obstruction. 

As  long  as  a calculus  remains  in  the  gall-bladder,  or  in  the  cystic 
duct,  jaundice  is  not  likely  to  appear.  In  eleven  of  the  cases  in 
which  jaundice  was  observed,  there  was  present,  with  or  without 
calculi,  a common  duct  stone  (Bosse,  three  cases  ; Heineck,  Mack, 
two  cases;  Ploger,  Rissmann,  MclSTee,  Roith,  two  cases).  In  a 
lesser  number  of  cases  the  provocative  cause  was  the  compression 
of  the  common  duct  or  of  the  extra-hepatic  part  of  the  hepatic  duct 
by  a large  stone  in  the  cystic  duct,  by  swollen  lymph-glands,  by 
inflammatory  exudates,  by  adhesions  compressing  or  kinking  the 
ducts,  etc. 

Colic. 

As  stated  before,  gall-stones  cause  pain  through  the  irritation. 


;358 


Original  Articles. 


infection  and  inflammation  that  result  from  their  impaction  in  the 
neck  of  the  gall-bladder  or  in  any  part  of  the  bile-ducts.  They  also 
cause  a characteristic  lancinating  pain,  agonizing  in  nature,  by 
meandering  through  the  bile-ducts  for  a shorter  or  longer  distance 
and  setting  up  a spasm  of  the  muscular  wall  behind  the  stone. 
This  latter  pain  is  intense,  is  designated  as  biliary  colic,  and  is 
usually  accompanied  by  chills,  frequent  vomiting,  white,  lard-like 
stools,  and  bile-stained  urine. 

Gall-stone  colic  can  be  caused  by:  (1)  An  adherent,  inflamed 
gall-bladder  containing  calculi  (Finkelstone)  or  having  contained 
calculi;  (2)  an  inflamed  gall-bladder  distended  by  fluid  or  stones, 
its  cystic  duct  being  occluded  by  inflammation  or  by  a,  calculus 
(Barillon)  or  calculi;  (3)  the  entrance  into  or  attempted  passage 
through  some  part  of  the  ducts  of  a calculus,  altered  bile,  mucus 
or  other  irritating  foreign  body;  (4)  the  transit  of  a stone  through 
the  bile  passages;  (5)  impaction  of  a stone  in  a dilated  inflamed 
common  duet  or  in  any  of  its  tributaries  (Bosse,  two  cases;  Ploger, 
Rissmann).  All  the  cases  with  stone  in  the  common  duct  gave  a 
history  of  biliary  colic. 

Diagnosis. 

If  the  symptoms  are  typical,  the  diagnosis  of  gall-stone  disease 
is  easy.  In  addition  to  recognizing  the  condition  of  cholelithiasis, 
the  surgeon  should,  if  possible,  determine  the  exact  location  of  the 
calculi  and  note  what  pathological  conditions  or  changes  may  be 
present.  Digestive  disturbances  are  undoubtedly  the  cause  of  most 
failures  to  recognize  early  gall-bladder  symptoms.  Cholecystitis 
and  cholelithiasis,  owing  to  their  reflex  symptoms,  are  often  mis- 
taken for  diseases  of  the  stomach. 

By  keeping  in  mind  that  much  of  the  dyspepsia  of  pregnancy  is 
from  unrecognized  gall-stone  disease  and  -that  gastric  disturbances 
in  pregnancy  should  receive  careful  consideration  and  not  be  re- 
garded simply  as  concomitant  features  of  the  pregnant  state,  many 
diagnostic  errors  will  be  avoided.  The  discovery  of  calculi  in  the 
feces  is  evidence  of  their  previous  existence.  It  is  not  proof  that 
any  remain.  X-ray  pictures  taken  and  interpreted  by  expert  Roent- 
genologists are  of  paramount  importance  in  the  diagnosis  of  biliary, 
renal  or  ureteral  calculi.  The  absence  of  any  Roentgenographic 
shadow  does  not  prove  the  absence  of  gall-stones.  “X-ray  revealed 
outline  of  gall-bladder  filled  with  stones”  (Peterson). 


Heineck — Gall-Stone  Disease  Complicating  Pregnancy.  359 

Things  of  importance  to  arrive  at  a diagnosis  are : 

1.  An  exact  history,  including  the  record  of  previous  attacks  of 
hepatic  colic.  “Previous  attacks  of  biliary  colic”  (Rissmann, 
Ploger).  “Gave  a history  of  having  had  similar  attacks  during  her 
previous  pregnancies”  (Davis).  “Previous  attacks  of  biliary  colic. 
Three  years  ago  first  attack  of  pain  in  hepatic  region.  Since  then, 
recurrent  attacks”  (Bosse). 

2.  The  location  of  the  tenderness  and  pain  and  the  nature  and 
radiating  character  of  the  latter. 

3.  A thorough  examination,  including  a careful  inspection  and 
palpation  of  the  abdomen,  especially  of  the  hypochondriac  region. 

4.  The  exclusion  of  such  pathological  conditions  as  simulate 
gall-stone  disease — lead  colic,  renal  colic,  duodenal  ulcer,  nephro- 
lithiasis, chronic  appendicitis,  movable  kidney,  infection  of  the 
genital  tract.  Cholecystitis  is  frequently  diagnosed  appendicitis,, 
and  vice  versa.  Gall-stone  disease  and  appendicitis  are  frequently 
present  in  the  same  patient.  Cholelithiasis  may  co-exist  with  other- 
pathological  states. 

Treatment. 

In  cholelithiasis  two  urgent  indications  are  present : ( 1 ) The  re- 
moval of  the  calculus  or  calculi  present  in  the  gall-bladder  or  ducts;, 
(2)  the  cure  of  the  inflamed  condition  of  the  bile  tracts.  It  is 
agreed  that  gall-stones  should  be  removed.  Ho  one  nowadays  treats 
a vesical  calculus  by  other  procedures  than  operation.  The  spon- 
taneous passage  of  a calculus  through  the  intestine  may  bring  about 
a cure,  but  other  calculi  usually  remain  in  the  gall-bladder,  and  any 
one  of  them  may  set  up  an  inflammatory  attack.  In  gall-stone  dis- 
ease, medical  treatment  is  purely  prophylactic,  merely  palliative; 
it  is  not  curative.  Moynihan  says:  I hold  that,  once  a diagnosis 

has  been  made,  operation  is  always  indicated  unless  there  are  grave 
reasons  forbidding  resort  to  surgery.  Reasons  should  not  be  asked 
to  support  a plea  for  operation,  but  to  justify  any  other  course  than 
this.” 

The  earlier  the  patients  are  operated,  the  more  prompt  the  relief, 
the  more  numerous  the  complete  recoveries.  With  advancing  preg- 
nancy, the  technical  difficulties  incident  to  operations  on  the  gall- 
bladder and  bile-ducts  increase.  In  these  cases  we  never  use  chloro- 
form as  a general  anesthetic ; we  are  afraid  of  its  action  on  the  liver 
cells.  We  have  been  well  pleased  with  the  use  of  hard,  round 


360 


Original  Articles. 


cushion  placed  transversely  beneath  the  dorso-lumbar  region.  One 
of  three  operations,  choledochotomy,  cholecystostomy  or  cholecystec- 
tomy, is  usually  performed,  the  type  of  operation  selected  depending, 
in  the  individual  case,  upon  the  location  of  the  calculi  and  upon 
the  nature  of  the  associated  complications.  In  the  extraction  of 
calculi  from  the  bile-ducts,  injury  of  the  duct  and  wall  should  he 
avoided.  Rather  than  risk  this,  the  incision  in  the  duct  should  be 
prolonged. 

If  the  calculus  or  calculi  are  in  the  hepatic  or  common  bile-duct, 
their  removal  is  effected  by  incising  the  common  duct;  drainage  is 
instituted  through  this  incision  (hepatic  drainage). 

Recovery  followed  in  the  three  cases  (Bosse  two,  Ploger  one)  in 
which  this  was  done.  Rissmann  successfully  removed  a calculus 
from  the  duodenal  end  of  the  common  duct  by  incising  the  anterior 
and  posterior  duodenal  wall.  In  the  cases  in  which  stones  were 
present  in  the  gall-bladder  and  in  the  common  duct  the  perform- 
ance of  a cholecystotomy  and  a choledochotomy  at  one  sitting,  plus 
the  institution  of  hepatic  drainage,  gave  satisfactory  results. 
(Bosse,  Mack,  Heu,  etc.)  Roith,  in  a case  in  which  stones  were 
present  in  the  common  duct,  removed  the  gall-bladder,  then  incised 
the  common  duct  and  drained  through  the  latter.  Recovery.  Davis, 
in  a patient  seven  months  pregnant,  performed  a cholecystectomy. 
Forty-five  days  later  the  uterus  was  dilated  manually  and  a pre- 
mature fetus  was  extracted.  In  all  of  the  other  cases  a chole- 
cystostomy was  performed.  Finkelstone,  in  his  case,  did  a chole- 
cystostomy; one  year  later  he  performed  a cholecystectomy.  In 
some  cases,  owing  to  the  co-existence  of  othe^  pathological  states, 
additional  operative  work  was  done.  There  were  two  deaths 
(Graham,  Peterson)  in  the  series  of  cases  under  consideration.  In 
Graham’s  case  the  patient,  at  time  of  operation,  had  a general  peri- 
tonitis from  her  ruptured  gall-bladder.  In  Peterson’s  case  there 
was  considerable  blood  oozing  (the  coagulation  time  of  the  blood 
was  seven  minutes),  and  there  developed  acute  post-operative  sup- 
pression of  urine.  In  those  cases  of  gall-stone  disease  in  which 
other  pathological  states  were  present,  appropriate  additional  oper- 
ations were  performed.  Erdmann,  in  his  case  did  a cholecystostomy 
and  an  appendectomy.  Brothers,  in  one  case,  removed  205  gall- 
stones, exsected  one  inch  of  the  left  tube  to  induce  sterility,  and  did 
a right  salpingo-oophorectomy  for  an  existing  right  tubal  gestation. 

There  is  a wide  difference  of  opinion  as  to  which  operation,  chole- 


Heineck — Gall-Stone  Disease  Complicating  Pregnancy.  361 

cystostomy  or  cholecystectomy,  is  indicated  in  gall-stone  disease. 
Some  operators  almost  invariably  perform  a cholecystostomy ; others 
equally  competent  believe  that  cholecystectomy  is  the  most  univer- 
sally applicable  operation  for  the  cure  of  cholelithiasis.  Others  do 
as  Kummel,  who  says,  “We  remove  the  gall-bladder  when  we  must; 
we  save  it  when  we  can.”  It  is  well  to  select  the  operation  which 
can  be  performed  in  the  shortest  possible  time  consistent  with  the 
existing  conditions  of  the  biliary  passages.  After  cholecystectomy, 
redrainage  of  the  biliary  passages  may  prove  extremely  difficult  and 
dangerous.  The  advocates  of  cholecystectomy  claim  that  the  re- 
moval of  the  organ  takes  away  the  possibility  of  stones  being  left 
behind,  being  reformed,  that  it  removes  an  inflamed  organ. 

It  is  agreed  that  cholecystectomy  is  attended  with  more  technical 
difficulties  than  cholecystostomy.  It  requires  greater  care  to  avoid 
injury  to  the  bowels,  vessels  and  main  bile-ducts.  It  is  wiser  to 
choose  the  safer  operation  until  the  technic  of  the  more  complicated 
one  has  been  mastered. 

Cholecystostomy  is  the  operation  of  election : 

1.  Whenever  the  patient’s  condition  is  so  bad  that  the  difficulties 
attending  a cholecystectomy  render  its  performance  unsafe. 

2.  When  the  gall-bladder  is  not  seriously  damaged  and  when  the 
cystic  duct  is  not  ulcerated  or  narrowed  by  stricture.  It  is  believed 
that  the  gall-bladder  has  some  other  function  than  that  of  a mere 
receptacle  of  bile. 

3.  When  the  common  duct  is  strictured. 

4.  If  jaundice  and  pancreatitis  complicate  the  gall-stone  dis- 
ease. 

Cholecystectomy  is  indicated: 

1.  For  very  thick,  acutely  inflamed  or  gangrenous  gall-bladders 
in  which  a stone  is  impacted  in  the  cystic  duct. 

2.  For  chronically  thickened  gall-bladders.  A thick- walled  gall- 
bladder which  has  become  functionless  should  always  be  removed. 
When  the  gall-bladder  becomes  thickened  and  hardened  from  long- 
continued  inflammation  it  is  manifestly  impossible  that  it  should 
dilate,  no  matter  what  obstruction  there  may  be  in  the  common  duct. 

3.  For  large  gall-bladders  distended  with  clear  fluid  and  result- 
ing from  the  impaction  of  a stone  in  the  cystic  duct. 

4.  For  the  “strawberry”  gall-bladder  (chronic  thickening  with 
ulceration) . 

5.  For  a calculous  gall-badder  adherent  to  the  stomach,  in- 
testine or  omentum. 


362 


Original  Articles. 


6.  When  the  walls  of  the  gall-bladder  are  so  modified  by  disease 
that  neither  the  storage  nor  the  expulsion  of  bile  is  possible. 

Summary. 

1.  Gall-stone  disease  occurs  with  far  greater  frequency  in  women 
than  in  men ; with  far  greater  frequency  in  women  that  have  borne 
children  than  in  women  that  have  remained  sterile.  Its  period  of 
greatest  incidence  is  the  child-bearing  period. 

2.  Gall-stone  disease,  alone  or  associated  with  one  or  more  other 
related  or  non-related  pathological  states,  not  uncommonly  com- 
plicates a pregnancy  otherwise  normal  or  abnormal. 

3.  The  first  manifestations  of  cholelithiasis  may  date  from  the 
existing  gestation  or  from  a previous  pregnancy;  may  precede,  co- 
incide with  or  follow  an  abortion  or  premature  labor,  accidental  or 
induced. 

4.  All  conditions  that  are  associated  with,  that  favor  or  cause 
(a)  bile  stasis,  (b)  inflammatory  or  degenerative  changes  involving 
the  gall-bladder  or  bile  tracts,  (c)  pathological  alterations  in  the 
composition  of  the  bile,  such  as  hyper cholester in  emia,  etc.,  predis- 
pose to  gall-stone  disease. 

5.  Pregnancy  is  an  important  etiological  factor  in  the  causation 
of  cholelithiasis. 

6.  The  - pathology  of  gall-stone  disease  complicating  pregnancy 
is  the  pathology  of  gall-stone  disease  occurring  in  the  non-pregnant. 
There  may  be  present : (a)  An  inflammation  of  the  gall-bladder  or 
bile-ducts  in  which  one,  two  or  many  calculi  are  lodged  or  im- 
pacted ; (b)  a distention  of  the  gall-bladder  or  bile-ducts  by  mucus, 
pus  or  calculi;  (c)  a pericholecystic  inflammation,  calculous  in 
origin,  leading  to  adhesion  formation,  to  fistula  formation,  etc.,  and 
corresponding  disturbances  of  function;  (d)  changes  in  the  liver; 
(e)  changes  in  the  pancreas. 

7.  Some  of  the  symptoms  of  gall-stone  disease  are  due  to  the 
irritation  inherent  to  the  presence  of  gall-stones,  to  their  migration 
through’  or  impaction  in  the  bile-ducts  or  neck  of  the  gall-bladder. 
Other  symptoms  are  due  to  the  concomitant  inflammation  of  the 
gall-bladder,  bile-ducts  and  neighboring  organs,  causative  of  or  re- 
sulting from  the  presence  of  calculi. 

8.  Rupture  of  a gall-bladder  distended  by  calculi,  by  fluid,  mucus 
or  purulent  in  nature,  can  occur  during  gestation  or  during  or 
immediately  after  labor. 


Heineck — Gall-Stone  Disease  Complicating  Pregnancy.  363 

9.  In  tlie  differential  diagnosis  of  this  condition,  one  should 
hear  in  mind:  (a)  That  not  infrequently  gall-stone  disease  origi- 
nates during  or  may  complicate  pregnancy;  (b)  that  cholelithiasis 
and  cholecystitis,  owing  to  their  reflex  symptoms,  are  often  mis- 
taken for  gastric  disease;  (c)  that  appendicitis  and  gall-stone  dis- 
ease frequently  co-exist;  (d)  that  digestive  disturbances  associated 
with  acute  pain  and  tenderness  in  the  right  hypochondriac  region, 
with  or  without  jaundice,  with  or  without  symptoms  of  biliary  colic, 
are  in  themselves  ample  justification  for  operative  exploration  of 
the  gall-bladder  and  ducts. 

10.  Cholelithiasis  is  a surgical  disease;  it  calls  for  operative 
relief.  Medical  measures  in  this  disease  are  merely  palliative; 
appropriate  surgical  measures  are  curative. 

11.  Gall-stone  disease  in  itself  is  never  an  indication  for  the 
artificial  termination  of  pregnancy. 

12.  Whenever,  for  some  cause  or  other,  the  abdomen  is  opened  in 
women  of  the  child-bearing  age  or  past  the  child-bearing  period, 
the  gall-bladder  and  larger  bile-ducts  should  be  examined  if  it  can 
be  done  (a)  without  or  with  only  slight  traumatizing  of  the  tissues ; 
(b)  without  exposing  the  patient  to  too  much  additional  risk;  (c) 
without  contaminating  clean  peritoneum.  Should  the  patient  give 
a history  of  chronic  digestive  disturbances,  the  indication  is  ab- 
solute. 

13.  Women  exposed  to  pregnancy,  suffering  from  calculous 
cholecystitis  or  any  other  form  of  gall-stone  disease,  should  be  oper- 
ated, the  calculi  removed  and  the  gall-bladder  drained. 

14.  Pregnancy  does  not  contraindicate  operations  upon  the  gall- 
bladder or  bile  tracts.  Peterson  reported  only  three  miscarriages 
in  twenty -three  reported  operated  cases.  In  only  one  (Roith)  of 
the  cases  which  we  considered,  did  abortion  follow  the  operation. 

15.  It  has  been  repeatedly  demonstrated  that  the  operative  relief 
and  cure  of  cholelithiasis  does  not  unfavorably  influence  gestation, 
does  not  unfavorably  influence  parturition.  Icterus,  whether  acute 
■or  chronic,  is  a constant  menace  to  the  fetus. 

16.  Early  operation  is  now,  in  proper  hands,  a safe  procedure. 
It  is  an  effectual  cure  of  the  symptoms  produced  by  gall-stones;  it 
has  a low  mortality  and  guarantees  against  serious  complications  in 
the  future. 

17.  Cholecystostomy,  cholecystectomy  and  choledochotomy  have 
been  successfully  performed  upon  pregnant  women  for  the  relief 


364 


Original  Articles. 


of  gall-stones.  After  these  operations,  drainage  is  to  be  employed 
until  the  bile  ceases  to  flow  spontaneously  through  the  wound,  until 
complete  subsidence  of  whatever  degree  of  cholangitis  existed. 

18.  The  prognosis  of  operative  intervention  is  not  unfavorably 
influenced  by  the  existence  of  pregnancy. 

19.  In  persistent . gall-bladder  disease,  trouble-changes  in  the 
urine  manifested  by  the  presence  of  casts  and  albumen  are  not  un- 
common and  are  not  necessarily  a bar  to  operative  interference. 

BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

1.  Amann.  Monat.  f.  Geburt.  u.  Gyn.,  Vol  41,  1,  1914. 

2.  Audebert,  J.,  and  Gilles,  R.  Rapports  de  la  lithiase  biliaire  avec  la  grossesse  et 

l’accouchement.  Ann.  de  Gynec.  et  d’Obst.,  S.  2,  788-811,  1910. 

3.  Audebert,  J.  Cholecystite  gravidique.  J.  de  Med.  de  Par.,  S.  2,  26:492-494,  1914. 

4.  Bettmann,  H.  W.  Cholecystitis ; with  suggestions  for  the  prevention  of  gall-stones. 

Med.  Rec.,  N.  Y.,  74:923-925,  1908. 

5.  Bevan,  A.  D.  Gall-stone  Disease.  Surg.  Clin.,  Chicago,  1 :l-20,  February,  1917. 

6.  Bishop,  E.  Stanmore.  On  biliary  calculi.  Lancet,  1 :1906,  p.  817. 

7.  Bosse,  B.,  and  Fabricius,  E.  Ein  F'all  von  metastatischer  Appendizitis  und  Cholezys- 

titis  im  Spatwochenbett,  nebst  Bermerkungen  uber  septische  Infektionen  von  der 
Mundhohle  aus.  Wien  klin.  Rundschau,  24:591-608,  1910. 

8.  Branham,  J.  H.  Gall-bladder  surgery.  Am.  J.  Obst.,  76:940-943,  December,  1917. 

9.  Branson,  Laura.  Cholecystitis  and  cholelithiasis  in  their  relation  to  pregnancy. 

J.  A.  M.  A.,  57:  1690H694,  1911. 

10.  Brothers,  A.  Report  of  a case  from  which  205  gall-stones  were  removed  simultaneously 

with  operation  on  cervix  uteri  and  uterine  adnexa.  Am.  J.  Surg.,  23  :142,  1909. 

11.  Bumpus,  Harmon  C.  Rupture  of  the  common  bile-duct  associated  with  subphrenic 

abscess.  Ann.  Surg.,  64 :414-418,  October,  1916. 

12.  Bunts,  F.  E.  Difficulties  in  the  diagnosis  of  gall-stones.  Am.  M.  J.,  41:7610-767,  1913. 

13.  Burke,  R.  A.  Association  of  cholelithiasis  and  pregnancy.  J.  Mich.  M.  Soc.,  13  :599, 

1914. 

14.  Davis,  A.  B.  Cholecystectomy  in  the  seventh  month  of  gestation,  without  interrupt- 

ing pregnancy.  Bull.  Lying-in  Hosp.,  N.  Y.,  2:2-4,  1905 

15.  Deaver,  J.  B.  A report  of  the  cases  of  gall-stone  disease  operated  during  the  year 

1914.  Ann.  Surg.,  Phila.,  1915,  lxii,  p.  197. 

16.  De  Lee,  Joseph  B.  Diagnosis  and  management  of  pregnancy  in  the  presence  of  acute 

abdominal  conditions.  S.,  G.  O.,  23 :660-663,  December,  1916. 

17.  Erdmann,  J.  W.  Biliary  surgery  from  January,  1910,  to  April  10,  1914,  with  an 

analysis  of  270  cases.  Ann.  Surg.,  Phila.,  60:665-672,  1914. 

18.  F'inkelstone,  B.  B.  Report  of  a case  of  cholelithiasis  complicating  pregnancy.  Am. 

J.  Obst.,  74 :818-823,  November,  1916. 

19.  Goldammer  Beitrage  zur  Chirurgie  der  Gallenwege.  Illus.  tables.  Beitr.  z.  klin. 

Chir.,  55:41-272,  1907. 

20.  Graham,  Joseph.  Gallstone  complicating  pregnancy  and  the  puerperium.  Report  of 

six  cases.  South.  M.  J.,  7 :389-392,  1914. 

21.  Green,  R.  M.  Cholecystitis  and  cholelithiasis  associated  with  pregnancy.  Boston 

M.  and  S.  J.,  168:679-681,  1913. 

22.  Grube,  K.  Uber  die  Bedeutung  der  Schwangerschaft  fur  die  Entstehung  der  Gallen- 

steinkrankheit,  1912. 

23.  Hartmann,  Otto.  Bacteriologische  Studien  an  der  Hand  von  46  Gallenstein  opera tionen 

nebst  einem  Beitrage  uber  aetiologische  Fragen  des  lithogenen  Katarrhs  der  Gallen- 
blase.  Deutsch.  Ztschr.  f.  Chir.,  68:207-238,  1903. 

24.  Hesse.  Abstract  J.  A.  M.  A.,  Vol.  64,  p.  146*0,  1914. 

25.  Hirst,  B.  C.  The  diagnosis,  treatment  and  management  ©f  surgical  conditions  com- 

plicating the  process  of  generation.  Am.  J.  Obst.,  76:971-976,  1917. 

26.  Hofbauer,  J.  Uber  Relationen  weiblicher  Generationsvorgange  zur  Klinik  der  Chole- 

thiasis.  Med.  klin.,  Berlin,  5:239-241,  1909. 

27.  Huggins,  R.  R.  The  toxemia  of  pregnancy  as  observed  by  the  gynecologist.  Am.  J. 

Obst.,  56:588-606,  1907. 

28.  Kehr,  Hans.  Ein  Ruckblick  auf  720  Gallensteinlaparotomien,  unter  besonderer 

Berucksichtigung  von  90  Hepatikusdrainagen.  Munchen  med.  Wchnschr,  49, 
p.  2:1639,  1749,  1800,  1912. 


Heusteck — Gall-Stone  Disease  Complicating  Pregnancy.  365 


29.  Kunika,  S.  Die  Entstehung  der  Gallensteine  in  ihrer  klinischen  Beziehung.  Beitr. 

z.  klin.  Chir.,  79:579-612,  1912. 

30.  Lanford,  J.  A.  The  etiology  and  pathology  of  gall-stones.  N.  Orl.  M.  and  S.  J., 

68:177-182,  1914-1915. 

31.  Mack,  Wilhelm.  Die  Cholecystotomien  der  Heidelberger  chirurgischen  Klinik,  1901- 

1906.  Beitr.  z.  klin.  Chir.,  57  :535-580,  1908. 

32.  Mayo,  Charles  H.  Gall-bladder  diseases ; etiology,  symptoms  and  treatment.  1916. 

33.  McNee,  J.  W.  Recent  work  on  the  etiology  of  gall-stones.  Glasgow  M.  J.,  81 :106-115, 

1914. 

34.  Moulden,  W.  R.  Empyema 'of  gall-bladder  complicating  pregnancy.  Am.  J.  Obst., 

75:873-875,  1917. 

35.  Moynihan,  B.  G.  A.  Gall-stones  and  their  surgical  treatment.  Phila.,  1905,  p.  53. 

36.  Naxera,  L.  Die  Pathogenese  der  Gallensteine  vom  klinischen  Standpunkte.  Wish. 

klin.  Rundschau,  18 :681-703,  1904. 

37.  ■ Neu,  Max.  Die  prognostische  Bedeutung  operativer  und  anderer  Traumen  fur  die 

Fortdauer  der  Schwangerschaft.  Arch.  f.  Gynaek.,  Berlin,  80:408-421,  1906. 

38.  Opitz,  E.  Ueber  Leberveranderungen  in  der  Schwangerschaft.  Ztschr.  f.  Geburtsch. 

u.  Gynak.,  73  :351-361,  1913. 

39.  Osier.  Princ.  Pract.  of  Med.,  7 ed.,  1910,  pp.  549-562. 

40.  Parks,  A.  L.  Gall-stones,  with  report  of  a case.  Penn.  M.  J.,  Athens,  18:922-924, 

1914,  15. 

41.  Peterson,  R.  “The  practice  of  obstetrics,  in  original  contributions  by  American 

authors.”  Phila.  and  New  York.  Illus.  Pkge  365. 

42.  Peterson,  Reuben.  Gall-stones  during  the  course  of  1,066  abdominal  sections  for 

pelvic  diseases.  Surg.,  Gynec.  and  Obst.,  20:284-291,  1915. 

43.  Peterson,  R.  Gall-stones  during  pregnancy  and  the  puerperium.  Surg.,  Gynec.  and 

Obst.,  1910,  Yol.  10,  p.  1. 

44.  Peterson,  R.  Gallstones  during  pregnancy  and  the  puerperium.  Surg.,  Gynec.  and 

Obst.,  11:1-11,  1910. 

45.  Pinard,  M.  A.  Cholecystite  pendant  les  suites  de  couches.  Cholecystotomie 

pratiquee  le  onzieme  jour  apres  accouchement.  Guerison.  Compt.  rend.  Sec. 
d’obst.  de  gynec.  et  de  pediat.  de  Paris.  4 :212-220,  1902  ;Ann.  de  gynec.  et 
d’obst.,  59:278-285,  1903. 

46.  Ploger,  R.  Die  Gallensteinkrankheit  in  ihrer  Beziehung  zur  Schwangerschaft  und 

zum.  Wochenbett.  Beitr.  z.  klin.  Chir.,  69:275-295,  1910. 

47.  Potocki,  M.  Cholecystomie  pratiquee  quelques  heures  apres  l’accouchement.  Compt. 

rend.  Soc.  d’obst.  de  Gynec.  et  de  pediat,  de  Paris,  4 :155-165,  June,  1902  ; Ann. 
de  gynec.  et  de’obst.,  59  :270-278,  1903. 

48.  Rissmann.  Langdaurnder  Steinverschluss  des  choledochus  und  des  diverticulum 

Vateri.  Transduodenale  Operation  in  der  Gnaviditat.  Zentralbl.  f.  Gynak., 
Leipz.,  33:689-691,  1909. 

49.  Robson,  A.  W.  Mayo.  Diseases  of  the  gall-bladder  and  bile-ducts,  including  gall- 

stones. Third  ed.,  New  York,  p.  221. 

50.  Roith,  O.  Indikationen  und  Prognose  der  Gallensteinoperationen  in  der  Schwanger- 

schaft.  Monatschr.  f.  Geburtsh.  u.  Gynak.,  Berlin,  29  :499-507,  1909. 

51.  Rose.  Gall-stone  complicating  puerperium.  Zentralbl.  fur  Gynak.,  27  (1)  :703-704, 

1903. 

52.  Roth,  H.  Pathology  and  diagnosis  of  gall-stones  and  diseases  of  the  biliary  system. 

Med.  Rec.,  77:689-698,  1910. 

53.  Rudeaux,  P.  De  la  colique  hepatique  pendant  la  puerperalite.  Arch.  gen.  de  Med., 

Paris,  1:86-91,  1905. 

54.  Sitzenfrey,  Anton.  Uber  die  Beziehungen  der  Cholelithiasis  zum  weiblichen  Gesch- 

lechtsleben  und  zu  gynakologischen  Leiden.  Nebst  Mitteilung  eines  durch  Zystek- 
tomie  geheilten  Falles  von  Gallenblasenempyem  im  Wochenbett.  Prag.  Med. 
Wochensch.,  32:365-378,  1907. 

55.  Slemons,  J.  M.,  and  Curtis,  C.  S.  Cholesterol  in  the  blood  of  mother  and  fetus.  A 

preliminary  note.  Am.  J.  Obst.,  N.  Y.,  75:569-575,  1917. 

56.  Tilton,  B.  T.  Gall-stone  disease.  The  present  indications  for  operative  interference. 

New  York  M.  J.,  103 :436-440,  March,  1916. 

57.  Villard,  E*.  Un  cas  de  Cholecystite  suppurSe  au  cours  de  la  grossesse.  Lyon  Med. 

100:34-39,  1903. 

59.  Vineberg,  H.  N.  Acute  cholecystitis  in  the  puerperium.  Med.  Rec.,  N.  Y.,  67 :532- 

534,  1905. 

60.  Watson,  J.  Three  cases  of  gall-stones  associated  with  pregnancy.  Guy’s  Hosp.  Gaz., 

28:225,  1914. 


366 


Original  Articles. 


SPINAL  ANALGESIA,  WITH  A NEW  LOCAL  ANESTHETIC. 

By  P.  JORDA  KAHLE,  M.  D., 

Assistant  in  Surgery  of  Genito-Urinary  Organs  and  Rectum,  Graduate  School  of 
Medicine,  Tulane,  New  Orleans,  La. 

In  operations  for  various  genito-nrinary  and  rectal  affections  it 
has  been  the  writer’s  custom  for  many  years  to  employ  spinal  anal- 
gesia as  the  one  of  choice.  Not  only  is  this  method  of  analgesia  all 
that  can  be  desired,  but  the  patient  is  free  from  the  danger  of  the 
immediate  and  after-effects  of  ether  narcosis.  Until  the  last  two 
months  I have  given  tropococain  the  preference  in  spinal  analgesia, 
but  due  to  the  fact  that  this  chemical  was  difficult  to  obtain,  and  the 
small  quantity  which  was  supplied  me  seemed  to  be  inferior  in 
quality,  I determined  to  give  a comparatively  new  agent  for  this 
purpose — apothesine — a trial. 

Being  assured  that  apothesine  was  low  in  toxicity  and  knowing 
that  dentists  had  used  it  successfully  in  conduction  anesthesia,  I 
could  see  no  reason  why  it  would  not  fulfill  other  requirements  for 
spinal  analgesia.  Accordingly,  on  August  22,  1918,  the  following 
operation  was  performed,  using  apothesine,  at  the  Charity  Hospital 
Clinic : 

Patient,  Ernest  Turner,  colored,  male,  age  47.  Carcinoma  of  the  penis, 
sixteen  months’  duration.  Patient  was  injected  intraspinally  between 
the  fourth  and  fifth  lumbar  vertebrae  with  one  and  one-quarter  grains 
apothesine  dissolved  in  2 c.  c.  of  sterile  normal  salt  solution.  Injection 
was  made  at  9:25.  At  this  time  pulse  was  90,  respiration  19.  Eegional 
analgesia  was  complete  at  9:30  and  the  operation  was  begun.  Operation 
consisted  in  amputation  of  the  penis  and  removal  of  the  inguinal  glands. 
Time  of  the  operation,  one  hour  and  thirty  minutes.  Analgesia  through- 
out was  perfect  and  the  patient  left  the  table  with  pulse  85,  feeling  fine. 
There  were  no  after-effects,  such  as  headache,  etc. 

Since  that  time  I have  performed  the  following  operations,  using 
apothesine  as  an  analgesic : Two  herniotomies,  two  vesico-vaginal 

fistulse,  four  hemorrhoids,  two  internal  urethrotomies,  two  pros- 
tatectomies, one  cystotomy,  three  inguinal  adenonectomies,  three 
rectal  fistulae,  one  hydrocele,  one  nymph ectomy,  two  internal  proc- 
tectomies. 

Analgesia  has  been  perfect  in  all  operations,  lasting  to  the  com- 
pletion of  each  operation,  the  longest  of  which  was  one  hour  and 
fifteen  minutes.  Analgesia  began  within  ten  minutes,  except  in 
the  inguinal  adenonectomies  and  herniotomies,  in  which  the  anal- 
gesia was  delayed  for  four  or  five  minutes,  due  to  the  length  of 


Friedrichs — Presentation  of  an  Obturator. 


367 


time  necessary  for  the  diffusion  of  the  analgesic  to  the  iliohypo- 
gastric and  ilioinguinal  nerve  roots. 

The  highest  point  of  injection  was  between  the  eleventh  and 
twelfth  dorsal  and  the  lowest  between  the  fourth  and  fifth  lumbar 
vertebrae..  There  were  no  after-results  attributable  to  the  analgesic 
in  any  case. 

The  use  of  apothesine  in  the  above  number  of  operations,  twenty- 
four  in  all,  has  led  me  to  believe  that  apothesine  is  a superior  anal- 
gesic for  this  purpose  and  has  the  further  advantage  that  it  may 
be  boiled  for  a short  length  of  time  without  impairing  its  value. 


PRESENTATION  OF  AN  OBTURATOR.* 

By  A.  G.  FRIEDRICHS,  M.  D. 

Dr.  Friedrichs  presented  a case  of  congenital  cleft-palate  which 
was  corrected  by  an  obturator.  The  opening  in  the  palate  and 
velum  was  closed  by  an  artificial  apparatus,  carrying  the  missing 
feeth  and  closing  the  aperture  in  the  palate. 

The  case  presented  is  a child  of  seven.  Dr.  Friedrichs  stated  that 
operative  procedure  is  always  recommended  and,  when  the  de- 
formity cannot  be  remedied  by  operation,  an  obturator  is  the  method 
by  which  these  defects  of  development  can  be  corrected.  In  all  cases 
of  congenital  cleft,  phonation,  mastication  and  deglutition  are  inter- 
fered with.  With  the  application  of  this  apparatus  all  these  defects 
are  corrected.  This  obturator,  which  is  here  presented,  returns  the 
parts  to  their  normal  relation,  affording  the  patient  ability  to  masti- 
cate her  food,  an  opportunity  to  correct  her  phonation  and  swallow 
her  food  without  difficulty.  This  matter  of  speech  is  a matter  of 
education  and,  should  this  child  be  properly  taught,  all  evidence  of 
difficulty  and  defect  of  speech  can  be  cured.  This  obturator  carries 
four  front  teeth,  which  hold  out  the  Tips  and  thereby  restore  the 
symmetry  of  the  face.  In  these  cases,  taken  early,  as  in  this  case,  all 
the  defects  I have  above  referred  to  will  be  removed,  and  as  she 
develops,  and  when  she  grows  up,  she  will  look  and  speak  like  any 
■other  normal  child. 

*Read  before  the  Orleans  Parish  Medical  Society,  November  25,  1918.  [Received  for 
publication  December  24,  1918. — Eds.1 


368  Original  Articles. 

Discussion  on  the  Paper  oe  Dr.  Friedrichs. 

Dr.  T.  J.  Wolfe:  How  long  would  this  particular  apparatus  last  with- 

out renewal? 

Dr.  Friedrichs:  This,  in  its  present  condition,  would  probably  last  a 

year  and  would  have  to  be  renewed  from  time  to  time  as  the  exigencies 
of  the  condition  would  require. 

Thinking  the  inclemency  of  the  weather  would  prevent  the  appear- 
ance of  my  patient,  I brought  down  a number  of  plates  showing  a frac- 
ture of  the  inferior  maxillary  and  its  treatment.  [These  were  produced.] 


THE  WOUNDS  OF  WAR  FROM  THE  BIOLOGIST’S  POINT 
OF  OBSERVATION  * 

By  ERNESTO  BERTARELLI,  Professor  of  Hygiene,  University  of  Parma. 

Translated  for  the  New  Orleans  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal 
by  LODILLA  AMBROSE,  Ph.  M.,  New  Orleans. 

[993]  The  literature  of  medicine  has  not  been  miserly  of 
writings  concerning  the  wounds  of  which  the  war  with  incredible 
generosity  has  made  a gift  to  man.  All  the  other  paragraphs  of 
the  observations  made  in  this  vast  theater  of  pains  and  of  death  are 
still  in  the  initial  stage  of  compilation:  the  epidemiologist,  for 
example,  who  is  the  student  of  the  then , is  a little  of  a posthumous 
observer;  the  surgeon — if  he  has  spoken  quickly  just  as  he  has  oper- 
ated quickly — has  been  able  to  recount  little  enough  that  was  new, 
and  abides  his  time  for  the  macabre  numerical  summary  of  the 
extremities  amputated,  of  the  vertebrae  damaged,  of  the  cavities 
penetrated. 

The  bacteriologist,  the  biologist,  on  the  contrary,  has  had  a good 
hand  at  war’s  gaming  table.  From  the  first  roar  of  the  artillery, 
a material  new  and  in  part  unexpected,  has  presented  itself  for 
study.  The  study  evidently  concerned  the  physician  and  the 
biologist:  the  eye  of  the  former  rested  on  the  returns — apparently 
beyond  the  power  of  thought  to  conceive — from  the  gaseous  edemata 
to  the  vast  necroses,  to  the  wounds  long  ago  collected  in  the  spiritual 
museums  of  remembrance.  The  latter  had  material  for  searching 
out  the  cause  of  the  foul  wounds,  the  mechanism  of  the  vast  crepi- 
tant destructions. 

While  we  scarcely  get  a glimpse  of  other  pictures  of  the  war  as 

*Bertarelli,  Ernesto.  Le  ferite  di  guerra  dal  punto  di  osservazione  del  biologo.  Gazz. 
d.  Osp .,  Milano,  1916,  xxxvii,  993-994.  [The  pag^s  of  the  original  article  are  given  in 
square  brackets.] 


Bertarelli — The  Wounds  of  War. 


369 


viewed  with  the  eye  of  the  physician,  while  we  scarcely  draw  up  the 
firsi  summaries  as  the  basis  for  eulogy  or  suspicion  regarding 
vaccination  against  typhoid  and  cholera,  it  is  evident  that  the  para- 
graph of  the  wounds  of  war  presents  itself  to  the  understanding.  It 
is  not  merely  the  physician  and  the  biologist  who  are  interested  in 
these  wounds,  but  behind  him  who  coldly  reasons  as  to  the  causes 
of  the  evil,  as  to  the  intimate  mechanism  of  the  damage,  stands  the 
hosts  of  the  new  trembling  ones  who  ask  whether  the  defense  will 
be  possible,  whether  the  advent  of  the  useful  will  quickly  accompany 
the  knowledge  of  the  facts. 

And  the  biologist,  even  before  he  pronounces  on  the  nature  of 
the  evil,  may  postulate  a beautiful  corollary  which  the  last  months 
of  war  have  made  clear ; and  that  is,  that  one  of  the  sad  phenomena 
of  war  is  already  conquered  by  the  work  of  man.  And  while  war 
tetanus  grows  less  and  less  every  day,  thanks  to  the  prompt  inter- 
vention with  serum  in  the  wounded,  we  are  present  at  this  magnifi- 
cent spectacle  of  thousands  of  wounded. men  without  the  appearance 
of  a single  case  of  tetanus. 

The  phrase,  “wounds  of  war,”  verily  says  little  enough  to  the 
biologist  and  to  the  bacteriologist,  since  a wound  of  war  is,  per  se, 
every  lesion  caused  by  gunshot  and  by  cutting  on  the  field  of  battle. 

However,  to  wounds  of  war  we  may  give,  even  if  only  abstractly, 
a more  restricted  signification,  and  in  accordance  with  the  thought 
assign  it  to  soiled  wounds,  to  continuous  lesions  determined  by  the 
splinters  of  shrapnel. 

Hence,  wound  of  war  in  this  more  restricted  and,  if  you  like, 
inappropriate  sense,  will  mean  a wound  contaminated,  infected. 
The  germs  of  the  infection  are  varied  in  the  different  cases ; some- 
times it  may  be  a question — and  these  will  be  exceptional  cases — of 
the  bacillus  of  tetanus;  more  frequently  it  will  be  the  Bacillus 
perfringens*  to  which  belongs  the  function  of  determining  gaseous 
gangrene  (or  phlegmon)  ; again  another  time  it  will  be  the  bacillus 
of  malignant  edema.  And  to  this  list  should  be  added  germs  of 
different  species,  from  cocci  to  anaerobes;  very  recently  these  have 
been  described  as  truly  less  terrible  for  the  wounds  than  those 
already  mentioned,  but  still  they  are  always  a menace  to  the  benign 
healing  wound. 

But  actually  the  suppurations  from  pyogenic  cocci,  which  are 
disseminated  in  all  the  external  world,  and  thus  may  at  any  in- 


Continental  synonym  for  B.  aerogenes  capsulatus. — Dorland. 


370 


Original  Articles. 


stant  come  in  contact  with  the  skin,  and  hence  with  the  wounds 
(indeed  the  part  which  belongs  to  the  cocci  including  the  pyogenic 
ones  in  the  flora  which  surrounds  the  wounds  is  considerable)  are 
much  lesfe  important  and  threatening  than  a botanical  logic  would 
permit  us  to  believe.  Frequently,  even  in  soiled  wounds,  sup- 
purations are  absent;  and  in  any  event  the  therapy  practiced  to- 
day offers  a very  vast  guarantee  of  holding  back  the  process  of  sup- 
puration. 

JVfore  important  quite  for  the  course  of  the  wounds  and  for  their 
prognosis  are  the  other  germs  mentioned. 

There  is  no  longer  occasion  for  talking  about  the  bacillus  of 
tetanus:  its  history,  its  relative  frequency  in  the  external  world, 
its  activity  when  it  arrives  in  the  tissues,  the  conditions  which  main- 
tain and  accelerate  its  activity,  are  so  well  known  and  studied  that 
it  is  not  worth  our  while  to  return  to  it.  At  the  most,  there  re- 
mains some  uncertainty  as  to  the  diffusion  in  nature  of  the  spores 
of  tetanus  and  as  to  the  varying  frequency  with  which  these  are 
encountered  and  come  in  contact  with  possible  wounds.  But  the 
documents  which  we  possess  do  not  now  permit  the  drawing  of  any 
conclusion  on  the  subject,  even  if  there  seems  to  be  foundation  for 
the  suspicion  that  in  any  given  locality  there  may  be  a very  special 
frequency  of  the  tetanigenic  spores  and  consequently  of  wounds 
followed  by  tetanus. 

Another  established  fact  is  the  part  that  belongs  to  the  Bacillus 
perfringens  in  gaseous  gangrene.  The  strains  of  perfringens,  as 
described  up  to  the  present  time,  represent  some  unities  identical 
among  themselves,  with  slight  differences  of  form  and  of  cultural 
aspect,  and  this  apparently  may  approve  the  concept  that  it  by 
itself  does  not  in  reality  constitute  the  cultural  strain. 

Is  the  perfringens  exclusively  sufficient  for  determining  gaseous 
gangrene,  or  are  other  germs  necessary?  The  abundant  but  frag- 
mentary literature  of  the  bacteriology  of  war  does  [994]  not 
render  the  response  easy.  The  greatest  part  of  the  French  authors 
(the  largest  contribution  to  the  study  of  perfringens  emanates  from 
France)  permit  an  affirmative  belief;  likewise,  in  the  animals,  the 
most  extensive  anatomical  lesions  which  suggest  well  the  morbid 
picture  in  man  are  obtained  by  employing  solely  the  strain  of  per- 
fringens. 

And  sometimes,  on  the  other  hand,  the  only  finding  observed  in 
the  tissues  of  the  gaseous  phlegmon  is  consi  ituted  by  the  perfringens. 


Bertarelli— The  Wounds  of  War. 


371 


That  in  actual  practice  there  are  frequently  observed  niicrobic 
associations  in  the  wounds  of  war  which  proceed  badly  to  recovery 
is  true,  but  one  may  not  on  this  account  exclude  this  fact,  that  the 
perfringens  by  itself  is  capable  of  producing  vast  necroses. 

With  all  this,  we  do  not  come  to  the  point  of  saying  that  the 
Bacillus  perfringens  is  a definite  pathogenic  agent  capable  of  pro- 
ducing a typical  lesion,  as  we  say,  for  example,  of  the  cocci  of  sup- 
puration, although  we  know  that  suppurations  are  not  always  pro- 
duced by  the  pyogenic  cocci.  It  may  happen  most  frequently  that 
the  perfringens  does  not  figure  in  the  treatises  as  a pathogenic 
germ,  at  least,  not  with  the  same  right  and  the  same  measure  in 
which  the  Bacillus  coli  figures ; but,  in  fact,  it  may  well  be  doubted 
whether  this  arises  from  an  erroneous  estimate  or  from  an  almost 
general  forgetfulness,  which  the  present  findings  of  war  will  be 
valuable  in  causing  to  disappear  forever. 

Again,  it  is  difficult  to  succeed  in  the  exact  evaluation  of  the  part 
which  the  bacillus  of  malignant  edema  takes  in  gaseous  gangrene. 

First  of  all,  it  is  doubtful,  and  a subject  of  controversy,  whether 
there  exists  a single  species  or  a single  strain  of  the  bacillus  of 
malignant  edema,  or  whether,  on  the  contrary,  there  are  several 
varieties  or  strains.  Two  recent  communications  to  the  Societe  de 
Biologie  (and  also  an  unpleasant  controversy  over  a question  of 
priority)  would  lead  to  the  thought  of  the  existence  of  various 
strains,  or  at  least  of  some  subspecies  of  the  bacillus  of  malignant 
edema. 

In  the  second  place,  it  becomes  truly  difficult  to  evaluate  in  all 
its  scope  the  part  which  such  a germ  (whether  this  is  traced  back 
to  a single  strain  or  whether  divers  subspecies  should  be  grouped 
around  it)  must  take  in  the  various  forms  of  gaseous  gangrene.  In 
some  reports  frequent  symbioses  are  mentioned:  on  the  contrary, 
the  experimental  data  of  Sapeegnee  lead  us  to  think  that  by  itself 
the  germ  under  discussion  can  produce  extended  gaseous  necroses 
with  crepitant  edemata.  Certain  it  is  that  this  whole  chapter  is 
under  revision  to  the  degree  that  it  has  been  possible  to  attain  in 
this  enormous  and  cruel  experiment  that  we  call  war. 

The  biologist  arrives  at  the  conclusion  that  the  scholastic  pictures 
shown  until  yesterday  as  negatives  of  the  infections  do  not  suffice 
to  explain  such  wounds  of  war  as  attract  our  attention  to-day  at 
every  step;  not  only  have  some  germs  (by  all  I believe  the  per- 
fringens) been  taken  into  scanty  consideration  while  they  deserved 


372 


News  and  Comment. 

so  much  of  it,  but  also  new  pictures  and  extensions  of  old  concep- 
tions must  be  made  in  order  to  render  fairly  comprehensible  the 
pictures  of  the  infections  of  war. 

The  documents  are  numerous  from  French  and  German  sources : 
as  for  us,  we  lack  the  time  and  the  practical  possibility  for  emu- 
lating the  others  in  this  rivalry  of  knowledge,  and,  while  bespeaking 
good  Italian  contributions,  it  is  not  easy  to  think  that  these  will 
come  forth  abundantly.  Certainly,  to-morrow,  on  the  basis  of  the 
facts  ascertained  in  these  days,  a paragraph  of  the  infection  of 
wounds  will  necessarily  be  entirely  rewritten. 


NEWS  AND  COMMENT 


Orleans  Parish  Medical  Society  Names  Officers. — The 
following  have  been  nominated  and  endorsed  for  officers  of  the  Or- 
leans Parish  Medical  Society,  who  were  voted  upon  on  December 
14,  1918:  President,  Dr.  H.  E.  Bernadas;  vice-presidents,  Drs. 
W.  J.  Durel,  A.  Eustis  and  T.  J.  Dimitry;  secretary,  Dr.  Lucian 
Landry;  treasurer,  Dr.  F.  M.  Johns;  librarian,  Dr.  H.  E.  Nelson; 
additional  members  Board  of  Directors,  Drs.  P.  J.  Gelpi,  F.  R. 
Gomila  and  W.  H.  Ivnolle. 

Ouachita  Parish  Medical  Society  Meeting. — On  December 
27,  1918,  the  Ouachita  Parish  Medical  Society  held  its  annual 
meeting  in  Monroe,  La.,  and  elected  the  following  officers  for  the 
ensuing  year:  President,  Dr.  J.  Q.  Graves;  vice-president,  Dr. 

T.  W.  Wright;  secretary-treasurer,  Dr.  F.  C.  Bennett;  Dr.  R.  W. 
Faulk,  delegate  to  the  next  meeting  of  the  State  Medical  Society 
(Dr.  R.  W.  O’Donnell,  alternate).  A banquet  was  served  at  Leon’s 
after  the  close  of  the  meeting. 

Southern  Surgeons  Elect. — At  the  thirty-first  annual  meeting 
of  the  Southern  Surgical  Association,  held  in  Baltimore,  December 
18  to  20,  the  following  officers  were  elected:  President,  Dr.  J.  E. 

Thompson,  Galveston,  Texas ; vice-presidents,  Dr.  Charles  R. 
Robins,  Richmond,  Va.,  and  George  A.  Hendon,  Louisville,  Ky. ; 
secretary,  Dr.  Hubert  A.  Royster,  Raleigh,  N.  C.  (re-elected),  and 
treasurer,  Dr.  Guy  L.  Hunner,  Baltimore  (re-elected).  New  Or- 
leans was  selected  as  the  next  meeting-place. 


7 

News  and  Comment.  373 

List  of  Physicians  Engaged  in  Industrial  Medicine. — Dr. 
Francis  G.  Patterson,  Chief,  Division  of  Industrial  Hygiene  and 
Engineering,  Department  of  Labor  and  Industry,  Harrisonburg, 
Pa.,  is  desirous  of  obtaining  a complete  list  of  all  physicians  en- 
gaged in  the  practice  of  industrial  medicine,  in  order  that  they  may 
attend  the  1919  conferences  of  Industrial  Physicians  and  Surgeons, 
which  conferences  have  been  held  semi-annually  for  several  years. 
The  attendance  is  usually  good  at  these  conferences  and  a great 
deal  of  valuable  matter  is  presented  in  the  discussions. 

A Drug  Epidemic  in  London. — According  to  a special  cable 
dispatch  from  London  to  the  Hew  York  Sun  some  weeks  ago,  a 
drug  epidemic  of  the  worst  nature  broke  out  in  London,  and  the 
existence  of  an  organization  disseminating  this  vice  was  unearthed. 
Men  as  well  as  women,  and  many  soldiers,  were  victims  of  the  drug 
craze. 

Committee  to  Study  Influenza. — After  a long  discussion,  in 
which  opinion  was  about  equally  divided  as  to  the  value  of  certain 
practical  measures  for  the  prevention  of  the  spread  of  influenza, 
the  American  Public  Health  Association,  at  its  closing  session  in 
Chicago,  December  13,  appointed  a committee  of  five  to  consider 
the  question. 

American  Officers  of  Superior  Intelligence. — The  division 
of  psychology  of  the  Medical  Department  of  the  Army  reports  that, 
according  to  its  tests,  83  per  cent  of  the  officers  in  the  American 
Army  had  the  “superior  intelligence”  required  for  a commissioned 
officer.  Of  the  National  Draft  Army,  less  than  21/4z  per  cent  were 
found  to  be  so  deficient  in  intelligence  that  they  were  recommended 
for  discharge.  To  obtain  these  averages,  tests  of  numbers  of  men 
were  made  at  every  camp  in  the  United  States.  Only  half  of  one 
per  cent  of  1,500,000,  who  were  given  the  mental  tests,  were  found 
to  be  so  deficient  in  intelligence  that  they  were  recommended  for 
discharge. 

Spanish  Edition  of  the  Journal  of  the  A.  M.  A. — The  Amer- 
ican Medical  Association  began  in  January  the  publication  of  a 
Spanish  edition  of  its  journal.  The  problems  of  a closer  relation- 
ship between  South  American  Republics  and  the  United  States 
makes  the  establishment  of  this  publication  an  important  step 
towards  its  solution.  It  is  not  expected  that  such  an  edition  will 
be  self-supporting  for  several  years. 


374 


News  and  Comment. 


A Directory  of  Health  Authorities. — The  United  States 
Public  Health  Service  has  published  a directory  of  State  and  in- 
sular health  authorities,  giving  the  names  and  addresses  of  the 
principal  officials  and  the  sums  which  are  annually  appropriated  for 
the  expenditure  of  each  particular  board  or  organization.  Copies 
may  be  obtained  by  applying  to  the  superintendent  of  public  docu- 
ments, Washington,  D.  C. 

United  States  Hospitals  to  Be  Continued. — Recent  advices 
from  Washington  indicate  that  the  big  United  States  Army  hos- 
pitals at  Camp  Greene,  Asheville,  Azalea  and  Waynesville,  N.  C., 
will  each  be  continued  for  the  care  of  overseas  returning  patients 
for  some  time  to  come. 

Venereal  Subjects'  Travel  Restricted. — The  Surgeon-Gen- 
eral of  the  United  States  Public  Health  Service  announces,  under 
an  amendment  to  the  interstate  quarantine  regulations,  that  persons 
having  venereal  disease  must  obtain  a permit  in  writing  from  the 
local  health  officer  before  they  will  be  permitted  to  engage  in  inter- 
state travel.  This  permit  must  state  that  such  travel  is  not  dan- 
gerous to  the  public  health. 

Medical  Research. — The  directors  of  the  Fenger  Memorial 
Fund  have  set  aside  $500  for  medical  investigation.  It  is  desired 
that  the  work  shall  be  of  direct  clinical  bearing  which  may  be  car- 
ried out  in  an  established  institution  which  will  furnish  the  neces- 
sary facilities  and  ordinary  supplies  free  of  cost.  For  full  particu- 
lars, write  to  Ludvig  Hektoen,  637  South  Wood  street,  Chicago. 
Besides  the  Fenger  Fund,  Harvard  University  Medical  School, 
the  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons  of  Columbia  University, 
and  Johns  Hopkins  University  have  been  benefited  by  the  will  of 
James  Raphael  Lamar,  who  bequeaths  his  residuary  estate,  estimated 
at  $10,000,000,  to  the  above  medical  institutions  for  medical  re- 
search into  the  cause  of  diseases  and  into  the  principles  of  correct 
living,  for  the  study  and  teaching  of  dietetics  and  of  the  effects  of 
different  foods  and  diets  on  the  human  system,  the  results  of  which 
study  shall  be  disseminated  among  the  people  of  the  United  States. 

Meeting  of  National  Science  Society.— Representatives  of 
twenty  associations  of  scientific  experts  from  virtually  every  State 
attended  the  meeting  of  the  American  Association  for  the  Advance- 
ment of  Science  at  Johns  Hopkins  University  on  December  26, 


News  and  Comment. 


375 


1918.  The  annual  address  was  delivered  by  Dr.  Theodore  W.  Rich- 
ards, of  Harvard  University,  the  retiring  president. 

Influenza  a World  Plague. — According  to  a writer  in  the 
London  Times , 6,000,000  persons  throughout  the  world  perished 
from  influenza  and  pneumonia  during  the  last  several  months.  It 
is  estimated  that  the  .war  caused  the  death  of  20,000,000  persons  in 
four  and  a half  years,  showing  that  influenza  has  been,  proportion- 
ately, almost  four  times  deadlier  than  the  war. 

Anonymous  Gift  to  Touro  Infirmary. — The  Touro  Infirmary, 
of  Hew  Orleans,  recently  received  the  gift  of  $25,000.  The  name 
of  the  donor  was  withheld. 

Presbyterian  Hospital  Graduates  Nurses. — The  graduating 
exercises  of  the  class  of  1919  of  the  New  Orleans  Presbyterian  Hos- 
pital Training  School  for  Nurses  took  place  on  January  14  in  the 
Corinne  Casanas  Building.  A short  program  followed  the  presenta- 
tion of  diplomas,  after  which  a reception  was  held  for  the  nurses. 

Removals. — Dr.  W.  H.  Pope,  Jr.,  from  Trinity  to  480  Lile  street, 
Beaumont,  Texas. 

Dr.  J.  E.  Evans,  from  Eulton  to  901-2  Yan  Antwerp  Building, 
Mobile,  Ala. 

Dr.  M.  R.  Cushman,  from  Baton  Rouge  to  Prairieville,  La. 

Dr.  H.  R.  Shands,  from  Jackson,  Miss.,  to  Colorado  Springs,  Col. 

Dr.  Willis  W alley,  to  212%  West  Capitol  Street,  Jackson,  Miss. 

Married. — On  December  26,  1918,  Dr.  Frank  Theo.  Beatrous, 
of  New  Orleans,  to  Miss  Grace  Phyllis  Hayne,  of  Boyce,  La. 

On  January  9,  1919,  Dr.  Charles  J.  Bloom,  of  New  Orleans,  to 
Miss  Gladys  Marie  Reiss,  also  of  this  city. 


376 


Booh  Reviews  and  Notices . 


BOOK  REVIEWS  AND  NOTICES 


All  new  publications  sent  to  the  JOURNAL  will  be  appreciated  and  will  invariably  be 
promptly  acknowledged  under  the  heading  of  “ Publications  Received."  IVhile 
it  will  be  the  aim  of  the  Journal  to  review  as  many  of  the  worlds  accepted  as 
possible,  the  editors  will  be  guided  by  the  space  available  and  the  merit  of  re- 
spective publications.  The  acceptance  of  a boo\ p implies  no  obligation  to  review. 


The  Principles  of  Hygiene,  by  D.  H.  Bergey,  A.  M.,  Dr.  P.  H.  Sixth 
edition,  thoroughly  revised.  W.  B.  Saunders  Company,  Philadel- 
phia and  London. 

The  continued  demand  for  this  work  is  an  excellent  argument  for  its 
merit.  With  the  new  edition  brought  up  to  date  by  careful  revision,  its 
popularity  should  continue.  The  large  experience  of  the  author  as  a 
teacher  has  given  added  value  to  the  work  as  a textbook.  The  chapters 
on  military  hygiene  are  only  too  brief.  Its  importance  should  invite  more 
space  to  this  field.  DYER. 

A Treatise  on  Clinical  Medicine,  by  William  Hanna  Thomson,  M.  D., 
LL.  D.  Second  edition,  revised.  W.  B.  Saunders  Company,  Phila- 
delphia and  London. 

It  is  certain  that  the  very  practical  character  of  this  book  will  find 
welcome  among  the  practitioners  of  medicine,  while  the  discursive  method 
discounts  the  usefulness  as  a textbook.  The  author,  with  large  ex- 
perience, has  incorporated  much  of  this.  Unfortunately,  where  he  lacks 
experience,  there  is  too  much  tendency  to  be  dogmatic,  and  some  times 
to  show  real  ignorance.  For  example:  11  There  is  no  treatment  for 

leprosy,  though  injections  of  Calmette ’s  antivenomous  serum  have  been  re- 
ported as  actually  curing  the  disease.’ ’ One  who  may  be  familiar  with  a 
disease  will  scan  the  pages  of  a new  text  for  a more  modern  viewpoint, 
and  it  is  astonishing  to  have  such  a statement  as  the  conclusion  to  the 
article  on  leprosy.  The  reviewer,  as  the  author  of  the  use  of  Calmette’s 
antivenomous  serum  in  leprosy,  obtained  amelioration  in  these  cases,  but 
discontinued  the  treatment  as  of  less  service  than  other  remedies  which 
did  cure.  It  is  worth  remarking  that  the  successful  use  of  chaulmoogra 
oil  at  the  Louisiana  Leper  Home  and  in  the  Philippines  is  too  well  known 
to  have  been  wholly  ignored  by  any  modern  textbook. 

This  particular  lapse . on  the  part  of  the.  author  mars  an  otherwise 
serviceable  book,  but  perhaps  even  this  should  not  be  taken  too  seriously, 
when  the  same  fault  is  common  among  writers  in  this  country,  where  the 
utilitarian  features  of  contributions  to  medical  literature  often  sacrifice 
the  need  for  exact  or  complete  statement.  DYER. 

Clinical  Diagnosis.  A Manual  of  Laboratory  Methods,  by  James  Campbell 
Todd,  M.  D.,  Professor  of  Pathology,  University  of  Colorado. 
W.  B.  Saunders  Company,  Philadelphia  and  London,  1918. 

The  author  presents  in  this,  the  fourth  edition  of  Clinical  Diagnosis, 
revised  and  reset,  one  of  the  very  useful  laboratory  guides,  both  for 
students  and  practitioners.  The  various  laboratory  methods  are  stated 
clearly  and  concisely.  Many  of  the  newer  tests  are  included,  among  them 


Booh  Reviews  and  Notices. 


377 


the  use  of  colorimeters  and  of  the  pocket  spectroscope  and  methods  of 
matching  blood  for  transfusion,  the  fractional  method  of  gastric  analysis, 
vital  staining  of  blood  corpuscles,  the  mastic  reaction  in  the  spinal  fluid, 
and  many  others.  One  chapter  is  devoted  to  serology. 

The  illustrations  are  descriptive,  and  there  are  four  color  plates  new 
in  this  edition. 

The  book  is  an  excellent  addition  to  any  medical  man’s  library  and 
is  certain  to  prove  a most  satisfactory  guide  for  medical  students. 

ELIZABETH  BASS. 

Johnson’s  Standard  First  Aid  Manual,  edited  by  Fred.  B.  Kilmer.  John- 
son & Johnson,  New  Brunswick,  N.  J. 

This  is  the  eighth  revision  of  a simple,  yet  comprehensive,  first  aid 
manual  intended  to  convey  in  a serviceable  shape  the  information  needed 
by  those  who  wish  to  be  posted  in  emergency  or  first  aid  treatment.  The 
editor  has  had  the  suggestions  and  assistance  of  many  who  labor  in  the 
field  of  first  aid.  It  is  brought  up  to  date,  liberally  illustrated  and  be- 
comes a standard  authority  on  first  aid.  C.  C. 

Diseases  of  the  Heart  and  Blood  Vessels,  by  Thomas  E.  Satterthwaite, 
M.  D.  Lemcke  & Buechner,  New  York  City. 

The  first  chapter  emphasizes  the  importance  of  general  methods  of 
diagnosis,  including  careful  history-taking.  The  author  seems  to  think 
that  works  on  diagnosis  have  not  accorded  sufficient  notice  to  Sahli’s 
band.  He  admits,  however,  that  “its  significance  has  not  yet  been  estab- 
lished. ’ ’ As  to  the  Carrigan  pulse,  we  are  of  the  same  opinion  as  the 
author — i.  e.,  that  it  has  been  overestimated  ..as  one  of  the  most  charac- 
teristic signs  of  aortic  insufficiency.  ’ ’ 

Thayer  is  cited  as  finding,  on  1 ‘ autopsical  examination  of  twenty-eight 
persons  with  aortic  insufficiency  uncomplicated  by  mitral  stenosis  in  the 
Johns  Hopkins  Hospital,  that  in  fourteen  there  had  been  no  Carrigan 
pulse.  ’ ’ 

The  author  is  discouraged  by  the  fact  that  the  polygraph  and  the 
electrocardiograph,  along  with  the  sphygmograph,  are  not  of  any  great 
help  in  the  differential  diagnosis  of  valvular  diseases.  As  to  the  phono- 
cardigraph,  he  remarks  that  it  may  eventually  be  an  aid,  but  thus  far 
the  tracings  it  has  furnished  have  been  disappointing. 

In  the  paragraph  on  “Inorganic  Murmurs,”  a great  variety  of  con- 
ditions as  to  their  causes  are  briefly  summarized. 

The  importance  of  the  venous  pulse  in  furnishing  information  concern- 
ing the  character  of  cardiovascular  movements  is  commented  upon.  The 
terms  “auricular  flutter,”  “auricular  fibrillation,”  and  “ventricular 
fibrillation  ’ ’ are  defined  and  explained. 

Chapter  II  is  on  the  “Venous  Pulse.”  Chapter  IV  treats  of  “Ar- 
terial Blood  Pressures.  ’ ’ In  regard  to  the  sphygmomanometer,  the 
author  remarks:  “The  difference  between  the  readings  of  the  best  modern 
instruments  are  usually  so  small  that  they  are  negligible,  for  the  most 
part,  clinically.” 

The  most  extensive  chapter  in  the  book  is  on  the  “Endocardio- 
pathies,  ” and  the  subject  is  well  covered. 

Chapter  VI  treats  of  1 ‘ Cardiac  Arythmias.  ” “ Cardiac  Syphilis  ’ ’ 

forms  the  subject-matter  of  Chapter  VIII. 

Our  own  observation  agrees  with  the  author’s  statement  that  acute 


378 


Publications  Received. 


aortitis  is  occasionally  caused  by  tuberculosis,  but  much  more  often  by 
syphilis,  both  diseases  having  a special  affinity  for  the  arteries. 

Under  “Graves’  Disease,”  several  forms  of  treatment  are  cited,  each 
having  its  champion.  Our  own  experience  is  that  some  cases  respond 
to  one  of  the  different  plans  of  treatment,  while  again  many  cases  are 
not  benefited  in  the  least,  but  require  surgical  intervention. 

Chapter  XIV,  “Circulatory  Disorders  and  Epilepsy,”  deserves  care- 
ful reading. 

The  author,  in  Chapter  XV,  has  presented  in  brief  but  proper  form 
the  best  of  our  present-day  views  on  the  subject  of  “Internal  Secretions.” 

Chapters  XVI,  XVII,  XVIII  and  XIX  deal  with  “Congenital  Affec- 
tions, ” “Cardiac  Neoplasms,”  “Cardiac  Parasites,”  “Hygienic  and 
Dietetic  Treatment,”  respectively. 

Chapter  XX,  “On  Drug  Therapy,”  shows  careful  consideration  and 
proves  that  the  author  is  not  a therapeutic  nihilist.  We  are  pleased  to 
add  our  approval  to  the  quotation  from  the  writing  of  H.  A.  Hare,  that 
in  “a  certain  number  of  cases  of  valvular  disease  the  patient  does  not 
require  digitalis  or  any  other  cardiac  stimulant  for  the  relief  of  his 
cardiac  symptoms,  but,  on  the  other  hand,  in  addition  to  rest,  will  often 
be  greatly  benefited  by  the  administration  of  aconite,  which  has  the  same 
steadying  effect  upon  the  heart,  through  its  influence  on  the  heart 
muscles  in  cases  of  excessive  compensation,  and  it  diminishes  the  over- 
action of  hypertrophy,  which  is  sometimes  confused  with  the  tumultuous 
overaction  of  ruptured  compensation.” 

The  final  chapter  of  the  book  deals  with  prognosis.  It  is  generally 
conceded  that  the  prognosis  in  cardiovascular  disease  should  be  given 
with  caution,  as  there  are  many  factors  which  must  be  considered.  Be 
humane,  but  also  have  reserve.  We  like  this  book.  STORCK. 


PUBLICATIONS  RECEIVED 


C.V.  MOSBY  COMPANY,  St.  Louis,  1918. 

Physiology  and  Biochemistry  in  Modern  Medicine,  by  J.  J.  R.  Mac- 
Leod, M.  B.,  assisted  by  Roy  G.  Pearce,  B.  A.,  M.  D. 

Mental  Diseases,  by  Walter  Vose  Gulick,  M.  D. 

Information  for  the  Tuberculous,  by  F.  W.  Wittich,  A.  M.,  M.  D. 

J.  B.  LIPPINCOTT  COMPANY,  Philadelphia  and  London,  1918. 

Equilibrium  and  Vertigo,  by  Isaac  H.  Jones,  M.  A.,  M.  D.,  with  an 
analysis  of  pathologic  cases,  by  Lewis  Fisher,  M.  D. 

P.  BLAKISTON’S  SON  & CO.,  Philadelphia,  1918. 

A Compend  of  Pharmacy,  by  F.  E.  Stewart,  M.  D.,  Ph.  G.,  Phar.  D. 
Paper  Work  of  the  Medical  Department  of  the  United  States  Army, 
by  Ralph  W.  Webster,*  M.  D.,  Ph.  D. 

Massage  and  the  Original  Swedish  Movements,  by  Kurre  W.  Ostrom. 
Eighth  edition,  revised  and  enlarged. 

A Compend  of  Genitc-Urinary  Diseases  and  Syphilis,  by  Charles  S. 
Hirsch,  M.  D.  Third  edition,  revised. 


Publications  Received . 


379 


YEAR  BOOK  PUBLISHERS,  Chicago,  1918. 

The  Practical  Medicine  Series.  Under  the  general  editorial  charge  of 
Charles  L.  Mix,  A.  M.,  M.  D.  Yolnme  YI:  Pharmacology  and  Thera- 
peutics, edited  by  Bernard  Fantus,  M.  S.,  M.  D.;  Preventive  Medicine, 
edited  by  Wm.  A.  Evans,  M.  S'.,  M.  D.,  LL.  D.,  D.  P.  H. 

PAUL  B.  HOEBER,  New  York,  1918. 

Compendium  of  Histo-Pathological  Technic,  by  Emma  T.  Adler. 

W.  B.  SAUNDERS  COMPANY,  Philadelphia  and  London,  1918. 

Surgical  Treatment.  Yolumes  1,  2 and  3.  By  James  Peter  War- 
basse,  M.  D. 

WASHINGTON  GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Annual  Report  of  the  Surgeon-General  of  the  Public  Health  Service 
of  the  United  States.  For  the  fiscal  year  1918. 

Public  Health  Reports.  Yolume  33,  Nos.  48,  49,  50  and  51. 
Susceptibility  to  Hay  Fever  and  Its  Relation  to  Heredity,  Age  and 
Seasons,  by  Wm.  Scheppegrell,  M.  D. 

MISCELLANEOUS: 

Transactions  of  the  American  Otological  Society.  Fifty-first  annual 
meeting.  Yolume  XIY.  Part  III. 

Johnson’s  First  Aid  Manual.  Edited  by  Fred  B.  Kilmer.  Eighth 
edition,  revised.  (Published  by  Johnson  & Johnson,  New  Brunswick,  N.  J.) 

Fourth  Annual  Report  of  the  Rockefeller  Foundation.  (International 
Health  Board,  61  Broadway,  New  York,  1918.) 


REPRINTS. 

Recent  Developments  in  Infant  Feeding,  by  Emile  Berliner. 

The  Presence  of  Food  Accessories  in  Urine,  Bile  and  Saliva,  by  A.  M. 

Muckenfuss. 


380 


Mortuary  Report. 


MORTUARY  REPORT  OF  NEW  ORLEANS. 

Computed  from  the  Monthly  Report  of  the  Board  of  Health  of  the  City 
of  New  Orleans,  for  December,  1918. 


CA  USE. 

£ 

*3 

JJ 

O 

O 

e 

£ 

Typhoid  Fever  . __  

1 

1 

Intermittent  Fever  (Malarial  Cachexia) 

Smallpox  ___  _ . __  ..  

Measles  

Scarlet  Fever _ 

Whooping  Cough.  

2 

2 

Diphtheria  and  Croup  _ 

1 

1 

Influenza _ _ 

Cholera  Nostras 

132 

35 

167 

Pyemia  and  Septicemia  

Tuberculosis  __  _ 

54 

57 

111 

Cancer  _ _ _ 

30 

5 

35 

Rheumatism  and  (Gout 

2 

2 

4 

Diabetes  __  

4 

4 

Alcoholism 

1 

/ L 

Encephalitis  andMeningitis _____ 

1 

1 

2 

Locomotor  Ataxia _ 

1 

1 

Congestion,  Hemorrhage  and  Softening  of  Brain  

22 

12 

34 

Paralysis _ _ 

1 

6 

7 

Convulsions  of  Infancy  _ _ ___ 

3 

3 

Other  Diseases  of  In  fancy  

12 

6 

18 

Teranus 

Other  Nervous  Diseases  _ __  __  _ _ 

4 

1 

5 

Heart  Diseases  _ 

61 

3rt 

97 

Bronchitis  _ 

17 

3 

20 

Pneumonia  and  Broncho- Pneumonia  __  __ 

58 

41 

,99 

Other  Respiratory  Diseases  __ 

1 

1 

Ulcer  of  Stomach  

1 

Other  Diseases  of  the  Stomach 

o 

2 

Diarrhea,  Dysentery  and  Enteritis  __ 

id 

10 

20 

Hernia.  Intestinal  Obstruction  _ _ _ _ __ 

Cirrhosis  of  Liver. _ . __  

5 

6 

2 

1 

n 

# 

7 

Other  Diseases  of  the  Liver 

1 

1 

Simple  Peritonitis 

Appendicitis  _ _ __ 

Bright’s  Disease 

3 

30 

1 

13 

4 

43 

Other  Genito-Urinary  Diseases  _ _ 

10 

12 

22 

Puerperal  Diseases  _ _ 

7 

3 

10 

Senile  Debi  lity ...  _ _ 

6 

3 

9 

Suicide __  

4 

1 

5 

Injuries-  __  __  _ 

29 

11 

40 

All  Other  Causes  _ 

24 

18 

42 

Total  __  __  _ _ 

545 

281 

826 

Still-born  Children — White,  25;  colored,  20;  total, 

45. 

Population  of  City  (estimated) — White,  276,000;  colored,  102,000; 
total,  378,000. 

Death  Rate  per  1000  per  Annum  for  Month — White,  23.36;  colored, 
32.43;  total,  25.81.  Non-residents  excluded,  22.72. 


METEOROLOGIC  SUMMARY  (U.  S.  Weather  Bureau). 


Mean  atmospheric  pressure 30.12 

Mean  temperature 58 

Total  precipitation 8.46  inches 


Prevailing  direction  of  wind,  northwest. 


fw&51 

wrote*  snuara 

mpnm  tkh 
UNITED  STATE* 

COVEKKMEWT 

NEW  ORLEANS  MEDICAL 
AND  SURGICAL  JOURNAL 


EDITORS: 

CHARLES  CHASSAIGNAC,  M.  D.  ISADORE  DYER,  M.  D. 

COLLABORATORS: 

C.  C.  BASS,  M.  D.,  Prest.,  Amer.  Soc.  Tropical  Medicine 1 „ 

S.  K.  SIMON,  M.  D.,  Acting  Secty.  American  Soc.  of  Tropical  Medicine J nx-Ufficie 

P.  T.  TALBOT,  M.  D.,  Secretary  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society .Ex-Oflicio 

RUPERT  BLUE,  M.  D.,  Surgeon  General,  United  States  Public  Health  Service. 

H.  D.  BRUNS,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

C.  F.  CRAIG,  M.  D.,  Col.,  U.  S.  A. 

S.  T.  DARLING,  M.  D.,  Sao  Paulo,  Brazil. 

W.  H.  DEADERICK,  M.  D.,  Hot  Springs,  Arkansas. 

E.  M.  DUPAQUIER,  M.  D.  (Paris),  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

A.  G.  FRIEDRICHS,  M.  D.,  New  Orleans,  La. 

J.  T.  HALSEY,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

JOS.  HOLT,  M.  D.,  New  Orleans,  La. 

F.  A.  LARUE,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

E.  S.  LEWIS,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

R.  C.  LYNCH,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

E.  D.  MARTIN,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

R.  MATAS,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

AUGUSTUS  McSHANE,  M.  D,,  Greenwood,  Miss. 

PAUL  MICHINARD,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

C.  J.  MILLER,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

F.  W.  PARHAM,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

E.  A.  ROBIN,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

W.  H.  SEEMANN,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

ALLEN  J.  SMITH,  M.  D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

EDMOND  SOUCHON,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

E.  R.  STITT,  M.  D„  Rear  Admiral,  U.  S.  N. 

J.  A.  STORCK,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

R.  P.  STRONG,  M.  D. .Harvard  University. 

ROY  M.  VAN  WART,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 


Vol.  LXXI  MARCH,  1919  No.  9 


EDITORIAL 


THE  CONTROL  OF  VENEREAL  DISEASES. 

The  Surgeon  General  of  the  United  States  Public  Health  Service 
has  circularized  the  medical  profession  with  an  appeal  for  cooper- 
ation on  the  fight  against  venereal  diseases,  and  emphasis  is  laid 
upon  the  expected  increase  incident  to  the  discharge  of  the  men  in 
military  service. 

The  circular,  among  other  things,  declares  that  “Physicians  have 
a large  share  in  the  responsibility  of  protecting  the  nation  in  this 
emergency  by  giving  their  best  scientific  attention  to  individual 
venereal  disease  cases.  * * * Each  member  of  the  medical  pro- 

fession should  understand  the  seriousness  of  statements  frequently 


382 


Editorial. 


made  that  a majority  of  physicians  refuse  to  treat  venereal  diseases, 
and  that  many  of  those  who  do  treat  them  are  careless  in  their 
methods  of  treatment.” 

While  this  statement  carries  some  accusation,  it  may  be  admitted 
as  worthy  of  attention  and  deserving  of  action  accordingly. 

It  is  all  very  well  to  summon  the  medical  profession  to  meet 
venereal  diseases,  and  in  doing  so  to  arraign  them  for  their  short- 
comings ; but  is  this  the  right  way  to  overcome  the  difficulty  ? 

We  are  not  forgetful  of  the  rather  general  legislation  within 
the  past  year,  which  proposes  to  penalize  the  physician  who  does 
not  report  venereal  cases,  and  incident  to  the  process  there  is  pro- 
vided a measurably  difficult  system,  which  entails  rather  exact  care 
on  the  part  of  the  physician.  To  the  conscientious  man,  engaged  in 
general  practice  and  without  equipment  for  the  proper  care  of 
venereal  cases,  the  honest  thing  is  for  him  to  decline  to^  treat  such 
cases;  otherwise  he  would  properly  qualify  among  those  who  “are 
careless  in  their  methods  of  treatment.” 

All  medical  men  should  he  willing  to  help  in  eliminating  venereal 
diseases,  but  it  cannot  be  the  best  way  to  invite  all  of  them  to  treat 
such  cases.  We  are  sure  it  will  be  acknowledged  that  the  evils  which 
have  accumulated  upon  the  human  race  in  consequence  of  venereal 
diseases  have  been  due  more  to  inefficient  treatment  than  to  any- 
thing else.  How  many  men  who  are  not  specialists  in  venereal  dis- 
eases know  how  to  treat  syphilis  ? 

The  trouble  lies  deeper.  Hot  only  have,  venereal  diseases  been 
neglected,  but  the  usual  source  of  their  origin  has  put  the  burden 
of  shame  and  secrecy  so  utterly  upon  such  diseases  that  they  are 
often  borne  without  treatment,  through  the  humiliation  entailed. 
The  neglect  of  such  diseases  among  the  lower  classes,  and  among 
negroes  in  particular,  has  provided  a continual  supply  of  new  con- 
tagium. 

Within  the  past  two  years  the  free  discussion  of  venereal  diseases 
in  the  daily  press  has  occasioned  reflection  among  many,  to  whom 
such  questions  were  closed.  Eeforms  have  followed,  stimulated 
largely  by  the  activities  of  the  military  authorities.  With  the  re- 
strictions and  regulations  relating  to  venereal  diseases,  the  army 
and  navy  have  been  able  to  treat  all  such  cases,  and  with  effectual 
results. 

In  the  meantime,  the  civic  population  has  undergone  a transition 
from  recognized  and  more  or  less  restricted,  even  if  not  regulated. 


Editorial. 


383 


to  clandestine  prostitution,  with  the  attending  evils  certain.  For 
such,  as  jet,  no  provisions  have  been  made,  save  the  rather  cum- 
bersome regulations  laid  on  physicians  to  report  such  cases  of 
venereal  disease  as  may  come  in  their  practice. 

The  United  States  Public  Health  Service  has  very  properly  under- 
taken this  problem,  and  it  is  for  them  to  find  and  establish  a so- 
lution, but  we  believe  that  a practicable  plan  should  operate,  and 
we  believe  that  the  appeal  to  and  arraignment  of  the  profession  is 
not  the  practicable  way.  While  it  may  be  wise  to  engage  the  promise 
of  physicians  to  either  treat  or  refer  to  qualified  specialists  or  to 
clinics  such  cases,  it  remains  that  there  is  not  yet  adequate  pro- 
vision at  hospital  clinics  to  care  for  such  cases.  Even  where  clinics 
for  venereal  diseases  are  organized,  they  are  chiefly  for  males  and 
are  conducted  in  a rather  mixed  fashion.  Females  are  often  handled 
in  gynecological  clinics,  and  usually  inadequately. 

Since  the  United  States  Public  Health  Service  has  taken  an 
initiative,  it  should  go  all  the  way,  in  promptly  establishing  proper 
clinics,  adequately  equipped  and  efficiently  conducted,  for  both  males 
and  females.  The  United  States  Public  Health  Service  might  ar- 
range for  space  in  some  of  the  existing  hospitals,  but,  so  long  as  it 
is  left  to  the  existing  hospital  administration,  in  almost  every 
private  hospital,  large  or  small,  there  is  more  effort  made  to  keep 
venereal  diseases  out  than  to  let  them  in. 

Without  in  any  way  reflecting  on  the  profession  in  general,  it  is 
safe  to  say  that,  with  the  government  operating  hospitals  and 
clinics,  and  with  free  treatment,  it  will  not  be  long  before  results 
are  evident.  Meantime,  it  is  the  duty  of  the  profession  to  promise 
to  do  what  it  may  be  able,  under  the  circumstances. 

The  question  of  prophylaxis  should  not  be  relegated  entirely  to 
the  background.  The  happy  results  from  prophylactic  treatment 
obtained  in  the  army  and  the  navy  suggest  forcibly  that  the  civic 
population  should  be  educated  and  encouraged  to  resort  to  it.  This 
is  particularly  so,  as  it  interferes  neither  with  propaganda  in  favor 
of  continence,  the  control  of  vice,  nor  with  the  arguments  favoring 
proper  and  adequate  treatment. 

As  a legal  gentleman,  urging  this  viewpoint,  said  in  illustration : 
“It  is  like  the  honest,  but  adventurous  man,  and  the  gang  of  thugs. 
The  authorities  should  try  to  get  rid  of  the  thugs;  the  man  should 
be  urged  not  to  go  where  they  congregate ; but,  if  he  either  must  or 
will  go  among  them,  for  goodness’  sake  urge  him  to  take  his  gun 
with  him.” 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


(No  paper  published  or  to  be  published  in  any  other  medical  journil  will  be  accepted 
for  this  department.  All  papers  must  be  in  the  hands  of  the  Editors  on  the  tenth  day  of 
the  month  preceding  that  in  which  they  are  expected  to  appear.  Reprints  may  be  had  at 
reasonable  rates  if  a WRITTEN'  order  for  the  same  accompany  the  paper.) 


THE  HISTOLOGICAL  AND  BACTERIOLOGICAL  INVESTIGA- 
TION OF  A JUXTA-ARTICULAR  NODULE 
IN  A LEPER. 

By  DONALD  H.  CURRIE, 

Former  Director,  U.  S.  Leprosy  Investigation  Station, 

AND 

HARRY  T.  HOLLMAN, 

Acting  Director,  U.  S.  Leprosy  Investigation  Station. 

Literature. 

A disease  occurring  in  certain  parts  of  the  tropics,  notably  in 
New  Guinea,  Java,  Siam,  Algiers,  Senegambia,  Madagascar,  New 
Caledonia  and  French  Guinea,  has  been  described  by  several  authors 
under  the  title  of  “Juxta- Articular  Nodules.”  The  accounts  of 
these  cases  state  that  the  lesions  are  subcutaneous,  hard,  painless, 
round  or  irregularly-shaped  nodules,  usually  located  near  one  of 
the  joints,  especially  the  ankles  or  knees. 

MacGregor  first  described  this  condition  in  1901  in  New  Guinea. 

In  1904,  Steiner  reported  the  occurrence  of  similar  cases  among 
the  natives  of  Java. 

In  1906,  Jeanselme  reported  similar  tumors  among  the  natives 
of  Siam.  This  author  stated  that  the  microscopic  examination  of 
these  tumors  showed  that  they  were  formed  of  three  layers : a cen- 
tral zone,  composed  of  degenerated  tissue ; an  outer  zone  of  inflam- 
matory reaction,  and  an  intermediate  or  transitional  zone. 

Gros,  in  1907,  reported  on  this,  or  a similar,  condition  among  the 
Algerian  natives,  after  having  observed  some  ten  cases  among  12,000 
patients  examined.  He  further  reported  that,  histologically,  these 
lesions  were  of  a structure  similar  to  those  reported  by  Jeanselme. 

Neveux,  in  1907,  reported  cases  from  Senegambia,  and  Fontoynont 
and  Carougeau,  in  1908,  from  Madagascar.  They  drew  attention  to 
the  symmetrical  occurrence  of  the  nodules  and  stated  that  they  usually 
occurred  on  the  extensor  surfaces  of  the  extremities  and  in  the 
neighborhood  of  joints,  especially  the  superficially  located  joints, 


Currie  and  Hollman — Juxta- Articular  Nodule  in  a Leper.  385 

such  as  the  elbow.  Fontoynont  and  Carougeau  found  that  the  tumors 
were  either  fibrous  or  fibro-cartilaginous,  with  soft  caseous  centers, 
and  showing  here  and  there  small  white  granules  consisting  of 
microscopical  filaments  and  mycelium  of  a fungus.  The  latter  they 
named  “Diseomyces  carougeani ” They  found  that  this  fungus  was 
not  pathogenic  for  monkeys,  rabbits  or  guinea-pigs. 

Leboeuf,  in  1911,  reported  four  cases  of  this  disease  in  New 
Caledonia. 

Joyeau,  in  1913,  stated  that  similar  tumors  were  observed  among 
the  natives  of  French  Guiana,  although  the  microscopical  picture 
differed  in  some  essential  points  from  that  given  by  previous  re- 
ports. In  the  experience  of  this  author,  these  tumors  consisted  of 
a ground  substance  of  fibro-connective  tissue  containing  inflamma- 
tory foci,  the  latter  being  around  the  blood  vessels.  This  observa- 
tion is  interesting,  as  the  histology  of  the  tumor  which  we  shall 
later  describe  corresponds  to  Joyeau’s  rather  than  Jeanselme’s  or 
Carougeau’s  description. 

In  1913,  Ouzillean  described  this  condition. 

In  1915,  Breiul  and  Davis  each  made  independent  reports  on 
cases  of  this  disease. 

In  1916,  McCoy  and  Hollmann  described  a case  observed  in 
Hawaii. 

Description  of  Case. 

Patient,  M.  K.  (1)  : Hawaiian,  male,  age  46;  married.  Born 
and  spent  most  of  his  life  in  one  of  the  small  towns  on  the  Island 
of  Molokai,  outside  of  the  leper  settlement.  During  his  early  adult 
life  he  wTas  a fisherman  in  the  part  of  Molokai  referred  to,  but  for 
the  last  twelve  years  he  has  been  employed  as  a road  laborer  in 
Honolulu.  His  first  symptoms  of  leprosy  developed  three  years 
ago,  beginning  with  paralysis  of  the  eyelid  and  right  arm ; later 
the  fingers  of  the  right  hand  became  contracted.  While  his  clinical 
symptoms  are  such  as  to  leave  little  doubt  that  lie  is  suffering  from 
the  nerve  type  of  leprosy,  the  bacillus  of  Hansen  has  not  yet  been 
demonstrated. 

As  to  the  nodules — the  condition  which  interests  us  here — both 
are  located  on  the  left  lower  extremity  (See  Fig.  1*)  : one  just  over 
the  outer  maleolus  and  the  other  on  the  anterior  aspect  of  the  ankle 
at  a level  with  the  first.  The  lesion  located  over  the  maleolus  began 
six  years  ago  and  is  approximately  one  by  one  centimeter  in  area 


*Not  the  case  previously  described  by  McCoy  and  Hollmann. 


386 


Original  Articles. 


and  about  one  centimeter  in  elevation  above  the  surrounding  normal 
skin.  The  second  lesion  began  thirty-six  years  ago.  At  the  end 
of  five  years  it  had  reached 
the  size  of  a pea,  while 
ten  years  from  the  time  it 
was  first  noticed  it  had  at- 
tained its  present  dimen- 
sions (it  being  slightly 
larger  than  the  first 
lesion)  ; since  then  it  has 
remained  stationary  in 
size.  The  tumor  has  never 
been  painful,  and  until 
recent  years  it  has  not 

, . . , Fig.  1 — Photo  of  Juxta- Articular  Nodule  in  Leper. 

caused  the  patient  any 

inconvenience,  since,  in  the  early  part  of  his  life,  he  went  bare- 
footed. 

One  of  the  two  tumors  was  removed,  under  aseptic  precautions, 
and  placed  in  a sterile  Petri  dish.  Numerous  scrapings  were  taken 
from  the  surface  of  this  tumor  and  carried  to  nutrient  glycerin 
agar  slants  in  order  to  ascertain  whether  our  technic  in  removing 
the  growth  had  prevented  contamination  of  its  surface.  All  of  these 
eontrol-agar  tubes  remained  sterile.  Under  the  most  rigid  asepsis 
the  tumor  was  cut  into  several  bits,  and  two  of  these  pieces  were 
placed  on  glycerin  agar  slants,  with  their  cut  surfaces  in  contact 
with  the  surfaces  of  the  media. 

Although,  as  previously  stated,  the  technic  in  handling  this  ma- 
terial was,  we  believed,  above  question,  and  although  the  scrapings 
from  the  surface  of  the  material  which  were  carried  on  agar  pro- 
duced no  growth,  the  cut  surface  of  the  specimen  produced  a mold- 
like growth,  which  be 8; an  on  the  tissue  itself  and  spread  with  diffi- 
culty to  the  surrounding  media,  leaving  no  doubt  in  our  minds 
that  it  grew  from  within  the  tissue  and  was  present  in  it  at  the 
time  it  was  removed  from  the  patient.  This  mold,  belonging  to  the 
genus  Aspergillus , at  first  occurred  as  a white,  slowly-extending 
carpet  over  the  surface  of  the  medium;  later  it  assumed  a dark 
green  hue,  and  finally  turned  violet  in  color.  After  one  or  two 
generations  it  grew  readily  on  all  the  ordinary  laboratory  agar  media, 
including  the  more  ordinary  sugar  agars.  It  grew  rapidly  at  in- 
cubator temperature  only,  and  did  not  grow  at  all  below  56°  Centi- 


Currie  and  Hollman — Juxta- Articular  Nodule  in  a Leper.  387 

grade.  The  changes  in  appearance  and  color  of  the  mold  were 
identical  with  that  of  Aspergillus  fumigatus,  as  was  its  behavior  in 
regard  to  temperature,  with  the  exception  that,  instead  of  changing 
from  a dark  green  to  a snuff  color  at  the  time  of  maturity,  it  turned 
to  a dark  violet,  as  mentioned  above.  We  are  unable  to  classify  this 
mold,  except  as  to  its  genera.  It  differs  from  Aspergillus  fumi- 
gatus in  apparently  not  being  pathogenic  to  guinea-pigs,  although 
the  inoculated  animals  are  still  under  observation.  In  this  respect 
it  resembles  the  fungus  mentioned  by  Fontoynont  and  Carougeau, 
but,  as  we  have  not  at  hand  their  description  of  the  cultural 
peculiarities  of  this  microorganism,  we  are  unable  to  say  whether 
it  is  identical  or  not. 

Some  of  the  tissue  was  placed  in  Orth’s  fixing  fluid,  fixed,  de- 
hydrated, cleared  in  the  usual  manner,  and  embedded  in  paraffin. 
These  specimens  were  sectioned  and  stained  by  a number  of  methods 
and  the  histology  of  the  tumor  was  examined.  We  found  that  a 
great  mass  of  the  tumor  was  composed  of  dense,  fibro-connective 
tissue.  The  structure  was  not,  as  some  have  described  in  their 
cases*,  arranged  concentrically,  nor  was  there  observed  either  a cen- 
tral or  an  outer  zone  of  different  make-up.  There  was  no  suspicion 
of  caseation  in  any  part  of  the  specimen,  but  scattered  here  and 
there,  in  the  most  irregular  manner,  were  numerous  small  arteries 
and  veins,  with  their  walls  greatly  thickened,  and  surrounding  each 
of  these  small  vessels  there  were  irregularly-shaped  areas,  which 
showed  round-cell  infiltration,  as  well  as  the  presence  of  large 
lymphoid  cells  and  spindle  cells  in  places  where  organization  of 
the  connective  tissue  had  begun  to  take  place.  A few  other  large 
cells,  suggestive  of  giant  cells,  were  observed  occurring  in  nests 
containing  several  of  these  large  cells  surrounded  by  fibrils  of  con- 
nective tissue.  Neither  acid-fast  nor  other  bacteria  were  observed 
in  the  specimen,  with  the  possible  exception  that  in  the  inflamma- 
tory areas  there  were  a few  slender,  branching  fibers,  which  sug- 
gested some  of  the  higher  fungi ; but  on  this  point  we  could  not  be 
certain.  No  mold  spores  were  seen  in  the  tissue. 

Conclusions. 

In  examining  the  literature  on  this  subject  there  appears  to  be 
a condition  met  with  in  certain  parts  of  the  tropics  in  which  fibro- 
mata-like nodules  occur;  these  nodules  have  the  gross  appearance 
of  molluscum  fibrosum , but  differ,  clinically,  in  being  confined  to  the 


388 


Original  Articles. 


neighborhood  of  joints,  in  being  few  in  number  and  sessile.  The 
question  is  whether  the  descriptions  refer  to  one  or  two  entities — 
whether  the  histology,  as  described  by  one  author,  of  three  zones, 
including  a central  one  showing  caseation,  and  the  histology  de- 
scribed by  another  author  of  a fibroma-like  mass  with  inflammatory 
foci  around  the  blood  vessels,  is  one  and  the  same  condition.  If 
there  are  two  such  entities,  it  wquld  appear  that  the  case  described 
by  us  is  to  be  classed  with  the  one  described  by  Joyeau  rather  than 
Jeanselme’ s type.  On  the  other  hand,  we,  like  Fontoynont  and 
Carougeau,  have  grown  a fungus  from  our  specimen  under  con- 
ditions that  would  seem  to  exclude  the  probability  of  its  being  an 
accidental  contamination.  It  might  be  pointed  out,  as  having  some 
bearing  on  the  subject,  that,  if  our  nodules  are  to  be  classed  with 
those  of  certain  authors,  it  will  destroy  the  theory  of  Davie  (who 
appears  to  believe  that  this  condition  is  the  “tertiary  stage  of 
yaws”),  because  of  the  fact  that  yaws  does  not  exist  in  the  Hawaiian 
Islands. 

REFERENCES. 

MacGregor  (1897-1898).  Annual  Report  of  Papua,  Sanitary,  p.  34. 

Steiner  (1904).  Ueber  multiple  subkutane  harte  fibrose  Geschwulste  bei  den  Malayen. 

( Archiv . /.  Schiffs  und  Tropenhygiene,  VIII,  p.  156.) 

Jeanselme  (1906).  Des  Nodosites  juxta-articulaires  observees  sur  les  indigenes  de  la 
presqu  ’ile  Indo-Chinoise.  ( Archiv . f.  Schiffs  und  Tropenhygiene,  X,  p.  5.) 

Gros  (1907).  Nodosites  juxta-articulaire  de  Jeanselme  chez  les  indigenes  musulmans 
d’Algerie.  ( Archiv . f.  Schiffs  und  Tropenhygiene,  XI,  p.  552.) 

Neuveux  (1907).  Le  Narinde,  fibromatose  sous-cutanee  des  Toucouleurs  du  Boundou  (Sen- 
egal). ( Revue  Med.  et  Hyg.  Trop.,  IV,  p.  183.) 

Lebceuf  (1907).  Note  sur  Fexistence  des  nodosites  juxta-articulaires.  (Bull.  Soc.  Path. 
Exct.,  VI,  p.  711.) 

Ouzillean  (1913).  Journal  of  London  School  of  Tropical  Medicine. 

Breiul  (1915).  Annals  of  Tropical  Medicine  and  Parasitology,  Vol.  IX,  No.  2,  p.  294. 

Davie  (1915).  Annals  of  Tropical  Medicine  and  Parasitology,  Vol.  IX,  No.  3,  p.  421. 
McCoy  and  Hollmann  (1916).  The  American  Journal  of  Tropical  Disease  and  Preventive 
Medicine,  February,  1916,  Vol.  Ill,  No.  8,  p.  458. 


ANTITYPHOID  SEROTHERAPY:  PREPARATION  OF 

THE  SERUM* 

By  A.  RODET,  Professeur  de  Microbiologie,  University  de  Montpellier. 

Translated  for  the  New  Orleans  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal 
by  Lodilla  Ambrose,  Ph.  M.,  New  Orleans. 

[83]  Having  taken  up,  jointly  with  Chantemesse,  the  problem 
of  the  serotherapy  of  typhoid  fever,  I have  arrived,  after  much 
groping,  at  results  which  to-day  seem  to  me  worthy  of  occupying 
the  attention  of  the  Academy. 

*Rodet,  A.  S6rothyrapie  antityphoidique ; preparation  du  s6rum.  Bull.  Acad,  de  med-, 
Paris,  1916,  3.  s.,  Ixxvi,  83-85.  [The  pages  of  the  original  article  are  given  in  square 
brackets.] 


Rodet — Antityphoid  S erotherapy — 8 erum. 


389 


The  preparation  of  a serum  which  can  be  used  as  a remedy  for 
typhoid  fever  is  a delicate  thing.  An  experimental  study  of  long 
duration,  pursued  first  by  Lagriffoud,  has  convinced  me  that  the 
serum  of  an  immunized  animal  may  be  endowed  with  a high  degree 
of  specific  properties  with  reference  to  the  bacillus  of  Eberth,  and 
still  be  without  therapeutic  value,  or  even  injurious.  And  I have 
been  led  by  degrees  to  group  together  a series  of  conditions — all 
indispensable  to  the  result  sought — for  the  preparation  and  main- 
tenance of  the  horses  furnishing  the  serum.  These  are  not  simply 
[84]  the  choice  of  the  immunizing  substance  and  the  avenue  of 
introduction,  which  have  a primary  importance,  but  also  various 
details  constituting,  so  to  speak,  the  dosage  of  immunization. 

The  avenue  of  introduction  adopted  exclusively  is  that  of  intra- 
venous injection. 

As  the  immunizing  substance,  I reject  the  dead  bacilli,  and  even 
living  bacilli  cultivated  on  a solid  media.  I use  cultures  in  bouillon, 
made  under  conditions  suited  to  insure  a strong  yield  of  dissolved 
toxin.  These  cultures  can  be  injected  complete  (living  bacilli  in- 
cluded) ; by  preference  now,  by  a special  procedure  of  filtration,  I 
take  from  them  the  greatest  part  of  the  bacilli.  That  which  is  im- 
portant is  the  typhoid  toxin  present  at  the  same  time  on  (sur)  the 
bacilli  and  diffused  in  the  surrounding  liquid.  The  bacilli  are  useful 
only  as  vectors  of  toxin — for  me,  identical  with  the  dissolved  toxin ; 
as  a complex  compound  they  are  useless  and  harmful;  badly  toler- 
ated, they  impede  the  immunization.  My  cultures,  almost  entirely 
reduced  to  soluble  principles,  are  sufficiently  toxic  to  kill  the  guinea- 
pig,  on  intravenous  injection,  in  less  than  twenty-four  hours  with 
a dose  of  about  2 c.  c.  (for  a subject  of  400  grams). 

In  a first  phase  of  the  preparation  the  horse  receives  in  the  veins 
doses  increasing  progressively.  After  a certain  optimum,  realized 
in  four  or  five  months  with  a relatively  small  quantity  of  immuniz- 
ing substance,  there  is  a disadvantage  in  prolonging  the  impregna- 
tion of  the  subjects  by  ever-increasing  quantities,  or  even  by  sus- 
tained strong  doses.  Many  times,  under  these  conditions,  I have 
seen  the  tolerance  of  the  animals  give  way,  sometimes  in  a definitive 
manner,  and  always  the  maintained  progression  of  the  doses  of 
bacilli  has  brought  about,  at  a given  moment,  even  in  the  absence  of 
intolerance,  a reduction  in  the  value  of  the  serum.  There  is  the 
principal  danger  in  the  preparation  of  the  antityphoid  serum.  I 
avoid  this  danger  by  the  following  technic : After  each  bleeding  the 


390 


Original  Articles. 


treatment  is  resumed  with  a reduced  dose;  the  injections  following 
are  in  increasing  doses,  in  such  manner  that  the  last  of  the  series 
of  four  to  six  injections  may  be  at  least  equal  to  that  of  the  pre- 
ceding series.  It  is  by  this  method,  and  by  this  alone,  that  I have 
succeeded  in  causing  the  production  in  a horse,  in  a prolonged 
fashion,  of  a serum  of  constant  value,  even  with  complete  cultures ; 
the  cultures  almost  entirely  reduced  to  soluble  products  obtain  this 
result  more  readily.  The  intervals  between  the  injections  ought  to 
be  (except  for  the  first  phase)  relatively  long  (fourteen  to  sixteen 
days).  The  bleeding  is  done  sixteen  to  seventeen  days  after  the 
last  injection. 

For  the  experimental  control  of  the  serum  I forego  the  classic 
test  by  injection  of  the  bacillus  of  Eberth  into  the  peritoneal  cavity 
of  the  guinea-pig  as  having  no  significance  for  the  therapeutic  value 
of  the  serum.  [85]  I have  recourse  to  a test  much  more  severe. 
The  cultures  (in  bouillon,  complete  and  living)  are  injected  into 
the  veins  of  the  guinea-pig ; the  animal  dies  in  less  than  twenty-four 
hours  by  pure  intoxication,  without  bacillar  multiplication,  and 
with  lesions  which  are  the  same,  whether  with  the  bacilli  alone,  the 
complete  liquid  cultures  or  the  filtered  cultures.  The  serum,  in- 
jected preventively  under  the  skin  in  the  dose  of  0 c.  c.  2 or  0 c.  e.  3, 
ought  to  protect  against  a dose  notably  superior  to  the  minimal 
lethal  dose  injected  into  the  veins.  I proceed  also  by  mixture ; mixed 
in  the  culture  in  the  proportions  of  ]4o>  Ike  serum  protects  the 
animals  against  a more  than  lethal  dose. 

This  test  betrays  an  antitoxic  (in  the  large  sense  of  the  word) 
quality,  which,  considered  in  several  samples  of  serum,  is  by  no 
means  proportional  to  the  agglutinative  quality,  nor  even  to  the 
anti-infectious  quality.  The  value  of  the  criterium  which  I have 
adopted  is  plainly  a result  of  the  near  relation  between  the  results 
furnished  by  this  experimental  test  and  the  therapeutic  effects  on 
man. 

I have  applied  the  same  method  to  the  preparation  of  an  anti- 
paratyphoid serum.  This  new  serum  behaves  the  same  in  the  ex- 
perimental test : it  protects  the  guinea-pig  against  the  toxic  action 
of  the  paratyphoid  bacilli  A and  B injected  into  the  veins — a toxic 
action,  moreover,  identical  with  that  of  the  typhoid  bacillus. 


Rodet — Antityphoid  Serotherapy — Serum. 


391 


ANTITYPHOID  SEROTHERAPY:  APPLICATION.* 

By  A.  RODET,  Professeur  de  Microbiologie,  Universite  de  Montpellier. 

Translated  for  the  New  Orleans  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal 
by  Lodilla  Ambrose,  Ph.  M.,  New  Orleans. 

[114]  The  serum  which  I prepare  has  been  applied  up  to  this 
time  to  the  treatment  of  400  patients  in  a series  of  hospital  services. 
Among  those  who  make  the  most  use  of  it  I will  cite  Redmond  and 
Ltienne,  who  have  announced  their  results  to  the  Academy  and  to 
the  Societe  medicale  des  Hopitaux. 

The  influence  of  the  serotherapy  may  he  summarized  in  the  fol- 
lowing formula: 

When  the  serum  is  administered  soon  enough  (in  the  absence  of 
established  complications),  in  sufficient  doses  and  at  suitable  inter- 
vals, in  the  great  majority  of  cases  it  prevents  the  progress  of  the 
intoxication,  attenuates  the  toxic  disturbances  already  existing, 
initiates  defervescence,  and,  finally,  shortens  the  duration  of  the 
disease. 

In  order  to  have  its  full  effect,  the  serum  ought  to  be  given  be- 
fore the  eleventh  day  of  the  febrile  period.  Later  the  useful  effects 
are  far  from  being  always  nil,  but  they  are  inconstant  and  generally 
less  pronounced. 

The  treatment  ought  to  begin  by  a relatively  strong  dose — 15  to 
to  20  c.  c.  This  dose  may  be  repeated,  but  very  often  one  may  con- 
tent himself  with  decreasing  doses  (10,  5).  As  a rule,  three  injec- 
tions suffice,  sometimes  two;  a fourth  may  be  necessary.  The  in- 
terval between  the  injections  which  seems  the  most  suitable  is  forty- 
eight  hours. 

The  influence  of  the  serum  on  the  thermic  curve  sometimes  be- 
comes evident,  beginning  with  the  day  following  the  first  injection, 
oftener  [115]  after  thirty-six  or  forty-eigh’t  hours;  sometimes  it  is 
delayed  until  the  second  injection,  more  rarely  until  the  third.  It 
is  the  initial  stage  of  the  defervescence,  which  is  then  continued 
according  to  the. different  types. 

In  quite  a large  proportion  of  cases,  when  the  serum  intervenes 
soon  enough,  the  lowering  of  the  temperature  is  rapid  and  regularly 
progressive  in  such  manner  as  to  attain  apyrexia  in  six  to  eight 
days ; this  “aborted”  type,  to  use  the  expression  of  Ltienne,  may  be 
observed  even  after  a very  severe  onset.  In  other  cases  the  de- 


*Rodet,  A.  Serotherapie  antityphoidique ; application.  Bull  Acad,  de  med.,  Paris, 
1916,  3.  s.,  lxxvi,  114-116.  [The  pages  of  the  original  article  are  given  in  square  brackets.J 


392 


Original  Articles. 


fervescence  lingers  at  an  average  thermic  level  inferior  to  that  of 
the  onset,  and  generally  then  with  amplified  diurnal  oscillations. 
More  rarerly,  after  a more  or  less  marked  lowering,  the  temperature 
curve  rises,  then  continues  at  that  level.  This  type  (the  type  “a 
encoche”  of  Etienne)  is  seen  specially  in  the  cases  of  late  treatment; 
in  its  way  it  bears  witness  in  favor  of  the  serum,  putting  in  evidence 
a temporary  specific  action. 

Paralleling  the  modifications  of  the  thermic  curve,  the  other 
symptoms  improve,  more  particularly  those  which  betray  the  toxic 
impregnation  of  the  nervous  system,  the  violent  headache,  the  pros- 
tration, the  cardiac  asthenia.  Very  frequently  this  improvement 
precedes  defervescence;  sometimes  the  first  effect  of  the  serum  is  a 
relative  well-being,  beginning  with  the  first  hours  after  the  first 
injection,  and  the  following  days  one  often  observes  a veritable 
euphoria  (even  though  the  temperature  lags  in  lowering),  and  the 
disease  progresses  with  a minimum  of  toxic  disturbances. 

The  recrudescence  and  the  relapses  (rechutes)  are  not  rare.  Far 
from  constituting  an  argument  against  the  serum,  they  plead  rather 
in  favor  of  a specific  action,  either  incomplete  or  insufficiently  pro- 
longed. The  one  and  the  other  could  without  doubt  he  avoided  or 
combatted,  either  by  a better  regulation  of  the  dosage  according  to 
the  case  or  by  a repetition  of  the  treatment. 

The  happy  influence  of  the  serum  is  evidenced  definitively  by  an 
abbreviation  of  the  disease,  at  least  when  the  treatment  is  under- 
taken early  enough.  The  difference  in  results,  according  to  the 
moment  of  application  of  the  serum,  gives  clear  evidence  of  its 
efficacy.  For  a continuous  series  of  241  patients  who  recovered,  I 
have  calculated  on  the  one  hand  the  average  duration  for  the  cases 
treated  early  (before  the  eleventh  day),  with  late  treatment.  One 
hundred  and  sixty-seven  patients  treated  early  and  28  treated  late 
have  had  a regular  evolution  and  have  given,  as  an  average  of 
duration  in  days,  23.7  for  the  first,  33  for  the  second,  or  a difference 
of  9.3  days.  On  including  the  cases  with  relapses  or  recrudescence,  ' 
the  respective  figures  of  the  two  categories  are  26  and  33.85.  On 
adding,  finally,  some  cases  prolonged  by  various  incidents,  the  aver- 
ages become  27.7  and  34.3.  There  is  then  always  a very  noteworthy 
difference  of  average  duration  in  favor  of  the  patients  treated  early. 

[116]  In  order  that  the  serum  may  have  its  complete  effect  it  is 
necessary  that  the  typhoid  infection  should  be  free -from  every  sec- 
ondary infection.  The  p^eexistence  of  advanced  tubercular  lesions, 


Theard — The  Proposed  League  of  Nations. 


393 


a simultaneous  or  secondary  infection  (streptococcus,  staphylo- 
coccus, diphtheria  bacillus,  etc.)  restricts  its  efficacy.  I have  reached 
the  conviction  that,  in  the  cases  where  the  serum  seems  to  have  no 
effect,  mixed  infections  are  to  be  suspected. 

The  efficacy  of  the  serum  is  emphasized  by  the  specific  character 
of  its  therapeutic  action.  It  constitutes  in  a certain  measure  a 
touchstone  of  diagnosis.  The  specificity  goes  to  the  point  of  dis- 
tinguishing between  the  typhoid  fevers  properly  called  Eberthian 
and  the  paratyphoid  infections.  In  these  last,  the  serum  is  accord- 
ing to  the  cases  of  restricted  or  no  efficacy.  This  is  the  reason  why 
I have  recently  prepared  an  antiparatyphoid  serum. 


THE  PROPOSED  LEAGUE  OF  NATIONS.* 

By  DE'LVAILLE  H.  THEARD,  Esq.,  New  Orleans. 

In  accepting  your  very  kind  invitation  to  address  you  on  this 
occasion  I considered  that  it  would  be  proper  to  present,  as  much 
as  lay  within  my  power,  some  leading  views  on  a subject  which  is 
not  only  in  the  highest  degree  timely,  but  truly  international  in 
concern  and  importance. 

Certainly,  the  greatest  question  which  is  presented  to  the  civilized 
world  to-day  relates  to  the  proposed  League  of  Nations  for  the  de*- 
termination  of  international  differences  and  the  enforcement  of 
peace  between  nations.  In  my  judgment,  such  a league  will  be 
formed,  and  its  organization  and  working  basis  will  be  definitely 
decided  and  settled  upon  at  the  Peace  Conference  about  to  be  held 
at  Versailles. 

I do  not  propose  in  this  short  paper  to  discuss  the  different  views 
regarding  the  details  of  establishment  and  maintenance  of  such  a 
league  or  of  such  a tribunal,  but  merely  to  emphasize  the  necessity 
and  desirability  of  the  plan  and  the  soundness  of  it  in  principle. 

Practically  all  nations  of  any  importance  have  participated  in 
the  recent  struggle,  and  so,  of  necessity,  all  nations  must  take  a 
part  in  and  be  permanently  affected  by  the  result.  Similarly,  the 
conflict  has  shaken  the  world  to  its  very  depths,  and  the  only 
adequate  conclusion  of  this  upheaval  must  be  a result  which  will 
permanently  reestablish  and  guarantee  that  lasting  peace  which  was 
the  common  object  of  all  the  Allies. 

*Annual  Oration,  read  before  the  Orleans  Parish  Medical  Society,  January  13,  1919. 
[Received  for  publication  February  7,  1919. — Eds.] 


39  4 


Original  ■ Articles. 


My  friends,  unless  we  are  willing  to  adopt  the  proposed  league,, 
and  through  the  instrumentality  of  such  a compact  are  willing  to 
create  a trbiunal  of  some  sort  to  prevent  wars  by  the  final  and  con- 
clusive settlement  and  adjudication  of  international  claims  and 
disputes,  how  can  we  secure  any  real  benefit  from  the  termination 
of  the  recent  struggle? 

We  need  something  more  permanent,  something  more  lasting, 
something  more  concrete,  than  the  indefinite  promises  and  pledges 
which  hitherto  have  bound  nations  together  in  international  law. 
The  only  binding  force  which  furnished  a basis  for  mutual  under- 
standing and  agreement  between  nations  in  the  past  was  a moral 
force,  the  binding  sanction  of  the  given  word,  the  good  faith  of  the 
parties.  In  international  law  there  has  been  until  very  recently  no 
theory  of  compulsion  to  force  nations  to  abide  by  their  covenants 
and  to  observe  their  mutual  promises.  Further,  nations  have  en- 
tered into  alliances  which  were  dictated  by  their  selfish  purposes, 
their  desire  for  joint  power — their  desired  protection  against  a 
common  foe — their  wish  for  territorial  aggrandizement.  In  the 
past,  international  unions  have  been  fostered  by  a keen  diplomacy, 
have  existed  because  of  the  selfish  interest  of  the  parties  con- 
cerned— and  have  lasted  only  as  long  as  they  were  agreeable  to  those 
parties  and  served  their  respective  selfish  interests. 

The  first  point  which  I would  make  to-night,  therefore,  is  that 
national  agreements  and  treaties,  when  organized  loosely  as  in  the 
past,  have  never  been  a permanent  success  and  have  never  been  last- 
ing. The  compacts  binding  together  a few  nations  have  been  broken, 
the  treaties  have  been  disregarded,  their  promises  have  been  for- 
gotten, whenever  such  action  was  expedient  or  desirable  for  any 
purpose. 

Do  not  think  that  I speak  too  harshly  or  that  I exaggerate.  We 
have  only  recently  witnessed  the  greatest  disregard  of  treaty  obliga- 
tions and  the  perpetration  of  the  greatest  wrong  and  crime  in  the 
history  of  international  law.  But  the  German  offense  against 
civilization  itself  was,  unfortunately,  not  a single  or  solitary  event 
in  the  world’s  history.  It  was,  on  the  other  hand,  only  the  cul- 
minating event  in  a long  series  of  international  disturbances  and 
disasters.  History  is  marred,  almost  on  every  page,  by  wars  of  con- 
quest and  filled  with  disturbing  events  based  on  unworthy  and  un- 
just motives — generally  motives  of  the  most  reprehensible,  selfish 
interest. 


Theard — The  Proposed  League  o'f  Nations. 


395 


Therefore,  may  we  not  say,  looking  at  history  itself,  that  the  ex- 
isting order  of  things  international  has  been  a failure;  that  no  ap- 
preciable amount  of  good,  and  certainly  no  permanent  peace,  has 
resulted  from  that  existing  order,  and  that  there  is  need,  or  at  least 
some  justifying  excuse,  in  the  present  attempt  to  find  some  sub- 
stitute or  some  binding  plan  and  scheme  to  hold  the  nations  to- 
gether and  in  check,  and  in  that  manner  to  promote  their  respective 
interests,  purposes  and  development,  and  at  the  same  time  to  further 
and  promote  their  common  purposes,  needs  and  safety  ? 

This  is  the  purpose  of  the  proposed  League  of  Nations,  now  so 
effectively  championed  by  President  Wilson. 

Can  we  admit  that  the  sacrifices  all  over  the  world  during  the 
last  four  years  have  been  made  in  vain  ? Are  we  willing  to  say  that 
nothing  permanent  for  peace  and  concord  in  the  world  shall  result 
from  a cataclysm  which  certainly  has  proved  to  us,  on  the  one  hand, 
the  danger  of  permitting  an  irresponsible  power  to  grow  unchecked, 
and,  on  the  other  hand,  the  benefit  to  be  derived  from  concerted 
international  action  towards  peace  and  for  freedom?  Certainly, 
we  must  be  in  favor  of  the  adoption  of  that  plan  which  will  most 
probably  insure  a lasting,  permanent  peace,  as  the  only  adequate 
compensation  for  the  cost  and  trials  of  the  recent  war. 

Former  President  Taft,  who  as  President  of  the  League  to  En- 
force Peace,  has  worked  unceasingly  and  brilliantly  for  the  organiza- 
tion of  a League  of  Nations,  has  pungently  stated  the  present 
problem  and  his  suggestion  for  its  solution : 

1 1 After  you  have  this  treaty  of  peace,  you  can ’t  interpret  it  unless 
you  have  a court  to  do  it  with.  You  can’t  establish  all  these  govern- 
ments and  keep  them  going  and  get  along  without  it,  and  stay  in  harmony, 
unless,  you  have  a congress  of  powers  which  can  make  new  international 
definitions,  almost  a complete  codification  of  international  law. 

1 1 This  Treaty  of  Paris  is  going  to  be  worth  nothing  but  the  paper  it 
is  written  on  unless  you  have  a league  to  enforce  peace  upon  one-half  of 
the  world.  Having  done  that,  it  is  easy  to  take  the  final  step  by  agreeing 
among  yourselves  to  abide  by  what  you  have  imposed  on  others. 

11  Gentlemen,  the  Lord  has  delivered  the  foes  of  a League  of  Nations 
into  our  hands.  You  can’t  escape  it.  Unless  you  have  such  a league  your 
war  is  a failure,  your  treaty  is  a failure,  and  your  peace  is  a failure.  ’ ’ 

For  the  formation  of  such  a league,  the  beginnings  are  already  to 
be  found  in  the  Inter-Allied  Missions  organized  for  carrying  on  the 
war.  In  the  prospectus  recently  put  forth  by  the  new  League  of 
Free  Nations’  Association  in  this  country  reference  is  made  to  these 
Inter-Allied  Missions  as  furnishing  in  some  respects  the  working 


396 


Original  Articles. 


model  and  practical  basis  for  the  organization  of  a League  of 
Nations. 

‘ ‘ The  administrative  machinery  of  a workable  internationalism  al- 
ready exists  in  rudimentary  form.  The  international  bodies  that  have 
already  been  established  by  the  Allied  belligerents — who  now  number 
over  a score — to  deal  with  their  combined  military  resources,  shipping  and 
transport,  food,  raw  materials  and  finance,  have  been  accorded  immense 
powers.  Many  of  these  activities,  particularly  those  relating  to  the  inter- 
national control  of  raw  material  and  shipping,  will  have  to  be  continued 
during  the  very  considerable  period  of  demobilization  and  reconstruction 
which  will  follow  the  war.  The  problems  of  demobilization  and  civil  re- 
employment particularly  will  demand  the  efficient  representation  of  labor 
and  liberal  elements  of  the  various  States.  With  international  com- 
missions and  exercising  the  same  control  over  the  economic  resources  of 
the  world,  an  international  government  with  powerful  sanction  will  in 
fact  exist.’ ’ 


Viscount  Grey  also  advocates  the  Inter- Allied  Missions  as  bases 
for  the  formation  and  operation  of  a League  of  Nations,  and  General 
Smuts,  a member  of  the  British  War  Board,  speaking  to  the  same 
effect,  says : 

“We  must  feel  that  in  the  call  to  common  humanity  there  are  other 
purposes  besides  the  prevention  of  war  for  which  a League  of  Nations  is 
a sheer,  practical  necessity.  One  of  the  first  steps  must  be  to  create  an 
organization  against  hunger,  and  ration  all  the  countries  where  disaster 
threatens.  The  existing  allied  machinery,  which  is  the  nucleus  of  a League 
of  Nations,  probably  will  undertake  this  task.  In  the  period  of  recon- 
struction after  the  war  all  countries,  allied,  neutral  and  enemy,  will  have 
to  be  rationed  for  certain  raw  materials.  Here  again  international  ma- 
chinery is  necessary.  We  are  thus  making  straight  for  a League  of 
Nations  charged  with  the  performance  of  these  international  functions.” 

My  friends,  the  world  to-day  is  ripe  for  a League  of  Nations. 

Never  before  has  the  attention  of  civilization  been  so  fully  directed 
to  the  wrongs  caused  by  the  wanton  disregard  of  so-called  treaty 
obligations.  The  German  crime  will  always  be  a menace  unless  the 
world  readjusts  the  social  and  international  order  which  made  such 
a crime  possible.  Therefore,  it  is  particularly  in  the  horror  of  recent 
events  and  in  the  disaster  of  the  last  four  years  that  we  find  the 
quickened  international  spirit  for  justice  and  order  from  which  has 
sprung  the  desire  and  the  hope  for  the  League  of  Nations.  It  is  in 
those  glorious  impulses  and  ideals  which  have  sprung  from  the  late 
war  that  we  find  the  most  potent  incentive  for  a nations’  league. 

There  is  to-day  in  the  souls  of  men  the  burning  desire  for  freedom 
and  democracy,  and  as  never  before  men  desire  that  this  new  order 
shall  extend  over  the  whole  world  and  that  all  mankind  shall  be 


Theard — The  Proposed  League  of  Nations. 


397 


governed  and  protected  in  accordance  with  these  beneficent  prin- 
ciples. Everywhere  we  find  to-day  an  insistent  demand  for  the  pro- 
tection and  the  uplift  of  the  weak  and  the  oppressed;  the  doctrine 
of  the  mailed  fist  no  longer  exists;  German  kulture  is  a term  of 
derision  and  hate ; the  present  era  is  one  of  international  benevolence 
and  international  relations  depending  upon  the  brotherhood  of  man. 

The  war  has  served  the  mighty  and  glorious  purpose  of  bringing 
men  together  and  of  bringing  nations  together,  and  to-day  men  are 
more  ready  and  more  anxious  to  make  those  sacrifices  and  those 
concessions  which  must  accompany  every  kind  of  union  and  every 
kind  of  contract. 

Of  course,  there  is  opposition,  in  every  country,  to  the  formation 
of  a League  of  Nations.  That  opposition  is  largely  political,  al- 
though it  springs  certainly  also  in  many  cases  from  a sincere  belief 
that  human  nature  even  now  is  not  sufficiently  mellowed  and  suf- 
ficiently softened  for  the  confection  of  a binding  international  com- 
pact and  the  establishment  of  a new  international  order.  I fully 
consider  the  inherent  difficulties  of  the  problem  and  the  limitations 
of  human  character,  but  I conceive  that  never  before  have  nations 
been  so  bound  together  by  noble  sentiments,  unselfish  interest  and 
exalted  aims.  And  I therefore  submit  that,  since  we  have  at  hand 
this  great  basis  for  a beginning  of  relations  and  for  a common  under- 
standing, it  is  proper  at  this  time  to  promote  a league  which  will 
bind  the  nations  together  and  obtain  for  the  world,  in  a concrete 
and  effective  form,  those  ideals  of  international  justice  and  of 
human  freedom  for  which  the  Allies  fought. 

Nor,  indeed,  should  the  execution  of  the  plan  be  attacked  because 
of  practical  difficulties,  because  of  the  vastness  of  the  project  or  its 
newness  as  an  international  working  scheme  and  plan.  In  this  day 
and  time  we  must  not  allow  such  considerations  to  prevent  the  adop- 
tion of  an  idea,  which  is  inherently  worth-while,  which  is  presented 
for  adoption  under  circumstances  peculiarly  favorable,  and  which,  if 
put  to  execution,  must  be  of  lasting  benefit  to  all  peoples. 

Nor  should  we  be  intimidated  or  perplexed  by  the  differences — 
quite  slight  in  themselves — which  necessarily  must  arise  between 
the  respective  leaders  regarding  the  details  of  even  the  substantial 
points  of  the  plan  proposed.  The  greatness  of  the  proposal,  the 
sound  and  careful  consideration  and  study  which  it  will  receive,  and 
indeed  which  it  is  undergoing  and  has  been  undergoing  for  some 
time  already,  must  lead  to  a result  which,  though  varying  in  detail, 


398 


Original  Articles. 


will  certainly  maintain  and  perpetuate  the  desirable  ends  of  a per- 
manent and  lasting  peace,  depending  on  a binding  agreement  and 
enforceable  union  between  nations.  Certainly,  slight  reflection  will 
convince  us  that  the  statesmen  to  whom  is  entrusted  the  realization 
of  this  great  program  for  the  future  peace  of  nations  and  the  well- 
being of  the  peoples  of  the  earth  will  have  as  their  paramount  aim 
the  perfection  of  some  plan  to  bring  about  permanent  peace  and  to 
destroy  absolutely  the  bane  of  militarism.  And,  for  the  complete 
realization  of  such  a purpose,  a League  of  Nations  is  required  and, 
in  my  judgment,  a League  of  Nations  will  and  should  be  formed. 

From  many  in  America  comes  particularly  the  objection,  based 
on  our  so-called  national  traditions,  that  we  must  avoid  all  en- 
tangling alliances.  But,  my  friends,  is  this  really  our  policy,  and, 
if  it  is,  have  we  not  ourselves  found  and  justified  the  shining  ex- 
ceptions which  in  our  case  prove  the  general  rule  ? I may  grant  to 
you  that  Americans  have  maintained  the  integrity  of  their  con- 
tinent and  have  remained  absolutely  free  from  all  alliances  looking 
to  selfish  purposes,  especially  to  any  increase  of  territory  or  the  de- 
sire to  make  common  cause  with  some  friendly  power  against  some 
unfriendly  and  less  powerful  nation.  But  there  is  no  such  scheme 
in  the  league  which  we  support,  and,  on  the  contrary,  the  League  of 
Nations  is  consonant  with  American  principles  and  the  ideals  of 
our  Republic.  When  the  peace  of  the  world  was  imperiled  we  did 
not  allow  our  theories  against  entangling  alliances  or  our  theories 
of  aloofness  to  prevent  us  from  doing  our  duty  and  from  interfer- 
ing. When  the  freedom  of  the  seas  was  imperiled  we  did  not  hesi- 
tate to  protect  ourselves  and  to  take  a positive  and  an  aggressive 
stand.  When  oppressed  peoples  needed  protection  we  did  our  share, 
whether  in  Belgium  or  in  Cuba,  and  perhaps  the  sole  criticism — and 
that  a grave  one — was  that  we  did  not  act  soon  enough.  So,  our 
theories  and  precepts  of  territorial  and  international  aloofness  and 
independence  have  never  prevented  us  from  participating  in  inter- 
national issues  of  freedom  and  right,  which  concerned  us  because 
they  concerned  the  well-being  of  all  other  peoples.  So  this  league, 
this  glorious  ideal  for  a permanent  peace  and  this  grand  union  of 
fellowship  and  cooperation  of  nations,  concerns  us  because  it  con- 
cerns the  whole  world,  and  particularly  because  its  aims  and  pur- 
poses, in  freedom,  in  right  and  in  justice,  and  for  a permanent  peace, 
are  precisely  the  purposes  and  ideals  of  our  Republic  and  the  very 
reasons  which  justified  our  participation  in  the  war. 


Gelpi — President’s  Address. 


399 


REPORT  OF  PRESIDENT  OF  ORLEANS  PARISH  MEDICAL 
SOCIETY  FOR  THE  YEAR  ENDING  DECEMBER,  1918* 

PAUL  J.  GELPI,  M.  D.,  New  Orleans. 

The  warring  bugle,  is  now  silent;  the  battle-cry  is  hushed;  the 
scenes  of  carnage  have  vanished,  and  at  last  the  dove  of  peace  has 
alighted  on  the  standards  of  the  nations  of  the  globe.  Brutal  force 
has  been  overwhelmed,  tyranny  crushed  and  democracy  rules 
supreme.  But,  with  the  blessings  of  liberty  glorified,  comes  the 
stern  realization  of  what  the  war  has  cost ; and  to-day  the  whole  world 
is  takiiig  an  inventory  of  the  weary  years  of  war.  Never  has  the 
universe  been  so  convulsed;  never  has  civilization  or  organized 
effort  been  so  sorely  tried;  never  before  has  every  field  of  human 
endeavor  been  put  to  such  a severe  test  as  during  the  past  years 
of  horror  and  sacrifice.  But  the  victory  is  won,  and  the  American 
-eagle,  with  widespread  wings,  is  soaring  to  the  utmost  heights  of 
freedom,  bearing  the  message  of  democracy  to  the  peoples  of  the 
world;  and  America,  strongly  armed  with  justice,  overflowing  with 
boundless  generosity,  unconquerable  in  her  might  and  strength,  and 
effulgent  with  her  halo  of  liberty,  stands  the  brightest  among  the 
gems  of  the  crown  of  nations. 

The  Orleans  Parish  Medical  Society  did  not  escape  the  baneful 
influence  of  the  times,  and  its  normal  activities  were  seriously  in- 
terfered with.  But  if,  from  a scientific  and  organization  stand- 
point, the  year  has  not  been  so  fruitful,  yet  it  had  the  unusual 
opportunity  of  expressing  its  loyalty  and  lending  its  assistance  in 
the  greatest  work  ever  undertaken  for  the  cause  of  humanity. 

Although  not  directly  engaged  in  war  activities,  the  Society  lost 
no  opportunity  to  assist  and  promote  all  patriotic  movements.  All 
Liberty  Loan,  Bed  Cross  and  War  Savings  drives  were  endorsed  and 
the  membership  was  urged  to  help  and  contribute  generously. 

Besolutions  were  passed  endorsing  the  Owen  Bill  and  the  efforts 
of  the  Elks  to  erect  a reconstruction  hospital  in  New  Orleans. 

By  special  resolution,  the  services  of  the  Society  were  offered  to 
the  Draft  Boards. 

The  Volunteer  Medical  Corps  was  endorsed  and  full  cooperation 
promised  for  the  organization  of  the  Louisiana  Base  Hospital  ten- 
dered to  France  to  commemorate  the  Centennial  of  New  Orleans. 

An  appeal  by  resolution  was  made  to  the  Secretary  of  War  to 

*Read  at  the  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Orleans  Parish  Medical  Society,  January  13,  1919. 
[Received  for  publication  February  11,  1919. — Eds.] 


400 


Original  Articles. 


expedite  the  mustering  out  of  our  medical  men.  Due  acknowledg- 
ment of  this  was  made  by  the  War  Department,  with  the  assurance 
that  the  matter  would  receive  early  consideration.  But  the  greatest 
of  all  our  contributions  to  the  war  was  the  quota  furnished  for 
active  military  service.  Ninety-six  of  our  members,  or  over  one- 
quarter  of  our  total  membership,  were  enrolled  in  the  medical  service 
of  the  army. 

Owing  to  the  influenza  epidemic  and  other  unavoidable  causes, 
our  meetings  were  fewer.  Eighteen  regular  meetings  were  held. 
Although  much  difficulty  was  experienced  in  procuring  papers  for 
our  programs,  some  work  of  exceptional  merit  was  presented  to  the 
Society.  Deserving  of  special  mention  are  the  Symposia  of  Crim- 
inal Abortion  and  of  Gall-Bladder  Diseases.  There  was  only  one 
special  meeting  devoted  to  consideration  of  the  Volunteer  Medical 
Corps.  For  the  first  time  in  the  history  of  the  Society,  a clinical 
meeting  was  held  in  Touro  Infirmary. 

A wTord  as  to  our  financial  condition.  Conditions  did  not  permit 
the  retiring  of  bonds,  hut  our  finances  show  a healthy  balance, 
practically  equal  to  that  of  last  year.  This  is  especially  gratifying, 
in  view  of  the  large  number  of  our  members  in  military  service, 
whose  dues  were  remitted.  This  was  offset  in  a great  measure  by 
the  Absent  Members’  Fund.  We  take  this  opportunity  of  thanking 
those  who  so  generously  responded  to  the  appeal.  It  is  a source  of 
pride  to  know  that  over  two-thirds  of  our  members  contributed  to 
this  fund. 

We  wish  to  extend  to  your  Board  of  Directors  our  sincere  thanks 
for  the  diligence,  interest  and  energy  which  they  displayed  in  the 
exercise  of  their  function.  Of  the  many  questions  submitted  for 
their  consideration,  we  will  only  mention  the  more  important  ones. 

The  adjustment  of  our  boild  issue  was  perfected  and  all  paid-up 
coupons  were  cancelled. 

The  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society  was  requested  to  suspend 
the  dues  of  absent  members. 

The  Dental  Society  was  invited  to  hold  its  session  in  our  assembly 
hall. 

In  recognition  of  valuable  legal  services  rendered  gratuitously, 
the  firm  of  Dart,  Kernan  & Dart  was  selected  as  legal  advisers  of 
the  Society. 

Most  important  of  all  was  the  consolidation  of  the  offices  of  the 
Louisiana  State  Medical  Society,  Louisiana  State  Board  of  Medical 


Gelpi — President’s  Address. 


401 


Examiners  and  the  Orleans  Parish  Medical  Society.  The  object  of 
this  arrangement  was  centralization,  efficiency  and  economy.  We 
are  pleased  to  state  that  the  plan  has  worked  admirably  well  and  all 
aims  fully  realized. 

The  Society  was  called  upon  on  several  occasions  to  express  its 
views  on  matters  of  public  interest.  Chief  among  these  was  the 
question  of  the  lengthening  of  school  hours,  and  the  Society  availed 
itself,  for  the  first  time,  of  the  new  form  of  voting  on  questions  of 
public  policy.  This  vote  was  overwhelmingly  against  the  proposition. 
We  feel  that  this  was  a step  in  the  right  direction.  Both  as  repre- 
sentatives of  the  medical  profession  and  as  public-spirited  citizens 
it  is  our  duty  to  express  ourselves  on  medical  and  health  matters 
of  public  interest  when  called  upon  to  do  so,  and  there  is  no  doubt 
in  my  mind  that,  as  a body,  we  should  be  a great  power  for  public 
good  if  we  would  lend  our  efforts  when  occasion  arises. 

Our  library  possesses  many  valuable  volumes,  but  has  not  been 
sufficiently  provided  for  in  recent  years.  We  would  recommend  that 
some  means  be  devised  to  replenish  it  and  bring  it  up  to  date. 

At  the  last  session  of  the  Legislature  several  measures  of  a 
medical  character  were  introduced.  The  bills  that  interested  us 
more  particularly  were  those  dealing  with  the  physicians’  license 
tax  exemption,  physicians’  yearly  registration,  and  chiropraetice. 
The  passage  of  the  first  was  dependent  on  the  success  of  an  admin- 
istration revenue  measure,  in  which  was  incorporated  the  revocation 
of  all  vocational  license  taxes.  Unfortunately,  this  bill  was  defeated, 
and,  having  assured  ourselves  that  a separate  bill  could  not  be 
passed,  the  question  was  deferred  to  some  future  time.  The  second 
measure  was  given  support,  because  the  very  existence  of  the  Board 
of  Medical  Examiners  was  threatened.  The  expenses  of  this  board 
are  not  provided  for  by  State  appropriation,  but  are  derived  en- 
tirely from  examination  fees.  In  the  past  few  years,  because  of  the 
higher  requirements  of  medical  education,  the  number  of  applicants 
have  steadily  decreased  and  the  revenue  has  shrunk  in  proportion. 
Therefore,  if  we  want  protection  against  illicit  practitioners  and 
charlatans,  it  behooves  us  to  give  this  our  full  cooperation  and  con- 
form with  its  provisions. 

It  is  with  pleasure  that  we  report  the  defeat  of  the  Chiropractic 
Bill. 

The  toll  paid  the  Grim  Reaper  during  the  past  year  has  been  the 
heaviest  in  our  history.  It  is  with  deep  regret  and  great  sorrow 


402 


Original  Articles. 


that  we  record  the  deaths  of  our  confreres  and  friends,  Drs. 
Brickell,  DeMahy,  De  Boaldes,  Gaudet,  Groetsch,  Laetrans, 
Sam  Logan,  Holte,  Herman  Oechsner  and  Richards.  They 
were  all  men  of  true  merit  and  attractive  personality,  and  some  had 
attained  great  distinction.  Their  demise  is  a loss  not  only  to  the 
medical  profession,  but  also  to  the  community  at  large. 

The  recent  visitation  of  influenza,  both  on  account  of  its  severity 
and  its  widespread  prevalence,  taxed  the  medical  profession  to  the 
limit.  As  the  demand  for  medical  aid  could  not  he  met,  we  appealed 
to  the  specialists  of  the  Society  and  established  an  Emergency 
Bureau,  in  the  care  of  our  assistant  secretary  and  assistant  librarian. 
We  wish  to  commend  the  readiness  and  zeal  displayed  by  those  who 
voluntarily  relinquished  their  special  practice  during  the  height  of 
the  epidemic.  We  are  glad  to  state  that  the  bureau  rendered  efficient 
service  and  contributed  in  no  small  measure  in  providing  assistance 
for  those  who  could  not  otherwise  secure  it. 

Notwithstanding  the  unusual  conditions  prevailing,  our  member- 
ship numbers  349 — a gain  of  four  members  over  the  previous  year. 
We  have  also  on  our  rolls  seventeen  associate  members,  making  a 
grand  total  of  366. 

It  has  been  suggested  that  a demonstration  should  be  held  in 
honor  of  our  men  when  they  return  home.  The  idea  is  an  excellent 
one,  but  cannot  be  carried  out  for  a long  time  to  come.  We  believe 
that  some  permanent  mark  of  recognition  should  be  given  to  their 
patriotism,  loyalty  and  sacrifice.  We  have  a large  panel  in  our  as- 
sembly hall  which  is  absoultely  bare.  It  offers  a fitting  place  for 
a tablet  with  the  names  of  all  those  in  active  military  service.  We 
earnestly  recommend  this  for  your  favorable  consideration. 

We  wish  to  report  that  a loving  cup  has  been  offered  for  the  best 
scientific  paper  read  during  the  coming  year.  The  selection  of  the 
winner  is  to  be  made  by  the  Scientific  Essay  Committee.  This 
should  stimulate  keen  competition  among  the  members  and  insure 
most  interesting  and  constructive  scientific  sessions. 

We  cannot  close  without  expressing  our  appreciation  of  the  ex- 
cellent work  of  our  clerical  force.  Our  task  was  much  facilitated 
by  their  close  attention  and  application. 

The  dawn  of  a new  era  is  upon  us.  The  world  is  about  to  be 
rejuvenated  in  the  spirit  of  democracy.  The  wheels  of  progress  are 
about  to  resume  their  motion  and  give  a fresh  impetus  to  all  human 
activities.  The  Orleans  Parish  Medical  Society  must  have  its  share 


Been- adas — Address  of  Incoming  President. 


403 


in  the  advancement  that  is  sure  to  follow.  With  its  men  returning 
from  the  front  flushed  with  victory,  imbued  with  the  spirit  of  co- 
operation, brimful  with  the  knowledge  of  new  diseases  brought  on 
by  novel  modes  of  warfare  and  armed  with  new  healing  methods 
taught  by  actual  experience,  new  life  should  be  injected  into  its  pro- 
ceedings, and  we  prophecy  for  it  one  of  the  most  successful  years 
in  its  history. 


ADDRESS  OF  INCOMING  PRESIDENT  OF  ORLEANS 
PARISH  MEDICAL  SOCIETY.* 

H.  E.  BERNADAS,  M.  D.,  New  Orleans. 

Mr.  President,  Honored  Guests,  Fellow  Members: 

In  1878  a group  of  medical  men,  pioneers,  idealists — yes,  even 
practical  men — organized  a child  which  to-day  is  your  parent — The 
Orleans  Parish  Medical  Society. 

They  were  pioneers,  because,  with  the  spirit  of  the  pioneer,  they 
delved  into  an  unknown  realm,  the  realm  of  medical  organization. 

They  were  idealists,  because  they  foresaw,  for  the  future,  medical 
men  gathering  together  in  concourse,  both  social  and  scientific. 

I said  they  were  practical  men.  They  were  practical  men,  because 
they  organized  permanently — the  evidence  of  the  permanence  is 
before  your.  Forty-one  years  of  association  of  medical  men  has  put 
before  you  the  finished  product  of  to-day — the  Orleans  Parish 
Medical  Society. 

The  spirit  of  the  pioneer  did  not  die  with  the  organizers  of  the 
Orleans  Parish  Medical  Society,  because  that  spirit  courses  to-day 
through  the  veins  of  every  one  of  you — not  only  the  spirit  of  the 
pioneer,  but  the  spirit  of  self-sacrifice,  which  eventuated  in  our 
permanence.  But  that  this  may  not  seem  mere  praise,  I will  recall 
to  your  mind  the  promptness  with  which  you  came  forth  when  this 
organization  stood  in  the  twilight  of  “No-Man’s  Land,”  between 
solvency  and  sanctuary  on  one  side  and  insolvency  and  the  loss  of  a 
home  on  the  other.  You  went  deep  into  your  purses  and  gave  of 
your  own  that  the  Society  might  live  and  retain  its  home.  That  is 
not  only  pioneer  spirit,  but  it  is  the  spirit  which  lends  permanence. 
Not  only  are  you  pioneers,  but  you  are  loyal  men.  When  a fellow- 
member  was  in  distress  you  organized  a “Belief  Fund”  that  the 

*Read  at  the  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Orleans  Parish  Medical  Society,  January  13,  1919. 
[Received  for  publication  February  11,  1919. — Eds.] 


404 


Original  Articles. 


wants  of  a fellow-member  might  not  be  felt  by  him  or  seen  by  the 
public  at  large.  That  is  an  evidence  of  yonr  wholeheartedness. 

Your  loyalty  as  a group  is  emphasized  by  the  loyalty  in  the  in- 
dividual; one  of  our  members  proves  this  when  he  offers  a loving 
cup  for  the  best  paper  delivered  during  the  coming  year.  His  pur- 
pose is  apparent  to  every  one.  A man  who  thinks  so  highly  of  his 
Society  that  he  is  willing  to  go  into  his  purse  to  make  the  standard 
of  papers  the  highest  possible  is  certainly  a criterion  whom  we 
should  emulate.  Let  us  back  up  his  efforts ; let  us  have  a plethora 
of  papers  and  a rousing  and  enthusiastic  attendance  at  each  meet- 
ing. This  man  is  the  right  kind  of  a member;  let  us  attempt  to  be 
like  him. 

Sacrifices,  Influenza,  War. — During  the  past  year  you  have 
been  called  upon  to  make  many  sacrifices,  due  to  untold  labor  far 
beyond  that  expected  of  medical  men  ordinarily. 

The  cause  of  this  has  been,  first,  the  prodigious  amount  of  work 
brought  on  by  the  epidemic;  second,  the  great  draft  from  our  roll 
called  by  government  needs;  and,  third,  I might  add,  death  has 
taken  its  toll  from  our  members. 

When  death,  like  an  artist  strumming  his  harp,  lets  his  fingers 
wander,  and  mutes  here  and  there  a cord,  making  discord  where 
harmony  reigned  before,  he  takes  toll  not  only  from  our  member- 
ship, but  from  the  inspiring  incentive  engendered  by  the  presence  of 
that  member — the  melody  subdued. 

Some  of  our  best  men  have  sacrificed  their  lives  in  the  struggle 
for  the  betterment  of  mankind,  either  in  the  service  of  the  govern- 
ment, to  help  subdue  that  hydra-headed  monstrosity,  kultur,  that 
peace  and  liberty  might  reign  on  earth,  or  fighting  a foe  more  in- 
sidious, and  possibly  as  disastrous — the  epidemic  influenza.  That 
more  of  our  members  did  not  succumb  to  the  latter,  to  my  mind, 
was  due  to  good  fortune,  because  every  one  of  you  have  devoted  your 
waking  and  sleeping  hours  to  subduing  this  disastrous  disease  and 
have  willingly  exposed  yourselves  that  others  might  be  saved.  Your 
immunity  was  not  the  result  of  caution,  but  persisted  in  the  face 
of  exposure  brought  on  by  your  valor. 

Special  Meeting. — A group  of  men  from  the  Orleans  Parish 
Medical  Society  have  ordered  me  to  call  a special  meeting  as  soon 
as  possible  to  discuss  the  influenza  condition  and  to  ascertain  ways 
and  means  of  combating  the  present  impending  epidemic.  I believe 
the  move  is  a good  one,  and  I admire  the  wisdom  of  the  men  who 


Beenadas — Address  of  Incoming  President. 


405 


are  calling  this  meeting.  It  is  abont  time  that  medical  men  'should 
have  a say  in  the  control  of  disease  and  epidemic  in  New  Orleans. 

When  the  October  epidemic  was  at  its  height  and  it  was  deemed 
necessary  to  call  a conference  to  ascertain  what  would  be  the  best 
method  of  combating  it  a conference  was  called,  but,  strange  to  say, 
the  Orleans  Parish  Medical  Society  was  not  asked  to  attend. 

Gentlemen,  it  seems  a 'far  cry  in  our  days  of  advancement  and 
civilization  that  medical  men  are  not  called  in  conference  to  con- 
trol disease,  and  my  idea  is  that  these  men  are  correct,  and  they  are 
right  when  they  decide  that,  if  they  are  not  called  in  conference, 
they  nevertheless  should  be  heard,  as  disease  can  be  controlled  and 
should  be  controlled  by  medical  men.  We  should  establish  such  a 
precedent  that,  at  any  time  in  the  future  should  such  a condition 
present  itself  again,  the  medical  men  would  be  the  first  men  called, 
and  not  the  first  men  omitted. 

Part  of  this  condition  may  be  attributable  to  the  fact  that  we 
have  not  been  aggressive  enough.  We  are  a public  institution;  we 
are  not  only  an  institution,  but  we  are  public-spirited.  But  our 
organization  is  like  the  doctor — timid  and  hesitant.  He  knows  he 
has  ability,  but  is  always  reluctant  to  thrust  it  forward  where  it  is 
not  asked;  whereas,  as  a public-spirited  citizen,  he  should  not  only 
offer  it,  but  should  see  that  his  suggestions  are  carried  out. 

Therefore,  I beg  you,  men,  to  stand  shoulder  to  shoulder  in  as 
large  a mass  as  you  can  gather  at  this  special  meeting  and  make 
yourselves  heard.  If  you  believe  these  men  are  right,  side  with 
them  with  all  your  might  and  all  the  force  of  which  I know  you  are 
capable.  If  you  believe  they  are  wrong,  attend  in  equally  great 
numbers,  so  that  the  standard  of  this  institution  may  be  established 
once  for  all.  Either  we  are  a public  institution  or  we  are  not.  If 
we  are,  then,  gentlemen,  let  everybody  know  it.  If  we  are  to  have 
any  weight  in  this  community  we  must  act  as  a body,  because  mass, 
when  started,  acquires  momentum,  and  momentum  we  need  now. 

Eemember  that  I am  only  your  President.  The  institution  is 
yours — it  will  be  what  you  make  it;  and  again  I say,  risking  the 
fear  of  fatiguing  you,  that  something  must  be  done.  I am  with  you, 
for  you,  to  do  whatever  you  decide  to  do,  but,  when  you  do  it,  do  it 
boldly  and  in  large  numbers. 

Conclusion. — You  have  conferred  an  honor  upon  me.  The  honor 
is  received  with  gratitude  and  with  the  feeling  of  humility  and  re- 
sponsibility; because,  in  assuming  this  honor,  I am  assuming  also 


406 


Louisiana  State  Medical  Society  Notes . 


the  task  of  following  in  the  footsteps  of  very  worthy  men.  1 have 
seen  first  one  and  then  another  relinquish  his  responsibilities  with- 
out a mar  in  the  progressive  life  of  this  institution,  and  it  is  with 
trepidation  that  I gaze  upon  the  enormity  of  the  task.  These  men 
were  able  men,  they  were  genial  men;  their  ability  and  geniality 
were  never  more  manifest  than  when  the  hour  was  darkest  and 
chaos  seemed  most  immediately  impending.  How  skillfully  they 
steered  the  bark  of  this  Association  between  Scylla  and  Charybdis 
has  always  been  a source  of  wonder  to  me,  and  the  wonder  now 
seems  greater  when  the  same  steering  devolves  upon  me. 

Therefore,  before  closing  this  address,  I want  to  again  pay  tribute 
to  my  predecessors  and  plsfce  before  them  my  sincere  homage  and 
respect,  as  they  are  most  undoubtedly  deserved,  and  I am  sure  that 
every  member  present  joins  me  in  extending  them  the  thanks  of 
this  organization  and  congratulations  on  their  most  felicitous  career. 


LOUISIANA  STATE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  NOTES 


Next  Meeting  at  Shreveport,  April  8/  9,  10,  1919. 


Dues  are  past  due.  Pay  now,  through  your  Parish  Secretary  or 
direct  to  Secretary-Treasurer,  Dr.  E.  W.  Mahler,  141  Elk  Place, 
New  Orleans,  if  parish  is  not  organized,  so  as  to  be  in  good  stand- 
ing. Make  your  arrangements  now  so  that  you  will  attend  the 
meeting  at  Shreveport,  April  8-10,  1919,  where  you  will  meet  your 
friends  and  confreres,  who  will  relate  their  professional  and  per- 
sonal experiences  of  the  past  year,  which  has  been  an  unusual  one 
for  the  entire  medical  profession.  Many  new  things  have  been 
proven  in  the  field  and  camp  hospitals  along  the  lines  of  treatment 
and  prevention  of  disease.  You  should  be  interested,  as  your  future 
practice  depends  on  keeping  abreast  of  the  times. 

Your  officers  and  the  Shreveport  Medical  Society  are  looking  for- 
ward to  the  largest  meeting  ever  held,  notwithstanding  that  many 
members  are  still  “in  serviced’ 

The  President,  Dr.  W.  H.  Knolle,  has  appointed  the  following 
Chairmen  of  Sections  of  the  Scientific  Program : 


Louisiana  .State  Medical  Society  Notes. 


407 


, “War  Subjects”  (Chairman  to  be  announced  later). 

Dr.  Frank  Chalaron,  New  Orleans,  1 1 Genito-Urinary,  Rectal  and  Skin 
Diseases.” 

Dr.  Allan  C.  Eustis,  New  Orleans,  “Medicine  and  (Therapeutics.” 

Dr.  Oscar  Dowling,  Louisiana  State  Board  of  Health,  New  Orleans, 
1 1 Health  and  Sanitation,  Bacteriology  and  Pathology.  ’ ’ 

Dr.  R.  W.  O’Donnell,  Monroe,  La.,  “Diseases  of  Children.” 

Dr.  R.  M.  Penick,  Shreveport,  La.,  “Surgery.” 

Dr.  T.  H.  Watkins,  Lake  Charles,  La.,  “Gynecology.” 

Dr.  C.  A.  Weiss,  Baton  Rouge,  La.,  “Eye,  Ear,  Nose  and  Throat.” 

Communicate  with  the  above  chairmen  at  once  if  you  wish  to  take 
part  in  the  scientific  program,  as  the  number  of  papers  are  limited. 
All  members  are  urged  to  present  papers  on  subjects  of  interest  and 
to  discuss  freely  the  papers  read. 

The  chief  topics  during  the  past  year  relate  to  the  war.  Dr.  P.  T. 
Talbot,  Secretary-Treasurer,  left  with  Hospital  Unit  No.  102  for 
Italy.  The  Executive  Committee  of  the  Society  elected  Dr.  E.  W. 
Mahler,  Secretary-Treasurer.  The  committee  also  granted  the 
President,  Dr.  W.  H.  Ivnolle,  power  to  expend  moneys  to  aid  the 
government  in  any  manner  the  organization  could.  A War  Com- 
mittee, composed  of  the  Councillors  of  the  Society  and  the  Secretary- 
Treasurer,  was  appointed  by  the  President.  This  committee  de- 
sires to  supply  and  receive  any  information  relative  to  the  medical 
profession  of  the  State  and  the  war.  Their  chief  function  was  to 
assist  the  government  by  facilitating  enlistments  of  the  necessary 
physicians. 

At  the  last  session  of  the  Legislature  the  medical  law  was 
amended  in  many  ways,  one  of  the  new  provisions  requiring  annual 
registration  with  the  State  Board  of  Medical  Examiners  before 
January  1.  This  will  give  an  accurate  list  of  physicians  and  their 
location  and  facilitate  the  enforcement  of  the  law  by  providing 
revenues.  The  published  list  will  be  sent  to  every  physician  and 
other  interested  parties,  and  will  be  the  official  list  of  the  State,  as 
only  those  registered  will  be  legally  qualified  to  practice  in  this 
State. 

A bill  was  introduced  in  the  State  Legislature  by  Senator  A. 
Provosty,  and  championed  by  Mr.  Amos  Ponder,  granting  a board 
to  a new  medical  cult  known  as  chiropractors.  This  bill  required 
no  educational  standards,  and  graduates  of  their  correspondence 
schools  and  any  uneducated  individual  was  allowed  one  year  to 
qualify  for  licensure  to  diagnose  and  treat  human  ailments  without 


408 


Parish  Society  Notes. 


the  supposed  examination  called  for  in  the  bill.  After  passing  the 
Senate,  the  bill  was  killed  in  the  House.  It  is  necessary  for  every 
licensed  practitioner  and  every  thinking  citizen  to  inform  his  Repre- 
senative  and  Senator  before  they  leave  for  Baton  Rouge  that  such 
legislation  is  dangerous  to  the  public  health  and  welfare,  and  for 
this  reason  alone  the  medical  profession  is  opposed  to  the  legaliza- 
tion of  any  individual  who  asserts  that  all  diseased  or  disordered 
function  is  due  to  subluxation  of  the  spinal  vertebrae  and  that  the 
only  treatment  necessary  (prophylactic  or  curative)  is  to  reduce 
this  supposed  subluxation. 

A bill  creating  a board  to  license  optometrists  was  enacted,  with 
the  proviso  that  they  shall  not  practice  medicine  or  possess  any  drug, 
eye-lotion,  salve,  etc.,  in  their  establishment,  which  will  be  a cause 
for  revocation  of  license  and  subject  them  to  prosecution  for 
violating  the  medical  law.  They  are  limited  strictly  to  mechanical 
appliances. 

Come  to  Shreveport  April  8-10,  1919,  for  the  annual  meeting  and 
mingle  with  your  fellows.  It  will  give  you  a broader  vision,  pro- 
fessionally and  otherwise. 


PARISH  SOCIETY  NOTES. 


The  St.  Tammany  Parish  Medical  Society,  at  its  regular 
meeting,  held  February  12,  1919,  elected  the  following  officers  for 
the  year  1919:  Dr.  R.  B.  Paine,  Mandeville,  president;  Dr.  N.  M. 
Hebert,  Covington,  vice-president;  Dr.  A.  0.  Maylie,  Mandeville, 
secretary-treasurer;  Dr.  A.  G.  Maylie,  Mandeville,  delegate  to  the 
State  Medical  Society  ; Dr.  H.  D.  Bulloch,  Covington,  alternate. 
The  Society  adopted  a strong  and  unanimous  protest  against  the 
collection  of  the  $2  registration  fee  by  the  Louisiana  State  Board 
of  Medical  Examiners,  declaring  same  to  be  unfair,  unjust  and  pre- 
posterous, and  instructed  the  delegate  to  bring  the  matter  to  the 
attention  to  the  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society  at  its  next  meeting. 

It  is  with  pardonable  pride  that  I report  the  Society  ki  a flourish- 
ing condition,  numerically,  financially,  socially  and  scientifically 
(meaning  keeping  abreast  of  progressive  medicine).  With  best 
wishes  for  the  Journal  and  expressions  of  personal  esteem  for  its 
editors.  Respectfully,  A.  G.  Maylie,  M.  D., 

Secretary -Treasurer,  St.  Tammany  Parish  Medical  Society, 

Covington,  La. 


News  and  Comment. 


409 


NEWS  AND  COMMENT 


Congress  of  Medical  Education  and  Licensure. — The  an- 
nual Congress  on  Medical  Education  and  Licensure,  participated 
in  by  the  Council  on  Medical  Education  of  the  American  Medical 
Association,  the  Federation  of  State  Medical  Boards  of  the  United 
States  and  the  Association  of  American  Medical  Colleges,  will  be 
held  at  the  LaSalle  Hotel,  Chicago,  March  3 and  4,  1919. 

Examinations  for  Medical  and  Dental  Interns. — The 
United  States  Civil  Service  Commission  announces  open  competi- 
tive examinations  for  medical  and  dental  interns,  on  March  12, 
April  9,  and  May  7,  1919,  to  till  vacancies  in  St.  Elizabeth’s  Hos- 
pital, Washington,  D.  C.  The  examination  for  the  medical  intern 
is  open  to  men  only,  and  for  the  dental  intern  to  men  and  women. 
The  salaries  are  $900  a year  for  the  former  and  $600  for  the  latter, 
with  maintenance  for  both.  The  examinations  will  take  place  in 
the  various  cities  throughout  the  United  States.  For  further  in- 
formation apply  for  form  1312,  stating  the  title  of  the  examination 
desired,  to  the  Civil  Service  Commission,  Washington,  D.  C. 

National  Health  Tournament. — On  February  9,  1919,  a 
“National  Tournament  in  Health  Knighthood,”  conducted  for  the 
school  children  of  America,  was  begun.  The  tournament  is  to  cover 
fifteen  consecutive  weeks  of  the  school  year  among  classes  of  un- 
graded schools,  and  the  contest  will  be  for  credits  on  a “Record  of 
Health  Chores”  according  to  the  rules  and  conditions  established, 
information  concerning  which  may  be  had  from  the  State  anti- 
tuberculosis associations  or  health  associations  of  each  State. 

New  Publications  on  Cancer. — A special  committee  appointed 
by  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  American  Control  of  Cancer  has 
recently  issued  a new  pamphlet  on  cancer  for  distribution  to  the 
medical  profession.  The  pamphlet  is  issued  in  cooperation  with  the 
American  Medical  Association.  A new  edition  of  the  American  Red 
Cross  textbook  on  “Home  Hygiene  and  Care  of  the  Sick”  has  been 
issued,  which  contains  a chapter  dealing  with  cancer,  enumerating 
early  signs  of  cancer  and  precursors  of  cancer,  together  with  a warn- 
ing to  have  such  conditions  given  early  and  competent  attention. 

Tuberculosis  Following  Influenza. — The  United  States 
Public  Health  Service  is  sending  out  a warning  to  the  public 


410 


News  and  Comment. 


against  tuberculosis  following  influenza.  Spain  and  England  have 
reported  an  increase  in  tuberculosis  after  the  influenza  epidemic 
over  there. 

American  Proctologic  Society. — In  order  to  avoid  interfer- 
ence with  the  meetings  of  the  American  Medical  Association,  the 
American  Proctologic  Society  has  decided  to  hold  its  twentieth  an- 
nual meeting  on  June  7 and  9,  instead  of  the  9th  and  10th,  as 
originally  announced,  at  Hotel  Chalfonte,  Atlantic  City.  N.  J. 

National  Tuberculosis  Association. — The  fifteenth  annual 
meeting  of  this  association  will  be  held  in  Atlantic  City,  N.  J.,  on 
June  12,  13  and  14,  under  the  presidency  of  Dr.  David  R.  Lyman, 
of  Wallingford,  Conn. 

Psychological  Examination  for  College  Entrance. — A new 
system  of  entrance  examination,  wdiich  is  intended  to  determine  the 
mental  capacity  of  the  respective  student  rather  than  his  scholastic 
training,  has  been  decided  upon  by  the  faculty  of  Columbia  Col- 
lege. The  applicants’  fitness  is  to  be  determined  upon  by  their 
school  record,  their  character,  their  health  record  and  their  mental 
capacity  as  determined  by  a series  of  psychological  tests  similar  to 
those  applied,  to  applicants  for  admission  to  the  Students’  Army 
Training  Corps.  In  this  way  it  is  hoped  to  exclude  students  who 
are  mentally  unfit. 

Congress  Will  Probe  Hospital  Charges. — Statements  by 
■soldiers,  alleging  brutal  and  inhuman  treatment  at  various  hos- 
pitals of  the  country,  have  recently  been  given  considerable  news- 
paper publicity  and  are  to  be  the  subject  of  investigation  by  Con- 
gress. A committee  of  seven  members  of  the  House,  with  powers 
of  court  to  compel  attendance  of  witnesses  and  the  production  of 
papers,  has  been  proposed  as  the  only  means  of  getting  at  the  truth 
or  falsity  of  the  charges.  A resolution  providing  for  such  an  in- 
vestigation was  introduced  into  the  House  and  referred  to  the  Rules 
Committee. 

Polyclinic  Hospital  Offered  to  Columbia  University. — 
The  New  York  Polyclinic  Hospital,  by  unanimous  vote,  has  offered 
to  transfer  the  property  of  that  institution  to  Columbia  University, 
with  the  provision  that  it  be  maintained  and  perpetuated  for  the 
public  service  and  for  advanced  research  in  medicine  and  surgery. 


News  and  Comment. 


411 


Resolutions  have  been  adopted  by  Columbia  University  receiving 
with  grateful  appreciation  the  proposal  and  appointing  a subcom- 
mittee to  arrange  the  detailed  terms  and  conditions  of  accepting 
the  proposed  gift.  The  university  will  not  be  able  to  use  the  hos- 
pital for  some  time  to  c-ome,  as  it  is  now  in  possession  of  the  govern- 
ment and  is  conducted  as  a military  hospital. 

American  Congress  of  Internal  Medicine. — At  the  annual 
meeting  of  the  American  Congress  of  Internal  Medicine,  held  in 
Yew  York,  December  30,  the  following  officers  were,  selected  to 
serve  for  the  ensuing  year:  President,  Dr.  Grlentworth  E.  Butler, 
Brooklyn;  first  vice-president,  Dr.  Frederick  Tice,  Chicago;  second 
vice-president,  Dr.  Clement  R.  Jones,  Pittsburg;  treasurer,  Dr. 
Augustus  Caille,  Yew  Orleans;  secretary-general,  Dr.  Frank 
Smithies,  Chicago;  associate  secretary-general.  Dr.  Joseph  H. 
Byrne,  Yew  York. 

Loss  or  Nurses  Through  Influenza. — According  to  figures 
made  public  by  the  Red  Gross  headquarters  at  Washington,  more 
than  200  American  Red  Cross  nurses  have  died  of  influenza  con- 
tracted while  ministering  to  soldiers  stricken  with  the  disease.  It 
is  also  reported  that  there  are  returning  to  America  many  Yew 
York  Red  Crsos  nurses  who  have  contracted  tuberculosis  at  the  front 
and  whose  condition  demands  immediate  treatment. 

Pneumonia  in  the  United  States. — The  Public  Health  Service 
in  Washington  reports  from  the  health  authorities  of  forty-six  of 
the  largest  cities  of  the  United  States  a total  of  49,265  deaths  from 
pneumonia  occurred  in  these  cities  from  September  14,  1918,  to 
January  25,  1919.  Of  this  number,  6,865  occurred  during  the 
month  of  January  and  6,579  during  December.  The  total  deaths 
'from  pneumonia  in  Yew  York  City  during  this  period  numbered 
13,795;  1,342'  during  December  and  2,193  during  January. 

Personals. — Dr.  William  H.  Welch,  Baltimore,  was  elected  a 
member  of  the  Yational  Board  of  Medical  Examiners  at  its  last 
meeting,  to  succeed  Dr.  Henry  Sewell,  of  Denver,  resigned. 

Dr.  C.  S.  Holbrook,  for  the  last  five  years  connected  with  the 
East  Louisiana  Hospital  for  the  Insane  at  Jackson,  will  remove  to 
Yew  Orleans  in  March  to  engage  in  practice  limited  to  mental  and 
nervous  diseases. 


412 


News  and  Comment. 


Dr.  C.  L.  Mengis,  in  charge  of  the  Base  Hospital  at  Porto  Rico, 
with  the  rank  of  major  when  he  received  his  discharge  from  the 
service,  has  located  in  Monroe. 

Among  the  doctors  of  Hew  Orleans  who  have  been  in  active 
service  and  who  have  recently  arrived  home  are : Drs.  A.  J.  Babin, 
E.  F.  Bacon,  S.  M.  Blackshear,  Emile  Bloch,  Sidney  F.  Brand, 
S.  M.  D.  Clark,  J.  A.  Devron,  Simon  Geismar,  J.  B.  Harney, 
William  M.  Hayes,  Earl  A.  Hogan,  David  Hyman,  E.  S.  Keitz, 
A.  L.  Levin,  Abraham  Mattes,  Hilliard  E.  Miller,  C.  E.  Yerdier, 
R.  M.  Van  Wart,  G.  H.  Hpton,  G.  J.  Taqnino,  A.  L.  Whitmire, 
G.  F.  Roeling,  J.  J.  Ryan,  E.  S.  Scharff,  W.  H.  Seemann,  C.  Y. 
Yignes,  J.  T.  Halsey,  L.  A.  Ledoux,  Wm.  M.  Johnson,  R.  E. 
Bordet,  J.  T.  Hix. 

Dr.  Adolph  Henriqnes  (Hew  Orleans)  announces  the  association 
of  Drs.  Leon  J.  Menville  and  William  J.  Devlin  with  him  in 
Roentgenology. 

Removals.— The  office  of  the  secretary  of  the  Hational  Board  of 
Medical  Examiners  has  been  removed  from  310  Real  Estate  Trust 
Building  to  1310-1311  Medical  Arts  Building,  northwest  corner 
Sixteenth  and  Walnut  streets,  Philadelphia. 

Dr.  T.  C.  Oliver,  from  Keiser,  Ark.,  to  Leland,  Miss. 

Dr.  Percy  L.  Querens,  from  Jefferson  Barracks,  St.  Louis,.  Mo., 
to  Base  Hospital,  Camp  Taylor,  Louisville,  Ivy. 

Married. — On  January  1,  1919,  Dr.  Charles  Wesley  Barrier,  Jr., 
to  Miss  Leonora  Mayberry,  of  Franklin,  Tenn.  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Bar- 
rier will  reside  in  Lake  Bluff,  111.  Dr.  Barrier  is  a graduate  of 
Tulane,  Class  1916. 


Book  Reviews  and  Notices. 


413 


BOOK  REVIEWS  AND  NOTICES 


• All  new  publications  sent  to  the  Journal  will  be  appreciated  and  will  invariably)  be 
promptly;  acknowledged  under  the  heading  of  “ Publications  Received While 
it  will  be  the  aim  of  the  Journal  to  review  as  many)  of  the  worlds  accepted  as 
possible , the  editors  will  be  guided  by)  the  space  available  and  the  merit  of  re- 
spective publications.  The  acceptance  of  a boofy  implies  no  obligation  to  review. 


Anatomy  of  the  Human  Body,  by  Henry  Gray,  F.  R.  S.  Lea  & Febiger, 
Philadelphia  and  New  York,  1918. 

Sixty  years  a text-book  preferred  in  the  countries  in  which  is  used 
the  language  of  its  author  is  probably  a unique  record  and,  of  course, 
could  scarcely  be  true  of  any  medical  book  save  one  on  anatomy. 

While  this  is  the  twentieth  edition  of  the  famous  work,  and  many 
advances  have  been  made  in  microscopic  and  embryonic  anatomy,  the 
main  text  remains  much  the  same,  the  plan  originally  formulated  has 
been  continued,  and  many  of  the  original  illustrations  are  still  used. 

It  is  still  the  Gray ’s  Anatomy  with  which  we  became  acquainted  forty 
years  ago,  though  there  are  more  illustrations,  and  these  illustrations  are 
more  colored  than  in  the  old  days.  Yet,  it  must  be  understood,  it  is 
brought  up  to  date,  and  new  matter  has  been  added  by  the  editor,  Dr. 
Warren  Lewis,  wherever  additional  knowledge  has  been  gained.  It  is 
like  an  old  friend  having  perpetual  access  to  the  fountain  of  youth. 

C.  C. 

Emergencies  of  a General  Practice,  by  Nathan  Clark  Morse,  A.  B.,  M.  D., 
F.  A.  C.  S.  C.  A.  Mosby  Company,  St.  Louis. 

The  field  covered  by  this  treatise  is  so  extensive  that  many  of  the 
subjects  in  the  text  are  treated  in  such  an  abridged  manner  as  to  de- 
tract somewhat  from  the  value  of  the  work.  Nevertheless,  the  young 
practitioner  who  has  not  had  the  advantage  of  an  internship  in  a large 
hospital  will  find  much  that  is  helpful  in  this  book.  This  would  also 
apply  to  the  practitioner  in  small  towns  or  rural  communities  whose  ex- 
perience has  not  covered  a great  variety  of  cases.  STORCK. 

The  Roentgen  Diagnosis  of  the  Diseases  of  the  Alimentary  Canal,  by 

Russell  D.  Carman,  M.  D.,  in  conjunction  with  Albert  Miller,  M.  D. 
W.  B.  Saunders  Company,  Philadelphia. 

As  these  two  authors  are  well  known  and  their  capabilities  duly  recog- 
nized, their  introduction  to  the  medical  profession  is  already  complete. 
These  two  able  men  have  presented  the  American  medical  profession  with 
an  excellent  book,"  which  is  in  line  with  the  best  modern  practices.  The 
504  original  illustrations  are  superb. 

The  practitioner  who  wishes  to  keep  in  close  touch  with  the  best  work 
in  Rceentgenology  by  Americans  in  relation  to  the  alimentary  canal  will 
do  well  to  consult  this  book  frequently.  As  to  the  role  of  Rceentgenology 
in  the  examination  of  the  digestive  tract,  we  can  well  say,  with  the 
authors,  that  it  has  afforded  us  “efficient  and  practicable  aid  in  gastro- 
intestinal diagnosis.  ’ ' STORCK. 


414 


Publications  Received. 


PUBLICATIONS  RECEIVED 


P.  BLAKISTON'S  SON  & CO.,  Philadelphia,  1919. 

Surgery  in  War,  by  Alfred  J.  Hull,  with  a preface  by  Lieut.-Gen. 
T.  H.  J.  C.  Goodwin,  C.  B.,  C.  M.  G.,  D.  S.  O.  Second  edition. 

W.  B.  SAUNDERS  COMPANY,  Philadelphia  and  London,  1919 
The  Medical  Clinics  of  North  America,  September,  1918. 

The  Surgical  Clinics  of  Chicago.  December,  1918,  Vol.  2,  No.  6.  Index 
number. 

WILLIAM  WOOD  & CO.,  New  York,  1919. 

Text-Book  of  Chemistry,  by  R.  A.  Witthaus,  A.  M.,  M.  D.  Seventh 
revised  edition,  by  R.  J.  E.  Scott,  M.  A.,  B.  C.  L.,  M.  D. 

A Practical  Medical  Dictionary,  by  Thomas  Lathrop  Stedman,  A.  M., 
M.  D.  Fifth  revised  edition. 

THE  MACMILLAN  COMPANY,  New  York,  1919. 

The  Disabled  Soldier,  by  Douglas  C.  McMurtrie.  With  an  introduc- 
tion by  Jeremiah  Milbank. 

THE  YEAR  BOOK  PUBLISHERS,  Chicago,  1918. 

The  Practical  Medicine  Series.  Under  the  general  editorial  charge  of 

Charles  L.  Mix,  A.  M.,  M.  D.  Volume  VII:  Skin  and  Venereal  Diseases, 
edited  by  Oliver  S.  Ormsby,  M.  D.,  and  James  Herbert  Mitchell,  M.  D. 
Series  1918.  Vol.  VIII:  Nervous  and  Mental  Diseases,  edited  by  Peter 
Bassoe,  M.  D.  Series  1918. 

GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE,  Washington,  D.  C.,  1919. 

Public  Health  Reports.  Vol.  34,  Nos.  1,  2,  3 and  4. 

Health  Almanac  for  1919.  Compiled  by  R.  C.  Williams,  Assistant  Sur- 
geon, U.  S'.  P.  H.  Service. 

United  States  Naval  Medical  Bulletin.  January,  1919  (quarterly). 
Keeping  Fit.  V.  D.  Bulletin  No.  1. 

Report  of  the  Provost  Marshal  General,  to  the  Secretary  of  War. 

MISCELLANEOUS: 

Representation  in  Industry,  by  John  D.  Rockefeller,  Jr. 

A Great  National  Service,  by  John  B.  Lunger,  vice-president,  Associa- 
tion of  Life  Insurance  Presidents,  New  York  City. 

Proceedings  of  the  Twelfth  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Association  of 
Life  Insurance  Presidents.  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Japanese  Medical  Literature.  (Reprinted  from  the  China  Medical 
Journal,  Shanghai,  China.) 

Almanac  Louisiana  State  Board  of  Health,  1919.  (Published  by  the 
Louisiana  State  Board  of  Health,  New  Orleans,  La.) 

United  Fruit  Company  Medical  Department.  Annual  Report,  1918. 
(Geo.  H.  Ellis  Company,  Boston,  Mass.) 

Autobiography  of  an  Androgyne,  by  Earl  Lind.  (The  New  York 
Medico-Legal  Journal,  1918.) 


Publications  Received. 


415 


REPRINTS. 

The  Yellow-Flowered  Cypripediums ; The  Trillium  Grandiflorum  Group; 
Notes  on  the  Michigan  Flora;  Brazilian  Jalap  and  Some  Allied  Drugs,  by 
Oliver  Atkins  Farwell. 

Never  Again  (Perhaps).  A Plea  for  Universal  Service,  by  G.  Frank 
Lydston,  M.  D. 

Paramycetoma;  the  Classification  of  the  Mycetomas;  a Sudanese  Strep- 
tococcal Dermatitis,  by  Albert  J.  Chalmers,  M.  D.,  F.  R.  C.  S.,  D.  P.  H., 
and  Major  R.  G.  Archibald,  M.  B.,  D.  S.  O.,  R.  A.  M.  C. 

Enteromonas  Hominis  and  Protetramitus  Testudinis,  by  Albert  J. 
Chalmers,  M.  D.,  F.  R.  C.  S.,  D.  P.  H.,  and  Waino  Pekkola. 

The  So-called  Epidemic  of  Influenza,  by  Albert  J.  Croft,  M.  D. 


NOTICE! 

Income  tax  returns  must  be  filed  on  or  before  March  15.  Every  single 
person  in  the  United  States  whose  net  income  for  1918  was  $1,000  or  over, 
and  every  married  person  whose  net  income  was  $2,000  or  over,  must  file 
same  with  the  Collector  of  Internal  Revenue  for  his  district. 

Heavy  penalties,  ranging  from  $1,000  up,  are  provided  for  failure  to 
file  a return  on  time. 


416 


Mortuary  Report. 


MORTUARY  REPORT  OF  NEW  ORLEANS. 

Computed  from  the  Monthly  Report  of  the  Board  of  Health  of  the  City 
of  New  Orleans,  for  January,  1919. 


CA  USE. 

White. 

Colored. 

Total. 

Typhoid  Fever  _ 

1 

1 

2 

Intermittent  Fever  (Malarial  Cachexia) 

Smallpox _ 

Measles  __  ___  _ 

Scarlet  Fever  __  __  _ _ 

Whooping  Cough. 

Diphtheria  and  Croup  

Influenza  __  

405 

118 

523 

Cholera  Nostras _ 

1 

1 

Pyemia  and  Septicemia  __  _ __  __  _ 

1 

l 

2 

Tuberculosis _ 

63 

45 

108 

Cancer  _ _ _ 

28 

6 

34 

Rheumatism  and  Gout __  _ 

2 

2 

Diabetes  __  

3 

1 

4 

Alcoholism  _ __  _ 

1 

1 

Encephalitis  andMeningitis _ _ _ _ 

4 

1 

5 

Locomotor  Ataxia 

2 

<2 

Congestion,  Hemorrhage  and  Softening  of  Brain  __ 

27 

9 

36 

Paralysis' _ _ 

11 

11 

Convulsions  of  Infancy  

1 

1 

Other  Diseases  of  Infancy..  . 

20 

10 

30 

Tetanus 

1 

1 

Other  Nervous  Diseases 

5 

5 

Heart  Diseases  _ 

93 

33 

126 

Bronchitis  

6 

4 

10 

Pneumonia  and  Broncho-Pneumonia  _ 

133 

63 

196 

Other  Respiratory  Diseases  __ 

Ulcer  of  Stomach _ 

o 

2 

Other  Diseases  of  the  Stomach _ 

1 

1 

2 

Diarrhea,  Dysentery  and  Enteritis 

9 

4 

13 

Hernia,  Intestinal  Obstruction  . 

2 

2 

4 

Cirrhosis  of  Liver ...  . 

4 

1 

5 

Other  Diseases  of  the  Liver  _ _ __  _ 

3 

1 

4 

Simple  Peritonitis  __  

Appendicitis  _ . 

4 

4 

Bright’s  Disease.  

40 

19 

59 

Other  Genito-Urinary  Diseases  _ _ 

1 4 

4 

18 

Puerperal  Diseases _ 

7 

3 

10 

Senile  Debility ...  

5 

5 

10 

Suicide __ 

2 

1 

3 

Injuries _ 

21 

18 

39 

All  Other  Causes  _ 

30 

26 

56 

Total  . ...  _ ... 

950 

379 

1329 

Still-born  Children — White,  29;  colored,  14;  total,  43. 

Population  of  City  (estimated) — White,  283,000;  colored,  106,000; 
total,  389,000. 

Death  Rate  per  1000  per  Annum  for  Month — White,  40.28;  colored, 
42.91;  total,  41.  Non-residents  excluded,  36.59. 


METEOROLOGIC  SUMMARY  (U.  S.  Weather  Bureau). 


Mean  atmospheric  pressure 30.16 

Mean  temperature 51 

Total  preciptation 8.03  inches 


Prevailing  direction  of  wind,  north. 


tW£& 

VNITD  STATIC 

wniww 

NEW  ORLEANS  MEDICAL 
AND  SURGICAL  JOURNAL 


EDITORS: 

CHARLES  CHASSAIGNAC,  M.  D.  ISADORE  DYER,  M.  D. 

COLLABORATORS  s 

C.  C.  BASS,  M.  D.,  Prest.,  Amer.  Soc.  Tropical  Medicine \ 

S.  K.  SIMON,  M.  D.,  Acting  Secty.  American  Soc.  of  Tropical  Medicine j ' 

P.  T.  TALBOT,  M.  D.,  Secretary  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society Ex-Officio 

RUPERT  BLUE,  M.  D.,  Surgeon  General,  United  States  Public  Health  Service. 

H.  D.  BRUNS,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

C.  F.  CRAIG,  M.  D.,  Col.,  U.  S.  A. 

S.  T.  DARLING,  M.  D.,  Sao  Paulo,  Brazil. 

W.  H.  DEADERICK,  M.  D.,  Hot  Springs,  Arkansas. 

E.  M.  DUPAQUIER,  M.  D.  (Paris),  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

A.  G.  FRIEDRICHS,  M.  D.,  New  Orleans,  La. 

J.  T.  HALSEY,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

JOS.  HOLT,  M.  D.,  New  Orleans,  La. 

F.  A.  LARUE,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

E.  S.  LEWIS,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

R.  C.  LYNCH,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

E.  D.  MARTIN,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

R.  MATAS,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

AUGUSTUS  McSHANE,  M.  D.,  Greenwood,  Miss. 

PAUL  MICHINARD,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

C.  J.  MILLER,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

F.  W.  PARHAM,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

E.  A.  ROBIN,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

W.  H.  SEEMANN,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

ALLEN  J.  SMITH,  M.  D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

EDMOND  SOUCHON,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

E.  R.  STITT,  M.  D.,  Rear  Admiral,  U.  S.  N. 

J.  A.  STORCK,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

R.  P.  STRONG,  M.  D., Harvard  University. 

ROY  M.  VAN  WART,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 


Vol.  LXXI  APRIL,  1919  No.  10 


EDITORIAL 


THE  STANDARDIZATION  OF  HOSPITALS. 

In  a recent  one-night  stand  at  New  Orleans  representatives  of  the 
American  College  of  Surgeons  presented  the  importance  of  improve- 
ment in  hospital  conditions,  and  most  idealistically  submitted  the 
general  manner  of  accomplishing  such  improvement. 

There  are  nearly  seven  thousand  hospitals  of  all  sorts  in  the  United 
States,  from  the  twenty-five-bed  semi-private  sanitarium  to  the  great 
institutions  like  the  Cook  County  Hospital  in  Chicago,  Bellevue 
Hospital  in  New  York,  the  Massachusetts  General  in  Boston  and 
our  own  Charity  Hospital  in  New  Orleans. 

To  be  effective,  reform  must  be  general,  and  the  mere  academic 
appeal  is  not  going  to  bear  fruit. 


418 


Editorial. 


The  College  of  Surgeons  is  well  intended,  and  their  intentions  are 
further  encouraged  by  a fair  bank  account  derived  from  the  various 
surgeons  in  membership,  with  a promise  of  more  from  philanthropic 
sources.  But  even  money  will  not  make  reform,  without  com- 
mensurate, enforced  regulation.  No  appeal  from  any  single  body  is 
going  to  accomplish  the  desired  results.  Nearly  all  hospitals  are  now 
conducted  as  their  administrators  will,  and  it  is  yet  rare  to  have  the 
medical  and  surgical  staffs  sufficiently  in  authority  to  even  direct 
the  administration,  let  alone  to  control  any  part  of  it.  The  intern 
has  still  a quasi-orderly  position,  with  perhaps  a prospect  of  rising 
above  it,  and  there  is  not  yet  coordination  in  most  places. 

The  American  Medical  Association  has  issued  one  list  of  hospitals, 
with  an  apology  for  the  meager  information  contained.  After  a 
few  years,  if  they  go  it  alone,  the  College  of  Surgeons  may  furnish 
another  list,  with  or  without  the  apology. 

The  time  has  come  for  the  combination  of  all  interests  con- 
cerned— first  to  study  hospitals;  and  then  to  develop  a basis  for  a 
standard;  after  that,  some  classifying  may  be  done  with  a view  to 
standardization.  Just  now  there  are  problems  in  medical  educa- 
tion in  connection  with  internships,  and  the  hospitals  themselves 
are  concerned,  because  of  the  increasing  hospital  need  for  interns 
and  the  decreasing  number  of  medical  graduates  available  for  such 
positions.  Hospitals  under  the  jurisdiction  of  the  State  directly, 
as  well  as  endowed  or  sectarian  hospitals,  must  meet  this  problem. 

It  will  be  wise  to  bring  the  authorities  of  hospitals,  medical  col- 
leges, the  nurses,  the  interns,  as  well  as  the  bodies  of  physicains 
represented  by  the  A.  M.  A.  and  the  College  of  Surgeons,  into  some 
organized  and  systematic  working  force  to  fulfil  the  end  of 
studying  hospitals.  For  it  is  certain  that  no  one  of  these  groups 
of  individuals  or  institutions  will  submit  to  a dictum  from  any 
self-constituted  arbiter  of  standards. 

The  public,  too,  is  interested  somewhat.  When  all  is  said,  the 
public  is  perhaps  the  most  interested,  and  when  the  final  standardi- 
zation of  hospitals  comes  about,  the  improved  history-taking,  pro- 
fessional technic,  nursing  codes,  intern  regulations  and  privileges 
will  all  make  for  a better-satisfied  public — if  these  reforms  finally 
bring  a better  service  to  the  patient,  for  whom  the  institution  is, 
after  all,  conducted. 


Editorial. 


119 


RETURN  OF  THE  TULANE  UNIT  (BASE  HOSPITAL  24). 

The  Tulane  Base  Hospital  Unit,  known  as  Base  Hospital  No.  24, 
left  New  Orleans  in  September  of  1917,  the  first  complete  hospital 
nnit  to  be  organized  in  the  South.  It  was  a true  university  unit, 
as  its  personnel  in  the  medical  and  surgical  staffs  was  made  up 
wholly  from  the  faculty  and  from  the  alumni  of  the  Tulane  School 
of  Medicine.  Its  nurses  represented  the  best  of  the  New  Orleans 
profession  and  the  non-commissioned  personnel  was  almost  wholly 
of  New  Orleans  and  Louisiana  origin. 

After  several  months  of  postponement  the  unit  was  finally  located 
and  put  to  work  at  Limoges,  in-  France. 

The  director  of  the  unit,  Dr.  John  B.  Elliott,  Jr.,  and  the  head 
of  the  surgical  staff,  Dr.  Urban  Maes,  were  separated  from  the 
unit,  for  more  advanced  service.  These  two,  as  lieutenant-colonels, 
were  placed  as  consultants,  practically  in  charge  of  their  army 
sectors,  as  medical  and  surgical  clinic  consultants,  respectively. 
Dr.  J.  D.  Weis  early  was  detailed  to  b§  medical  liaison  officer  at 
Paris. 

More  than  half  of  the  original  unit  was  detached  at  one  or  an- 
other occasion.  Captains  Fenner,  Lemann  and  Lanford  were  each 
put  on  important  detail,  either  in  charge  of  smaller  or  larger  units 
or  where  emergency  called  them. 

The  work  of  the  unit  has  been  a credit  to  Tulane  University,  to 
the  medical  school  and  to  the  city  and  State  which  it  represented, 
and  if  no  great  welcome  greets  the  unit  upon  its  official  return  it 
will  not  be  because  the  unit  has  not  deserved  it. 

Drs.  Elliott,  Maes,  Halsey  and  Lemann  are  back.  Of  the  others, 
some  are  in  the  United  States  and  the  others  are  either  on  the  way 
or  soon  will  be. 

The  Journal  bespeaks  the  privilege  of  saying  a word  of  appre- 
ciation to  those  here  and  to  those  coming,  and  to  add  that  they  are 
welcome  home  and  we  are  proud  to  share  their  glory  in  work  well 
done. 


MEETING  OF  THE  LOUISIANA  STATE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY. 

With  conditions  a little  nearer  normal  this  year,  we  should  have 
a very  good  meeting  in  Shreveport  on  April  8,  9 and  10.  We  urge 
all  members  to  make  an  earnest  effort  to  attend  and  to  contribute 
their  share  towards  the  success  which  we  must  obtain  for  this  session. 


420 


Editorial. 


Each  can  cooperate  in  his  way  and  to  the  extent  of  his  possibilities, 
and  he  will  profit  in  like  manner. 

We  would  gladly  have  published  more  information  regarding  the 
meeting,  but  the  appended  letter,  received  in  answer  to  our  request 
for  data,  is  all  we  have  been  able  to  obtain,  though  we  have  tried 
from  all  sources  to  secure  what  we  felt  would  interest  the  members. 

Fortunately,  Dr.  Abramson’s  letter  covers  the  main  points,  hence 
we  publish,  it  in  full : 

Shreveport,  March  15,  1919. 
Editors  New  Orleans  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal. 

Dear  Doctors — I have  not  written  you  heretofore  concerning 
the  coming  meeting  of  the  State  Society  because  I thought  all  this 
information  was  furnished  from  the  office  of  the  Secretary. 

Arrangements  for  the  meeting  are  well  in  hand  and  we  hope  to 
entertain  the  Society  in  a befitting  manner.  Our  committee  on 
transportation  has  labored  for  several  months  on  the  problem  of 
securing  special  rates,  hut,  so  far,  has  been  unable  to  obtain  any 
concession  in  that  particular. 

The  noonday  luncheon  on  Tuesday  will  be  tendered  by  the  North 
Louisiana  Sanitarium;  on  Wednesday  by  the  Schumpert  Sani- 
tarium, and  on  Thursday  by  the  Highland  Sanitarium. 

After  adjournment  of  the  meeting  on  Wednesday  afternoon  mem- 
bers of  the  Society  will  be  taken  in  automobiles  to  view  the  glass 
factory  and  oil  fields,  and  if  conditions  are  favorable  we  hope  to 
show  them  a real  “wild  well.”  Upon  return  from  this  trip  an  in- 
formal smoker  will  be  given  at  the  Hotel  Youree. 

On  the  last  evening  we  shall  have  the  usual  annual  meeting,  when 
the  President  will  read  his  annual  message  and  the  audience  will 
he  addressed  by  other  prominent  speakers. 

I desire  especially  that  you  will  request  that  the  members  will 
make  their  hotel  reservations  early.  Address  Dr.  Frank  Walke, 
chairman  hotel  committee,  or  Mr.  Jennings,  manager  Hotel  Youree. 
We  are  making  every  effort  to  see  that  everybody  is  properly  ac- 
commodated, but  we  would  request  that  the  reservations  be  made 
at  once. 

Thanking  you  for  your  interest  in  this  matter,  I am,  very  truly 
jours,  (Signed)  Louis  Abramson, 

Chairman , Committee  Arrangements. 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


(No  paper  published  or  to  be  published  in  any  other  medical  journil  will  be  accepted 
for  this  department.  All  papers  must  be  in  the  hands  of  the  Editors  on  the  tenth  day  of 
the  month  preceding  that  in  which  they  are  expected  to  appear.  Reprints  may  be  had  at 
reasonable  rates  if  a WRITTEN  order  for  the  same  accompany  the  paper.) 


THE  LABORATORY  AS  AN  AID  IN  THE  DIAGNOSIS  OF 
THE  PNEUMOCOCCAL  COMPLICATIONS 
OF  INFLUENZA  * 

By  FOSTER  M.  JOHNS,  M.  D., 

Assistant  Professor,  Laboratory  of  Clinical  Medicine,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana, 

New  Orleans. 

As  we  reflect  upon  the  enormous  mortality  figures  produced  by 
the  past  epidemic  of  influenza,  and  then  realize  that,  in  the  light 
of  all  of  the  post-mortem  evidence  now  beginning  to  be  available 
that  a very  large  part  of  these  deaths  were  directly  due  to  a com- 
plicating pneumonia,  the  full  significance  of  the  correct  diagnosis ; 
of  the  rapid  sequence  of  pathologic  changes  in  the  course  of  the  in- 
dividual case  of  influenza  may  be  realized. 

An  idea  of  the  relative  importance  of  the  complicating  pneu- 
monias is  admirably  shown  in  an  article  by  W.  V.  Brem  in  the 
Journal  of  the  A.  M.  A.  for  December  28,  1918,  in  which,  in  a series 
of  some  3,000  cases,  pneumonia  was  diagnosed  with  certainty  in 
408  cases — an  incidence  of  13.6  per  cent  and  with  a mortality  of  36 
per  cent,  making  the  total  mortality  for  the  epidemic  5 per  cent. 
Naturally,  these  figures  are  higher  for  army  cantonments  than  we 
have  in  civil  practice,  but  the  interesting  point  is  that  in  the  post- 
mortems on  all  of  the  cases  for  the  epidemic  only  two  were  found" 
to  have  succumbed  with  a purely  influenzal  form  of  broncho-pneu- 
monia. 

During  the  epidemic,  other  complications  than  a secondary  pneu- 
monia were  remarkably  rare.  It  is  noteworthy,  however,  that  prac- 
tically all  observers,  in  their  writings  of  recent  date,  hold  that  the 
epidemic  infection  now  prevalent  is  being  followed  by  increasing 
numbers  of  such  pneumococcal  involvements  as  septicemia,  em- 
pyema, sinus  and  mastoid  infections,  abdominal  and  pelvic  ab- 
scesses, cholecystitis,  etc.,  following  the  comparatively  mild  lobular 
type  of  pneumonia. 

While  the  laboratory  findings  in  both  Spanish  influenza  and  its 

*Read  before  the  Orleans  Parish  Medical  Society,  January  27,  1919.  [Received  for 
publication  February  11,  1919. — Eds.] 


422 


Original  Articles. 


complications  are  purely  confirmatory  in  character  to  the  clinical 
diagnosis,  and  are  in  no  way  specific  in  the  sense  of  the  Widal  re- 
action for  typhoid,  or  the  finding  of  the  malaria  plasmodia  in 
malaria,  still,  when  properly  interpreted,  the  evidence  shown  in  the 
blood,  urine  and  sputum  will  not  only  bo  the  addition  of  positive 
evidence  as  to  the  correctness  of  diagnosis  of  a complication,  but 
in  a negative  way  tend  to  prevent  the  occasional  error  of  diagnosis 
so  prevalent  in  epidemic  and  near-epidemic  times. 

Some  of  the  more  constant  laboratory  findings,  such  as  the  blood 
count,  have  been  so  altered  by  the  combination,  frequently,  of  such 
diseases  as  influenza  and  pneumonia,  in  both  of  which  the  blood 
counts  in  uncomplicated  cases  are  so  diametrically  opposite  that  a 
good  deal  of  confusion  has  arisen  in  interpreting  the  laboratory 
findings,  and  it  is  for  this  reason  that  I have  selected  the  present 
subject  for  discussion. 

The  Blood. — Whatever  may  be  the  etiologic  factor  in  the  pro- 
duction of  Spanish  influenza,  as  we  now  see  the  disease,  it  is  most 
certainly  characterized  by  a toxemia  that  exerts  a more  specific  de- 
pressant action  on  the  production  of  leucocytes  than  we  are  usually 
familiar  with.  This  results  in  uncomplicated  influenza  in  an  ab- 
solute leucopenia  so  characteristic  of  the  disease. 

This  depressant  action  on  leucocyte  production  so  modifies  the 
blood  count,  both  total  and  differential,  that  a rapidly  following 
pneumonia  of  either  lobar  or  lobular  types,  and  certainly  due  to  the 
pneumococcus,  will  only  increase  the  count  several  thousand  cells. 
These  leucocyte  determinations  show  such  low  variations  as  from 
6 to  8,000  in  the  average  influenza  to  10  to  12,000  with  the  de- 
velopment of  the  pneumonia.  This  difference  is  slightly  accentuated 
in  the  differential  counts,  the  usual  40  to  60  per  cent  of  neutro- 
philes  running  up  to  80  to  as  high  as  95  per  cent. 

Pneumonias  developing  late,  or  after  the  influenzal  process  was 
on  the  wane,  run  more  true  to  form  and  showing  from  15,000  on 
up,  with  a corresponding  increase  in  the  percentage  of  neutrophiles 
and  the  diminution  of  the  eosinophiles. 

While  these  pictures  are  only  too  often  the  source  of  little  positive 
information  from  a diagnostic  standpoint,  from  the  prognostic 
standpoint  they  have  proven  of  inestimable  advantage.  Following 
the  onset  of  the  pneumonia  a stationary  or  falling  leucocytosis  came 
very  near  always  indicating  an  unfavorable  termination. 

A sudden  increase  of  leucocytes  marked  practically  all  of  the 


Johns — Laboratory  Aid  in  Complications  of  Influenza.  423 

extensions  of  the  pneumonic  process  to  the  pleura,  mastoid  or 
cerebral  meninges.  These  latter  complications  were  practically  all 
following  the  pneumonia  and  were  removed  from  the  inciting  in- 
fluenza by  two  or  more  weeks. 

We  have  made  any  number  of  blood  cultures  which  have  proven 
invariably  negative,  these  tallying  with  the  experiences  of  the  army 
laboratories,  where  routine  blood  cultures  are  made  in  all  fever 
cases.  This  is  rather  surprising,  as  the  usual  run  of  pneumonia 
cases  gave  in  past  years  a rather  high  per  cent  of  positive  findings. 

The  Urine. — Influenzal  patients  have  almost  all  shown  the  effect 
of  the  toxemia  on  the  kidneys  by  the  presence  of  a variable  quan- 
tity of  albumin  accompanied  by  hyalin  casts,  but  the  rather  sudden 
appearance  of  considerable  quantities  of  albumin,  with  numerous 
hyalin  and  epithelial  cell  casts,  was  most  characteristic  of  the  onset 
of  consolidation.  Enormous  numbers  of  granular  casts  soon  made 
their  appearance,  and,  in  many  cases,  blood. 

The  Sputum. — The  pneumonia  following  influenza  has  almost 
always  been  lobular  in  character,  the  type  of  organism  seemingly 
being  due  to  the  variety  of  pneumococci,  streptococci,  staphylococci 
or  micrococci  that  predominated  in  the  respiratory  passages  of  the 
individual  when  becoming  ill.  This  renders  the  diagnosis  of  pneu- 
monia of  this  type  rather  difficult  of  diagnosis  to  the  microscope. 
However,  lung  sputum  collected  early,  washed  free  of  the  ordinary 
contamination  and  appropriately  stained,  gives  a wealth  of  in- 
formation as  to  the  type  of  infection  present  in  the  lung  itself. 
This,  coupled  with  the  clinical  findings  alone,  gives  an  almost  cer- 
tain diagnosis. 

Where  from  ten  to  twenty  cubic  centimeters  of  lung  sputum  can 
be  collected,  the  rapid  direct-sputum  typing  of  Krumweide  renders 
a certain  specific  diagnosis  practicable  in  the  majority  of  cases. 
This  test  depends  upon  the  extraction  of  an  antigen  from  the  pneu- 
mococci in  the  sputum  itself,  and  this  extract  is  then  precipitated 
by  the  various  I,  II,  II a and  III  type  sera  prepared  by  immunizing 
rabbits  with  known  strains  of  pneumococci.  Reaction  with  this 
test  is  certain  proof  of  the  presence  of  a pneumonia  from  the  number 
of  pneumococci  necessarily  present  in  a given  sputum  and  of  a 
fixed  type.  The  drawback  comes  in  the  large  number  of  type  IV 
infections  seen  in  broncho-pneumonia,  and  against  which  a type 
serum  is  not  practicable,  owing  to  the  large  number  of  strains  com- 
prising the  group. 


424 


Original  Articles. 


While  it  is  certain  that  the  typing  of  pneumonia  sputum  is  not 
as  valuable  in  post-influenzal  pneumonias  as  in  ordinary  lobar  pneu- 
monia, it  is  extremely  valuable  as  a prognostic  agent,  type  IY  being 
much  less  severe  than  either  I,  II  or  III.  I wish  to  thank  Dr. 
Mattes  for  checking  type  IY  by  Avery  method  and  the  Eockefeller 
Institute  for  the  type  IY  agglutins. 

Pleural  and  Spinal  Fluids. — The  direct  microscopical  examina- 
tion in  both  pleurisy  with  effusion  and  pneumococcie  meningitis  is 
typical  and  diagnostic.  In  the  case  of  pleural  exudates  the  question 
of  paramount  importance  is  one  of  operation  for  drainage  or  not. 
Many  of  the  small  localized  and  definitely  infected  pleurisies  that 
I have  studied  in  this  epidemic  have  shown  a tendency  toward  auto- 
sterilization and  absorption  following  the  withdrawal  of  small  quan- 
tities for  exploratory  purposes.  Comparative  cultures  from  these 
repeated  aspirations  have  shown  the  need  for  drainage  in  several 
instances,  and  vice  versa. 

Discussion  of  Dr.  Johns'  Paper. 

Dr.  C.  C.  Bass:  In  making  observations  upon  any  phase  of  the  disease 
under  discussion  we  must  remember  that  during  the  prevalence  of  any 
disease  in  epidemic  or  pandemic  form  there  are  many  instances  of 
erroneous  diagnosis.  This  is  especially  true  in  the  case  of  mild  diseases 
in  which  there  are  no  infallible,  clear-cut  diagnostic  signs  or  symptoms, 
such  as  the  so-called  “ influenza”  is.  From  the  standpoint  of  the  subject 
of  Dr.  Johns’  paper,  it  would  make  no  difference  if  cases  of  “influenza” 
are  not  diagnosed,  but  calling  other  diseases  “influenza”  would  lead  to 
the  improper  application  of  observations. 

Barring  rare  exceptions,  there  is  definite  rise  in  the  leucocyte  count 
whenever  pneumonia  supervenes  upon  “influenza,”  as  Dr.  Johns  has  in- 
dicated in  his  paper.  The  rise  is  not  as  great  as  in  pneumonia  not  com- 
plicated by  “influenza,”  and  in  rare  instances  there  may  be  no  rise. 
The  average  of  a large  number  of  cases  of  pneumonia  following  influenza 
reported  in  the  last  Journal  of  the  A.  M.  A.  was  about  15,000  or  16,000. 
The  average  of  pneumonia,  not  preceded  by  “influenza,”  would  fall 
between  20,000  and  30,000. 

The  greatest  information  from  the  total  leucocytes  count  in  the 
diagnosis  of  pneumonia  following  influenza  is  obtained  in  cases  where 
counts  have  been  made  before  the  pneumonia  set  in.  A sudden,  though 
moderate,  rise  from  the  previous  known  low  count  is  more  valuable  in 
indicating  pneumococcus  invasion  than  a higher  count  might  be  when 
the  previous  range  was  not  known. 

The  differential  count  showing  the  presence  of  the  “septic  factor,” 
with  the  characteristic  great  decrease  or  absence  of  eosinophiles,  is  also 
valuable,  because,  regardless  of  the  absence  of  leucocytosis  or  even  in 
the  presence  of  a leucopenia,  the  “septic  factor”  is  always  present  in 
pneumonia  due  to  pneumococcus. 

Lieutenant  Commander  R.  B.  H.  Gradwohl,  U.  S.  Naval  Hospital,  New 


Johns — Laboratory  Aid  in  Complications  of  Influenza.  425 

Orleans:  I wish  to  thank  the  officers  and  members  of  this  Society  for 

their  courtesy  in  permitting  me  to  be  present  this  evening  and  to  have 
the  privileges  of  the  floor.  I have  but  little  to  add  to  what  has  already 
been  said  on  the  subject  of  this  disease.  There  are  one  or  two  points, 
however,  that  might  well  be  alluded  to.  In  first  order  I wish  to  state 
that  I am  one  of  those  who  believe  that  neither  the  causative  factor  nor 
the  manner  of  spread  of  this  disease  has  as  yet  been  definitely  estab- 
lished. The  relatively  small  number  of  workers  who  have  claimed  to 
have  found  and  isolated  the  Pfeiffer  bacillus  speaks  against  this  organism 
being  the  microbic  cause  of  what,  for  want  of  a better  name,  we  have 
nicknamed  the  ‘ ‘ flu.  ’ ’ I want  also  to  voice  my  doubts  as  to  the  exacti- 
tude of  identification  of  the  Pfeiffer  bacillus  by  some  of  the  reporters  of 
this  work.  It  is  commonly  the  practice  to  call  a short  rod  found  in  the 
sputum  of  these  cases  the  Pfeiffer  bacillus  and  to  let  it  go  at  that. 
Cultural  characteristics  and  biological  behavior  are  not  always  sought 
for.  Granting,  however,  that  the  Pfeiffer  bacillus  actually  has  been 
isolated  in  some  of  these  cases,  may  it  not  be  explained  on  the  basis  that 
there  were  some  cases  of  real  la  grippe  mixed  up  with  this  new  disease? 
We  ought  to  go  slow,  therefore,  in  assuming  that  this  is  really  influenza 
and  that  the  Pfeiffer  organism  is  the  offending  organism. 

Might  I not  at  this  point  call  your  attention  to  the  rather  remark- 
able set  of  experiments  recently  conducted  by  one  of  the  officers  of  our 
corps  at  Boston?  These  experiments  have  recently  been  noted  in  one  of 
our  confidential  bulletins  and  possibly  are  unknown  to  you.  They  will 
soon  be  issued  in  the  regular  channels  of  medical  literature.  Two  sets  of 
experiments  were  carried  out  jointly  by  Lieutenant  Commander  M.  J. 
Rosenau,  M.  C.,  U.  S.  N.  R.  F.,  and  Lieutenant  W.  J.  Keegan,  M.  C., 
U.  S.  N.  R.  F.,  and  by  Surgeon  Joseph  Goldberger  and  Assistant  Surgeon 
G.  C.  Lake,  United  States  Public  Health  Service,  at  the  United  States 
Quarantine  Station,  Gallups  Island,  Boston,  Mass.  The  subjects  are 
sixty-eight  volunteers  from  the  Navy  Detention  Camp  there.  The  experi- 
ments consisted  of  inoculations  with  pure  cultures  of  Pfeiffer  bacillus 
and  with  secretions  from  the  upper  respiratory  tract  and  with  blood  from 
cases  of  influenza.  Cultures  of  the  Pfeiffer  bacillus  were  instilled  into 
the  noses  of  these  volunteers,  and  none  contracted  the  disease.  Filtered 
and  unfiltered  secretions  from  the  upper  respiratory  tract  of  typical  cases 
of  influenza  actively  infected  were  placed  in  contact  with  the  respiratory 
mucosa  by  means  of  swabs,  sprays,  into  the  nose  and  throat.  This  was 
repeatedly  carried  out  and  none  contracted  the  disease.  Each  volunteer 
was  then  instructed  to  converse  with  patients  and  then  the  patients 
coughed  directly  into  their  faces,  each  volunteer  thus  coming  into  con- 
tact with  at  least  ten  true  cases  of  influenza.  None  developed  influenza. 
The  same  set  of  experiments  were  carried  out  in  San  Francisco  by  Sur- 
geon G.  W.  McCoy,  of  the  United  States  Public  Health  Service,  and  by 
Lieutenant  De  Wayne  Richey,  of  the  United  States  Navy-  none  contracted 
the  disease.  I cannot  refrain  from  alluding  to  the  fact  that  these  volun- 
teers displayed  a very  fine  spirit  of  courageous  sacrifice  in  thus  submitting 
to  an  experimental  investigation  for  the  good  of  humanity,  with  a full 
knowledge  of  the  fact  that  they  were  risking  their  lives. 

So  far  as  the  pathology  and  treatment  of  the  cases  at  the  United 
States  Naval  Hospital  at  Algiers  is  concerned,  I wish  to  state  that  we 
have  seen  the  prominent  feature  at  autopsy  there  of  pulmonary  destruc- 
tion by  the  ravages  of  this  disease.  This  destructive  tendency  is,  in  the 
main,  a purulent  one,  with  lung  abscesses  and  pus  collections  in  the 


426 


Original  Articles. 


pleural  sac.  The  same  widespread  and  disconcerting  broncho-pneumonias 
have  been  seen  there  as  elsewhere. 

Treatment:  One  speaker  has  alluded  to  the  practice  of  blood-letting 

at  our  hospital;  I must  frankly  confess  that  I have  seen  no  benefit  at  all 
from  this  practice;  nor  have  we  had  any  appreciable  success  with  the  use 
of  vaccines. 

One  point  in  conclusion:  The  word  “acidosis”  has  been  used  by  some 

of  the  speakers  here  in  explaining  the  toxemic  or  unusually  severe  symp- 
tomatology of  this  disease.  Without  decrying  for  one  moment  the  good 
results  which  they  state  they  obtained  in  the  treatment  of  these  symp- 
toms by  means  of  the  intravenous  use  of  solutions  of  glucose,  I would 
suggest  that  some  direct  tests  for  acidosis  ought  to  be  applied  before  we 
can  properly  call  this  state  one  of  acidosis.  It  may  be  acidosis,  but,  in 
the  absence  of  the  use  of  the  Van  Slyke  or  the  Marriott  methods,  we  are 
not  at  all  warranted  in  speaking  of  it  as  such. 


IS  ARGYROL  USELESS? 

By  HENRY  DICKSON  BRUNS,  M.  D.,  New  Orleans. 

At  the  last  meeting  of  the  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society  I had 
the  honor  of  reading  a little  paper,  “On  Some  Minor  Matters.”  In 
the  course  of  an  appreciated,  complimentary  discussion  following 
the  reading,  Dr.  T.  J.  Dimitry,  of  New  Orleans,  said : 

“Unfortunately,  he  (Dr.  Bruns)  did  not  mention  anything  as  to 
argyrol.  I wish  he  had  done  so,  * * * because  I believe  argyrol  is 

to  suffer  the  same  condemnation  we  have  given  to  boracic  acid.  It  really 
does  little  good  when  instilled  into  the  eye.  * * * I would  say  that 

its  substitutes  are  every  bit  as  good,  and  at  the  best  the  borax  is  equal 
to  the  argyrol.” 

I replied; 

“I  did  not  say  anything  about  argyrol,  yet  I must  disagree  with  Dr, 
Dimitry ’s  prophecy.  ’ ’ 

Soon  after  its  introduction,  I began  to  experiment  with  argyrol, 
and  came  to  believe  in  its  value  in  certain  diseases  of  the  eye.  Dr. 
Dimitry  and  several  of  our  hearers  were  aware  of  this,  and  should 
I now  permit  our  confrere’s  criticism  to  go  unchallenged  to  the 
audience  before  whom  it  was  made,  I would  seem  to  have  changed 
my  belief,  to  the  disparagement,  in  their  eyes  at  least,  of  what  I 
think  a valuable  remedy.  I do  not  wish  to  pontificate,  as  our 
French  friends  say,  but  to  give  as  briefly  as  possible  the  reason 
for  the  faith  that  is  in  me— my  own  experience  solely.  That  ex- 
perience has  taught  me  that  argyrol,  like  all  useful  agents,  is  valu- 
able only  when  employed  with  a full  appreciation  of  its  limita- 
tions— limitations,  first,  as  to  the  strength;  second,  the  intervals, 


Bruns — Is  Argyrol  Useless ? 


427 


and  third,  as  to  the  duration  of  its  application.  A strength  of 
2 or  2 i/2  percent — ten  or  fifteen  grains  to  the  ounce  at  most — pos- 
sesses all  the  valuable  properties  of  the  drug  and  reduces  to  a mini- 
mum all  unpleasant  or  harmful  effects.  Such  a solution  is  un- 
irritating, seems  to  he  most  diffusible,  and  great  diff usibility  is  one 
of  the  valuable  properties  of  argyrol,  while  its  specific  gravity  is 
sufficient  to  float  out  of  the  culs-de-sac  every  particle  of  pus  or 
mucus.  The  coloration  it  imparts  to  such  otherwise  invisible  par- 
ticles makes  argyrol  a very  useful  adjuvant  in  thoroughly  cleansing 
the  eye  when  alternated  with  a borax  wash  or  other  neutral  so- 
lution. Solutions  of  25  to  50  per  cent  in  strength  are,  by  their 
thickness.,  made  less  diffusible;  they  seem  to  form  with  the  secre- 
tions uncomfortable  clots,  and  they  are  irritating;  so  irritating 
that  after  a few  instillations  it  is  hard,  or  even  impossible,'  to  per- 
suade the  patient  to  continue  their  use. 

The  intervals  at  which  the  solution  is  instilled  must  be  short  if 
we  are  to  achieve  the  results  for  which  we  hope.  Instillations 
should  be  made  every  hour;  in  the  severest  affections  every  fifteen 
minutes,  and  in  the  mildest  at  least  every  two  or  three  hours.  It 
is,  probably,  the  use  of  argyrol  in  solutions  of  too  great  strength 
and  its  instillation  at  too  prolonged  intervals  that  has  caused  the 
greatest  number  of  disappointments  in  its  use  and  has  led  many  to 
cast  it  aside. 

The  use  of  argyrol  must  never  be  too  long-continued.  Probably 
two  weeks  is  the  utmost  length  of  time  it  can  be  used  with  benefit. 
After  that,  even  the  weaker  solutions  begin  to  irritate  the  con- 
junctiva. We  must  not  forget  that  argyrol  is  no  astringent.  By 
undue  persistence  in  its  use  we  can  produce  one  of  the  very  mis- 
chiefs— irritation  of  the  conjunctiva — that  we  are  seeking  to  subdue. 
Moreover,  as  every  one  now  knows,  only  fresh  solutions  made  from 
fresh  material  can  be  used,  even  in  the  weaker  solutions,  without 
producing  redness,  smarting  and  watering  of  the  eyes. 

These  conditions  being  observed,  I have  used,  and  continue  to 
use,  argyrol  with  undisappointed  expectation  of  benefit  in : 

Cleansing  the  conjunctival  sac,  especially  before  all  operations. 

Cases  of  beginning  epiphora  without  obvious  cause,  instilling  it 
from  four  to  six  times  daily,  and  in  almost  all  cases  of  epiphora  for 
testing  the  openness  of  the  lachrymal  passages. 

Simple  corneal  ulcers,  erosions,  excoriations;  especially  the  mar- 
ginal ulcers  of  the  old,  where  a non-irritating  application  is  often 
indicated. 


428 


Original  Articles. 


Mild  cases  of  conjunctivitis,  alternated  with  a borax- wash. 

*Cases  of  Ivoch-Weeks  bacillus  conjunctivitis.  If,  as  first  sug- 
gested to  me  by  my  colleague,  Dr.  E.  A.  Eobin,  the  instillation  of  a 
.10  or  15  per  cent  solution  of  argyrol  is  alternated  every  hour  or  two 
with  a solution  of  zinc  sulphate  of  half  a grain,  or  a grain,  to  the 
ounce,  depending  on  the  severity  of  the  case,  the  action  seems  specific. 
When  the  instillations  are  properly  made  there  is  always  decided 
improvement  in  twenty-four  hours.  Indeed,  this  plan  of  treatment 
is  effective  in  all  types  of  acute  conjunctivitis  accompanied  by  pro- 
fuse secretion,  not  gonorrheal.  That  the  zinc  sulphate  is  not  the 
only  active  agent  in  every  instance,  as  one  might  assume,  is  illus- 
trated by  the  following  case : 

R.  N.,  a white  boy  of  eleven  years,  having  a severe  acute  conjunc- 
tivitis, with  abundant  discharge,  said  to  be  in  the  third  day  of  the  dis- 
ease, presented  himself  in  the  clinic  on  August  22,  1918.  The  argyrol-zine 
treatment  was  ordered,  the  alternations  hourly.  A culture  from  the  con- 
junctival discharge  was  reported  to  contain  streptococci  and  micrococcus 
catarrhalis.  On  August  28  he  returned  practically  well.  Questioning 
showed  that,  through  some  misunderstanding,  the  mother  had  never 
obtained  the  zinc  sulphate  solution;  argyrol  alone  had  been  used  every 
[hour. 

Cases  of  ophthalmia  neonatorum : If  instilled  every  fifteen, 
thirty  or  sixty  minutes,  the  10  or  15  per  cent  solution  of  argyrol 
is  an  efficient  remedy.  Eemembering  that  argyrol  is  without 
Astringent  action,  after  all  swelling  and  pus  have  disappeared  for 
a day  or  two,  we  must,  in  the  great  majority  of  cases,  begin  the 
application  of  weak  silver  nitrate  solution  to  the  everted  lids,  con- 
tinuing until  the  conjunctiva  has  become  normal.  This  is  the 
•established  treatment  in  our  clinic  at  the  Eye,  Ear,  Nose  and  Throat 
Hospital,  and  the  records,  so  far  as  I know,  show  no  case  either  of 
-an  eye  having  been  lost  which  was  not  already  destroyed,  or  of  a 
•cornea  having  become  appreciably  scarred  which  was  not  already 
invaded  at  the  time  the  child  was  first  presented  for  treatment. 
There  was  certainly  one  exception.  In  the  case  of  an  obstinate, 
obdurate,  stupid  mother,  her  infant  lost  an  eye  because,  in  spite  of 
argument,  persuasion  and  threat,  we  could  not  make  her  care  for 
it  even  tolerably.  It  is  onty  fair  to  say,  however,  that  a majority  of 
these  infants  are  negroes  or  of  negro  blood.  I believe,  and  Dr.  Chas. 
W.  Ivollock,  of  Charleston,  S.  C.,  also  thinks  that  this  race  enjoys 
-a  relative  immunity  to  infections  of  the  conjunctiva  with  the 
gonococcus.  There  is  a greater  tendency  to  recovery  and  less  liabil- 
ity to  corneal  ulceration.  It  is  certainly  amazing  to  observe  the 
swollen,  distended  lids,  the  corneas  immersed  in  pus,  and  to  be 


Bruns — Is  Argyrol  Useless ? 


429 


told  by  the  mothers  of  these  babies  that  the  conditions  have  been 
present  for  a week  or  two,  or  more,  and  then  be  unable  to  detect 
the  slightest  invasion  of  the  corneae.  I do  not  mean  to  imply  that 
the  white  babies  do  not  do  as  well;  they  do,  but  they  are  usually 
brought  for  treatment  much  more  promptly  than  the  negro  infants. 
Nearly  all,  too,  white  and  black,  are  breast-fed. 

Nor  can  it  be  said  of  all  these  cases  that  the  argyrol  is  useless; 
that  in  the  natural  course  of  the  disease  swelling  and  pus  subside 
and  disappear  and  that  the  silver  nitrate  applications  effectually 
put  an  end  to  the  disease. 

Only  a short  time  ago  a white  infant  one  month  old  was  brought 
to  me  to  be  discharged  from  the  clinic,  cured.  The  mother  said  it 
had  been  presented  for  treatment  on  the  fifth  day  of  the  disease 
(not  ophthalmia  neonatorum  strictly).  Smears  of  the  pus  showed 
gonococci.  Fifteen  per  cent  argyrol  solution  had  been  ordered  in- 
stilled every  fifteen  minutes  during  the  day  and  as  often  as  possible 
during  the  night,  on  August  5.  On  August  7 this  was  reduced  to 
every  half  hour.  August  8,  decided  improvement  was  noted.  On 
August  21,  the  sixteenth  day  of  treatment,  the  child  was  discharged 
perfectly  well,  nothing  but  the  argyrol  solution  having  been  used. 
I did  not  see  this  case  when  it  entered  the  clinic,  but  the  testimony 
of  the  staff  was  unanimous  that  its  appearance  had  been  unusually 
threatening,  the  swelling  great  and  the  purulent  discharge  profuse. 

I wish  to  deal  here,  as  far  as  possible,  with  what  seem  to  be  facts 
rather  than  with  opinions.  As  in  mathematics  the  greater  contains 
the  less,  so  sometimes  in  therapeutics.  One  convinced  of  the 
efficacy  of  argyrol  in  gonorrheal  ophthalmia  might  be  readier  to 
admit  the  possibility  of  its  value  in  other  acute  conjunctival  dis- 
eases. I have,  therefore,  reviewed  all  the  histories  of  such  cases 
treated  at  our  clinic  during  the  years  1914,  1915,  1916,  1917  and 
1918,  in  which  gonococci  were  found  in  the  smears  by  our  pathol- 
ogist. There  are  records  of  fifty-nine  cases.  Of  these,  twenty-five 
never  returned  after  the  first  or  second  visit,  or  other  plans  of  treat- 
ment were  pursued.  In  thirty-four  cases,  therefore,  nothing  but 
instillations  of  10  or  15  per  cent  solutions  of  argyrol  were  instilled 
until  swelling  had  subsided  and  the  discharge  had  virtually  dis- 
appeared. After  that,  in  the  majority,  solutions  of  silver  nitrate 
were  applied  to  the  everted  lids  until  the  conjunctiva  seemed 
normal.  The  instructions,  iterated  and  reiterated,  were  to  drop  the 
solution  into  the  eyes  every  fifteen  minutes,  day  and  night,  the 


430 


Original  Articles . 


patient  recumbent  and  the  lower  lid  gently  drawn  down  with  the 
finger  on  the  cheek.  By  no  means  was  any  attempt  to  cleanse  the 
lids  to  be  made.  The  excess  of  argyrol  and  pns  was  to  be  wiped 
from  the  cheek  with  moist  cotton  pledgets  or  ganze.  The  argyrol 
solution  was  to  be  instilled  into  the  unaffected  eye  half  as  often  as 
into  the  diseased  one — every  other  time.  At  each  daily  visit  the 
surgeon  cleansed  the  lids,  manipulating  them  as  little  as  possible, 
with  a warm  borax-boracic-camphor-water  solution  poured  gently 
from  an  undine.  I have  arranged  the  cases  into  three  groups  ac- 
cording to  age. 

In  the  first  group  the  eleven  patients  varied  in  age  from  thirteen 
months  to  fifteen  years,  the  average  being  six  and  one-half  years. 
Six  were  white,  four  negroes  and  one  mulatto.  Males  9,  females  2. 
The  cases  were  presented  for  treatment  in  from  one  to  six  days 
after  the  mothers  had  noticed  the  affection,  the  average  time  being 
three  and  one-half  days. 

Six  (6)  cases  were  treated  with  argyrol  alone,  of  which  three 
brought  for  treatment  on  the  second,  third  and  sixth  days  of  the 
disease  respectively)  were  discharged  cured  at  the  end  of  twenty- 
four,  twenty-one  and  seventeen  days,  respectively.  Two  with  whom 
treatment  began  on  the  fifth  day,  deserted  “practically  well?r 
after  nineteen  and  eleven  days  of  treatment  each.  One,  white,  aei . 
twelve,  in  the  fourth  day  of  the  disease.  On  the  second  day  of 
treatment,  pus  formation  seemed  to  have  ceased ; but  on  the  fourth 
day  a small  spot  on  the  cornea  just  below  the  pupilary  area  was 
seen  to  be  stained  with  argyrol;  on  the  seventh  day  the  eye  was 
practically  well,  but  the  conjunctiva  of  an  empty  socket  on  thi 
other  side  had  become  infected.  The  case  recounted  on  page  429, 
well  in  sixteen  days  under  argyrol  alone,  should  be  included  here. 

In  one  case  (7),  white,  aged  thirteen  months,  said  to  be  in  the 
second  day  of  the  disease,  silver  nitrate  solution,  1 per  cent,  was 
instilled  once  at  the  first  visit,  after  that  nothing  but  argyrol  so- 
lution being  used.  At  the  first  examination  a small  area  of  the 
lower  quadrant  of  the  cornea  was  observed  to  be  excoriated.  In 
forty-four  days  the  eye  was  well,  a small  scar  remaining  at  the  site 
of  the  ulcer. 

In  one  case  (8),  white,  aged  five  years,  said  to  be  in  the  third  day 
of  the  disease,  there  was  extensive  involvement  of  the  cornea. 
Nothing  but  argyrol  was  used  until  the  tenth  day,  when  1 per  cent 
solution  of  silver  nitrate  was  applied.  Perforation  of  the  cornea 


Bruns — Is  Argyrol  Useless  f 


431 


took  place  on  the  fourteenth  day.  Practically  well  in  thirty-seven 
days,  with  a leucoma  adherens  occupying  the  lower  third  of  the 
cornea. 

In  three  cases  (9,  10,  11)  silver  nitrate  solution  was  applied  when 
swelling  and  pus  had  virtually  disappeared;  in  one,  after  twenty- 
fourth  day  of  treatment,  the  patient  deserting  practically  well  on 
the  forty-first  day;  in  one,  after  the  fourth  day,  which  was  dis-  , 
charged  cured  on  the  twenty-eighth  day,  and  in  one  on  the  forty- 
first  and  last  day,  just  before  being  discharged. 

The  second  group  comprised  ten  cases,  the  ages  running  from 
sixteen  to  twenty-nine  years,  the  average  being  eighteen  and  one- 
half  years.  All  were  males ; two  white,  six  negroes  and  two  mulattoes. 
Six  were  treated  with  argyrol  alone.  One  negro,  aet.  twenty,  second 
day  of  disease,  was  discharged  cured  after  fifty-six  days  of  treat- 
ment. On  the  fifty-first  day  a note  says : "Ulcer  developed,  superior 
quadrant  of  cornea.  Tinct.  iodin  touched  to  same”;  the  next  day, 
"Improved,”  and  on  the  last  day,  "Yellow  oxide  salve.”  A nubecula, 
therefore,  probably  remained.  Two  negroes  (2  and  3),  second  and 
fourth  day  of  the  disease,  aet.  sixteen  and  twenty,  deserted  on  the 
sixth  and  eighth  day  of  treatment,  one  "almost  well,”  the  other 
"very  much  improved;  very  little  secretion.”  One  (4)  other  negro, 
aet.  twenty,  in  the  ninth  day  of  the  disease,  deserted  after  the  sixth 
day  of  treatment,  "somewhat  better;  less  secretion.”  'Another  (5) 
negro,  a&t.  twenty-eight,  in  the  fifth  day,  deserted  after  six  days  of 
treatment.  On  the  second  day  the  note  says : "Cornea  cloudy.”  On 
the  third  day,  "Much  improvement.  Cornea  slightly  infiltrated.” 
On  the  sixth  day,  "Cornea  clearing  up.”  One  (6)  negro,  aet.  twenty- 
eight,  both  eyes  affected  for  a week;  the  right  cornea  "involved”; 
vision  reduced  to  finger-counting  at  three  feet,  deserted  after  forty- 
three  days  practically  well,  V.,  0.  U.,  under  atropin,  20/2o- 

In  four  cases  silver  nitrate  was  also  used.  One  was  a white  man, 
twenty  years  old,  seen  on  the  third  day  of  the  disease.  The  silver 
solution,  1 per  cent,  was  applied  once  only,  at  his  first  visit.  He 
was  allowed  to  return  to  his  home  out  of  the  city  on  the  nineteenth 
day,  practically  well,  with  vision  improved  from  20 /70  to  20/20- 
This  was  a case  of  medium  severity,  but  on  the  sixth  day  there  is 
a note:  "Cornea  stained  slightly.” 

In  two  other  cases,  both  mulattoes,  seen  on  the  second  and  on 
the  eighth  day  of  the  disease,  the  silver  nitrate  solution  was  ap- 
plied in  one  case  once,  and  on  the  eighth  day  of  the  disease,  when 


Original  Articles. 


432 

he  deserted,  “much  improved”  In  the  other  case  it  was  used  on  the 
thirtieth  day.  On  the  twenty-first  day  a “corneal  ulcer”  is  noted, 
which  was  touched  with  tincture  of  iodin  by  the  assistant  surgeon 
in  charge.  Six  days  later  improvement  is  noted,  and  he  was  dis- 
charged cured  on  the  ninety-fourth  day,  the  last  thirty-three  days 
being  devoted  to  an  attempt  to  clear  the  leucoma  by  the  use  of 
dionin. 

In  the  last  of  these  cases  (negro,  aet.  twenty),  seen  on  what  he 
said  was  the  eighth  day,  both  eyes  were  affected  and  “minute  infil- 
trations” of  both  corneae  were  noted  at  the  first  visit.  R.  E.  V.=l. 
p.  L.  E.=fingers  at  eight  feet.  There  was  perforation  of  the 
right  cornea  on  the  sixth  day  of  treatment,  and  of  the  left  on  the 
thirteenth  day;  in  both  instances  near  the  upper  margin.  On  the 
sixteenth  day  of  treatment  the  discharge  had  ceased  and  the  ap- 
plication of  a 1 per  cent  silver  nitrate  solution  was  begun.  On 
the  twenty-first  day  it  was  noted  that  the  perforated  cornea  of  each 
eye  was  beginning  to  heal.  On  the  seventieth  day  he  deserted, 
“practically  well,”  but  with  leucoma  adherens  0.  IT.  and  V. 
R.  E.— 20/ 100,  L.  E.=2%0. 

In  the  third  group  there  are  twelve  cases,  varying  in  age  from 
thirty  to  sixty-three  years,  the  average  being  forty-eight  and  one-half 
years.  Four  were  white,  three  mulattoes  and  five  negroes. 

One  negress,  aged  thirty-three,  in  the  second  day  of  the  disease, 
a mild  case,  was  treated  with  15  per  cent  solution  of  argyrol  alone, 
instilled  every  hour.  On  the  seventh  day,  being  practically  well, 
she  deserted ; V.  R.  E.=2V3m  L.L.  E=20/20- 

One  (2)  a fifty-year-old  negress,  who  said  her  eye  had  “been  this 
way”  three  weeks,  had  an  open  sty  on  the  upper  lid  of  the  affected 
eye.  Treated  for  eighteen  days  with  argyrol  alone,  she  had  grown 
much  better,  when  “zinc  sulphate”  solution  ( !)  was  substituted  by 
the  assistant  surgeon  in  charge  and  continued  for  eleven  days,  when 
the  argyrol  was  resumed.  Discharged  on  the  fifty-third  day,  with 
vision  improved  from  20/5o  to  20/20- 

3.  Negro,  aet.  thirty,  eye  affected  five  days.  Argyrol  alone 
for  four  days;  when  discharge  having  entirely  disappeared,  silver 
solution  was  also  used  with  gradually  diminished  frequency  for 
thirty-four  more  days,  when  he  was  discharged  cured  with  vision 
improved  from  finger-counting  at  two  feet  to  20/so- 

4.  White  man,  aet.  fifty-eight,  says  his  eye  has  been  affected  ten 
days.  Argyrol  alone  for  seven  days  and  then  silver  solution  gradu- 


Bruns — Is  Argyrol  Useless ? 


433 


ally  diminished  for  three  days,  when  he  deserted  practically  well. 
Discharge  disappeared  entirely  on  the  third  day.  V.  from  20/ioo 
to  20/ 70  under  atropin. 

5.  Negro,  aet.  thirty-five,  affected  four  days.  Argyrol  alone  for 
six  days  and  then  silver  nitrate  for  twenty-eight  days  more,  when 
he  is  discharged  cured.  Discharge  disappeared  on  the  fifth  day. 
Y.  from  2%o  to  20/l5- 

6.  Mulatto  woman,  aet.  sixty-three,  eye  affected  ten  days.  Notes 
defective,  only  extending  over  ten  days.  No  treatment  noted  other 
than  argyrol,  15  per  cent,  every  thirty  minutes,  save  application  of 
silver  solution  to  other  eye  on  the  eighth  day.  Ulceration  of  cornea 
at  the  upper  limbus  is  noted  on  the  ninth  day.  History  marked, 
“Discharged  cured.” 

7.  Negro,  aet.  forty-six;  both  eyes  have  been  affected  for  a week, 
he  says,  and  both  corneae  are  ulcerated.  Argyrol  alone  used  six 
days  and  then  silver  nitrate  in  addition.  On  this  day  patient 
squeezed  out  lens  of  L.  E.  On  the  twelfth  day  of  treatment  the 
right  cornea  was  perforated.  On  the  thirty-ninth  day,  smears 
showing  the  absence  of  gonococci,  he  was  discharged.  V.  R.  E.= 
20 / 200* 

8.  Mulatto  woman,  aet.  thirty-eight,  who  says  her  “eyes  have 
been  this  way  eight  days.”  On  the  fourth  day  of  treatment  infiltra- 
tion of  the  right  cornea  is  noted.  On  the  eleventh  day,  there  being 
little,  if  any,  improvement,  1 per  cent  silver  solution  is  applied  to 
the  conjunctiva  of  the  carefully  everted  lower  lid  of  R.  E.  It  is 
applied  in  this  way  to  each  eye  until  the  forty-sixth  day,  when  it 
is  applied  to  both  everted  lids  of  each  eye.  On  the  fiftieth  day  the 
corneal  ulcer  was  touched  with  tincture  of  iodin.  She  was  dis- 
charged cured  on  the  eighty-eighth  day,  much  time  having  been 
spent  on  the  treatment  of  the  leucoma. 

9.  Negro,  aged  thirty.  Seen  on  fifth  day  of  disease.  R.  E. 
cornea  almost  wholly  destroyed.  Better  from  the  fourth  day. 
Argyrol  alone  until  fourteenth  day.  Discharged  on  twenty-eighth 
day;  cornea  of  R.  E.  opaque.  L.  E.  V.  20/i5- 

10.  White  woman,  aet.  thirty.  Seen  on  fourth  day  of  disease. 
On  third  day  of  treatment  a slight  excoriation  at  the  lower  limbus 
is  noted.  On  the  fourth  day,  “almost  well;  no  discharge;  corneal 
lesion  remains  slight  and  superficial.”  Argyrol  was  used  alone  until 
the  fifth  day,  then  silver  nitrate  solution.  Discharged  cured  on  the 
twentieth  day,  V.=20/20- 


434 


Original  Articles. 


11.  White  man,  aet.  thirty-one.  Duration  of  disease  uncertain, 
but  long.  R.  E.  cornea  sloughed  away.  L.  E.  also  affected  and 
presents  a traumatic  cataract.  On  the  fifth  day  lens  and  vitreous 
escaped  from  R.  E.  Argyrol  alone  until  the  thirty-fourth  day,  and 
then  silver  nitrate  also.  His  L.  E.  escaped  undamaged. 

12.  White  man,  aet.  thirty-nine,  in  second  day  of  disease.  Both 
eyes  affected,  but  a very  mild  case.  Y.  R.  E.=20/3o;  L.  E.=20/2o- 
Argyrol  alone  until  the  ninth  day  of  treatment,  then  silver  nitrate, 
one-fifth  of  1 per  cent.  Quit  cured  on  the' twenty-seventh  day. 

Summary. — The  records  of  the  Eye,  Ear,  Nose  and  Throat  Hos- 
pital for  the  five  years  1914-1918  show  fifty-nine  cases  of 
gonorrheal  ophthalmia,  the  diagnosis  being  confirmed  by  the  micro- 
scope. 

Of  these  fifty-nine  cases,  thirty-four  are  available  for  the  pur- 
pose of  this  study;  whites  thirteen,  negroes  fifteen,  mulattoes  six. 
Males  were  twenty-six,  females  eight.  The  ages  ran  from  thirteen 
months  to  sixt}^-three  years. 

Of  the  thirty-four,  four  were  admitted  to  the  hospital  certainly; 
perhaps  one  or  two  more.  The  others  were  treated  as  “out-patients.” 

Treated  with  argyrol  alone,  fourteen  cases.  Of  these,  five  were 
discharged  cured  in  fourteen,  nineteen,  twenty,  forty -one  and  sixty- 
one  days;  four  deserted  practically  well  after  eight,  twenty-two, 
twenty-four  and  fifty-six  days,  and  five  deserted  improved  after 
from  five  to  eleven  days.  The  cornea  was  found  involved  in  three 
cases ; it  became  involved  during  treatment  in  two  others ; in  one  on 
the  fortieth  day,  but  neither  perforation  nor  serious  leucoma  re- 
sulted in  any.  It  was  noted  that  the  discharge  had  disappeared  on 
the  fourth  day  of  treatment  in  two,  on  the  fifth  in  one,  and  had 
greatly  lessened  on  the  fifth  day  in  one  case.  Both  eyes  were  found 
to  be  affected  at  the  first  visit  in  two  cases.  (Case  mentioned  on 
page  429  included  here.) 

In  nineteen  cases  silver  nitrate  was  used  in  addition  to  argyrol 
in  the  treatment.  In  two  cases  it  was  used  once,  when  the  case  was 
first  seen.  One  discharged  cured  in  nineteen  days,  and  one,  in 
which  the  cornea  was  found  to  be  involved  on  the  first  visit,  quit 
practically  well  after  forty-five  days. 

In  nine  cases  the  silver  nitrate  was  applied  on  the  fourth  to  the 
eighth  day  of  treatment.  Of  these,  six  were  discharged  cured  in 
from  twenty-one  to  thirty-nine  days. 

Both  eyes  were  found  affected  at  the  first  visit  in  one  case.  The 


Bruns — Is  Argyrol  Useless ? 


435 


cornea  was  badly  involved  and  was  perforated  later  in  one  case;  it 
became  slightly  involved  during  treatment  and  afterwards  cleared 
up  in  one  case.  The  three  other  cases  deserted  in  from  eight  to  ten 
days  much  improved.  Disappearance  of  discharge  noted  twice  on 
the  third  day,  and  three  times  on  the  fifth. 

In  eight  cases  the  silver  solution  was  used  from  the  tenth  to  the 
thirty-eighth  (last)  day  of  treatment.  Of  these,  one  deserted  on 
the  forty-first  day  greatly  improved.  All  the  other  seven  were  dis- 
charged cured,  so  far  as  the  acute  condition  was  concerned,  in  from 
twenty-four  to  one  hundred  days,  but  in  four  the  cornea  was  found 
to  be  involved  at  the  first  visit  and  later  became  perforated.  In 
one  case  it  became  ulcerated  and  in  another  perforated  during  treat- 
ment. In  three  cases  both  eyes  were  affected  when  the  patient  was 
first  seen. 

Thus  there  were  in  all  nine  cases  in  which  the  cornea  was  found 
to  be  involved  at  the  first  visit,  and  of  these  five  were  perforated. 
During  treatment  the  cornea  became  involved  five  times,  and  in 
one  was  perforated;  that  is  to  say  involved,  in  spite  of  treatment, 
in  about  15  per  cent  of  the  cases  and  perforated  in  about  3 per  cent. 

But  perhaps  the  most  striking  fact  is  that,  although  no  attempt 
was  made  to  protect  the  healthy  fellow-eye,  save  by  dropping  into  it 
the  argyrol  solution  half  as  often  as  it  was  dropped  into  the  dis- 
eased eye,  no  unaffected  eye  ever  became  infected  during  the  course 
of  treatment,  with  one  exception.  This  exception  very  emphatically 
“proved  the  rule.”  It  occurred  in  the  case  of  a white  lad  of  twelve 
years,  whose  L.  E.  had  been  enucleated  several  years  ago.  The  as- 
sistant surgeon  in  charge  of  the  case,  not  dreaming  that  the  empty 
socket  might  be  in  danger,  did  not  drop  the  argyrol  solution  into  it, 
and  infection  took  place. 

Used  in  the  manner  described,  I have  seen  but  two  cases -of  stain- 
ing of  the  cornea  by  argyrol.  In  both  the  area  was  minute.  I pre- 
sume that,  though  small,  the  ulceration  was  deep. 

With  the  various  substitutes  for  argyrol  I have  had  little  or  no 
experience. 


436 


Original  Articles. 


PRACTICAL  CONGENITAL  SYPHILIS. 

By  CHARLES  JAMES  BLOOM,  B.  Sc.,  M.  D.,  New  Orleans. 

Undoubtedly  the  choice  of  the  above  subject  bears  criticism  from 
two  viewpoints — namely : 

(1)  The  use  of  the  word  “practical.” 

(2)  The  commonplace  subject  “syphilis.” 

The  average  reader  of  medical  journals  becomes  very  much  an- 
noyed by  persistently  reviewing  articles  pertaining  to  the  subject 
of  syphilis,  remarking  ad  libitum , “It  is  as  old  as  the  hills” ; “they 
cannot  tell  me  much  about  syphilis”;  “give  us  something  new,” 
etc. ; but  gentlemen,  we  falter  when  we  are  placed  on  record  as 
uttering  such  statements.  Indeed,  many  of  us  overlook  more  than 
the  mere  reading  of  articles  bearing  on  lues;  we  fail  utterly  to 
diagnose  the  disease  in  its  incipient  expression  ; we  lag  sadly  when 
attempting  to  study  in  detail  this  social  disease  which  is  directly 
responsible  to  all  mankind  for  so  much  suffering — yes,  both  the 
infant  and  the  adult. 

Picture  the  infant,  virtuous  in  its  entirety,  the  essence  of  loveli- 
ness and  the  exemplification  of  happiness,  born,  harassed,  hampered, 
diseased  by  this  the  lowest  form  of  animal  life.  Can  any  one 
describe  a more  disastrous  agent  acting  as  a handicap  in  our  race 
and  desire  for  existence,  actually  poisoned  by  the  fangs  of  this 
dreaded  monster  ? If  such  be  true,  and  our  children'  are  forced  to 
suffer  as  a consequence  from  “the  sins  of  the  parents,”  etc.,  should 
it  not  be  the  ambition  of  the  physician  to  stress  every  point  in  at- 
tempting to  recognize  syphilis  at  the  time  of  birth,  and  to  limit  the 
destructive  influences  noted  by  its  presence  ? 

Syphilis  is  not  practical — most  impractical  when  the  question  of 
diagnosis  is  considered.  It  is  true  that  “syphilis  is  syphilis,”  no 
matter  where  seen,  but  it  is  equally  certain  that  climate,  race,  food, 
etc.,  all  have  their  respective  influences.  Many  of  us  believe  the 
question  of  determining  cases  of  congenital  lues  a simple  pro- 
cedure. In  this  relation  we  are  misguided  in  most  cases,  and  par- 
ticularly with  regard  to  latent  symptoms ; these  are  most  difficult  to 
interpret  correctly,  for  more  often  they  are  wanting. 

The  method  assumed  by  me  places  the  burden  of  proof  in  the 
hands  of  the  physician;  the  latter  must  prove  that  the  infant  has 
not  syphilis. 


Bloom — Practical  Congenital  Syphilis. 


437 


During  the  past  five  years  the  author  has  had  ample  opportunity 
to  study  intricately,  in  the  outdoor  clinics  of  our  hospitals,  this 
vital  subject.  This  paper  has  no  tinge  of  originality;  it  does  not 
tend  to  prove  or  disprove  the  laws  of  Colle  and  Profeta ; the  relative 
value  of  the  different  laboratory  aids  does-not  enter  into  this  dis- 
cussion, nor  does  the  term  “hereditary”  bear  argument.  The  real 
aim  of  this  short  narrative  is  to  stress  the  more  common  symptoms 
and  to  ask  minute  cooperation  in  endeavoring  to  minimize  the 
future  evils  by  diagnosing  the  early  and  recent  symptoms  of  con- 
genital lues. 

Be  mindful  of  the  fact  that  syphilis  was  described  in  the  Old 
Testament,  and  as  a clinical  entity  was  first  illustrated  when  Charles 
VIII  (1494-1495)  lay  siege  to  Naples,  and  still  we  have  a great 
deal  to  learn  about  its  clinical  picture.  Our  city^  offers  a wonderful 
opportunity  for  the  study  of  lues — geographical,  social  and  en- 
vironmental factors — and  finally  let  the  importance  of  this  topic 
be  ever  with  you,  for  a great  number  of  cripples,  idiots,  imbeciles 
and  the  insane  are  directly  responsible  to  syphilis  and  to  the  doctors. 

This  paper  is  based  on  fifty  cases.  In  each  case  the  Wassermann 
of  The  mother  was  positive;  in  four  cases  the  father’s  Wassermann 
was  also  positive.  A positive  Wassermann  was  also  secured  in  all 
of  those  cases  over  six  years  of  age. 

Family  History:  1 miscarriage  in  1 case. 

2 miscarriages  in  3 cases. 

3 miscarriages  in  2 cases. 

Still-birth  in  1 case. 

Death  in  infancy  in  1 case. 

Total,  8 cases — 16  per  cent. 

Age.,  Sex,  Pace:  Under  12  months,  23  cases. 

Under  6 years,  30  cases. 

6 years  to  13  years  20  cases. 

Male,  26;  female,  24;  white,  38;  negro,  12. 


SYMPTOMS— OBJECTIVE.  CHILDREN  UNDER  SIX  YEARS'. 

I.  EARLY  OR  RECENT. 


438 


Original  Articles. 


Number  of 
Symptoms. 

rH 

Average,  5 + 

•SlRl^3T?d| 

1 2 ||  0 

+ + 

(suotspiAuoo) 
(ssaussagsaa) 
:smojduiAs  snoAjafj 

+ +1  + 
o 

"U15JS  AlIBH 

+ + 

•sijuqdaM 

+ ++ 

eo 

•■epadoiv 

++++++++  + .+  + ++ 

CO 

rH 

‘SIM 

+ ' + + + +++  + ++  ++++  ++ 

<o 

'aouBqjnisip 

aAtisaSia 

++ 

+ + ++++++  + + 
++ 

o 

•SPUBIO  (3 
•U00ids  (q 
•j0Atq  (b 
p0iqdoJiJ0d^g 

L.  G. 

L.  G. 

L.  G. 

L.  S.  G. 
L.  S.  G. 
L.  S. 

L.  G. 

L. 

L.  S.  G. 

•SA\ojq0^0 

puB  spgaXa  p0U0)j0iqx 

++  + 

•0J0  ‘srgs^qdid0 
‘stRisouad  ’ (SHIP 
-J0qo0;so)  s i s A i ^ 

1 -JBd  opnosd  s^ojjbr 

+ 

+ ++  + + + + 
+ 

•RBU  P0UIJOJIBIM 

! + 

•qo^Bd  snoDnj\[ 

1 

+ + . 4- 

eo 

•sanssjx 

1 

o 

•UOISS0JdX0  IBIDB^  — | — | — ( — | — 1-  -f+-f  + ++++  + + 

CO 

SIRSUAIBI  | | | | , , , 

(0SJBoq)  Aiq1  +++  ++++  ++  + 

o 

•S0ijjnus 

1+4-  4-  ++ 

+I+I++++++  + ++  ++++++++  +++ 

+ + + ++ 

, <N 

•suhsba\ 

J J++++++  ++  ++++++  + + 3 

100J  pUB 
spuBq — 2UII00J 

+ + +++  + + + ,°° 

'uogdrug 

++  ++++  + + +■+++++  ++S 

•03y 

•0SBO 

1 

No.  2.  5 years 

7.  4 years 

9.  3 weeks 

13.  3 years 

14.  11  years 

15.  4 years 

17.  37  davs.  . . 

19.  1 month 

20.  2 y2  month.  . . . 

21.  6 month 

22.  3 month 

24.  1 year 

27.  3 months 

28.  4 years 

29.  11  days 

30.  5 weeks 

33.  11  months 

34.  11  months 

37.  2 weeks 

38.  9 weeks 

39.  2 weeks 

40.  2 months 

41.  2 months 

43.  5 weeks 

44.  3 months 

45.  6 weeks 

46.  2 y2  weeks.  . . . 

48.  5 weeks 

49.  2 y2  weeks.  . . . 

50.  3 weeks 

o 

co 

Bloom — Practical  Congenital  Syphilis. 


439 


Eruption:  The  eruption  was  seldom  seen  at  birth,  generally  de- 
veloping after  several  weeks  had  elapsed.  The  lesions  noted  were 
of  the  maculo-papular  variety,  and  were  seen  on  the  extensor  sur- 
faces of  the  extremities,  usually  bilateral  and  symmetrical;  oc- 
casionally viewed  on  the  neck,  cheeks  and  forehead.  Sometimes 
scales  (fine)  were  detected.  The  appearance  is  gradual.  The  scal- 
ing or  peeling  of  the  hands  and  feet  was  coincident  with  the  erup- 
tion. A copper  pigmentation  often  told  the  tale  of  a previous 
specific  lesion. 

Wasting  and  Marasmus ; Digestive  Disturbances : Many  infants, 
apparently  healthy  at  birth,  without  warning  become  emaciated; 
others  exhibit  apparently  a toxic  diarrhea,  not  traceable  to  indis- 
cretion of  diet  or  improper  methods,  and,  despite  heroic  measures 
undertaken  to  assist  the  mother  and  also  the  child,  the  stool  con- 
tinues frequent,  greenish  in  color,  and  containing  a rather  large 
amount  of  mucus.  It  is  stopped  when  the  specific  treatment  is 
given. 

Snuffles:  This  is  undoubtedly  the  most  valuable  symptom  among 
the  early  manifestations.  All  sorts  of  opinions  are  expressed,  most 
often  adenoids  and  tonsils.  In  only  two  cases  where  the  “snot”  was 
noticeable  were  the  conditions  cases  of  adenoids;  in  the  remaining 
cases  the.  specific  was  for  the  etiological  factor. 

This  symptom  might  simulate  a mild  coryza  on  the  one  hand; 
at  the  same  time  other  cases  might  be  so  pronounced  as  to  justify 
in  the  minds  of  a layman  an  operation,  for,  in  this,  children’s  breath- 
ing is  most  difficult. 

Cry  (Hoarse)  Laryngitis:  A cry  that  one  should  associate  with 
an  older  child  who  is  suffering  from  an  attack  of  mild  laryngitis, 
rather  characteristic  to  one  accustomed  to  hearing  it. 

Facial  Expression:  The  greater  per  cent  of  syphilitic  children 

•all  have  a haggard  and  old  expression,  and  infrequently,  although 
you  might  not  have  seen  the  infant  at  birth,  the  picture  is  so  im- 
pressive that  the  mother  will  voluntarily  tell  you,  “Yes,  my  baby 
looked  like  an  old  man.” 

Fissures  and  Mucous  Patches:  These  expressions  of  lues  are  not 
as  common  as  text-books  would  lead  you  to  believe.  Occasionally 
you  detect  mucous  patches,  and  only  in  one  case  did  I ever  note  a 
condyloma. 

Malformed  Nails  and  Onychia:  Authorities  tell  us  that  the 

finger  nails  of  this  disease,  when  they  are  present,  are  most  signifi- 
cant. In  one  case  the  finger  nails  were  peculiar — very  hard,  but 


440  Original  Articles. 

distinctly  short.  Onychia  was  observed  in  one  case,  photographed 
in  this  series. 

Parrot's  Pseudo  Paralysis  and  Weakness  of  Muscles:  Under 

this  heading  are  included  all  the  pathological  expressions  of  the 
Inetic  bone  changes.  Without  warning  the  child  awakens,  unable 
to  move  one  or  more  of  its  extremities,  generally  one,  or,  when 
moved,  the  infant  shrieks  with  pain.  Coincident  with  this  the 
muscles  are  so  atrophied  that  the  combination  tends  to  convey  the 
impression  of  paralysis. 

Thickened  Eyebrows,  Eyelids,  Hairy  Skin:  So  seldom  seen  as  not 
to  warrant  a prolonged  description.  When  the  hair  is  present  there 
are  spots  on  the  arms,  thigh  and  back  that  are  more  pronounced. 

Hypertrophied  Liver,  Glands,  Spleen:  This  triad  is  seen,  but 

not  nearly  as  often  as  described  by  various  teachers  and  writers. 
You  will  generally  see  that  yon  seldom  have  the  characteristic 
hardened  liver  with  the  accompanying  general  adenopathy  involv- 
ing all  of  the  superficial  groups;  they  are  hard  to  touch,  and  as  a 
rule  have  a tendency  to  be  discrete.  As  yet  I have  never  seen  a 
specific  gland  become  necrotic. 

Wig;  Alopecia:  Another  very  valuable  aid.  A marked  amount 
of  hair  on  the  skull;  by  itself  has  no  importance,  but  in  conjunction 
with  other  symptoms  serves  as  a great  agent  in  detecting  lues. 
Quickly  following  the  admonition  of  this  “wonderful  head  of  hair” 
comes  the  grief  when  the  greater  part  will  “fall  out.”  This  might 
be  the  cause  of  a parent’s  visit  to  your  office. 

Nephritis:  When  this  symptom  exists  indeed  one  has  a great 

task  before  him.  The  swelling  is  so  quick  and  so  marked  that  if 
one  be  slow  in  determining  the  cause  the  patient  will  quickly  suc- 
cumb. Casts  in  great  numbers  are  generally  seen,  with  but  a small 
quantity  of  albumen,  the  microscopical  findings  depending  on  the 
type  of  nephritis  existing. 

Nervous  Symptoms;  Prematurity  and  Dactylitis:  These  were 

practically  wanting  symptoms  in  this  series. 

Summary — Early  and  Recent  Symptoms: 

(1)  Snuffles,  24  out  of  30  cases. 

(2)  Wasting,  18  out  of  30  cases. 

(3)  Facial  expression  (old),  16  out  of  30  cases. 

(4)  Digestive  disturbances  (gess  what),  16  out  of  30  cases. 

(5)  Eruption,  16  out  of  30  cases. 

As  a rule,  if  care  is  exercised  in  an  examination,  an  average  of 
five  symptoms  will  be  found. 


Bloom — Practical  Congenital  Syphilis. 


441 


NUMBERS  AND  LEGENDS  OF  CUTS 

(1)  Luetic  nephritis. 

(2)  Luetic  onychia. 

(3)  Luetic  nephritis. 

(4)  Typical  luetic  infant. 

(5)  Luetic  child  (epileptic). 


ILLUSTRATING  DR.  BLOOM'S  ARTICLE. 
(6a)  Profile.  Goiter  associated  with  lues. 
(6b)  Full  face.  Goiter  associated  with  lues. 
(7)  Hutchinson  teeth. 

(8a)  Profile.  Goiter  associated  with  lues. 
(8b)  Full  face.  Goiter  associated  with  lues. 


SYMPTOMS:  OBJECTIVE. 

II.  LATENT.  Children  Between  Six  and  Thirteen  Years. 


442 


Original  Articles. 


Symptoms. 

OrlHNCOON 

Average,  1 V2  symptoms 

•ssausnoAja^i 

1 + 1 1+11 

' 

+ 

Shakes  hands 

+ + 

+ 

Shakes  head 

+ 

00 

•aa^ioo 

1 1 l+l 1 1 

1 

1 1 1+M  § 1 II 

•ui^anq 

1 1 1 1 1 1 j 

+ 

+ 

HI  Mill  II 

M 

swot  diu  fa  1 

/o  advjoav  ui  pdpnjoxH  \ 

oixB^y 

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

1 

-Mill  ill  1 1 1 

rH 

i 

4™ I nu  ejeo 

1 1 1 1 1 1 + 

1 

1 1 Ml  1 l + l M 

<N 

1 

j 'stods  punoj,6-99jJ.o[)  j 

•snog 

1 1 l++lt 
++  + 

1 

i i+i i i i i+  ii 

•ssaupjimqoeq 

Second  grade 
Sixth  grade 

Yes 

Fourth  grade 

i 

Third  grade 
First  grade 

Yes 

Yes 

Mute 

C5 

•B^BXJUSpg 

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

1 i 

II  II  1 1 II  1 i a 1 

O 

o 

•SJB3 

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

1 1 

III  l + l + M+l  1.2 

&c  £ 

CO 

’VipdW  SlflfO  OlUOJillQ 

•0SO^[ 

1 II  I I I I 

M 

i pi  m ill 

- 

'saAg 

11-1111  1 

Inter- 

stitial 

keratitis 

+ 

Mitral 
- 1 
IS 

CM 

'situnou  oifdo 

•qpaX 

so  | | | so  | 02 

1 

. ] so  | 02  | | Mffi  | 1 | .| 

<N 

1 'uosuii{otnjj — [j 

j (pdpnpxd)  pdtVdAdg — s 

•A^TUiaojap 

ajq^s 

1 1 1 II  1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

O 

•a“y 

9 years.  . . . 
10  years.  . . . 
10  years.  . . . 
10  years.  . . . 

7 years .... 
6 years. . . . 

8 years .... 

11  years.  . . . 

12  years.  . . . 
6 years.  . . . 

6 years .... 

7 years.  . . . 
12  years. . . . 

6 years.  . . . 
12  years.  . . . 
12  years.  . . . 

9 years .... 
11  years.  . . . 
9 years.  . . . 

8 years .... 

•asBO 

HM^KJOOOO 

6 

£ 

3 

dd  OOCOlO0H^lOO(NN 
H H H <M  (M  W CO  CO  CO  CO  ^ 

(N 

Bloom — Practical  Congenital  Syphilis. 


443 


The  triad,  keratitis,  chronic  otitis  media  and  Hutchinson  teeth, 
are  seldom  seen. 

In  considering  as  a whole  the  symptoms  associated  with  latent 
congenital  lues  of  these  twenty  cases,  there  were  only  three  that 


presented  positive  pathognomonic  symptoms.  Compare  the  average 
number  of  symptoms  of  the  latent  group  with  the  group  under  the 
recent  symptoms,  and  the  comparison  will  be  as  1 to  5.  This  state- 
ment is  emphatic;  it  should  be  the  inspiration  for  a more  con- 


scientious examination  for  congenital  lues  at  birth,  even  if  there 
be  no  justification  based  on  past  history. 


444 


Original  Articles. 


Conclusion'. 

(1)  Use  every  means  possible  to  diagnose  the  early  manifesta- 
tions of  syphilis,  for,  if  undiagnosed  at  birth,  the  latent  symptoms 
are  few,  or  entirely  wanting. 

(2)  Conscientiousness  in  behalf  of  the  infants  will  mean  the 
prevention  of  idiocy,  imbecility  and  insanity  and  will  tend  to  help 
mankind  from  a moral,  sociological,  educational  and  economic 
standpoint. 


A NEW  TECHNIC  FOR  SUSPENSION  OF  THE  KIDNEY. 

By  RAWLEY  M.  PENICIv,  M.  D FA.  C.  S.,  Shreveport,  La. 

In  presenting  this  technic  it  is  scarcely  necessary  to  review  the 
literature  further  than  to  justify  the  belief  that  I have  held,  that 
a more  satisfactory,  and  at  the  same  time  simple,  technic  is  desir- 
able in  fixing  the  freely  movable  kidney. 

A great  deal  has  been  written  and  many  new  procedures  have 
been  proposed  lately  showing  that  no  operation  now  in  use  is  gener- 
ally acceptable  and  satisfactory  to  operators. 

In  the  beginning  it  may  be  well  to  say  that,  unless  a kidney  pro- 
duces marked  symptoms,  usually  the  group  known  as  Dietels’  crisis, 
its  mere  mobility  does  not  justify  nephropexy.  It  seems,  however, 
that  a kidney  with  excessive  mobility  is  almost  sure  to  give  serious 
trouble  at  some  time  or  other. 

And  it  is  well  to  bear  in  mind  that  in  practically  every  case  of 
movable  kidney  the  abdominal  walls  are  found  very  lax,  demon- 
strating the  very  important  part  they  play  in  supporting  the 
normally  placed  organs,  and  the  aftertreatment  should  take  care 
of  this  condition  following  nephropexy. 

An  interesting  and  rather  remarkable  fact  has  been  the  recovery 
or  improvement  in  a number  of  cases  operated  on  by  English  sur- 
geons of  movable  kidney  associated  with  insanity.  Suckling  re- 
ports twenty -one  cases  where  insanity  disappeared  after  fixation 
of  the  kidney,  and  Billington  reports  most  encouraging  results 
obtained  in  the  same  manner. 

To  return  to  the  discussion  of  the  technic : If  the  capsule  of  the 
kidney  or  its  cortex  were  strong  enough  under  all  conditions  to  hold 
sutures  without  giving  away,  the  problem  in  suspension  would  not 


Penick — New  Technic  for  Suspension  of  Kidney.  445 

exist,  and  the  most  generally  employed  operations  in  this  con- 
dition at  present  have  as  a distinguishing  feature  the  more  or  less 
ingenious  placing  of  the  sutures  in  the  capsule  or  cortex,  or  both, 
that  they  may  successfully  withstand  the  strain  while  the  decorti- 
cated kidney  becomes  adherent  to  the  musculature  of  the  back. 

I desired  to  avoid  using  sutures  in  the  substance  of  the  kidney 
for  two  reasons : it  is  more  or  less  injurious  to  the  kidney  and  of 
little  strength  where  stress  is  present. 

This  was  overcome  by  Senn  by  the  use  of  the  gauze  slings  tem- 
porarily placed  around  the  upper  and  lower  poles  of  the  kidney  and 
later  withdrawn,  after  adhesion  of  the  partially  decorticated  kidney 
had  taken  place.  As  far  as  I am  able  to  ascertain,  Senn  was  the 
first  to  employ  this  principle.  Penrose  and  Bayes  adopted  it,  but 
used  rubber  tubing  in  the  place  of  the  gauze. 

The  objections  to  using  foreign  material  in  this  work  is  too 
obvious  to  dwell  upon,  but  the  principle  seemed  to  me  so  good  and 
sound  that  I felt  that  the  problem  would  be  solved  if  I could  utilize 
an.  autogenous  sling,  and  the  deep  lumbar  fascia  immediately  sug- 
gested itself  as  lending  itself  ideally  for  that  purpose. 

It  is  not  the  first  time  that  the  fascia  has  been  used  in  this  oper- 
ation, as  one  operator  dissected  the  deep  fascia  from  the  muscles  in 
such  a way  as  to  form  a pocket,  but  serious  objection  arose  to  this 
procedure.  And  I desire  to  say  that  if  any  one  else  has  employed 
the  fascia  as  I have  in  this  operation,  I have  not  been  able  to  find 
any  mention  of  it  in  the  literature  at  my  disposal. 

After  all,  the  original  element  in  my  technic  is  this  disposition 
of  the  fascia,  the  remainder  being  simply  the  well-known  method  of 
stripping  back  the  capsule  and  introducing  sutures  in  each  side. 

It  is  of  interest  to  note  that  J onnesco  has  lately  devised  a similar 
operation,  the  difference  being  that  he  uses  bands  of  the  fibers  of 
the  quadratus — apparently  a much  more  formidable  operation. 

The  technic  in  detail  is  as  follows : I use  the  Kelly  incision,  ap- 
proaching the  kidney  through  the  superior  lumbar  trigonum,  only 
I make  the  incision  a little  larger,  if  necessary.  When  the  deep 
lumbar  fascia  is  reached  it  is  opened  with  a clean  cut,  and  beginning 
at  the  lower  angle  of  the  wound  a ribbon  of  fascia  is  dissected  about 
two-thirds  of  an  inch  wide.  The  end  is  secured  with  a hemostat 
and  laid  aside  for  the  present,  and  the  operator  proceeds  to  deliver 
the  kidney  up  into  the  wound  as  usual.  The  perirenal  fat  is  stripped 
to  the  hilum  and  the  capsule  incised  and  dissected,  the  sutures  in- 


446 


Original  Articles. 


troduced,  two  on  each  side.  These  sutures  are  caught  in  hemostats 
and  laid  aside  while  the  perirenal  fat  is  gathered  by  a circumfer- 
ential large  suture,  forming  a cup-shaped  support  under  the  kidney, 
and  the  ends  are  left  long  for  later  attachment  at  the  lower  angle 
of  the  wound  in  the  musculature. 

The  ribbon  of  fascia  is  now  picked  up  and  a large  chromic  gut 
suture  threaded  into  the  end  to  prolong  it ; it  is  then  fitted  around 
the  lower  pole  of  the  kidney,  just  below  the  hilum,  and  a stitch 
securing  it  to  the  capsule  of  the  kidney  near  the  front  is  introduced 
to  prevent  slipping.  The  ends  of  the  suture,  prolonging  the  ribbon 
of  the  fascia,  are  left  in  the  hemostat  while  the  kidney  is  being  re- 
placed, and  the  sutures  of  the  capsule  are  secured  in  the  adjacent 
musculature,  as  usual  in  this  procedure. 

When  this  stage  is  reached  the  kidney  is  placed  in  the  position 
desired  and  the  suture  prolonging  the  ribbon  of  fascia  threaded  on 
a carrier  or  large  needle  and  fixed  in  the  muscles  of  the  back,  at  the 
most  convenient  point,  fitting  snugly  around  the  kidney  and  holding 
it  securely  while  the  denuded  surface  on  the  kidney  forms  ad- 
hesions. 

The  large  sutures  in  the  subphrenic  fat  securing  a support  under 
the  kidney  are  now  drawn  sufficiently  taut,  forming  a cup-shaped 
support.  This  last  procedure  closes  the  loose  space  under  the 
kidney  and,  while  it  may  not  be  necessary,  it  is  quickly  and  easily 
done;  indeed,  Dr.  Bartlett  uses  this  principle  alone,  almost,  in 
dealing  with  this  type  of  kidney  surgery.  The  wound  is  then  closed 
in  the  usual  way,  layer  by  layer. 

Conclusions. 

1.  The  use  of  fascia  seems  logical,  gives  the  greatest  security 
under  the  severest  post-operation  strain,  and  prevents  tilting,  rota- 
tion and  sagging 

2.  It  is  easily  and  rapidly  done. 

3.  Good  surgery  demands  that  we  employ  methods  that  insure 
the  greatest  security,  and  this  technic  seems  to  give  us  that  security. 

4.  It  is  reasonable  to  suppose  that  the  fascial  band  eventually 
forms  a stable  ligamentous  support  that  would  hold  the  kidney  in 
place  in  the  absence  of  any  other  support. 


News  and  Comment. 


447 


NEWS  AND  COMMENT 

The  Annual  Congress  on  Medical  Education  and  Licen- 
sure, participated  in  by  the  Council  on  Medical  Education  of  the 
A.  M.  A.,  the  Federation  of  State  Medical  Boards  of  the  United 
State's  and  the  Association  of  American  Medical  Colleges,  was  held 
at  the  La  Salle  Hotel,  Chicago,  March  3 and  4,  1919.  Each  body 
furnished  a most  interesting  and  instructive  program,  at  the  close 
of  which  the  annual  business  meetings  were  held. 

Whiskey  to  Hospitals. — The  Federal  authorities  recently  de- 
livered fifty  gallons  of  whiskey  to  the  King’s  Daughters’  Hospital, 
of  Tyler,  Texas,  the  whiskey  having  been  donated  to  the  hospital 
by  several  men  who  were  convicted  of  violating  the  Reed  Prohibition 
Law  in  the  Federal  court  there.  The  whiskey  will  be  used  by  the 
hospital  for  medicinal  purposes  and  will  probably  be  sufficient  to 
last  several  years. 

Congress  Aids  Campaign  Against  Venereal  Diseases. — The 
sum  of  $1,000,000  has  been  voted  by  Congress  to  aid  the  States  in 
their  present  campaign  against  venereal  diseases.  Thirteen  States 
have  already  taken  up  the  movement. 

Journal  of  Orthopedic  Surgery. — The  American  Journal  of 
Orthopedic  Surgery  has  dropped  the  “American”  from  its  title,  be- 
coming the  official  publication  of  both  the  British  and  the  American 
Orthopedic  Associations.  Editors  from  both  organizations  will  serve, 
and  so  the  whole  English-speaking  world  will  be  reached. 

Roaldes  Prize. — The  Roaldes  prize  of  the  American  Laryngo- 
logical  Association,  amounting  to  $200,  is  offered  this  year  in  gen- 
eral competition  for  the  best  thesis  on  some  subject  directly  con- 
nected with  laryngology  or  rhinology.  Papers  must  be  in  the  hands 
of  the  secretary,  Dr.  D.  Bryson  Delavan,  40  East  Forty-first  street, 
Kew  York  City,  prior  to  June  1. 

Pan-American  Child  Welfare  Congress. — Through  the 
Uruguay  Legation,  the  United  States  has  been  invited  to  send  dele- 
gates to  the  second  Pan-American  Congress  for  the  Welfare  of  the 
Child,  to  be  held  at  Montevideo,  May  18  to  25.  The  congress  has 
been  postponed  several  times  because  of  the  war. 

Restriction  of  German  Medical  Practice. — Evidence  of 
American  determination  to  prevent  fraternization  between  Germans 


448 


News  and  Comment . 


and  men  of  flier  United  States  army  of  occupation  was  given  some 
few  months  ago  at  Coblenz,  when  orders  were  issued  forbidding 
American  soldiers  to  consult  German  doctors. 

Emergency  Transportation. — The  Paris  Municipal  Council, 
during  the  epidemic  of  influenza  in  France,  appropriated  50,000 
francs  to  defray  the  expense  of  transportation  of  physicians  by 
means  of  auto-taxis,  in  order  to  insure  immediate  medical  attention 
for  the  sick. 

American  Journal  of  Care  for  Children. — With  its  January 
issue  this  journal  became  a monthly  periodical,  dealing  extensively 
with  the  rehabilitation  of  the  invalided  soldier.  The  journal  is  in 
no  sense  a war  product,  as  it  is  now  entering  upon  its  eighth  volume. 
The  editor  is  Douglas  C.  McMurtrie,  of  New  York. 

The  American  Board  of  Ophthalmic  Examinations. — The 
next  examination  of  this  board  will  be  held  at  Wills  Eye  Hospital, 
Philadelphia,  June  6 and  7,  1919.  The  board  is  composed  of  repre- 
sentatives of  the  American  Ophthalmological  Society,  the  Section 
on  Ophthalmology  of  the  American  Medical  Association,  and  the 
Academy  of  Ophthalmology  and  Oto-Laryngology.  Details  with 
reference  to  the  examination  may  be  obtained  from  the  secretary, 
Dr.  Wm.  S.  Wilder,  122  South  Michigan  avenue,  Chicago,  111. 

Gifts  to  Hospitals  and  School. — The  Marquette  Medical 
School  Dispensary  recently  received  $133,000  as  an  endowment  by 
the  family  of  Patrick  Cudahy;  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital,  Baltimore, 
$400,000  for  the  erection  of  a building  to  serve  as  a women’s  clinic 
by  an  anonymous  donor;  and  Johns  Hopkins  University,  Balti- 
more, the  “Tudor  and  Stewart  Club,”  in  memory  of  Revere  Osier, 
endowed  by  Sir  William  and  Lady  Osier. 

Service;  for  Trained  Sanitarians. — Well-organized  health  de- 
partments is  the  subject  of  consideration  in  many  communities  be- 
cause of  the  threatened  recurrence  of  influenza  next  year.  Formerly 
great  difficulty  was  experienced  in  obtaining  men  well  trained  in 
medicine,  epidemiology,  vital  statistics,  water  supply,  sewage  dis- 
posal, and  in  every  branch  of  city  positions.  Men  are  now  return- 
ing to  civil  communities  who  have  served  in  the  Medical  Corps  of 
the  Army  and  who  are  excellently  equipped  for  positions  as  health 
officers,  laboratorians,  vital  statisticians,  sanitary  engineers,  indus- 
trial hygienists,  school  medical  inspectors,  etc.  A health  employ- 


News  and  Comment. 


449 


ment  bureau  at  Boston  has  been  established  by  the  American  Public 
Health  Association  to  supply  men  for  such  positions.  When  they 
return  from  service  they  will  register  with  the  bureau,  and  when  a 
request  for  help  comes  from  the  bureau  they  will  be  notified  and 
sent  to  the  prospective  employers.  This  service  is  rendered  without 
pay  either  to  the  employers  or  applicants. 

Discharge  of  Tuberculous  Soldiers. — In  a hearing  before  the 
Senate  Committee  on  Public  Buildings,  Dr.  W.  G.  Stimson,  of  the 
United  States  Public  Health  Service,  declared  that  24,000  soldiers 
had  been  discharged  from  the  army  as  tuberculous  since  the  begin- 
ning of  the  war.  He  said  that  the  history  of  the  patients  indicated 
that  they  would  be  in  the  hospital  one-third  of  the  time.  Dr.  Stim- 
son submitted  plans  for  adding  2,000  beds  to  the  existing  hospitals. 

Quadruplets  Born. — An  Italian  woman  living  in  Philadelphia 
gave  birth  to  four  seven-pound  children,  two  boys  and  two  girls,  on 
February  16,  adding  them  to  her  nine  living  children.  She  had 
previously  given  birth  to  fourteen  children,  five  of  whom  died.  The 
two  girls  are  blondes,  while  the  boys  are  dark.  The  mother  is  forty- 
two  years  of  age  and  she  was  married  at  fifteen. 

American  Medical  Editors'  Association.- — The  forthcoming 
meeting  of  this  association,  which  will  be  held  in  Atlantic  City  in 
June,  1919,  at  the  Marlborough-Blenheim  Hotel,  will  be  the  fiftieth 
anniversary  of  this  society.  Every  effort  is  being  made  to  make  its 
golden  jubilee  a memorable  occasion.  Arrangements  for  the  Victory 
Golden  Jubilee  Banquet,  to  be  held  on  the  evening  of  June  10,  are 
now  being  made,  and  the  secretary-treasurer,  Dr.  J.  MacDonald, 
Jr.,  92  William  street,  New  York  City,  would  be  glad  to  receive  in 
advance  any  notification  of  a desire  to  attend. 

Public  Health  Education  Campaign. — One  of  the  first  of  the 
peace-time  activities  of  the  Red  Cross  is  a nation-wide  campaign 
for  public  health  education.  As  chautauqua  itineraries  offer  un- 
usual opportunities  to  reach  communities  most  in  need  of  health 
work,  the  Red  Cross  Department  of  Nursing  is  assigning  between 
thirty  and  forty  of  its  ablest  nurses,  who  have  returned  from  over- 
seas, to  lecture  on  the  principal  chautauqua  circuits  in  the  country. 
The  lectures  begin  June  1,  and  in  each  instance  will  be  followed  by 
a squad  of  other  nurses  and  Red  Cross  workers  who  will  conduct  a 
health  exhibit  and  give  practical  demonstrations. 


450 


News  and  Comment. 


The  United  States  Civil  Service  Commission  announces  an 
open  competitive  examination  for  assistant  in  pharmacology,  for 
both  men  and  women,  to  fill  a vacancy  in  the  Hygienic  Laboratory,, 
Public  Health  Service,  Washington,  H.  C.,  at  entrance  salaries 
ranging  from  $1,500  to  $2,000  a year.  This  examination  is  open 
to  all  citizens  of  the  United  States  and  will  be  held  in  most  im- 
portant cities  throughout  the  country  on  April  29,  1919.  For  fur- 
ther information,  applicants  should  apply  for  Form  1312,  stating 
the  title  of  the  examination  desired. 

Personals. — Among  the  Louisiana  men  who  have  returned,  since 
our  last  list,  from  service  in  this  country  or  abroad,  are : Drs.  I.  L 
Lemann,  Urban  Maes,  J.  B.  Guthrie,  J.  B.  Elliott,  Bussell  E. 
Stone,  J.  W.  A.  Smith,  of  Hew  Orleans;  Hr.  C.  McVea,  Baton 
Kouge;  Dr.  H.  P.  Doles,  Blanchard;  Dr.  A.  B.  Wheelis,  Marion, 
Dr.  W.  W.  Smith,  Shreveport;  Dr.  J.  F.  Polk,  Slidell;  Dr.  F.  R. 
Deans,  White  Castle;  Dr.  R.  D.  Martinez,  Bunkie;  Dr.  W.  H. 
Hankins,  Derry;  Dr.  O.  P.  Daley,  Lafayette;  Dr.  R.  C.  Webb, 
Rayne;  Dr.  R.  L.  May,  Delhi;  Dr.  P.  T.  Thibodaux,  Donaldson- 
ville,  and  Dr.  J.  W.  Lea,  Jackson. 

Dr.  W.  I.  Wimberly  has  recently  opened  up  offices  at  3602  Pry- 
tania  street,  Hew  Orleans. 

Dr.  James  Joseph  Ryan,  1217  Maison  Blanche  Building,  Hew 
Orleans,  announces  that  his  practice  is  limited  to  diseases  of  the 
ear,  nose  and  throat. 

Dr.  Henry  Leidenheimer,  who  was  serving  as  house  surgeon  at 
the  Charity  Hospital  during  the  absence  of  Dr.  Maurice  Gelpi, 
called  for  service  in  the  army,  was  presented  with  a silver  loving 
cup  by  the  interns  and  physicians  of  the  hospital  in  appreciation 
of  his  services.  Dr.  Gelpi  will  resume  his.  duties  immediately. 

Dr.  A.  Parker  Hitchens,  one  of  the  noted  bacteriologists  in  the 
United  States,  has  accepted  an  appointment  as  associate  director  of 
the  biological  division  of  the  Lilly  laboratories. 

Dr.  William  H.  Harris,  1201  Maison  Blanche  Building,  an- 
nounces the  association  with  him  of  Dr.  Andrew  Y.  Friedrichs  in 
pathology  and  bacteriology. 

Married. — On  March  19,  1919,  Dr.  William  Barclay  Terhune,  of 
Hew  Orleans,  to  Miss  Jane  Denham,  of  Rayville,  La. 


Publications  Received. 


451 


PUBLICATIONS  RECEIVED 


P.  BLAKISTON’S  SON  & CO.,  Philadelphia,  1919. 

Beverages  and  Their  Adulteraton,  by  Harvey  W.  Wiley,  M.  D. 

An  International  System  of  Ophthalmic  Practice.  Edited  by  Walter 
L.  Pyle,  A.  M.,  M.  D.  Medical  Ophthalmology,  by  Arnold  Knapp,  M.  D. 

The  Diagnostic  Treatment  of  Tropical  Diseases,  by  E.  R.  Stitt,  A.  B., 
Ph.  Gr.,  MI.  D.,  LL.  D.  Third  edition,  revised. 

W.  B.  SAUNDERS  COMPANY,  Philadelphia  and  London,  1919. 

Complete  Index  to  Volumes  I,  II  and  III  of  Warbasse’s  Surgical  Treat- 
ment. 

The  Medical  Clinics  of  North  America.  November,  1918.  Vol.  2, 
No.  3.  Philadelphia  Number. 

Surgcal  Treatment,  by  James  Peter  Warbasse,  M.  D.  In  three  volumes. 
Vol.  III. 

C.  V.  MOSBY  COMPANY,  S't.  Louis,  1918. 

Roentgenotherapy,  by  Albert  Franklin  Tyler,  B.  Sc.,  M.  D. 

GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE,  Washington,  D.  C.,  1919. 

Public  Health  Reports.  Vol.  34,  Nos.  5,  6,  7,  8 and  9. 

MISCELLANEOUS : 

Report  of  the  Philippines  Health  Service.  From  January  1 to  De- 
cember 31,  1917.  (Manila  Bureau  of  Printing,  1918.) 

Annual  Report  of  the  Library  of  the  College  of  Physicians  of  Phila- 
delphia. For  the  year  1918. 

REPRINTS. 

Early  Diagnosis  of  Cerebrospinal  Meningitis  by  the  Examination  of 
Stained  Blood  Films.  Report  of  Cases,  by  Dr.  W.  W.  King. 

Epidemc  Influenza,  1918,  by  J.  C.  Bhatt  and  K.  M.  Hiranandani. 


LAST  NOTICE. 

Remember  the  date  of  the  meeting  of 
the  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society,  April 
8,  9,  and  10. 

Prepare  to  come. 


452 


Mortuary  Report. 


MORTUARY  REPORT  OF  NEW  ORLEANS. 

Computed  from  the  Monthly  Report  of  the  Board  of  Health  of  the  City 
of  New  Orleans,  for  February,  1919. 


CA  USE. 

White. 

Colored. 

Total. 

Typhoid  Fever  _ 

2 

2 

Intermittent  Fever  (Malarial  Cachexia) __ 

Smallpox 

Measles  . _ _ 

Scarlet  Fever  _ 

Whooping  Cough 

1 

L 

Diphtheria  and  Croup 

1 

1 

Influenza 

64 

39 

103 

Cholera  Nostras 

Pyemia  and  Septicemia 

Tuberculosis 

55 

40 

95 

Cancer _ _ _ 

30 

9 

39 

Rheumatism  and  Gout _ 

1 

3 

4 

Diabetes 

4 

1 

5 

Alcoholism  

Encephalitis  andMeningitis 

Locomotor  Ataxia 

Congestion,  Hemorrhage  and  Softening  of  Brain 

25 

15 

40 

Paralysis _ _ 

1 

1 

2 

Convulsions  of  Infancy  

1 

1 

Other  Diseases  of  Infancy 

12 

6 

18 

Tetanus _ 

1 

2 

3 

Other  Nervous  Diseases 

8 

2 

10 

Heart  Diseases  

76 

41 

117 

Bronchitis  

5 

3 

8 

Pneumonia  and  Broncho-Pneumonia  

56 

35 

91 

Other  Respiratory  Diseases 

4 

4 

Ulcer  of  Stomach 

Other  Diseases  of  the  Stomach 

1 

1 

2 

Diarrhea,  Dysentery  and  Enteritis 

4 

3 

7 

Hernia.  Intestinal  Obstruction  . 

5 

2 

7 

Cirrhosis  of  Liver 

3 

3 

6 

Other  Diseases  of  the  Liver 

4 

4 

Simple  Peritonitis 

Appendicitis  _ _ 

Bright’s  Disease. 

4 

20 

4 

14 

8 

34 

Other  Genito-Urinary  Diseases  

15 

9 

24 

Puerperal  Diseases  

2 

1 

3 

Senile  Debility  

6 

1 

7 

Suicide _ _.  

1 

1 

2 

Injuries..  

15 

16 

31 

All  Other  Causes  ._  _ 

23 

15 

5S 

Total  _ ___  ...  _ . 

450 

267 

679 

Still-born  Children — White,  18;  colored,  19;  total,  37. 

Population  of  City  (estimated) — White,  283,000;  colored,  106,000; 


total,  388,000. 

Death  Rate  per  1,000  per  Annum  for  Month — White,  19.08;  colored, 
30.23;  total,  22.12.  Non-residents  excluded,  19.09. 


METEOROLOGIC  SUMMARY  (U.  S.  Weather  Bureau). 


Mean  atmospheric  pressure 30.01 

Mean  temperature 37 

Total  precipitation 6.52  inches 


Prevailing  direction  of  wind,  southwest. 


NEW  ORLEANS  MEDICAL 
AND  SDRGICAL  JOURNAL 


E D I T O R S * 

CHARLES  CHASSAIGNAC,  M.  D.  * ISADORE  DYER,  M.  D. 

COLLABORATORS  : 


C.  C.  BASS,  M.  D.,  Prest.,  Amer.  Soc.  Tropical  Medicine.,,,,..,..,,. 
S.  K.  SIMON,  M.  D.,  Acting  Secty.  American  Soc.  of  Tropical  Medicine 


| Ex-Officio 


P.  T.  TALBOT,  M.  D.,  Secretary  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society .Ex-Officio 

RUPERT  BLUE,  M.  D.,  Surgeon  General,  United  States  Public  Health  Service. 

H.  D.  BRUNS,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

C.  F.  CRAIG,  M.  D.,  Col.,  U.  S.  A. 

S.  T.  DARLING,  M.  D.,  Sao  Paulo,  Brazil. 

W.  H.  DEADERICK,  M.  D.,  Hot  Springs,  Arkansas. 

E.  M.  DUPAQUIER,  M.  D.  (Paris),  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

A.  G.  FRIEDRICHS,  M.  D.,  New  Orleans,  La. 

J.  T.  HALSEY,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

JOS.  HOLT,  M.  D.,  New  Orleans,  La. 

F.  A.  LARUE,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

E.  S.  LEWIS,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

R.  C.  LYNCH,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

E.  D.  MARTIN,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

R.  MATAS,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

AUGUSTUS  McSHANE,  M.  D.,  New  Orleans,  La. 

PAUL  MICHINARD,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

C.  J.  MILLER,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

F.  W.  PARHAM,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

E.  A.  ROBIN,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

W.  H.  SEEMANN,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

ALLEN  J.  SMITH,  M.  D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

EDMOND  SOUCHON,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

E.  R.  STITT,  M.  D.,  Rear  Admiral,  U.  S.  N. 

J.  A.  STORCK,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

R.  P.  STRONG,  M.  D., Harvard  University. 

ROY  M.  VAN  WART,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 


Vol.  LXXI  MAY,  1919  No.  1 1 


EDITORIAL 


OUR  DIAMOND  ANNIVERSARY 

The  Journal  celebrates  with  this  issue  its  seventy-fifth  an- 
niversary, as  the  first  number  was  issued  in  May,  1844. 

The  actual  editors  have  been  at  the  helm  for  twenty-three  years, 
and  it  is  a great  satisfaction  to  them  to  he  able  to  mention  that, 
during  the  whole  period,  the  Journal  has  appeared  promptly  each 
and  every  month,  not  excepting  times  of  epidemic  or  war,  floods 
or  storms.  The  only  break  in  the  publication  occurred  during  the 
Civil  War,  when  editors,  contributors  and  readers  were  mostly  in 
the  army. 

In  a modest  way  we  have  striven  to  do  our  bit,  and  believe  we 


454 


Editorial . 


can  state,  without  fear,  that  we  have  tried  to  live  up  to  the  ideals 
of  the  founders  of  our  publication,  and  can  quote,  without  compunc- 
tion, the  following  from  the  first  page  of  Volume  1,  No.  1 : 

1 1 Our  Journal  shall  be  liberal,  independent  and  impartial.  * * * 

Whatever  credit  or  folly  may  be  attached  to  the  undertaking  will  belong 
to  the  editors  alone.  It  is  subservient  to  no  personal,  no  party  interests. 
We  pursue  a higher  and  a nobler  aim — The  cultivation  of  medical  science 
and  the  improvement  of  its  followers. 

11  We  look  to  the  accomplishment  of  these  objects  for  our  reward,  and 
if  we  fail  we  shall  at  least  have  the  satisfaction  of  having  attempted 
something  useful. 

“To  the  medical  corps  of  New  Orleans,  of  every  nation  and  tongue, 
our  pages  are  freely  offered  and  their  contributions  are  respectfully  in- 
vited. Of  course,  they  can  only  be  published  in  the  English  language, 
but  there  is  no  difficulty  in  procuring  good  translations.  ’ ■ 

We  thank  sincerely  all  those  who  have  given  us  their  aid  and 
support  in  any  way,  and  shall  endeavor  to  continue  deserving  their 
endorsement  in  the  future. 


SOME  PSYCHOLOGY  OF  SYPHILIS. 

Each  year  for  many  seasons  Fournier,  the  great  syphilologist, 
spent  several  lectures  teaching  the  importance  of  the  early  effects 
upon  the  nervous  system  in  syphilis,  and  he  particularly  stressed 
the  loss  of  morale  in  such  patients. 

The  syphilophobia  of  those  with  genital  lesions  bearing  sus- 
picious evidences,  but  incapable  of  proof  of  syphilis  in  the  earlier 
period  before  the  laboratory  tests  were  available,  often  was  mis- 
leading. One  elemental  fact,  however,  always  stood  out : the  syphi- 
lophobic  was  always  frank;  the  syphilitic  for  some  time  the  con- 
trary— as  Fournier  put  it,  lying  is  a symptom  of  syphilis. 

The  reference  to  these  observations  on  some  psychologic  changes 
in  early  syphilis  has  been  occasioned  upon  the  reading  of  the  cir- 
cular of  instructions  just  issued  by  the  City  Board  of -Health,  and 
which  “the  physician  must  hand  to  the  patient.” 

We  are  thoroughly  conversant  with  the  mental  attitude  of  the 
patient  with  syphilis,  and  we  know  that  the  majority  of  them  will 
be  apt  to  read  of  the  disease  when  they  can,  and  thereby  increase 
the  ordinary  morbid  influences  which  must  be  overcome,  but  we 
can  imagine  no  greater  contribution  to  the  evils  of  his  imagination 
than  the  array  of  symptoms  outlined  in  the  circular  and  which  the 
greater  number  of  victims  will  at  once  anticipate  as  to  be  expected  in 
the  course  of  his  own  case. 


Editorial . 


455 


We  believe  that  the  intelligence  of  a patient  should  be  appealed 
to  and  that  his  personal  hygiene  is  a matter  of  the  greatest  im- 
portance, but  how  is  it  practicable  when  the  patient  is  told  to  read 
carefully  and  often  an  array  which  might  give  a healthy  man  or 
woman  a nightmare  and  a sick  one  a near-delirium  ? 

It  is  a wise  precaution  to  advise  sterilized  drinking-cups  and 
eating  utensils,  but  this  necessitates  either  accommodation  for  such 
at  all  eating  places,  hotels  and  on  public  carriers,  or  the  syphilitic 
must  be  compelled  to  drink  and  eat  only  at  his  own  domicile,  where 
he  may  do  as  he  pleases. 

It  is  a wise  step  to  afford  the  physician  the  facilities  for  easy 
treatment  for  his  patient,  but  no  physician  who  thinks  twice  will 
put  such  a circular  in  the  hands  of  a patient  with  syphilis  looking 
for  relief  of  the  disease. 

Such  circulars  might  be  posted  in  all  public  places  for  the  pur- 
pose of  scaring  those  who  might  pass  in  the  way  of  disease,  and 
for  such  a purpose  the  circular  might  serve  an  admirable  purpose, 
but  it  would  appear  to  us  that  by  attempting  to  force  the  circular 
upon  unwilling  doctors  and  unwilling  patients  the  end  result  may 
be  that  the  Board  of  Health  is  on  the  way  to  getting  rid  of  a bad 
law  by  enforcing  it. 


MEETING  OF  THE  STATE  SOCIETY. 

The  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society  held  its  annual  meeting 
on  April  9,  10  and  11  in  Shreveport.  The  total  attendance  was 
212,  with  thirty-five  from  Hew  Orleans.  While  the  average  number 
of  papers  were  on  the  program,  there  were  probably  fewer  absentees 
than  usual  among  the  readers.  All  in  all,  the  scientific  aspect  of 
the  meeting,  if  not  brilliant,  was  quite  satisfactory. 

As  usual,  the  Shreveport  members  were  cordial,  attentive,  and 
“on  the  job.”  The  creature  comforts  of  the  visitors  were  looked 
after  with  interest,  the  entertainments  well  arranged  and  liberal. 

All  told,  the  meeting  was  a successful  one,  and  we  should  be 
thankful  to  the  respective  officers  and  to  the  Shreveport  contingent 
for  the  favorable  outcome. 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


(No  paper  published  or  to  be  published  in  any  other  medical  journal  will  be  accepted 
for  this  department.  All  papers  must  be  in  the  hands  of  the  Editors  on  the  tenth  day  of 
the  month  preceding  that  in  which  they  are  expected  to  appear.  Reprints  may  be  had  at 
reasonable  rates  if  a WRITTEN  order  for  the  same  accompany  the  paper.) 


BLOOD  CHEMICAL  METHODS  IN  DIAGNOSIS  AND 
PROGNOSIS.* 

By  R.  B.  H.  GRADWOHL,  Lieuteant  Commander,  M.  C.,  U.  S.  N.  R.  F., 

St.  Louis,  Mo. 

A discussion  of  the  problems  connected  with  the  newer  methods 
of  blood  analysis  for  the  detection  of  derangements  in  kidney  func- 
tion would  be  incomplete  without  paying  some  attention  to  the 
subject  of  urine  analysis — methods  of  examination  which  have 
been  in  vogue  for  quite  some  time  and  the  importance  of  which  we 
do  not  in  any  way  wish  to  decry  or  minimize. 

A brief  historical  review  of  these  methods  in  medicine  is,  there- 
fore, not  amiss.  Gross  changes  in  the  appearance  of  the  urine  were 
noted  by  the  earliest  of  medical  writers,  namely,  Hippocrates.  He 
taught  that  there  were  prognostic  aspects  to  the  examination  of 
physiological  characteristics  of  urine. 

He  showed  that  there  was  probably  some  pathological  change  in 
kidneys  when  there  was  a change  in  the  physical  properties  of  urine : 
its  quantity,  color  and  clearness,  its  cloudy  or  turbid  appearance 
and  the  differences  in  the  gross  appearancea.  of  its  sediments. 

He  tried  to  show  that  there  was  a definite  influence  of  food  and 
drink  upon  the  urine.  Others  after  Hippocrates  alluded  to  the  same 
characteristics,  hut  added  nothing  new.  It  was  Galen  who  systema- 
tized these  Hippocratic  teachings,  but  century  after  century  passed 
without  a single  addition  to  this  information.  Then  came  Avicenna, 
the  Arabian  physician,  980-1037,  who  showed  that  external  in- 
fluences, such  as  fasting  vigils,  physical  and  mental  exertions,  in- 
fluenced the  conditions  of  the  urine.  He  showed  that  internal  ad- 
ministration of  certain  drugs  could  color  the  urine.  During  the 
Middle  Ages,  Johannes,  called  Actuarius,  living  at  the  court  of 
Byzantium,  in  the  thirteenth  century,  added  his  own  observations 
to  those  of  the  Hippocratic-Galen  period,  describing  the  minute 
physiological  characteristics  of  urine. 

*Read  before  the  Orleans  Parish  Medical  Society,  February  24,  191&. 


Gkadwohl — Blood  Chemical  Methods. 


457 


]STo  chemical  data,  of  course,  were  at  hand,  and  therefore  no  real 
progress  could  be  made  until  the  development  of  chemistry  occurred ; 
this  came  with  the  work  of  Lorenzo  Bellini,  of  Florence.  He  evapo- 
rated urine  and  noted  that,  when  he  added  water,  the  solids  dis- 
solved, returning  step  by  step  through  various  intensities  of  taste 
and  color  until  the  original  condition  almost  ensued.  He  therefore 
concluded  that  the  different  colors  and  tastes  of  urine  were  due  to 
variations  in  concentrations  of  the  solid  ingredients.  Later  Dobson 
and  Willis  discovered  sugar  in  urine. 

Brandt  found  phosphorus  which,  Markgraff  proved,  came  from 
the  phosphates.  Rouelle  discovered  urea  in  1773,  and  found  cal- 
cium carbonate,  as  well  as  hippuric  acid,  in  the  urine  of  herbivora. 
In  1770,  Cortugno  found  albumin  in  urine;  in  1798,  Cruikshank 
noted  the  connection  of  this  albuminuria  to  dropsy,  but  it  remained 
for  Richard  Bright,  physician  and  pathologist  to  Guy’s  Hospital, 
to  show  the  true  relations  of  dropsy  and  albumin  to  disease  of  the 
kidneys. 

“B right’s  Report  of  Medical  Cases,”  published  in  1827,  presents 
a striking  contrast  to  the  vague  humoralism  of  his  predecessors,  the 
work  showing  the  solidism  of  his  pathology.  He  ascribed  al- 
buminuria and  dropsy  to  the  altered  anatomical  condition  of  the 
kidneys  and  he  figured  the  changes  in  the  kidneys  much  as  they 
are  described  and  recognized  to-day. 

About  this  time,  the  chemical  analysis  of  gravel  and  calculi  were 
undertaken,  the  principal  writers  on  this  subject  at  that  time  being 
Wollaston,  Scheele,  Wetzlar  and  Prout.  The  work  of  Rayer  and 
Becquerel  was  epoch-making,  in  that  it  covered  not  only  the  chem- 
istry, but  also  the  microscopy,  of  urine  sediment.  Casts  were  first 
described  by  Yogla  in  1837. 

Nasse  and  Simon  amplified  this  description.  It  was  Henle,  how- 
ever, who,  in  1844,  insisted  most  particularly  upon  their  signifi- 
cance in  renal  disease.  Later  chemical  and  microscopical  re- 
searches have  given  us  the  present  technic  of  urine  examinations, 
which  are  familiar  to  all  of  us. 

We  must  not  forget  to  allude  to  the  historical  aspect  of  the  search 
for  sugar  in  urine  and  blood,  as  this  subject  intimately  concerns 
us  in  the  present  paper.  While  diabetes  was  known  to  the  ancients, 
Celsus,  Aretseus,  Galen  and  Paracelsus,  they  gave  no  intimation 
that  they  suspected  it  was  characterized  by  the  presence  of  sugar  in 
the  urine. 


458 


Original  Articles. 


Ayur  Vedda,  in  500  A.  D.,  claimed  that  this  was  known  to  Hindu 
physicians,  but  no  European  knew  it  until  Dobson  demonstrated 
it  in  the  eighteenth  century.  The  first  demonstration  of  sugar  in 
the  blood  was  made  by  Ambrosian  in  1835.  The  remarkable  work 
of  Claude  Bernard,  in  1848,  opened  up  a path  of  investigation  on 
the  elaboration  of  carbo-hydrate  metabolism  that  fully  explains 
glycemia  as  we  know  it  to-day. 

The  question  of  studying  the  intimate  metabolism  of  the  body 
by  means  of  chemical  tests  of  blood  was  before  the  minds  of  many 
investigators  abroad  for  some  years.  It  remained,  however,  for 
American  research  workers  to  develop  methods  which,  because  of 
the  fact  that  but  small  quantities  of  blood  were  required  and  be- 
cause these  tests  could  be  rapidly  carried  out,  have  resulted  in  the 
development  of  some  surprisingly  useful  facts  of  great  value  to 
elin1’ clans. 

The  names  of  Folin,  Denis,  Benedict,  Myers  and  Fine  represent 
the  group  of  men  who,  since  1912,  have  given  us  the  principal 
points  in  the  technic  now  in  use.  Our  interest  in  this  new-born 
department  of  chemical  hematology  is  based  upon  a close  study  of 
these  methods  from  a technical  and  from  an  interpretative  clinical 
standpoint.  A consideration  of  facts  of  normal  metabolism  is 
necessary  in  order  to  thoroughly  understand  exactly  what  we  are 
seeking  here  to  depict. 

These  blood  chemical  methods  entail  a search  in  blood  mainly 
for  the  products  of  non-protein  nitrogenous  metabolism,  to- wit, 
urea  nitrogen  uric  acid,  creatinin  and  sugar.  We  will  not  take  up 
other  products,  the  interpretation  of  which  is  still  under  investiga- 
tion. As  a result  of  these  tests  we  have  established  certain  quanti- 
tative normals ; these  are,  in  terms  of  one  hundred  cubic  centi- 
meters of  blood:  uric  acid  % mg.,  urea  nitrogen  %15  mg.,  crea- 
tinin %.5  mg.,  and  sugar  0.08-0.12  per  cent.  It  has  been  shown 
that  substance  which  is  easiest  of  all  for  the  kidneys  to  throw  out 
is  creatinin,  then  comes  urea  nitrogen,  and  finally  uric  acid. 

Uric  acid  is  the  most  difficult,  creatinin  the  easiest  to  eliminate. 
Therefore  the  first  change  in  the  concentration  of  these  ingredients 
in  the  blood  when  kidney  function  is  disturbed  is  a retention  of 
uric  acid. 

As  the  change  in  kidney  function  is  aggravated,  we  next  have  a 
retention  of  urea  nitrogen ; we  finally  see  creatinin  stored  up.  This 
occurs  manifestly  only  in  extreme  states  of  kidney  derangement. 


Gradwohl — Blood  Chemical  Methods. 


459 


This  storing-up  of  these  ingredients  in  this  manner  is  called  by 
Myers  and  Chase  the  “stair-case”  effect,  and  indeed  this  expression 
most  graphically  describes  it.  We  see  in  practical  work,  in  the  very 
beginning  of  chronic  interstitial  nephritis,  an  increase  in  acid  alone. 

There  may  or  may  not  be  alterations  in  the  urine ; perhaps  none, 
perhaps  only  a trace  of  albumin  and  an  occasional  cast.  In  next 
order,  the  urea  nitrogen  is  increased,  and  here  there  may  be  little 
or  no  change  in  the  urine. 

Creatinin  finally  is  blocked,  and  still  we  may  have  no  increase 
in  the  pathologically  formed  substances  in  urine.  It  is  in  the  inter- 
stitial type  of  nephritis  that  we  see  the  most  interesting  blood 
pictures.  We  may  have  in  the  so-called  parenchymatous  type  an 
increase  of  all  these  ingredients  only  in  severe  states,  not  step  by 
step,  as  we  see  it  in  the  interstitial  variety.  It  is  in  that  state 
known  as  uremic  nephritis  that  we  see  the  highest  concentrations 
of  all  these  ingredients. 

At  this  point  I wish  to  call  attention  to  the  concentration  of 
creatinin  as  first  noted  by  Folin  and  later  confirmed  by  Myers  and 
Lough,  with  respect  to  prognosis.  Knowing  that  creatinin  is  the 
easiest  ingredient  of  these  three  to  be  eliminated  by  the  kidneys, 
its  retention  in  undue  quantity  is  suggestive  of  most  critical  de- 
rangement of  kidney  function. 

The  normal  figure  in  blood  is  from  1 to  2.5  mg.  per  100  cc.  of 
blood.  When  creatinin  is  stored  up  in  the  quantity  of  5 mg.  or 
over,  we  can  safely  make  a fatal  prognosis,  regardless  of  the  ap- 
parent good  condition  of  the  patient.  In  an  extended  experience 
with  severe  nephritis  we  have  never  seen  an  exception  to  this  find- 
ing, nor  has  the  writer  seen  any  statement  in  the  literature  contra- 
dicting this. 

In  a study  of  thermic  fever  cases  with  Dr.  Schisler  last  summer, 
this  prognostic  factor  came  out  in  a striking  manner  in  some  of 
these  cases.  In  recent  experiences  at  the  City  Hospital,  this  prog- 
nostic factor  has  asserted  itself  correctly  time  and  again. 

Another  line  of  investigation  which  blood  chemistry  has  opened 
up  is  the  correct  method  of  differentiating  gouty  from  other  arthritic 
-conditions  by  means  of  an  estimation  of  uric  acid.  Many  years  ago 
Garrod  stated  that  uric  acid  is  markedly  increased  in  the  blood  in 
gout,  but  not  in  rheumatism;  his  views,  not  being  in  accord  with 
existing  authority,  were  disputed  at  the  time. 

Strange  as  it  may  seem,  this  discerning  clinical  observer 


460 


Original  Articles. 


reasoned  correctly,  even  though  he  had  no  clinical  methods  to 
mathematically  prove  his  point.  In  gouty  conditions  we  have 
figures  of  uric  acid  over  3.5  gm.,  at  times  as  high  as  25  gm.  In 
rheumatism  we  have  no  accumulation  of  uric  acid  in  blood.  Blood 
chemistry  plays  an  important  part  in  the  differential  diagnosis 
between  cases  that  are  purely  renal  in  origin  and  secondarily  only 
cardio-vascular,  and  those  that  are  purely  cardio-vascular  and  only 
secondarily  renal. 

We  believe  that  the  experiences  which  we  have  had,  in  association 
with  Drs.  Schisler  and  Powell  at  the  City  Hospital,  have  very  often 
clearly  made  this  distinction  where  other  methods  have  failed  to 
do  so.  We  refer,  of  course,  to  the  extreme  cases  of  both  kinds,  cases 
that  are  in  a condition  commonly  called  uremic,  with  albumin  and 
easts  in  the  urin  in  both  cases,  with  increased  blood  pressure,  and 
often  with  severe  cardiac  symptoms.  In  these  cases  we  find  that 
there  is  a marked  accumulation  of  all  these  non-protein  nitrogenous 
ingredients  in  the  first  type  of  case,  namely,  the  primary  renal;  in 
the  second  group  of  cases  there  is  no  such  accumulation,  or  very 
little. 

In  the  purely  nephritic  type  of  advanced  variety  we  have  found 
all  ingredients  increased,  with  creatinin  above  the  fatal  point.  In 
a recent  experience  we  saw  two  cases,  both  apparently  in  an  uremic 
status.  One  had  urea  nitrogen  99,  uric  acid  9.8,  creatinin  6.76, 
sugar  0.144  per  cent — manifestly  a case  of  uremic  nephritis;  the 
other  showed  urea  nitrogen  25,  uric  acid  5.7,  creatinin  1.62,  0.114 
per  cent  sugar — manifestly  not  a uremic. 

Both  cases,  clinically,  were  alike.  The  first  case  died  the  follow- 
ing day ; the  second  case  died  some  time  later  of  heart  block.  This 
differentiation  should  be  helpful  in  treatment.  The  importance  of 
blood  chemistry  is  manifest  in  a study  of  diabetes  mellitus.  We 
know  that  the  normal  amount  of  sugar  in  blood  is  0.08  to  012  per 
cent.  Any  figure  above  this  is  called  hyperglycemic.  It  is  stated 
by  Hamman  and  Hirschman  and  others  that  sugar  may  rise, in  the 
blood  to  the  point  of  0.18  per  cent  before  it  appears  in  the  urine; 
it  may  appear  in  the  urine,  of  course,  below  this  point.  The 
threshold  point  is  ordinarily  0.18  per  cent,  yet  we,  have  several  in- 
stances where  there  was  a concentration  of  0.22  per  cent  before 
glycosuria  occurred. 

The  importance  of  a knowledge  of  the  amount  of  blood  sugar 
present  in  any  given  case  is  seen,  first,  for  purposes  of  diagnosis; 


Gradwohl — Blood  Chemical  Methods. 


461 


secondly,  for  guidance  during  the  treatment  of  diabetes  mellitus. 
It  is  also  important  in  clearing  up  the  differential  between  renal 
diabetes  and  diabetes  mellitus.  We  know  that  in  renal  diabetes 
there  is  no  increase  in  blood  sugar;  in  diabetes  mellitus  there  is 
always  hyperglycemia.  We  mention  this  differentiation,  fully 
aware,  however,  that  some  authorities  maintain  that  renal  diabetes 
is  simply  a forerunner  of  diabetes  mellitus  and  is  not  in  itself  a 
clinical  entity. 

Allen,  Mosenthal  and  others  believe  that  there  are  well-authenti- 
cated cases  of  renal  diabetes  on  record  that  are  not  prior  cases  of 
diabetes  mellitus.  Another  line  of  investigation  opened  up  by 
blood  chemistry  is  the  estimation  of  acidosis.  For  an  estimation 
of  this  kind,  we  have  the  Van  Slyke  method  of  determination  of 
the  carbon  dioxid  power  of  absorption  of  blood  plasma.  We  also 
have  Marriott’s  method  for  the  determination  of  acidosis  by  means 
of  the  hydrogenion  concentration  of  the  blood,  as  well  as  the  method 
of  Marriott  for  the  determination  of  the  alkali  reserve  of  the  blood 
plasma. 

Another  method  is  the  determination  of  the  carbon  dioxid  in 
alveolar  air  according  to  Fredericks  technic.  These  are  methods 
that  are  commonly  used  in  the  detection  of  acidosis  in  connection 
with  diabetic  states.  Very  recently  Marriott,  Hsessler  and  How- 
land have  called  attention  to  a method  of  determination  of  acidosis 
that  occurs  with  the  nephritic  state.  They  claim  that  the  acidosis 
met  with  in  nephritis  is  unlike  that  of  diabetes,  namely,  an  ac- 
cumulation of  acetone  bodies ; rather  is  it  due  to  a failure  to  regu- 
late the  formation  of  acid  substances  by  the  kidney,  a failure  to 
eliminate  acid  phosphates. 

Their  method  looks  to  the  estimation  of  the  inorganic  phosphates 
in  the  blood.  The  normal  figure  expressed  in  terms  of  phosphorus 
varied  from  1 to  3.5  mg.  per  100  cc.  of  blood. 

In  nephritic  acidosis  they  found  it  increased  invariably  to  many 
times  the  normal,  as  much  as  23  mg. 

Something  might  be  said  as  to  the  technic  of  blood  chemical 
analysis.  The  sample  is  procured  preferably  in  the  morning,  before 
the  patient  has  eaten  his  breakfast.  Blood  is  taken  in  much  the 
same  manner  it  is  taken  for  a serological  test,  namely,  by  puncture 
of  a palpable  or  visible  vein  on  the  forearm,  made  to  stand  out  by 
means  of  a tourniquet  and  by  having  the  patient  clinch  his  fist. 
The  blood  is  received  into  a bottle  prepared  by  means  of  adding  and 


462 


Original  Articles. 


drying  in  the  bottle  overnight  ten  drops  of  potassium  oxalate  20 
per  cent  solution. 

The  bottle  is  agitated,  to  assist  in  defibrination,  and  examined 
as  soon  as  possible.  The  examination  begins  with  an  estimation  of 
sugar;  we  use  the  method  of  Lewis  and  Benedict.  We  next  ex- 
amine for  creatinin,  according  to  Folin  and  Denis’  method.  Next, 
uric  acid,  according  to  Folin  and  Denis,  and  finally  urea  nitrogen 
according  to  Marshall’s  urease  method. 

We  may,  if  desired,  look  for  the  amount  of  non-protein  nitrogen, 
cholesterol  and  total  solids.  This  makes  a complete  blood  chemical 
analysis.  The  acidosis  tests  are  only  carried  out  when  indicated  by 
fear  of  that  complication  arising.  The  methods  are  mainly  colori- 
metric. 

Before  closing,  we  wish  to  say  a word  or  two  respecting  the  value 
of  the  phthalein  test  of  Geraghty  and  Bowntree  as  compared  to 
blood  chemical  tests.  Like  others,  we  have  been  very  much  dis- 
satisfied with  this  test,  first,  because  its  principle  does  not  neces- 
sarily reside  in  an  estimation  of  true  kidney  function;  secondly, 
because  it  has  repeatedly  failed  in  practice  to  give  us  reliable  in- 
formation. 

We  have  found  it  normal  where  the  kidneys  were  deficient,  we 
have  found  it  showing  a decreased  elimination  where  the  kidneys 
were  proven  by  blood  chemical  methods  to  he  functionally  normal, 
and  where  later  operative  procedures  and  perfect  convalescence 
bore  out  these  facts.  In  a study  which  was  presented  by  Dr.  Sclierck 
and  myself  before  the  American  Urological  Association  these  facts 
were  clearly  proven  in  a series  of  about  twenty-five  cases,  mainly 
obstructive  conditions  in  the  urogenital  tract. 

In  this  connection  we  cannot  conclude  without  calling  the  atten- 
tion of  the  surgical  profession  to  the  necessity  of  utilizing  blood 
chemical  methods  in  surveying  operative  risk.  We  believe,  from 
practical  experiences,  that  the  methods  of  urine  analysis,  no  matter 
how  complete,  fail  to  fully  apprise  the  surgeon  of  the  functional 
capacity  of  his  patient  to  stand  the  anesthetic  and  the  usual  oper- 
ative disturbances  so  famliar  to  all.  We  believe  that  the  wide  ex- 
periences of  clinicians  with  these  methods  have  already  proven  their 
usefulness  to  the  internist;  the  surgeon,  too,  will  find  them  of  ex- 
treme usefulness  in  indicated  cases. 

REFERENCES. 

Autenrieth  and  Funk : Munchen.  med.  Wchnschr.,  1913,  lx,  p.  1243. 

Allen:  Glycosuria  and  Diabetes,  Boston,  1913. 

Ambard : Physiologic  normale  et  pathologique  des  reins,  Paris,  1914. 

Addis  and  Watanabe:  Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  1916,  xxiv,  p.  203. 


463 


Gradwohl — Blood  Chemical  Methods. 


Bloor : Jour.  Biol.  Chern.,  1915,  xxiii,  p.  317,  1916;  xxiv,  p.  227. 

Boothby  and  Peabody:  Arch.  Int.  Med.,  1914,  p.  497. 

Bernard,  Claude:  De  l’orgine  du  sucre  dans  Peconomie  animale,  Paris,  1848;  also  Lecons 

sur  le  diabete  et  la  glycogenese  animale,  J.  B.  Balleire  et  fils,  1877,  p.  576. 

Obace  and  Myers:  Jour.  A.  M.  A.,  1916,  lxvii,  p.  932. 

Cooke,  Rodenbaugh  and  Whipple:  Jour.  Exper.  Med.,  June,  1916,  xxiii,  No.  6.  717. 

Folin : Jour.  Biol.  Chern.,  1915,  xxii,  p.  327. 

F'olin  and  Denis:  Jour  Biol.  Chern.,  1913,  xiv,  p.  29;  Ibid.,  1914,  xvii,  p.  487. 

Folin,  Karsner  and  Denis:  Jour.  Exper.  Med.,  1912,  xvi,  p.  789. 

Frothingham,  F’itz,  Folin  and  Denis:  Arch.  Int.  Med.,  1913,  12,  p.  245. 

Frothingham  and  Smillie:  Arch.  Int.  Med..  1914,  xiv,  p.  541. 

Folin:  Jour.  Biol.  Chem .,  1914,  xvii,  p.  475. 

Fine  and  Chace:  Jour.  Pharm.  and  Exper.  Therap..  1914,  vi,  p.  219. 

Folin  and  Denis:  Arch.  Int.  Med.,  1915,  xvi,  p.  33;  Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  1912,  xiii,  p.  469; 

Ibid.,  1913,  xiv,  pp.  29  and  95. 

Folin  and  Macullum : Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  1912,  xiii,  p.  363. 

Folin  and  Denis:  Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  1916,  xxvi,  p.  505;  Ibid.,  1912,  xi,  p.  527, 

F'olin  and  Denis:  Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  1916,  xxvi,  p.  473. 

Folin  and  Farmer:  Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  1912,  xi,  p.  493. 

Fine:  Jour.  A.  M.  A.,  1916,  lxvi,  No.  20. 

Dakin  and  Dudley:  Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  1914,  xvii,  p.  275. 

Gradwohl,  R.  B.  H. : Philadelphia  Med.  Jour.,  April  22,  1899. 

Gradwohl  and  Blaivas : The  Newer  Methods  of  Blood  and  Urine  Chemistry,  1917. 

Garrod,  A.  B. : Med.  Clin.,  1848,  xxxi,  p.  83,  and  Treatise  on  Gout  and  Rheumatic 
Gout,  1876. 

Howland  and  Marriott:  Bull.  Johns  Hopkins  IIosp.,  1916,  xxvii,  p.  63. 

Howland  and  Marriott:  Am.  Jour.  Dis.  Child.,  May,  1916. 

Hammann  and  Hirschmann : Joslin  (quoted),  Diabetes  Mellitus,  1916,  p.  74. 

Howland,  Aaessler  and  Marriott:  The  Use  of  a New  Reagent  for  Mierocolorimetric  Analysis 
as  Applied  to  the  Determination  of  Calcium  and  of  Inorganic  Phosphates  in  the  Blood 
Serum,  Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  March,  1916,  proc.  xviii,  xxiv.  No.  3. 

Janney,  N.  W.  Arch.  Int.  Med.,  November  15,  1916,  xviii,  No.  5,  p.  584. 

Janney,  N\  W.  Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  1915,  xx,  p.  321. 

Levy  and  Rowntree:  Arch.  Int.  Med.,  1916,  xvii,  p.  525. 

Myers  and  Bailey:  Jour.  Biol.  Chem..  1916,  xxiv,  p.  147. 

Myers  and  Fine:  Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  1915,  xx. 

Myers  and  Fine:  Essentials  of  Pathological  Chemistry. 

Myers  and  Lough:  Arch.  Int.  Med.,  1915,  xvi,  p.  536. 

Marshall:  Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  1913,  xiv,  p.  283;  Ibid.,  1913,  xv,  pp.  287  and  495. 

Myers  and  Gorham:  Post-Graduate  Med.  Jour.,  1914.  xxix,  p.  938. 

Myers  and  Fine:  Post-Graduate  Med.  Jour.,  1914-1915;  reprinted  as  “Chemical  Com- 

position of  the  Blood  in  Health  and  Disease,”  New  York,  1915. 

Marriott:  Arch.  Int.  Med.,  1916, xvii,  p.  840;  Jour.  A.  M.  A.,  1916,  lxvi,  p.  1594. 

Von  Mering  and  Minkowski : Arch.  f.  d.  gps.  Physiol.,  1904,  cvi?*p.  160. 

Marriott:  Jour.  A.  M.  A.,  May  20,  1916. 

Mosenthal  and  Lewis:  Jour.  A.  M.  A.,  September  23,  1916,  lxvii,  No.  113,  p.  933. 

MClean  and  Selling:  Jour.  Biol.  Chem..  1914,  xix,  p.  31. 

Von  Noorden : Die  Zuckerkrankheit,  Berlin,  1912. 

Plesch:  Ztschr.  f.  exper.  Path.  u.  Therap.,  1909,  vi,  p.  380. 

Pratt:  Tr.  Am.  Assn.  Physicians,  1913,  xxviii,  p.  387. 

Pratt:  Am.  Jour.  Med.,  Sc.,  1916,  cli,  No.  1,  p.  92. 

Shaffer:  Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  1910,  vii,  pp.  23,  30. 

Tileston  and  Comfort:  Arch.  Int.  Med.,  1914,  xiv,  p.  620. 

Van  Slyke  and  Cullen:  Jour  Am.  Med.  Assn.,  1914,  lxii,  p.  1558  ; Jour.  Biol.  Chem.., 

1914,  xix,  p.  211  ; Ibid.,  1916,  xxiv,  p.  117. 

Van  Slyke:  Unpublished  data. 

Weston  and  Kent:  Jour.  Med.  Research,  1912,  xxvi,  p.  531. 


Discussion  of  Dr.  E.  B.  H.  Gradwohl' s Paper. 

Mr.  John  G.  Bowman,  Director,  American  College  of  Surgeons:  Mr. 

Chairman  and  Gentlemen — There  is  nothing  which  I can  say  to  contribute 
directly  to  this  discussion,  but  I am  much  pleased  to  be  with  you.  The 
American  College  of  Surgeons  is  at  work  on  a program  called  hospital 
standardization.  Very  briefly,  this  is  what  hospital  standardization 
means.  Until  recent  years,  at  least  most  of  the  hospitals  in  this  country 
were  clean,  kindly-disposed  boarding-houses.  They  served  primarily  as  a 
convenience  to  doctor  in  which  to  care  for  their  patients.  But  the  day 
of  the  hospital  boarding-house  is  about  gone.  We  are  in  the  midst  of  a 
swift  evolution  in  which  hospitals  are  assuming  a clear-cut  policy  toward 
their  communities.  They  are  no  longer  content  to  be  boarding-houses. 
They  are  institutions  with  a clear-cut  policy,  which  guarantees  to  their 


464: 


Original  Articles. 


communities  that  every  man,  woman  and  child  cared  for  within  their 
walls  will  receive  the  best  care  which  modern  medicine  can  give.  The 
public  is  keenly  awake  on  this  subject,  and  the  fact  is  that  no.  hospital 
can  successfully  ask  the  good  will,  confidence  or  support  of  its  community 
unless  it  in  turn,  as  an  institution,  stands  for  the  right  sort  of  service. 
This  is  not  an  occasion  in  which  to  discuss  details  of  our  program  on 
hospital  standardization.  Let  me  simply  say  that  hospital  superintendents 
and  the  medical  profession  have  taken  an  admirable  leadership  in  order 
to  make  their  ideals  come  true. 

Dr.  Hornsby:  I am  not  going  to  intrude  myself  on  your  very  inter- 

esting meeting.  I was  reminded  of  an  incident  while  Dr.  Gradwohl  and 
some  other  gentlemen  were  talking.  I had  an  old  Irish  friend  some 
years  ago,  and  kind  Providence  had  in  the  course  of  years  seen  fit  to 
send  him  fourteen  or  fifteen  children.  I said:  “Mr.  Barrett,  don’t  you 
find  it  pretty  hard  to  take  care  of  them  as  they  come  along?”  He 
answered:  “John,  God  never  sent  me  one  but  what  He  sent,  me  along 

something  to  take  care  of  him  with.”  I wonder  if  this  isn’t  true  also 
of  the  laboratory?  God  gave  me  a hospital  and  He  did  not  give  me  any 
laboratory,  but  in  two  years  from  that  time  I had  a $250,000  laboratory 
and  was  stealing  $40,000  from  the  rest  of  the  hospital  to  work  it,  and  I 
was  justified  in  doing  it.  The  medical  men  were  more  than  enthusiastic 
about  what  that  laboratory  was  doing  for  them.  The  hospital  was  having 
a hard  time  getting  along,  but  after  I began  to  deliver  the  goods  to  the 
medical  profession  the  money  seemed  to  come  easier,  and  every  man  in 
the  hospital  was  plugging  for  that  hospital  every  minute  of  the  time; 
and  while  my  board  was  anxious  about  whether  we  were  going  to  fill  our 
new  hospital,  the  medical  men  connected  with  the  institution,  spurred 
on  by  the  kind  of  work  our  laboratory  was  doing,  began  to  fill  the  hos- 
pital. I never  had  any  trouble.  Those  who  have  been  familiar  with  my 
hospital  work  in  Chicago  will  back  me  up  that  I never  had  any  trouble 
in  running  it.  I got  the  best  man  I could  find  for  my  laboratory,  and 
paid  him  the  money  that  was  needed  to  get  him,  and  it  happened  to  be 
more  than  $2,000  a year  more  than  I myself  was  getting  in  salary.  I 
made  him  director  of  the  laboratory  and  then  I got  a pathologist  and  a 
physiologist  and  a physiological  chemist.  I spent  $40,000  a year.  I 
don ’t  know  any  more  important  business  than  the  laboratory  of  the  hos- 
pital of  to-day. 

Dr.  H.  W.  E.  Walther:  I have  greatly  appreciated  hearing  Dr.  Grad- 

wohl ’s  paper.  The  point  he  brings  out  emphasizing  the  importance  of 
blood  chemistry  are  so  clear  and  convincing  that  little  is  left  to  say. 
However,  I must  differ  with  him  as  to  his  opinion  regarding  the  value 
of  phenolsulphonephthalein.  No  one  diagnostic  or  prognostic  agent  yet 
discovered  is  absolutely  perfect,  and  I know  that  occasionally  the  phtha- 
lein  readings— being  tests  only  of  the  renal  output  at  the  time  the  test 
is  made — are  at  variance  with  the  clinical  pictures,  but  this  is  the  ex- 
ception, not  the  rule.  Phthalein  readings  have  helped  the  urologist  a 
great  deal  in  coming  to  a decision  on  many  types  of  cases,  and  we  would 
not  like  to  have  to  do  without  it.  It  should  be  used  in  conjunction  with 
the  blood  chemical  methods  to  get  the  best  ideas  in  diagnosis  and 
prognosis.  I have  done  a great  deal  of  blood-urea  work  in  conjunction 
with  the  phthalein  readings,  and  it  has  been  interesting  to  follow  the 
results  so  obtained 

It  is  to  be  regretted  that  no  hospital  laboratory  in  New  Orleans  is 
fitted  to  do  blood  chemistry.  All  the  blood  chemistry  so  far  Jone  here 


Gradwohl — Blood  Chemical  Methods . 


465 


has  been  done  in  the  private  laboratory  of  the  urologist.  The  time  has 
come  when  we  should  get  together  on  this  work  and  have  our  hospitals 
fit  themselves  for  this  kind  of  laboratory  work.  Dr.  Gradwohl ’s  paper, 
I feel  sure,  will  stimulate  the  work  on  blood  chemistry  here,  and  we 
should  all  feel  thankful  to  him  for  having  presented  his  work  to  us  at 
this  time. 

Dr.  A.  Nelken:  I have  been  anxious  to  have  Dr.  Gradwohl  present 

the  subject  of  blood  chemical  analysis  before  this  Society,  because  I 
have  been  desirous  of  seeing  the  local  profession  awakened  to  the  im- 
portance of  this  matter.  The  functional  capacity  of  the  kidneys  is  of 
extreme  importance,  not  only  to  the  urologist,  but  to  every  other  medical 
man,  regardless  of  which  branch  of  medicine  he  is  especially  interested 
in.  In  the  last  analysis,  kidney  failure  is  the  most  common  cause  of 
death,  no  matter  what  the  specific  condition  from  which  the  patient  is 
suffering  may  be. 

The  importance  of  newer  methods  of  estimating  kidney  function  be- 
came apparent  when  we  learned  the  unreliability,  both  for  diagnostic 
and  prognostic  purposes,  of  the  routine  methods  of  urinary  analysis. 
You  may  recall  Dr.  Cabot’s  statement,  that  the  most  important  things 
about  the  urine  were  the  color,  the  reaction,  and  the  specific  gravity.  As 
our  education  along  this  line  increased,  we  saw  that  we  had  been  giving 
undue  importance  to  the  presence  or  absence  of  albumen  and  casts  in 
the  urine. 

The  introduction  of  the  dye  tests  was  a considerable  step  in  advance. 
Methylene  blue  and  indigo  carmine  were  used  at  first,  with  the  idea  of 
finding  the  time  of  beginning  of  secretion.  When  Rowntree  and  Geraghty 
introduced  the  phenolsulphone  test  it  marked  further  progress,  for  this 
test  is  applied  so  as  to  give  us . inf  ormation  not  only  as  to  the  time  of 
beginning  of  secretion,  but  also  as  to  the  quantity  eliminated  during  a 
given  period.  Chiefly,  its  simplicity  of  application  has  served  to  make 
it  the  most  popular  of  all  the  methods  at  present  at  our  disposal  for 
estimating  renal  function.  But  large  experience  with  this  test  has  shown 
that  it  must  not  be  taken  as  an  absolute  index  of  kidney  capacity,  ap- 
plicable to  every  case. 

And  the  newer  methods  of  blood  chemical  analysis  offer  a substantial 
advance  over  anything  else  that  has  been  offered  along  this  line.  I have 
had  the  privilege  of  seeing  Dr.  Gradwohl  work  in  his  laboratory,  and  I 
am  satisfied  that  these  tests,  carried  out  according  to  his  methods,  com- 
bine both  simplicity  of  application  and  reliability  as  to  findings.  I hope 
to  see  the  men  in  New  Orleans  who  do  laboratory  work  prepare  them- 
selves to  carry  out  this  work,  for  I believe  that  the  time  is  not  so  far 
distant  when  we  shall  no  more  think  of  putting  a patient  on  the  oper- 
ating table  without  a report  on  his  blood  findings  than  we  would  now 
of  operating  without  a routine  urinary  examination. 

Dr.  Harris:  As  I am  the  only  laboratory  man  present  connected  with 

a hospital,  I feel  I should  say  a few  words.  I don’t  think  that  the  fact 
that  these  blood  chemical  tests  are  not  carried  out  is  to  be  blamed  upon 
those  of  us  who  are  in  charge  of  the  hospital  laboratories,  but  rather 
upon  the  fact  that  the  hospitals  are  not  equipped  with  the  facilities  for 
these  procedures.  When  you  go  into  the  laboratories  as  they  are,  you 
will  see  that  they  have  hardly  the  facilities  necessary  for  the  proper 
pathological  and  bacteriological  work.  Another  thing  is  this:  We  must 

realize  that  this  particular  type  of  work  is  more  in  the  province  of  the 
physiological  chemist.  I have  long  realized  this  importance  and  have 


m 


Orignial  Articles. 


discussed  with  Drs.  Chillingworth,  Metz  and  others  about  the  possibility 
of  the  organization  of  such  work.  I would  like  to  ask  Dr.  Gradwohl 
whether  or  not  he  considers  that  such  work  is  not  really  properly  carried 
out  by  a physiological  chemist.  I have  been  somewhat  reluctant  about 
entering  into  a branch  that  is  separate  and  distinct  from  my  own  domain. 
We  see  daily  so  many  examples  of  the  serious  results  of,  for  example, 
faulty  Wassermann  reactions,  carried  out  by  those  insufficiently  equipped, 
that  one  should  hesitate  to  attempt  a branch  as  a side  line  which  is  in 
reality  a specialty. 

Under  the  circumstances,  I think  it  unjust  that  visiting  physicians 
should  say  that  the  pathologists  in  hospitals  are  remiss.  They  should 
encourage  the  authorities  to  budget  the  necessary  funds  so  as  to  in- 
corporate such  a branch  into  a properly  trained  assistant.  The  laboratory 
must  be  productive  of  funds  in  order  to  get  it. 

I would  like  to  ask  Dr.  Gradwohl  as  regards  the  question  of  the  test 
in  children — just  how  much  blood  we  would  have  to  get  along  with  for 
a child,  as  10  ccs.  would  render  it  rather  impractical.  I am  very  glad 
to  have  heard  the  paper  of  Dr.  Gradwohl  and  I hope  it  might  stimulate 
our  physicians  to  demand  of  the  hospitals  the  proper  essentials  for  labora- 
tory procedure. 

Dr.  Johns:  I would  like  to  endorse  the  standpoint  of  Dr.  Harris  rela- 

tive to  the  present  inability  of  securing  proper  instruments,  and  to  ask 
Dr.  Gradwohl  as  to  the  reliability  of  several  of  the  new  American-made 
colorimeters  and  standard  chemicals. 

Dr.  Gradwohl  (closing  the  discussion):  Eeferring  to  Dr  Eustis’  dis- 

cussion, I think  he  is  correct  in  wishing  for  more  knowledge  on  the 
amid-acids.  I think  that  field  is  being  worked  now,  and  I hope  we  will 
get  some  data  at  some  future  time.  I believe;  Dr.  Harris’  point  is  very 
well  taken — that  the  fault  concerning  the  laboratory  department  is  in 
the  hospital  management.  For  years  they  have  contributed  very  little 
to  the  establishment  and  equipment  and  management  of  the  laboratories. 
In  most  quarters,  whatever  improvement  there  has  been  in  regard  to 
hospital  laboratories  has  come  from  laboratory  men,  and  not  from  the 
hospital  management.  It  seems  the  hospital  management  has  never  quite 
seen  the  point  that  investment  in  money  in  the  laboratory  work  is  just 
as  important  as  maintaining  the  operating-room,  even  though  it  works 
at  an  apparent  loss.  If  a hospital  is  being  maintained  for  the  purpose 
©f  curing  the  sick,  then  what  is  the  use  of  talking  of  extravagance? 
Money  should  be  no  object.  The  laboratory  department  should  be  con- 
ducted regardless  of  expense.  If  this  is  to  be  run  on  the  basis  of  how 
much  work  can  be  done  and  how  much  money  can  be  made  out  of  it,  it 
is  a very  bad  policy,  and  should  find  no  response.  Let  the  work  of  the 
laboratory  speak  for  the  excellence  of  the  institution. 

In  many  hospitals  in  St.  Louis  the  same  situation  has  existed  there 
for  years,  and  for  a long  time  there  were  few  laboratories  worthy  of  the 
name;  they  never  paid  a laboratory  director  enough  money  to  let  him 
settle  down  in  the  hospital  and  remain  there.  They  seemed  to  be  con- 
tent to  appoint  some  one  with  a good  reputation  who  was  content  to 
take  the  appointment  because  his  reputation  was  thereby  enhanced;  he 
turned  over  the  work  to  half-baked  technicians  and  appeared  at  the 
laboratory  for  a short  time  and  took  the  responsibility  for  work  he  never 
saw  and  the  clinician  accepted  it  because  his  director  was  a man  of 
established  reputation. 

So  far  as  specialism  in  the  hospital  laboratory  work  is  concerned,  I 


Rucker — Delusion  and  Dream. 


467 


do  not  believe  the  laboratory  of  the  hospital — a good  hospital — ought  to 
have  a hospital  chemist.  Chemistry  is  a very  important  part  of  the 
clinical  work,  and  one  laboratory  man  cannot  be  competent  in  every 
department  and  cannot  do  it  all.  I believe  the  tendency  is  to  have  a 
chemical  man  doing  the  chemical  work  of  the  laboratory.  I don ’t  be- 
lieve in  carrying  that  principle  down  to  the  smallest  hospital.  When 
the  work  gets  big  enough  to  demand  special  attention,  it  can  then  be 
done. 

Dr.  Johns  has  brought  up  a very  important  question  regarding  the 
equipment  of  the  laboratory  for  this  kind  of  work.  We  need  for  this 
work  certain  apparatus,  all  of  which  has  been  made  in  America  here. 
There  is  an  instrument  described  by  Dr.  Benedict,  devised  by  him,  which 
costs  about  $15.  I have  one  of  these,  but  have  worked  very  little  with 
it,  but  I am  willing  to  accept  Dr.  Benedict’s  word  that  it  is  as  good  as 
he  says.  The  Hellige  instrument  I endorsed  in  my  book,  because  it  used 
such  a small  amount  of  the  standard  solution,  and  the  standard  solutions 
are  so  hard  to  obtain  that  I recommended  it  for  that  reason. 

With  the  Hellige  instruments,  you  keep  most  of  standard  solutions  in 
wedges.  The  standard  solution  for  the  estimation  of  sugar  can  be  made 
from  a pure  solution  of  glucose.  It  can  also  be  made  from  a solution  of 
picramic  acid.  The  creatinin  can  be  made  by  estimation  of  the  amount 
of  creatinin  in  a specimen  of  urine.  Uric  acid  must  be  pure. 


“DELUSION  AND  DREAM.” 

A Comment  on  the  “Freud  Theory.” 

By  S.  T.  RUCKER,  M.  D.,  Memphis,  Tenn. 

The  Standard  Dictionary  defines  a dream  as  “A  succession  of 
mental  images,  usually  confused  and  incoherent,  experienced  while 
sleeping.”  The  Encyclopedia  Britannica  says  “A  dream  is  a state 
of  consciousness  during  sleep,  or  a hallucination  peculiarly  as- 
sociated with  the  condition  of  sleep,  but  not  necessarily  confined 
to  that  state.”  Freud  defines  a dream  as  “A  physiological  delusion 
of  the  normal  human  being.”  A definition  that  appears  to  me 
more  comprehensive  is,  a dream  is  a phantastic  play  of  the  un- 
conscious mind,  not  logically  descriptive,  but  represented  by  dramatie 
symbols  and  mental  images. 

Dreams  we  all  have,  visions  we  should  have,  and  delusions  we  will 
have,  unless  our  visions  and  desires  find  expression  in  reconstructive 
effort  or  in  the  dramatic  phantasy  of  dreams.  The  conscious  mind 
works  continuously  through  the  brain,  its  organ  and  medium  of 
communication.  It  must  find  outlet  for  this  activity  either  through 
normal  or  abnormal  channels.  ' To  repress  or  confine  it  is  like  trying 
to  control  an  excess  of  steam.  It  is  well  known  that  repressed  or 
pent-up  emotions  (and  emotions  are  thoughts)  must  find  an  avenue 


468 


Original  Articles. 


of  escape  or,  as  sometimes  expressed,  “must  get  out  of  the  system.” 
The  usual  way  is  for  men  “to  cuss  it  out,”  for  women  “to  cry  it 
out,”  boys  “to  fight  it  out,”  and  girls  to  “laugh  it  out,”  The 
giggling,  laughing  girl  is  a good  illustration  of  the  normal  escape 
of  emotive  activity. 

Ancient  people  attached  great  importance  to  dreams  and  appear 
to  have  understood  their  language  better  than  we  of  to-day.  Many 
of  their  wise  men  possessed  the  ability  to  analyze  and  interpret 
dreams.  To  those  who  believe  in  Biblical  history  it  is  interesting  to 
note  that  dreams  played  no  small  part  as  a medium  of  communica- 
tion between  Jehovah  and  His  people.  In  the  dream  of  Jacob  there 
was  a great  stretch  of  the  imagination  when  he  saw  a ladder  that 
reached  from  earth  to  heaven  and  beheld  angels  ascending  and 
descending  on  it.  At  the  top  stood  the  Lord,  who  delivered  a 
prophetic  message,  saying  “The  descendants  of  J acob  would  prosper, 
be  blessed  and  spread  over  the  face  of  the  earth.”  Joseph  incurred 
the  enmity  of  his  brothers  by  interpreting  to  them  a dream  he  had. 
saying  he  would  be  chosen  over  them  as  a leader  and  ruler.  Though 
he  was  exiled  into  Egypt,  he  became  first  in  authority  at  the  court 
of  Pharaoh  and  interpreted  his  dreams.  The  Lord  appeared  to 
Solomon  in  a dream  by  night  and  said,  “What  shall  I give  thee?” 
Solomon  asked,  in  return,  for  an  understanding  heart,  that  he 
might  be  able  to  judge  the  people  and  discern  between  good  and 
evil.  These  represent  some  of  the  many  dreams  and  interpretations 
of  dreams  referred  to  in  Biblical  history. 

The  philosophers  of  ancient  Greece  and  Borne  attempted  ex- 
planations of  dreams.  Aristotle  ^ays,  “Dreams  are  impressions  left 
by  objects  seen  with  the  eyes,  and  that  a small  sound,  when  ex- 
aggerated by  slight  stimuli,  in  a dream,  becomes  noise  like  thunder.” 
Plato,  too,  connects  dreaming  with  the  normal  operations  of  the 
mind,  and  explains  them  “as  prophetic  visions  received  by  the  lower 
appetitive  soul  through  the  liver.”  Hippocrates  was  disposed  to 
admit  that  some  dreams  may  be  divine  revelation,  but  held  that 
others  were  premonitory  of  diseased  states  of  the  body. 

The  modern  conception  and  interpretation  of  dreams  is  assuming 
a more  scientific  aspect,  and  the  Freud  theory  that  a dream  is  a 
fulfilment  of  a repressed  or  unconscious  wish  has  opened  up  an 
interesting  field  for  psychological  research.  It  is  well  known  that 
those  things  we  wish  and  try  to  suppress  during  the  day  often  come 
back  in  dreams  at  night.  So,  one  initiated  in  dream-interpretation 


Ruckee — Delusion  and  Dream. 


469 


may  often  find  traces  of  things  he  has  suppressed  in  the  course  of 
life.  It  was  therefore  natural  that  Freud,  in  his  search  for  in- 
advertent outbreaks  of  the  unconscious  life,  should  turn  his  atten- 
tion to  dreams,  especially  so  when  he  was  continually  meeting  with 
the  relation  of  dreams  during  his  analytic  methods  of  treating 
nervous  disorders.  Patients  brought  them  to  him  in  the  same  way 
they  brought  their  real  experiences.  He  soon  found  that  dreams 
were  established  as  determining  structures,  like  any  other  thought- 
structure,  only  with  the  difference  that  they  were  built  according  to 
other  principles  than  those  which  have  to  do  with  the  waking  life. 
By  patient  study  he  was  able  to  learn  how  to  decipher  the  strange 
symbol  or  sign  language  of  the  dream.  In  this  way  he  gradually 
formulated  his  psycho-analytic  method  of  determining  the  signifi- 
cance of  dreams  in  unraveling  the  psychic  tangles  of  the  abnormal 
mind.  What  complicates  dream-construction  most  of  all  is  the  use 
of  symbols.  The  dream  has  an  inclination  to  present  everything  in 
visual  images.  It  does  not  approve  of  the  narrative  form,  but  is 
essentially  dramatic.  If  one  considers  the  dream  as  it  immediately 
appears  before  the  unconsciousness,  it  certainly  seems  quite  mean- 
ingless. This  has  given  rise  to  the  teachings,  according  to  which  a 
dream  is  only  a conglomeration  of  dissociated  ideas,  originating 
through  some  processes  which  temporarily  irritate  the  mental  ap- 
paratus. If  the  dream  is  subjected  to  analysis  it  takes  on  another 
sgnification. 

When  Freud  turned  his  attention  in  this  direction  he  soon  dis- 
covered that  symbolic  speech  by  no  means  applies  only  to  dreams. 
It  is  a common  ingredient  of  the  conscious  mind  and  presents  itself 
in  folk-lore,  in  witticisms,  in  slang,  etc.  Primitive  man  made  use 
of  symbols  as  a means  of  expression ; later  our  logical  and  descrip- 
tive speech  was  built  upon  this  foundation.  In  settling  upon  one 
single  point  in  the  Freud  doctrine  which,  in  importance,  exceeds 
all  others,  I should  suggest  his  presentation  of  the  connection  be- 
tween dreams  and  psychology  and  the  process  of  neurosis  construc- 
tion. It  has  long  been  suspected  that  dreams  have  something  to 
do  with  insanity;  but  until  the  researches  of  Freud  this  remained 
only  a suspicion.  His  ingenuity  was  the  first  that  succeeded  in 
seizing  upon  and  working  out  in  detail  this  apparently  inaccessible 
empirical  material.  He  says  dreams  and  delusion  spring  from  the 
same  source — the  repressed.  Before  the  repressed  has  become  strong 
enough  to  push  itself  up  into  the  waking  life  as  a delusion  it  may 


470 


Original  Articles . 


easily  have  won  its  first  success  under  the  more  favorable  circum- 
stances of  sleep  in  the  form  of  a dream.  During  sleep,  with  the 
diminution  of  psychic  activit}^  there  enters  a slackening  of  the 
strength  of  resistance,  which  the  conscious  psychic  process  offers  to 
the  repressed.  This  slackening  is  what  makes  dream-formation  pos- 
sible. Therefore  the  dream  becomes  for  us  the  best  means  of  ap- 
proach to  knowledge  of  the  unconscious  psyche.  Only  the  dream 
usually  passes  rapidly  with  the  revival  of  waking  life  and  the  ground 
won  by  the  unconscious  is  again  vacated. 

In  my  study  of  abnormal  psychology  I have  noticed  a striking 
analogy  between  delusion  and  dream.  The  difference  appears  to 
be  that  a dream  is  acted  out  during  the  unconscious  or  sleep  state 
and  abandons  the  field  when  consciousness  is  restored;  while  de- 
lusion holds  sway  over  the  mind  during  the  conscious  or  waking 
state  and  disappears  during  sleep.  Now  if,  as  Freud  contends,  a 
dream  is  the  physiological  delusion  of  the  normal  human  being,  may 
not  a delusion  be  the  pathological  dream  of  the  abnormal  human 
being?  My  observations  have  been  that  persons  who  dream  have 
no  delusions,  and  those  who  are  dominated  by  delusions  have  no 
dreams.  Therefore  dreams  may  perform  an  important  function  in 
maintaining  mental  balance  by  letting  the  “repressed”  find  a 
physiological  exit  during  sleep,  instead  of  pushing  itself  up  into 
the  waking  life  as  a delusion. 


“MEDICAL  EXPERIENCES  OVERSEAS.”* 

By  LIEUT.  COL.  JOHN  B.  ELLIOTT,  Jr.,  New  Orleans. 

Before  saying  anything  about  my  medical  experiences  while  in 
France  I must  say  a word  about  the  officers  and  nurses  and  men  of 
Base  Hospital  24,  with  whom  I lived  for  eleven  months  as  director 
of  the  unit  and  oftentimes  commanding  officer.  I can  never  forget 
their  loyalty  to  me  personally  nor  their  devotion  to  duty  when  the 
real  hero  of  the  war,  the  American  “doughboy,”  was  in  need  of  help. 

As  four  of  the  speakers  are  from  Base  Hospital  24,  I think  it 
best  that  I take  up  only  what  I saw  and  did  after  being  detached 
from  that  organization. 

On  August  6,  1918,  I was  ordered  by  the  chief  surgeon,  A.  E.  F., 
to  report  to  St.  Aignan  to  consult  with  the  commanding  officer  of 

*Read  before  the  Orleans  Parish  Medical  Society,  March  10,  1919.  [Received  for 
publication  April  7,  1919. — Eds.] 


Elliott — “ Medical  Experiences  Overseas.” 


471 


Camp  Hospital  26  on  the  typhoid  situation  at  that  point.  On 
arriving  there,  after  consultation  with  Major  Nagle,  chief  of  the 
medical  service,  I found  the  following  most  interesting  state  of 
affairs : There  were  forty-six  patients  suffering  with  typhoid  fever 
in  the  worst  stage  of  the  disease,  all  coming  from  one  company, 
which  had  arrived  from  America  about  four  weeks  previously.  They 
were  being  looked  after  in  the  most  scientific  manner  and  every 
precaution  known  to  modern  medicine  was  being  used  to  prevent 
further  spread.  About  three  kilometers  away  163  other  members 
of  the  same  company  were  being  inspected  daily  and  held  in  strict 
isolation;  the  feces  of  these  cases  had  been  examined  weekly  in 
order  to  segregate  at  once  any  carriers.  The  history  of  the  com- 
pany was  that  it  had  left  Camp  Cody,  New  Mexico,  some  time  in 
June  with  270  men,  had  traveled  in  a troop  train  to  New  York,  had 
left  two  men  sick  at  Camp  Merritt,  had  dropped  seven  in  a camp 
near  Liverpool,  twenty  or  thirty  in  Romsey,  England,  and  about 
fifteen  or  more  at  Cherbourg,  France,  all  probably  suffering  from 
typhoid  fever.  This  company  had  been  thoroughly  vaccinated,  some 
having  received  as  many  as  nine  “shots”  of  typhoid  vaccin  prior  to 
June,  1918. 

After  most  thorough  study  of  the  whole  matter,  Major  Nagle 
was  able  to  prove  that  the  trouble  had  come  from  a carrier  who  was 
a member  of  the  K.  P.  (kitchen  police).  Unfortunately,  I was  un- 
able to  get  any  further  light  on  the  question  of  the  vaccin  used  in 
these  cases. 

A few  days  after  returning  to  my  headquarters  from  this  trip  I 
was  ordered  to  report  to  Headquarters  Medical  Center,  Vittel,  for 
for  duty  as  consultant  in  general  medicine  to  the  hospital  center  of 
Vittel  and  Bazoilles.  Luckily  for  me,  Gen.  W.  S.  Thayer,  chief 
consultant  in  medicine,  A.  E.  F.,  came  to  Limoges  at  just  this 
time  and  I had  the  pleasure  of  a wonderful  ride  with  him  from 
Limoges  all  the  way  to  Neuf chateau,  going  via  Moulin,  Autun 
and  Dijon,  getting  a view  of  France  that  can  only  be  had  from  an 
auto.  At  Vittel  I found  Base  Hospitals  23  and  36,  and  at  Com- 
treville,  four  kilometers  away,  Hospitals  31  and  32.  At  Bazoilles, 
thirty  kilometers  away,  were  Base  Hospitals  18,  42,  46,  60,  79,  81 
and  116,  while  at  Neufchateau  was  Base  Hospital  66,  and  ten  kilo- 
meters further  on  Convalescent  Camp  No.  2. 

It  was  my  duty  to  consult  with  the  medical  chiefs  of  the  different 
hospitals  as  to  the  personnel  of  the  respective  staffs  and  to  see  such 


472 


Original  Articles . 


eases  as  we  thought  advisable.  You  may  imagine  what  a splendid 
opportunity  this  was  for  differential  diagnosis  and  for  learning 
medicine  from  the  many  excellent  clinicians  I met  in  my  rounds. 

My  most  interesting  medical  experience  here  was  the  epidemic 
of  influenza,  which  came  to  us  first  about  August  28,  the  patients 
coming  from  Girardmer  to  Base  Hospital  36  at  Vittel,  whose  med- 
ical chief  was  Lieut.  Col.  McGraw,  of  Detroit.  From  August  28 
to  November  1 we  had  1,400  cases  of  what  we  soon  learned  to 
diagnose  as  coalescing  broncho-pneumonia,  with  453  deaths.  The 
most  striking  clinical  signs  were  early  cyanosis,  marked  leucopenia 
and  its  great  fatality  in  those  who  had  been  exhausted  or  who  had 
become  chilled  from  exposure  in  open  trucks  and  automobiles. 

While  we  could  only  demonstrate  the  influenza  bacilli  in  a very, 
very  small  percentage  of  cases,  yet  we  believed,  and  still  do  believe, 
that  it  was  the  primary  factor  in  the  epidemic  and  that  the  type  of 
pneumonia  which  developed  was  dependent  entirely  on  what  type 
was  most  predominant  in  the  throat  of  the  patient  at  the  time  of 
being  attacked  by  the  influenza.  Empyema  was  not  so  prominent 
as  in  the  streptococcic  type  seen  in  the  camps  in  America  during 
the  winter  of  1917-1918,  but  we  did  see  many  cases  of  abscess  of 
the  lung,  and,  in  two  cases  of  empyema,  Major  Baetjer,  at  Bazoilles, 
was  able  to  isolate  the  influenza  bacilli  in  pure  culture.  The  X-ray 
study  of  those  recovering  from  influenza  was  most  interesting,  all 
showing  a peri-bronchial  thickening. 

The  effect  of  influenza  on  the  heart  was  best  seen  at  the  con- 
valescent camp  at  Liffon-le-Grand,  where  Capt.  Bridgman  was  in 
charge  of  the  medical  work.  Here  were  cases  seemingly  well  in 
every  way  except  for  rapid  heart  after  exertion,  and  not  returned  to 
normal  rate  until  from  one  month  to  six  weeks,  though  all  physical 
signs  of  the  disease  were  absent. 

The  meetings  in  Paris  each  month,  under  the  auspices  of  the  Bed 
Cross,  were  most  instructive,  giving  one  an  opportunity  to  hear  the 
lesson  learned  from  our  Allies.  I shall  never  forget  the  talks  by 
Sir  David  Bruce  and  Sir  Almoth  Wright  ; but,  above  all  my  ex- 
periences, I must  put  first  the  stimulation  and  knowledge  I received 
from  association  with  such  men  as  Thayer,  Longcope,  Webb,  Kohn, 
Gamble,  Abbott,  Wallace  and  other  leaders  in  American  medicine. 

I believe  you  can  safely  tell  your  clients  that  their  sons  were  well 
taken  care  of  in  France.  The  devotion  of  doctors  and  nurses  and 
men  to  the  sick  “doughboy”  was  simply  beyond  praise. 


Halsey — “Medical  Experiences  Overseas.”*  473 

By  MAJOR  JOHN  T.  HALSEY,  New  Orleans. 

My  task  to-night  is  to  say  a few  words  about  what  has  been  done 
by  the  officers,  nurses  and  enlisted  men  of  Base  Hospital  24,  most 
of  whom  are  known  to  you. 

After  reaching  France  the  officer  group  of  the  hospital  was  pretty 
badty  broken  up.  One  after  another  of  us  was  ordered  to  other 
duties,  until  finally  of  the  original  medical  quintet  only  I was  left. 
Consequently  there  isn’t  much  to  tell  you  about  the  work  done  by 
the  medical  side,  for  the  hardest  part  came  after  these  gentlemen 
had  left  us.  Of  the  surgeons,  Drs.  Maes,  Chamberlain,  Dicks,  Wall 
and  Jones  were  taken  away  from  us  before  we  really  got  down  to 
our  hardest  work.  In  August,  patients  began  to  come  in  in  large 
numbers,  until  finally  there  were  over  1,800  sick  and  wounded  sol- 
diers to  be  cared  for  by  about  twelve  doctors. 

I want  to  say  a word  here  as  to  what  our  enlisted  men  did  at  this 
time.  In  order  that  these  patients  could  have  beds,  they  voluntarily 
gave  up  their  own  beds  and  slept  wherever  they  could  find  a place — 
in  barns,  offices,  halls,  kitchens  and  in  pup  tents  on  the  ground. 

As  Limoges  trains  usually  depart  and  arrive  between  2 and  5 
a.  m.,  frequently  some  of  our  men  would  carry  patients  up  four  and 
five  flights  of  stairs  all  night,  not  leaving  the  job  until  the  last 
patient  was  put  to  bed,  and  then  they  would  be  at  work  all  day  as 
well. 

As  for  the  nurses,  they  stuck  to  their  task  equally  well.  There 
were  strict  orders  that  all  nurses  were  to  report  sick  if  they  felt  out 
of  sorts,  but  they  never  did.  They  simply  waited  until  they  were 
so  sick  they  could  do  no  more. 

Dr.  Lanford  was  taken  away  from  us,  leaving  Dr.  King  Rand, 
of  Alexandria,  to  care  for  the  laboratory  by  himself.  It  was  im- 
portant work  and  there  was  lots  of  it,  so  for  months  Dr.  Rand 
worked  nearly  every  night  until  12  o’clock. 

A large  part  of  the  surgical  work  that  had  to  be  done  at  this 
hospital  was  the  after-care  of  patients  already  operated  on  else- 
where. Much  of  it  consisted  simply  in  dressing  cases  over  and  over 
again.  It  was  not  what  any  surgeon  would  call  interesting  surgery, 
but  those  surgeons  never  faltered.  Up  to  lunch-time  and  after 
lunch  until  dinner-time,  they  were  at  it,  and  at  times  it  was  after 
midnight  before  they  finished.  It  was  a beautiful  and  at  the  same 

*Read  before  the  Orleans  Parish  Medical  Society,  March  10,  1919.  [Received  for 
publication  April  5,  1919. — Eds.] 


474 


Original  Articles. 


time  the  most  skillful  example  of  faithful  performance  of  duty  that 
I have  ever  seen.  I saw  work  done  in  several  other  base  hospitals,, 
but  nowhere  else  did  I see  work  as  well  done  as  in  Base  Hospital 
24.  You  can  be  proud  of  what  those  fellow-townsmen  of  yours  did. 
I personally  feel  so  grateful  to  them,  and  have  such  respect  for 
them,  that  I intend  to  name  them  each.  John  Smyth,  Aleck 
Ficklen,  Paul  Lacroix,  Muir  Bradburn,  Warren  Scott  and  Philips 
Carter  went  through  the  worst  of  it,  while  Urban  Maes  and  W.  0. 
D.  Jones  did  all  there  was  to  do  until  they  left  the  organization. 

Dr.  Fenner  deserves  a paragraph  to  himself.  Under  the  con- 
ditions which  prevailed  at  Limoges  there  was  relatively  little  for 
him  to  do  in  his  own  special  line,  so  he  simply  turned  in  and  did 
whatever  there  was  to  be  done — orthopedic  or  general  surgery — and 
when  the  medical  side  was  swamped  by  a flood  of  medical  cases  he 
jumped  in  and  saved  the  day  by  taking  over  medical  wards.  I feel 
specially  grateful  to  him  for  the  cheerful  and  skillful  assistance 
which  he  rendered  me  during  some  of  the  most  strenuous  weeks  of 
my  life. 

The  following  gives  some  idea  of  how  we  were  rushed  at  times 
last  fall.  About  the  first  of  October  we  were  told  to  get  ready  for 
a greatly  increased  number  of  patients.  At  that  time  we  had  about 
700  beds  in  the  hospital.  By  using  every  nook  and  corner  we  could 
find,  in  ten  days  we  had  enough  beds  to  be  able  to  take  care  of  1,500 
patients,  besides  350  more  in  an  annex  the  other  side  of  town.  We 
didn’t  have  any  more  trouble  about  patients  spitting  on  the  floor, 
for  they  couldn’t  hit  it.  In  the  first  fourteen  days  of  October  we 
took  in  and  cared  for  1,500  new  patients  sent  back  from  the  front. 

My  witness  would  not  be  complete  did  I not  speak  of  the  wonder- 
ful spirit  shown  by  the  patients.  Both  sick  and  wounded  showed 
themselves  as  good  soldiers  as  they  had  been  at  the  front.  Than 
this,  nothing  more  can  be  said  in  the  way  of  praise. 

By  CAPT.  JOHN  W.  MORRIS,  Somerville,  Tenn* 

One  of  the  first  things  you  would  ask  is,  “What  happens  to  a 
prisoner  of  war  ?”.  In  my  case,  I was  sent  to  German  battalion  head- 
quarters. They  ask  you  all  sorts  of  questions,  and  we  had  been 
taught  in  advance,  in  event  of  capture,  to  answer  all  questions 
promptly  and  incorrectly.  The  intelligence  officer  did  not  know  I 

*Read  before  the  Orleans  Parish  Medical  Society,  March  10,  1919.  [Received  for 
publication  April  10,  1919. — Eds.] 


Morris — “Medical  Experiences  Overseas. 


475 


was  an  American.  He  asked  if  there  were  many  French  among  ns, 
.and  I told  him  incorrectly  that  the  tunnels  of  Arras  were  full  of 
French  troops.  They  were  worried  about  the  troops  in  Arras,  be- 
cause in  April,  1917,  the  British,  by  hiding  thousands  of  men  in 
fhem,  had  surprised  the  Hun  and  made  one  of  the  successful  pushes 
of  the  war  prior  to  the  German  advance  in  March.  After  interro- 
gation we  were  sent  back  to  a concentration  camp,  said  camp  con- 
sisting of  barbed  wire  fence  around  a brewery.  After  staying  there 
a few  days  we  were  sent  to  Belgium,  where  I stayed  a few  months 
to  treat  the  British  wounded. 

We  found  the  hospital  to  be  a very  small  building,  which  had 
formerly  been  a school  for  boys;  the  hospital  contained  about  700 
seriously  wounded  men,  300  of  whom  were  British.  The  condition 
was  awful — a great  deal  of  pus  and  infection,  and  in  some  cases  the 
pus  had  gone  through  the  mattress  on  to  the  floor.  Some  of  the 
men  had  not  been  dressed  in  two  weeks. 

There  was  very  little  gauze  for  dressing.  We  used  paper.  If  a 
patient  was  fortunate  enough  to  have  a gauze  bandage  he  would 
unroll  it  himself.  The  paper  was  very  unsatisfactory,  because  it 
got  hard  and  uncomfortable  from  the  excretion  of  the  wounds.  For 
the  300  men  we  had  one  German  nurse.  The  principal  anesthetic 
was  ethyl  chloride,  and  it  was  satisfactory.  All  patients  had  to  be 
taken  to  the  operating  room  for  dressings,  and  voluminous  records 
had  to  be  kept.  Every  wounded  man  received  two  injections  of 
tetanus  antitoxin.  We  were  allowed  a certain  amount  of  drugs  and 
dressings  daily,  and  when  these  were  exhausted  we  were  at  liberty 
to  go  for  a walk  under  armed  guards,  provided  we  did  not  go 
through  the  village.  Our  usual  walk  was  along  the  towpath  of  the 
canal.  The  only  disadvantage  was  we  had  to  see  great  barge  loads 
of  good  American  food  go  by  for  French  and  Belgians,  and  we  were 
as  hungry  as  any  of  them. 

We  made  the  acquaintance  of  many  Belgian  people,  and  without 
exception  the  guard  allowed  us  to  speak  with  them,  provided  we 
kept  out  of  sight  of  the  German  officers  or  N.  C.  O.  Their  chief 
grievance  against  the  Germans  was  the  deportation  of  girls;  you 
could  tear  down  their  houses,  take  their  laces,  machinery,  cattle, 
wines  and  gold,  but  when  the  Hun  deported  Belgian  girls  he  did 
a low  thing  that  the  civilized  world  will  not  forget  or  forgive. 

The  food  we  were  given  was  dark  bread,  so  often  described ; 
plenty  of  soup  and  imitation  coffee;  the  coffee  was  not  unlike  that 


476 


Original  Articles. 


used  by  our  people  during  the  Civil  War.  When  our  soup  was  nice 
and  thick  with  meat  we  knew  that  an  Allied  aviator  had  laid  an 
egg  on  Hun  Cavalry,  where  it  did  a prisoner  of  war  most  good. 

In  July  we  were  sent  back  to  Germany  by  the  way  of  Brussels, 
Metz  and  Strassburg  on  to  Basstatt.  We  found  here  about  300 
French  officers- — the  cleanest,  nicest  fellows  I had  ever  seen.  They 
were  always  planning  escape,  the  usual  method  being  to  empty 
straw  from  their  mattress,  tie  grass  on  it,  get  under  it  and  crawl 
to  the  fence,  cut  the  wire,  throw  the  cutters  back  for  the  next  party, 
let  the  guard  go  by,  and  then  go  on  their  way  rejoicing.  The  next 
morning  at  roll-call  they  would,  of  course,  be  missing.  The  superior 
officer  called  the  roll  by  barracks,  with  no  better  result.  For  an 
officer  to  allow  a man  to  escape  means  punishment,  the  usual 
punishment  being  to  send  him  to  the  front.  The  usual  explanation 
the  officers  in  charge  would  give  is  that  the  men  had  never  been 
there  at  all.  A Frenchman  brought  in  a wireless  outfit  and  we  got 
the  news  from  the  front  daily. 

We  were  next  sent  to  an  American  camp  located  in  the  Black 
Forest.  The  elevation  is  something  like  5,000  feet ; very  cool  and 
healthy.  Here  we  secured  Bed  Cross  food  and  were  allowed  to  go 
walking  every  day  by  turning  in  a word-of -honor  card.  While  at 
that  camp  Puryear,  Willis  and  Isaacs  escaped.  From  that  time  on 
we  had  certain  restrictions,  but  on  the  whole  we  were  not  molested 
by  the  guards  or  civilians.  There  have  been  a great  many  charges 
made  against  the  German  soldiers  and  civilians  that  are  not  true; 
they  have  done  some  things  that  have  never  been  published,  but 
we  must  remember  that  in  Germany  they  have  the  identical  propa- 
ganda against  French,  British  and  Americans.  Many  of  the  Ger- 
man people  were  misled  as  to  the  cause  of  the  war,  but  they  were 
in  the  midst  of  their  apparently  successful  drive  towards  the 
channel  ports  and  towards  Paris;  they  were  entirely  satisfied  with 
Hindenburg,  Ludendorff  and  the  Kaiser. 

By  MAJOR  IVAN  ISAAC  LEMANN,  New  Orleans  * 

You  now  have  a pretty  good  idea  of  what  it  was  like,  from  the 
talks  you  have  heard — what  it  was  like  at  the  Base  Hospital  and 
what  it  was  like  at  the  front.  In  general,  our  life  was  very  different 
from  what  most  of  our  friends  over  here  think  it  was.  I am  greeted 
on  all  sides  by  friends  who  exclaim  over  the  wonderful  times  and 

*Read  before  the  Orleans  Parish  Medical  Society,  March  10,  1919.  [Received  for 
publication  April  9,  1919. — Eds.] 


Lemann — “Medical  Experiences  Overseas  ” 


477 


the  dangers  and  hardships  I have  had.  As  a matter  of  fact,  there 
were  very  few  of  ns,  except  Col.  Maes,  who  had  real  hardships. 
Most  of  ns  slept  in  pretty  good  beds,  and  some  of  ns,  like  Col. 
Elliott,  lived  off  the  best  of  the  land. 

I think  yon  may  be  interested  in  one  thrilling  experience  that 
all  of  yonr  friends  of  Base  Hospital  24  shared  together.  It  was 
in  crossing  the  English  Channel  from  Southampton  to  Havre.  We 
were  jammed  in  on  a small  boat,  no  larger  than  a seagoing  tug, 
so  that  there  was  literally  no  space  to  sit  down.  We  were  supposed 
to  make  the  trip  in  about  eight  to  nine  hours,  but  as  a matter  of 
fact  it  took  us  several  hours  more  than  that.  We  left  Southampton 
about  4 o’clock  in  the  afternoon  accompanied  by  a torpedo  boat  de- 
stroyer to  guide  and  protect- us,  and  about  midnight,  in  the  middle 
of  the  channel,  in  the  pitch  blackness  of  the  night,  our  engine  broke 
down  and  we  lay  becalmed  an  hour  or  more.  In  addition  to  this, 
our  boat  made  a terrific  noise,  letting  off  steam,  and  if  there  had 
been  a submarine  within  hearing  distance  we  would  have  made  a 
fine  target.  In  spite  of  all  of  this,  every  one  remained  perfectly 
quiet  and  composed,  and  there  was  nothing  in  the  slightest  ap- 
proaching alarm  or  panic. 

Dr.  Halsey  has  told  3^011  something  about  our  friends  of  Base 
Hospital  24  and  the  work  they  did.  I feel  that  I can,  with  perfect 
modesty,  reiterate  and  emphasize  what  he  has  said,  for  the  greater 
part  of  the  good  work  was  done  after  I left  them.  We  have  good 
reason  to  be  proud  of  them. 

After  I left  Base  Hospital  24  I was  assigned  as  chief  of  the 
medical  service  of  Base  Hospital  76  at.  Vichy.  This  was  a con- 
glomerate hospital,  not  representing  any  particular  institution,  but 
made  up  from  various  parts  of  the  country.  I found  conditions 
there  very  different  from  those  I had  left  at  Base  Hospital  24  in 
Limoges.  The  equipment  of  Base  Hospital  76  had  not  arrived,  nor 
had  the  nurses.  Our  enlisted  personnel  and  our  patients  had  to 
drink  their  soup  and  coffee  from  empty  tomato  cans,  and  we  had 
very  few  kitchen  utensils.  The  equipment  that  we  were  able  to 
borrow  from  other  base  hospitals  in  Vichy  was  equally  scanty.  But, 
in  spite  of  all  of  this,  our  patients  got  very  good  care  and  our  hos- 
pital at  one  time  had  1,700  patients.  There  were  three  other  base 
hospitals  in  Vichy,  and  it  was  planned  that  this  center  should  care 
for  approximated  20,000  patients,  if  the  armistice  had  not  come. 

Vichy  is  a city  of  hotels.  Normally  it  has  about  15,000  in- 


478 


Original  Articles. 


habitants,  and  during  the  season  from  50,000  to  100,000  visitors. 
Altogether,  the  Americans  took  over  about  eighty  hotels  for  the  use 
of  the  base  hospital  there. 

There  are  several  things  in  the  way  of  professional  experience 
that  I might  relate  that  possibly  might  interest  you.  I consider 
that  one  of  the  most  valuable  experiences  I had  was  to  have  under 
my  care,  under  the  direction  of  Dr.  Pollock,  of  Chicago,  a consider- 
able number  of  war  psychoneuroses,  so-called  shell-shock,  hysteria,, 
etc.  The  effect  of  treating  men  under  discipline  made  a tremendous 
impression  upon  me,  and  I feel  that  I have  returned  an  entirely 
different  doctor  than  I was  when  I went  away.  My  attitude  to  my 
patients,  1 am  sure,  has  changed  considerably,  and  to  the  benefit 
of  the  patients. 

Another  experience  which  was  valuable  was  that  which  we  had  in 
meeting  the  situation  caused  by  the  outbreak  of  numerous  cases  of 
enterocolitis.  Most  of  these  came  from  the  front  to  the  base  hos- 
pitals and  were  probably  due  to  bad  food  or  bad  water.  At  times 
we  thought  some  of  them  due  to  poisoning.  At  one  time  I had 
several  hundred  such  diarrhea  cases  on  hand  in  Vichy  under  the 
conditions  I have  already  outlined,  so  that  the  problem  of  handling 
the  diet  was  difficult.  In  addition  to  this,  we  had  no  bismuth  nor 
any  other  astringent  drug.  The  situation  we  met  in  this  way : As 
each  diarrhea  patient  was  admitted,  his  clothes  were  taken  away 
and  he  was  put  to  bed.  This  was  done  in  order  that  he  might 
not  obtain  any  food  other  than  that  which  was  brought  to  him.  He 
was  then  given  a large  dose  of  castor  oil,  and  this  was  repeated 
from  time  to  time  as  needed.  As  the  diarrhea  improved,  the  patient 
was  given  a ticket  to  a soft-diet  mess,  where  he  obtained  only  soft 
cereals  and  liquids.  Upon  further  improvement  he  was  promoted 
to  the  full-diet  mess,  for  which  another  ticket  was  required.  With 
this  system  we  were  able  to  clear  up  practically  all  of  the  cases  and 
relieve  the  situation  that  at  one  time  threatened  to  be  alarming  in 
its  proportions. 


News  and  Comment. 


479* 


NEWS  AND  COMMENT 


Meeting  of  the  American  Medical  Association. — The 
seventy-first  annual  meeting  of  the  American  Medical  Association 
will  be  held  in  Atlantic  City,  N.  J.,  June  9 to  13. 

American  Society  of  Tropical  Medicine  Meeting. — On  June 
16  and  17,  the  American  Society  of  Tropical  Medicine  will  hold  its 
meeting  in  Atlantic  City,  in  conjunction  with  the  Congress  of  Amer- 
ican Physicians  and  Surgeons  and  its  affiliated  societies.  It  is  to 
be  hoped  that  every  member  of  the  Society  can  arrange  to  be  present 
and  thus  help  towards  the  success  of  the  meeting.  Members  wish- 
ing to  contribute  papers  or  to  present  other  interesting  matter  to 
the  Society  should  notify  the  acting  secretary,  Dr.  Sidney  K.  Simonr 
1105  Maison  Blanche  Building,  New  Orleans. 

Officers  of  the;  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society 
Elected. — The  officers  elected  for  1920  at  the  meeting  of  the  Lou- 
isiana State  Medical  Society,  which  met  in  Shreveport,  April  8,  J 
and  10,  are : Dr.  L.  Henry,  of  Lecompte,  president;  Dr.  C.  P.  Cray,, 
of  Monroe,  Dr.  S.  C.  Barrow,  of  Shreveport,  and  Dr.  T.  J.  Dimitry,, 
of  New  Orleans,  vice-presidents;  Dr.  E.  W.  Mahler,  of  New  Orleans, 
secretary,  and  Drs.  W.  H.  Seemann,  of  New  Orleans,  and  C.  Pier- 
son, of  Jackson,  were  named  delegates  to  the  A.  M.  A.  meeting  at 
Atlantic  City  in  June. 

Co-Operation  of  States  to  Control  Venereal  Disease. — On 
April  1,  1919,  forty-four  States  had  passed  the  necessary  laws  and 
will  cooperate  with  the  United  States  Public  Health  Service  in 
carrying  out  its  program  for  venereal  disease  control.  Eighteen 
States  have  made  appropriations  equal  to  that  of  the  Kahn  Cham- 
berlain allotment,  and  eighteen  States  have  established  a separate 
venereal  disease  division. 

Badium  Output. — Since  1913,  when  radium  was  first  produced 
in  the  United  States,  the  radium  output  of  the  Standard  Chemical 
Company,  of  Pittsburgh,  has  been  thirty-nine  radium  element 
grams,  according  to  Science.  The  total  radium  production  in  this 
country  up  to  1919  approximates  fifty-five  grams  of  radium,  which 
represents  probably  more  than  half  of  all  the  radium  produced  in 
the  world. 


News  and  Comment. 


480 


Infant  Mortality  Rate  Lowered. — For  the  past  several  years 
the  infant  mortality  rate  of  St.  Louis  has  been  lower  than  that  of 
any  other  large  city,  but  in  1918  New  York  reduced  her  infant  death 
rate  to  91-7,  while  St.  Louis  had  a rate  of  94.4  and  took  second 
place.  Baltimore  was  the  highest  in  the  list  of  ten  large  cities, 
having  a death  rate  of  147.7,  while  the  death  rate  for  Chicago  was 
131.3. 

Scholarship  for  Nurses. — The  American  Red  Cross  has  an- 
nounced an  appropriation  of  $100,000  as  a scholarship  fund  to  in- 
duce graduate  nurses  released  from  the  army  and  navy  nurse  corps 
to  train  for  public  health  nursing.  A maximum  scholarship  of  $600 
will  be  granted  for  an  eight  months’  course  of  training  and  $300 
for  a four  months’  course.  The  fund  will  be  administered  by  the 
Red  Cross  Department  of  Nursing,  and  scholarships  will  be  granted 
on  the  recommendation  of  Red  Cross  division  directors  of  public 
health  nursing. 

Prohibition  and  Drug  Addiction. — According  to  the  assertion 
of  Commissioner  Copeland,  of  New  York  City,  the  advent  of  pro- 
hibition will  be  followed  by  a large  increase  in  the  number  of  drug 
addicts.  He  states  that  one  person  in  every  thirty  in  New  York 
to-day  is  addicted  to  the  use  of  some  sort  of  a drug.  The  scarcity 
of  liquor  has  already  had  its  effect  on  the  drug  market,  he  claims, 
and  the  amount  of  cocain  which  was  used  in  December  and  J anuary 
was  greater  than  for  the  ten  preceding  months,  and  in  February 
the  increase  was  so  great  that  the  wholesalers  had  to  put  a limit  on 
the  sales.  He  urges  that  steps  be  taken  to  meet  the  coming  situ- 
ation, and  pointed  out  the  defects  of  the  law  concerning  the  sale  of 
narcotics. 

London  Physicians  Organize  Business  Union. — It  is  under- 
stood that,  in  view  of  the  impending  establishment  of  the  Ministry 
of  Health  and  its  consequent  effects  on  the  medical  profession,  a 
meeting  of  the  majority  of  physicians  of  London  was  held  on  Febru- 
ary 23  and  adopted  favorably  the  immediate  organization  of  the 
medical  profession  on  a trade  basis.  Twenty  thousand  members 
were  expected  to  join  the  union.  The  professional  status  of  the 
physicians  represented  at  this  meeting  is  not  known. 

Mosquitoes  for  Army  Medical  Museum. — According  to  daily 
press  reports,  medical  officers  at  all  army  camps  throughout  the 


News  and  Comment. 


481 


country  have  been  ordered  by  Surgeon  General  Ireland  to  obtain 
one  or  more  specimens  of  every  species  of  mosquito  found  in  the 
vicinity  of  their  camps.  The  mosquitoes  will  be  classified  and 
placed  in  the  Army  Medical  Museum. 

Society  for  the  Study  of  Epilepsy  to  Meet. — The  next  an- 
nual meeting  of  the  National  Association  for  the  Study  of  Epilepsy 
will  be  held  at  the  Craig  Colony  for  Epileptics,  Sonyea,  N.  Y.,  June 
6-7,  under  the  presidency  of  Dr.  William  T.  Shanahan,  Sonyea. 

Red  Cross  in  After-War  Activity. — A convention  of  the  Red 
Cross  organizations  of  the  world,  to  meet  at  Geneva  thirty  days  after 
the  declaration  of  peace,  has  been  called  by  the  International  Red 
Cross  Committee.  This  call  was  issued  at  the  request  of  the  Red 
Cross  societies  of  the  United  States,  France,  Great  Britain,  Italy 
and  Japan,  whose  representatives  have  constituted  themselves  a 
committee  to  formulate  and  propose  an  extended  after-war  program 
of  activities  in  the  interest  of  humanity. 

Millions  Lost  Through  Rats. — It  is  estimated  that  $200,000,- 
000  is  lost  through  the  agency  of  rats  each  year  in  the  United  States. 
In  the  average  town  it  is  estimated  that  the  rat  population  equals 
the  human  population.  Rural’  districts  usually  have  about  ten  rat 
inhabitants  for  every  human  inhabitant.  It  requires  about  $2  to 
support  a rat  for  one  year. 

Money  for  Medical  Education. — At  a meeting  of  the  General 
Education  Board  of  the  Rockefeller  Foundation,  appropriations 
aggregating  $1,108,525  were  made  to  various  educational  institu- 
tions throughout  the  United  States.  The  largest  amounts  of  this 
sum  were  given  to  medical  education,  $400,000  being  given  to  Johns 
Hopkins  University  Medical  School  for  the  endowment  of  a depart- 
ment of  obstetrics,  and  $150,000  to  the  Meharry  Medical  College 
at  Nashville,  Tenn. 

Posture  League  Meeting. — The  American  Posture  League  held 
its  annual  meeting  March  8.  An  address  on  posture  in  industry 
was  made  by  Mr.  Harry  Arthur  Hoff,  consulting  engineer,  after 
which  clinical  demonstration  of  methods  of  recognizing  and  record- 
ing posture  were  given.  Moving  pictures  and  other  lantern  slides 
on  posture  were  shown.  Addresses  were  also  made  on  the  anatomic 
demonstration  of  some  of  the  articles  resulting  from  the  technical 
committee  of  the  league,  including  the  chairs. 


482 


News  and  Comment. 


Decline  in  Mental  Disease  From  Drink  Abstinence. — A 
report  from  the  Health  Office  of  Vienna,  Hew  York,  reveals  a con- 
siderable decline  in  mental  disease,  which  is  attributed  to  the  lessen- 
ing consumption  of  alcoholic  beverages,  which  are  extremely  high 
in  price.  The  inebriates’  ward  in  the  Vienna  Lunatic  As}dum  is 
dosed  for  lack  of  patients. 

The  United  States  Civil  Service  Commission  announces  an 
open  competitive  examination  for  medical  assistant,  for  men  only, 
to  fill  a vacancy  in  the  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Department  of  Agri- 
culture, Washington,  D.  C.,  at  a salary  of  $2,000  a year.  For 
further  information  apply  for  Form  2118,  stating  the  title  of  the 
examination  desired,  to  the  Civil  Service  Commission,  Washing- 
ton, D.  C. 

Plan  for  Eugenics  Memorial. — A “Roosevelt  Institute  of 
American  Family  Life”  is  proposed  by  the  Eugenics  Research  As- 
sociation of  Cold  Springs  Harbor,  L.  I.,  to  be  organized  and  de- 
veloped with  the  eugenics  record  office  of  the  Carnegie  Institute  at 
Washington.  The  object  of  the  proposal  is  to  provide  an  institution 
to  combat  “race  suicide”  and  to  “advance  those  ideas  of  responsi- 
bility and  patriotic  parenthood  for  which  Theodore  Roosevelt  so 
valiantly  battled.” 

Bacteriologists  for  Camps  and  Hospitals. — A special  three 
months’  course  for  those  who  wish  to  qualify  as  laboratory  assist- 
ants in  bacteriologic  work  for  immediate  service  in  camps  and  hos- 
pitals has  been  arranged  by  the  Hew  York  University  and  Bellevue 
Hospital  Medical  College.  A call  for  those  assistants  has  been 
issued  from  the  Surgeon  General’s  office.  The  course  is  arranged 
by  Dr.  Wm.  II.  Park,  director  of  laboratories  for  the  health  depart- 
ment, and  Dr.  Anna  W.  Williams,  assistant  director.  The  fee  is 
$75 ; a few  scholarships  may  be  available.  Preference  will  be  given 
to  college  women  with  some  preliminary  training.  Applications 
may  be  made  to  Dr.  Park  at  the  Hew  York  Department  of  Health. 

The  Owl  Drug  Company's  Commendable  Policy. — An- 
nouncement has  been  made  by  the  Owl  Drug  Company,  with  a large 
number  of  retail  drug  stores  in  California,  Oregon  and  Washington, 
that  no  preparations  for  the  self -treatment  of  gonorrhea  will  be  sold 
in  any  of  its  stores.  Remedies  for  the  purpose  will  only  be  sold  on 
prescriptions  by  physicians. 


News  and  Comment. 


483 


Sir  Herman  Weber  Dies. — Sir  Herman  Weber,  renowned  in 
the  field  of  tuberculosis  and  laryngology  and  author  of  the  “Pro- 
longation of  Life/7  died  recently  in  London,  aged  ninety-five.  He 
retired  from  practice  at  eighty,  but  spent  daily  two  or  three  hours 
in  the  open  air,  walking  from  thirty  to  fifty  miles  a week.  He  was 
.among  the  first  to  advise  the  tuberculous  to  go  to  the  mountains, 
even  in  winter. 

Nobel  Prize  Award. — Prof.  C.  Cf.  Barkla,  professor  of  natural 
history  in  the  University  of  Edinburgh,  was  awarded  the  Nobel 
Prize  for  1917  for  researches  in  Roentgen  rays  and  secondary  rays. 

Personals. — Dr.  Livingston  Ferrand,  president  of  the  Univer- 
sity of  Colorado,  was  appointed  by  President  Wilson  chairman  of 
the  Central  Committee  of  the  American  Red  Cross,  to  succeed 
William  H.  Taft. 

Dr.  Charles  S.  Holbrook,  formerly  associated  with  the  Louisiana 
Insane  Asylum  at  Jackson,  has  opened  an  office  in  the  Cusachs 
Building,  New  Orleans,  and  will  limit  his  practice  to  neurology 
und  psychiatry. 

Dr.  J.  T.  Nix,  Jr.,  announces  that  he  has  opened  up  offices  at 
1407  Carrollton  avenue,  New  Orleans. 

Among  the  Louisiana  men  who  have  returned,  since  our  last  list, 
from  service  in  this  country  or  abroad,  are : Drs.  P.  J.  Carter,  0.  L. 
Pothier,  E.  L.  Fenno,  W.  L.  Bendel,  L.  J.  Genella,  L.  A.  Ledoux, 
P.  L.  Querens,  J.  Geo.  Dempsey,  J.  F.  Dicks,  C.  P.  Holderith,  J.  M. 
Singleton,  New  Orleans;  W.  M.  Ledbetter,  P.  W.  Oden,  G.  W. 
Birchfield,  Shreveport;  T.  W.  Evans,  Jackson;  W.  P.  Lambeth, 
Allendale;  J.  C.  Burdett,  Pelican;  C.  C.  Self,  Barham;  J.  J.  Robert, 
Baton  Rouge;  J.  D.  Frazier,  DeRidder;  P.  A.  Kibbe,  Erath;  E.  R. 
Yancey,  Jonesville;  C.  E.  Yerdier,  Madison ville ; K.  A.  Roy,  Man- 
rsura ; J.  F.  Dunshie,  Poydras;  T.  Butler,  St.  Francisville ; J.  T. 
Cappel,  Alexandria. 

The  following  doctors  of  New  Orleans  attended  the  meeting  of 
the  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society,  held  in  Shreveport  last  month : 
A.  E.  Fossier,  H.  E.  Bernadas,  W.  H.  Harris,  A.  G.  Friedrichs, 
Allan  Eustis,  W.  H.  Knolle,  E.  W.  Mahler,  Homer  Dupuy,  H.  W. 
E.  Walther,  H.  Leidenheimer,  W.  J.  Durel,  T.  J.  Dimitry,  M.  W. 
Swords,  C.  V.  Unsworth,  J.  A.  O’Hara,  A.  Granger,  F.  J.  Chalaron, 
Paul  Gelpi,  H.  B.  Gessner,  J.  H.  Ellis,  A.  Nelken,  Louis  Levy, 
Tsadore  Dyer,  L.  L.  Cazenavette,  C.  L.  Eshleman,  M.  P.  Boebinger, 


484 


Booh  Reviews  and  Notices. 


F.  J.  Kinberger,  E.  C.  Samuel,  A.  L.  Levin,  Clias.  Cliassaignac, 
J.  T.  Nix,  Wm.  Kohlmann,  W.  C.  Hendrick,  E.  F.  Salerno  and 
W.  H.  Seemann. 

Miss  Delano,  Red  Cross  Director,  Dies. — Miss  Jane  A.  De- 
lano, who  died  April  15  at  Base  Hospital  No.  8 at  Chauvigny, 
France,  was  one  of  the  foremost  figures  of  the  nursing  world.  More 
than  30,000  nurses  were  recruited  under  her  direction,  through  the 
American  Red  Cross,  for  service  with  the  army  and  navy  after  the 
United  States  entered  the  war.  She  was  born  in  Watkins,  N.  Y., 
in  1862,  and  graduated  from  the  Bellevue  Hospital,  Hew  York,  in 
1886.  Shortly  after  her  graduation  she  volunteered  to  nurse  a 
yellow  fever  epidemic  in  Jacksonville,  Fla.  Her  work  then  took 
her  to  Bisbee,  Ariz.,  where  she  established  a hospital.  Two  years 
later  she  became  superintendent  of  the  nurses’  training  school  of 
the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  and  five  years  afterward  of  the 
Bellevue  Hospital.  She  served  three  times  as  president  of  the 
American  Nurses’  Association  and  several  years  as  head  of  the 
directorate  of  the  American  Journal  of  Nursing.  She  was  a woman 
of  striking  personality  and  appearance.  A gentle  manner  and  a 
sympathy  that  was  boundless  won  for  her  a great  circle  of  friends. 
Miss  Delano  served  the  American  Red  Cross  from  first  to  last  with- 
out compensation. 

Died. — On  April  9,  1919,  Dr.  James  H.  Holstein,  of  New  Or- 
leans. 

On  April  17,  1919,  Dr.  Irenee  Cier,  of  New  Orleans. 


BOOK  REVIEWS  AND  NOTICES 


All  new  publications  sent  to  the  Journal  will  be  appreciated  and  will  invariably  be 
promptly  acknowledged  under  the  heading  of  “ Publications  Received."  While 
it  will  be  the  aim  of  the  Journal  to  review  as  many  of  the  worlds  accepted  as 
possible , the  editors  will  be  guided  by  the  space  available  and  the  merit  of  re- 
spective publications.  The  acceptance  of  a bool p implies  no  obligation  to  review. 


The  Newer  Knowledge  of  Nutrition.  The  Use  of  Foods  for  the  Preserva- 
tion of  Vitality  and  Health,  by  E.  V.  McCollum.  The  Macmillan 

Company,  New  York. 

This  little  book  contains  the  results  of  extensive  research  as  to  the 
essential  elements  in  normal  nutrition  and  growth  which  have  been  con- 
ducted by  McCollum  and  his  associates  and  which  have  appeared  from 
time  to  time  since  1913,  mostly  in  the  Journal  of  Biological  Chemistry. 

Reaching  so  few  clinicians  by  this  means,  the  book  should  be  well 


Booh  Reviews  and  Notices. 


485 


received.  It  is  intensely  interesting  to  one  even  with  no  special  knowl- 
edge of  metabolism,  and  can  be  especially  recommended  to  pediatrists. 
McCollum  proves,  by  carefully-controlled  experiments,  that  milk  (butter- 
fat)  and  the  leaves  of  plants  are  to  be  regarded  as  protective  foods  and 
should  never  be  omitted  from  the  diet. 

The  chapter  on  “Deficiency  Diseases”  adds  considerable  practical 
knowledge  to  the  earlier  work  of  Punk  and  Frazer  and  Stanton.  The 
general  practitioner  will  be  especially  interested  in  the  chapter  on  “The 
Planning  of  the  Diet,”  in  which  the  following  appears: 

“Liberal  consumption  of  all  the  essential  constituents  of  a normal 
diet,  prompt  digestion  and  absorption  and  prompt  evacuation  of  the  un- 
digested residue  from  the  intestine  before  extensive  absorption  of 
products  of  bacterial  decomposition  of  proteins  can  take  place,  are  the 
optimum  conditions  for  the  maintenance  of  vigor  and  the  characteristics 
of  youth.” 

The  text  is  amply  illustrated  by  illustrations  and  charts.  The  book 
should  be  read  by  every  physician  and  trained  nurse.  A.  E. 

Compend  of  Genito-Urinary  Diseases  and  Syphilis,  by  Chas.  S.  Hirsch, 
M.  D.  P.  Blakiston’s  Son  & Co.,  Philadelphia. 

This  compend  is  probably  neither  better  nor  worse  than  compends 
usually  are.  There  must  be  a fair  demand  for  this  character  of  book, 
as  this  is  the  second  edition  now  offered,  yet  it  seems  to  the  reviewer  that 
they  generally  present  either  too  much  or  too  little  on  the  various  sub- 
divisions of  the  subject  handled.  This  edition  calls  for  more  careful  proof- 
reading. C.  C. 

Information  for  the  Tuberculous,  by  F.  W.  Wittich,  M.  D.,  Instructor  in 
Medicine  and  Physician-in-Charge,  Tuberculous  Dispensary,  Uni- 
versity of  Minnesota  Medical  School;  Visiting  Physician,  Univer- 
sity Hospital,  Minneapolis,  Minn.  C.  V.  Mosby  & Co. 

This  little  book  is  carefully  and  accurately  written,  and  may  be  with 
safety  and  with  advantage  placed  in  the  hands  of  the  tuberculous  patient. 
The  style  is  clear  and  pleasing,  so  that  its  perusal  and  study  is  not  dif- 
ficult. Only  occasionally  does  the  author  seem  to  go  beyon'l  what  the 
average  layman  may  be  expected  to  understand  fully  without  technical 
training.  A little  half-comprehended  information  is  sometimes  a dan- 
gerous thing.  LEMANN. 

Clinical  Medicine  for  Nurses,  by  Paul  H.  Ringer,  A.  B.,  M.  D.,  Member 
of  Staff  of  Asheville  Mission  Hospital,  Asheville,  N.  C.,  and  of 
Biltmore  Hospital,  Biltmore,  N.  C.  F.  A.  Davis  Company. 

This  compend  is  modern  and  reliable.  It  may  be  commended  to 
lecturers  as  a guide  and  outline  of  the  scope  of  talks  to  nurses,  and  also 
it  may  be  recommended  as  a basis  for  class  lessons  and  quizzes. 

LEMANN. 

The  Medical  Clinics  of  North  America.  September,  1918.  U.  S.  Army 
Member.  W.  B.  Saunders  Company,  Philadelphia  and  London. 

This  number  presents  an  excellent  and  valuable  collection  of  papers 
dealing  principally  with  various  types  of  pneumonias  and  their  complica- 
tions occurring  in  the  camps  last  year.  Particularly  noteworthy  are  the 
papers  of  Hamburger  and  Fox  on  Pneumococcus  and  Streptococcus  In- 
fections and  Measles  at  Camp  Zachary  Taylor,  and  that  of  McCallum  on 


486 


Bool ; Reviews  and  Notices. 


Streptococcal  Pneumonias  of  Army  Camps.  Those  who  saw  service  in  the 
camps  will  find  here  an  epitome  and  review  of  their  experience.  Those 
to  whom  this  service  has  been  denied  will  gain  a good  idea  of  some  of  the 
problems  encountered  and  of  some  of  the  lessons  that  have  been  learned. 

LEMANN. 

A Practical  Medical  Dictionary,  by  Thomas  Lathrop  Stedman,  A.  M., 
M.  D.  Fifth  revised  edition.  Wm,  Wood  & Co.,  New  York. 

The  usefulness  of  a standard  dictionary  is  dependent  upon  its  con- 
tinued revision.  The  fact  that  over  fifteen  hundred  new  titles  and  sub- 
titles have  been  added  in  the  present  volume,  many  of  them  arising  from 
the  war,  should  maintain  the  popularity  of  this  publication,  already  so 
well  established.  DYEB. 

Quarterly  Medical  Clinics,  by  Frank  Smithies,  F.  A.  C.  P.  Medicine  and 
Surgery  Publishing  Company,  iSt.  Louis. 

This  publication  consists  of  the  detailed  case  reports  and  observations 
on  fifteen  cases  occurring  in  the  clinic  practice  of  the  author,  and  of 
which  careful  notes  were  taken  during  the  period  of  observation.  With 
a view  to  employing  the  material  for  teaching  purposes,  the  cases  are 
systematically  arranged  and  presented,  with  history,  examinations,  and 
detail  of  method  of  special  examinations  are  given.  Numerous  illustra- 
tions are  included,  showing  X-ray  findings,  technic,  apparatus,  etc.  Such 
case  discussions  are  always  of  interest  to  the  reader  who  may  not  see  the 
clinic  itself.  The  publishers  have  spared  no  effort  to  present  the  matter 
contained  in  an  excellent  manner,  as  far  as  print,  plates  and  general 
arrangement  are  concerned.  DYEB 

A Manual  of  Prescription-Writing,  by  Matthew  D.  Mann,  A.  M.,  M.  D. 
Bevised  by  Edward  Cox  Mann,  M.  D.  Sixth  edition.  G.  P.  Put- 
nam’s Sons,  New  York  and  London. 

Excellently  arranged,  with  comprehensive  contents  in  small  compass, 
this  little  book  seems  to  offer  all  that  is  necessary  to  educate  the  student 
(or  doctor)  to  the  right  way  of  writing  prescriptions.  The  book  thor- 
oughly emphasizes  the  importance  of  Latin  in  prescription-writing,  and 
is  an  excellent  plea  for  the  more  earnest  consideration  of  Latin  as  a pre- 
requisite to  the  study  of  medicine — that  is,  if  real  prescription-writing 
is  to  survive.  DYEB. 

Tropical  Surgery  and  Diseases  of  the  Far  East,  by  John  B.  McDill,  M.  D., 
F.  A.  C.  S.  C.  V.  Mosby  Company,  St.  Louis. 

Altogether  a most  interesting  contribution  to  tropical  medicine,  with 
added  value  in  the  surgical  opportunities  and  experiences  related  from 
the  author’s  own  practice  among  different  peoples.  In  a number  of  years 
as  medical  officer  in  the  army  in  Cuba,  in  the  Philippines,  and  from  as- 
sociation with  medical  men  in  China,  Japan  and  other  places  in  the  Far 
East  and  in  the  tropics,  the  author  has  gathered  his  material,  which 
ranges  from  the  newer  leishmaniana  to  surgical  technic  in  amebic  dysen- 
tery. Many  illustrations,  of  which  the  most  important  are  original  draw- 
ings, add  interest  to  the  text.  The  obscurer  diseases  of  gangosa,  yaws, 
and  such,  are  well  described,  and  the  diseases  of  the  Far  East,  compiled 
and  carefully  worked  out  from  material  derived  from  medical  men  work- 
ing in  these  fields,  are  particularly  valuable.  DYEB. 


Publications  Received. 


487 


PUBLICATIONS  RECEIVED 


W.  B.  SAUNDERS  COMPANY,  Philadelphia  and  London,  1919. 

Clinical  Microscopy  and  Chemistry,  by  F.  A.  McJunkin,  M.  A.,  M.  D. 
The  Surgical  Clinics  of  Chicago.  February,  1919.  Yol.  3,  No.  1. 

P.  BLAKISTON’S  SON  & CO.,  Philadelphia,  1919. 

Electricity  in  Medicine,  by  George  W.  Jacoby,  M.  D.,  and  J.  Ralph 
Jacoby,  A.  B.,  M.  D. 

WILLIAM  WOOD  & CO.,  New  York,  1919. 

War  Surgery  of  the  Face,  by  John  B.  Roberts,  A.  M.,  M.  D.,  F.  A.  C.  S'. 
A Textbook  of  Pathology,  by  Francis  Delafield,  M.  D.,  LL.  D.,  and 
T.  Mitchell  Prudden,  M.  D.,  LL.  D.  Eleventh  edition,  revised  by  Francis 
Carter  Wood,  M.  D. 

THE  MACMILLAN  COMPANY,  New  York,  1919. 

Tuberculosis  of  the  Lymphatic  System,  by  Walter  Bradford  Met- 
calf, M.  D. 

GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE,  Washington,  D.  C.,  1919. 

United  States  Naval  Medical  Bulletin.  Report  on  Medical  and  Sur- 
gical Developments  of  the  War,  by  William  Seaman  Bainbridge. 

Public  Health  Reports.  Yol.  34,  Nos.  10,  11,  12  and  13. 

MISCELLANEOUS: 

Annual  Report  of  the  Directors  of  the  American  Telephone  and  Tele- 
graph Company  to  the  Stockholders.  For  the  year  ending  December 
31,  1918. 

Special  Report  of  the  Attorney  General  of  Porto  Rico  to  the  Gov- 
ernor of  Porto  Rico  Concerning  the  Suppression  of  Vice  and  Prostitu- 
tion in  Connection  With  the  Mobilization  of  the  National  Army  at  Camp 
Las  Casas.  February  1,  1918. 

REPRINTS. 

Some  Clinical  Examples  of  Low  and  Lowered  Systolic  Blood  Pres- 
sure; Diet  in  Cardiac  Insufficiency;  Cardiac  Hypertrophy  as  Observed 
in  Chronic  Nephritis;  Ulcerative  Angina;  Tyjphoid  Spine;  Human 
Glanders;  The  Vicious  Circle  in  Oral  Sepsis;  Salvarsan  in  the  Treat- 
ment of  Double  Infections,  Tuberculosis  and  Syphilis;  The  Treatment  of 
Four  Severe  Generalized  Streptococcus  Infections  With  the  Combined 
Employment  of  Anti-Streptococcus  Serum  and  Autogenous  Vaccins,  by 
Nathaniel  Bowditch  Potter,  M.  D. 

Medical  Supervision  of  Athletics  Among  Boys  at  Boarding  School, 

by  Nathaniel  Bowditch  Potter,  M.  D.,  and  James  Taylor  Harrington,  M.  D. 

Streptococcus  Oral  Sepsis:  An  Attempt  to  Apply  a Complement 
Fixation  Test  and  to  Determine  the  Value  of  a Routine  Blood  Examina- 
tion, by  Nathaniel  Bowditch  Potter,  M.  D.,  Samuel  Bradbury,  M.  D.,  and 
Archibald  McNeil,  M.  D. 

Notes  on  Minor  Cutaneous  Affections  in  the  Anglo-Egyptian  Sudan, 

by  Albert  J.  Chalmers,  M.  D.,  F.  R.  C.  S.,  D.  P.  H.,  and  Alexander  Mar- 
shall. 

Enterica  in  the  Sudan,  by  Major  R.  G.  Archibald,  M.  D.,  D.  S.  O., 
R,  A.  M.  C. 

The  Classification  of  Trypanosomes,  by  Albert  J.  Chalmers,  M.  D., 
F.  R.  C.  S.,  D.  P.  H. 


488 


Mortuary  Report. 

MORTUARY  REPORT  OF  NEW  ORLEANS. 

Computed  from  the  Monthly  Report  of  the  Board  of  Health  of  the  City 
of  New  Orleans,  for  March,  1919. 


CA  USE. 

£ 

"S 

S 

0 

1 

8 

Typhoid  Fever 

1 

i 

Intermittent  Fever  (Malarial  Cachexia) 

2 

2 

Smallpox 

Measles  _ 

Scarlet  Fever 

Whooping  Cough - 

1 

i. 

Diphtheria  and  Croup __  

1 

1 

Influenza  

24 

11 

35 

Cholera  Nostras 

Pyemia  and  Septicemia 

Tuberculosis _ 

60 

36 

96 

Cancer  __  __  _ 

20 

5 

25 

Rheumatism  and  Gout.  

1 

1 

Diabetes 

3 

• 3 

Alcoholism  __  __  

Encephalitis  andMeningitis _ __  

4 

4 

Locomotor  Ataxia 

1 

1 

Congestion,  Hemorrhage  and  Softening  of  Brain 

14 

7 

21 

Paralysis 

2 

1 

3 

Convulsions  of  Infancy 

2 

2 

Other  Diseases  of  Infancy 

12 

2 

14 

Tetanus 

1 

1 

Other  Nervous  Diseases . 

3 

1 

4 

Heart  Diseases  

50 

37 

87 

Bronchitis  

1 

12 

13 

Pneumonia  and  Broncho-Pneumonia  

35 

31 

66 

Other  Respiratory  Diseases 

3 

3 

Ulcer  of  Stomach 

Other  Diseases  of  the  Stomach _ 

1 

3 

4 

Diarrhea,  Dysentery  and  Enteritis 

8 

14 

22 

Hernia,  Intestinal  Obstruction  . 

Cirrhosis  of  Liver . . ...  _ . 

3 

5 

3 

1 

6 

6 

Other  Diseases  of  the  Liver 

4 

2 

6 

Simple  Peritonitis __  _ 

l 

1 

Appendicitis  ...  

Bright’s  Disease.  

3 

25 

13 

6 

38 

Other  Genito-Ur inary  Diseases  

17 

9 

26 

Puerperal  Diseases  _ 

2 

2 

4 

Senile  Debility 

8 

8 

Suicide 

1 

1 

Injuries  

25 

18 

43 

All  Other  Causes  _ 

38 

18 

56 

Total  ...  _ . __  

373 

228 

601 

Still-born  Children — White,  21;  colored,  17;  total  38. 

Population  of  City  (estimated) — White,  283,000;  colored,  106,000; 
total,  389,000. 

Death  Rate  per  1,000  per  Annum  for  March — White,  15.82;  colored, 
25.81;  total,  18.54.  Non-residents  excluded,  15.64. 


METEOROLOGIC  SUMMARY  (U.  S’.  Weather  Bureau). 


Mfean  atmospheric  pressure 30.04 

Mean  temperature 64 

Total  precipitation.  . 3.22  inches 


Prevailing  direction  of  wind,  southeast. 


UNITED  STATES 
COVEKNMEWT 


NEW  ORLEANS  MEDICAL 
AND  SURGICAL  JOURNAL 

EDITORS: 

CHARLES  CHASSAIGNAC,  M.  D.  ISADORE  DYER,  M.  D. 

COLLABORATORS : 

C.  C.  BASS,  M.  D.,  Prest.,  Amer.  Soc.  Tropical  Medicine 7 _,  . 

S.  K.  SIMON,  M.  D.,  Acting  Secty.  American  Soc.  of  Tropical  Medicine J bx-Uflicto 

P.  T.  TALBOT,  M.  D.,  Secretary  Louisiana  State  Medical  Society Ex-Officio 

RUPERT  BLUE,  M,  D.,  Surgeon  General,  United  States  Public  Health  Service. 

H.  D.  BRUNS,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

C.  F.  CRAIG,  M.  D.,  Col.,  U.  S.  A. 

S.  T.  DARLING,  M.  D.,  Sao  Paulo,  Brazil. 

W.  H.  DEADERICK,  M.  D.,  Hot  Springs,  Arkansas. 

E.  M.  DUPAQUIER,  M.  D.  (Paris),  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

A.  G.  FRIEDRICHS,  M.  D.,  New  Orleans,  La. 

J.  T.  HALSEY,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

JOS.  HOLT,  M.  D.,  New  Orleans,  La. 

F.  A.  LARUE,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

E.  S.  LEWIS,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

R.  C.  LYNCH,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

E.  D.  MARTIN,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

R.  MATAS,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

AUGUSTUS  McSHANE,  M.  D.,  New  Orleans,  La. 

PAUL  MICHINARD,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

C.  J.  MILLER,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

F.  W.  PARHAM,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

E.  A.  ROBIN,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

W.  H.  SEEMANN,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

ALLEN  J.  SMITH,  M.  D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

EDMOND  SOUCHON,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

E.  R.  STITT,  M.  D.,  Rear  Admiral,  U.  S.  N. 

J.  A.  STORCK,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 

R.  P.  STRONG,  M.  D., Harvard  University. 

ROY  M.  VAN  WART,  M.  D.,  Tulane  University  of  Louisiana. 


Vol.  LXXI  JUNE,  1919  No.  12 


EDITORIAL 

THE  CONTROL  OF  VENEREAL  DISEASES. 

Our  editorial  on  “Some  Psychology  of  Syphilis”  has  attracted 
notice,  and  we  are  even  put  in  the  vocative  as  to  our  sympathy  with 
the  general  movement  to  control  venereal  disease. 

Xo  sane  man  or  woman  would  oppose  any  intelligent  attempt  at 
the  control  or  prevention  of  venereal  disease,  and  we  consider  our- 
selves with  the  majority.  It  is  a waste  of  time  to  undertake  to 
debate  the  usefulness  of  propaganda  which  only  terrifies,  when  the 
purpose  of  the  nation-wide  movement  is  towards  education,  relief 
and  control. 

The  Louisiana  Sanitary  Code  has  large  authority,  but  only  as 


490 


Editorials. 


conferred  upon  it  by  the  State,  and  if  the  Code  permits  a local 
health  board^to  issue  circulars  with  mandatory  regulations,  then 
these  must  be  supported  by  the  law,  when  a physician,  in  his  own 
sense  of  righteousness,  refuses  to  obe}r. 

In  our  May  editorial  we  dealt  with  only  the  psychological  feature 
of  the  Health  Board’s  circular,  but,  if  we  may  now  discuss  another 
phase,  we  should  like  to  know  by  what  superior  authority  the  Health 
Board  violates  the  law  dealing  with  venereal  diseases. 

The  City  Board  of  Health  has  issued  a lot  of  circulars  carrying 
report  blanks.  We  have  said  enough  about  the  circular  which  “must 
be  handed  to  the  patient.”  The'  blanks  must  also  be  filled  out. 
These  blanks  carry  a rather  complete  inventory  of  the  individual 
patient,  including  his  address,  etc.,  height  and  weight  being  over- 
looked, though  the  name  of  the  patient  is  not  required  (sic!) 

Under  Section  4 of  Act  61  (Louisiana),  one  reads:  “ * * * the 
jsaid  report  shall  be  made  within  twenty-four  hours  after  the  case 
is  first  diagnosed  as  a venereal  disease,  and  the  said  report  shall 
be  made  on,  or  in  substantial  conformity  with  (italics  ours)  a blank 
provided  for  that  purpose  by  the  said  board.  The  report  shall  not 
contain  the  name  or  address  of  the  person  suffering  from  the 
venereal  disease,”  etc.,  etc.,  etc.  (Italics,  again,  ours.) 

We  repeat  that  we  are  heartily  in  accord  with  the  movement  to 
control  venereal  diseases,  but  would  it  not  be  well  for  the  boards  of 
health  to  at  least  read  the  law  before  they  promulgate  what  purposes 
to  be  the  rules  and  regulations  which  the  law  directs? 


TENTH  MEETING  OF  THE  CONGRESS  OF  AMERICAN 
PHYSICIANS  AND  SURGEONS. 

The  meetings  of  the  congress  will  be  held  at  the  Hotel  Traymore 
-on  Monday  and  Tuesday,  June  16  and  17,  1919.  A series  of  papers 
of  exceptional  interest  is  to  be  presented  dealing  with  a number 
of  phases  of  reconstruction. 

The  various  associations  which  constitute  the  congress  will  also 
meet  at  Atlantic  City.  Included  is  the  American  Society  of  Trop- 
ical Medicine,  under  the  presidency  of  Dr.  C.  C.  Bass,  of  Hew  Or- 
leans. Excepting  the  program  of  the  general  meeting,  no  publica- 
tion as  yet  has  appeared  dealing  with  the  scope  of  the  meetings  of 
the  individual  associations,  but,  the  A.  M.  A.  meeting  the  preceding 


Editorials . 


491 


week,  and  with  the  opportunity  for  attending  the  two  bodies  in  such 
close  proximity  as  to  time,  should  encourage  a large  attendance. 

While  the  meetings  of  the  congress  provide  for  contributions 
from  constituent  members  and  guests  of  the  associations,  all  meet- 
ings are  open  to  physicians  interested,  and  any  physician  of  good 
standing  may  register  for  them  all.  Through  such  registration 
he  not  only  is  privileged  to  attend  all  of  the  meetings,  but  it  pro- 
vides also  a copy  of  the  transactions,  which,  heretofore,  have'  always* 
been  valuable. 


A CORPS  OF  PHARMACISTS  FOR  THE  ARMY. 

The  National  Pharmaceutical  Service  Association  is  agitating; 
the  support  of  H.  E.  Bill  5531,  known  as  the  Edmonds  Bill,  which 
aims  at  better  recognition  of  pharmacists  in  the  army  by  the  estab- 
lishment of  a Pharmaceutical  Corps,  with  equal  rank  and  privilege- 
as  members  of  the  Medical  Corps. 

The  movement  is  timely  and  the  bill  proposed  is  framed  so  as: 
to  adequately  safeguard  the  professional  requirements  which  should 
go  with  rank  in  the  Medical  Department  of  the  Army.  The  phar- 
macists themselves  are  responsible  for  the  shortcomings  of  their 
fellows.  Few  States  are  rigid  in  their  qualifying  examinations  for 
licensure,  and  mere  drug  clerks  are  given  authority  to  dispense- 
drugs  and  till  prescriptions,  without  ever  having  taken  a course  in 
pharmacy. 

Louisiana  is  a striking  example.  No  college  course  in  pharmacy 
is  required,  and  most  of  the  licensees  of  the  Louisiana  Board  have 
examinations  after  a drug-store  apprenticeship  or  after  a quiz' 
course  of  a few  months.  In  this  State,  as  well  as  in  others,  schools 
of  pharmacy  meet  with  small  encouragement,  as  the  graduation 
from  such  schools  is  not  a prerequisite  to  the  practice  of  pharmacy 
and,  as  a matter  of  fact,  students  in  schools  of  pharmacy  after  one 
year  of  study  are  admitted  without  question  to  the  licensing  ex- 
aminations. 

The  Medical  Corps  of  the  Army  requires  graduation  from  a recog- 
nized medical  school,  and  no  less  a requirement  should  be  demanded 
of  pharmacists.  Eecognized  medical  schools  demand  both  high 
school  and  college  courses  preliminary  to  the  study  of  medicine, 
while  there  are  few  schools  of  pharmacy  which  require  as  much  as 


492 


Editorials. 


one  year  of  a high  school  for  entrance.  The  ambition  of  the  phar- 
macists in  connection  with  army  service  is  commendable,  but  they 
should  see  to  it,  before  reaching  the  place  for  which  they  are  striv- 
ing, that  their  own  training  shall  be  adequate.  State  boards  of 
pharmacy,  b}''  requiring  a proper  preliminary  education  and  by  de- 
manding a degree  in  pharmacy  before  examination  is  allowed,  will 
go  far  in  meeting  sympathetic  support  in  this  movement  for  a better 
recognition. 

It  is  absurd  to  think  of  rating  pharmacists,  or,  better,  drug 
clerks,  in  the  same  rank  and  class  as  physicians,  when  by  virtue  of 
their  training  they  are  not  educated  to  more  than  their  present 
top-sergeant  place. 

The  requirements  set  forth  in  the  Edmonds  Bill,  that  the  ap- 
plicant shall  be  a graduate  of  a reputable  school  of  pharmacy, 
should  make  some  dent  in  the  practice  of  those  State  boards  which 
have  a lower  estimate  of  the  profession  of  pharmacy. 

There  can  be  only  one  mind  as  to  the  desirability  of  having  a 
proper  and  sufficient  recognition  of  pharmacy  in  the  army,  and  if 
the  Edmonds  Bill  will  allow  this  it  should  pass. 


NOTE. 

In  the  Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Association  of  May  10, 
listing  the  new  officers  of  the  Louisiana  State  Medical  Societjq  Dr. 
Amedee  Granger  is  named  as  president,  instead  of  Dr.  E.  L.  Henry, 
of  Lecompte,  who  was  elected.  The  error  evidently  is  a repetition 
of  that  contained  in  a daily  newspaper.  Dr.  Granger  was  elected 
president  of  the  Boentgenological  Association. 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


(No  paper  published  or  to  be  published  in  any  other  medical  journal  will  be  accepted 
for  this  department.  All  papers  must  be  in  the  hands  of  the  Editors  on  the  tenth  day  of 
the  month  preceding  that  in  which  they  are  expected  to  appear.  Reprints  may  be  had  at 
reasonable  rates  if  a WRITTEN  order  for  the  same  accompany  the  paper.) 


RECOLLECTIONS  OF  THE  WAR  IN  EUROPE, 

From  June,  1917,  to  February,  1919, 

By  CAPTAIN  LOUIS  JULIAN  GENELLA, 

Attached  to  the  British  Expeditionary  Force  in  France.* 

When,  in  1914,  the  horde  of  nomadic  Huns  (thinly  veneered 
with  a few  centuries  of  civilization)  poured  through  Belgium 
and  over  the  marshy  reaches  of  Flanders  and  Picardy,  they  left  a 
wide  and  desolate  land  as  a heritage  for  the  four  years  of  war  to 
come.  From  the  fortress  of  Verdun  to  Zeebrugge,  on  the  channel, 
one  may  roughly  say  the  land  grew  to  resemble  the  swamps  near 
the  channel  of  Chef  Menteur.  Swaying  to  and  fro  over  the  wild 
stretch  of  barbarism,  placed  in  the  heart  of  a beautiful  and  refined 
civilization,  the  nations  of  the  earth  have  since  battled  for  position 
for  a Waterloo.  The  eagle  of  victory  ever  loves  an  unstable  perch, 
and  despairingly  flew  from  the  cause  of  the  invader  to  the  defenders 
of  refinement. 

After  Von  Hindenburg’s  masterly  retreat  from  his  hopeless 
position  on  the  Somme  back  into  the  now  justly  famous  Hinden- 
burg  ditch  system,  the  British  Army  was  wedded  to  the  doctrine  of 
pursuit  and  attrition  on  the  Central  Allies7  resources.  As  part  of 
that  doctrinary  campaign,  the  British  were  all  set  to  blow  off  the 
top  and  base  of  the  foothills  of  the  Messines  Ridge  when  I first 
joined  them  in  June,  1917.  Along  with  the  veterans  of  Mons  and 
the  Somme,  wre  crowded  them  for  a year,  until,  at  last,  the  foot  of 
the  Rue  de  la  Republique  of  Mons  was  in  view  of  our  observation 
balloons. 

Messines,  the  Paschendale  Ridge  fight,  Cherisy,  Cambrai,  the 
counter-attack;  the  long,  cold  winter  campaign  of  1917,  the  heart- 
breaking spring  retreat  of  1918,  the  unit}^  of  command,  the  Amer- 
ican awakening,  the  outpouring  of  American  reserves  into  France, 

*Related  at  meeting  of  Orleans  Parish  Medical  Society,  April  14,  1910.  [Received  for 
publication  May  1,  1919. — Eds.] 


494 


Original  Articles. 


Chateau  Thierry,  the  Marne,  Soissons,  the  attack  on  Rheims,  the 
stand  at  Handgar  on  the  Sartier,  the  consolidation  of  the  St.  Mihiel 
salient,  the  firing  on  Metz,  the  swinging  around  the  hills  near  Grand 
Pre,  and,  lastly,  the  penetration  of  the  Argonne  Wood  and  the  feast- 
ing of  the  eyes  on  the  Rhenish  provinces,  had  all  passed  into  their 
allotted  places  in  history  when,  after  the  signing  of  the  armistice, 
I left  the  estuary  of  the  Garonne  for  home  and  peace. 

I will  leave  it  to  better  qualified  speakers  to  instruct  you  about 
the  rapid  making  of  geography  and  history,  and  will  try,  by  the 
simple  telling  of  what  I saw  and  heard  at  first  hand,  to  amuse  or 
entertain  you.  I feel  sure  I got  in  touch  with  all  aspects  of  the 
front  line,  nearer  than  any  single  individual  attached  to  the  war 
of  the  Western  front.  There  were  no  exceptions;  all  proved  such 
wonderful  fighters,  great  fellows  and  machines  when  oiled  with  the 
balm  of  opportunity  and  the  spirit  of  “I  am  where  I have  a right 
to  he  ” Swearing  was  both  the  constructive  and  compelling  force 
of  the  front  line,  and  its  non-use  here  must  of  necessity  cause  a 
jerky  construction  to  my  simple  narrative. 

“No  Man’s  Land”  was  as  varied  a place  as  one  may  well  im- 
agine— often  a mile  across;  often  a dozen  yards.  An  average  on 
the  Western  front  would  be  about  one  hundred  yards  with  the 
British,  the  same  with  the  Americans,  and  about  one  mile  with  the 
French.  The  difference  in  these  widths  was  in  part  due  to  the 
different  types  of  campaign  followed  by  each  separate  army  before 
the  unity  of  command  inaugurated  the  same  doctrine  for  all.  An 
event  taking  place  in  one  part  of  the  line  out  in  No  Man’s  Land 
may  not  have  been  any  more  dangerous  than  a trip  across  Canal 
and  Baronne  streets  during  Carnival.  In  the  Ypres  salient,  eight 
and  ten  miles  back  was  more  dangerous  than  under  the  wires  near 
the  Swiss  border. 

If  you  all  are  really  interested  in  No  Man’s  Land  on  an  active 
sector,  I shall  try  to  let  you  place  your  mental  hand  on  this  little-, 
known  territory.  Approximately  in  size  it  would  resemble  Elysian 
Fields  street  near  Claiborne  avenue,  if  all  the  surrounding  trees  and 
property  were  knocked  down  by  a house-demolishing  company.  The 
two  deep  ditches  on  either  side  would  be  a fair  idea  of  a badly-dug 
trench  system,  and  the  ditches  running  up  the  side  streets  would 
be  the  communicating  trenches  back  to  the  reserve  trenches  on  the 
streets  above  and  below.  Now,  presume  the  Germans  held  the  ditch 


Genella — Recollections  of  the  War  in  Europe. 


495 


below  the  avenue  and  the  Allies  were  on  the  upper  side.  Both  sides 
would  crawl  out  at  night  (“working  parties”)  and  string  barbed 
wire  in  front  of  their  ditches.  Each  side  (yet  Heinie  always  going 
one  better  in  quality  and  quantity)  all  night  would  fire  up  varied 
colored  lights  to  illuminate  the  intervening  spaces,  so  that  they 
could  keep  a sharp  lookout  for  any  movement  on  the  part  of  their 
opponents.  All  front  trenches  were  thinly  held,  often  only  one  man 
to  a hundred  yards.  Snipers  placed  around  in  shell  holes  killed 
any  one  seen  to  move  within  a half  mile  of  their  location.  At  stated 
intervals  patrols  of  about  a dozen  men  would  be  sent  out  to  crawl 
all  over  the  land  and  report  any  event  worth  noting.  Often  these 
patrols  would  be  given  the  job  of  cutting  the  enemy’s  wire,  or  to 
listen  to  any  chance  remark  in  the  front  line.  All  gun  flashes  as 
seen  from  No  Man’s  Land  were  always  carefully  noted.  Often  a 
raiding  party  was  sent  over  to  enter  the  enemy’s  trench,  and  either 
to  kill  all  seen,  blow  up  any  existing  dugouts  or  to  bring  back 
prisoners  for  information.  Often,  if  these  raiding  parties  got  one 
prisoner,  a whole  attack  was  forestalled. 

If  I have  falsely  led  you  to  believe  that  this  God-forsaken  land 
was  a place  of  joy  and  inviting  excursions,  a place  for  laughter,  for 
companionship  and  recreation,  let  me  at  once  correct  such  an  im- 
pression. It  was  the  land  built  for  dark  and  nameless  deeds,  from 
which  the  oldest  veterans  recoiled  when  it  chose  to  show  its  ugly 
moods;  where  the  dead  and  dying  were  often  left  to  toss  and  rave 
in  the  agony  of  their  last  hours,  without  a soul,  a custom  or  a law, 
above  the  one  of  self-protection.  So  hair-trigger  was  the  span  of 
life  out  there  that  frequently  patrols  meeting  each  other  would 
pass  on  without  firing  a shot — their  judgment  warning  them  that 
the  slightest  movement  being  the  signal  to  set  off  a carnival  of  death 
for  miles  around.  Suppose  the  Times-Picayune  would  come  out  to- 
morrow with  the  headlines,  “Two  Tulane  Students  Found  Mangled 
to  Death  by  Lions  Back  in  the  Swamps,”  would  it  appeal  to  any  of 
you  as  a joyous  event?  How  often  have  we  known  of  more  than 
ten  times  that  number  of  Eton  and  Harrow  and  Oxford  students 
blown  to  bits  in  No  Man’s  Land  by  an  enemy  bombing  patrol.  I 
heard  of  a Scotch  lad  who  went  out  into  No  Man’s  Land  when  he  was 
hardly  out  of  college  six  months,  and  running  into  a German  patrol 
(hid  in  a shell  hole).  He  naively  (in  German)  asked  them  how 
many  they  were.  Receiving  the  answer,  “Seven,”  the  Scotchman 


Original  Articles. 


488 

promptly  threw  four  Mills  bombs  in  rapid  order  into  the  crater, 
remarking  then,  “Divide  these  four  amongst  you  seven.” 

iso  Man’s  Land  was  the  land  of  the  murderer  and  for  the  killer 
and  killed,  and  that  was  all.  “The  Kose  of  No  Man’s  Land”  listens 
well  in  song,  but  in  reality  it  was  more  an  onion  or  a lemon. 

Just  how  many  men  left  their  own  front  line  to  take  up  their 
positions  under  the  enemy’s  barbed  wire  in  time  to  jump  on  him 
with  a bayonet  thrust  at  zero  hour  and  never  returned  can  only  be 
guessed,  and  probably  never  will  be  obtainable.  The  reported  new 
inventions  of  the  Americans  always  sent  a strange,  demoralizing 
influence  over  the  whole  front  line  of  the  Germans. 

Whenever  a sector  was  completely  turned  over  to  the  American 
troops  they  at  once  tried  to  get  as  close  to  the  enemy  as  possible, 
and  so,  in  a short  while,  No  Man’s  Land  with  them  became  more 
a narrow  strip  of  death,  like  the  British  front.  The  French,  being 
more  accustomed  to  large  engagements  and  saving  reinforcements, 
of  course  (looking  at  the  war  through  that  doctrinary  viewpoint) 
always  had  a broad  and  generous  No  Man’s  Land. 

Whenever  any  one  asks  for  information  about  the  place  women 
occupied  in  the  war,  one  can  only  repeat  that  they  were  everywhere 
regulations  would  let  them  go.  They  always  tried  to  crowd  as  near 
the  danger  line  as  possible.  If  volunteers  were  asked  to  go  out 
front  to  the  evacuating  centers,  usually  everybody  volunteered.  So 
dangerous  were  these  hospitals  from  an  air  defense  standpoint  that 
most  of  the  hospitals  were  dug  in  a sort  of  hollow  space,  each  ward 
down  about  two  feet,  to  avoid  having  a whole  section  destroyed  by 
a single  air  raid.  Our  reserves  lay  outside  of  Etaples  when  half  of 
St.  John’s  Hospital  was  blown  to  splinters,  along  with  about  seven- 
teen nurses  and  other  female  help.  The  daughters  of  titled  noble- 
men drove  our  cars  and  ambulances ; women  with  many  millions  at 
their  command  fed  the  soldiers;  the  wives  and  daughters  of  the 
world’s  great  rulers  thought  it  an  honor  to  hold  democratic  con- 
versation with  the  soldiers  of  France,  England,  the  United  States 
and  our  many  other  small,  yet  indomitable  allies. 

As  for  the  famous  fighting  faces  we  heard  so  much  about,  I will 
say,  without  a moment’s  hesitancy,  that  I have  never  seen  a man 
with  a brutal  or  domineering  face  or  hammer-jaw  type  of  fighting 
face  that  was  any  good  under  fire.  The  real  fighting  face,  the  face 
whose  owner  usually  has  a Victoria  Cross  or  a Croix  de  Guerre  or 


Gexella — Recollections  of  the  War  in  Europe. 


497 


a Congressional  medal  pinned  on  his  breast — the  men  whose  im- 
mediate comrades  call  him  a hero — in  type  is  usually  a small  man, 
grey  eyes,  large,  serious  mouth,  small  chin,  small  ears,  faraway 
look  in  his  eyes;  a low,  modest  voice,  and  a sort  of  slow-drag  way 
of  talking,  and  never  by  any  possible  chance  was  he  ever  even  a 
near  approach  to  a dandy. 

Nothing  out  front  ever  impressed  us  as  a great  event,  but  more 
,as  a generous  collection  of  small  and,  often,  petty  events.  The  usual 
greetings  and  answer  out  front  were : “Anything  doing  ?”  “Nup, 
not  much.*’ 

The  chief  dread  seemed  to  be  of  monotony.  After  the  first  year 
out  front,  and  one  had  seen  everything  worth  seeing,  repeated  many 
times  over,  the  monotony  just  got  hold  of  one  and  the  feeling  of 
chronic  fed-up-ness  seemed  around.  No  one  minded  the  hardships 
or  dangers  at  all — it’s  monotony,  remember,  I am  talking  about.  I 
can  best  explain  this  feeling  amongst  the  men  who  had  seen  two 
and  three  years*  service  and  were  still  out  front,  by  hazarding  a 
guess  that  they  were  just  a little  homesick.  Eemember,  many  of 
them  had  been  at  it  for  four  years.  “Weeks  of  monotony,  combined 
with  moments  of  terror,’*  was  all  we  had  to  look  forward  to,  and 
we  grew  to  love  the  moments  of  terror  as  a break  in  the  monotony. 

The  Irish,  the  Scotch,  the  English  miners,  the  Welshmen,  the 
boys  of  the  Eainbow  Division,  the  Missouri,  the  Alabama  and  the 
Pennsylvania  troops  seemed  never  happy  unless  they  were  in  a scrap. 
The  first  night  the  Alabama  crowd  went  into  the  line  they  hung  a 
notice  on  Heinie’s  wire,  “Commend  your  souls  to  God,  because 
Alabama’s  going  to  get  your  goat,”  and  followed  this  up  the  next 
night  by  going  over  unarmed  and  choking  a sniper  to  death  with 
their  bare  hands. 

The  luckiest  and  bravest  thing  I knew  of  was  the  single-handed 
feat  of  an  Australian  second  lieutenant,  who  for  fourteen  days  went 
over  the  top  and  brought  back  prisoners  without  any  assistance, 
and  on  one  occasion  armed  only  with  his  nerve. 

, The  Y.  M.  C.  A.  were  not  such  bad  actors  as  some  would  have 
you  believe.  They  did  charge  stiff  prices,  yet  their  goods  were  always 
dependable,  and,  where  there  was  no  Y.  M.  C.  A.,  there  were  never 
any  goods.  I have  often  seen  their  huts  under  fire,  and  once  saw 
one  on  the  Cojeul  Eiver  completely  wiped  out  bv  a battery  of  whizz- 
bangs. 


498 


Original  Articles. 


The  Red  Cross  was  always  ready  to  give  all  needed  medical 
supplies  and  was  a great  help  to  the  soldiers.  The  Red  Cross  always 
was,  and  is  now,  all  right. 

The  Irish  seemed  to  have  the  most  men  under  fire  within  five 
miles  of  the  enemy.  The  Irishman  is  as  hard  to  understand  as  the 
League  of  Nations.  The  Irishman  will  roast  England  for  a week 
and  then  go  in  and  outfight  anything  on  the  Western  front  and 
take  Pachendale  Ridge.  The  greatest  number  of  casualties  on  the 
front  went  through  an  Irish  regiment.  The  best  soldiers  out  front, 
by  reputation,  in  order  of  their  accomplishments,  were  the  Scotch, 
the  Australians,  the  Irish  and  the  marines,  and,  as  a whole,  the 
Rainbow  Division.  The  Alabamians  and  kilty  Highlanders  were 
the  most  picturesque.  When  you  mentioned  artillery  out  front,  you 
always  meant  the  French,  or  “Frogs,”  as  we  called  them.  The 
French  were  as  far  ahead  of  every  one  else  in  artillery  personnel 
and  equipment  as  one  could  well  conceive.  A whole  corps  of  French 
guns  could  drive  in,  take  position  and  hit  a target  before  any  other 
artillerymen  would  be  able  to  even  line  or  tape  one  gun.  A “Frog” 
thought  as  much  of  one  of  his  155  c.  m.  guns  as  he  did  of  his  own 
two  eyes. 

The  French  outplanned  the  Germans  to  a marked  degree,  and 
would  never  engage  an  enemy  unless  all  of  Napoleon’s  rules  had 
been  followed.  The  French  seemed  to  be  the  only  ones  who  cor- 
rectly followed  the  plan  that  only  large  engagements  were  worth 
while  and  mass  formations  were  wrong  and  were  useless. 

The  British  Army  impressed  me  as  an  organization  well  able  to 
live  up  to  its  trademark:  “Guaranteed  to  win  any  war  its  people 
wish  it  to  win,”  or  “You  can  beat  us  as  often  as  you  wish,  but  Eng- 
land shall  always  win  the  last  battle.” 

Don’t  ask  me  to  endorse  any  such  statement  that  the  British 
were  done  for,  the  Belgians  had  quit,  and  the  French  were  bled 
white.  None  of  our  Allies  had  ever  faltered  one  single  step  in  their 
resolve  to  conquer,  or  die  in  the  attempt.  To  say  that  at  times  the 
outlook  grew  ever  darker  and  the  roads  to  success  seemed  even 
thornier  and  bloodier,  is  only  to  say  the  part  truth.  America  can 
never  shed  the  glory  of  her  army’s  true  attainments  in  this  war; 
don’t  let  the  few  who  wish  her  to  have  all  the  glory  dim  the  true 
glory  America  did  achieve.  Every  man,  woman  and  child  I ever 
spoke  to  has  agreed  that  Germany  could  no  more  hope  to  face  the 


Genella — Recollections  of  the  War  in  Europe. 


499 


storm  of  the  American  offensive  in  1919  and  1920  and  the  position 
held  by  the  Americans  at  the  close  of  1918,  than  can  the  rabid 
doctrine  of  Bolshevism  withstand  the  cold  reasonings  and  results 
of  economic  necessities. 

Just  what  did  America  do  in  the  war?  America  and  the  Amer- 
ican spirit  for  possessing  the  dash  to  make  a perfect  finish  to  any- 
thing the  Allies  had  already  well  started,  was  always  our  surest 
asset.  The  American  machine-gun  barrage  at  Chateau  Thierry, 
the  perfect  liaison  of  her  forces  at  St.  Mihiel,  and  the  great  force 
America  threw  into  the  Argonne  wood  fight  were  the  distinct 
features  that  really  alarmed  the  Germanic  commanders  and  clear 
reasoners  at  the  head  of  things  in  her  army.  The  American  Army' 
possesses  one  great  asset,  in  that  it  eternally  keeps  the  individual 
soldiers  of  the  enemy  on  the  fence  with  just  what  they  may  have 
up  their  sleeves.  Back  at  the  bases,  this  don’t  look  like  much  of 
an  asset,  yet  out  front,  on  the  edge  of  No  Man’s  Land,  one  hates  to 
go  to  sleep  knowing  a horrible  possibility  may  he  just  over  there 
among  the  barbed  wires.  The  soldier  cares  little  for  the  dangers 
he  knows  about,  but  those  he  can  only  vaguely  surmise  always  hold 
a peculiar  dread  for  him. 

American  diplomacy  and  American  womanhood  taught  Germany 
to  be  ashamed  of  her  servile  bending  of  the  knee  to  brute  force. 
They  taught  Germany  that  an  objective  in  war  won  by  unspeakable 
barbarism  was  in  fact  lost  to  them  in  results.  America  taught 
Germany  that,  if  she  thought  bombing  cities  with  a dozen  planes 
was  right,  then  America  would  let  German  citizens  feel  the  crash- 
ing of  ten  times  a dozen  air  bombs.  America  taught  Germany  that, 
although  a great  nation  like  the  Czecho-Slovac  could  be  held  into 
abject  national  slavery  for  five  hundred  years  by  a nation  of  in- 
ferior beings,  yet  their  liberty-loving  souls  were  still  alive  and  ready 
to  raise  their  national  banner  in  the  cause  of  the  Allies  wherever 
a few  dozen  of  them  could  escape  from  the  iron  heel  of  Prussianism. 
America  taught  Germany  that  a few  dozen  murderers,  exploiters 
and  petty  tyrants  in  command  of  a few  thousand  deluded-  citizens 
Could  destroy  in  a night  the  respect  and  veneration  a civilized  world 
felt  for  the  name  of  the  great  Germanic  scholars  had  slowly  built 
up  for  their  Fatherland  through  a hundred  years.  America  showed 
that  patriotism  was  a better  soldier-builder  than  force,  that  the  in- 
domitable spirit  of  the  American  marine  force  was  submarine-proof 


500 


0 r ig in al  A i ■ ti c 1 es . 


in  spirit,  even  if  the  submarines  did  drown  a few  hundred  men  in 
a few  minutes  off  the  Azores.  America  did  not  produce  ten  thousand 
airplanes,  nor  can  a Liberty  motor  carry  a plane  around  the  world, 
yet  the  spirit  that  animated  the  American  women  and  children  to 
donate  to  the  great  air  offensive  bills  in  the  halls  at  Washington 
carried  into  the  hearts  of  the  German  soldiery  a great,  overwhelm- 
ing dread  that  the  hour  of  retribution  was  near  at  hand. 

The  French’s  155  were  the  soldiers’  greatest  friend,  as  they  never 
fired  shorts  when  handled  by  a Frenchman. 

Many  funny  things  happened  during  our  life  out  there.  If  a 
soldier  was  killed,  and  by  accident  his  town  or  nativity  was  in  doubt, 
he  was  promptly  put  down  as  of  the  nationality  and  town  of  some 
comrade’s  choice.  This  seemed  to  the  men  to  be  the  right  thing 
and  as  a sort  of  kindy  offering  to  the  dead.  As  one  soldier  ex- 
plained it:  “He  ’ated  to  ’ave  ’im  he  planted  without  no  ’ome.” 
Also,  if  he  had  no  religion,  he  was  usually  ticketed  to  the  Church 
of  England,  for,  as  it  was  also  explained,  “It  was  his  own  fault  if 
he  had  no  religion  while  he  was  living,  but  it  would  be  ours  if  we 
let  him  go  to  hell  without  one  when  he  was  dead.” 

The  Archies,  or  anti-aircraft  batteries,  were  called  the  “Gold 
Fish”  batteries,  because  all  their  misses  were  done  in  public,  never 
in  private.  Whenever  yon  heard  a soldier  say  he  had  seen  an  anti- 
aircraft battery  hit  a plane  you  could  be  sure  he  had  never  been  out 
front. 

A well-trained  soldier  could  only  dig  a small  trench  after  one 
full  day’s  labor,  yet  under  fire  he  could  dig  a funk  hole  in  thirty- 
two  seconds  or  less. 

The  oddest  and  most  extraordinary  sight  of  the  whole  front  is 
to  see  the  old  French  peasants  and  little  children  mouching  around 
under  shellfire,  just  sort  of  carrying  on  with  their  daily  farm  work, 
and  not  seeming  to  give  a second,  thought  to  the  war.  Their  extra- 
ordinary sang  froid  is  unbelievable.  If  their  attention  is  directed 
toward  a shell-burst,  all  the  satisfaction  you  get  is  to  have  one  of 
them  murmur,  as  a sort  of  address  to  a Deity,  “Cela  ne  fait  rien,” 
and  let  it  go  at  that. 

An  old  German  trench  pipe  that  has  seen  hard  service  can  be 
smelled  a hundred  yards  farther  than  any  army  gas.  Often  the 
smell  is  carried  by  the  wind  five  hundred  yards  across  No  Man’s 
Land. 


Gen ella — Recollections  of  the  War  in  Europe.  501 

The  little  swallows  were  a source  of  a great  deal  of  companion- 
ship to  ns.  They  lived  with  us>  around  us  and  amongst  us.  They 
courted,  married  and  built  their  nests,  sort  of  all  mixed  up  in  our 
daily  life,  and  in  the  fall  we  hated  to  see  the  little  beggars  go — it 
seemed  to  foretell  another  winter  in  the  trenches.  When  the  swal- 
lows blusteringly  flew  into  the  dugout  entrances  we  promptly 
ducked,  as  they  sounded  like  a whizz-bang. 

The  greatest  joke  of  the  day  used  to  be  the  daily  “communiques” 
of  the  Intelligence  Department.  These  seemed  to  us  to  be  usually 
just  imaginations  of  the  S.  0.  S.,  more  than  anything  of  military 
importance.  “A  plank  was  seen  in  A.  5.8/’  and  “Soldier  was  seen 
carrying  a plank  at  B.  5.4,”  “A  ration  party  was  seen  at  L.  3.9” — • 
all  of  such  junk  were  records  of  events  that  were  bound  to  be  taking 
place  all  the  time  and  that  every  soldier  could  know  for  himself. 

The  listening  machines  out  front  were  of  extraordinary  help  to 
the  troops,  and  many  a choice  bit  of  stuff  went  out,  into  and  through 
the  impenetrable  gloom  of  night  from  a target  directed  only  by  the 
sound-recording  mechanism.  The  French,  as  usual,  had  the  only 
machine  out  front  worth  spending  energy  on.  The  American  listen- 
ing machine  was  good,  yet  the  French  was  just  a bit  better. 

Just  how  a battle  is  planned  and  carried  out,  as  viewed  from  a 
single  soldier’s  viewpoint : Let  us  take  the  part  the  Irish  Lancers 
were  given  at  the  battle  of  Cambrai.  They  were  supposed  to  do  a 
stunt  that  would  attract  all  the  fire  of  the  Germans  while  the 
balance  of  the  army  went  over  in  silence  to  a surprise  attack — a nice 
prospect  to  look  forward  to.  Those  troops  intending  to  take  part 
in  the  attack  are  usually  taken  about  nine  miles  behind  the  lines 
and  drilled  in  attacking  an  exact  replica  of  the  trenches.  All 
watches  are  checked  and  counter-checked  to  see  that  they  are  exact 
to  the  fraction  of  a second.  Every  part  of  the  army  is  given  its 
part  to  do  in  the  coming  fight.  Only  the  last  detail  is  left  to  in- 
dividual commanders.  Often  these  commanders  make  a sort  of 
agreement  of  honor  amongst  themselves  as  to  variations  from  the 
set  plan.  These  private  agreements  are  often  like  skating  on  thin 
ice;  of  course,  if  all  goes  right,  the  agreements  are  classed  as 
Napoleonic;  if  anything  goes  wrong,  brainless  cowards  and  bone- 
heads  is  the  least  said  to  them,  and  often  the  firing  squad  for  these 
would-be  Napoleons.  All  of  these  mistakes  in  war  are  honestly 
never  mistakes  of  the  heart,  military  history  to  the  contrary  not- 
withstanding. 


S02 


Original  Articles. 


Usually  the  night  before  the  message  comes  that  zero  hour  shall 
be  at,  say  5 :10  a.  m.,  and  at  5 :10  a.  m.  things  surely  happen.  Now, 
poor  old  Heinie!  What  an' impressive  sight  it  is  to  see  him  “carry- 
ing on,”  all  unconscious  of  just  what  is  in  store  for  him  now,  plus 
a second. 

Let  me  give  you  a list  of  all  the  nice  things  an  army  can  and 
usually  does  give  up  at  zero  hour.  Let  us  say  on  a half-mile  front : 
A squadrilla  of  bombing  planes  plants  all  the  explosives  they  can 
carry,  swisch ! down  on  battaliom  headquarters.  The  infantry,  with 
their  sacks  full  of  bombs,  their  rifles  at  fixed  bayonets  and  their 
thyroid  gland  in  front  of  their  soft  palate,  make  a jump  forward 
for  the  enemy’s  front  line  or  some  other  objective.  The  tanks  duck, 
wallow  along,  raising  all  the  hell  they  can  on  a goat-getting  drive 
on  the  enemy  and  a sort  of  big-brother  help  to  their  own.  Every 
gun  within  a radius  of  about  twelve  miles  is  going  it  for  all  their 
crews  can  shove  into  them,  firing  usually  a mixed  gas  and  shrapnel 
barrage  and  shell  showers.  High-explosive  shells  about  three  feet 
long  and  nine  inches  across  are  being  sent  up  by  the  trench  mortars. 
The  electric  tubes  buried  in  the  ground  out  in  No  Man’s  Land  afe 
sort  of  foaming  at  the  mouth  with  large  gas  cylinders.  The  canis- 
ters of  boiling  oil,  all  ablaze,  are  sailing  over,  often  turning  a com- 
plete flip  flop  in  the  air  and  landing  short.  The  large  railroad 
naval  guns  from  back  about  seventeen  miles  are  switching  over  the 
great  delayed-action  shells  that  go  down  about  twelve  feet  below 
the  early  breakfast  dishes  and  just  seems  to  give  everything  a nice 
scrambled-egg  turnover  so  that  the  gas  can  leak  in.  The  Vickers, 
Lewis  and  Browning  guns  are  raining  over  bullets,  like  invisible 
snowflakes.  All  this  ought  to  kill  everybody,  yet,  just  to  make  it 
sure,  over  all  is  sent  the  rolling  barrage,  that  sweeps  north  and 
south,  another  one  going  east  and  west,  over  the  whole  area  out 
front.  All  crossroads  and  known  machine  and  artillery  positions 
are  being  shelled  by  other  newly-placed  field  guns.  During  all 
this,  the  aforementioned  feeling  of  monotony  passes  away,  all 
chronic  rigid-knee  conditions  respond  to  suggestions,  and  suddenly 
it  all  stops. 

Shades  of  all  that  is  great  in  war!  How  easy  it  is  to  take  a 
position  behind  a zero  hour,  and  how  hard  it  is  to  hold  one  after 
it  has  been  taken  ! You  see,  when  you  try  to  hold  a position,  the 
enemy  sets  his  own  zero  hour  and  hands  3^ou  back  all  these  little 
engagement  presents  you  sent  him. 


Genella — Recollections  of  the  War  in  Europe. 


503 


The  Big  Bertha  seemed  a military  frost.  I saw  the  effects  of 
the  shell  that  went  through  the  hospital  in  Paris  and  they  summed 
up  as  follows:  Two  mothers  killed,  one  baby  killed  and  another 
wounded,  a hole  two  by  three  in  a wall  and  a few  pieces  of  plaster 
knocked  off  and  a clock  damaged — in  all,  about  $300  damages  in 
property.  The  report  is  that  it  cost  the  Heinies  about  $6,000  to  fire 
one  shell.  The  Big  Bertha  is  yet  a secret,  as  no  record  of  it  has  been 
found.  The  so-called  gun  emplacement  is  only  its  probable  position, 
as  the  German  Army,  to  date,  has  refused  to  discuss  the  Bertha 
affair.  It  is  most  probably  a modified  Austrian  scoda. 

The  worst  aspect  of  the  war-worn  land  to  be  was  that  it  was 
houseless,  lightless,  silent  and  with  only  a few  army  stragglers  knock- 
ing about  on  serious  duty.  The  usual  boisterousness  of  field  cam- 
paigning was  absent.  Possibly,  in  the  younger  armies,  this  may 
not  have  been  true.  Even  the  American  troops  I saw  in  the  line 
in  Flanders  seemed  to  have  already  acquired  this  general  look  of 
seriousness.  The  only  flag  I 'ever  saw  out  front  was  over  an  en- 
gineer’s camp  one  day,  but  the  next  day  it  was  not  there,  for  very 
good  reasons. 

The  weather  out  front  was  always  misty,  rainy,  just  going  to  rain, 
and  always  sunless.  If  the  sun  ever  shone,  we  seldom  had  time  to 
look  at  it  before  it  got  mixed  up  in  a rain  squall. 

We  were  always  on  the  move— never  long  enough  anywhere  to 
wipe  our  shoes  twice  on  the  same  mud-pile.  From  the  bases  to  with- 
in fifteen  miles  of  the  front  trenchheads  we  always  traveled  in  the 
usual  railroad  peace-time  coaches.  No  one  ever  knew  where  we 
were  going.  No  guides  ever  came  with  us,  yet  none  of  us  were 
ever  lucky  enough  to  get  lost.  We  were  given  three  days’  rations, 
that  we  promptly  either  ate  within  the  first  three  hours  out  or 
threw  to  the  frog  kiddies  that  lined  the  railroad  yelling,  “Bully- 
bief !” 

The  next  eight-mile  jump  was  made  in  the  now  famous  Cheveaux, 
8;  Hommes,  40,  and  cooties,  1,000,  as  the  boys  usually  added,  in 
chalk.  Forward  from  this  we  tramped  it,  hopped  a truck  or  just 
sat  it  out  and  awaited  events  that  we  hoped  would  take  their  time 
in  coming.  We  now  began  to  hear  the  boom  of  the  heavy  guns, 
could  see  the  observation  balloons,  ram-like  in  the  skies,  and  far 
off  could  see  some  sky  mosquito  having  it  out  witli  the  archies,  and 
we  already  felt  the  spirit  of  the  real  thing. 


504 


Original  Articles. 


As  soon  as  we  found  out  the  unit  we  were  assigned  to  we  at  once 
exclaimed : “Oh,  yes,  they  have  the  best  reputation  out  front,  in  the 
whole  army  and  are  famous  for  their  spirit  and  dash.”  We  at  once 
felt  sorry  (out  loud)  that  the  rest  of  the  army  could  never  hope  to 
come  up  to  them  in  organization  and  swank.  No  one  in  our  army 
ever  knew  what  these  terms  meant,  any  more  than  any  one  in  the 
A.  E.  F.  ever  knew  what  “army  efficiency”  meant,  but  it  sounded 
well,  was  a good  term  to  praise  with  and  always  made  the  other 
fellow  mad,  and,  after  all,  that  was  the  main  thing.  You  see,  it 
was  a fact  that  the  British,  the  French,  the  Italians,  the  Australians, 
the  Belgians  and  the  A.  E.  F.  were  always  the  best,  if  you  only  would 
not  question  what  they  said  of  themselves. 

General  Pershing,  with  his  ability  to  keep  in  touch  with  his  whole 
army.  General  Haig,  Sir  Julian  Byng,  Smith  Forrian,  Neville  and 
Commander  Foch  seemed  to  be  the  idols  of  the  front-line  men,  with 
the  name  and  fame  of  Teddy  always  a best  first.  Many  of  the  other 
men  had  great  names  back,  yet  these  seemed  the  idols  of  the  front. 
Yon  Hindenburg  was  no  slouch,  and  whatever  it  takes  to  make  a 
soldier  sort  of  dry  grin,  old  Mossback  surely  had  it.  Ludendorf 
never  seemed  to  impress  us  out  front,  and  the  Crown  Prince  was 
always  referred  to  as  a “dug.”  Korniloff,  the  Russian,  must  have 
been  a sort  of  Morgan  raider — at  least,  the  Germans  we  took  pris- 
oner referred  to  him  frequently  as  “a  bad  actor”  for  them. 

The  front-line  men  usually  looked  on  the  war  as  a separation 
amongst  nations,  not  a divorce.  The  “stern  look”  and  the  “Hymn 
of  Hate”  were  never  much  in  evidence — just  a sort  kill-and-be-killed 
air;  that  was  all.  Whatever  bitterness  there  was,  was  short-lived, 
and  more  talked  about  than  felt.  The  great  question  was : How 
long?  Every  one  was  sure  that,  sooner  or  later,  the  enemies  of 
France,  with  her  artillery,  England,  with  her  wealth  of  naval 
position,  and  the  TJ.  S.  A.,  with  its  untapped  resources,  must  be 
conquered;  yet,  just  how  long  it  was  going  to  take  to  undo  Euro- 
pean secret  diplomacy  no  one  could  even  hazard  a guess.  War  in 
Europe  is  not  a simple  growth;  it  is  a malignant  condition,  that 
recurs  after  extirpation. 

The  Russian  situation  and  the  Russian  soldiery  are  both  badly 
misunderstood  by  outsiders.  From  the  many  German  prisoners 
we  spoke  to,  and  the  other  Allied  soldiers  we  attempted  to  glean 
some  data  from,  we  drew  the  following  information,  that  seemed 


Genella — Recollections  of  the  War  in  Europe. 


505 


fact:  At  the  outbreak  of  the  war  the  Russians  were  given  about 
one  hundred  thousand  rounds  of  cartridges  and  told  to  win  the  war 
with  them  and  not  to  expect  any  more.  The  Russian  soldier  valued 
his  ammunition  so  highly  that  he  usually  sent  it  home  as  souvenirs 
and  fought  with  his  bare  bayonet.  It  seemed  a fact  that  they  took 
the  great  fortress  of  Cracow  with  the  bayonet.  Siberia  they  report 
as  warmer  than  Galicia,  and  the  Masurian  Lake  district  as  worse 
than  hell.  Don’t  be  fooled  by  reports ; the  Russian  soldier,  if  prop- 
erly armed,  can  give  a good  account  of  himself,  and  he  has  numbers. 

I never  saw  a soldier  who  had  seen  “heaps  of  dead  piled  high,” 
yet  I have  often  seen  the  landscape  sort  of  pocked  and  blistered 
with  dead,  much  as  a pasture  is  often  seen  mussed  up  with  sleeping 
cattle.  It  is  curious  how  often  the  dead  lie  face  down,  with  arms 
thrown  out.  A soldier  dead  out  front  always  looked  thoroughly 
dead  to  me,  and  dead  for  good  and  all.  A civilian,  after  taking 
advantage  of  the  undertaker’s  art,  often  looks  as  if  things  were  not 
going  right  he  might  come  back,  but  not  the  battle-field  dead,  if 
given  time  to  ripen.  They  lie  around,  all  cramped  up,  and  yet 
sprawled  about;  they  sink  into  the  ground’s  natural  irregularities; 
have  dull,  fishy,  wide-open  eyes;  always  a grayish  exudate  is  over 
all  of  their  mouth ; their  hair  is  soiled  and  mussed  up ; the  flesh 
about  their  neck  falls  away  from  their  coat  collar-band ; their  hands 
always  seem  to  be  trying  to  grasp  something,  and  they  always  looked 
abandoned  and  friendless,  just  as  if  no  one  took  a real  personal  in- 
trest  in  them.  I suppose  we  expected  that  “drumbeat-in-the-dead- 
of-night-business”  and  did  not  get  it.  After  we,  or  the  shells,  buried 
them  they  never  seemed  contented,  and  were  always  sticking  up 
something  into  the  air,  like  some  part  had  been  forgotten  to  be 
turned  right.  A head,  or  a hand,  or  a foot,  or  a boot,  or  a coat 
would  always  crop  out  or  bubble  up,  and  about  like  a bed  full  of 
little  children,  keeps  worming  around  and  won’t  stay  put,  but  needs 
care  all  the  time.  I suppose  they  felt  the  responsibility  of  dying 
without  some  superior  officer  giving  them  orders  to  die.  There 
were  a few  who  seemed  jolly  well  happy  as  dead;  for  a long  time 
some  hung  dangling  on  the  wires  east  of  Bienville.  One  continued 
to  read  his  paper  night  and  day,  through  sun  and  rain,  on  the 
Somme  near  High  Wood,  and  under  Monchy  le  Preux  the  ever- 
famous  card  game  went  merrily  on  in  the  gassed  dugout  and  left 
us  all  anxious  to  hear  that  the  ten  of  hearts  had  fallen  from  the 


506 


Original  Articles. 


skeleton’s  bony  hand.  Often  the  dead  are  not  finished  fighting 
for  their  fatherland.  One  dead  soldier’s  head  used  to  cause  the 
night  wagons  to  bump  over  its  skull,  and  Heinie,  hearing  the  noise, 
would  merrrily  send  over  a few  belts  of  machine-gun  bullets.  We 
never  meant  to  leave  this  industrious  dead  fellow  lying  around  so 
long,  but  he  got  so  infernally  jammed  around  in  the  landscape  that 
nothing  could  pry  him  out  without  so  far  disorganizing  his  anatomy 
that  he  would  have  been  of  no  use  to  himself  or  friends  as  a piece 
of  identity.  You  see,  if  you  have  to  scramble  a corpse  together,  it 
is  better  to  just  add  his  name  to  some  cross  and  let  it  go  at  that. 

I believe  the  worst  hell  of  the  front  took  place  on  the  Butte  de 
Warincourt,  south  of  the  Albert-Baupaume  road,  in  the  valley  of 
the  Somme.  Here,  everything  that  one  hopes  never  shall  happen 
to  him,  just  kind  of  double-decked  itself  on  and.  into  the  flower  of 
Europe’s  best.  This  was  the  world’s  last  fight  of  its  volunteers  as 
an  army,  and  it  was  a fitting  finish. 

I took  a good  deal  of  interest  in  the  manner  by  which  the  Ger- 
mans destroyed  the  French  farms.  Whether  it  was  just  war  or  not, 
it  was  surely  a thorough  job.  First  the  sewers  were  opened  up  into 
the  cellars  of  the  houses;  all  equipment  of  the  home  was  next 
broken  up  and  twisted  around;  the  floors  were  blown  in,  so  that 
one  corner  fell  into  the  cellar  and  jammed  things;  a couple  of  dead 
animals  were  now  dropped  down  any  channel  of  the  house;  the 
walls  were  covered  with  filth  and  knocked  in;  the  windows  and 
doors  were  smashed  and  the  rafters  cut  away  and  all  the  roof  al- 
lowed to  cave  in.  The  mass  was  set  on  fire  and  allowed  to  burn 
just  enough,  yet  not  enough  to  clear  the  mass  away.  After  the 
fire,  the  children’s  toys  and  other  belongings  and  many  private 
things  of  the  women  folks  of  the  house  were  placed  around  where 
they  could  attract  attention.  Letters  of  a scandal-spreading  nature 
were  placed  in  the  family  trunks.  We  occasionally  read  these 
letters,  and  they  were  usually  works  of  art  in  their  line.  Military 
notices,  apparently  coming  from  the  district  commander,  were 
posted  around,  and  these  were  always  calculated  to  cause  lasting 
disgrace  on  the  community.  The  trees  and  all  plants  and  flowers 
were  destroyed  completely.  The  garden  walls  were  all  torn  down 
and  great  care  taken  to  shift  known  registered  surveyors’  mark- 
ings. How,  the  fields  were  all  planted  with  weeds  and  harmful 
grasses;  furrows  and  trenches  dug,  so  that  the  top  soil  would  wash 
off;  all  wells  and  water  supplies  filled  with  filth  and  poisoned;  the 


Genella — Recollections  of  the  War  in  Europe.  507 

roads  blown  up  at  crossings  and  notices  left  that  if  any  one  return- 
ing wished  to  know  where  the  inhabitants  of  the  village  were  they 
would  find  them  in  some  notorious  district  of  Paris.  Before  leav- 
ing, the  village  cemetery  was  always  visited  and  the  tombs  ransacked, 
all  marble  slabs  taken  down  and  the  owners’  names  cut  off  and  the 
name  of  some  Heinie  dead  placed  there.  Tombs  were  never  closed, 
once  opened,  and  frequently  the  dead  were  left  hanging  half  in  and 
half  out  of  the  tomb.  How  in  the  world  could  civilization  even 
have  classed  the  real  Prussian  as  the  superman,  except  superman 
in  filthy,  monkey  tricks ! I have  no  quarrel,  nor  has  civilization, 
with  the^  pure  German,  but  the  Prussian  was,  is,  and  always  shall 
be  just  what  he  glories  in  being — a foul,  loud-mouthed  braggart, 
without  love  of  country,  of  home,  of  wife  or  honor. 

Just  what  it  was  that  ended  the  war,  the  men  out  front  could 
never  hazard  a guess.  Very  few  of  them  thought  it  a military  de- 
feat. As  far  as  we  could  learn,  the  factors  that  contributed,  from 
the  front  man’s  point  of  view,  were : 

1.  Most  of  the  men  out  front  wanted  to  go  back  and  have  a look 
at  the  Bolshevik  movement  at  close  quarters.  It  was  something 
they  felt  like  they  would  like  to  try  once. 

2.  The  army  wanted  a few  months’  rest  as  a whole.  It  was  not 
that  any  one  had  lost  his  morale — they  just  had  been  ordered  aroulid 
so  much  that  they  had  become  educated  up  to  the  knowledge  that 
it  is  easier  to  tell  the  other  fellow  to  go  to  hell  than  it  is  to  sit 
down  and  let  him  send  you  there. 

3.  Large  expenditures  of  funds  was  getting  to  be  dangerous. 

4.  The  casualties  were  growing  without  any  important  objective 
having  been  obtained.  It  may  be  news  to  you  all  to  tell  you  that 
throughout  the  war,  on  all  sides,  a great  campaign  was  never  suc- 
cessful in  having  obtained  its  full  objecitve.  All  staffs  seemed  to 
have  miscalculated  the  purchase  price  of  the  objectives,  in  time  and 
casualties. 

5.  The  Russian  situation  was  ripe  for  Prussia  to  pick,  if  Prussia 
could  succeed  in  disappearing  as  an  enemy  and  appear  as  a down- 
troddden  sister  community  of  Russia,  sueing  as  a democratic  nation, 
asking  for  protection  of  the  Fatherland. 

6.  The  great  gamble,  that  discord  may  break  out  in  the  Allies’ 
ranks  after  the  armistice. 

7.  The  active  opposition  of  the  Czecho-Slovac  nations  to  the 
Germanic  aims  was  the  most  important  menace  to  the  Prussian 


508 


Original  Articles. 


arms.  Germany  could  no  longer  sharply  define  her  Central  Allies 
from  her  enemies  quickly  enough  to  enable  her  diplomacy-  to  work 
in  secret.  The  Prussian  wants  the  Czecho-Slovaes  back,  as  all  of 
them  are  soldiers  of  the  field,  care  nothing  for  S.  0.  S.  work,  and 
usually  fight  without  any  thought  of  surrendering.  Marsark  is 
probably  as  shrewd  a diplomat  as  any  in  Europe  to-day. 

8#>  The  roadways  of  Western  Russia  badly  needed  repairs,  if 
Prussia  intended  to  use  them  in  the  near  future. 

9.  Prussia,  exploiting  Russia,  could  afford  to  lose  a diplomatic 
crisis,  yet  could  not  have  stood  a crushing  military  disaster.  Ger- 
many has  lost  less  by  the  armistice  than  the  Allies  could  have  taken 
from  her  by  arms. 

10.  The  Masurian  Lake  regions,  as  a terrain  for  defensive  war- 
fare, shall  loom  large  on  the  diplomatic  horizon  of  Europe. 

11.  Germany’s  army  was  badly  placed  for  the  winter. 

12.  The  last,  and  yet  the  least  of  all,  Germany  was  growing 
ashamed  of  her  position  in  the  civilized  world,  and  she  dared  not 
face  the  IT.  S.  A.  in  the  field  in  the  campaign  of  1919.  The  morale 
of  her  border  towns  was  fast  crumbling  under  her  continued  air 
raids. 

One  can  hardly  imagine  the  numerous  types  of  races  one  could 
come  across  within  cannon-shot  of  each  other.  All  of  them  had  their 
own  peculiarities.  The  American  held  his  own  with  all  of  them, 
and  the  Scotch  Highlander  wore  his  cloth  always  at  a fashionable 
height. 

The  Indian  contingent  chanted  and  powwowed  along  at  their 
work  to  keep  up  their  courage. 

The  Chinese  mouched  along  in  silence,  interspersed  with  a great 
yang-yanging.  Their  “Ouchi-ke-Moi”  sounded  like  a bunch  of 
pollies. 

The  Damien  Islanders  never  seemed  to  speak,  but  just  worked. 

The  Cingalese  looked  always  about  to  fly  on  some  magic  carpet 
or  about  to  produce  an  Aladdin’s  lamp.  Much  to  my  joy,  I saw 
one  who  looked  like  Alibaba.  It  was  little  trouble  to  find  the  forty 
thieves. 

The  Turkish  prisoners  looked  so  one-sided,  without  their  rugs 
or  harems. 

The  French  were  either  wholly  dirty  or  meticulously  clean. 

The  German  prisoners  industriously  mfended  roads,  saluted  and 
smoked.  A captured  Fritz  is  the  tamest  thing  on  earth. 


Genella — Recollections  of  the  War  in  Europe . * 509 

The  Irishman  smiled,  listened  to  his  pipes  and  drums,  and  always 
disagreed  with  any  one’s  views  on  the  so-called  Irish  question.  The 
more  one  learns  to  respect  and  love  the  Irish,  the  less  one  finds  that 
an  outsider  can  ever  know  of  the  true  Irish  question.  An  Irishman 
is  always  polite. 

The  Canadian  cusses  or  plays  rummy  and  looks  English. 

The  Australian-New  Zealander  (Anzac)  holds  a broad  pair  of 
athletic  shoulders  back,  smokes,  has  a good  time,  fights  both  enemy 
and  ally  at  his  own  pleasure,  salutes  no  one,  and  always  is  a dan- 
gerously good-looking  fellow  for  any  young  lady  to  look  at.  He  is 
the  world’s  tip-top  soldier. 

The  Englishman,  if  left  alone,  is  the  grandest  monument  to  non- 
interference and  non-intrusion,  democracy,  breeding,  refinement, 
courage  and  impertinence  the  earth  has  ever  grown,  either  wild  or 
in  captivity.  His  innocent  superciliousness  surely  attracts  one. 

Gas ! gas ! gas ! and  more  gas ! was  always  the  cry  out  front, 
whether  we  were  passing  it  over  to  Fritz  or  getting  our  dose  from 
him.  I believe  every  one  was  more  or  less  gaseous  half  of  the  time 
without  knowing  it.  Outside  of  the  first  attack  cloud,  gas  was 
always  looked  on  as  a joke  by  every  one  and  was  seldom  used. 

Arsenical  gases  and  immediately-acting  phosgene  gas  were  not 
much  used,  as  they  only  killed,  and  so  did  not  hurt  the  army  as  a 
whole  very  much.  Soldiers  are  about  the  cheapest  thing  an  army 
has,  if  they  will  only  stay  either  completely  well  and  fit,  or  die  and 
absolutely  get  out  of  the  army’s  way.  The  most  frightful  of  all  the 
gases  was  the  delayed-action  phosgene  gas.  It  had  such  a depress- 
ing effect  on  the  men  who  saw  their  comrades  die  under  it.  A 
soldier  having  been  lethally  gassed  by  delayed-action  phosgene  was 
apparently  a normal  man  for  about  five  or  eight  hours,  and  only 
then  did  he  begin  to  show  signs  of  a condition  that  almost  always 
ended  in  death  and  agony.  Talk  about  your  nightmares  of  life ! 
Just  stick  around  about  an  hour  in  some  rain-soaked  trench  and 
have  about  twenty  or  thirty  comrades  and  friends  die  in  the  agony 
of  gas.  I have  seen  soldiers  wearing  crosses  of  honor  and  bravery 
just  sort  of  vomit  their  insides  out  from  the  overwhelming  agony 
of  just  standing  by  and  doing  nothing.  As  one  soldier  said,  “You 
are  entitled  to  look  gray  all  the  rest  of  your  life  just  from  the 
memory  of  it  all.”  Often  we  would  pass  down  a long  line  of 
wounded  and  find  nobody  dying ; pass  back  and  find,  say,  ten 
dying;  continue  around  the  wounded  until  finally  all  would  be  dead 


510 


Original  Articles. 


or  dying,  when  we  had  to  move  off.  Of  course,  the  communiques 
tell  you  a lot  to  do  for  gassed  cases,  just  as  medical  conventions  tell 
you  what  to  do  in  the  last  stages  of  tuberculosis  and  malignancy, 
yet,  tell  me,  has  anybody  ever  performed  a well-analyzed  miracle? 

When  mustard  gas  was  first  fired  at  us  we  thought  it  was  bee- 
stings. Mustard,  like  phosgene,  is  a little  too  fatal,  unless  used  in 
slight  concentration.  For  sticking  around  like  a small  brother,  in 
a tete  a,  tete,  it  is  a wonder.  If  it  had  more  morbidity  and  less 
mortality  it  would  be  just  right.  Sneeze  gas  is  the  most  dangerous 
gas  to  guard  against,  as  the  soldier  always  begins  to  joke  and  laugh 
at  it  and  will  not  put  on  their  masks,  and  so,  when  mustard  comes 
over,  they  cannot  use  their  masks,  but  sneeze  them  off  as  often  as 
they  are  put  on. 

Most  of  the  so-called  recoveries  from  really  lethal  or  near-lethal 
doses  of  gas  is  a recovery  from  carbon  monoxid  and  cofdite  gas 
poison.  Towards  the  end  of  things  over  60  per  cent  of  all  shelling 
was  done  with  gas  of  some  kind  or  other,  mostly  mixed.  Gas  and 
machine  guns  will  be  the  most  important  defense  used  in  wars  and 
economic  strikes.  We  shall  live  to  see  a crowd  of  strikers  treated 
to  a dose  of  tear  gas,  unless  I miss  my  guess. 

The  dramatic  never  seems  to  appeal  to  or  amuse  the  real  soldier 
of  the  front  line.  His  psychology  never  seems  to  contain  a place 
for  flag-waving  or  patriotic  songs.  If  forced  by  circumstances  to 
sing  them,  he  would  promptly  add  something  of  his  own  making. 
As  an  example,  I have  often  heard  them  start  out  to  sing  “God 
Save  Our  King,”  and  then  add  “My  blooming  *ed.”  I wonder  if 
the  real  musician  can  explain  why  such  a jazz  poem  as  the  follow- 
ing will  cheer  him  up  and  make  him  roar  with  laughter  just  before 
some  dangerous  errand  is  undertaken.  Imagine  being  cheered  up 
by  the  following: 

“Did  you  think  as  the  hearse  rolls  by 
That  sooner  or  later  you  and  I 
Will  be  rolling  along  in  the  self-same  hack 
And  we  won’t  be  thinking  of  coming  back?” 

“The  maggots  and  worms  shall  cover  your  skins, 

And  slowly  they’ll  crawl  all  over  our  chins, 

And  we’ll  lose  most  of  our  fingers  and  all  of  our  toes 
And  our  great,  brainy  brains  shall  run  out  of  our  nose. 

There,  as  friendly  as  friends,  as  they  crowd  all  around, 

And  as  far  as  they  can  they  ’ll  go  down,  down, 

And  they’ll  invite  their  friends  and  their  friends’  friends,  too, 

And  you’ll  only  be  bones  when  they’re  done  with  you.” 


Genella — Recollections  of  the  War  in  Europe. 


511 


And  then  they  all  roar  in  laughter. 

The  greatest  comfort  to  a soldier  is  when  he  can  drawl  out  the 
inspiring  song,  “Oh,  My  ! I Don’t  Wanny  Die  !”  He  gets  in  a hope- 
less grouch  while  singing  “Pack  Up  Your  Troubles  in  Your  Old 
Kit  Bag.”  He  thinks  of  home  and  children  best  while  droning  the 
general  favorite,  “Hello ! Hello!  Who  is  Your  Lady  Friend?”  He 
whistles  “Tipperary”  because  he  thinks  it  makes  him  look  like*  a 
Mons  veteran,  and  it’s  hard  to  whistle  it  right  unless  you  have 
heard  a veteran  to  whistle  it  on  the  march. 

Amongst  the  masterpieces  of  the  world  should  go  down  the  old 
favorite,  “‘It’s  a Long,  Long  Trail.”  Sung  in  retreat  and  triumph, 
on  the  road  and  in  the  trenches,  by  all  the  weary  men  forward  and 
by  all  the  fresh  young  recruits  as  they  were  sent  forward,  our  only 
uncensored  expression  of  the  true  state  of  affairs  and  our  great 
comforter,  this  song  shall  live  as  long  as  the  memory  of  this  war 
shall  last  to  an}"  one. 

I can  only  in  part  judge  the  havoc  the  influenza  played  back 
home  in  America,  and  you  already  know  of  its  visit  to  the  British, 
French  and  American  armies.  I witnessed  the  havoc  it  played 
with  the  German  armies  in  the  Somme  swamp.  With  all  men  and 
guns  placed  for  the  attack  on  the  Montdidier-Amiens  railhead 
and  associated  railroads,  the  “flu”  hit  the  Germans  so  hard  within 
four  days  that  the  Germans  deserted  in  dozens,  thinking  it  some 
form  of  Edison  gas.  From  one  observation  post  north  of  Albert 
we  saw  them  carry  over  one  hundred  stretchers  out  of  the  line  in 
seventy- two  hours.  You  may  judge  the  total  by  that.  During  that 
period  I roughly  guess  that  over  two  hundred  thousand  must  have 
gone  down  with  it  in  their  army  alone. 

The  usages  of  civilization  and  the  passing  mould  of  public 
opinion  must  ever  be  the  seasoning  of  all  narratives,  no  matter  how 
justly  and  conscientiously  a chronicler  may  aim  to  relate.  If  truth 
and  memory  must  at  times  go  slightly  deeper  into  glossaries,  let 
such  facts  to  be  told  only  around  the  circle  of  those  who  were  there. 
Don’t  let  a few  petty  truths  make  harder  the  roadway  over  which 
historians  must  lead  the  world  to  universal  brotherhood  and  peace. 
I served  as  comrade  to  each  and  every  ally  and  branch  of  the  service. 
In  many  a rain-soaked  trench,  by  roadside,  in  shattered  farmsteads 
and  in  luxurious  palaces  I have  stood  by  the  side  of  the  fit,  the 
wounded,  the  sick,  the  dying  and  the  dead.  Always  amidst  these 
scenes  the  large  percentage  of  men  from  Yew  Orleans  struck  me 


512 


Original  Articles. 


as  out  of  proportion  to  her  small  400,000  of  population  to  the 
balance  of  the  world’s  many  millions.  The  sons  of  New  Orleans 
plodded  over  the  long,  long  trail  from  Mons  to  the  Marne  with  the 
British  Empire;  they  died  at  the  heart-breaking  fight  near  Loos; 
they  rode  with  the  Horse  Guards  at  the  taking  of  Neville,  Vittel 
and  Monchy-le-Preux  and  all  through  the  villages  of  the  Somme, 
the  Aisne  and  the  Lys;  they  shouted,  with  the  French,  “Ne  Passer  a 
Pas”  at  Verdun  long,  long  before  even  the  American  flag  had 
crossed  the  ocean  as  ally.  When  at  last  the  A.  E.  F.  did  send  a 
vanguard,  one-third  of  their  numbers  were  men  from  our  glorious 
city.  The  achievements  of  the  A.  E.  F.  at  Chateau  Thierry,  St. 
Mihiel  and  the  Argonne  forest  was  possible  only  because  individual 
infantrymen,  trench  mortars,  machine-gun  operators  and  New  Or- 
leans artillerymen  attached  to  regular  battalions  and  crews  fought 
and  died  there.  Don’t  let  any  bare  statement  of  any  State  in  the 
Union  or  nation  out  of  the  Union  distort  facts.  Ask  for  the  official 
record  of  every  man  in  those  fights,  and  New  Orleans  shall  come 
into  her  own. 

For  the  dead  and  living  soldier  and  sailor,  historians  and  a 
grateful  nation  will  ever  have  a lasting  memory  and  an  honored 
place.  For  the  fountains  from  which  all  of  our  energies,  enthusiasm, 
spirit  and  determination  ever  flowed;  for  the  clear-eyed,  clear- 
brained, yet  tortured  souls  of  the  world’s  womanhood ; for  the  names 
of  those  “whose  influence  in  the  war  was  paramount,”  may  a just 
and  analytical  record  show  the  names  of  American  womanhood 
atop  of  all  the  rest. 


BRONCHO-PNEUMONIA  FOLLOWING  MEASLES.* 

By  SIDNEY  F.  BRAUD,  A.  B.,  M.  D.,  New  Orleans. 

Quite  a few  articles  have  been  written  within  the  past  two  years- 
on  the  complications  of  measles,  particularly  the  broncho-pneu- 
monia, with  the  Streptococcus  JiemOlyticus.  Drs.  Cole  and  Mac- 
Callum  made  an  extensive  report  on  the  work  conducted  by  them 
in  the  wards  of  the  Base  Hospital,  Fort  Sam  Houston,  Texas ; Drs. 
Iron  and  Marine  have  reported  the  role  played  by  the  Streptococcus 
hemolyticus  in  the  measles  cases  occurring  at  Camp  Custer,  Mich. ; 
Dr.  Logan  Clendining  reported  reinfection  with  Streptococcus: 

*Read  at  meeting  of  Orleans  Parish  Medical  Society,  April  14,  1919.  [Received  for 
publication  May  1,  1919. — Eds.] 


Braud — Broncho-Pneumonia  Following  Measles. 


513 


liemolyticus  in  lobar  pneumonia,  measles  and  scarlet  fever.  All 
reports  are  very  elaborate  and  represent  the  existing  conditions 
prevailing  in  these  two  army  camps  in  the  latter  part  of  1917  and 
the  early  part  of  1918. 

In  the  history  of  medicine  there  are  recorded  numerous  epidemics 
of  pneumonia,  beginning  with  the  early  part  of  the  sixteenth 
century.  They  spread  over  Italy,  Spain,  France,  Germany  and 
other  countries,  always  involving  great  numbers  of  people,  with  a 
very  high  mortality  amongst  those  affected.  It  is  difficult  to  recog- 
nize with  certainty  the  types  of  pneumonias  in  these  early  epidemics, 
but  the  descriptions  are  so  emphatic  as  to  the  frequent  existence  of 
empyema  that  it  suggests  the  streptococcal  rather  than  the  pneumo- 
coccal or  influenzal  form  of  infection. 

In  America  similar  outbreaks  are  recorded  from  the  eighteenth 
century,  and  during  the  War  of  1812  there  was  a great  epidemic,, 
which  spread  amongst  the  troops  in  northern  New  York,  later 
amongst  the  civilians,  and  finally  spread  even  to  the  Southern 
States.  The  descriptions  of  the  clinical  symptoms  and  post-mortem 
examinations  leads  one  to  believe  that  this  was  an  affection  which 
closely  resembles  the  one  due  to  the  Streptococcus  hemolyticus. 

During  the  Civil  War,  measles  was  extremely  prevalent  and  was 
complicated  by  an  affection,  pulmonary  in  nature,  which  was  de- 
scribed as  a broncho-pneumonia  and  associated  with  the  frequent 
occurrence  of  empyema.  Undoubtedly  this  mortality  was  high,  as 
we  find  in  the  report  of  Surgeon  H.  Williams,  who  had  supervision 
of  the  general  hospitals  of  the  Potomac  and  Northern  Virginia, 
reporting  for  a period  of  fifteen  months,  1,996  cases  of  measles, 
with  102  deaths,  his  monthly  report  for  the  month  of  June,  1862, 
showing  593  cases,  with  36  deaths.  His  mortality  rate  was  high. 
Measles  for  fifteen  months,  5.1  per  cent,  and  for  June,  1862,  6 per 
cent.  He  makes  no  mention  of  the  number  of  pneumonias  com- 
plicating measles,  but  certainly,  judging  from  this  mortality,  pneu- 
monia must  have  been  a frequent  complication.  In  this  report  of 
the  general  hospitals  at  Charlottesville  for  twenty-six  months  we 
find  1,060  cases,  with  only  fifteen  deaths;  mortality  1.4  per  cent. 
This  difference  in  mortality  proves  quite  conclusively  that  the 
former  hospitals  were  dealing  with  a very  virulent  secondary  in- 
vader. The  same  conditions  existed  during  the  past  period  of 
mobilization  in  the  home  camps,  the  Southern  camps  being  hit  the 


514 


Original  Articles. 


hardest.  Dr.  MacCullum  reports,  in  one  of  his  papers,  as  having 
studied  three  specimens  of  lungs  taken  from  pneumonia  cases  which 
are  at  present  in  the  Army  Medical  Museum  in  Washington.  The}'' 
had  been  preserved  in  alcohol  for  fifty-four  years.  They  showed 
plainly  the  gross  appearance  which  had  become  familiar  in  the 
study  of  streptococcal  broncho-pneumonia.  In  microscopic  section 
they  presented  lesions  identical  with  those  of  the  cases  in  the  past 
epidemic  of  measles  pneumonia. 

In  the  hospital  in  which  I was  stationed  there  were  admitted 
between  December  1,  1917,  and  March  1,  1918,  716  cases  of  measles, 
with  the  following  complications : 


Otitis  media,  acute,  suppurative 150  -20  % 

Broncho-pneumonia 89  12.5  % 

Septic  arthritis,  non-suppurative.  ...  .......  12  1.5  % 

Septic  arthritis,  suppurative 1 0.1  % 

Meningitis,  streptococcal 2 0.25% 

General  sepsis 3 0.4  % 


I do  not  know  the  exact  number  developing  peri-tonsillar  ab- 
scesses, mastoiditis  and  sinusitis.  Of  the  broncho-pneumonia, 
forty-two  died,  giving  a mortality  of  47  per  cent.  Of  the  total 
number  of  measles  cases,  as  well  as  I can  recall,  forty-four  died, 
giving  us  a percentage  of  6.1.  I wish  to  call  attention  here  to  the 
fact  that  the  mortality  of  our  hospital  was  practically  the  same  as 
the  mortality  mentioned  in  one  of  the  hospitals  during  the  Civil 
War.  In  every  case  of  pneumonia,  the  Streptococcus  hem olyticus 
was  isolated  either  in  the  sputum  or  lung  tissue.  Eighty  per  cent 
of  the  pneumonia  cases  developed  empyemata.  This  is  indeed  quite 
a contrast  to  the  post-influenzal  pneumonias,  in  whom  but  a very 
few  empyemata  were  found.  In  one  case  I found  a pneumo- thorax. 
It  might  be  well  to  mention  that  this  chest  was  never  aspirated, 
relieving  all  doubt  as  to  the  pneumo-thorax  being  the  result  of  the 
chest  puncture. 

The  pathology  of  this  pneumonia  has  been  described  by  Dr.  Mac- 
Cullum as  taking  two  forms.  It  is  either  essentially  a broncho- 
pneumonia, in  which  extensive  process  of  organization  and  indura- 
tion are  especially  developed,  a form  which  we  call  interstitial 
broncho-pneumonia,  or  it  is  a lobular  exudate  inflammation,  in 
which  no  such  evidence  of  any  powers  of  resistance  are  to  be  found. 
In  both  cases  it  is  accompanied  by  empyema  and  by  a few  other 
changes,  especially  in  the  upper  respiratory  tract. 


Beaud — Broncho-Pneumonia  Following  Measles. 


515 


The  symptomatology  may  best  be  given  by  citing  a case : 

M.  S.,  age  twenty  years,  entered  the  hospital  on  January  23,  1918. 
Symptoms:  Sore  throat,  photophobia,  fever,  chilliness;  cough,  with  ex- 

pectoration. 

Physical  Examination:  Conjunctivitis;  red  pharynx;  red  crescentic 

papular  eruption  on  the  face  and  body.  Diagnosis:  Measles. 

On  January  28,  five  days  after  admission  to  hospital,  he  had  a chill, 
followed  by  high  temperature.  Cough  severe,  with  profuse  expectora- 
tion. Sputum  thin,  muco-purulent,  greenish  gray,  and  not  streaked  with 
blood.  He  was  very  hoarse  and  faintly  cyanotic.  Urine,  a slight  trace 
of  albumen,  with  hyaline  casts. 

February  3. — Cyanosis  more  discernible;  no  flush  to  the  face;  eyes 
are  clear;  patient  very  apprehensive;  rash  entirely  disappeared. 

Physical  Examination:  Heart-sounds  muffled;  no  murmurs  heard. 

Right  lung,  anterior:  No  dullness;  a few  scattered  areas  of  crepitation; 
inspiration  prolonged  and  high-pitched.  Left  lung,  anterior:  Resonance 

good;  many  large,  coarse  rales  heard.  Back  not  examined  this  date.  His 
temperature  presented  a typical  septic  curve.  I have  with  me  a few 
temperature  charts  which  may  prove  of  some  interest.  His  total  white 
on  this  date  was  19,000.  The  urine  presented  the  same  findings.  From 
this  day  he  grew  progressively  worse;  cyanosis  deepened,  becoming 
purplish  the  day  before  he  died.  The  areas  of  broncho-pneumonia  be- 
came larger  and  more  numerous.  Death  occurred  February  8,  1918. 
Autopsy  revealed  a bilateral  broncho-pneumonia  confluent  on  left  side, 
with  fibrino-purulent  pleuritis.  In  the  left  lung  the  lobules  were  very 
distinctly  marked,  and  in  the  upper  lobe  on  the  left  side  the  patches  of 
consolidation  were  confluent,  but  distinctly  composed  of  grayish  patches 
clustered  about  the  bronchi.  Culture  of  a piece  of  lung  tissue  and  culture 
from  the  pleural  exudate  showed  hemolytic  streptococci. 

The  treatment  followed  in  all  the  cases  was  as  follows : Standing 
orders  for  all  new  pneumonia  cases  admitted  were  as  follows : 

1.  Tincture  of  digitalis,  minims  15  for  a period  of  seventy-two 
hours,  given  every  four  hours. 

2.  Push  liquids,  lemonade,  orangeade,  grape  juice  and  milk  and 
water. 

3.  Sodium  citrate,  grains  15  every  three  hours. 

4.  Low  cleansing  enema  daily  if  no  bowel  movement. 

5.  Temperature,  104°  or  above,  tepid  sponge  bath. 

6.  For  insomnia,  restlessness,  severe  cough,  one-fourth  grain 
morphin  sulphate  with  Yxso  of  atropin  sulphate. 

All  throats  were  cultured  upon  admission  to  ward,  and  sputum 
for  type  determination. 

No  set  rules  can  be  given  for  treatment,  but  these  were  issued 
as  a guide  in  treatment.  Tincture  of  digitalis  had  to  be  watched 
very  carefully.  In  some  cases,  after  15-minim  doses  for  a 


Original  Articles. 


516 


period  of  seventy-two  hours,  no  evidence  of  digitalization,  such  as 
we  see  by  slowing  of  pulse,  improvement  in  general  condition,  in 
breathing,  in  cyanosis,  was  observed,  and  hence  the  digitalis  was 
then  given  in  larger  doses.  It  was  not  very  long  before  we  began  , 
our  patients  on  25-minim  doses  instead. 

In  a series  of  twenty  cases  I did  not  digitalize  at  all,  and  I made 
use  of  caifein  citrate  in  three-grain  doses  given  every  four  hours. 

I do  not  believe  that  the  results  were  as  good.  It  is  a good  point 
to  remember  that  caffein  is  contraindicated  in  all  delirious  cases. 

I did  not  make  use  of  strychnin  and  camphorated  oil. 

In  a series  of  ten  cases  I made  use  of  anti-streptococcus  serum. 
After  a careful  desensitizatioli  of  the  patient  I gave  50  c.  c.  of  serum, 
with  50  c.  c.  of  normal  saline  solution.  This  was  repeated  in  from 
eighteen  to  twenty-four  hours.  The  series  was  entirely  too  small 
from  which  to  draw  any  conclusions.  It  is  my  belief,  however,  that 
some  were  materially  benefited  by  the  serum.  Drs.  Cummings  and 
Spruitt  used  the  serum  rather  extensively,  and  just  what  their 
results  have  been  I am  not  in  a position  to  state. 

In  regard  to  the  empyemata  complicating  this  condition,  much 
lias  to  be  worked  out.  In  the  beginning  of  the  epidemic  it  was 
customary  to  drain  all  fluids  from  the  chest  which  contained  either 
the  pneumococcus  or  the  streptococcus.  This  procedure  met  with 
failure,  as  most  of  the  patients  died  within  twenty-four  hours  after 
a rib  resection.  Later  in  the  epidemic,  however,  we  were  permitted 
to  aspirate  these  chests  every  two  or  three  days  until  the  general 
condition  improved.  Pus  formed  in  almost  all  the  cases  in  from 
one  to  three  weeeks.  The  end  results  were  a good  deal  more 
gratifying. 

Discussion  of  Dr.  S.  F.  Braud's  Paper. 

Dr.  Guthrie:  It  is  a matter  of  great  interest  to  us  who  have  had  a 

chance  to  see  pneumonia  while  in  service  to  hear  the  experience  of  other 
men.  Most  of  the  data  we  collected,  and  looked  forward  to  the  time 
when  we  should  be  able  to  be  together  and  compare  statistics  that  we 
collected.  We  had  at  Camp  Beauregard,  between  September,  1917  and 
May,  1918,  during  which  time  I was  in  charge,  652  cases  of  pneumonia, 
with  a gross  death  rate  of  17  per  cent,  including  cases  of  empyema.  We 
had  only  fifty-seven  cases  of  empyema,  and,  of  that  fifty-seven,  21  per 
cent  died.  The  death  rate  of  the  cases  which  we  diagnosed  as  lobar 
pneumonia,  some  of  these  we  typed,  and  those  we  typed  out  after  we  got 
our  laboratory  going,  was  only  10  per  cent  on  lobar  pneumonia.  The 
death  rate  for  all  cases  of  pneumonia  was  17  per  cent. 


Braud — Bronclio-Pneumonia  Following  Measles. 


517 


The  first  of  the  serious  outbreaks  was  measles.  This  occurred  in 
October,  just  after  the  hospital  was  opened.  The  weather  was  mild;  the 
cases  were  treated  outdoor  entirely,  on  the  wide  porch.  The  first  hun- 
dred cases  of  pneumonia  were  in  satisfactory  shape,  practically  out  of 
the  woods.  Some  of  us,  including  the  chief  of  the  medical  service, 
myself,  were  inclined  to  believe  that  a remarkably  low  death  rate  would 
hold  good  for  the  series  and  with  pneumonia.  I had  the  cases  out  in 
the  open  air  all  the  time.  Screens  were  used  to  protect  the  eyes  of  the 
patient,  and  great  stress  was  laid  on  the  matter  of  food.  It  has  been 
my  experience  that  pneumonia  cases  show  specific  tissue  waste.  This  is 
somewhat  similar  to  what  Coleman  and  Dubois  showed  exists  in  typhoid. 
I am  satisfied  the  time  will  come  when  we  shall  be  able  to  put  some 
pneumonia  cases  in  a metabolism  chamber  and  demonstrate  this  tissue 
waste.  We  had  the  hardest  kind  of  work  in  order  to  get  the  dietary 
that  was  necessary  for  nourishing  these  cases.  The  cases  continued  to 
do  well  until  we  got  in  a batch  of  enlisted  men  from  Camp  Pike.  They 
came  and  brought  with  them  Streptococcus  hemolyticus,  and  from  this 
time  we  began  to  have  the  most  virulent  type  of  mixed  infection.  It 
was  very  disheartening  at  first,  but  in  the  end  we  were  able  to  make  a 
pretty  fair  showing,  which  you  can  see  from  the  figures  that  I gave  you, 
with  combined  death  rate  of  17  per  cent.  This  compares  very  favorably 
with  the  statistics  from  the  camps.  The  greatest  death  rate  occurred  in 
the  cases  of  broncho-pneumonia  and  measles.  I was  struck,  on  the  other 
side,  in  France,  by  the  similarity  of  relationship  between  broncho-pneu- 
monia and  complicating  measles  as  I saw  it  in  the  camps  here.  We  saw 
cases  in  the  Evacuation  Hospital  at  Villers-Daucourt;  we  made  cultures 
on  most  of  the  cases,  and  I thought,  from  the  way  the  cases  behaved  in 
the  clinics,  that  we  had  a Streptococcus  hemolyticus  infection.  The 
clinical  course  of  the  disease  was  the  same  as  I had  seen  here — perhaps  a 
little  bit  higher  virulence  than  those  cases  I had  seen  on  this  side. 

I believe  that  army  digitalis  is  very  much  too  weak  to  be  given  in 
15-minim  doses.  I was  in  the  habit  of  giving  the  army  tincture  in  tea- 
spoonful doses.  I was  quite  a nuisance  around  the  supply  depots,  be- 
cause I asked  for  an  amount  exceeding  my  allowance  of  digitalis  for  the 
supply  to  the  hospital. 

I was  very  much  interested  in  learning  that  my  friend  and  colleague, 
Dr.  Halsey,  who  has  been,  up  to  the  time  of  his  experience  in  France,  a 
staunch  advocate  of  the  use  of  large  doses  of  digitalis,  had  experienced 
a change  of  heart  in  this  regard.  I think,  as  far  as  therapeutics  is  con- 
cerned, the  things  that  gave  us  the  best  results  were  water  internally 
and  repeated  application  of  wet  sheets.  The  patient  laid  in  a sheet  of 
85  degrees  vand  covered  with  blankets  for  nervousness.  You  will  find 
they  are  not  only  comfortable,  but  soothed  in  wet  sheets.  It  does  away 
with  the  necessity  of  using  bromides.  This  is  applicable  even  in  the 
subnormal  conditions  after  the  febrile  stage  is  passed. 

A word  about  empyema.  The  early  diagnosis  of  empyema  is  tre- 
mendously important  as  to  prognosis.  I have  about  come  to  the  conclu- 
sion that  Dr.  Braud  gave  you.  If  we  have  a clear  fluid,  even  if  that 
fluid  contains  microorganisms,  it  is  well  to  wait  on  the  operation.  If 
the  pus  is  distinctly  creamy,  and  has  come  to  that  stage  when  we  are 
aspirating,  we  are  justified  in  advising  resection  as  soon  as  possible.  We 
frequently  aspirated,  and  sometimes  with  the  patient  in  front  of  the 


518 


C orrespondence. 


fluoroscope.  The  complete  cooperation  with  the  surgical  staff  and  early 
diagnosis  make  for  a low  death  rate. 

Dr.  Braud  (closing  the  discussion):  I was  muchly  interested  in  the 

wet-sheet  method  used  by  Dr.  Guthrie  in  the  controlling  of  the  nervous 
phenomena  and  extreme  restlessness  manifested  by  these  patients, 
especially  when  accompanied  by  a marked  drop  in  temperature.  I hated 
to  see  this  condition,  and,  of  course,  as  most  men  did,  I used  the  bromides. 

As  far  as  the  chest  signs  in  empyema  are  concernde,  increased  voice 
sounds,  as  mentioned  by  Dr.  Guthrie,  were  often  found,  with  a chest  full 
of  fluid.  Recently  I read  an  explanation,  offered  by  Norris  and  Landis 
in  their  new  book,  which  reads  as  follows:  “There  is  an  increase  in  vocal 

fremitus  when  the  lung,  instead  of  being  collapsed  and  air-bearing,  is 
actually  solid,  because  there  is  comparatively  little  sound  lost  at  the 
lung-fluid  junction  when  the  lung  is  solid,  just  the  reverse  of  what  occurs 
when  the  lung  contains  air.” 


CORRESPONDENCE 


Treasury  Department — Bureau  of  the  Public  Health 
Service,  Division  oe  Venereal  Diseases. 

Washington,  May  5,  1919. 

Editor , Hew  Orleans  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal: 

In  the  May  number  of  the  Hew  Orleans  Medical  and  Sur- 
gical Journal,  on  page  454,  there  is  an  article  entitled  “Some 
Psychology  of  Syphilis.” 

In  this  article  reference  is  made  to  a circular  of  instructions 
issued  by  the  Hew  Orleans  City  Board  of  Health,  and  which-  “the 
physician  must  hand  to  the  patient.”  The  writer  should  he  glad 
to  see  a copy  of  this  circular  of  instructions.  There  is  attached 
hereto  the  confidential  instructions  which  the  Public  Health  Service 
recommends  that  physicians  give  to  their  patients.  It  is  not  be- 
lieved that  the  instructions  contained  in  the  circular  attached 
hereto  are  of  such  a nature  as  to  have  any  tendency  to  create  the 
syphilophobia. 

The  editorial  referred  to  closes  with  these  words : “The  end  re- 
sult may  be  that  the  Board  of  Health  is  on  the  way  to  getting  rid 
of  a bad  la w'  by  enforcing  it.”  The  bureau  trusts  that  you  do  not 
regard  the  present  nation-wide  movement  for  control  of  venereal 
diseases  as  being  undesirable. 

By  direction  of  the  Surgeon  General. 

Respectfully,  C.  C.  Pierce, 

Assistant  Surgeon  General. 


Correspondence . 


519 


New  Orleans,  May  13,  1919. 
Dr.  C.  C.  Pierce,  Assistant  Surgeon  General,  U . S.  P.  H.  S., 
Washington,  D.  C. 

Dear  Sir — Your  communication  to  one  of  the  editors  of  the  New 
Orleans  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal,  sent  by  direction  of  the 
Surgeon  General,  seems  to  merit  more  attention  than  the  ordinary 
routine  of  the  editorial  office  would  give  it.  We  are  indeed  gratified 
that  our  editorial  should  have  attracted  the  official  notice  of  such 
authority.  At  the  same  time  we  are  somewhat  surprised  that  the 
circular  which  invited  our  criticism  has  not  reached  you  through 
the  local  Health  Board  direct,  as  we  have  understood  that  repre- 
sentatives of  your  service  were  cooperating  with  the  Health  Boards 
of  this  State. 

We  are  sure  that  you  will  find  much  to  ponder  when  you  peruse 
the  circular,  which  has  been  framed  without  apparent  regard  for 
either  the  physical  state  of  the  victim  of  venereal  disease  or  for  the 
law  which  has  given  the  health  boards  authority  to  act  in  the  con- 
trol of  venereal  diseases  of  the  State.  The  concluding  paragraph 
of  your  communication  compels  us  to  conclude  that  your  perusal  of 
our  Journal  is  only  occasional,  else  you  would  have  recalled  our 
editorial  in  the  issue  of  March,  1919,  wherein  we  express  our  views 
regarding  the  movement  for  the  control  of  venereal  diseases. 

Our  allusion  was  made  to  the  law  as  promulgated  in  the  regula- 
tions contained  in  the  circular  of  the  Board  of  Health,  to  some  of 
the  provisions  of  which  we  have  adverted  with  just  criticism,  as 
it  is  thoroughly  subsersive  of  ethical  practice,  and,  moreover,  it 
goes  so  far  beyond  the  law  of  this  State  as  to  make  it  actually 
meretricious. 

We  are  ready  and  willing  to  further  any  movement  which  is  con- 
ceived in  the  right  spirit,  but  we  believe  that  this  cpiestion  is  too 
momentous  to  be  discounted  by  misconception  of  its  intentions. 
We  would  like  to  emphasize  our  belief  that  venereal  disease  will  not 
be  obliterated  so  long  as  there  are  men  and  women  and  so  long  as 
their  appetites  exist,  but  moral  cant  will  not  even  ameliorate  the 
evils  attached  to  such  indulgences. 

Education,  hospitalization  and  prophylaxis  are  the  sound  bases 
for  active  attack  on  the  question.  The  report  of  venereal  diseases 
is  desirable,  and  may  obtain  through  voluntary  cooperation  of  all 
concerned,  but,  in  the  South  at  least,  the  widespread  prevalence  of 


520 


Correspondence. 


unrecognized  and  neglected  venereal  diseases  in  the  negro  will 
make  reporting  of  doubtful  service,  while  the  penalties  attached  to 
the  failure  to  report  venereal  diseases  under  the  present  compli- 
cated laws  in  effect  will  always  put  a premium  upon  dishonesty. 

One  of  us  has  repeatedly  (since  1899,  when  contributions  were 
made  to  the  Brussels  Conference  for  the  Control  of  Prostitution 
and  Venereal  Diseases)  ventilated  the  obligations  of  the  public  and 
of  the  health  authorities  in  the  control  of  these  evils,  and  we  believe 
that  a better  acquaintance  with  our  attitude  in  the  past  and  our 
position  in  the  present  will  put  a complete  disclaimer  to  your  im- 
plied charge  that  we  “do  not  regard  the  present  nation-wide  move- 
ment for  the  control  of  venereal  diseases  as  being  undesirable.” 

We  are  heartily  in  accord  with  the  movement;  we  only  question 
some  of  the  methods,  and  in  criticizing  these  we  recognize  our  rights 
as  citizens,  and  particularly  as  medical  men,  voicing  what  we  believe 
to  be  the  opinions  of  our  constituents.  Respectfully, 

Chassaignac  and  Dyer,  Editors. 


United  States  Public  Health  Service, 
Washington,  D.  C. 

Editors  Hew  Orleans  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal: 

Dear  Sirs — It  appears  that  there  is  a lamentable  want  of  care 
on  the  part  of  many  physicians  who  administer  arsphenamine,  as 
to  the  concentration  of  the  drug  used  and  the  time  required  for 
administration. 

The  Hjrgienic  Laboratory  receives  many  complaints  in  regard  to 
untoward  results  from  the  administration  of  arsphenamine  made 
by  various  American  producers.  When  careful  investigation  is 
made  it  is  almost  invariably  found  that  the  drug  has  been  used  in 
a solution  that  is  too  concentrated,  and  that  it  has  been  administered 
too  rapidly.  We  have  reports  of  a dose  of  0.4  gm.  being  given  in  a 
volume  of  as  little  as  25  c.  c.  and  injected  within  thirty  seconds. 
Such  practice  is  abuse,  not  use,  of  a powerful  therapeutic  agent. 

If,  in  addition  to  the  usual  precautions  as  to  the  use  of  perfect 
ampoules  and  neutralization,  physicians  would  give  the  drug  in 
concentration  of  not  more  than  0.1  gm.  to  30  c.  c.  of  fluid  and 
allow  a minimum  of  two  minutes  for  the  intravenous  injection  of 
each  0.1  g.  m.  of  the  drug  (in  30  c.  c.  of  solution),  the  number  of 
reactions  would  be  very  materially  reduced.  This  would  necessitate 


American  Society  of  Tropical  Medicine. 


521 


from  90  c.  c.  to  180  c.  c.  of  the  solution  for  the  doses  usually  given 
and  would  require  from  six  to  twelve  minutes  for  the  injection. 

Any  physician  who  fails  to  observe  these  precautions  should  be 
considered  as  directly  responsible  for  serious  results  that  follow 
the  improper  use  of  the  drug. 

Hoping  you  may  find  space  in  your  Journal  for  this  letter,  I 
am,  Respectfully  yours, 

G.  W.  McCoy,  Director. 


AMERICAN  SOCIETY  OF  TROPICAL  MEDICINE 


Preliminary  Program. 

Dr.  Sidney  K.  Simon,  acting  secretary  of  the  American  Society 
of  Tropical  Medicine,  announces  the  preliminary  program  for  the 
forthcoming  meeting  at  Atlantic  City,  June  16  and  17,  1919,  as 
folllows : 

1.  The  President’s  Address,  “Some  Phases  of  Tropical  Medicine  in 
the  Recent  World  Conflict” — Dr.  C.  C.  Bass,  New  Orleans. 

2.  “Surgical  Treatment  of  Typhoid  Carriers,  With  Suggestions  for 
the  Treatment  of  Cholera  or  Dysentery  Carriers  ’ ’ — Dr.  H.  J.  Nichols, 
Washington,  D.  C. 

3.  “Tropical  Resources  and  Hygiene” — Dr.  D.  Rivas,  Philadelphia, 
Penn. 

4.  “One  Phase  of  the  Mosquito  Work  Connected  With  Army  Camps 
in  1918’  ’ — -Dr.  Clara  S.  Ludlow,  Washington,  D.  C. 

5.  “The  After-History  of  Trypanosomiasis  in  Africa” — Dr.  John  L. 
Todd,  Montreal,  Canada. 

6.  “Treatment  of  Malaria,  With  Special  Reference  to  the  Dose  of 
Quinin,  Time  and  Mode  of  Administration,  and  Length  of  Treatment” — 
Dr.  D.  Rivas,  Philadelphia,  Penn. 

A Symposium  on  Yellow  Fever. 

7.  “Experimental  Studies  on  Yellow  Fever” — Dr.  Hideyo  Noguchi, 
Rockefeller  Institute,  New  York. 

8.  “The  Clinical  Manifestations  of  Yellow  Fever  as  Observed  in 
Guayaquil  in  1918” — Dr.  Chas.  A.  Elliott,  Chicago,  111. 

9.  “The  Mechanism  of  the  Spontaneous  Elimination  of  Yellow  Fever 
from  Endemic  Centers  ’ ’ — Dr.  H.  R.  Carter,  Baltimore,  Md. 

10.  “The  Eradication  of  Yellow  Fever  in* the  Tropics” — Dr.  J.  H. 
White,  Vera  Cruz,  Mexico. 

11.  Algunos  observaciones  en  fiebre  amarillaj” — Dr.  Wenceslao 
Pareja,  Guayaquil,  Ecuador. 

12  (Title  not  given) — Dr.  Mario  J.  Labredo,  Havana,  Cuba. 

The  meeting  will  be  held  in  Odd  Fellows5  Hall,  New  York 
Avenue,  a short  distance  from  the  Boardwalk. 


Notes  and  Comment. 


O') 


NEWS  AND  COMMENT 


Gift  to  Harvard  Medical  School.-— An  anonymous  donation 
of  $50,000  has  been  made  to  the  Harvard  Medical  School  for  the 
establishment  of  the  James  0.  McLoin  Fund  for  Tropical  Medicine. 
The  income  is  to  be  used  for  research  in  preventive  medicine. 

A Vladivostok  Medical  College. — A circular  letter  has  re- 
cently been  addressed  to  “certain  American  and  Canadian  men  of 
science”  announcing  the  establishment  of  a medical  faculty  in 
Vladivostok  to  form  the  nucleus  of  a complete  university  in  the 
near  future.  As  funds  are  badly  needed,  the  hope  of  the  projected 
university  is  help  from  abroad,  especially  from  the  United  States,. 
Canada  and  Japan.  Anatomical  charts,  diagrams,  plaster  models,, 
instruments  for  dissection,  microscopes,  microtomes,  microscopical 
preparations,  books,  especially  in  Russian,  English,  French  or 
German,  are  asked  for  on  terms  of  credit,  to  be  paid  not  earlier 
than  in  December,  1920.  For  further  information  address  Vladi- 
vostok Medical  College,  care  of  Dr.  Konstantine  Ovoienke,  66 
Svetlanskaya  street,  Vladivostok,  Siberia. 

The  United  States  Civil  Service  Commission  announces  an 
open  competitive  examination  for  physician,  for  men  onty,  on  June 
18,  1919,  in  the  principal  cities  throughout  the  country,  to  till  a 
vacancy  in  the  Panama  Canal  service,  at  an  entrance  salary  of 
$150.  Promotion  is  made  to  $200,  $225,  $250,  $275  and  $300,  and 
to  higher  rates  for  special  positions.  The  entrance  rate  for 
physicians  experienced  in  care  of  the  insane  is  $200  a month.  Ap- 
plicants should  at  once,  apply  for  Form  1312,  stating  the  title  of 
the  examination  desired,  to  the  Civil  Service  Commission,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C.,  or  to  the  secretary  of  the  United  States  Civil  Service 
Board  in  the  city  in  which  he  lives,  or  where  such  a board  exists. 

The  Federation  of  American  Societies  for  Experimental 
Biology  held  its  annual  meeting  in  Baltimore,  April  24,  25  and  .26, 
1919,  and  presented  most  interesting  and  profitable  programs.  The 
federation  is  formed  by  the  Physiological  Society,  the  Society  of 
Biological  Chemists,  the  Society  for  Pharmacology  and  Experi- 
mental Therapeutics  and  the  Society  for  Experimental  Pathology. 
The  sessions  were  held  at  the  Johns  Hopkins  University  Medical 
School. 


Notes  and  Comment. 


523 


Malaria  in  the  United  States. — Over  7,000,000  in  the  United 
States  are  infected  with  malaria,  according  to  the  estimation  of  the 
United  States  Public  Health  Service.  Estimates  prepared  by  the 
service  indicates  that  in  the  South  the  ravages  of  typhoid  fever, 
tuberculosis,  hookworm  and  pellagra  all  together  are  not  as  serious 
as  from  malaria. 

National  Association  for  the  Study  and  Education  of 
Exceptional  Children. — The  annual  business  meeting  of  this 
association  was  held  at  the  Hotel  McAlpin,  New  York,  on  April  30, 
1919.  In  conjunction  therewith  a conservation  conference  on  child 
resources  was  held,  in  which  leading  physicians,  psychologists,  ed- 
ucators and  social  service  workers  discussed  problems  relating  to 
child  welfare. 

Status  of  the  American  Red  Cross. — On  March  1,  1919,  the 
American  Red  Cross  War  Council  issued  a bulletin  stating  that  in 
the  previous  twenty-one  months  the  American  people  had  given  in 
cash  and  supplies  to  the  American  Red  Cross  more  than  $400,000,- 
000.  The  American  Red  Cross  entered  the  war  with  500,000  mem- 
bers and  at  the  date  of.  this  statement  had  17,000,000  full-paid 
members,  besides  9,000,000  junior  members.  There  were  9,000 
workers  enrolled  in  France  at  one  time  and  6,000  are  still  required 
there. 

Physicians  to  Meet  in  Atlantic  City  in  June. — Atlantic 
City  will  be  the  scene  of  a number  of  annual  meetings  of  note- 
worthy associations  of  plrysicians  and  surgeons,  beginning  in  June 
and  lasting  through  the  greater  part  of  the  month.  Among  the 
most  prominent  are : The  American  Medical  Association,  the  Amer- 
ican Gynecological  Society,  the  Gastro-Enterological  Association, 
the  American  Society  of  Tropical  Medicine,  the  American  Medical 
Editors7  Association,  the  American  Pediatric  Society,  and  Congress 
of  American  Physicians  and  Surgeons.  The  headquarters  of  these 
meetings  will  be  at  the  Marlborough-Blenheim  and  the  Chalfonte 
hotels. 

National  Association  for  the  Study  of  Epilepsy  to 
Meet. — The  eighteenth  annual  'meeting  of  this  organization  will 
be  held  at  the  Craig  Colony  for  Epilepsy,  Sonyea,  N.  Y.,  June  6-7, 
1919,  under  the  presidency  of  Dr.  Wm.  T.  Shanahan.  In  ad- 


524 


Notes  and  Comment. 


dition  to  an  interesting  program,  there  will  be  a reorganization  of 
the  society  to  meet  the  demands  of  the  post-bellum  period,  and 
plans  will  be  discussed  for  a union  of  the  investigators  of  the 
epilepsies  in  allied  and  neutral  countries  with  those  of  America. 

Bats  to  Exterminate  Mosquitoes. — The  plan  to  exterminate 
mosquitoes  by  erecting  hat  roosts  has  again  been  proposed  by  Dr. 
Chas.  Campbell,  of  San  Antonio,  Texas.  Dr.  Campbell  interested 
the  authorities  in  Cuba  and  Florida  with  his  plan,  and  already  at 
Key  West  a movement  is  under  way  to  erect  four  roosts. 

Few  Blinded  American  Soldiers. — A statement  was  made 
from  the  office  of  the  Surgeon  General  of  the  Army,  and  published 
in  the  Army  and  Navy  Journal  of  November  30,  1918,  that  prob- 
ably less  than  fifty  American  soldiers  have  suffered  total  blindness 
from  wounds  received  in  action. 

Victor  Electric  Corporation  Wins  Suit. — The  United  States 
Federal  Trade  Commission  ordered  dismissed  and  discontinued  the 
complaint  brought  against  the  Victor  Electric  Company  recently. 
This  suit  has  given  the  Victor  corporation  an  opportunity  of  having 
the  government  searchlight  turned  upon  its  activities,  and  the  clean 
bill  of  health  which  the  corporation  has  received  should  be  an  in- 
spiration to  its  officers. 

Tulane  Hospital  Unit  to  Become  Permanent. — It  is  pro- 
posed that  Hospital  Unit  24,  recently  returned  from  France,  re- 
main intact  and  become  a permanent  organization,  in  line  with  the 
suggestions  made  to  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  Tulane  University  by 
Surgeon  General  M.  W.  Ireland,  of  the  United  States  Army.  The 
plan  of  organization  is  being  considered  by  the  officers  of  the  unit, 
and  as  soon  as  the  details  have  been  completed  communications 
will  be  sent  to  doctors  and  nurses  and  the  remainder  of  the  per- 
sonnel. 

Journal  of  Dental  Research. — The  first  issue  of  this  new 
journal  made  its  appearance  in  March,  1919.  The  editorial  office 
is  located  in  the  Biochemical  Department  of  Columbia  University, 
College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons,  437  West  Fifty-ninth  street, 
New  York  City. 

American  Association  of  Orificial  Surgeons. — The  thirty- 
second  annual  convention  of  the  American  Association  of  Orificial 


Notes  and  Comment. 


525 


Surgeons  will  be  held  September  15,  16  and  17,  at  the  Congress 
Hotel  in  Chicago.  The  forenoons  will  be  given  to  operative  demon- 
trations  at  the  hospital.  The  program  will  be  complete,  with  prac- 
tical addresses,  essays  and  papers  by  prominent  orificialists.  The 
clinics  will  be  interesting,  as  usual. 

The  American  Public  Health  Association  Meeting. — This 
association  will  hold  its  next  annual  meeting  in  New  Orleans, 
October  6-9,  1919.  Preparations  are  already  under  way  to  make 
this  a banner  meeting,  and  cooperation  is  asked  to  make  it  a great 
success.  Dr.  Paul  J.  Gelpi,  of  New  Orleans,  is  chairman  of  the 
publicity  committee. 

Ophthalmic  Examinations. — The  American  Board  for 

Ophthalmic  Examinations  will  hold  its  fifth  examination  at  the 
Wills  Eye  Hospital,  Philadelphia,  June  6 and  7,  1919.  This  board 
is  composed  of  representatives  of  the  American  Ophthalmological 
Society,  the  Section  in  Ophthalmology  of  the  American  Medical 
Association,  and  the  Academy  of  Ophthalmology  and  Otolaryn- 
gology. Further  information  may  be  had  upon  request  from  the 
secretary,  Dr.  William  H.  Wilder,  122  South  Michigan  avenue, 
Chicago. 

Personals. — Dr.  William  Engelbach,  of  St.  Louis,  Mo.,  gave  a 
very  interesting  talk  to  members  of  the  Orleans  Parish  Medical 
Society  during  the  month. 

Dr.  Will.  Mayo  visited  New  Orleans  during  the  early  part  of  May 
and  his  large  circle  of  friends  here  enjoyed  his  visit  immensely. 

Among  the  Louisiana  men  who  have  returned  since  our  last  list, 
from  service  in  this  country  or  abroad,  are:  Drs.  E.  D.  Fenner, 
Chaille  Jamison,  W.  T.  Patton,  H.  J.  Gondolf,  H.  L.  Kearney, 
P.  T.  Talbot,  C.  P.  Holderith,  Wm.  W.  Leake,  M.  Bradburn,  J. 
Signorelli,  John  S.  Dunn,  of  New  Orleans;  Drs.  M.  Cappel,  Alex- 
andria; F.  Palmer,  Blackburn;  L.  Z.  Kushner,  Lake  Charles;  N.  M. 
Palmer,  Leesville;  B.  A.  Norman,  Minden;  W.  R.  Abney,  Lake 
Arthur;  E.  S.  Fulton,  New  Iberia;  0.  B.  Hicks,  Shreveport;  J.  K. 
Griffith,  Slidell. 


526 


Bool * Reviews  and  Notices. 


BOOK  REVIEWS  AND  NOTICES 


All  new  publications  sent  to  the  Journal  will  be  appreciated  and  will  invariably  be 
promptly  acknowledged  under  the  heading  of  “ Publications  Received While 
it  will  be  the  aim  of  the  Journal  to  review  as  many  of  the  worlds  accepted  as 
possible , the  editors  will  be  guided  by  the  space  available  and  the  merit  of  re- 
spective publications.  The  acceptance  of  a bool f implies  no  obligation  to  review. 


A Manual  of  Physiology,  with  Practical  Exercises,  by  G.  W.  Stewart, 
M.  A.,  M.  D.  Wm.  Wood  & Co.,  New  York,  1918. 

The  new  (eighth)  edition  of  this  work  maintains  the  high  standard 
of  previous  editions,  which  placed  it  in  the  front  rank  of  textbooks  of 
physiology  for  both  medical  students  and  practitioners.  A feature  of 
previous  editions,  practical  laboratory  exercises  and  descriptions  of  ex- 
perimental methods,  has  been  retained.  It  is  a feature  which  adds  much 
to  the  value  of  the  work,  both  as  a reference  book  and  as  a teaching 
manual.  Much  new  material  has  been  incorporated.  This  relates  to  the 
blood  fats,  theories  of  kidney  secretion,  the  results  of  optical  methods  of 
•study  of  the  heart  and  circulation,  the  newer  features  of  metabolism 
as  determined  by  the  recently  devised  micro-methods  and  colorimetric 
methods  for  the  investigation  of  blood  and  urine,  colorimetric  studies  of 
blood-flow  and  the  many  newer  results  of  the  experimental  work  with 
the  ductless  glands.  One  of  the  most  valuable  additions  to  the  book  is 
an  appendix,  in  which  sixty-three  pages  are  devoted  to  an  excellently 
selected  bibliography  arranged  by  subjects.  A majority  of  the  references 
are  to  articles  written  in  English,  so  that  they  may  be  used  with  facility 
by  all.  W.  E.  GARREY. 

A Textbook  of  Physiology  for  Nurses,  by  William  Gay  Christian,  M.  D., 
Professor  of  Anatomy,  Medical  College  of  Virginia.  C.  V.  Mosby 
& Co.,  St.  Louis,  1^18. 

The  authors  preface  the  work  with  these  words:  ‘‘The  work  is  an 

elementary  one  and  has  no  claim  to  originality,  except  in  arrangement 
and  treatment.’7  W.  E.  G. 

The  Ungeared  Mind,  by  Robert  Howland  Chase,  A.  M.,  M.  D.  E.  A.  Davis 
& Co.,  Philadelphia. 

As  the  author  states  in  the  preface,,  the  book  consists  of  a collection 
of  medical  writings.  These  are  related  to  mental  unbalance  and  to  ex- 
periences in  borderland  psychology.  The  discursive  character  of  the 
book  is  to  be  expected,  but  the  reader  is  rewarded  by  many  bits  of  real 
philosophy  and  by  a varied  assortment  of  apt  quotations  from  those  who 
have  observed  in  like  fields.  While  presented  to  the  medical  profession 
chiefly,  there  is  ample  food  for  profitable  reading  by  the  intelligent 
layman.  DYER. 

Clinical  Disorders  of  the  Heart-Beat,  by  Thomas  Lewis,  M.  D.,  E.  R.  S'., 
F.  R.  C.  P.  Fourth  edition.  Paul  B.  Hoeber,  New  York. 

“Familiarity  with  the  heart’s  mechanism  in  health  and  disease  is  a 
first  essential  * * *.  Those  who  do  not  possess  this  familiarity  are 

incompetent  to  deal  with  cardiac  patients.”  These  words  of  the  author 


Booh  Reviews  and  Notices. 


527 


are  sufficient  reason  for  his  effort  at  demonstrating  the  manner  of  acquir- 
ing the  knowledge  necessary.  He  aims  at  this  by  presenting  a series  of 
studies,  with  illustrative  diagrams,  covering  the  disorders  of  the  heart- 
beat, sinus  irregularities,  heart-block  and  variations  in  valvular  functions 
and  deficiencies.  Each  condition  is  discussed  in  full  detail  and  in  a manner 
wholly  illuminating.  This  monograph  of  a little  more  than  100  pages 
carries  material  of  large  value  to  the  diagnostician  who  is  willing  to  be 
guided  by  the  experience  of  a careful  observer.  DYER. 

Autobiography  of  an  Androgyne,  by  Earl  Lind.  Edited  by  Alfred  W. 

Herzog,  Ph.  B.,  A.  M.,  M.  D.  Medicolegal  Journal,  New  York. 

The  editor  anticipates  criticism  by  discounting  it  in  submitting  that 
this  book  is  published  with  the  large  purpose  of  obtaining  justice  and 
human  treatment  for  homosexualists  of  congenital  types  and  who  are  not 
responsible  for  their  vice.  Symonds’  Studies  in  Greek  Psychology  are 
truly  academic  when  compared  with  this  human  document.  It  is  no  book 
for  the  layman,  to  whom  there  must  come  an  extreme  disgust  at  the  de- 
tail. It  is  seldom  that  there  is  given  an  opportunity  for  such  a clinical 
study  of  perversion.  The  author  throughout  assumes  that  he  is  a homo- 
sexual with  feminine  attributes,  which  congenitally  compel  his  license. 
The  perusal  of  the  story  shows  that  he  is  not  sane,  but  a pervert  of  un- 
usual type,  in  whom  not  only  homosexuality  is  extreme,  but,  in  his  varied 
experiences,  there  are  periods  of  Sadistic  and  Masochistic  expression,  in 
which  the  experience  of  cruelty  and  abuse  only  accentuate  the  furor 
amoris. 

The  book,  to  the  judicial  mind,  pleads  for  a better  study  of  this  class 
of  the  insane,  with  a view  to  some  provision  for  their  relief.  Penalty 
by  law  at  no  time  has  served  to  stop  the  evils,  and  all  students  of  psycho- 
pathic individuals  must  be  agreed  that  the  bulk  of  them  are  vicious  sex 
lunatics.  One  phase  of  the  experiences  related  in  this  book  should  be 
remarked,  and  that  is  the  development,  pari  passu,  of  the  highest  religious 
fervor,  while  some  of  the  most  vile  experiences  are  in  progress.  To 
psychiatrists  this  is  no  novel  thing — to  find  religious  mania  early  among 
a number  of  insane  types.  Recondite  conditions  among  the  human  beings 
of  this  day  are  certain  to  exist,  and  it  will  be  some  generations  hence 
before  the  relief  can  even  be  projected.  DYER./ 

Paper  Work  of  the  Medical  Department  of  the  United  States  Army,  by 

Major  Ralph  W.  Webster,  M.  C.,  U.  S.  A.  P.  Blakiston’s  Son  & 

Co.,  Philadelphia. 

A volume  of  over  five  hundred  pages  is  devoted  to  what  the  medical 
officer  should  know  in  the  administrative  work  applied  to  his  position 
as  a medical  officer.  This  will  prove  interesting  reading  to  those  of  the 
Medical  Reserve  Corps  who  went  through  the  training  camps.  It  is  too 
late,  of  course,  for  the  book  to  have  any  usefulness  among  the  Reserve 
Corps  now.  The  experience  of  so  many  who  went  across,  that  much  of 
the  red  tape  was  cut  for  expediency,  would  lead  us  to  conjecture  that, 
in  another  emergency,  such  volumes  will  have  passed  into  an  academic 
place.  Even  at  that,  the  author  begins  his  preface  with  a general  state- 
ment that  the  volume  presents  only  the  more  important  work.  As  a 
matter  of  fact,  much  of  the  material  in  the  book  is  a review  of  the  prac- 
tices in  vogue  up  to  the  present  time.  The  detail  has  been  well  done  and 
many  forms  have  been  reproduced,  making  the  text  clear  and  readily 
followed.  Paper  work  is  the  bete  noir  of  all  medical  officers,  and  if  the 


528 


Publications  Received. 


compilation  of  Major  Webster  will  help  to  control  it  he  will  surely  earn 
the  gratitude  of  the  future  Medical  Corps.  DYER. 

Practical  Medicine  Series.  Series  1918.  Skin  and  Venereal  Diseases. 

Edited  by  Oliver  S-  Ormsby,  M.  D.,  and  James  Herbert  Mitchell, 
M.  D.  The  Year  Book  Publishers,  Chicago. 

This  volume  of  the  Practical  Medicine  Series  is  full  of  interesting 
material,  presenting  a mass  of  new  subjects,  many  showing  exceptional 
observations  of  rare  skin  diseases.  Suggestions  in  newer  therapy  of  skin 
diseases  are  given  and  illustrations  are  freely  used.  In  the  part  devoted 
to  venereal  diseases  there  are  also  many  interesting  pages.  The  control 
of  venereal  diseases  is  discussed  and  liberal  space  is  given  to  irregular 
phases  of  syphilis.  DYER. 

Massage  and  the  Original  Swedish  Movements,  by  Karre  W.  Ostrom, 
Eighth  edition.  P.  Blakiston’s  Son  & Co.,  Philadelphia. 

With  each  new  edition  of  this  little  work  we  take  occasion  to  com- 
mend it  to  the  perusal  and  study  of  physicians.  Massage  and  the  move- 
ments of  joints  and  the  body  as  set  forth  in  this  book  will  afford  frequent 
aid  in  handling  patients,  especially  true  in  convalescence.  Too  little  at- 
tention is  paid  to  such  contributions,  which  are  honestly  put  forward  for 
the  aid  of  the  physician.  His  neglect  of  such  procedures  has  certainly 
favored  the  development  of  the  several  quack  cults  extant  to-day.  The 
application  of  massage  and  such  movements  to  particular  diseases  is  set 
forth  briefly  at  the  end  of  the  book.  DYER. 

Hygiene  for  Nurses,  by  Nolie  Mumey,  M.  D.  C.  V.  Mosby  Company,  St. 
Louis. 

Another  one  of  these  books,  which  is  well  prepared,  containing  much 
interesting  information,  presented  in  a pleasing  manner,  but  altogether 
failing  to  satisfy  the  title,  viz:  Hygiene  for  Nurses.  Instead  of  eugenics 
and  the  discussion  of  diseases  and  their  causes  and  symptoms  (to  which 
half  of  the  book  is  devoted),  it  would  have  served  a better  purpose  if 
the  personal  hygiene  of  the  nurse  and  her  patients  were  discussed.  The 
book  is  certainly  interesting,  and  will  be  to  the  nurses,  but  it  is  mis- 
named. DYER. 


PUBLICATIONS  RECEIVED 


W.  B.  SAUNDERS  COMPANY,  Philadelphia  and  London,  1919. 

The  Surgical  Clinics  of  Chicago.  February,  1919.  Yol.  3,  No.  1. 
Clinical  Microscopy  and  Chemistry,  by  F.  A.  McJunkin,  M.  A.,  D.  E 

LEA  & FEBIGER,  Philadelphia  and  New  York,  1919. 

Human  Infection  Carriers,  Their  Significance,  Recognition  and  Man- 
agement, by  Charles  E.  Simon,  B.  A.,  M.  D. 

Elementary  Bacteriology  and  Protozoology.  For  the  use  of  nurses,  by 
Herbert  Fox,  M.  D.  Third  edition,  thoroughly  revised. 

A Treatise  on  Orthopedic  Surgery,  by  Royal  Whitman,  M.  D., 
M.  R.  C'.  $.,  F.  A.  C.  S.  Sixth  edition,  thoroughly  revised. 

A Text-Book  of  Practical  Theraptutics,  by  Hobart  Amory  Hare,  M.  D., 
B.  Sc.  Seventeenth  edition,  thoroughly  revised  and  largely  rewritten. 

Military  Surgery  of  the  Ear,  Nose  and  Throat,  by  Hanau  W.  Loeb, 
M.  D. 


Publications  Received. 


529 


WM.  WOOD  & CO.,  New  York,  1919. 

War  Surgery  of  the  Face,  by  John  B.  Roberts,  A.  M.,  M.  D.,  F.  A.  C.  S. 
A Text-Book  of  Pathology,  by  Francis  Delafield,  M.  D.,  LL.  D.,  and 
T.  Mitchell  Prudden,  M.  D.,  LL.  D.  Eleventh  edition,  revised  by  Francis 
Carter  Wood,  M.  D. 

THE  MACMILLAN  COMPANY,  New  York,  1919. 

The  Whole  Truth  About  Alcohol,  by  George  Elliot  Flint.  With  an 
introduction  by  Dr.  Abraham  Jacobi. 

Tuberculosis  of  the  Lymphatic  System,  by  Walter  Bradford  Metcalf, 
M.  D. 

P.  BLAKISTON’S  SON  & CO.,  Philadelphia,  1919. 

Electricity  in  Medicine,  by  George  W.  Jacoby,  M.  D.,  and  J.  Ralph 
Jacoby,  A.  B.,  M.  D. 

GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE,  Washington,  D.  C. 

United  States  Naval  Medical  Bulletin.  Report  on  Medical  and  Sur- 
gical Developments  of  the  War,  by  Dr.  William  Seaman  Bainbridge. 

Instruction  to  Medical  Officers  in  Charge  of  State  Control  of  Venereal 
Diseases.  1918. 

To  Promote  the  Education  of  Native  Illiterates,  of  Persons  Unable  to 
Understand  and  Use  the  English  Language,  and  of  Other  Resident  Per- 
sons of  Foreign  Birth.  Hearing  before  the  Committee  on  Education, 
House  of  Representatives. 

Public  Health  Reports.  Yol.  34,  Nos.  10,  11,  12,  13,  14  and  15. 

MISCELLANEOUS. 

La  Prothese  Fonctionnelle  Des  Blesses  de  Guerre.  (Masson  et  Cie, 
Editeurs,  120  Boulevard  St.  Germain,  Paris.  VL.  1919.) 

Special  Report  of  the  Attorney  General  of  Porto  Rico  Concerning  the 
Suppression  of  Vice  and  Prostitution  in  Connection  With  the  Mobiliza- 
tion of  the  National  Army  at  Camp  Las  Casas.  February  1,  1919. 

Annual  Report  of  the  Directors  of  the  American  Telephone  and  Tele- 
graph Company.  For  the  year  ending  December  31,  1918. 

Third  Annual  Report  of  the  China  Medical  Board.  January  1,  1917- 
December  31,  1917. 

Studies  in  Medicine.  (Published  by  the  University  of  Iowa,  Iowa 
city,  Iowa.) 

REPRINTS. 

Is  Influenza  Epidemic  of  Bacterial  Origin?  by  Albert  J.  Croft,  M.  D. 

A Method  of  Acquiring  Cataract  Technic,  by  Wm.  A.  Fisher,  M.  D., 
and  Harvey  D.  Thornburg,  M,  D. 

Quelques  Observations  Sur  les  Cercaires  de  la  Vallee  de  Caracas,  by 

Dr.  Juan  Iturbe. 

The  Differential  Leucocytic  Count  and  the  Neutrophylic  Blood  Picture 
on  One  Hundred  Cases  of  Malaria,  by  P.  Gutierrez  Igaravidez,  M.  D. 

Premature  Old  Age;  Hearing  and  Its  Regulation,  Especially  in  Middle 
Age  and  Early  Senescence;  Backache  of  Tenderness,  by  J.  Madison 
Taylor,  M.  D. 

The  Influence  of  Internal  Secretions  on  the  Formation  of  Bile; 
Secretin  and  the  Change  in  the  Corpuscle  Content  of  the  Blood  During 
Digestion;  Secretin:  The  Role  of  the  Thymus  Gland  in  Exophthalmic 
Goiter,  by  Andrew  W.  Downs,  M.  D.,  and  Nathan  B.  Eddy,  M.  D. 


530 


Mortuary  Report. 

MORTUARY  REPORT  OF  NEW  ORLEANS. 

Computed  from  the  Monthly  Report  of  the  Board  of  Health  of  the  City 
of  New  Orleans,  for  April,  1919. 


CA  USE. 

g 

5 

6 

e 

£ 

Typhoid  Fever  _ . . 

3 

1 

4 

Intermittent  Fever  (Malarial  Cachexia)  

1 

1 

2 

Smallpox 

Measles  

Scarlet  Fever  __  _ 

1 

1 

Whooping  Cough_  

1 

1 

L 

Diphtheria  and  Croup 

1 

\ 

Influenza 

1 

3 

4 

Cholera  Nostras  _ __  __  _ 

Pyemia  and  Septicemia  . __  

1 

1 

Tuberculosis . 

35 

32 

67 

Cancer.  _ _ 

28 

6 

34 

Rheumatism  and  Gout __  . ..  

1 

3 

4 

Diabetes-  __  __  

3 

1 

4 

Alcoholism 

Encephalitis  and  Meningitis 

4 

4 

Locomotor  Ataxia 

Congestion,  Hemorrhage  and  Softening  of  Brain.  

15 

16 

31 

Paralysis 

Convulsions  of  Infancy 

Other  Diseases  of  Infancy.- 

10 

4 

14 

Tetanus 

2 

2 

Other  Nervous  Diseases _ _ 

4 

1 

5 

Heart  Diseases  

55 

26 

81 

Bronchitis  ___  __  

1 

1 

2 

Pneumonia  and  Broncho-Pneumonia  __  

23 

16 

39 

Other  Respiratory  Diseases  _ _ ...  

2 

2 

4 

Ulcer  of  Stomach 

Other  Diseases  of  the  Stomach  _ 

1 

1 

2 

Diarrhea,  Dysentery  and  Enteritis 

14 

10 

24 

Hernia,  Intestinal  Obstruction..  

3 

1 

4 

Cirrhosis  of  Liver. . _ ..  

10 

1 

11 

Other  Diseases  of  the  Liver 

3 

1 

4 

Simple  Peritonitis 

Appendicitis  

Bright’s  Disease _ 

3 

26 

3 

21 

6 

47 

Other  Genito- Urinary  Diseases 

8 

5 

13 

Puerperal  Diseases  _ 

4 

1 

5 

Senile  Debility . __  

o 

O 

1 

4 

Suicide 

4 

4 

Iniuries..  

19 

19 

38 

All  Other  Causes  _ 

26 

9 

35 

Total 

314 

188 

502 

Still-born  Children — White,  14;  colored,  18;  total,  32. 

Population  of  City  (estimated) — White,  283,000;  colored,  106,000; 


total,  389,000. 

Heath  Rate  per  1,000  per  Annum  for  Month — White,  13.31;  colored, 
21.28;  total,  15.49.  Non-residents  excluded,  12.93. 


METEOROLOGIC  SUMMARY  (U.  S'.  Weather  Bureau). 


Mean  atmospheric  pressure 30.04 

Mean  temperature . 68 

Total  precipitation 7.88  inches 


Prevailing  direction  of  wind,  southeast. 


/